UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FA 


IW 





en ee ΟἿ 


> 























— ——~ 
Students, and others who desire to shorten their hours of study, can 
do so by using 


HAMILTON, LOCKE & CLARK'S 


SYSTEM OF CLASSICAL INSTRUGTION, 


A GREAT AID TO STUDENTS. 








The poet Milton says: “ΤΣ do amiss to spend seven or eight years merely scraping 
together so much miserable Latin and Greek as might be learned otherwise easily and 


delightfully in one year.” 
LATIN INTERLINEAR TRANSLATIONS. 
In one volume, Royal 12mo, Half Turkey. Price, $2.25 each. 
VIRGIL. By Hart and Osborne. SALLUST. By Hamilton and Clark. 
CZ3SAR. By Hamilton and Clark. | OVID. By George W. Heilig. 
HORACE. Stirling, Nuttall, Clark. | JOUVENAL. By Hamilton and Clark. 
CICERO. By Hamilton and Clark. | LIVY. By Hamilton and Clark. 


GREEK INTERLINEAR TRANSLATIONS. 
In one volume, Royal 12mo, Half Turkey. Price, $2.25 each. 
HOMER’S ILIAD. 
GOSPEL OF ST. JOHN. With the original Greek text. 
XENOPHON’S ANABASIS. By Hamilton and Clark. 
᾿ς fo be followed by School Editions of the other Classic Writers, on the same plan. 








When the Latin tongue was the only language of diplomacy and scientific 
international communication, to acquire a knowledge of it was considered of 
more importance than at the pr resent day. This method was then recom- 
mended by Cardinal Wolsey, John Ascham, Latin Secretary to Queen Eliza- 
beth, and by John Milton, the best Latin scholar and writer of his time; and 
in testimony of it John Locke says: “‘ When by this way of interlining Latin 
nite English one with another, he has gota moderate knowledge of the Latin 
to abe may then be advanced a little further. Nor let the objection that he 

then know it only by ROTE fright any one. This, when well considered, 
is μέν ey any moment against, but plainly for, this way ‘of mais Ἢ language. 




















. 


The languages are --- them well 
has no other rule b ; on, these works 
present advantages PRIVATE LIBRARY. 
CLARK'S PE | <=> (i = ‘AMMAR, 
Adapted to the In =a sv δ, late! δ ἐδ Systems. 
In on Ἄς: 

The plan of this act = bs a while the 
scholar is learning Fictie μᾶς Ἔ em exemplified 
in lessons extracte ΠΝ s been properly — 

plied, a more ra y its of Latin has . 
sli ys been the rc_ = Ἢ ᾿ 

Address CHARLES DE SILVER & SONS, 
Publishers and Booksellers, 
uk’ Philadelphia. 














"ae . ill 











—_, 





Important to Students, 
AND OTHERS. 


NWO MORS GONG SIVOY HOURS. 


TO THE SERIES OF LATIN AND GREEK INTERLINEAR CLASSICS, 
we would call the attention of the trade, and to all interested. By the use 
of these valuable works one can easily and delightfully learn as much of Latin 
and Greek in one year as would take seven or eight years by the old method 
of delving amongst whole columns of finely italicized definitions to find out, 
if at all, barely the shade of the meaning of a Latin or Greek word. 


THE SALE OF THE INTERLINEARS is constantly increasing, and book- 
sellers in the vicinity of schools, colleges, etc., will find it to their interest to 
keep a stock of these valuable works on hand. Circulars will be furnished 
upon application, which may be distributed among the students in the vicinity, 
giving notice that you have the Interlinear works for sale. 


A liberal discount, which will be made known upon application, will be al- 
lowed to those desiring td interest themselves in the sale o these works, Should 
you not feel disposed to interest yourself, please hand this circular to some 
interested party who will. Persons having leisure time will find this a profit- 
able business, and one which may be pursued without interfering with their 

. regular employment. 

All orders must be accompanied by the cash or postal order, or the goods 


Os by express, C. O. D., and express charges for collection added to 
the bill. 











«ι'. 


LIST OF CATALOGUES. 


' 1—NEW DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF ALL OUR VALUABLE EDUCATIONAL 
PUBLICATIONS. 

2.—SPECIMEN PAGE AND INTERLINEAR CATALOGUE. 

3.—ILLUSTRATED BOOKS FOR AGENTS’ CATALOGUE. 

4.—_COMPLETE CATALOGUE OF ALL THE SCHOOL AND COLLEGE TEXT BOOKS 
PUBLISHED. 64 Pages, with Teachers’ and Retail Prices. This will be valuable 
to educational book buyers. 

| §.—DITTO. 8vo Edition, with Subject Classified List, 

ἱ ee CATALOGUE OF PATENTED SPECIALTIES IN STATIONERY 


2535. Remember we make a specialty of the Mailing of Books, Any Books 
_ you may desire will be promptly mailed upon receipt of the advertised price. 
+: _J&> Information about Books cheerfully given. ‘ 
_ _ J Any or all of the above Catalogues mailed, post free, upon application. 
_ Please state WHICH Catalogue you want, when writing to us, 





{ 





b ᾿ 43> SPECIAL NOTICE. Endorsements of Teachers, Eminent Men of 
| Letters, and Opinions of the Press, etc., furnished upon application. 
" ἘΦ 


᾿ς &@> Teachers, School Committees, and the Trade generally, may obtain our 








_ Publications from the leading Booksellers throughout ‘the United States 
᾿ and the Dominion of Canada, or, when not to be had of them, the books will 
_ be forwarded on application to the Publishers. 


* CHARLES DE SILVER & SONS, Publishers, 
PHILADELPHIA. 





δ. 
π᾿. 

ἘΥῚ 
ΔΕ iv 























THE 


ANABASIS OF XENOPHON; 


WITH AN 


INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION, 


FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND PRIVATE LEABNERS, 


ON THE 
HAMILTONIAN SYSTEM, 


AS IMPROVED BY 


THOMAS CLARK, 


EDITOR OF THE LATIN AND GREEK INTERLINEAR OLASSICS, 





PHILADELPHIA: 
CHARLES DESILVER & SONS, 
PUBLISHERS. 





Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1859, by 
CHARLES DESILVER, 


tm the Clerk’s Offiw ef the District Court of the United States for the Eastern 
District of Pennsylvania. 





STEREOTIPED BY J. FAGAN. 


Annex 
; PA 
as. 
SA 


PREFACE. 


}‘uIs interlinear edition of the Anabasis of Xenophon 
hag deen carefully translated by the editor of the Latin 
ami Greek series of interlinear classics. His plan 
is s mewhat peculiar, being intermediate between the 
syst ms of Hamilton and Locke. The uncouth and 
freq tently unintelligible sentences of Hamilton are 
avoiied, while on the other hand the verbal and gram- 
matical meanings are given with an accuracy fully 
equal to his, if not surpassing it. By this plan 
the sense of the text is also conveyed more pre- 
cisely than is done either by the plan of Hamilton or 
that of Locke — every idiomatic and grammatical difli- 
culty being completely overcome. 

The work will be found of great service to the 
student of the Greek language, as it removes many of 
the difficulties so perplexing in its study. 

The use of a few signs and characters, explained on 
another page, has, in a measure, enabled the author to 
accomplish what he has above set forth. 


THOMAS CLARK. 


(iii) 


EXPLANATIONS. 





THE union of two or more words by hyphens denotes, that they togethet 
express the meaning of one Greek word; as, 


γίγνονται. 
are-born. 


When two or more words, employed to express a Greek word, are sepa- 
rated by one or more words placed between them, such interposition 13 
denoted by a figure * prefixed to the word next preceding that interposed, 
and another figure * placed before the next succeeding word; as, 


οὕτω διατιϑεὶς πάντας. 
‘having so ‘disposed all. 


An English word or sentence included within parentheses ( ) is an indi- 
eation that such word or sentence is not expressed in Greek}; as 


ἀφικνεῖτο πρὸς αὐτὸν τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως. 
used-to-come to him  of-the (persons sent) from (the) king. 


When a word placed in parentheses is italicized, it shows that the word 

above it is either superfluous or not to be expressed in English; as, 
ἐδούλετο TH ἀμφοτέρω παῖδε. 
he-desired (the) both (his) sons. 

A dash directs the word above it to be omitted in the translation; as, 

ὁ Κῦρος. 
— Cyrus. 

Where an italicized word or sentence within parentheses is followed by 
another word or sentence, also in parentheses, but not in italics, the latter 
forms the proper reading; as, 

ἐτύγχανε παρὼν. 
happened (being-present) (to-be-present). 

When a word or sentence is put in brackets [ ] it serves as an explana- 

tion, in the nature of a note; bat when the reading thus enclosed is to be 


used instead of the literal translation, a vertical line ( | ) is placed at the 
beginning of the reading that is to be changed; as, 


ἔχοιεν. 
| might-have (themselves) [might be]. 
(iv) 


TESTIMONIALS 


AS TO 


THE MERITS OF 


The Interlinerr Translation of the Classics. 





- 


Testimony of celebrated men in favour of the interlineary system 
of translations, as being best adapted for learning a lan- 


guage. 


Minton. — We do amiss to spend seven or eight years merely 
in scraping together as much Latin and Greek as might be 
learned easily and delightfully in one year. 

If, after some preparatory grounds of speech by their certain 
forms got into memory, they were led to the prazis thereof in 
some chosen short book lessoned thoroughly to them, [that is, read 
and translated to them], which would bring the whole language 
quickly into their power. This I take to be the most natural 
and most profitable way of learning languages. 

[Children] should begin with the chief and necessary rules 
of some good grammar, either that now used, or any better; and 
while this is doing, their speech is to be fashioned to a distinct 
and clear pronunciation, as near as may be to the Italian, espe- 
cially in the vowels. Next, to make them expert in the usefullest 
points of grammar, some easy and delightful book should be 
read to them. 

[By this, Milton means that the teacher should read some 
easy Latin book to his pupils, and translate and explain it re- 
peatedly, until they understand such Latin book. and can them- 
selves translate it.] 

iv) 


vi TESTIMONIALS. 


Joun Locke, author of the “Essay on the Human Under. 
standing.’”’— When I consider what ado is made about a little 
Latin and Greek, how many years are spent in it, and what a 
noise and business it makes to no purpose, [ can hardly forbear 
thinking that the parents of children still live in fear of the 
schoolmaster’s rod, which they look on as the only instrument 
of education; as a language or two to be his whole businass. 
How else is it possible that a child should be chained to the oar, 
seven, eight, or ten of the best years of his life, to get a lan- 
guage or two, which, I think, might be had at a great deal 
cheaper rate of pains and time, and be learned almost in playing. 

[The first project of Locke] is to trouble the child with no 
grammar at all, but to have Latin as English has been, without 
the perplexity of rules, talked into him, for, if you will consider 
it, Latin is no more unknown to a child, when he comes into the 
world, than English; and yet he learns English without a 
master, rule, or grammar; and so might he Latin, too, as Tully 
did, if he had somebody always to talk to him in this language. 
And when we so often see a French woman teach an English 
girl to speak and read French perfectly in a year or two, with- 
out any rule of grammar, or anything else but prattling to her, 
I cannot but wonder how gentlemen have overseen this way for 
their sons. If, therefore, a man could be got, who, himself 
speaking good Latin, would always be about your son, talk con- 
stantly to him, and suffer him to speak and read nothing else, 
this would be the true and genuine way, and that which I would 
propose, not only as the easiest and best, wherein a child might, 
without pains or chiding, get a language which others are wont 
to be whipt for at school six or seven years together; but also 
as that wherein, at the same time, he might ha@his mind and 
manners formed, and be instructed in all other parts of know- 
ledge of things that fall under the senses, and require little 
more than memory. But if such a man cannot be got who 
speaks good Latin, the next best thing is to have him taught as 
near this way as may be, which is by taking some easy and 
pleasant book, such as Hsop’s Fables, and writing the English 
translation (made as literal as can be) in one line, and the Latin 
words which answer each of them, just over it in another 
These let him read every day, over and over again, till he per 
fectly understands the Latin; and then ge on to another Fable, 


᾿ TESTIMONIALS. vil 


till ke is also perfect in that, not omitting what he is already 
perfect in, but sometimes reviewing that to keep it*in his 
memory. 

The formation of the verb first, and afterwards the declen- 
sions of the nouns and pronouns, perfectly learned by heart, 
facilitate his acquaintance with the genius and manner of the 
Latin tongue, which varies the signification of verbs and nouns, 
not as the modern languages do, by particles prefixed, but by 
changing the last syllable. More than this of grammar, I think, 
he need not have, till he can read himself Sanctii Minerva. 

As he advances in acquiring a knowledge of words, he must 
advance, pari pasu, in obtaining a thorough and critical know- 
ledge of grammar. When by this way of interlining Latin and 
English one with another, he has got a moderate knowledge of 
the Latin tongue, he may then be advanced a little farther, to 
the reading of some other easy Latin book, such as Justin, or 
Eutropius; and, to make the reading and understanding of it 
the Jess tedious and difficult to him, let him help himself with 
the English translation. Nor let the objection, that he will then 
know it only by rote, fright any one. This, when well consi- 
dered, is not of any moment against, but plainly for, this way 
of learning a language. For languages are only to be learned 
by rote ; and a man who does not speak English and Latin per- 
fectly by rote, so that having thought of the thing he would 
speak of, his tongue, of course without thought of rule or gram- 
mar, falls into the proper expression and idiom of that language, 
does not speak it well, nor is master of it. Languages were 
made, not by rules of art, but by accident, and the common use 
of the people; and he that speaks them well has no other rule 
but that, nor anything to trust to but his memory, and the habit 
of speaking after the fashion learned from those that are allowed 
to speak properly, which, in other words, is only to speak by 
rote. 

Sypyey Suirxa. — The Hamiltonian system, on the other hand, 
Ist. Teaches an unknown tongue by the closest interlinear trans- 
lations, instead of leaving a boy to explore his way by the 
lexicon or dictionary. 2d. It postpones the study of grammar 
till a considerable progress has been made in the language, and 
a great degree of practical grammar has been acquired. 34d. It 
substitutes tho cheerfulness and competition of the Lancasterian 


Vill TESTIMONIALS. 


system for the dull solitude of the dictionary. By these means 
a boy finds he is making a progress, and learning something 
from the very beginning. He is not overwhelmed with the first 
appearance of insuperable difficulties; he receives some little 
pay from the first moment of his apprenticeship, and is not 
compelled to wait for remuneration till he is out of his time, 
The student, having acquired the great art of understanding 
the sense of what is written in another tongue, may go into the 
study of the language as deeply and as extensively as he pleases. 
Ihe old system aims at beginning with a depth and accuracy 
which many men never will want, which disgusts many from 
arriving even at moderate attainments, and is a Jess easy, and 
not more certain road to a profound skill in a language, than if 
attention to grammar had been deferred to a later period. 

In fine, we are strongly persuaded that, the time being given, 
this system will make better scholars; and, the degree of 
scholarship being given, a much shorter time will be needed. 
If there is any truth in this, it will make Mr. Hamilton one of 
the most useful men of his age; for, if there is anything which 
fills reflecting men with melancholy and regret, it is the waste 
of mortal time, parental money, and puerile happiness, in the 
present method of pursuing Latin and Greek, 


Vireit, Horace, Casar, Cicero, Ovip, Satiust, Juvenat, Livy, 
XenopHon’s AnaBasis, Homer’s Inia, and the Gospen or Sr. Joun, 
have already been published on the interlinear plan, and will be sucs 
ceeded by the other Classics, as speedily as is consistent with accurate 
preparation, and the importance of the undertaking. 


Cuartes DesiLver, 
1229 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, 


SPECIAL AGENTS. 

Ciaxtoy, Remsen & Harrerrineer, J. B. Lipprncorr & Co., Phila- 
delphia; D. Aprreton & Co., Mason, Baker & Pratt, New York; 
Nicnots & Haut, Boston; Rozperr CrarKke & Co., Cincinnati; A. L. 
Bancrort & Co., San Francisco; JANSEN, McCiure & Co., Chicago; E. 
H. Cusning, Houston, Texas. 


THE 


ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 





BOOK I. 
CHAPTER I. 


Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται δύο παῖδες, 


Or Darius) and arysatis are-born two suns, 


mMpecbutepos μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, δὲ ψνεώτερος 
(the) elder (indeed) rtaxerxes, (but) (the) younger 
Κῦρος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Δαρεῖος ἠσθένει χαὶ ὑπώπτευε 

Cyrus. After — Darius was-sick, and suspected (the) 
φελευτὴν τοῦ βίου, ἐθούλετο Ta ἀμφοτέρω 

end (of-the) (his) life, he-desired (the) both (his) 
παῖδε παρεῖναι. Ὃ πρεσδύτερος μὲν 
sons to-be-present (with him). The elder indeed 


3 


οὖν ἐτύγχανε ὧν" δὲ μεταπέμ- 
(therefore) happened | (being-present) (to be present); but Π6-β6Πη68- 
metas Κῦρον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς. ἧς ἐποίησε 
for Cyrus from the government, of-which *he (had) ‘made 
αὐτὸν σατράπην καὶ, ἀπέδειξε αὐτὸν δὲ 
him satrap, and *he (had) ‘appointed him also 
στρατηγὸν πάντων, — ὅσοι ἀϑροίζονται εἰς 
commander of-all (the forces), as-many-as muster in 
nediov Καστωλοῦ. ὋὉ Κῦρος οὖν ἀναθδαίνει 
{the) plain of-Castolus. — Cyrus therefore goes-up 
λαβὼν Τισσαφέρνην ὧς φίλον, 

(to his father) having-taken (with him) Tissaphernes as (a) friend, 

(9) 


10 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


xat ἀνέθη ἔχων δὲ Φριαχοσίους ὁπλίτας 
and he-went-up having also (with him) three-hundred heavy-armed-men 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων. ἄρχοντα δὲ αὐτῶν Ἐενίαν 
of-the Greeks, (and) (the) commander also  of-them Xenias 


Παῤῥάσιον. 
(the) Parrhasian. 


"Emel δὲ Δαρεῖος ἐτελεύτησε, καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξης 
After — Darius died, and Artaxerxes 


κατέστη εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν, Τισσαφέρνης δια- 


was-established ἴῃ. the kingdom, Tissaphernes ca- 


θάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς tov ἀδελφόν, ὡς 


jumniates — Cyrus to (the) (his) brother, as-how-that 


ἐπιθουλεύοι αὐτῷ, ‘0 δὲ πείϑεταί 
he-might-be-plotting against him. “--- (Artaxerxes) indeed believes 


te xat συλλαμύάνει Kipoy ὡς ἀποχτενῶν᾽" 
{this) and also he-arrests Cyrus | as-if about-killing ; 


δὲ ἢ μήτη 
[with the intention of putting him to death;] but (the) (his) mother 
ἐξαιτησαμένη αὗτον, ἀποπέμστει 
having-entreated-for-her-own-sake (pardon for) him sends 
πάλιν ἐπὶ ty ἀρχήν. Ὁ δ᾽ ὡς ἀπῆλϑε, 
(him) back to — (his) government. — But when he-departed, 
κινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασϑείς, βουλεύεται 
(after) having-been-in-danger and disgraced, he-deliberates 
ὅπως μήποτε ἔσται ἔτι ἐπὶ τῷ 
how ‘he-shall never *be hereafter (dependent) on — (his) 
ἀδελφῷ, GAN ἣν δύνηται βασιλεύσι ἀντ᾽ 


brother, but if he-could he-would-reign instead 


éxeivov. ἸΠαρύσατις μὲν δὴ n μητὴρ ὑπήρχη τῷ 
of-him. Parysatis indeed — the mother  went-for 


Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύοντα 


Cyrus, loving more than the reigning 
"A ρταξέρξην. ‘ori δ᾽ ἀφικνεῖτο πρὸς αὐτὸν 


fee Whoever indeed used-to-come to him 


τῶν ἃ βασιλέως, οὕτω διατιϑεὶς 
of-the (persons sent) from (tie) king, | ‘having so ‘disposed 


BOOK :,— CHAPTER I. 11 


πάντας. ὥστε ἀπεπέμ 
all, {haying so disposed all towards himself,] that he-used-to- 
πετο εἶναι φίλους αὐτῷ 
‘send (them) ‘away-from-him (inclined) to-be friends to-himself 
νάλλον ἢ βασιλεῖ. Καὶ δὲ ἐπεμελεῖτο τῶν 
L_ore than ‘to (the) ‘king. And also he-took-care of-the 
βαρθάρων παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, ὡς Te εἴησαν ixavor 
barbarians wit him, in-order-that not-only they-might-be fit 
~ ‘ ” 3 “.- 
πολεμεῖν και EYOLEV EVVOLKDS 


to-wage-war but-also | might-have (themselves) [might be] well-disposed 


ait. Δὲ ἤδροιζε σὴν Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν 
to-him. But Βο- ses the Greek force 


ἐπικρυπτόμενος ὡς μάλιστα ἐδύνατο, ὅπως ὅτι 
concealing . (this) as most he-could, in-order that 


λάθοι βασιλέα ἀπαρασχευότατον. “Ode οὖν 
he-might-take the-king the-most-unprepared. Thus therefore 


ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν. Ὁπόσας φυλακὰς 


did-he-make the collection (of troops) As-’many garrisons ‘ag 


εἶχε ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι. παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἑχάστοις 


10-αα in the cities, he-sent-instructions — to-each 
ppovpapyors Aaubavew Πελοποννησίους ἄνδρας ὅτι 
commander-of-them _ to-take Peloponnesian men as 
ε 
πλείστους χαὶ βελτίστους, 

many-as (they could) and (.he) best (soldiers), inasmuch-az 
Τισσαφέρνους émubovdetovtos ταῖς πόλεσι. Και 
Tissaphernes is-plotting-against the cities. -- 

γὰρ at ᾿Ιωνικαὶ πόλεις ἦσαν τὸ ἀρχαῖον 
the Ionian cities ormerly (under the 
Τισσαφέρνους, — δεδομ Eva ἐκ 


government) of-Tissaphernes, (they) ae ae ae (to him) by 


βασιλέως, πότε 8 ἀφεστήχεσαν πρὸς Κῦρον 
{the) king, afterwards they-had-revolted to Cyrus 


πᾶσαι πλὴν Μιλήτου. Δὲ Τισσαφέρνης προαισ- 
all (of them) except Miletus. But Tissaphernes having-be- 


ϑδόμενος ἕν Μιλήτῳ βουλευομέ- 


reece coizea (that certain persons) in Miletus are-plan- 


12 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


γους TA αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἀποστῆναι σίρης 
ning -- these vyery-same (things) | to-have-revolted [to revolt] ts 
Κῦρον, ποὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέχτεινε, τοὺς δ᾽ 
Cyrus, | the indeed [some indeed] of-them he-killed, | the but 

ἐξέθαλεν. Ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπολαδῶν τοὺς 
{but others] he-banished. — But Cyrus having-received | (the 
φεύγοντας συλλέξας στράτευμα 
fleeing) (the exiles) (and) having-collected (an) army 


ἐπολιόρχει Μίλητον χαὶ κατὰ γῆν χαὶ κατὰ 
he-besieged Miletus both by land and by 


θάλατταν, καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς ἐχπετί- 


sea, and he-endeavoured to-bring-back | (the having- 


TOXOTAS. Kat αὖ ἦν αὕτη ἀλλη 
(been)-driven-out) (the exiles). And’ again there-was this other 
φασις αὐτῷ Tod ἀϑροίζειν στράτευμα. 
pretext for-him | (of-the to-collect) (for assembling) (an) army. 
Δὲ πέμσων πρὸς βασιλέα ἠξίου ὧν 
For sending to (the) king _he-requested (that) being (a) 
ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ, ταύτας τὰς πόλεις δοϑῆναι 
brother of-him, those — cities (ought) to-have-been-given 
ot μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν 
to-himself rather than (that) Tissaphernes (should) rule 
αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ untnp συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ 
them, and — (his) mother supported him (in) 
ταῦτα ὥστε βασιλεὺς οὐχ μὲν ἡσϑάνετο 
this ; therefore (the) king ‘did not indeed *perceive 
ἫΝ > κ᾿ ‘ ε ‘ Me asaal γκ ὦ 4 
wis ἐπιθουλῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, δὲ ἐνόμιζε αὐτὸν 
the plot against. himself, but he-thought he (Cyrus) 
πολεμοῦντα Τισσαφέρνει δαπανᾶν αμφὶ 


fighting with-Tissaphernes spends (his means) upon 

TA στρατεύματα. ὥστε οὐδέν ἤχϑετο 

| (the) (his) armies ; | therefore ‘it-was ποὺ *hated 
αὐτῶν πολεμούντων. 

of-them fighting [therefore he was not displeased with their 

Καὶ yap ὁ Κῦρος ἀπέπεμπε ββασιλεὶ 

being at war]. — For — Cyrus remitted ‘to (the) ‘king 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER I. 13 


τοὺς δασμοὺς γιγνομένους ἐκ τῶν πόλεων, ὧν 
the tributes arising from the cities, which 


Τισσαφέρνης ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. 


Tissaphernes | happened having [had]. 
Δ’ ἄλλο στράτευμα συνελέγετο αὐτῷ ἐν 
But another army was-collected  for-him in 


Χεῤῥονήσῳ τῇ καταντιπέρας ᾿Αθύδου, τόνδε 


Chersonesus (in the) right-over-against Abydos, this (was) 


τὸν τρόπον. Κλέαρχος Λακεδαιμόνιος ἦν 


the manner (thereof.) Clearchus (a) Lacedemonian was (an) 


φυγὰς" ὁ Κῦρος συγγενόμενος πσπούτῳ 


exile ; — Cyrus haying-become-acquainted with-this (man) 
TE ἠγάσϑη αὐτὸν xat δίδωσιν αὐτῷ 
not-only was struck-with-admiration (for) him, but-also gives him 


μυρίους δαρειχούς. Ὁ δὲ λαθὼν to χρυσίον 
ten-thousand (1168. -- But having-taken the gold 
συνέλεξε στράτευμα ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων, 
he-collected (an) army | from these τος things 
_ Kab ὁρμώμενος ἐκ Χεῤῥονήσου 
[by means thereof], and making-irruptions from (the) Chersonesus 
ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ, τοῖς οἰχοῦσι ὑπὲ 
he-waged-war against (the) Thracians, — (who) dwell | above (the) 
Ἑλλήσποντον, καὶ ὠφέλει τοὺς Ἕλληνας" καὶ 
Hellespont, and he-was-of-service to-the Greeks ; and 
ὥστε at Ἑλλεσποντιακαὶ πόλεις ἑχοῦσαι συνεθάλ- 
so-that the Hellespontian towns __ willingly contri- 
, “ ‘ ~ 
λοντο ᾿ς χρήματα αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν 
buted (the necessary) things to-him for the nourishment of-the 
\ 
στρατιωτῶν.. Τοῦτο δ᾽ ad atte τὸ στράτευμα 
soldiers, | This indeed again (was) thus — (an) army 
τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν ATE. 
being-ma‘ntained secreted for-him [thus again an army was se 
᾿Αρίστισσσιος δὲ ὃ Θετταλὸς 
sretly maintained for him]. Aristippus — the Thessalian 
ὧν ἐτύγγανεν αὐτῷ ξένος, 
| being happened _—to-him (a) guest-friend [happened te be his 
2 


14 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


‘ , ς ry an 
καὶ πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν 
epee! bound by the ties of hospitality],. and Reng: penned by the 


ἀντιστασιωτῶν οἶχοι ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, καὶ 


opposite-faction at-home he-goes -- Cyrus, and 
aitet αὐτὸν εἷς δισχιλίους ξένους καὶ μισθόν 
requests (of) him —  two-thousand mercenaries, and pay 


TPLGY μηνῶν, ὡς οὗω ἂν περιγε- 
(for them for) three months, as thus | *he might ‘have-been- 


VOMVOS τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν. 
superior [so that he might be superior to] the opposite-faction. 


Ὃ de Κῦρος δίδωσιν αὐτῷ εἰς σετρα- 
— But Cyrus gives him to (the number of) —_four- 
χισχιλίους χαὶ μισϑόν ἕξ μηνῶν, καὶ δεῖται 
thousand and pay (for) six» months, and _ he-requests 


αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσϑεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς 
οὔ- πα he-‘would ποῦ ~ first ‘terminate (the strife) against 


TOUS ἀντιστασιώτας σιρὶν ἂν συμθουλεύσηται 
the opposite-faction before © bata -- he-should-consult 


κὐτῶ. Οὕτω δὲ αὖ τὸ στράτευμα τρε- 
with-him [Cyrus]. | Thus --- again — (an) army being- 
φόμενον ἔλάνϑανεν αὐτῷ 


maintained secreted for-him [thus again an army was secretly 


ἐν Θετταλίᾳ. ᾿Ἐχέλευσε Πρόξενον 


maintained for him] in Thessaly. He-ordered poss 


δὲ tov Βοιώτιον ὄντα ἕένον αὐτῷ 
-- the Beeotian | being (a) guest (of ) him [who was in the ties 


λαθόντα σιλείστους 
of hospitality with him] (that) | having-taken [having collected] as-many 
ἄνδρας ὅτι παραγενέσθαι, ὡς βουλόμενος 
men as-possible to-come-to (him), as-if he-were-wishing 
στρατεύεσθαι εἷς Πισίδας, ὡς, σῶν 


to-lead-an-army against (the) Pisidians, in-as-much-as, the 


Πισιδῶν παρεχόντων πράγματα τῇ χώρᾳ ἑαυτοῦ. 
Pisidians being-pretending thing in-the province of-himself 


᾿Ἐχέλευσε δὲ Σοφαίνετον 


[for the Pisidians infested his territories]. He-ordered also Sopheenetus 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER II. 15 


Tov Στυμφάλιον καὶ Σωχράτην τὸν ᾿Αχαιόν, τούτους 


the Stymphaiian and Socrates the Achaian, these 
καὶ ὄντας ξένους, λαθόντας 

also being (his) guest-friends, (that) | having-taken [having collected] 
πλείςτους ἄνδρας ὅτι ἐἔλϑεῖν, : 
as ‘many men as-possible | to-have-come [tc come to him], as 
πολεμήσων Τισσαφέρνει σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι 
he-was-about-waging-war against-Tissaphernes with the exiles 
τῶν Μιλησίων. Καὶ οὗτοι ἐποίουν οὕτως. 

of-the Milesians. And they did 80. 





CHAPTER II. 


Ἔσπει δ᾽ ἐδόχει αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι 
AFTER indeed it-seemed to-him already (time) | to-go 


ν 


ἄνω, μὲν ἕποιεῖτο 
up, [to march into the interior against his brother], — he-made 
τὴν πρόφασιν ὡς βουλόμενος ἐχθαλεῖν 
(the) (this) pretext, that (he-wishing) (he was desirous) to-expel 
Πισίδας παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆς χώρας" καὶ ἀϑροίζει 
(the) Pisidians entirely from the territory; and _he-collects 
EVTAVIA ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους to te βαρδαρικὸν 
there, as-if against these (Pisidians), the «-- barbarian 
καὶ TO Ἑλληικὸν στράτευμα, καὶ παραγγέλλει TE 
and the Grecian army, and _he-sends-word not-only 
τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἥχειν λαθόντι ὅσον στράτευμα 
—  to-Clearchus to-ceme (tohim) | taking whatever army 
ἦν αὐτῶ καὶ τῷ ᾿Αρισ- 
there-was to-him [bringing all the forces he had] but-also — Aris- 
τίππῳ, συναλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς 
tippus,_ (that) having-been-reconciled with — (those opposed # 
οἶχοι ἀποπέμψαι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν 
ἴο him) at-heme | (to-have-sent) (tosend) to himself (the) 
στράτευμα ὃ εἶχε" καὶ παραγγέλλει Ἐξενίᾳ τῷ 
ye “a which he-had; and he-sent-word to-Xenias the 


16 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON,. 


᾿Αρχάδι, ὃς σπροεστήχει τοῦ ξενιχοῦ ἐν ταῖς 
Arcadian, who had-been-commander-over the mercenaries in the 
πόλεσι αὐτῷ, ἥκειν λαθόντα τους ἄνδρας, 
towns for-him, to-come | taking [bringing] (all) the men, 
πλὴν ὅποσοι ἦσαν ixavor φυλάττειν τὰς ἀχροπόλεις. 
except as-many-as were suflicient to-guard the citadels. 


Ἔχάλεσε δὲ καὶ TOUS σιολιορχοῦντας Μίλητον, 
He-called-for — also --- (those) besieging Miletus, 


χαὶ ἐχέλευσε τοὺς φυγάδας OTPATEETSaL σὺν αὐτῷ, 


and he-exhorted the exiles to-serve-as-soldiers with him, 
ς , > ~ 5 ~ ’ 
᾽πυποσχόμενος αὑτοῖς, él καλῶς AATAMPACELEY, 
having-promised to-them, if *he-should successfully ‘accomplish 
Ep’ ἁ ἐστρατεύετο, μή πρόσϑεν παύσασϑαι 
(the objects) for which he-took-the-field, [ποὺ (first) to-cease 
πρὶν χαταγάγοι αὐτοὺς οἴκαδε. 
before he-might-have-led them home [he would not cease before 
Οἱ δὲ ἡδέως ἐπείϑοντο" ya 
he led them home]. — — ‘They cheerfully tobeyed (him); for 
ἐπίστευον αὐτῷ xat λαθόντες τὰ ὅπλα 
they-believed him ; and having-taken — (their) arms 
παρῆσαν eis Σάρδεις. Ἐξενίας μὲν δὴ 
| were-present at [joined himat] Sardis. Xenias also — 
παρεγένετο εἰς Σάρδεις λαθὼν TOUS 
came to Sardis having-taken (with him) the (soldiers) 
ἐχ τῶν πόλεων, ὁχιλίτας εἰς σετρα- 
from the towns, (being) heavy-armed-men to-the-number-of our- 
κισχιλίους" Πρόξενος δὲ παρὴν ἔχων ὅπλί- 
thousand ; roxenus — | was-present [came] having heavy- 
TAS μὲν εἷς σπενταχοσίους καὶ χιλίους, 
armed-men — to-the-number-of  five-hundred and a-thousand, 
δὲ πενταχοσίους γυμνῆτας" Σοφαίνετος δὲ ὃ 
also five-hundred light-armed ; Sophenetus likewise, the 
Στυμφάλιος ἔχων χιλίους ὁπλίτας" Σωχράτης 
Stymphalian haying a-thousand heavy-armed-men; Socrates 
dé ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς ἔχων ὡς πενταχοσίους ὁσιλίτας, 
4150 9 Achaian haying about five-hundred heavy-armed-men, 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 17 


Πασίων ὃ Μεγαρεὺς δὲ παρεγένετο ἔχων per 


Pasion the Megarean also came having πὸ 


εἰς τριακοσίους ὁπλίτας, δὲ τριακοσίους 
to-the-number-of three-hundred heavy-armed-men, and three-hundred 


MEATAOTAS* καὶ δὲ οὗτος ἦν καὶ 6 Σωχράτης 
peltaste ; both he was and (also) — Socrates 


τῶν στρατευομένων ἀμφὶ Μίλητον. 
(among) — (those) serving-in-the-army at Miletus. 


Οὗτοι μὲν ἀφίκοντο αὐτῷ eis Σάρδεις. 
These indeed | arrived-at to-him [joined him] at Sardis. 


Τισσαφέρνης δὲ χατανοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ ἡγησάμενος 


Tissaphernes — having-observed these-things, and having-considered 


τὴν παρασχευὴν εἶναι μείζονα ἢ ὡς ἕπὶ 


the preparation to-be greater than as-if against (the) 
Πισίδας, πορεύεται ὡς βασιλέα τάχιστα ἣ 
Pisidians, he-set-out to (the) king as-speedily as 


ἐδύνατο, ἔχων ὡς πενταχοσίους ἱππέας. Καὶ 
he-could, having about _five-hundred cavalry. And (the) 
βασιλεὺς μὲν δὴ, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε παρὰ Τισσαφέρνους 
king — therefore, after he-heard from Tissaphernes 
tov στόλον Κύρου ἀντισιαρεσκευάζετο. 
(of) the military-expedition of-Cyrus began-to-prepare-himself-against-it. 
Κῦρος de, ἔχων οὖς εἴρηχα ὡρμᾶ. 
Cyrus “--- | having which I-have-said [as I said] put-himself-in- 
τὸ ἀπὸ Σάδεων" καὶ ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας 
motion from Sardis ; (and) he-advances through — Lydia 
τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς, εἴχοσι 
[three stations [three days’ march], (being a distance of) twenty 
καὶ δὺο παρασάγγας, ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Μαίανδρον. 
and two parasangs, to the river Meander. 
‘ = ’ Ω 
Τὸ εὖρος τούτου δύο πλέϑρα" 
The breadth  of-this (river was) two plethra; [about 200 feet]; (a) 
γέφυρα 6s ἐπὴν. ἐζευγμένη ἑἕπτά πλοίοις. 
ridge — was-over (it) connected-together by-seven boats. 
Διαθὰς τοῦτοι ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας 
Having-crossed-ov.r this river) he-advances through Phrygia 
2% 


18 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἕνα, σταϑμὸν ὀχτὼ παρασάγγας, εἷς 
one stativn [one day’s march] (being) eight parasangs, to 
Κολοσσᾶς, οἰχουμένην πόλιν, εὐδαίμονα καὶ 
Colossa, (an) inhabited town, wealthy and 
μεγάλην. Ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἑπτά ἡμέρας" καὶ 
liurge. Here he-remained seven days; and 
Μένων 6 Θετταλὸς ἧχε ἔχων χιλίους 
Menon the Thessalian came (to him) having (a) thousand 
ὁπλίτας χαὶ πενταχοσίους πελταστὰς, 
heavy-armed-men and five-hundred peltaste  [targetiers], 
Δόλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας xat ᾿Ολυνθίους. 
(they being) Dolopians and Anians and Olynthians. 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς otTaSpovs 
Hence he-advances__ three stations [three days’ march] 
eet εἴχοσιν παρασάγγας εἷς Ἰζελαινάς οἰκουμένην 
(making) twenty purasangs to Celeenz (an) inhabited 


πόλιν τὴ Φρυγίας, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. 
town of-the Phrygians, large and wealthy. 
*Evtaisa ἦν βασίλεια Κύρῳ 
| Here there-was (a) palace  for-Cyrus, [here Cyrus had ἃ pa- 
‘ ᾿ , , U , 
καὶ μέγας παράδεισος, πλήρης αγρίων ϑηρίων, 
lace] and (a) large park, fu of-wild beasts, 
\ 3 ~ 3 , 8 er ς , 
Gd éxeivog ἐϑήρευεν ano ἵππου, ὁσίότε 
which he used-to-hunt | from horse, [on horseback], | when 
βούλοιτο γυμνάσαι ἑαυτόν 
he-might-wish to-have-exercised [when he wished to exercise] _ himself 


TE καὶ τοὺς ἵππους. Ὃ ποταμός Μαίανδρος fei 


— and_ the horses. The river Meander _ flows 

διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου" δὲ at πηγαὶ 

through (the) middle --- of-the park ; J and the springs 

αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων" 

of-it are from the palace ; {and its springs issue frem 
δὲ χαὶ pet διὰ τῆς πόλεως Κελαινῶν. 

the palace]; and also it-flows through the city of-Celrenz. 


Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἐρυμνὰ βασίλεια μεγάλου 
There-is also — (a) fortified palace ‘of (the) ‘great. 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 19 


θασιλόέως ἐν Κελαιναῖς, ἐπὶ ταῖς 
king [the king of Persia] in Celene, (situated) at the 
~ ~ ~ , ς ‘ ~ ’ 

πηγαῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ Μαρσύου, ὑπὸ τὴ ἀκροπόλει" 
sources of-the river Marayas, under _ the citadel ; 
οὗτος δὲ χαὶ pet du τῆς πόλεως, καὶ 
this (river) also — flows through the city, and 

r ‘ , , ‘ εὰ - 
ἐμθάλλει εἰς τὸν Μαίανδρον᾽ τὸ δὲ εὖρος τοῦ 
empties into the Meander ; the — breadth of-the 


Μαρσίου ἐστιν εἴχοσι xat πέντε ποδῶν. 
Marsyas is twenty and five | of-feet [feet]. 


Ἐνταῦθα ᾿Απόλλων λέγεται éxdcipa Maporar. 
Here Apollo is-said  to-have-flayed Marsyas, 
ψιχήσας ἐρίζοντά οἷ σερὶ 
having-conquered (him) | contending — (they contending) about 
σοφίας, καὶ χρεμάσαι to δέρμα ἔν τῷ ἄντρῳ 
music, and to-have-hung-up the skin in the cave 
ὅϑεν at πηγαί" διὰ τοῦτο δὲ ὃ ποταμὸς 
whence the springs (rise); from this indeed the river 


καλεῖται Maporas. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Ἐέρξης, ὅτε ἀπεχώρει 


is-called Marsyas. Here Xerxes, when he-departed 


ἐχ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἡττηϑεὶς TH μάχῃ, λέγεται 


from — Greece having-been-defeated in-the battle, is-said 


οἴχοδομῆσαι τε ταῦτά τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν 
to-have-built also this -- palace and the 


ἀχρόπολιν Κελαινῶν. “Evtaiisa Κῦρος ἔμεινε 
citadel of-Celeenze. Here .Cyrus remained 
τριάχοντα ἡμέρας καὶ Κλέαρχος ὃ Λακεδαιμόνιος 
thirty days and Clearchus the Lacedemonian 


φυγὰς χε, ἔχων χιλίους ὁπλίτας, καὶ 


exile came (tohim), haying a-thousand heavy-armed-men, and 


ὀχταχοσίους Θρᾷχας πελταστὰς, καὶ διακοσίους 
eight-hundred Thracian targetiers, and two-hundred 


a , ‘ ‘ . “ , & 
Κρῆτας toforas. Δὲ χαὶ Gua Σωχράτης o 
Cretan archers. And also at-the-same-time Socrates the 
Συραχόσιος παρὴν ἔχων τριαχοσίους 
Syracusian | was-present [arrived] having three-hundred 


20 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ὁπλίτας, καὶ Lopaivetos ὁ Apxas, ἔχων χιλίους 


Feavy-armed-men, and Sophenetus the Arcadian, having a-thousand 


ὁπλίτας. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἐποίησεν 

heavy-armed-men. And here Cyrus made (an) 
5 ‘ ‘ 9 , ~ ε 4 , 5 ~ 
ἄριϑμον καὶ ἐξέτασιν τῶν Ἑλλήων év τῷ 
enumeration and (hada) review of-the Greeks in the 


παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο of σύμπαντες, μὲν 
park, and they-were το all-together, (indeed) 


μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι ὁπλῖται, δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς 


ten-thousand and a-thousand heavy-armed-men, but about -- 


δισχιλίους πελτασταὶ. 


two-thousand peltaste [light-armed men and targetiers]. 
ἜἘντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει δύο otaSuors, 
Hence he-advyances two stations [two days’ march], 


δέχα παρασάγγας εἰς ἸΠέλτας, olxovuérm 
(making) ten parasangs to Pelt, (a) peopled 
πόλιν. Ἔνταῦοδ ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας " ἐν αἷς 

city. Here he-remained three days; in which (days) 
Bevias ὃ ᾿Αρχας éSvoe τὰ Λύχαια καὶ ἔϑϑηχε 
Xenias the Arcadian celebrated the Lycrean-rites, and instituted (a) 
ἀγῶνα" τὰ δὲ ἀϑλα ἦσαν χρυσαῖ 
contest; [public games]; the — prizes were golden 
στλεγγίδες" καὶ δὲ Κῦρος ἐθεώρει τὸν ἀγῶνα. 
strigils ; and also Cyrus viewed the public-games. 
Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς, δώδεχα 


Hence he-marches-forth two stations, (making) twelve 
παρασάγγας εἷς ἀγοράν Κεραμῶν, 
parasangs to (the) market-place ‘of (the) ‘Ceramians, (an) 
οἰχουμένην πόλιν, ἐσχάτην 
inhabited city, (the) last (on the road to Mysia) (and) 
og τὴ Μυσίᾳ χώρᾳ. ᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς 
next-to the Mysian territory. Hence he-advances _threa 
σταϑμους, τριάχοντα παρασάγγας, 
stations, [days’ march], (making) thirty parasaigs, 


εἰς πεδίον Καύστρου, οἰχουμένην πόλιν. “Evtavs’ 
to (the) plain of-Caystrus, (an) inhabited — city. Here 


BOOK I —CHAPTER II. ya | 


ἔμεινε πέντε ἡμέρας" καὶ μισϑός ὠφείλετο τοῖς 


he-remained five days; and pay was-due to-the 
στρατιώταις σίλέον 7 sd μή μηνῶν, καὶ ἱόντες 
soldiers (for) more than t months, and going 
πολλάκις ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας ἀπίπουν. 
often [ὁ the gates [to his quarters] they- demanded ( (it). 
Δὲ 6 λέγων ἐλπίδας διῆγε 


But — Cyrus | saying hopes [giving hopes] | passed-the-time [put 

καὶ ἦν δῆλος ἀνιώμενος" yap ἦν οὐ 
them off], and he-was manifestly distressed ; for it-was not 
πρὸς σπρόπου «στοῦ Κύρυ μὴ ἀποδιδόναι 
f the-nature -- of-Cyrus not to-pay 


EYOVTU. 
he-having (wherewith so to do). 


Ἐνταῦϑα Ἔπίαξα 1 γυνή Συεννέσιος τοῦ 


Here Epyaxa the wife of-Syennesis the 
βασιλέως Κιλίχων ἀφιχνεῖπαι, παρὰ 
king ‘of (the) *Cilicians arrives, (on a visit) 


Κῦρον" καὶ ἐλέγετο δοῦναι Κύρῳ σιολλα χρήματα. 


Cyrus ; and she-was-said to-have-given Cyrus much money. 


Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν πότε ἀπέδωχε τῇ στρατιᾷ: μισϑὸν 
— therefore then paid the army (their) wages 


τεττάρων μενῶν. “H Κίλισσα δὲ χαὶ εἶχε 

forfour § — months. The Cilician (queen) also — had (a) 
φύλαχας περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας καὶ ᾿Ασπεν- 
guard wit her (composed of) Cilicians and Aspen- 


δίους" xat δὲ ἐλέγετο Κῦρον συγγενέσθαι τῇ 


dians; and also it-was-said (that) Cyrus had-connexion with-the 


Κιλίσσῃ. Ἐντεῦϑεν δὲ ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς, 


Cilician (queen). Hence — he-marches-forth two stations, 
δέχα, παρασάγγας εἷς Θύμόύριον, οἰχουμένεν 
(making) ten parasangs to Thymbrium, (a) peopled 
πόλιν. Ἐνταῦθα ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν x 
town. Here there-was, by the road (side) (a) fountain 
ἢ καλουμένη Μίδου τοῦ organo 


which  was-called (the fountain of) Midas, the 


2 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Φρυγων, ἐφ᾽ 7 Midas λέγεται θηρεῦσαι τὸν 


of- Phrygia, at which, Midas is-said to-have-captured the 
Σάτυρον, κεράσας αὐτήν οἴνῳ. Ἐντεῦθεν 
Satyr, haying-mixed it [the fountain] with-wine. Hence 


ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς δέχα παρασάγγας, 


he-marches-forth two stations (making) ten parasangs, 


eis Τυριαῖον οἰκουμένην πόλιν. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμεινε 
to Tyrizum (an) inhabited town. Here _he-remained 


φρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα λέγεται δεηθῆναι 


three days, and the Cilician (queen) is-said to-have-requested 

Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι TO στράτευμα αὐτῇ. 

of-Cyrus | to-have-shown [to show] | (the) (his) army to-her. 
Οὖν βουλόμενος ἐπιδεῖζαι, ποιεῖται 

‘He therefore ‘willing | to-have-shown [toshowit], makes (a) 
, ~ , ~ ε , ‘ ~ 

ἐξέτασιν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων xa τῶν 

review in the plains of-the Greeks and of-the 


βαρθάρων. ᾿Ἐχέλευσε δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας οὕτω 


barbarians. He-orders — _ the Greeks | so 


THY INVAL ὡς ψόμος αὐτοῖς 
to-have-been-arranged [so to be marshalled] as (was the) custom for-them 


εἰς μάχην καὶ στῆναι, δὲ ἔχαστον 
in battle, and _to-stand (in such order), but (that) each 


συντάξαι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ. 
(commander) was-to-arrange | the  of-himself [his own men]. | 'They- 
Oiv ἐτάχϑησαν ἐπὶ τεττάρων. 

were therefore ‘arranged in fours; [they were drawn up 

Μένων μὲν δὲ, καὶ οἵ σὺν αὐτῷ εἶχε 
four deep]; Menon indeed — and | (the) (those) with him had 
wo δεξιὸν, δὲ Κλέαρχος καὶ ot ἐχείνου 
the right, but Clearchus |and the of-him [and his men] 


TO εὐώνυμον, οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί δὲ TO μέσον. 


the left, the other commanders — _ the centre. 
~ ko ‘ ~ , . ’ 

Ὁ Κῦρος οὖν μὲν πρῶτον ἐθεώρει τοὺς βαρθάρους 

— Cyrus therefore — first reviewed the barbarians 


οἱ δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατὰ ἴλας χαὶ 
— und they-marched-past-him  drawn-up in troops and 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 23 


χατὰ τάξεις, δὲ εἶτα τοὺς Ἕλληνας 
in companies, and afterwards (he reviewed) the Greeks 
παρελαύνων ἐφ’ ἅρματος καὶ n Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ 


riding-by-them in (his) chariot, andthe Cilician (queen) in 


ἁρμαμάξης. Ῥὲάντες δὲ εἶχον χαλκᾶ κράνη, καὶ 
ΑἹΙ had 


{a) covered-carriage. -- brazen helmets, and 
φοινικοῦς χιτῶνας, καὶ κνημῖδας, καὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας 
scarlet tunics, and greayes, and the shields 
ἐχχεχαϑαρμένας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ παρήλασε πάντας. 
burnished. After — he-had-ridden-past - all, 


στήσας τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ \ τῆς φάλαγγος, 
having-stopped — (his) chariot in-front-of | the phalanx, (and) 
πέμψας ἸΠίγρητα τὸν ἑρμηνέα, παρὰ τοὺς στρατη- 


havying-sent Pigres the interpreter to the comman- 


γούς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐχέλευσε σίροθαλέσϑαι 
ders of-the Greeks he-commanded (them) to-thrust-forward 
τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι τὴν 
— (their) arms, and | to-have-moved-forward [to move forward] the 
ὅλην φάλαγγα. Οἱ δὲ προεῖπον ταῦτα 
entire phalanx. The(commanders)— announced these 
τοῖς στρατιώταις᾽ καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλ- 
(things) to-the soldiers ; and after it-was-sounded-with-the 
mye, mpoSarrAcusvor τὰ ὅπλα, ἔπιεσαν. 
trumpet, puttin g-forward — (their) arms, they-advanced. 
Δὲ ἐκ τούτου προϊόντων ϑᾶσσον σὺν χραυγῇ 
And ἔτοπι this going-on more-quickly with (a) shout, | (a) 
δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις 
running happened to-the soldiers [the soldiers commenced run- 
ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου ἐπὶ tas σχηνάς. Καὶ dé 
ning] of — their-own-accord to the tents. And also 
σολὺς pobos ἄλλοις τῶν βαρθάρων, καὶ 
(there was) (a) great fear to-others of-the | barbarians, and 
te ἡ Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐχ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης, καὶ 
-— the Cilician (queen) fled from the Persian-carriage, and 
ob ἐχ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἔφυγον καταλιπόντες τὰ 
- (those) in the markets fled having-left-bchind the 


24 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


via’ δὲ ot Ἕλληνες ἦλθον ἐπὶ τας 
things-exposed-to-sale; but the Greeks went to the 
oxnvas σὺν γέλωτι. Δὲ ἡ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦσα 
tents with laughter. (But) the  Cilician (queen) having-seen 
THY λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν ποῦ στρατεύματος 
the splendour and the discipline of-the army 
ἐθαύμασε. Δὲ Κῦρος ἥσθη ἰδών τὸν 
was-struck-with-admiration. (But) Cyrus was-delighted seeing the 
φόθον éx τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τούς βαρθάρους. 
fear (inspired) by - the Greeks into the barbarians, 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς, εἴχοσι 


Hence  he-marches-forth three stations, (making) twenty 


σάγγας, εἰς ᾿Ιχόνιν, ἐσχάτην πόλιν τῆς 
Oo 


parasangs, t Iconium, (the) last town -- 


Φρυγίας. Ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας. 


‘of- Phrygia. : Here he-remained three days. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Avxaoviag πέντε 
Ifence he-marches-forth through — Lycaonia five 


σταϑμοὺς, τριάχοντα παρασάγγας. ᾿Επέτρεψε 
stations, (making) thirty parasangs. He-permitted 


τοῖς Ἕλλησι διαρπάσαι σὴν ταύτην 
the Greeks | (to-have-plundered) (to plunder) — this 


χώραν, ὡς οὖσαν πολεμίαν. Ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος 


country, as being hostile. Hence Cyrus 


ἀποπέμπει τὴν Κίλισσαν τὴν ταχίστην 
sends-away the Cilician (queen) by-the | quickest [shortest] 


ὅὃδόν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" καὶ συμέπεμψεν αὐτῇ 


road into — Cilicia; and he-sent-with her (the) 
στρατιώτας, ots Μένων εἶχε, καὶ αὐτόν. 
soldiers, that Menon had, and (Menon) himself. 


Κῦρος δέ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει διὰ Kaz- 


Cyrus indeed with the others marches-forth through Cap- 
madoxias τέτταρας σταϑμοὺς, εἴχοσι χαὶ πέντε 
four . 


padocia stations, (making) twenty and five 


σάγγα oc Δάναν οἰχουμένην πόλιν 
παρα YY: προς Da. LEVY ? 


parasangs, to na (8) peopled town 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 25 


μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. “Evtaisa ἔμειναν τρεῖς 
large and wealthy. Here they-remained three 
nuépas’ ἐν @ Κῦρος ἀπέχτεινε Tlepony 
days ; during which (time) Cyrus put-to-death (a) ersian 
ἄνδρα Μεγαφέρνην, βασίλειον φοινικιστὴν, 
(man) Megaphernes (by name), (a) royal purple-wearer, 
‘ e ’ , ~ ς ’ 
χαὶ τινα ἕτερόν δυνάστην τῶν ὑπάρχων 
(and) a-certain other powerful-person of-the officers-high-in-command 


αἰτιασάμενος ἐπιθουλεύειν αὐτῷ. 
having-accused (him) | to-conspire to-him [of conspiring against 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσδάλλειν εἰς τὴν 
him]. Hence they-endeavoured to-throw-themselves into --- 


Κιλικίαν" δὲ ἡ εἰσθολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς 

Cilicia ; but the entrance was (a) road (only broad enough for a 
ἁμαξιτὸς, ἰσχυρῶς OpSia, καὶ ἀμήχανος 

single) wagon-way, very steep, and impracticable ‘for (an) 

στρατεύματι εἰσελθεῖν, ei τις ἐχώλυε. Καὶ δὲ 

‘army to-enter, if any-one opposed. And also 


Συέννεσις ἐλέγετο εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄχρων, φυλάττων 
Syennesis was-said to-be on the heights, guarding 
τὴν εἰσθολήν" Ov ὃ ἔμεινεν ἥἡμέραν ἐν 
the entrance ; for which (reason) he-remained (a) day on 
τῷ Media. Δὲ TH ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγγελος ἧχε λέγων 


the plain. But on-the next-day (a) messenger came saying 


ὅτι Συέννεσις εἴη λελοισὼς τὰ ἄχρα, ἐπεὶ 
that Syennesis | might-be having-left [had left] the heights, after 


ἤσϑετο ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα Μένωνος ἦν ἤδη ἐν 


he-perceived that the army of-Menon wasalready in 
Κιλικίᾳ, εἴσω THY ὀρέων, χαὶ ὅτι ἤκουε 

Cilicia, within the mountains, and because he-heard (that) 
Ταμῶν ἔχοντα τριήρεις τὰς ᾿ς Λᾶχε- 
Tamos having galleys (namely) — (those) *of (the) ‘Lace- 
δαιμονίων καὶ Κύρου αὐτοῦ, περισίλε- 


dzemonians and of-Cyrus himself, (and that) *he (Tamos) ‘was-sail- 


οὔσας ἀπ᾽ ᾿Ιωνίας εἰς ἹΚιλικίαν. Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν 
ing-round from _ Tonia into Cilicia. Cyrus — therefore 


26 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


5 , ee , “ » ‘ ’ . *¢ 
ἀνέθη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, οὐδενὸς xwArortos, καὶ εἶδε 


ascended (on) the mountains, no-one opposing, and he-saw 
τὰς σκηνάς, οὗ οἱ Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον. Ἐντεῦθεν 
the tents, where the Cilicians kept-guard. Hence 


δὲ χατέθαινεν εἰς utya χαὶ χαλόν πεδίον. 


-- he-descended into (a) large and beautiful plain, 
ἐπίῤῥυτον, καὶ ἔμπλεων παντοδαπῶν δένδρων καὶ 
well-watered, and (being)-full  ὀ of-all-kinds of-trees and 
ἀμπέλων" καὶ δὲ φέρει πολὺ σήσαμον καὶ μελίνην. 
vines ; and also it-bears much sesamum, and panic, 


καὶ κέγχρον καὶ πυροὺς καὶ x χριϑάς. Ὅρος δ᾽ 


and millet, and wheat, and arley. (A) mountain (chain) — 


ὀχυρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν περιέχει αὐτὸ 
strong (by nature and art) and high surrounds it 


πάντη ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 


on-all-sides from sea sea. 


Καταδὰς δὲ διὰ ποῦτου tod πεδίου ἤλασε 
Descending --- through this -- plain he-proceeds 


si σταϑμοὺς, πέντε χαὶ εἴχοσι παρα- 


four days’-march, (making) five and twenty para- 


oayyas, εἰς ταῦρον μεγάλην χαὶ εὐδαί μονα, πόλιν 


sangs, (a) large and wealthy city 
τῆς Κιλικίας. Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ βασίλεια 


-- of-Cilicia. Here . were the palaces 
Συενγέσιος Tod βασιλέως Κιλίχων" δὲ διὰ 
of-Syennesis _ the king ‘of (the) *Cilicians; and through (the) 
μέσης τῆς πόλεως Pel ποταμός ὄνομα 


middle of-the city runs(a) river (the) name (of which is} 


5 ͵ ' 
Κύδνος, εὖρος δύο πλέθρον. Οἱ 
Cydnus, (the) breadth (of which is) two plethra. — (Those; 
ἐνοιχοῦντες τὴν ταύτην πόλιν εξέλισον μετᾷ 
inhabiting - this. city deserted (it) together-with 


Συεννέσιος ets ὀχυρὸν χωρίον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, πλὴν 
Syennesis for (a) fortified place on the mountains, except 


οἱ ἔχοντες TA χαπηλεῖα" καὶ δὲ οἱ  οἰχοῦντες 
-- ([λοβθ) having — shops; and also — (those) dwelling 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER II. 27 
παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν ἔν Σόλοις καὶ ἐν ᾿ἸΙσσοῖς. 
near the sea at Soli and at Issus, 


"Emiaka δὲ, n γυνή Συεννέσιος ἀφίκετο εἰς Ταρσοὺς 


Epyaxa also, the wife of-Syennesis arrived at Tarsus 


πέντε ἡμέρας προτέρα Κύρου" δὲ ἐν τῇ ὑπερδολῇ 


five days before Cyrus; but in the crossing-over 
τῶν ὁρῶν, τῶν εἰς τὸ πεδίον, 
of-the mountains, — (namely, those which descend) ‘to the plain, 
δύο λόχοι στρατεύματος τοῦ Μένωνος 
two companies ‘of (the) ‘army — of-Menon 
, ‘ ” e , , 
ἀπώλοντο. Ot μὲν ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς 
perished, —(Some) indeed said | (that while) plundering 
τι κατακοπῆναι 


something to-have-been-cut-to-pieces [that they had been cut to pieces 
ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίχων" δὲ οἱ 

while plundering] by the Cilicians ; but — (others) (that, 
ες ' sy ’ - ‘ “ 
ὑπολειφϑέντας, καὶ οὐ δυναμέους εὑρεῖν TO αλλο 
being-left-behind, and not being-able  to-find the rest (ofthe) . 
στράτευμα οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδούς εἶτα πλανωμένους 
army nor the roads after wandering-about 
ἀπελέσϑαι" οὗτοι δὲ οὖν ἦσαν Exatov ὁπλῖται. 
to-have-perished; these --- therefore were a-hundred heavy-armed-men. 
Δ᾽ οἱ GAA ἐπεὶ ἧχον, ὀργιζόμενοι 
But the rest (of Menon’s command) after they-arrived, enraged 
διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν διήρπασαν 
αὐ the destruction — (oftheir) fellow-soldiers plundered 
τὴν TE πόλιν τοὺς Ταρσοὺς, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια τὰ ἐν 
the — οἷν — Tarsus, and the palaces — in 
αὐτῇ. Κῦρος dé ἐπεὶ εἰσήλασεν eis τὴν πόλιν, 
it. Cyrus indeed after he-entered into the city, 
μετεπέμπετο τὸν Συέννεσιν σιρὸς ἑαυτόν" ὁ 
sent-for -- Syennesis (tocome) te him ; τος 
δ᾽ ἔφη οὔτε ma πρότερον ἐλϑεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 
but he-said | never yet Ὀοίοτγο- [18 to-have-come into hands 


ae οὐδενί 
{that never yet before this had he put himself in the power of ] any-person 


28 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
χρείττονι. ἑαυτοῦ, οὔτε ἤϑελε τότε ἰέναι 
superior-in-power (to) himself, neither would-he then | (to-go) (go} 


’ ‘ ‘ “᾿ ‘ " ῳ 
Κύρῳ, πρὶν 1 γυνὴ ἔπεισε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔλαθε 
to-Cyrus, before — (his) wife ‘brought him ‘to-it, and he-received 


πίστεις. Meta δὲ ταῦτα, ἐπεὶ συνεγένοντο 
assurances (of safety). After — these-things, when they-mét 
ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωχε Κύρῳ πολλὰ χρήματα 
one-another, Syennesis (indeed) gave Cyrus many things 
eis τὶν στρατιὰν, δὲ Κύρος ἐχείνῳ δῶρα, ἃ 
for — (his) army, and Cyrus (gave) to-him _ gifts, which 
ψομίζεται Tia παρὰ βασιλεῖ 


are-accustomed-to-be-held as-valuable by (a) king (namely) (a) 


ἵππον χρυσοχάλινον, καὶ χρυσοῦν στρεπτὸν, καὶ 
horse having-a-golden-bridle, and a-golden twisted-collar, and 


ψέλλια, καὶ χρυσοῦν ἀκινάκην, καὶ ἹΠερσιχήν στολὴν, 
bracelets, and ἃ- οι ἄθη scimitar, and a-Persian robe, 
‘ 4 , ’ 3 , 

χαὶ σὴν χώραν - μηκέτι ἀφαρπάζεσϑαι" 
and (Β6 ἀρτοοᾶ that) the country(was)not-hereafter  to-be-plundered; 
δὲ ἀπολαμθάνειν τὰ ἡρπασμένα ἀνδράποδα, 
and (that they were) to-receive-back the captured slaves, 
ἦν που ἐντυγχάτωσι. 

if any-where they-meet-with-them. 





CHAPTER III. 


Ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος xat 7 στρατια ἔμεινε sixoow 


HERE Cyrus and the army remained twenty 
" yap ol στρατιῶται ἔφασαν οὐχ ἰέναι τοῦ 
days ; {for the soldiers said not to-go -- 
πρόσω. Tap ἤδη 


further [for the soldiers refused to go any farther]. For alrealy 

ς , 5’ 3 Ss ᾿ 

ὑπώσιτευον ἰέναι ἐπὶ βασιλέα" 

they-suspected | to-go against (the) king; [that they were going 
δὲ ἔφασαν οὐ 

against the king of Persia]: and thev-snid (that they) ‘were nox 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER. III. 29 


μισϑωδλῆναι ἔπὶ τούτῳ. Κλέαρχος δὲ πρῶτος 
hired for this (purpose). Clearchus τον first 
ebiaketo τοὺς στρατιώτας αὑτοῦ 
endeavoured-t-compel | the soldiers of-him [his soldiers] 
ἰέναι" ot δὲ τε ἐδαλλον αὐτόν 

to-go; — but -- (his men) began-to-pelt him (with stones) 
καὶ TH ὑποζύγια τά ἐκείνου, 


and (also) the beasts-of-burden | the of-him, [belonging to him], 
ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο προϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ μὲν τότε 
after. he-began  to-advance. Clearchus indeed — then 
μικρὸν ἐξέφυγε μὴ τὸ καταπετρωθῆναι" 
narrowly eseaped | lest the to-have-been-stoned; [stoning to death]; 
ὕστερον δ᾽, ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται 
at-length —, after he-knew that he-'would not *be-able 
βιάσασϑαι, συνήγαγεν ἐχχλησίαν τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
to-use-force, he-brought-together (a) meeting | of-the soldiers 
¢ ~ ‘ ‘ ~ , 
αὑτοῦ. Καὶ μὲν πρῶτον ἑστώς 
of-him [οἵ ΗΪ5 soldiers}. And — at-first standing (before them) 
ἐδάκρυε σολὺν χρόνον" δὲ οἵ ὁρῶντες 
he-shed-tears (fora) long time ; but — (they) seeing-this 
ἐθαύμαζον xat ἐσιώπων: εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε 
wondered and were-silent; afterwards — he-spoke-to-them 


τοιάδε. 
thus. 


“Avdpes στρατιῶται, pn θαυμάζετε ὅτι χαλε- 
Men soldiers, *do not *wonder that ‘I griev- 
πῶς φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασι. Τὰ 
ously ee the present (state of ) Aa tee 
Κῦρος ἐγένετο ξένος ἐμοὶ 
Cyrus became (a) guest-friend to-me [for Cyrus bound himself to 
καὶ ἐτίμησε με, φεύγοντα 
me by the ties of hospitality] and he-honoured me, (an) exile 
éx tig πατρίδος, te τὰ ἄλλα, 
from — (my) country, |and the others, [and also in other 
καὶ ἔδωχε μυρίους δαρεικούς 
᾿ things), and (in particular) he-gave (me) ten-thousand darics; 
3 


30 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

ots ἐγὼ λαθών, οὗ χατεϑέμην ἐμοὶ εἷς TO 
which I having-taken, ‘did not *put-by for-myself for —(my}j 
ἴδιον, GAN οὐδὲ χαϑηδυπάϑησα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐδαπάνων 
own-private (use), — neither did-I-spend-it-in-luxury, but I-spent-it 

ε - ι - ‘ , ‘ ’ 

εἰς ὑμᾶς. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐπολέμησα πρὸς τους 
for you. For first —  I-made-war against the 


Θρᾷκας, καὶ eS? ὑμῶν ἐτιμωρούμην ὑστὲρ 
Thracians, and together-with you I-took-vengeance (on them) for 
τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ἐξελαύνων αὐτοὺς ἔχ τῆς Χεῤῥονήσου, 
-- Greece, expelling them from the Chersonesus, 
βουλομένους ἀφαιρεῖσθαι σὴν γὴν τοὺς 
(they) desiring to-take-away the land (of) the 
Ἕλληνας ἐνοιχοῦτας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦρος ἐχάλει 
Greeks dwelling-there. After -ς Cyrus called-mo 
, > ec ~ er v 
ἐπορευόμεν, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα εἶ τι 
I-went, taking you (with me), in-order-that if — 
δέοιτο ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν ἀνδ᾽ 
he-might-need (my assistance) I-might-help him | for (those things) 
ὧν ἔπαϑον εὖ ὑπ ἐχείνου. 
of-which I-was-affected beneficially by him [in return for the bene- 
‘ ‘ ς ~ ΄ 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς βούλεσϑε οὐ 
fits [have received from him]. Since however you wish not 
συμπορεύεσθαι, ἀνάγχε δή μοι 
to-accompany (him), | the-necessity — (is) to-me[I am constrained] 
, ε ~ ~ ~ ᾿ , 
ἢ προδόντα ὑμᾶς χρῆσϑαι τῇ φιλίᾳ Κύρου, 
either (by) deserting you | to-use the friendship of-Cyrus, 
ἢ ψευσάμενον 
[to preserve the friendship of Cyrus], or having-deceived (him by being 
πρὸς ἐχεῖνον ἰέναι wed’ ὑμῶν. Ei μὲν δὴ 
false) towards him to-go σι} you. | If indeed -- 


ποιήσω δίχαια οἶδα οὐκ 
Z-shall-make just-things I-know ποῖ [whether indeed I shall act cor 


δ΄. >] zs, ε ~ ‘ 
αἱρήσομαι δ᾽ ov ὑμᾶς, χαὶ συ» 
rectly, I know not] [-5}8}}- 018 “--- therefore (to) you, and _ with 
ὑμῖν πείσομαι 6 τι ἂν δέη. Καὶ οὐδείς 


you will-submit-to what — may be-necessary. | And no-one 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER III. 81 


οὕποτε ἐρεῖ, ὡς ἔγω 

‘shall never ‘have-said, [and no one shall ever say], that I 

ἀγαγὼν Ἕλληνας εἰς τοὺς βαρθάρους, προδοὺς 
es 


_ having-led Greeks among the barbarians, erting 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἱλόμεν trv φιλίαν τῶν βαρ- 
the Greeks took-in-preference the friendship of-the bar- 
θάρων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς wW θέλετε πείϑεσθαι 


barians. But since you ‘do not _ ‘desire to-obey 


ἐμοὶ οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι, ἐγὼ ἕψομαι σὺν ὑμῖν, καὶ 


me nor to-follow (me), Ζ will-follow (with) you, and 
πείσομαι ὅ τι ἂν δέῃ. Γὰρ νομίζω 
will-submit-to what — may be-necessary. For I-consider 


c ad > > ‘ ν᾽ , ‘ ’ ‘ 
ὑμᾶς εἶναι ἐμοὶ καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ 
you to-be to-me (and) (my) country, and (my) friends and (my) 
συμμάχους, καὶ ἂν μὲν oluae σὺν ὑμῖν 
fellow-soldiers, and Ἷ may indeed ‘think (that) with you (Iam) 
εἶναι τίμιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ, δὲ ὧν ἔρημος “ ὑμῶν, 
to-be honoured wherever ‘I may ‘be, but being destitute οἴςγου, 
ς ‘ -“ ~ 
ἂν οἶμαι οὐχ εἶναι ἱκανὸς οὐτ᾽ ἂν ὠφελῆσαι 
Imay ‘think (myself) not to-be competent either — to-help 
φίλον, οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἀλέξασϑαι ἐχϑρὸν. Ὡς οὖν 
(a) friend, or — repel (an) enemy. That therefore 
~ , . ες ~ » 
ἐμοὺ ἰόντος, ὅπη καὶ ὑμεῖς ἂν, οὗτο ἔχετε 
Ι am-going, where also you Ππιδὺ (be going), then hold-to 
τὴν CUNY. Ταῦτα 
— (this) opinion (that Iam determined to go with you). | These-things 
εἶπε" δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται, οἵ τε 
he-said [thus did he speak]; and the soldiers, | —as-well 
ἐχείνου αὐτοῦ τ χαὺ οἱ ἄλλοι, 
of-those of-himself, [as well those of hisown command], as the others, 
ἀχοίσαντες ταῦτα, ὅτι φαίη “οὗ 
hearing these-things, that he-should-say (that he was) not 
πορεύεσθαι 1 βασιλέα, ἔπινεσαν" πλείους 7 
to-march-forth against (the) king, they-applauded; more than 


δισχίλιοι - . δὲ Ἐενίου χαὶ Πασίωνος, 
two-thousand (soldiers) from — Xenias and Pasion, 


382 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


Aabortes τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐστρα- 


taking — (their) arms and — (their) baggage en- 
᾿ ᾿ ‘ , - Md 5 - 

τοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλεάρχω. Κῦρος δὲ ἀπορῶν 

camped with Clearchus. Cyrus — being-perplexed 


TE χαὶ λυπούμενος τούτοις, μετεπέμσιετο TOV K2E- 
and also distressed at-these-things, sent-for -- Clo» 


apyov' ὃ δὲ ἤϑελε ov μὲν ἰέναι, λάϑρα δὲ 

archus; ὍΠῸ however would not — go, unknown however (to) 
TOV στρατιωτῶν πέμπων ἄγγελον αὐτῷ ἔλεγε 

the soldiers, sending (a) messenger to-him, he-told (him) 
θαῤῥεῖν, ὡς τούτων χαταστησομέγων εἷς TO 
to-be-of-good-courage | as_these-things being-arranged in the 
δέον" δὲ 


required-manner; [as those affairs would be satisfactorily arranged]; also 


μεταπέμπεσθαι ἐχέλευεν αὐτὸν" 

(he requested Cyrus) to-send (and again) request him 

? 9. " ” 
δ᾽ αὐτὸς é 

(tocome tohim); but he (after being sent for again) said (that he 

οὐχ ἰέναι. Mera δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγὼν τούς 


- 


would) not go. After — this assembling | the 

δὲ στρατιώτας ἑαυτοῦ, χαὶ τοὺς 

-- soldiers of-himself, [his soldiers] and -- (those) 
ελϑόντας αὐτῷ, xat τὸν βουλόμενον τῶν 

having-joined . hin, and the desirous of-the 

ἄλλων, ἔλεξε τοιάδε. 


other (soldiers to be present), he-spoke thus (to them.) 


“Avdpes στρατιῶται, μὲν δὴ δῆλον ὅτι τὰ 


Men soldiers, (it is) indeed — evident that| the (affairs) 
Κύρου ἔχει οὕτως πρὼς ἡμᾶς, ὥσπερ τὰ 
of-Cyrus hold (themselves) 80 to Ws 36 ὩΣ 


e Ω - 5 ~ 
LET € TUPOS EXELVOY * 
our eee do) to him; [the affairs of Cyrus are in the 
yap ore ἡμεῖς ἔτι 
same relation to us, that ours are to him]; for neither (are) we now 
στρατιῶται ἐχείνου γε ἐπεί ou 
' (the; soldiers of-him [his soldiers] at-least after we-'do not 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER III. 83 


συνεπόμεθοα, αὐτῷ, ote ἐχεῖνος ἔτι μισϑοδότης 


‘follow him, nor (is) he now paymaster 


ἡμῖν. Ὅτι μήντοι νομίζει ἀδιχεῖσϑαι Ὁ 


τ0- 5, That however  he-thinks (himself) injured 
ἡμῶν οἶδα" καὶ ὥστε ωὐτοῦ μεταπεμτομένου 
as I-know; and so-that he sending-for (me) 
ESEA@ οὐχ ἐλϑεῖν, μὲν TO μέγιστον, 
T-will not have-gone, [go], indeed (what is) the greatest, 
αἰσχυνόμενος, ὅτι σύνοιδα ἑμαυτῷ 
being-ashamed, because I-am-conscious to-myself (of) 
ἐψευσμένος αὐτόν πάντα, καὶ δὲ ἔπειτα 
having-deceived him in-all (this), and indeed then-also 
δεδιὼς, μή, λαθών με ἐπιϑῇ 
having-feared, lest, having-seized me | he-may-have-inflicted [he may 
δίχην, ὧν ψομίζει 
inflict] punishment, (for the things) | of-which [in which] he-thinks (him- 
ἠδικῆσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Ovv δοχεῖ ἐμοὶ 
self) to-have-been-injured by me. Therefore (this) seems to-me 
εἶναι οὐχ ὥρα ἡμῖν καϑεύδειν, οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν 
to-be no time for-us to-sleep, nor  to-neglect our 
αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαι 6, T χρὴ ποιεῖν 
selves” but to-deliberate — what is-necessary to-do 
ἐχ στούτων.Ό Καὶ ἕως TE μένομεν αὐτοῦ, 
[τὰ these [mext]. And as (long) indeed (as) we-remain here, 
doxet μοι εἶναι σχεπτέον, ὅπως μενοῦμεν 
it-seems to-me to-be necessary-to-be-considered, how ‘we (may) ‘remain 


ἀσφαλέστατα, ei te ἤδη δοχεῖ ἀπιέναι, ὅπως 


the-most-securely, if also (it) now seems (best) to-depart, how 
ἄπιμεν ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ ὅπως ἕξομεν τὰ 


we-may-depart the-most-safely, and how we-shall-have the 
ἐπιτήδεια" yap ἄνευ τούτων οὐδέν 
necessaries-of-life; for without these (necessaries) | (thereis) ne 
ὄφελος οὗτε στρατηγοῦ οὗτε 

advantage | neither [either] (to the) commander | nor [or] (to the? 
ἰδιώτου. 


private-soldier [the commander and private soldier are alike inefficient]. 


34 “ THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 


Δ᾽ ὁ wr μὲν φίλος ἀξιος πολλοῦ 
But the man (is) indeed (a) friend worthy of-much  (estimation} 


ἣν , , 3 ' > 
ᾧ ἂν 7 φίλος, δὲ χαλεπώτατος ἔχϑρος, 
to-whom ‘he may ‘be (a) friend, but(a) most-bitter enemy, 
ᾧ ἂν ἧ πολέμος" ἔχει δὲ χαὶ δύναμιν 
to-whom ‘he may ‘be(an) enemy; he-has — alse (a) forve 
χαὶ πεζὴν xa ἱππικὴν καὶ ναυτικήν, ἣν 
both = foot and cavalry, also (2) naval (one), which ‘we 


πάντες ὁμίως ὁρῶμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεϑα" καὶ 

all alike ‘see and also know; and (this is 
γὰρ δοκοῦμέν μοι καϑῆσθαι οὐδὲ 

not strange) for  we-seem to-me _ | to-sit [to be encamped] not-indeed 

σπόῤῥο αὐτοῦ" ὥστε ὥρα λέγειν 6 τι τις 

far-from him; wherefore (it is) time to-say what — any-one 


γιγνόξκει εἶναι ἄριστον. Εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἐπαύσατο. 


nows to-be better. Saying this he-finished. 
Ἔχ τούτο 8 ἀνίσταντο, οἵ μὲν ἐκχ 
Upon this then (several) rose (to speak),— (some) indeed — 
TOW αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες ἁ ἐγίγ- 
--- of-their-own-accord, | (about)-saying [intending to say] what they- 
VOSXOY, xa οἵ δὲ ἐγχέλευστοι un 
thought (οὗ affairs) and — (others) indeed ordered by 
éxel VOU ἐπιδειχνύντες οἷα ein ἡἣ ἀπορία 


him [Clearchus] pointing-out what might-be the difficulty 
ἄνευ τῆς γνώμης Κύρου χαὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. 
without the consent of-Cyrus both to-remain and to-go. 


Δὲ εἷς dn προσποιούμενος σπεύδειν 


And one namely (of those instructed) = pretending _earnestly-to-desire 
πορεύεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα εἰς τὴν (Ἑλλάδα, 


ἰο-Ῥγοοθθᾶ: as speedily-as-possible to -- Greece, 
εἶπε, ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἐλέσϑαι 
said, (that) other |= = commanders — | to-have-been-chosen 


ὡς πάχιστα, εἰ Κλέαρχος μὴ 
{were to be chosen] as speedily-as-possible, if  Clearchus ‘is not 
βούλεται ἀπάγειν" δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
‘willing to-lead-them-back; (that) also the mnecessaries-of-life 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER III. 35 


> + ’ x ε 3 , 5 ~ ~ 
ἀγοράζεσϑθαι, S ἦν ἡἣ ἀγορὰ ἐν τῷ Bapbapixd 
are-to-be-bought, for there-was — (a) market ἴῃ the barbarian 
στρατεύματι, καὶ συσχευάζεσθαι" δ᾽ 
army, and-also (the) baggage-is-to-be-packed-up; and 
éASovtas Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς 
{that they), going to-Cyrus, to-ask-for ships, in-order-that 
3 , 35." 3 ‘ ~ ~ 3 .- 
ἀποπλέοιεν᾽ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, αἰτεῖν 
they-may-set-sail; if however he-‘do not ‘give these, to-ask 
Κῦρον ἡγεμόνα, ὅσπις ἀπάξει διὰ τῆς φιλίας 
Cyrus (for ἃ) leader, who _will-lead(them) through the friendly 
χώρας. Ἐὰν δὲ unde διδῷ ἡγεμόνα 
countries. If however he-‘does not-even give (a) leader (they are) 
συντάττεσθαι σὴν ταχίστην, καὶ 
to-form-themselves-in-order-of-battle | -— as-speedily-as-possible, and 
δὲ πέμψαι προχαταληψομένους τὰ ἄχρα,. 
also | to-have-sent hereafter preoccupying * the heights, [and also 
ὅπως μήτε 
to send men to take possession of the heights in advance], so-that neither 


Κῦρος νήτε ot Κίλικες μὴ καταλαθόντες 
Cyras nor the Cilicians |'may not having-seized-upon 
φϑάσωσι 

*have-occupied, [may not have anticipated us, in taking possession of these 


ov ἔχομεν πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ 


heights], of-whom [the Cilicians] we-have many-men and much 
, , ‘ ‘ 
χρήματα ἀνηρπαχότες Οὗτος μὲν δὴ 
property having-taken-them-away-from-them. Thus indeed — (in) 
τοιαῦτα εἶπε δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος 
this (manner) he-spoke; but after this Clearchus 


εἶπε τοσοῦτον. 

spoke just-so-mush. A 
Μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω ὡς μὲν eur στρατη- 
*Let no-one  of-you ‘says that --- [1 yam) about-lead- 

ἥἤσοντα ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν" 

g-the-army (in) this the command (thereof); [that 1 
yap ἐνορῶ πολλὰ, 
will accept the office of commander]; for  I-perceive many-things, 


36.5 - THE ANABASIS GF XENOPHON 


> δι ~ 39 , ‘ 
δὶ & τοῦτο ov ποιητέον ἐμοὶ" δ᾽ 
on-account-of which this ‘must not ‘be-done by-me; but (.etnim 


ἐν» 


ὡς πείσομαι ἣ μάλιστα δυνατὸν, τῷ ἀνδρὶ 


say) that I-shall-obey in-as much-as possible, the man, 
- n e ο' se ~ et % 5 , 
ὧ ἂν ἕλησϑε, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἐπίσταμαι 


whom ‘you may ‘choose, that you-may-see, that also I-know-how 


ἀρχεσθαι xu ὥς τις μάλιστα ἄλλος 
to-be-commanded, | and eyen-thus — as-much-as (any) other 


ἀνϑιρώπων. Μετὰ τοῦτων ἄλλος 
of-men [as wellas any other man]. After this another 
ἀνέστη ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν τῆν εὐήϑειαν τοῦ 
arose (0 speak) pointing-out ---. the simplicity. --- (of him) 
κελεύοντος αἰτεῖν TA πλοῖα, ὥσπερ Κύρου 
advising to-ask — (for) ships, as-if Cyrus ‘woul 
μὴ ποιουμένου τὸν στόλον πάλιν, 
not ‘hereafter | be-making the fleet return, [order the fleet to re- 
; δ᾽ ἐπιδεικνὺς ὡς εὔηϑες ein αἰτεῖν 
turn], also showing how foolish (4 thing) it-would-be to-ask-for (a) 
ἡγεμόνα παρὰ τούτου ᾧ λυμαινόμεϑα 


leader from this (very person) whom we-are-frustrating 


σὴν πρᾶξιν. Kat δὲ εἰ πιστεύσομεν τῷ 
(in) — (his) un ertaking. And also if  we-shall-confide in the 
ἡγεμόνι ᾧ Kipos ἂν διδῷ, τί κωλύει Κῦρον 
leader, whom Cyrus may give, what hinders (that) Cyrus 'may 
καὶ χελεύειν τὰ ἄχρα προχαταλαμδάνειν ἡμῖν; 
also ‘order the heights | to-preoceupy for-us ? 
Tao ἐγὼ μὲν ὀχνοίην ἂν 
[to be preoccupied for us]? For I indeed shall-be-reluctant — 
ἐμθαίνειν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, ἃ δοίη ἡμίν, 
to-embark on (board) the vessels, which he-might-give us, 
- c ~ > ~ ~ ε 
μὴ καταδύσῃ ἡμᾶς αὐταῖς ταῖς τριήρεσι" 
lest he-should-submerge us (together) with-‘these — galleys 
ἂν δὲ φοδοίμην ἕπεσθαι TO ἡγεμόνι 
‘themselves; ‘I should indeed ‘be-afraid to-follow the guide 
, ‘ 5 , e ~ 
δοίη, μὴ ayayn ὑμᾶς OSE 
whom he-may-give, lest he-might-lead us (to a place) whence it-'will 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER III. 37 


> ” , “- 

οὖχ ἔσται οἷόν τε ἐξελϑεῖν" βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν 

ποῦ *be possible - to-escape; | I-would-wish — 

ἀπιὼν. Κύρου ἄχοντος, ἀπελϑών da Sciv 

departing, Cyrus (being) unwilling, depart to-have-concealed 

autor’ 

him [1 would rather, if departing against the will of Cyrus, depart 
ὃ ἐστιν ov δυνατόν. “AAW é 

without his knowledge]; which is not possible. But I 

φημι ταῦτα μὲν εἶναι φλυαρίας. δὲ μοι 

say (that) these (things) indeed are absurdities; but to-me 


Soxet ἄνδρας, οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι, ἐλθόντας 
it-seems (that) men, who (are) fit, having-gone 


πρὸς Κῦρον σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἐρωτᾶν éxeivov Tl 
Cyrus with Clearchus to-ask him (for) what 


᾿ βούλεται χρῆσθαι ἡμῖν" καὶ éav μὲν 7 


(purpose) he-wished to-use uS; and if indeed the 


πρᾶξις ἢ παραπλησία οἵᾳπερ καὶ 
oe TS be similar (to that) in-which-kind ‘he also 


τρόσϑεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ἕένοις, καὶ ἡμᾶς 
before ‘employed — foreign-troops, and (that) we (should) 


ἔπεσϑαι, χαὶ μὴ εἶναι κακίους 
follow (him), and (that we might) not be worse (than) 


τῶν σπρόσϑεν συναναθάντων τοῦτῳ" 
— (those) | before going-up with-him; [who before 


ἐὰν δὲ 7 πρᾶξις φαίνηται μείζων 


went up with him]; but if theu aking may-seem greater (than) 


τῆς πρόσϑεν, καὶ > καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέρα, 
the former, and more-difficu and more-dangerous, 


ἀξιοῦν ἢ πείσαντα ἄγειν 
(then that we) request either (that) having-persuaded (us) to-lead 
nudas, ἢ πεισθέντα 
us (with him), or having-been-persuaded (by us) (he would allow u:) 
ἀφιέναι πρὸς φιλίαν" γὰρ οὕτω καὶ 
tu-depart (a) friendly (country); for thus also 
ἑπόμενοι αὐτῷ φίλοι, καὶ ἂν ἑποίμεϑα 
accompanying him (as) friends, ‘we also may ‘accompany (him) 

4 


38 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πρόϑυμοι χαὶ ἀπιόντες ἂν ἀπίοιμεν 
zealous (in his cause), and leaving (him)'we may ‘leave-hin. 
ἀσφαλῶς" δεῦ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὅ 
safely ; (that) here | they-have-announced [they report] --- 
TL δ᾽ ἂν λέγῃ πρός ταῦτα" δ᾽ ἡμᾶς 
What (he)— may say to these (things); and = we 
axovoartas  PovdeteoSar πρός ταῦτα. 
having-heard (1) to-deliberate upon these (thin gs). 
Ἔδοξε ταῦτα, 
|1t-seemed-good (respecting) these-things, [these propositions were ap- 
xa ἔλόμενοι ἄνδρας πέμπουσ, σὺν Κλε- 
proved], and having-chosen men they-send (them) with Cle- 
άρχῳ, of ἠρώτων Κῦρον τὰ δόξαντα 
archus, who asked Cyrus | (respecting) the (things) were-seeming 
TH στρατιᾷ. Ὅ 
(good) to-the army [the questions agreed on by the army]. Who 
δ᾽ ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι ἀκούει "Abpoxovary ἄνδρα 
— _ answered, that he-hears (that) Abrocomas (a) mar 
éySpov εἶναι ἐπὶ TH ποταμῷ Εὐφράτῃ. 
inimical (to him) is on the river Euphrates, 
ἀπέχοντα dadexa σταϑμούς" ἔφη οὖν βού- 
being-distant twelve days’-march; he-said (that) therefore _ he- 
λεσϑαι ἐλθεῖν πρὸς τοῦτον" χἂν μὲν ἧ 
desires to-go against this (Abrocomas); and-if — he-were 
éxet χρίζειν ἐπιθεῖναι τὴν δίχην 
there he-said (that) he-longed to-have-inflicted — punishment 
αὐτῷ δ᾽ ἢν φεύγγ, ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ βουλευσόμεθα πρὸς 
on-him but if he-retreat, we there will-deliberate about 
ταῦτα. Οἱ aipetot ἀχοίσαντες δέ ταῦτα 
these-things. The deputies having-heard — these-thinga 
ἀγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις" δὲ τοῖς 
announce (them) to-the soldiers ; but — (to them) 
‘ ες ’ » bl , 
μὲν ἦν ὑποψία ὅτι ἄγει σιρός 
indeed there-was suspicion that he-is-leading (them) against (the) 


βασιλέα, δὲ ὅμως ἐδόκει ἔπεσϑαι. 
king, but however it-seemed (to them best} to-accompany (bim), 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER IV 89 


Προραιτοῦσι δὲ μισθὸν" ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται 


They-ask- for- more — wages; — — Cyrus promised 
δώσειν πᾶσι ἡμιόλιον οὗ ἔφερον 
to-give-hereafter to-all the-half-more (than that) whieh they-had-received 
πρότερον. ἁντὶ Saperxod τρία ἡμιδαρεικα 
before, (that is) in-place-of (a)  daric ree half-daries 
TOV μῆνος τῷ στρατιώτῃ" δὲ ὅτι ἄγοι 
the month —‘to (each) ‘soldier; but that he-might-be-leading 


ἐπὶ βασιλέα, οὐδεὶς ἤκουσεν οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα 
(them) against (the) king, no-one heard, not-even there, 
ε ἕν TO φανερῷ. 
(at least) indeed in -- public. 





CHAPTER IV. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς δέχα 


Hence (Cyrus) proceeds two days’-march (making) ten 


παρασάγγας, ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Ψάρον, τὸ εὖρος 


parasangs, river Psarus, the breadth 
ov ἦν τρία ἀδίδρα Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει Eva 
of-which was three plethra. Thence he-proceeds one 
σταϑμὸν πέντε παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν 
days’ cae (making) five parasangs to the river 
Πύραμον, to εὖρος οὗ στάδιον. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑεν 
Pyramus, the breadth of-which (is a) stadium. Thence 
ἐξελαύνει δύο σταϑμοὺς πεντεκαίδεκα, παρα- 
he-proceeds two days’ ape (making) fifteen para- 


cayyas εἰς ᾿Ισσούς ἐσχάτην πόλιν τῆς Κιλικίας, 
sangs to Issus, the-last town —— in-Cilicia, 


ἐπι TH θαλάττῃ, οἰχουμένην, μεχάλην xob 
(situated) on the sea ‘(coast), peopled, large ant® 


εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας" καὶ 


wealthy. Here they-remained three days ; and 


αἱ τριάχοντα χαὶ πέντε νῆες ἐκ Πελοποννήσου 
the thirty and - five ships from Peloponnesua 


40 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


παρῆσαν Κύρῳ, χαὶ ναῦ- 
{were-present (for) Cyrus, [arrived at Uyrus’s camp], and (the) ad- 
ree J 3 ἃς , , 
αρχος EM AvTALS Πυϑαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. 
miral over them (was) Pythagoras (the) Lacedzemonian, 
Δὲ Ταμὼς Αἰγύπτιος ἡγεῖτο αὐτῶν ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου 
But Tamos (an) Egyptian conducted them from Ephesus 
ov σιέντε καὶ εἴχοσιν ἑτέρας ναῦς 
having (with him) five and _ twenty other ships (belor ging to? 
Κύρου, αἷς ἐπολιόρχει Μίλητον ὅτε ἦν φίλη 
Cyrus, with-which he-(had)-besieged Miletus when it-was friendly 
Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτον. 
to-Tissaphernes, and _he-fought-with Cyrus against him, 
Καὶ δὲ Χειρίσοφος 6 Λακεδαιμόνιος παρῆν ἐπὶ 
And also Cheirisophos the Lacedemonian was-present on (board) 
~ ὧν , ς ‘ ᾿ » , 
TOW νεῶν, μεταπσίειμσίτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, EYOV ENT αχοσίος 
the ships, having-been-sent-for by Cyrus, he-having seven-hundred 


ὁπλίτας, ὧν ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ. 
heavy-armed (soldiers), of-whom he-was-commander for Cyrus, 


Αἱ δέ νῆες ὥρμουν κατὰ τὴν σχηνήν Κύρου. 
The -- ships moored opposite the tent of-Cyrus. 


᾿Ενταῦϑα καὶ ot Ἕλληνες μισϑοφόροι σαρ᾽ 
Here also the Greek mercenaries, (who were) with 
᾿Αδροχόμᾳ ἀποστάντες ἦλῶον παρὰ Κῦρον, 

Abrocomas, deserting-him went to Cyrus, (in number) 


τετραχόσιοι ὁπλῖται, καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο 
four-hundred heavy-armed-men, and  accompanied-the-expedition 


ἐπὶ βασιλέα. "Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει ἕνα otad- 


against (the) king. Hence he-proceeds one days’. 
μὸν, πέντε παρασάγγας ἐπὶ πύλας 

march, (making) five parasangs to (the) gates [passes] 
τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. Ταῦτα δ᾽ ἦσαν 
- of-Cilicia and — of-Syria. These — were 
δύο τείχη, xab TO μὲν ἔσωϑν τὸ πρὸ 
two walls, and (of) the — “aternal (one) — (that) before 


τῆς Κιλιχίας Συέννεσις xat φυλαχή Κιλίχων 
- Cilicia, Syennesis and (a) guard of-Cilicians 


BOOK I, — CHAPTER IV. 41 
εἶχε" δὲ τὸ ἔξω, τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας, 
had (charge); but the external (0η6), --- (μα) before --- Syria, 
ἐλέγετο φυλαχὴ βασιλέως φυλάττειν. 
it-was-said (thata) guard ‘of (the) ‘king’s (soldiers) guarded-it, 


Διὰ μέσου δὲ τούτωυ ποταμὸς 
| Through (the) middle — of-these [between these two walls] (a) river 


Kapoos ὄνομα, ῥεῖ, εὖρος πλέϑρου. 
Carsus (by) name flows, (the) breadth (being a) plethrum. 
Δὲ ἅπαν τὸ μέσον τῶν τειχῶν ἦσαν 
But the-whole — middle (space between) the walls were 
τρεῖς στάδιοι" καὶ MapeASeiv βίᾳ ἦν οὐ" 

three stadia ; and to-have-passed hy-force was not (possible) ; 
yap n πάροδος ἦν στενὴ καὶ TA τείχη καϑήχοντα 
' for the passage was narrow, and the walls reaching 
εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, ὕπερθεν δ᾽ ἦσαν ἡλίθατοι 
to the sea, above also were impassable 
πέτραι" δὲ πύλαι ἐφειστήχεσαν ἕπὶ ἀμφοτέροις 
rocks ; and (the) passes (had) stood-by (at) each 


τοῖς τείχεσιν. Ἕνεχα ταύτης τῆς 
(of) the walls. (It was) on-account-of ‘ this - 


παρόδου Κῦρος μετεπέμψατο τὰς ναῦς. ὅπως 
passage (that) Cyrus sent-for the fleet, so-that 
anohibaseev ὁπλίτας εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν, 
he-might-land heavy-armed-men within and without the passes, 
καὶ βιασάμενοι παρέλϑοιεν τοὺς πολε- 
and (who) having-forced (a passage) might-pass-through the ene- 
[utous, εἶ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς Συρίαις 
my, if they-'might (yet) *guard — the Syrian 
πύλαις ὅπερ ὃ Κῦρος ὥετο ποιΐσειν, tov ᾿Αὔρο- 
passes which — Cyrus thought would-be-done, — Abro- 
κόμαν ἔχοντα πολὺ στράτευμα. A’ ᾿Αδροχόμας 
comas having (a) great army. But Abrocomas 
οὐχ ἐποίησε τοῦτ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤχουσε Κῦρον 
‘did not ‘do this, but after he-heard (of) Cyrus 
ὄντα ἐν Κιλιχίᾳ ἀναστρέψας éx Φοινίκης ἀπήλαυνε 
being in Cilicia §having-retired from Phoenicia ne-departed 
4% 


42 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


mapa βασιλέω ἔχων ὡς ἐλέγετο τριάκοντα 


to (the) king having as __ it-was-said - j thirty 

μυριάδας στρατιὰς. 
ten-thousands [three hundred thousand) military. 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας ἕνα σταϑ.- 
Hence (Cyrus) proceeds through Syria one days’- 
ov πέντε παρασάγγας, cis Μυρίανδρον, 

march, (making) five parasangs, to Myriandrus, (a) 

, ες ‘ 

πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ θαλλάττῃ οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ 

town on the sea (east) peopled by 

Φοινίχων. Hi δ᾽ ἐμσόριον « TO χωρίον, 


Pheenicians.  It-wasalso(a) mart (for that districtof) the country, 


‘ * , ΄ ra] , ain Oe 
χαὶ πολλαί ὁλκάδες ὥρμουν αὐτόϑι. “Evtavs 


and many  ships-of-burden arrived there. Here 
ἔμειναν ἑπτά ἡμέρας" καὶ Ξενίας, ὃ ᾿Αρχὰς 
he-remained seven days; and (here) Xenias, the Arcadian 


στρατηγός, καὶ Πασίων ὁ Μεγαρεύς, ἐμύάντες 


commander, and Pasion the Megarian, having-embarked 


εἰς πλοῖον, xat ἐνθέμενοι Ta ἀξια 
in (a) vessel, ΄ and having-placed-on-board — (their) effects 


πλείστου, ἀπέπλευσαν, ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις 


of-the-greatest (value), they-sailed-away, as indeed to-the most 


ἐδόκουν φιλοτιμηϑέντες 


they-thought having-been-made-jealous-of-their-honour [the most venight 


ὅτι Κῦρος cia τὸν 
that they were infldenced by jealousy] because Cyrus allowed — 


Κλεαρχον ἔχειν τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτῶν, 


Clearchus to-have | the soldiers of-them, [their soldiers], 

Tos ἀπελθόντας παρὰ Κλέαρχον, ὡς 

(namely) — (those) deserting Clearchus, | ae 
ἀπιόντας πάλιν eis τὴν Ἕλλάδα 

departing back to — Greece [when they intended tr 

χαὶ οὐ ὃς. βασιλέα. Ἐπεὶ 

return t¢ Greece] and not (march) against (the) king. | After 

δ᾽ ἦσαν ἀφανεὶς λόγος 


-  they-were invisible [after their disappearance] (a) rumour 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER IV. 43 


“ ce ~ , 5 . 
δυῖλϑε ὅτι Κῦρος διώκοι αὐτοὺς 
went-through (the army) that Cyrus might-follow them ‘with (the) 
τριήρεσι" καὶ οἵ μὲν εὔχοντο αὕτους 
toulleys; and —(some)indeed prayed (that) they (might} 
ληφϑῆναι ὡς ὄντας δολίους, οἵ δ᾽ 
be-taken as being perfidious (men), — (others) indeed 
ᾧχτειρον εἶ ἀλώσοιντο. Δὲ Κῦρος 
pitied (them) if they-should-be-captured. But Cyrus 
συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς eine’ ἘΞενίας καὶ 
having-called-together the commanders said ; Xenias and 
Πασίων ἀπολελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς" ἀλλὰ γε 
Pasion have-left us ; but ‘let-them at-least ‘be 
εὖ μέντοι ἐπιστάσθϑωσαν, ὅτι οὔτε ἀποδε- 
well indeed ‘ussured, that they-*have neither *fled- 
δράχκασι, ap οἶδα ὅπη οἴχονται, οὔτε 
away (@landestinely), for I-know where they-are-going, nor 
ἀποπεφεύγασι, γὰρ ἔχω τριήρεις ὥστε ἑλεῖν 
have-they-escaped, for I-have galleys | in-order-to have-seized 
TO πλοῖον ἐκείνων. ᾿Αλλά, μὰ 
the ship of-them [to capture their ship]. But, by 

> sg 5 » ’ 3 8 ᾿Ξ 3} 
TOUS θεοὺς οὐχ EYWYE διώξω αὐτους οὐδ 
the gods not even-I will-follow them; nor (shall) 


οὐδείς ἐρεῖ, ὡς ἐγώ ἕως μὲν σις ἂν παρῇ 
any-one say, that I, 85-Ἰοηρ-8 indeed any-one might stay-with 

Guat, δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν βούληται ἅπι- 
(me), make-use (of their services), but after he-may-wish to- 
évat συλλαθων αὐτοὺς καὶ καχῶς ποιῶ HOLL 
leave (me) having-seized them ‘I both 1] ‘treat (them) and 
ἀποσυλῶ τὰ χρήματα. "᾿Αλλὰ ἰόντων, 
despoil (them of their) — goods. But let-them-go, 
εἰδότες ὅτι εἰσὶ κακίους 
|they-having-known [they being conscious] that they-are worse 
περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐχείνους. Καίτοι γε 
towards us than we towards them. Although ‘I indeed 
ἔχω χαὶ τέχηα καὶ γυναῖχας αὐτῶν φρουρούμενα 
‘have both (the) children and wives of-them guarded 


44 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐν Tpaddeor* ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ στερήσονται 
at Tralles; but they-'shall not-even *be-deprived 
τούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολήψοντα ἕνεχα τῆς 
of-these, but _ they-shall-receive (them) on-account-of — (their) 
ἀρετῆς περὶ ἐμὲ πρόσϑεν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν εἶστε 
good-conduct towards me ormerly. And — | ‘he indeed ‘said 
ταῦτα᾽ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες, ef τις καὶ 
these; [thus did he speak]; andthe Greeks, if any (one) in-fine 
ἦν ἀϑυμότερος πρὸς τὴν ἀνάθασιν ἀχούοντες 
was disinclined towards the ascent [expedition] hearing 

, ‘ , , 7 
TYV ἀρετὴν Κύρου, OVVETLOPEVOVTO ἥδιον 
the noble-conduct of-Cyrus, accompanied (him) with-great-pleasure 
χαὶ προθυμότερον. 
and with-greater-alacrity-of-mind. 

Meta ταὐτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει rérvapas 

After these (things) Cyrus proceeds four 


σταϑμοὺς εἴχοσιν παρασάγγας ἔπὶ τὸν 
days’-march (making) twenty parasangs to the 
ποταμόν Xarov, ὄντα TO εὖρος στλέϑρου, 
river Chalus, (it) being the breadth 'σῦ (4) ‘plethram, 
δὲ πλήρη μεγάλων xat πραέων ἰχϑίων, ots οἵ 
and = ful of-large and tame lish, which the 
Σύροι ἐνόμιζον θεοὺς, καὶ οὐχ εἴων 

Syrians considered (tobe) gods, and ‘did ποὺ ‘permit (any one) 
Ss ~ 9. ‘ U e wy 
ἀδικεῖν οὐδὲ τὰς περιστεράς. AL δὲ 
to-injure (neither them) nor the pigeons. The — 
κῶμαι ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν ἦσαν Παρυσάτιδος 
villages in which they-encamped | were of-Parysatis [belonged 

δεδομέναι εἰς ζώνην. 
to Parysatis] having-been-given (her) | for (her) girdle [for pin-money] 


"Evredsev ἐξελαύνει πέντε oTaSuovs πτσριάχοντα 
Theuce he-proceeds ἔνθ days’-march, (making thirty 
παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τοὺ ποταμοῖ 
pirasangs to | the springs [sources] of-the river 
Δάρδητος τὸ εὖρος οὗ σιλέϑρου. 
Dardes the breadth of-which (is that) *of (a)  ‘plethrum. 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER IV. 45 


Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν τὰ βασίλεια ΒἘΒελέσυος τοῦ 
Here were the palaces of-Belesys | the 
ἀρξαντος Συρίας, καὶ παράδεισος, πάνυ 
having-ruled-over [the ruler] of-Syria, and (a) park, very 
μέγας καὶ καλός, ἔχων πάντα ὅσα ὧραι 
large and beautiful, having all, how-much-so-ever (th 3) seasons 
be 
φίουσι. Δὲ Κῦρος αὐτὸν ἐξέχοψε καὶ κατέχαυσε 
produce. But Cyrus it ‘down and burned 


τὰ βασίλεια. 
the palaces. 


᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαυνει τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς σπεντε- 

Thence he-proceeds ree days’-march (making) fif- 

καίδεχα παρασάγγας, ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Εὐφράτην 
the 


teen parasangs, to river Euphrates 


Tout 


ὄντα TO εὖρος τεττάρων σταδίων καὶ 
(it) being (there) the breadth of-four stadia ; and (there 


πόλις αὐτόϑι Θάψαχος ὀνόματι φχεῖτο 
wasa) city there Thapsacus by-name (which) was-inhabited, 
μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων. Ἐνταῦθα 
(and which was) large and wealthy. There 
ἔμειναν πέντε ἡμέρας" καὶ Κύρος μεταπεμψάμενος 
they-remained five days ; and Cyrus having-sent-for 
τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἔλεγεν ὅτι n 
the commanders of-the Greeks, said that the 
odog ἔσοιτο εἰς Βαθδυλῶνα πρὸς μέγαν 
. road might-hereafter-be to Babylon against (the) great 
βασιλέα" καί κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα 
king; and he-requests them to-tell these (things) 


τοῖς στρατιώταις, καὶ ἀναπείϑειν ἕπεσθαι. 
to-the soldiers, and to-persuade (them) to-‘.llow (him) “τ΄ 


A’ οἵ ποιήσαντες ἐχχλησίαν 

And who | having-made [having called] (an) assembly (of the soldiers) 
ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα. Δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται 
communicated these (things tothem). But the soldiers 
> t ~ ~ , ὡς 3 5 

ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, και ἔφασαν αὕτους 
were-angry with-the commanders, and told ‘hem 


46 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
: πάλαι εἰδόντας ταῦτα 
{that) ‘having already-before ‘known these-things, (that they) 


χρύτειν" καὶ ἔφασαν 
conceal (them from the soldiers); and they-said (that they would) 


> ' ‘ , ~ , - 
οὐχ ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις διδῷ χρήματα αὐτοῖς 


not g0, unless some-one should-give money to-them 
ὥσπερ και τοῖς προτέροις ἄνα- 
| as also (had been given) to-the former (soldiers) having- 


Gao. μετὰ Ki'pov 
gone-up with Cyrus, [in like manner as had been given to the soldiers, 
παρὰ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ 
who had formerly accompanied Cyrus] to the father -ς 
Κύρου, χαὶ ταῦτα οὐχ ἰόντων ἐπὶ μάχην, ἀλλὰ 
t 


of-Cyrus, and this not going to battle, bu 
TOU πατρὸς καλοῦντος Κῦρον. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
the father (merely) sending-for Cyrus. The commanders 
ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα Κύρῳ: δ᾽ ὁ ὑπέσχετο 
reporte these (things) to-Cyrus; and who promised 
δώσειν πέντε μνᾶς ἀργυρίου ἑχάστῳ ἀνδρὶ, ἐπὰν 
to-give five mine ot-silver to-each man, when 
ἥχωσι εἰς Βαθυλῶνα, καὶ τὸν ἐντελῆ μισϑὸν 
they-arrived at Babylon, and — (their) entire pay 
μέχρι ἂν καταστήσῃ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πάλιν 
until ‘he should *place the Greeks back-again 
εἰς Ἰωνίαν. To πολὺ μὲν δὴ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ 
in Ionia. The most indeed — of-the Greek 
οὕτως ἐπείσθη. 
{force) ‘was thus ‘persuaded (to accompany him), 


Δὲ Μένων, πρὶν εἶναι δῆλον τί οἱ ἄλλοι 

But Menon, before | to-be [itis] evident what the other 
στρατιῶται ποιήσουσι, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ 
soldiers will-do, whether they-will-fullow Cyrus 
nr n , ᾿ Ξ : ς - ‘ 
ἢ od, συνέλλεζε TO στράτευμα αὑτοῦ χωρὶς 
zr not, assembled | the army of-himself [his army] apart 
τῶν ἄλλων, xat ἔλεξε τάδε. ᾿ς ἾΑγδρες 
from-the others, and spoke | these (things) [thus]. . Men 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER IV. 47 


Tie 


ἐάν πεισθῆτε μοι, προτιμήσεσϑε ὑπὸ Κύρου 
f yon-might-be-persuaded by-me, you-will-be-honoured by Cyrus 
σίλέον τῶν ἄλλων στρατιῶτων οὔτε 
more (than) the other soldiers (and this) *having neither 


κινδυνεύσαντες, οὔτε πονήσαντες. Τί οὖν 
‘incurred-danger, nor having-laboured. What therefore 


χελεΐω σιοιῆσαι: Κῦρος viv δεῖται 
do-I-request (of you) | to-have-done? [to do]? Cyrus now wants 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἕπεσϑαι ἐπὶ βασιλέα" 
the Greeks to-accompany (him) against (the) king; 
‘ ΜΡ ~ ~ 
ἐγὼ οὖν yur ὑμᾶς Vou 
ἢ therefore say (μα) you  to-behove [that it behoves you] 
διαθῆναι τὸν ποταμόν Εὐφράτην, πρὶν εἶναι 
to-have-crossed the river Euphrates, before | to-be [it is] 
δῆλον ὃ σι οἵ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἀποχρινοῦνται 
manifest — what the other Greeks will-answer 
Κύρῳ. Tap ἣν μὲν ψηφίσωνται ἕπεσθαι, 
Cyrus. For if indeed they-should-determine-by-ballot — to-follow, 
ς ~ , . ” “ 
ὑμεῖς δόξετε εἶναι αἴτιοι, ἄρξαντες τοῦ 
(then) you will-appear to-be (the) cause, | having-begun of-the 
~ ‘ Ὁ - 
διαδαῖνειν, καὶ ὑμῖν 
crossing-over, [as having first crossed over the river], and ἰο-γοὰ 
=: , ~ . 
ὡς οὖσι προϑυμοτάτοις Κῦρος εἴσεται 
88 being most-prompt, Cyrus perceive (and acknowledge 
χάριν, καὶ ἀποδώσει" δ᾽ ἐπίσταται 
the) favour, and _ will-repay (it); | but he-knows (how to do this) 
fi χαὶ τις ἄλλος" 
if even-also any other (does); [but he knows how to reward a favour, 
δ᾽ ἣν οἱ ἄλλοι ἀποψηφίσωνται, 
as well as any other man]; but if the others should-ballot-against-it, 
ἅπαντες μὲν ἄπιμεν sig τοὐμπαλιν᾿ 
(we) all-together indeed | depart to  the-contrary; [return back 
δὲ ὑμῖν, ὡς μόνοις πειϑομένοις - σιστο- 
again]; but you, as alone  being-persuaded (and as being) most- 


τάτοις χρήσεται χαὶ εἷς φρούρια και 
faithful he-will-use (and employ) both in garrisons and 


48 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPNON. 


εἰς λοχαγίας, καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ὡς φίλοι Kr'por 


for captaincies, and-also I-know that 4s friends of-Cyrua 


σεύξεσθε οὗτινος ἄλλου ἂν δέησϑε. 
you-will-obtain whatever else ‘you may ‘require. (The soldiers} 
᾿Αχούσαντες ταῦτα, ἐπείϑοντο. καὶ διέθησαν 
having-heard these (things), were-persuaded, and crossed-over 
iV τοὺς ἄλλους ἀποχρίνασϑαι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ 
before (that) the others answered. But when 
Κῦρος ἤσϑετο διαδεθηκότας, TE 


perceived (them) having-crossed-over (the river), he not-only 


“oSn, καὶ πέμψας Τλοῦν σῷ στρατεύματι 


‘was-pleused, but-also having-sent § Glus to-the army 

εἶπεν, Ἐγὼ μέν ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ἐπαινῶ 
‘of Menon) said, indeed O men, now praise 
ὑμᾶς" δὲ μελήσει ἐμοὶ ὅπως καὶ ὑμεῖς 
you; | but it-shall-be-a-care to-me how also you 


ἐπαινέσητε ἐμὲ, 
might-praise me, [but I will take care, that you also shall praise me}, 


ἢ μηχέτι Ῥομίξετε με Κῦρον. Οἱ στρατιῶται 


or uo-longer me Cyrus. The soldiers 
ὄντες δὴ μὲν ἐν μεγάλαις ἔλπίσι εὔχοντο αὐτὸν 
being ποῦ indeed in great hopes __| wished him 
εὐτυχῆσαι" δὲ χαὶ ἐλέγετο 


to-have-been-fortunate; [prayed for his success]; and also he-was-said 


πέμψαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς δῶρα Μένωνι. Ae, 


to-have-sent in-a-magnificent-manner eas to-Menon. And, 
ποιήσας ταῦτα, διέθαινε" δὲ χαὶ 


having-done these (things), he-crossed-over (the river); and also 


ἅπαν τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα συνείπετο αὐτῷ. Καὶ 


all the other army followed him. And 
5 , 

οὐδεὶς τῶν διαδαινόντων τὸν ποταμὸν 
no-one — (of those) crossing the river 
ἐθρέχϑη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν ὑπὸ TOD 
δε πώς higher (than) the breasts by the 


ποταμοῦ. Δὲ ot Θαψαχηνοὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτι οὗτος 


tiver. But the Thapsaceni said that this 


BOOK I.— CHAPTER V. 49 


ὃ ποταμὸς οὐ πώποτε γένοιτο διαθατος πεζῇ 


(the) river never at-any-time might-be passable - on-foot 
el μὴ TOTE, ἀλλὰ mthotois’ ἃ *A6bpo- 
jif not [except] then, but (always) in-boats; which Abro- 
χόμας προϊὼν τότε χατέχαυσεν, ἵνα Κῦρος 
comas going-before ‘had then *burnt, that Cyrus 
un διαθῇ. An édoxer εἶναι 
‘might not ‘cross-over (the river). (This) then seemed  to-be (a) 
H ‘ ‘ ‘ ᾿ “ = 
θεῖον, χαὶ TOV ποταμὸν σαφῶς v70- 
divine (interposition), and (that) the tiver manifestly re- 
χωρῆσαι Κύρῳ ὡς βασιλεύίσοντι.  "Evteisev 
ceded for-Cyrus as about-reigning. Hence 
ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας ἐννέα σταϑμοὺς, 
he-advances through --- Syria nine days’-march, (making) 
πεντύκοντα, παρασάγγας, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται σιρὸς 
fifty parasangs, and they-came to 
TOV ποταμόν ᾿Αράξην. Ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν πολλαὶ 
the river raxes, Here there-were many 


κῶμαι μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν 
villages full of-corn and wine. Here  they-remained 


τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 
three days, and provisioned (the army). 





CHAPTER V. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς ᾿Αραδίας, ἔχων 


THENCE he-marches through — Arabia, having 
TOV ποταμὸν Εὐφράτην ἐν δεξιᾷ, σιέντε 
the. river Euphrates on (the) right, (making) five 
ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς, 
desert stations, [five days’ march through the desert], (and; 
τριάχοντα καὶ πέντε παρασάγγας. Δὲ ἐν τούτῳ 
thirty and five parasangs. But in this 
τ τόπωυ Nn YR ἦν μὲν πεδίον, ἅπαν 
— district-of-country the ground was indeed (a) plain, entirely 


δ᾽ 


50 THE ANABASIS OF XENvuPHON. 


ὁμαλὸν ὥσπερ θάλαττα, δὲ πλῆρες ἀψινϑίου, 


level as (the) sea, and ful of-wurmwood, 
εἰ δὲ χαὶ τι ἄλλο ὕλης ἦ καλάμου 
if irdeed also any other (kind) of-underwood or of-reed 


ἐνῆν, ἅπαντα ἦσαν εὐώδη ὥσπερ ἀρώματα" 


was-on-it, all were (as) odoriferous as perfumes ; 
δ᾽ οὐδὲν dévdpor ἐνῆν. Δὲ σίαντοία 
but no tree  was-thereon. But (here there were) various 

(a, πλεῖστοι μὲν ἄγριοι ὄνοι. δὲ 
wild-animals, the-most (numerous) indeed (were) wild asses, also 
πολλοὶ στρουϑοὶ οἱ μεγάλοι" δὲ χαὶ ὠτίδες. 
many | sparrows the large [ostriches]; and also  busturd 
χαὶ dopxades ἐνῆσαν᾽ δὲ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐνίοτε 
and antelopes were-thereon; and the horsemen sometimes 


ἐδίωχον ταῦτα τὰ θηρία. Καὶ μὲν of ὄνοι 
pursued these — wild-animals.-And indeed the wild-asses 
ἐπεὶ τις διώχοι, δραμόντες 
when any-one might-pursue (them), having-run-before (some distance) 
ἕστασαν" yap ἔτρεχον πολὺ θᾶττον τῶν 
stood-still ; for they-ran much (more) quickly (than) the 
ἵππων. χαὶ πάλιν ἐπεὶ οἱ ἵπποι πλησιάζοιεν 
horses ; and again when the horses might-approach 
ἐποίουν ταὐτὸν. χαὶ ἦν οὐ λαθεῖν 
they-did the-same (thing); and it-was not(possible) to-take 
-- . - ᾿ 

ei μὴὲἠ οἵ ἵσσεῖς διαστάντες 
(them) |if not [unless] the horsemen _ stationed-at-intervals 


OnpGev διαδεχόμενοι ᾿ τοῖς 
should-hunt (them). (also) succeeding (one another) ‘with (fresh) — 
ἵπποις. Δὲ TH χρέα τῶν ἁλισχομέγων ἦν 
*horses. And the flesh ‘of — (those) ‘caught was 
παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, δὲ ἀπαλώτερα. 
like the stags’ (flesh), but more-tender 
Δὲ οὐδεὶς éAabe Στρουϑὸν: δὲ οἵ τῶν 
But no-one took (an) ostrich ; !and — (those) of-the 


ἱππέων διώξαντες Trade 


horsemen having-pursued [and those horsemen that pursued them] quickly 


BOOK I.—CHAPTER V. 51 


ἐπαύοντο" yap ἀπεσπάτο σολὺ 


desisted ; | for it-withdrew-itself much [for it outstripped the horse 

φεύγουσα, ᾿ δρόμῳ μὲν τοῖς 
men] fleeing (away from them), in-running (using)—- — (its) 
ποσὶ, δὲ ταῖς. πτέρυξιν αἴρουσα, ὥσπερ 
feet, and — (its) wings raising (these), as 
χρωμένη ἱστίῳ. Ae ἔστι λαμθάνειν τὰς 
using (a) — sail. But it-is (possible) to-take the 
ὠτίδας, av τις ἀνιστῇ ταχὺ" γὰρ 
bustards, if any-one should-'start (them) ‘up quickly; for 
nétovta. βραχύ ὥσπερ πέρδικες, καὶ 
they-fly (a) short (distance)  like-as partridges, and 
ταχὺ ἀπαγορείουσ. Δὲ TA χρέα αὐτῶν ἦν 
speedily tire. But the esh of-them was 
ἥδιστα. 


very- delicious. 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας adr 
arching — through this — country  they- 


xovvtar ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Μάσχαν, τὸ εὖρος 
come to the river Maseas, the breadth 


σιλεωριαῖον. Ἐνταῦθα ἦν μεγάλη 


(of βίοι 15 ἃ) plethrum. Here there-was (a) large 
ἐρήμη πόλις, & ὄνομα αὐτῇ Κορσωτή᾽ 
deserted city, but (the) name (to-it) (of it was) Corsote ; 
- ς ‘ ~ , 

δ᾽ αὕτη περιεῤῥεῖτο ὑπὸ tod Μάσχα 

[πὰ this (city) was-flowed-round by the Mascas_ ‘in (a) 
κύχλῳ. "Evtavs’ 
‘circle [the river Mascas flowed round about this city]. Here 


ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 
they-remained three days and provisioned the army), 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει τρεῖς καὶ δέχα 
Thence ‘he (Cyrus) ‘proceeds |three and _ ten _ [thirteen 
ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς ἐνενήχοντα 
desert stations (or days’ march) (making) ninety 


παρασάγγας, ἔχων τὸν ποταμὸν Εὐφράτην ἔν 


parasangs, having the river Euphrates on the) 


52 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


δεξιᾷ, “OL ἀφιανεῖται ἐπὶ Πύλας. Ἐν τούτοις 
and 


he-arrives at (the) Gates. these 


τὸ σταϑμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο 
stations many of-the beasts-of-burden perished 


ὑπὸ bet γὰρ ἦν οὐ χόρτος ovde order 


there-was no nor any 


oes ana ἀλλὰ ἢ ἅπασα ἦν 
(other) (kind of ) ee te - enti χώρα was 


; οἵ δὲ ἐνοιχοῦτες 
bare (being destitute ff vegeintion); [the — inhabiting [the 


ὀρύττοντ. ες χαὶ τοιοῦντες 
inhabitants of this desert district] © quarrying and fashioning 
ἀλέτας ὄνους παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν, ἦγον 
| grinding upper-stones [millstones] near _ the river, carried 


tis Βαδυλῶνα χαὶ ἐπώλουν, χαὶ ἄντα- 
(them) to aioigge® ἕω.- sold (them), and buying- 


γοράζοντες σῖτον ἔζων ‘O δὲ σῖτος ἐπέλιστε 
corn ved | (thereon). — Also corn failed 
τὸ στράτευμα, χαὶ ἦν οὐ ασϑαι 
the army, and it-was not ory to-buy (any? 
εἶ μὴ ἐν τῇ Λυδίᾳ ἀ ἐν τῷ 
jif τ iioan ss the Lydian 7 among the poe 
θαρικῷ Κύ τὴν χαπίϑην Gre ἦ 
barian _ (forces) op ae the eapithe so po i 
ἀλφίτων τεττάρων σίγλων. Ὁ δὲ oi 
bariey-meal (being sold for) four Ins The — 7705 


δύναται ἑπτὰ ᾿Αττικούς ane. γχαὶ ei. 
oboli and (a) half-obolus, 


ΡΝ ἥ ὅρια ἐχώρει δίέο ᾿Αττιχὰς χοίνικας. 
and the capithe eontained two chenicer 


Oiv οἵ στρατιῶται ὃ  ἐσϑίουτ' ; 

pitililes ex ela ener Lgl κι 
na δ 

[therefore the soldiers lived entirely on flesh]. There-were also (som 


τούτων τῶν OTASUGY, 7 
ofthese — day*-marches, which he-urged-on (so as to make them 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER V. 53 


πάνυ μαχροὺς, ὁπότε βούλοιτο διατελέσαι 


very long, whenever he-might-wish | to-finish-the-road [to ar- 
» is σ 
ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ, ἢ πρὸς χιλόν. Καὶ δή 
rive] either at water, or δὲ forage. And indeed 


ποτε στενοχωρίας χαὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος δυσπο- 
once-when |narrow-place and mud _  having-appeared difficult 


ρεύτου ταῖς auatous, - 

of-passage for-the wagons, [8 narrow and muddy road appeared, 
ὃ Κῦρος ἐπέστη 

which was of difficult passage for wagons], — Cyrus stood 


συν τοῖς ἀρίστ' ols καὶ εὐδαιμονεστά ατοις περὶ 
with the most-distinguished and most-wealthy about 


αὐτὸν, xat ἔταξε Γλοῦν χαὶ Πίγρητα, 
him, and ordered Glus and Pigres, (that) 


λαδόντας τοῦ βαρθαρικοῦ στρατοῦ, συνεχ- 
having-taken (ἃ part) of-the army, to-extri- 


θιθάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. A’ ἑπεὶ ἐδόχουν αὐτῷ 
cate the wagons. But when they-seemed to-him 


ποιεῖν σχολαίως, ὥσπερ ἐχέλευσε τοὺς 
to-do (this) tardily, as-if in-anger he-ordered 


κρατίστους Tispous περὶ αὐτὸν συνεπισ- 
most-distinguished Persians about him | together-to-have-acce- 


πεῦσαι TAS ἁμάξας. Ἔνϑα δὴ ἦν θεάσασ- 


lerated [to hasten] the There. then was to-be~ 


Sac τι τῇ να (as. Ta 
seen some μέρος (of ) — . aide Yuta (and discipline). os 
ses TOUS Toppupotis savin, ὅπου ἔχαστος 


ving-thrown-off — (their) where each 


~ 


ev EOTNXOS ἵεν- 
|Jhappened having-been-standing [happened to have stood] | they-sent 
TO, ὥσπερ τις ἂν 
themselves, [they rushed], as-if | any-one might [on a race] 


περι VI χαὶ κατὰ μάλα repo, 
a. mans, and hen es πρανοὺς a 2 


ἔχοντες TE τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, 
taviag also (on) those 
52 


54 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας, δὲ καὶ ἔνιοι 


and — variegated trowsers, and also some (havirg) 
στρεπτοὺς περὶ τοὶς τραχήλοις, καὶ ψέλλια 
chains about — (their) necks, and _ bracelets 
περὶ ταῖς χερσίν" evsus δὲ εἰσπηδήσαντες 
- about — (their) | hands; [wrists]; directly also having-leaped 
σὺν τούτοις εἰς τὸν πηλὸν ἐξεχόμισαν 
with these (ornaments) into the mud they-brought-out 
Tas ἁμάξας μετεώρους θᾶττον ἢ ὡς σις 
the wagons lifted-up quicker than (even-thus) any-one 


ἂν ᾧετο. Δὲ στὸ σύμπαν Κῦρος ἦν δῆλος 
might have-thought. And (on) the whole | Cyrus was evident 


σπεύδων πᾶσαν τὴν ὃδὸν 


hastening all the road, [Cyrus was evidently hastening 
‘ ’ ‘ ε - 

καὶ οὐ διατρίδθων, μὴ ὅπου ἐχαϑέζετο 

the march], and ποῦ delaying, unless where he-halted 
EVEXOL ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἤ τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαίου, 
on-account-of provisions or of-some other necessary 
vou av 60@ = μὲν θᾶττον ἔλθου 
{thing), thinking (that) by-how-much — the-more-speedily he-might-go 
τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασχευαστοτέρῳ μαωχεῖσϑδδαι 
by-so-much the-more-unprepared (he might come) to-fight 


βασιλεῖ, δὲ ὅσῳ σχολαιότερον 
(the) king, and by-how-much the-more-tardily (he might march) 


᾿ TOOOUT@ πλέον στράτευμα συναγείρεσϑαι 

by-so-much the-more (numerous) army is-to-be-collected 

βασιλεῖ. Καὶ δ᾽ ἦν συνιδεῖν τῷ προσέ- 

*for (the) ‘king. | And also it-was to-perceive to-the  direct- 

χοντι τὸν νοῦν 

ing the mind [and it might readily be perceived by any one 
3 , t 

ἀρχὴ βασιλέως οὖσα 

directing his attention to it] | the empire ‘of(the) ‘king (as) being 
ἰσχυρὰ μὲν ἢ 

strong indeed [that the empire of the king was indeed strong] ‘from 

σλήϑει χώρας καὶ ἀνϑρώπων, 


(the) ‘multitude (and extent of) territory and (the number) of-men, 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER V. 55 


δὲ ἀσϑενής ois μήχεσι τῶν ὁδῶν χαὶ τῷ 
but weak by-the lengths οὔθ roads and | in-the 


διεσπάσϑαι Tas δυνάμεις, ci τις 
to-have-separated [in the dispersion] (of) — (its) forces, if any-one 
ἐποιεῖτο τὸν πόλεμον διὰ ταχέων. 
made --- war (against it) by quick (movements). 
Δὲ πέραν Tod ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου, κατὰ 
But beyond the river Euphrates, through (the opposite) 
τοὺς ἐρήμους σταϑμούς ἦν 
_ | desert stations {marches through the desert] there-was 
εὐδαίμων χαὶ μεγάλη πόλις, δὲ ὄνομα 
(ar) opulent and large city, and (its) name (was) 
Χαρμάνδη. Ἔχ ταύτης οἷ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον 
Charmande. From this (city) the soldiers rought 
σὰ ἐπιτήδεια διαθαῖνοντες σχεδίας ὧδε" 
the necessaries-of-life crossing-over on-temporary-rafts (made) thus; 
ἐπίμσίλασαν κούφου χόρτου διφϑέρας ἅς 
they-filled with | light grass [hay] (the) skins, which 
εἶχον στεγάσματα, εἶτα - συνῆγον 
they-had (as) covering (for their tents), then they-united-together 
χαὶ συνέσπων ὡς τὸ 
(theedges) and | ‘drew (them) ‘together [sewedthem] so-that the 
‘ ~ , Ἢ ’ 
t un ἅπτεσθαι τῆς κάρφης" ἐπὶ τούτων 
water (could) not (to)-touch the ay ; on these 
διέδαινον, καὶ éAaubavoy τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τέ 
they-crossed-over, and procured the necessaries, not-only 
« f ° > ~ U ~ > ‘ 
ονον σπεποιημενον EX TIS βαλάνου TNS απὸ 
wine made of the fruit — from 
τοῦ φοίνικος, καὶ σῖτον μελίνης" yap τοῦτο ἦν 
ne palm-tree, but-also corn of-pannic ; for this was 
πλεῖστον ἐν TH χώ 


most-plentiful in “--- (this) country. 
Δὲ ἐνταῦθα τῶν στρατιωτῶν te τοῦ Μένωνος 
And here the ‘ soldiers _not-only — of-Menou 
χαὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου ἀμφιλεξάντων 


but-also --- (those) --- of-Clearchus having-been-disputing-about 


56 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τι, ὁ Κλέαρχος κρίνας τὸν τοῦ 
something, — Clearchus | having-judged [judging] the (soldier) — 
Μένωνος ἀδικεῖν ἐνέθαλε πληγὰς" 


of-Menon | to-do-wrong [to be in the wrong] inflicted — blows (on him); 

δὲ 6 ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸ στράτευμα ἑαυτοῦ 

but who having-gone | to the army of-himself [to the 
7 ἔλεγε" δ᾽ οἱ 

army, to which he belonged] told [what had befallen him]; but the 

στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες ἰσχυρῶς ἐχαλέ- 

soldiers having-heard (this) ‘were vehemently ‘irri- 


παινον, xa ὠργίζοντο T@ Κλεάρχῳ. Δὲ στῇ 


tated, and enraged —— (at) Clearchus. And the 
αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος, éASov ἐπὶ τὴν διάθασιν 
same day Clearchus, having-gone to the crossing 


τοὺ ποταμοῦ, καὶ Exel κατασχεψάμενος τὴν ἀγοράν, 
of-the _river, and here having-inspected the market, 
ἀφιππεύει Ent τὴν σχηνὴν ἑαυτοῦ 
he-rides-away | to the tent of-himself [to his own tent] 
διὰ ποῦ στρατεύματος Μένωνος, σὺν ὀλίγοις 
through the army of-Menon, | with (a) few 
τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν" δὲ Κῦρος 
(followers, namely) (the) (those) about him; but Cyrus *had 
οὕτω ἧχεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι προσήλαυνε" δὲ σις 
not-yet ‘come, but _ still proceeded (on his march); but some-one 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν Μένωνος σχίζων ξύλα, ὡς 
of-the soldiers of-Menon (who was) splitting wood, as 
εἶδε tov Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα, ἵησι 
he-saw — Clearchus riding-through (the camp), throws (at him) 
~ Ser i ‘ 9d 3 cr 

TH  akivy’ καὶ αὗτος μὲν ἥμαρτεν 
twith — (his) ‘axe; and this (soldier) indeed missed 
αὐτοῦ δ᾽ ἄλλος λίδῳ χαὶ ἄλλος. 
him, but another (throws) ‘with (a) ‘stone and-also another, 
εἶτα πολλοί, κραυγῆς. γενομένης. 
then many, (a) shout (at the same time) having-occurred. 
Δε ὃ καταφεύγει εἷς τὸ στράτευμα ἑαυτοῦ, 
Bat --- (Clearchus) takes-refuge |in the army of-himself, 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER V. St 


ry 5 oy , 5 
χαὶ εὐῶὺς παραγγέλλει εἷς 
fir his own camp], and immediately calls [his men] ἴο 
τὰ ὅπλα" καὶ ἐχέλευσε τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας 
--- arms ; and  he-ordered | the — heavy-armed-men 
οὐτοῦ μεῖναι Sév- 


of-him [his heavy-armed men] | to-have-remained [to remain] having 
tas tas  ἀστίδας πρὸς τὰ σγόνατα᾽ δὲ αὐτὸς 
placed — (their) shields against — (their) knees; but he 
λαθὼν τοὺς Θρᾷχας καὶ τοὺς ἵππέας, 
|having-taken [taking] the Thracians and the horsemen, 
ob ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι πλείους ἢ 


that were with-him in _ the army more than 
TETTAPAXOVTO, δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι τούτων 
forty (in number), but the most of-these (were) 
Θρᾷκες, ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος, ὥστ᾽ 
Thracians, proceeded-out against the (troops) of-Menon, so (that) 
ἐχείνους ἐχπεπλῆχϑαι καὶ Μένωνα 
they were-struck (with astonishment, as was) also Menon 
αὐτὸν, καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα. Δὲ 
himself, and (so that they) run to -- arms. But 
καὶ Ob ἕστασαν ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγ- 
also --- (some) stood hesitating (about) the af. 
ματι. 


fair (not knowing what to make of it). 
ε ; , ‘ Ἵ ‘ 
O δὲ Πρόξενος, yap ἔτυχε προσιὼν ὕστερος, 
— But Proxenus, | for he-happened approaching last 


χαὶ πτπάξις τῶν ONAL 
(in order), [who brought up the rear], and (a) division of-the heavy- 


τῶν ἐπομένη αὐτῷ, ἄγων οὖν 

armed-men following him, leading therefore (his soldiers) 

εὐθὺς εἰς TO μέσον ἀμφοτέ 

immediately |into the middle of-both [into the space be 
éSeTo τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ sdeito τοῦ Κλε- 

tween both] stood (under) — arms, and _ required of --- Cle. 

ἄρχου μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. Δὲ 6 


archus not ἰο-ἀο these (things), But — (Clearchus) 


58 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


, ς - oe , 
ἐχαλέπαινεν, ὅτι αὑτοῦ δεήσαντος ὀλίγου κατα- 
was-irritated, because he having-wanted little to-have- 


λευσϑῆναι, πράως λέγοι τὸ πάϑος 
been-stoned, (that he, Proxenus,) ‘should mildly ‘mention |the suffering 
αὐτοῦ ἐχέλευέ τε αὐτὸν ἐξίστασϑαι 
of-him [his ill treatment] he-ordered — him (then) to-stand-out 
éx tov μέσουι Δὲ Κῦρος χαὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἔπιει, 
from the middle. But Cyrus also at this came-up, 
χαὶ ἐπύϑετο τὸ πρᾶγμα" δ᾽ etSus ἐλαθε 
and inquired-into the affair ; — (then) "he immediately ‘took 
TA παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ σὺν τοῖς. 
_ javelins in — (his) hands, and with — (those) 
vou τῶν πιστῶν, ἧἦχεν ἐλαύνων εἰς TO 
present of — (his) faithful-attendants, came hastening to the 
ἐσον, nat λέγει τάδε. Ἀλέαρχε καὶ 
midst (οὗ them), and speaks thus. O-Clearchus and 
Πρόξενε, καὶ ot ἄλλοι “Ἕλληνες οἱ παρόντες, 


Proxenus, and (you) the other Greeks who are-present, 


iste οὐχ 6 τι ποιεῖτε. Tap εἰ συνάψετε 


you-know not what you-are-doing. For if you-shall-join-in 
TVA μάχην ἀλλήλοις, νομίξετε ἐμέ 
any battle .with-one-another, | think [be assured] (that) I 


τε καταχεχόψεσθαι ἕν τῇδε TH ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ 
not-only will-instantly-be-cut-off in this (the) (very) day, but-also 


ὑμᾶς οὐ πολὺ ὕστερον ἐμοῦ" γὰρ τῶν ἡμετέρων 
: fo 


you not long after me; r -- our-affairs 
ἐχόντων χαχῶς πάντες οὗτοι 
having badly [for if our affairs go ill] all these 
Bapbapor, οὖς ὁρᾶτε ἔσονται πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν 
barbarians, that you-see ° will-be more-hostile to-us 
τῶν ὄντων παρὰ βασιλεῖ. 
than) --- (those barburians) | being [who are] with (the) king. 
e , 5 ᾿ ~ 5 0 > 
O Κλέαρχος ἀχοίσας ταῦτα ἔγένετο &1! 
— Clearchus hearing these (things) | became in 
ἑαυτῷ" καὶ ἀμφότεροι παυσά- 


himself; [recovered self-possession] ; and both (parties) having- 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER VI. 59 


uevot ἔϑεντο TH ὅπλα κατὰ 

yeased (from strife) placed --- (their) arms in (‘heir appro.riate} 
χώραν. : 
place. 





CHAPTER VI. 


Προϊόντων ἐντεῦθεν ἴχνια καὶ κόπρος ἵππων 

ProcekDING thence (the) footsteps and dung  of-horses 
ἐφαίνετο. ὁ στίθος δ᾽ εἰχάζετο εἶναι ὡς 
appeared; the track indeed was-conjectured to-be about (that) 


δισχιλίων ἵππων. Οὗτοι προϊόντες ἔχαιον καὶ 
of-two-thousand horses. These going-before burned both (the) 


χιλὸν καὶ τι ἄλλο εὖ ἦν χρήσιμον. ᾿Ορόντης 
fodder and any-thing else, __ if (it) was useful. © Orontes 
δὲ, Πέρσης ἀνήρ te προσήχων γένει 

indeed, (a) Persian man not-only being-related by-birth *to (the) 


βασιλεῖ, καὶ τὰ πολέμια λεγόμενος 
"king, but-also (as respects) —  warlike-affairs being-considered 
ἐν toig ἀρίστοις Περσῶν, ἐπιθουλεύει 
among the most-distinguished ‘of (the) ‘Persians, plots-against 
Κύρῳ, καὶ πρόσθεν πολενήσας 
Cyrus, and (with whom) he-‘had erly *been-at-war, 
δὲ καταλλαγεὶς. Οὗτος ᾿ς εἶπε Κύρῳ εἰ 
but had-become-reconciled. This (person) said to-Cyrus, if 
δοίη αὐτῷ χιλίους ἱππέας, ὃτι ἐνεδρεύσας 
he-would-give him a-thousand horsemen, that having-lain-in-ambush 

ἂν ἢ καταχάνοι τοὺς ἱππέας προχατα- 
*he would either ‘destroy the horsemen burning-down-every- 


χαίοντας ἢ ἕλοι πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ζῶντας, καὶ 
thing-before-them, or might-take many of-them alive, | and 
χωλύσειε ἐπιόντας τοῦ καίειν, 

would-hinder (them) going-against of-the to-burn, [and would hinder 


καὶ ποιήσειεν, 
them from going and bande everything], |and would-make, ‘and would 


60 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 
“ 3 , 55», ‘ ΄ ᾿ 
@OTE αὕτους ἰδόντας TO OT PAT EVILG Κύρονι 
cause], that they having-seen the army of-Cyrus 


μήποτε δύνασϑαι διαγγεῖλαι 
‘would never *be-able | to-have-told [to tell] (it) ‘to (the) 


βασιλεῖ. Δὲ τῷ Κύρῳ ἀχούσαντι ταῦτα 
*king. | But to— Cyrus hearing these (things) 


be , Ἵ 5 ᾿ 
ἐδόχει εἶναι. ὠφέλιμα, 
it-seemed to-be δαναπίαρθοιβ, [but Cyrus hearing these propositions 


καὶ ἐχέλευσεν αὐτὸν 


approved of them as being advantageous], and _—he-ordered him 
λαμθάνειν μέρος παρ᾽ ἑχάστου τῶν ἣγε- 
to-tuke (a) part (of the troops) from each of-the com- 
’ € Ἂ , , " ’ 
μόνων. Ὃ δ᾽ Ὀρόντης, νομίσας τοὺς ἱππέας 
manders. — But Orontes, having-thought the horsemen 
εἶναι ἑτοίμους αὐτῷ, γράφει ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ 
to-be ready for-him, writes (a) letter to (the) 
βασιλέα, ὅτε ἥξοι ἔχων πλείστους ἱππέας 
king, that he-would-come having the-most horsemen 


ὡς ἂν δύνηται" 

that ‘he might *be-able (to obtain); [that he would come to him with 
ἀλλὰ ἐκέλευε 

the greatest number of horsemen he could obtain]; but he-requested 


σαι τοῖς ἱσισιεῦσιν ἑαυτοῦ 
(him) | to-have-told the horsemen  of-him [to tell his horsemen] 


ὑποδέχεσθαι αὐτὸν ὡς φίλιον. Καὶ ἐνὴν 
to-receive him as (a) friend. And there | was [were] 
- ~ S ς Ld , ΄ 
ἐν τὴ ἐπιστολῇ δὲ ὑπομνήματα πρόσϑεν φιλίας 
in the letter not-only reminiscences of-former friendships 


χαὶ πίστεως. Δίδωσι ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 
but-also of-fidelity (to him). He-gave this the letter 


~ 3 , ες * ‘ c \ 
πιστῷ ἀνδρί, ὡς Geto. δὲ ὃ λαθὼν 
‘to (a) ‘faithful man, as he-thought; but — (he) taking (the letter) 


δίδωσι Κύρῷς:Ὠ Δὲ ὁ Κῦρος ἀναγνοὺς αὐτὴν 


gave (ἰ) to-Cyrus. But — Cyrus having-read it 
συλλαμθάτνει ρόύπην, χαὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς τὴν 
arrests rontes, and  he-convokes_ | in the 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER VI. 61 


‘ ~ by , 3 , 
σχηνὴν ἑαυτοῦ TOUS ἕπτά ἀρίστους 
tent of-himself [in his own tent] the seven most-distinguished 

Περσῶν τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν" χαὶ ἐχέλευε τοὺς 
Ἰοῦ (the) ‘Persians — about him; and he-ordered the 
στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ayayeiv ὁπλίτας, 
commanders of-the Greeks to-bring-up heavy-armed-men, 


δὲ θέσϑαι σούτους τὰ ὅπλα περὶ 


and | to-have-placed [to place] these — (in) arms around 


τὴν σχηνήν αὐτοῦ. Δὲ οἱ ἐποιΐσαν 
{the tent of-him [his tent]. And — (they) did 
ταῦτα ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας. 
these (things) bringing about three-thousand heavy-armed-men. 


Δὲ xat παρεχάλεσε εἴσω Κλέαρχον σύμδουλον, 


And also he-called within Clearchus (as) counsellor, 


ὅς γε ἐδόχει xab αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
who at-least seemed both to-himself and the others ‘to-be 


μάλιστα προτιμηϑῆναι τῶν Ἑλλήνων. A’ ἐπεὶ 
the-most ‘honoured of-the Greeks. But after 
ἐξῆλθεν ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ 
he-came-out he-related to— (his) friends the trial -- 


Ὀρόντου, ὡς ἐγένετο" ἂρ ἦν οὐχ 
of-Orontes, how it-was (conducted); for there-was no 
ἀπόῤῥητον. Ἔφη δὲ Κῦρον ἄρχειν 
secrecy (enjoined), He-said — (that) Cyrus began 


τοῦ λόγου ὧδε" 
“(86 subject thus; 
, ε ~ Ὕ , [τ 
Παρεχάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὅπως βου- 
I-have-invited you (O-men) (my) friends, that de- 
, » ee , ‘ - ’ , 
λευόμενος συν ὑμῖν πράξω περὶ τουτουί "Opovtov 
liberating with you I-will-do.respecting this Orontes 
τοῦτο ὃ τι δίκαιόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν 
| that whatever just is [that which is just] both before gods 
καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων. Tap πρῶτον μὲν ὃ ἐμὸς 
and before men. For first indeed — my 
πατὴρ ἔδωχε τοῦτον εἶναι ὑπήχοον ἐμοί. A’ 
father gave this (man) to-be obedient to-me. But 
a 


62 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐπεὶ σπαχϑείς, ὡς αὐτός ἔφη, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμου 
when having-been-ordered, as *he himself ‘said, by (the) my 
ἀδελφοῦ, οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν ἐμὸὺὸ ἔχων 
brother, this (Orontes) made-war-against me (he) having 
τὴν ἀχρόπολιν ἐν Σάρδεσι xa ἐγὼ προσπολεμῶν 
the citadel in Sardis, and I making-war-against 
αὐτὸν ἐποίησα ὥστε δόξαι 

him | made (it so) [earried iton so] that (it) seemed (best) 
τούτῳ παΐσασϑαι τοῦ πολέμου προς 
to-this (person) to-have-put-an-end (to) the war against 


ἐμὲ, καὶ ἔλαθον δεξιὰν xa ἔδωχα. 
me, and I-took (his) right-hand and gave (him mine in 


Meta ταῦτα ἔφη, ὦ “Oporvta ἔστιν 
friendship). After these  he-said, 0 Orontes is-there 
o ἠδίχησα σε; ᾿Απεχρίνατο 
|what any [any thing in which] I-have-wronged you? He-answered 
ὅτι ov. Δὲ ὁ Κύρος πάλιν ἠρώτα" 
that (there-is) not. But — Cyrus again inquired; (did you) , 
οὐχοῦν ὕστερον, ὡς σὺ αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖς, ἀποστὰς 
not-then afterwards, as you yourself confess, having-gone-over 
εἰς  Mvoor's ἀδιχούμενος οὐδὲν ὑπ ἐμοῦ 
to (the) Mysians, being-injured (in) no (manner) by me, 
ἐποίεις κακῶς σὴν ἐμὴν χώραν, 6 σι 
act ill (against) — my territory, | what any-thing 

ἐδίύνω; ὋὉ Ὀρόντης én. 

{in whatever] you-could? τον Orontes said (that he did). 


Οὐχοῦν ἔφη 6 Κῦρος ὅποτ᾽ αὖ ἔγνως 


(Did you) not-then said — Cyrus |when again you-knew 

σὴν δύναμιν σεαυτοῦ 

the strength —_ of-yourself, [when you were aware of the little strength 
ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ Tov βωμόν τῆς 

yort possessed against me], coming to the altar -- 

᾿Αρτέμιδος, ἐφησϑα TE μεταμέλειν σοι, 

of-Diana, you-said (that it) not-only repented you, 

; ΄ 3 Ld , ¥ ’ 
καὶ, σπείσας ἐμέ πάλιν ἔδωχάς μοι 


but-also, having-persuaded me, ‘you again ‘gave me 


BOOK I.—CHAPTER VI. 63 


x ‘ . 9 9 μος . 
πιστὰ, χαὶ ἔλαθες map ἐμοῦ; Καὶ 
pledges (of good faith), and received (the same) from me? And 

, e / ~ , s - 

0 Oper tte ὡμολόγει ταῦτα Τί οὖν, ἔφη 
- rontes confessed these (things). (In) what then, said 
~ ‘ 6 > ~ 
ἡ Κῦρος, adixyseig vm ἐμοῦ. 
-— Cyrus, | having-been-injured by me, [hast thou been injured by 
viv TO τρίτον γέγονας ᾧΦανερὸς 
me], (that) now (for) the third (time) you-have-been manifestly 
ἐπιδουλείων μοι; Δὲ tov “Oportov εἰπόντος ὅτι 


plotting-against me? But — Orontes saying, that 
‘ ‘ * ~ 5 , 

ἀδικηϑεὶς οὐδὲν. Ὃ Κῦρος ἠρώτησεν 

having-been-injured (in) nothing (he did so). — Cyrus asked 


αὐτόν" Ὃμολογεῖς οὖν γεγενῆσθαι ἄδικος περὶ 
him; You-confess_ therefore to-have-been unjust towards 
> * ‘ oe 3 U ” e 
ELE 5 Tap 7 avayxn, ἔφη ὁ 
me? (Iconfessit) for certainly (there isa) necessity, said — 


"Oportns. Ἔχ τούτο ὁ Κῦρος πάλιν ἠρώτησεν" 


Orontes. After this — Cyrus again asked ; 
"Av ἔτι οὖν γένοιο πολέμιος TH ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ, 
Would *you yet then ‘become hostile — to-my brother, 
‘ , ᾿ , ‘ e ‘ ͵ 

δὲ φίλος καὶ πιστός ἐμοὶ; ὋὉ δὲ ἀπεχρίνατο 

but friendly and faithful to-me? —. And he-answered, 

ὅτι οὐδ᾽ εἰ γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, ἂν ἔτι 


that neither if I-should-become (580), Ὁ Cyrus, would-it yet-ever 
δόξαιμι, cor ye ποτε. Πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος 
On 


seem-so, to-you at-least never. this Cyrus 

εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν. Ὁ ἄνηρ μὲν 

said — (to those) present. — (This) man indeed ‘has 

μὲν πεποίηχε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει τοιαῦτα. Δὲ. 

certainly ‘done such-things and he-acknowledges the-same. Ana 

ες ~ ᾿Ξ ¥ ΄ ~ , 

ὑμῶν σὺ ὦ Κλέαρχε πρῶτος ἀπόφηναν. 

of-you (present) ‘do you Ὁ  Clearchus first *decla 94. 
γνώμην, 6 τι doxet σοι. Δὲ Κλέαρχος 

{your) opinion, whatever seems(right)to-youe And Clearchus 


εἶπε τάδε" Ἐγὼ συμθουλεύω τὸν τοῦτον ἄνδρα 
spoke thus; advise (that) --- this man 


64 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ 3 $ 3 , ¢ 
ποιεῖσθαι ἐχποδὼν OS τάχιστα, ὡς 
be-put out-of-the-way as quickly (as possible), that ‘it-may 


μηκέτι δέη φυλάττεσθαι τοῦτον, 


no-longer ‘*be-necessary to-guard-against this (person), 
ἀλλὰ ῇ σχολὴ ἡμῖν, χατὰ τὸ εἶναι 
but (that) there-may-be leisure  to-us, | concerning the _to-be 


τοῦτον σποιεῖν εὖ τούτους 
this-one [so faras relates tothisman] to-do good (to) those 


ποῦς ESEAOVTAS φίλους. Δὲ ἔφη ταύτῃ 
-- willing (to be) friends. And he-said (that) in-this 
τῇ γνώμῃ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. Μετὰ 


-- opinion also the others concurred. After 


TAVTA, Κύρου κελεύοντος, ἅπαντες καὶ ol 
these (things), Cyrus ordering (it), all even the 


συγγενεῖς ἀναστάντες ἔλαθον τὸν ᾿Ορόντην᾽ 
relations (of Orontes) _rising-up took τς Orontes 


τῆς ζώνης ἐπὶ θανάτῳ" 
(by) the girdle | as-to death; _ [in token of his being condemned 
. δὲ εἶτα οἷς προσετάχϑη ἐξῆγον 
to death]; but then (those) to-whom it-was-commanded, led 
+ ee 3 «<3 , ἘΣ 3. e ᾿ 
αὗτον. Δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν οἵπερ πρόσϑεν 
him (out). But when (those) saw him who formerly 


σεχύνουν, χαὶ τότε σροσεχύνησαν, 
used-to-bow-down (before him), and then (also) ᾿μου-Ῥονθα- ον 


wimp εἰδότες, ὅτι ἄγοιτο ἐπι θάνατον. 
(before him) although knowing, that he-might-be-led to death. 


Δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰσηνέχϑη τὴν σκηνὴν ᾿Αρταπάτου, τοῦ 
And then he-was-led _to-the tent of-Artapatas, the 


πιστοτάτου τῶν σχηπτούχων Κύρου, 
most-faithful (and trusted) of-the | sceptre-bearers [ushers] of-Cyrus, 


μετὰ ταῦτα οὐδεὶς πώποτε εἶδε ᾿Ορόντην οὐτέ 


after this no-one ever saw Orontes, _ neither 
ζῶντα οὔτε σπεϑνηκχότα, οὐδέ οὐδεὶς el dag 
living nor _—sihaving died, | mor  any-one having-known 
ἔλεγεν ὅπως ἀπέθανε" 


nas-said [nor . >uld any one of his own knowledge say] how he died 


BOOK I.— CHAPTER VII. 65 


& ἄλλοι εἴχαζον ἄλλως. 


jand others conjectured otherwise [some ccnjectured this, and 


Δὲ οὐδεὶς τάφος αὐτοῦ TOMOTE 
others that]. But no tomb of-him ‘was ever 


ἐφανη. 


‘seen. 





CHAPTER VII. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Βαδυλωνίας 


HENCE he-proceeds through the Babylonian (province) 
τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς δώδεχα παρασάγγας. A’ ἐν 
three days’-march (making) twelve parasangs. And on 


τῷ THT σταϑμῷ Κῦρος ποιεῖται; περὶ μέσας 
the third day’s-march Cyrus makes, about (the) middle 
γύχτας, ἐξέτασιν τῶυ Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν Βαρύάρων, 
of-night, a-review of-the Greeks and of-the arbarians, 


ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ᾽ yap ἐδόκει βασιλέα ἥξειν 

on the plain; for he-thought (that the) king would-arrive 
’ Ἰ ~ » ~ , 

εἷς TYV ἕω ἐπιοῦσαν σὺν TO) OTPATEVUATL 

on the morning coming with the army (and) 
, ν᾿ ‘ 5 , ’ ς «- 

μαχούμενον" καὶ μὲν ἐχέλευε Κλέαρχον ἡγεῖσϑαι 

offering-battle ; and — he-ordered Clearchus to-take-command 


tov δεξιοῦ xépas, δὲ Μένωνα τὸν Θετταλὸν τοῦ 
of-the right wing, and Menon the Thessalian of-the 


εὐωνύμου" δὲ αὐτὸς διέταξε ποὺς ἑαυτοῦ. 
left; but he-himself drew-up-in-order-of-battle |the — of-himself 

Δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἅμα 
[his own troops]. But after the review _| at-the-same-time 
Tm ἐπιούσῃ ἥμερᾳ, αὐτόμολοι ἥκοντες 
with-the coming day, [at dawn of day], deserters coming 
mapa μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπήγγελλον Κύρῳ 
from (the) great king informed Cyrus 
περὶ τῆς στρατιᾶς βασιλέως. Δὲ Kipos, 
about (the state) of-the army ‘of (the) ‘king. - 'yrus, 


6? 


66 _ THE ANABASIS OF XENOPION. 


συγχαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν 
having-assembled the generals and captains of-the 
ε , " ΄ = > 
Ελλήνων, συνεθουλείετό Te, πῶς ἂν 
_ Greeks, consulted (with them) not-only, how ‘he migh 
ποιοῖτο τὴν μάχην, χαὶ αὐτὸς 
|’make the battle, [conduct the engagement], but-also he 
Oapprver τοιάδε παρήνει. Ὁ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες, 
encouraging thus exhorted (them). 0 Grecian men, 
3 3 ~ , 5 ’ 
οὐχ ἀπορῶν βαρθάρων ἀνωρώπων 
(itis) not (for) being-in-want  of-barbarian men (that} 
“ ς ~ , 9 " ͵ 
ἄγω vwuds συμμάχους, ἀλλὰ νομίζων 
[-lead you (with me as) auxiliaries, but thinking 
c ~ ’ ‘ , ~ 
ὑμᾶς εἶναι ἀμείνονας xal χρείττους πολλῶν 
you to-be more-efficient and better (than) many 
BapSapar, διὰ τοῦτο 
(or a great multitude of) barbarians, ‘I for this (reason alone) 


σέλαθον. Οὖν ὅπως ἔσεσϑε ἄνδρες 
‘take-you-with (me). (See) then that you-will-be men 


ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευϑερίας ἧς κέχτησθε καὶ ὑπὲρ 
worthy of-the liberty . which you-have-acquired and for 
’ ’ ε ~ ‘ -" 
ἧς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίζω ὑμᾶς. Γὰ εὖ ἴστε, 
which I ‘esteem you ‘fortunate. For ‘you well ‘know, 
ὅτι ἂν ἐλοίμην τὴν ἐλευϑερίαν ἀντὶ πάντων 
that ‘I would ‘prefer -- liberty before all 
ov ἔχω καὶ ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων. 
(that) which I-have, and other (things) numerous 
Le xa ὅπως εἰδῆτε εἰς 
(and greater). But also. in-order-that ‘you (may) ‘know to 
οἷον ἀγῶνα ἔρχεσθε, ἐγὼ εἰδὼς 
what (kind of) contest | you-come, [1 having-known [I knowing 
΄ «ες ~ ‘ ‘ ~ ‘ ° 
διδάξω ὑμᾶς. Tap τὸ πλῆϑος μὲν πολύ 


well] will-inform you. For the multitude (is) indeed large, 


χαὶ ἐπίασι σολλῇ χραυγῇ δ᾽ ἂν ἀνάσ- 
and they-come-on ‘with (a) ‘great shout ; but should you. 
ynos¢ ταῦτα, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα 


oave-sustained _ this, and (as respects) the other (things) 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER VII. 67 


δοχῶ μοι aicytversau γνώσεσθε οἵους τοὺς 
{-seem to-myself to-be-ashamed (that) you-will-know what the 


ἀνωρώτους ὄντας ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἡμῖν. 
men | being [vorn] in — (this) country (are of use) to-us 


Δὲ ὑμῶν ὄντων ardpar, καὶ 
(as soldiers). But ‘vou being oo (of courage), and 


γενομένων εὐτόλμων, 
having-become bold (and spirited), (so as to conquer in the ap- 
‘ ι , ‘ - ς “ 
ἐγὼ μὲν ποιήσω τὸν υμῶν 
proacking engagement), I indeed will-make (the) (those) of-you 
βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι oixade ἀπελϑεῖν ζηλωτὸν 


desiring to-go home | to-have-departed [to-return] envied 


τοῖς οἴχοι" δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν πολλοὺς 
— (by those) at-home; but I-think to-‘make many ‘hereafter 


ἐλέσϑαι τὰ 
| to-have-taken-for-yourselves [to prefer] the (things to be obtained) 


map ἐμοὶ ἀντὶ τῶν οἴχοι. 
with me before — (those that may be obtained) at-home. 


Ἐνταῦθα Γαυλίτης Σάμιος φυγὰς, δέ 


Then Gaulites (a) Samian exile, but (a) 


πιστὸς Κύρῳ παρών eines καὶ μήν ὦ 
faithful (adherent of) Cyrus being-present said; and yet, 0 


Κῦρε τινες λέγουσι, ὅτι νῦν ὑπισχνῇ σολλα 


Cyrus, some say, that now you-promise many (things) 
διὰ TO εἶνα ἐν τοιούτῳ Tov προ- 
on-account-of | the to-be [being] in such (a state) of — ap- 


σιόντος κινδύνου" δὲ ἂν τι γένηται εὖ, 
proaching danger ; but should any-thing happen well, [but 


ὶ σε - οὐ μεμ- 
should success attend you], they-say | (that) you ‘would not *have- 
νῆσοι" 

remembered; [that you would not hereafter remember your promises] 
δ᾽ ἔνιοι οὐδ᾽ εἰ μεμνῷό te καὶ βούλοιο 
~ some (also say that) neither if you-remember and also may-wish 


δύνασθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι ὅσα ὑπισχνῇ. Ὁ Εῦρος 
will-you-be-able — to-give what you-promise. - 


68 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

dxotous ταῦτα ἔλεξεν" °AAN ἔστι ἡμῖν ὦ ἄνδρες 
hearing this said ; But _ there-is” to- us, O men, 
£ 3 ‘ ε ’ 

γι ἀρχὴ ἡ πατρῳα, 

|the empire the paternal, [the empire, that belonged to my father], 


μὲν μέχρι πρὸς ueonubpiay οὗ 

(which) indeed (extends) so-far to (the) south where 
dySpartor ov δύνανται oixeiv διὰ καῦμα, 
‘are ποῦ ‘able to-dwell by-reason-of heat, 

δὲ μέχρι πρὸς ἄρχτον οὗ διὰ 
and = so-far to (the) north where (they cannot live) for 
χειμῶνα" δὲ οἱ φίλοι Tod ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σατρα- 
cold ; but the friends of— my brother govern-as- 
MEVOVOL πάντα τὰ ἐν μέσω τούτων. 
satraps all (the countries situated) — in(the) middle of-these 


Δὲ ἢν νικήσωμεν δεῖ ἡνᾶς 
(northern and southern limits). But if we-conquer it-becomes us 


σοιῆσαι τοὺς ἡμετέρους Φίλους ἐγχρατεῖς τούτων. 


to-make friends masters of-those 


Ὥστε οὐ δέδοικα τοῦτο μὴ ἔχω 
(countries). So-that Ihave not ‘feared this, — lest I-have 
οὐ τι ὃ δῶ ἐχάστῳ τῶν φίλων, 
not any-thing which I-might-give _to-each — '‘of(my) friends, 
ἂν γένηται εὖ, ἀλλὰ, μὴ ἔχω 
|should it-bappen well, [should we be successful], but lest I-have 
3 ε ϑ led ~ ‘ 
οὐχ ἱχανοὺς, οἷς δῶ. Δὲ 
not (friends) enough, to-whom  I-might-give. ‘But ‘I-will 
καὶ δώσω ἐχάστῳ ὑμῶν Ἑλλήνων χρυσοῦν 
also ‘give to-each of-you Greeks (a) golden 
στέφανον. Δὲ οἵ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, 
crown, But the (Greeks present) hearing these (things), 
αὐτοί ἦσαν Te πολὺ σιροϑυμότεροι; 
they were not-only much ‘more (encouraged and) 'prompt-for-action, 


καὶ ἐξήγγελλον τοῖς ἄλλοις. 
but-also they- f kik (what they had heard) to-the others (of the 


Δὲ TE οἱ στρατηγοὶ παρ᾽ ane Vy χαὶ τινὲς 
Greeks). Andnot-only the commanders about iy  but-also some 


BOOK I.—CHAPTER VII. 69 


τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εἰσήεσαν ἀξιοῦντες 
of-the other Greeks entered (his tent) desiring 
εἰδέναι τι ἔσται σφίσιν, ἐὰν κρατήσωσι. 
to-know what (reward) shall-be — to-them, if they-should-conquer. 
Δὲ ὃ ἐμπισιλὰς σὴν γνώμην ἀπάντων, 
But --- (he) baving-satisfied the minds of-all, 
ἀπέπεμσιε" Δὲ πάντες ὅσοιπερ διελέγοντο 
‘sent (them) ‘away. And all whoever conversed 


-παρεχελεύοντο AUTO, μὴ μάχεσθαι, 
(with him) exhorted him, not to-fight (personally), 


ἀλλ᾽ τάττεσθαι ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν. 
but to-place-himself behind (the line of battle) of-themselves. 


"Ey δὲ τῷ τούτῳ καιρῷ Κλέαρχος ἤρετο σὸν Κῦρον 
At - — this time Clearchus _ inquired-of — tyrus 
mos ὧδε. Oise yap oo ὦ Κῦρε τὸν 

some-how thus; Do-you-think then (to-you), Ὁ Cyrus, (that) — (your) 
ἀδελφόν μαχεῖσθαι; Νὴ Δί ἐἔφη ὁ Κῦρος 
brother will-fight? Yes, by-Jupiter, said — Cyrus, 


εἴπερ γε ἐστί παῖς σι concn καὶ Παρυσάτιδος, 
τ indeed he-is (the) son of-Darius Parysatis, 


δὲ ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, ἐγὼ οὐ ΩΝ 

and my brother, χ ‘shall not *take (possession of ) 
ταῦτ᾽ ἁμαχεὶ. 

these (dominions) without-a-fight. 


"Evtavsa δή ἐν τὴ ἐξοπλισίᾳ 
There indeed (of those) (in) — under-arms (the) 


ἀριῶμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων μυρία καὶ 


number was of-the -- Greeks ten-thousana and 


TETPAXOCIA ἀσπὶς, δὲ δισχίλιοι καὶ πέντα- 


four-hundred heavy-armed-men, and two-thousand and five- 


χόσιοι πελτασταὶ, δὲ τῶν βαρθάρων 
hundred targetiers, and (the number) of-the barbarians 
μετὰ Kiipov δέχα μυριάδες, χαὶ 
with Cyrus (was) | ten ten-thousands, [one hundred thousand], and 


ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴχοσι δρεπανηφόρα ἅ ἄρματα. Δὲ 
about — twenty scythe-bearing ariots. And (the number) 


70 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τῶν πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑχατὸν καὶ εἴχοσι 
vot-the enemy was-said to-be | a-hundred and _ twenty 


μυριάδες, καὶ διαχόσια δρεπανηφόρα 
ten-thousands, [1,200,000], and two-hundred scythe-bearing 


ἅρματα. Ae ἦσαν ἑξακισχίλιοι GAA ἵππεις, 
chariots. And there-were six-thousand other horsemen, 


ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν" οὗτοι ἦσαν 
of-whom  Aritagerses had-the-command; these (horsemen) were 
τεταγμένοι πρὸ βασιλέως αὐτοῦ. Δὲ 
drawn-up before (the) king himself. But ‘of (the) 
στρατεύματος τοῦ βασιλέως ἦσαν τέτταρες 
‘army of-the king there-were four (being) 
ἄρχοντες καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες, ἕχαστος 
commanders and generals and leaders, each 
τριάχοντα μυριάδων 
(having under his command) _| thirty ten-thousands, [300,000], 
"AG. βυπόμαξ, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωδρίας, 
(their names were) Abrocomas, Tissaphernes, Gobruas, 
39 , ᾿ ’ ᾿ 3 ~ , 
Apbaxns. Δὲ πούτων παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ 
Arbaces. But of-these there-were-present in the battle 
ἐνενήχοντα, μυριάδες, χαὶ ἕχατὸν χαὶ 
| nine-hundred _ ten-thousands, [900,000], and a-hundred and 
πεντήχοντα δρεπανηφόρα ἅρματα yap ᾿Αϑροχόμας 
fifty scythe-bearing chariots ; for Abrocomas 


U ’ ς Ω ~ , ’ 
ἐλαύνων ἐκ Φοινίκης we TNS μάχης πέντε 
marching from Ῥμοθηϊοῖα  arrived-after the battle five 
ἡμέρας. Δὲ οἵ αὐτομολήσαντες ἐχ τῶν 
days. And — (those) having-deserted from the 
πολεμίων παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως 
enemy (that were) with (the) great - king 
» ~ ‘ cm ‘ ~ ᾽ 
ἤγγελλον ταῦτα Κῦρον προ τῆς μάχης" 
announced these (things) to Cyrus before the battle; 
καὶ, μετὰ τὴν μάχην, οἵ ὕστερον 
and, after the battle, — (those that) thereafter 
ἐλήφθησαν ἤγγελλον ταῦτα. 


were-taken-prisoners reported the-same (things). 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER VII. 71 


Δὲ ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει ἕνα σταϑμὸν 


τ And thence Cyrus proceeds one days’-march, 
τρεῖς παρασάγγας παντί TH στρατεύματι, 
ymaking) three parasangs, with-all the amy, 


xat τῷ ῬἙλληνιχῷ καὶ τῷ βαρθαρικῷ συντε- 


both the Greek and {86 barbarian, drawn-up-in- 
TAYUEVQ” γὰρ ETO βασιλέα μαχεῖσϑαι 
order-of-battle; for he-thought (thatthe) king would-offer-battle 
’ ~ ε ᾿ re ‘ ‘ ’ ‘ 

TAUVTY TH γμερᾳ yap κατα μεσοὸν τον 

(on) that — (same) day; for about (the) middle (of) the 

ες σταθμὸν ἦν τάφρος ὀὑρυχτή βαϑεῖα, τὸ 
days’-march there-was (found) a-ditch dug deep, the 


εὖρος μὲν πέντε ὀὑργυιαὶ, δὲ τὸ βάϑος τρεῖς 
breadth indeed (was) five fathoms, and the depth three 
opyviat. Δὲ 7 τάφρος παρετέτατο ἄνω διὰ τοῦ 
fathoms. And the dite was-extended up through the 
mediov ἐπὶ dadexa παρασάγγας, μέχρι τείχους 
plain to twelve parasangs, just-to (the) walls 
tov Μηδίας. “EvSa δή εἰσιν at διώρυχες ῥέουσαι 
-- of-Media. Here — are the canals flowing 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος" δὲ εἰσὶ τέτταρες, 

from the river Tigris ; and there-are four (of them), 
TO μὲν εὖρος πλεϑριαῖαι, δὲ ἰσχυρῶς 
the --- breadth (of each is) of-the-size-of-a-plethrum, and very 
βαϑεῖαι, καὶ σιταγωγά πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς" 
deep, and corn-carrying vessels sail on ἢ them ; 


δὲ εἰσδάλλουσι εἰς τὸν Εὐφράτην, δὲ δια- 
and they-discharge-their-water into the Euphrates, and they- 


λείπουσι ἐχάστη παρασάγγην, γέφυραι δ᾽ 
leave (between) each a-parasang, bridges alsu 
ἔπεισιν. Ἦν δὲ στενή πάροδος 
‘are - (thrown) ‘over (them). There-was — (a) narrow passage 
παρὰ tov Εὐφράτην, μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ και 
along the Euphrates, between the river and 


Tig τάφρου ὡς TO εὖρος εἴχοσι ποδῶν. Ταύτην 
the trench about the breadth of-twenty feet. This 


7 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


de σὴν τάφρον μέγας βασιλεὺς roel ἀντι 
-- -- trench (the) - great king makes for (a* 
> iF 3 ‘ ’ - , 
ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνϑάνεται Κῦρον προσελαύνοντα. 
defence, after he-heard-of Cyrus marching-against 
Ταύτην τὴν πάροδον dy te Κῦρός καὶ 
(him). This a passage indeed not-only Cyrus but-also 
N στρατιὰ παρῆλθε, χαὶ ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς 
the army went-through, and (so) became within the 
, ’ τ 3 τ 5 / 
‘Tappov. Βασιλεὺς μὲν οὐκ οὖν ἐμαχέσατο 
trench. (The) king indeed ‘did not therefore  ‘offer-battle 
~ 1 ¢ 
ταύτῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ, ἀλλὰ πολλά ἴχνη καὶ ἵππων 
on-that -- day, but many tracks both of-horses 
ς ᾿ 
χαὶ ἀνϑρώπων ὑποχωρούντων ἦσαν φανερὰ. 
and of-men retreating were visible. 
Ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος χαλέσας Σιλανὸν τὸν ᾿Αμύρα- 
There Cyrus having-called Silanus the Ambra- 
, / » 3 - 7 ‘ 
κιώτην μάντιν, ἔδωχεν αὐτᾷ τρισχιλίους δαρεικοὺς, 
cian soothsayer, gave him _ three-thousand darics, 
σ - st 
ὅτι πρότερον τῇ ἑνδεχάτῃ an’ ἐχείνης τῆς 
because previously on-the eleventh (day) from that ΒΕ" 
. ee A 


θυόμενος, εἶπεν atta ὅτι βασιλεὺς 
day (while) sacrificing, he-said to-him that (the) king 
3 - la ε - ~ > 
οὐ μαχεῖται δέχα ἡμερῶν: Κῦρος ὃ 
*would not fight (for) ten days; Cyrus then 
εἶπεν, οὐχ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ οὐ 
said, he-‘will not then thereafter ‘fight, if he-*will not 
-- ς 3 , oe thE SER. 3 
μαχεῖται ἐν ταύταις ταὶς ἡμεραῖς" δ᾽ ἐὰν ἀλη- 
“fight - in these -- days; but if you-speak- 
ϑεύσῃς, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι déxa τάλαντα. Τοῦτο 
the-truth, I-promise you ten talents. This 
τὸ χρυσιόν téte ἀπέδωχεν, ἐπεὶ ai déxa ἡμέρα 
-- gold "he then ‘paid, when the ten days 
παρῆλθον. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ, βασιλεὺς 
elapsed. After indeed, at the trench, (the) king 
οὐχ ἐχώλυε τὸ στράτευμα Κύρου διαβαίνειν, 
did not ‘prevent the army of-Cyrus to-go-through (it), 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER VIII. 73 


ἔδοξε καὶ Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωχέναι 
ne-seemed both to-Cyrus and to-the others to-have-given-up 
τοῦ μάχεϑαι" ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦρος 
the (design) to-fight ; so-that on-the following (day) Cyrus 
ἐπορεύετο μᾶλλον ἠμελημένως. Δὲ 
proceeded (on his march) more negligently. But 
τῇ τρίτῃ ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν τε καϑήμενος 
on-the third (day) he-made the march not-only being-seated 
3 ~ « 
ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος, καὶ ἔχων πρὸ αὕτου 
in — (his) chariot, but-also having before . him 
ὀλίγους ἐν. τάξει. δὲ τὸ πολὺ 

few (men, drawn up) in order; but the greater (part of 


αὐτῷ ἐπορεύετο ἀνατεταραγμένον, 
the army) for-him _proceeded-on | having-been-put-in-disorder, [without 


χαὶ πολλὰ τῶν ὅπλων τοῖς στρα- 
observing any order], and many of-the arms _ for-the sol- 
~ ς 
τιώταις ἤγοντο ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν χαὶ ὑποξυγίων. 
diers were-carried on wagons and _ beasts-of-burden. 





CHAPTER VIII. 


Kai ἦν ἤδη τε ἀμφὶ πλήϑουσαν ἀγορὰν, 


And it-was now not-only about full market (time), 


καὶ ὃ σταϑμός ἦν πλησίον Sa ἔμελλε xata- 


γαΐ- 150 the — station was near where he-was-about to-ter- 
κύειν nvixa Παταγύας ἹΠέρσης ἀνὴρ, 
αἰπαίθ (the day’s march) when Pataguas (a) Persian man, 
“Ov πιστῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον προφαίνεται 
of-the faithful (adherents) about Cyrus appears 
ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ κράτος τῷ ἵπσιῳ ἱδροῦντι" 
nding at full-speed — (with his) horse sweating ; 
\ 329.1 3p, oh ὦ ὁ τ > , 
XO EVSUS ἐθόα πᾶσιν, οἱἰς EVETLYYAVE, 
and immediately he-called-out to-all, whom he-met, 
᾿ - - σ 
χαὶ βαρθαρικῶς χαὶ Ἑλληνικῶς, ὅτι 


beth !in-barbarian fin Persian] and in-Greek, that (thet 
z 


74 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


agg σιροσέρχεται σὺν πολλῷ στρατεύματι, 


approaches with (a) large army, 


γ ἰρλιουνάσῥερος ὡς εἷς μάχην. Ἔνϑα δὴ ἐγέ-. 


prepared as for battle. Then indeed there- 


veto πολὺς τάραχος" yap ot Ἕλληνες καὶ δὲ 


was great confusion ; for the - Greeks and also 


πάντες ἐδόχουν αὐτίχα ἔπισκε- 
all thought (that) ‘he (the king) ‘would suddenly *fall 


σεῖσθαι σφίσιν atdaxtois* Κῦρός te, χαταπηδήσας 
on them in-disorder; Cyrus not-only, having-leaped-down 


ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος, ἐνέδυ TOV θώραχα, καὶ 
from the chariot, put-on — (his) breast-plate, but-also 


ἀναθὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἔλαθε τὰ σιαλτὰ 
mounting on — (his) horse he-took — (his) javelins 


aig TAS χεῖρας, τε παρήγγελλε πᾶσι Tos 
in — (his) hands, (and) not-only did-he-order all the 


ἄλλοις ἐξοπϑλίζεσϑαι, καὶ ἕχαστον χαϑίστασϑαι 
rest to-arm-themselves, but-also each-one | to-place-himself 
εἰς τὴν τάξιν ἑαυτοῦ. 

in the rank of-himself [to station himself in his own rank]. 


Ἔνϑα δὴ χαϑίσταντο σὺν 
There indeed (in their proper stations) they-placed-themselves with ~ 


πολλῇ σπουδῇ, Κλέαρχος μὲν ἔχων τὰ δεξιὰ 


great haste, Clearchus indeed having the right 


τοῦ κέρατος πρὸς τῷ ποταμῷ Εὐφράτῃ, δὲ 
of-the (right) wing near the river eeeaiad but 


ΤΙρόξενος ἐχόμενος δ᾽ οἱ ἄλλοι 


Proxenus having (his station next to him) and the others 


μετὰ τοῦτον. Δὲ Μένων χαὶ τὸ 
after this (in order). But Menon and — (his) 


re i a ἔσχε TO εὐώνυμον κέρας τοῦ ᾿Ελληνιχοῦ. 
had the left wing of-the Greek 


Δὲ τοῦ Ba ρδαρικοῦ ἱππεὶς μὲν ἸΠαφλα- 


(army,. But of-the ἐξόν μα (force) horsemen namely (the) Paphla- 


γόνες εἰς χιλίους πίον παρα Κλέαρχον 


goniap about 3-thousand Clearehug 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER VIII. 75 


xal to ᾿Ελληνιχὸν πελταστιχόν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ" 
δὰ the Greek peltastic (force) on the right, 


δὲ ἐν. τῷ εὐωνύμῳ te “Apiaios ὃ ὕπαρχος 
but on the lett (was) not-only Arizus the lieutenant 


Κύρου, καὶ τὸ ἄλλο Bapbapixdy- Κῦρος δὲ 


of-Cyrus, but-also the other barbarian (force); Cyrus also 


χαὶ ἱσιπεὶς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅσον ἑξαχόσιοι, 
and (the) horsemen with him about six-hundred (were in the 


αὐτοὶ μὲ ὡπλισμένοι θώραξι καὶ 
centre), they indeed having-been-armed with-breastplates and 
παραμηριδίοις, καὶ πάντες κράνεσι πλὴν Κύρου" 
armour-for-the-thighs, and all with-helmets, except Cyrus; 
Κῦρος δὲ χαϑίστατο εἰς τὴν μάχην ἔχων 
Cyrus indeed stationed-himself in the battle having 
σὴν κεφαλὴν ψιλὴν" δὲ καὶ λέγεται 
— (his) head bare ; and (it is) also said (that) 
τοὺς ἄλλους Πέρσας διακινδυνεύειν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ 


the other Persians . expose-themselves in — battle 


ταῖς ψιλαὶς κεφαλαῖς. Δὲ πάντες ot ἵσπσοι, 

- with-bare heads. Also all the horses, (namely) 
οἱ μετὰ Κύρου, εἶχον καὶ προμετω- 
— (those) with Cyrus, had both defensive-armour-on-their- 
πίδια καὶ σπροστερνίδια" δὲ οἱ ἱππεῖς καὶ 
foreheads and defensive-armour-for-the-breast; and the horsemen also 


εἶχον “EAAnvixds μαχαίρας. 


had Grecian swords, 
Σ : 

Καὶ ἦν ἤδη τε ἔσον ἡμέρας, 

And it-was πο  not-only-(the) middle ‘of (the) ‘day, 
καὶ οὔπω ἦσαν οἱ πολέμοι χαταφανεῖς" δὲ 
but-also not-yet were the enemy visible ; but 
ἡνίχα ἑγίγνετο δείλη κονιορτός ἐφάνη, ὥσπερ 
when it-was _ early-afternoon a-dust appeared, _like-as 

λευχή νεφέλε, δὲ οὐ συχνῷ χρό;ῳ ὕστερον 
(a) white cloud, but ‘in πὸ ‘much time after, . 
τις ὥσπερ μελανία ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ 


something like blackness (appeared) on the plain fon 


76 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
πολί. Δὲ ὅτε ἐγίγνοντο ἐγγύτερον, 
much [much extended]. But when they-became nearer, 


xal on τάχα τις χαλκός ἤστραπτε, καὶ 
and --- thereupon something (like) brass gleamed-forth, and 


ai λόγχαι καὶ at τάξεις ἐγίγνοντο καταφανεὶς. 


he spears and the ranks became visible. 
κα + > Η 

Καὶ ἤσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν λευχοϑώρακες ἐπὶ 
And there-were horsemen — (having)  white-corselets on 


Tod εὐωνύμου τῶν πολεμίων, Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο 
the left of-the enemy, Tissaphernes was-said 


ἄρχειν τούτων" ἐχόμενοι δὲ τούτων 


to-command __ these; next then (to) these (were the) 
γεῤῥοφόροι: ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὁπλῖται 
wicker-shield-bearers ; next also (to these were) heavy-armed-mer 


σὺν ξυλίναις ἀσπίσι ποδήρεσι" δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐλέγοντο 
with wooden _ shields reaching-to-the-feet; and these were-said 
εἷναι Αἰγύπτιοι" δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἱππεῖς 

to-be Egyptians; and (nextfollowed) other horsemen (next) 
ἄλλοι τοξόται. Πάντες δ᾽ οὗτοι 

other bowmen. All — these (marched together) 
χατὰ ἔϑνη, ἕχαστον τὸ ἔϑνος ἐπορεύετο 
according-to (their) nation, each — nation marched-on 
ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνθρώπων. Δὲ 
_ jin (an) oblong full of-men {in solid column]. And 

‘ > ~ σ , \ 
αὐτῶν ἅρματο, διαλείποντα συχνὸν 

before them (were) chariots leaving (a) considerable (space) 
an ἀλλήλων, τὰ δὴ κχαλούμενα δρεπανη- 
between one-another, — (these) indeed  were-called scythe- 
φόρα" εἶχον δὲ τὰ δρέπανα ἀποτεταμένα ἐχ 
zhariots; they-had — _ the scythes extended from 
τῶν ἀξόνων εἷς πλάγιον, καὶ ὑπὸ 
the axles in (an) oblique (direction), and (others) under 
τοὶς δίφροις βλέποντα εἰς γῆν ὡς 
the seats-of-the-drivers looking towards (the) ground so-as 
διακόπτειν ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν. Δὲ ἡ γνώμη 
to-cut-through whatever they-might-meet. Aud the | design 


- 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER VIII. 77 


i se 
mv ὡς ἐλώντων καὶ διαχοψόντων εἰς 
(of them) was that hereafter-driving-into, and cutting-through ἰηΐο 


τὰς τάξεις τῶν Ἑλλήνων. 


the rauks of-the Greeks. [The design of these chariots 
“O Κῦρος 

was to drive into, and cut through the ranks of the Greeks.] What Cyrus 
f 

μέντοι εἶπεν ὅτε χαλέσας σπαρεχελεύετο 

however said when having-called (the men) he-exhorted 
τον δα ἄς 

τοῖς Ἕλλησι ἀνέχεσθαι τὴν χραυγὴν τῶν β 

the Greeks to-sustain the shout of-the _ bar- 


ὕάρων, τούτο ἐψεύσθη" γὰρ προσήεσαν ov 

barians, in-this he-was-deceived; for they-approached not ‘with (a) 
χραυγῇ, ἀλλὰ σιγῇ, ὡς ἀνυστόν, 
*shout, but ‘in (as much) ‘silence, as (it was) possible, 
καὶ ἡσυχῇ, ἐν too xal βραδέως. Καὶ ἐν 
and = quietly, in (an) even (step) and slowly. And at 
τούτω Κῦρος, παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σὺν Πίγρητι. 


this (time) Cyrus, riding-by himself with igres, 


TO Epunvel, καὶ τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι ἄλλοις, ἐθδόα 


the interpreter, and three or four others, he-called-out 
τᾷ Κλέαρχῳ ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ TO 
---ὀ  to-Clearchus to-lead — (his) army against the 
μέσον τῶν πολεμίων, ὅτι βασιλεὺς εἴη ἐκεῖ" 
centre of-the enemy, that (the) king might-be there; 


xav ἔφη νικῶμεν τοῦτο πάντα, πεποίηται 
and-if, said-he, we-conquer (in) this (quarter) all has-been-done 


ἡμῖν. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος ὁρῶν τὸ μέσον στῖφος, 


for-us. But — Clearchus seeing — (that) middle dense-body 
καὶ ἀχούων Κύρου βασιλέα ὄντα 
(of soldiers), and hearing from-Cyrus (ofthe) king being 


ἔξω τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ εὐωνύμου, yap ββασιλεύς 
beyond the Grecian left, for (the) king 


περιῆν τοσοῦτον πλήϑει, ὥστε ἔχων tO μέσον 


excelled so-much in-multitude, | so-that having the middle 
- > 
ἑαυτοῦ nv 


of-himself [so that, stationed in the centre of his army,] he-was (even) 
ἡ ἧς 


τῷ THE ANABASIS OF ΧΊΔΟΡΠΟΝ, 
«7 
ἔξω πονύμου τοῦ Κύρου, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως 6 Κλέαρχος 


beyond the-le*t — of-Uyrus, but however ~— Clearchus 


οὐχ ἤϑελεν ἀποσπάσαι τὸ δεξιὸν χέρας ἀπὸ 
‘did. not *wish to-draw-off the right wing from 


Tod ποταμοῦ, φοδούμενος μὴ xvxAwSein Exaté- 


the river, fearing lest he-might-be-surrounded on-both- 


poser, δὲ τῷ Κύρῳ ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι μέλοι 
sides, but — _ to-Cyrus he-replied, _| that it-would-be-a-care 


αὐτῷ ὅπως ἔχοι κοιλῶς. 
to him that it-may-have (itself) well [that he would take caro, 


that everything should terminate well}. 
Kai ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ τὸ μὲν βαρδαρικὸν 


And during _ this -- time the barbarian 
στράτευμα προΐει ὁμαλῶς, δὲ τὸ Ἕλλη- 
army advanced steadily (and equally), and the Gre- 
γικόν ἔτι μένον ἐν τῷ AUTO, OUVE- 
cian (army) still remaining in the same (place), was-formed- 
TATTETO ἐχ TOV ἔτι προσιόντων. Καὶ ὁ 
in-order-of-battle from “--- (thoso) still coming-ap. And — 


Μῶρος παρελαύνων οὐ πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ 
riding-past not very near _to-this (his) --- 


στρατεύματι, XATESEATO amob Aémtov & ἑχατέρωσε, 
armny, surveyed (the armies) looking-at each-side, 
TE εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ TOUS 

not-only towards the enemy but-also (towards) — (his) 
φίλους. Δὲ Zevopdv  ᾿Αϑηναῖος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 
friends. But Xenophon (an) Athenian seeing him 
ἀπο τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ, ὑπελάσας Os συναν- 
from the Grecian (line), having-ridden-up as-if to-have 
φῆσαι, ἤρετο εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι" 
met (him), asked if he-may-"have any-thing *to-order, 
ὃ δ΄ ἐπιστήσας εἶπε, καὶ ἐχέλευε 


who— having-stopped (hishorse) said, and-also ordered (him) 


λέγειν πᾶσιν, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τὰ σ 
ali, that both the sacrifices and the Fue {were} 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER VIII. 72 


cara. Λέγων δὲ ταῦτα ἤχουσε θορύδου ἰόντος 


favourable. Saying — this he-heard (a) noise going 
διὰ tov τάξεων, καὶ ἤρετο Tig ὁ θόρυδος 
through the ranks, and  he-inquired what the noise 
εἴη. Ὃ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν, ὅτι τὸ σύνϑημα 

might-be. — And Xenophon said, that the watch-word ‘is 
ν , , τ 
ἤδη παρέρχεται δεύτερον. Καὶ 
now *passing (through the ranks) for-the-second-time. And 
ὃς ἐθαύμασε Tis παραγγέλλει, xa 


| (who) (Cyrus) wondered what-person gives-out (the word), and 
ἤρετο ὅ τι τὸ σύνϑημα ein. Ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεχρίνατο, 


he-asked what the watch-word might-be. — And e-replied, 
ὅτι Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίχη. Ὃ δὲ Κῦρος 
that (it was) Jupiter (the) preserver and victory. — And Cyrus 


dxovoas, ἔφη, ἀλλὰ te δέχομαι καὶ ἔστω 
having-heard (it),said, but ‘I not-only ‘receive (it) but-also let-it-be 


tovto. Δὲ εἰπών ταῦτα ἀπήλαυνε εἰς τὴν 


80, And having-said this he-rode-away to | to-the 
χώραν ἑαυτοῦ" καὶ τὼ φάλ- 
place of-himself; [to his own station in the line;] and the-two ar- 
Aayye διειχέτην ar ἀλλήλων οὐχέτι τρία ἢ 
mies were-apart from one-another not-more-than three or 
τέτταρα στάδια, ἡνίκα οἱ “Ἕλληνες Te ἐπαιάνιζον 
four stadia, when the Greeks  not-only sang-the-paan’ 
καὶ “ἤρχοντο ἱέναι ἀντίοι τοὶς πολεμίοις. Δὲ 
but-also began to-go against the enemy. But 

πορευομένων TL τῆς φάλαγγος ἐξεχύ- 
as {they) were-preceeding some (part) of-the phalanx fluctu- 
μαινε τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενον ἤρξατο 
ated (from the rest) the (part) left-behind began 


θεῖν δρόμῳ: καὶ πάντες ἄμα ἐφϑέγξαντο 
to-run with-speed; and (they) all together made-a-noise 
οἷόνπερ ἐλελίζουσι τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ, καὶ δὲ πάντες 
like-as they-shout to --- Mars, and also ali 
ἔϑεον. Δὲ τινες λέγουσι, ὡς χαὶ ἐδούπησαν 
ran, And some say, that ‘they also τς tsoundeé 


80 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ταὶς ἀσπίσι πρὸς τὰ δόρατα, ποιοῦντες 
-- *with (their) ‘shields against the spears, causing 


φόδον τοῖς ἵπποις. Δὲ πρὶν τόξευμα 


fear to-the horses. But before (that) (an) arrow 


ἐξικνεῖσθαι, ot βάρθαροι éxxAivovor, καὶ 
reaches (them), the Satacthe give-way, and 


φεύγουσι. Kai δὴ ἐνταῦθα μὲν ot Ἕλληνες 
flee. And also there indeed the Greeks 
ἐδίωχον χατὰ χράτος. δὲ ἐβόων ἀλλήλοις 
followed with (alltheir) might, and calling-out to-one-another 


un θεῖν δρόμῳ, ἀλλὰ ἕπεσθαι ἐν τάξει. Δὲ 
ποῦ to-run bs 4 speed, but to-follow in order. But 


τὰ ἅρματα, κενὰ ἡνιόχων, ἐφέροντο τὰ μὲν 
the chariots, void of-drivers, were-born — (some) indeed 


διὰ τῶν πολεμίων αὐτῶν, δὲ τὰ 
through (the ranks) of-the enemy themselves, but — (others) 
χαὶ διὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Δὲ oi, 
also through (the ranks) of-the Greeks. But — (they), 


ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν, διίσταντο. 
when they-could.see (them coming) | they-stood-apart [they opened their 


δ᾽ ἔστι ὅστις xal κατελήφθη, 

ranks]; but there-was some-one-person (who) also was-caught, 

ὥσπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ, ἐχπλαγείς" χαὶ 

in (a)  race-course, he-haying-been-struck-with-fear; and 

ἔφασαν μέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παϑεῖν οὐδὲν" 

they-said sos (that) neither ‘did this-person ‘suffer | nothing; 
οὐδ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος δὲ 


[in any thing]; | neither ‘did no-one other indeed [nor did any one 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπαϑὲν οὐδέν ἐν 

else] of-the Greeks | suffer nothing [suffer any thing] in 
ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ. πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τις 
— battle, except on the left, some-one 


paces TOLEVSHVAL. 


was said to-have-been-shot-with-an-arrow. 


Δὲ Κῦρος ὁρῶν ποὺς “Ἕλληνας νϊἱχῶντας καὶ 
But Cyrus seeing the Greeks conquering and 


BUOK I. —CHAPTER VIII. 81 


διώχοντας τὸ KAS αὑτοὺς, ἡδόμενος 


pursuing the (part of the army) opposed-to them, being-pleasea, 


καὶ προσχυνούμενος ἤδη ὡς βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν 

and being-saluted now as king by — (those) 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχϑη διώχειν, 

about him,  nor(yet) was-‘he thus ‘led-away to-pursue (thecnemy), 
3 \ ¥ , ‘ ’ - 
ἀλλὰ ἔχων συνεσπειραυμένην τὴν τάξιν τῶν 
but keeping drawn-up-in-close-order the band _of-the 


ἑξαχοσίων ἱππέων σὺν ἑαυτῷ, ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅτι 
six-nundred horsemen with himself, he-carefully-watched what 
, , £ \ \ ¥ τω 

βασιλεύς ποιήσει’: γὰρ καὶ Yoav αὐτόν 
(the) king would-do; for ‘he well ‘knew (ham, 
ὅτι ἔχοι μέσον τοῦ ἹΠερσιχοῦ στρατεύματος. 
that he-kept the-centre of-the Persian army. 
Kot δὲ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν βαρθάρων 


And also all the commanders _ of-the barbarians 
ς ~ ~ 

ἔχοντες τὸ μέσον αὑτῶν ἡγοῦντο, 

occupying the centre of-their (command) led (them thus 


ψομίξοντες οὕτω xal εἶναι ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ 
into action) thinking thus also to-be — the-most-secure 
ἦν nN ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἢ ἐχατέρωθεν, 
if |the strength  of-them [their strength] should-be _on-cither-side, 


καὶ εἶ χρήζοιεν παραγγεῖλαι TH, τὸ 
and, if they-should-want to-order any-thing, (that) the 


στράτευμα ἂν αἰσθάνεσθαι ἡμίσει χρόνῳ. Καὶ 
army may perceive in-half (the) time. And 
δὴ βασιλεὺς ἔχων τότε μέσον τῆς 
even-indeed (the) king having then (the) centre  ot-the 
στρατιᾶς αὑτοῦ ἐγένετο ὅμως ἔξω 

| army of-him [of hisarmy] was _ nevertheless beyond (the) 


εὐωνύμου xépatos tod Κύρου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς 
ing 


left win —  of-Cyrus. When mdeed no-one 
3 , 3 ~ 3 , 3 co = hag 291 
ἐμάχετο EX TOV AVTLOV αὐτῶ ᾿ οὐδὲ 
fought from the opposite (part) (either) against-humself (nor) (or) 
τοὶς τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσϑεν αὐτοῦ, 


- (those of his own troops) ἄτδνπ-ὰΡ before him, 


82 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐπέκαμσιτεν ὡς εἰς κυχλωσιν. 


he-commenced-wheeling-round as. for-the-purpose-of surrounding 


Ἔνθα δὴ Κῦρος δείσας μὴ γενόμενος ὄπισϑεν 


Then indeed Cyrus, fearing lest having-got in-the-rear 
e 

χαταχόψῃη TO EAAnrixdy ἐλαύνει ἀντίος" 

be-might-cut-to-pieces the Grecian (forces), moves-on against 


4 39 ‘ A ~ ς 4 
χαὶ ἐμθαλὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις 
fhim); and having-charged with the six-hundred (horsemen with 


ψικᾷ τοὺς στεταγμένους πρὸ ββασιλέως, 
him), conquers --- (those) drawn-up before (the) king, 


xai ἔτρεψε εἰς φυγὴν τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους, 
and turns into flight the six-thousand (horsemen 
; καὶ αὐτὸς λέγεται ἀποχτεῖναι 
guarding the king), and he (Cyrus)  is-said to-have-killed 
TH χειρὶ ἑαυτοῦ ᾿Αρταγέρσην 
|with-the hand of-himself [with his own hand] Artagerses 
Tov. ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. Δὲ ὡς ἢ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, 
the commander  of-them. But as the rout occurred, 


\ ε c / , ’ 
χαὶ οἵ ἑξαχόσιοι Κύρου, διασπείρονται 
also the six-hundred (horsemen) of-Cyrus, are-dispersed 


ὁῳμήσαντες εἰς τὸ διώχειν" σιλὴν πάνυ 
having-rushed-on | to the pursuing; [in pursuit]; except (a) very 
ὀλίγοι χατελείφϑησαν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν, 

few, (that) were-left about him, (and wno were) 


σχεδὸν ot χαλούμενοι ὁμοτράπεζοι. “Ov 


nearly-all — (those who) are-called table-companions. Being 
δὲ. σὺν τούτοις, καθορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ τὸ 
therefore with these, lie-sees (the) king and the 
στῖφος ἀμφ᾽ éxeivov, καὶ εὐθὺς οὐχ 
dense-body-guard around him, and immediately he-‘did not 
7 τῶ > > 3 , c ~ \ » gy €59 
ἠνέσχετο ἀλλ᾽ εἰπών, ὁρῶ τὸν ἄνδρα, ἵετο Ex 
‘restrain-himself, but saying, JI-see the man, he-rushed on 


αὐτὸν: καὶ παίει χατὰ τὸ στέρνον, καὶ 
nim; and strikes at — (his) breast, and 
TT PWOXEL διὰ tod θώραχος, ὡς Κτησίας ὁ 


wounds (him) through the  breast-plate, as Ctesias the 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER VIII. 83 


ἰατρός φησί, καὶ αὐτὸς φησί ἰᾶσϑαι 
physician _ says, and (moreover) he-himself says (that) he-healed 
τὸ τραῦμα. Δὲ τις παίοντα 
the wound. But some-one, (while he was) striking (at the king) 
3 , 3. ,Δ , ~~ ς \ ‘ 
ἀχοντίζει αὐτὸν βιαίως παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν 
hits him violently ‘with (a) ‘javelin under the 
“φϑαλμὸν" xai ἐνταῦϑα χαὶ βασιλεὺς 
eye; and there (then were) both (the) king 
\ ~ 4 \ e 3 > 
καὶ Κῦρος μαχόμενοι, καὶ οἵ a 
and Cyrus fighting, and — (those likewise) about 
αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ éxatépov* 
them (were fighting), for each (of their own chiefs) ; 


ὑπόσοι μὲν TOV ἀμφὶ βασιλέα ἀπέϑνησκον 

how-many indeed — (of those) about (the) king died 

Κτησίας λέγει : γὰρ ἦν παρ᾽ éexeiv@* 

(in battle) Ctesias tells (us); | for he-was about him ; 

dé τε Κῦρος αὐτός 

[for he attended the king’s person]; and not-only Cyrus himself 
JF ι 3 ι ς » ~ 

anéSave, καὶ ὀχτὼ, ol LOTOL τῶν 

died, but-also eight, the most-distinguished (persons) — 
\ 3 ‘ » ϑ...4 3 ~ \ 

σιερὶ αὐτὸν, ἔχειντο ἐπ αὐτῷ. Δὲ 

{of those) about him, lay (dead) on him. But 
᾿Αρταπάτης, ὃ πιστότατος αὐτῷ τῶν σχητσί. 

Artapates, the most-faithful to-him — (of his) sceptre- 

τούχων θεράπων, λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ εἶδε Κῦρον 

hearing servants, is-said, after he-saw ‘yrus 


πεπιτωχότα, καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου 
fallen, (that) haying-leaped from — (his) horse 


περιστεσεῖν αὐτῷ. Καὶ οἱ μὲν φασι 
to-have-thrown (himself) on-him. And --- (some) indeed say (that) 


βασιλέα κελεῦσαί «τινα ἐπισφάξαι 


(the) king ordered some one | to-haye-killed [to kil‘} 
αὐτον Κύρῳ, οἱ δὲ σπασάμενον 


him (lying) on-Cyrus, — but (others say, that) having-drawn 


Tov ἀχινάχην, ἐπισφάξασϑαι ἑαυτὸν: yap 
“- (his) scimitar, τος he-killed himself; for 


84 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


= ~ \ A > 4 ᾿ 
ELYE χρυσοῦν" δὲ χαὶι ἐφόρει OT PETLTOV, xO 
he-had (a) golden-one; and also he-wore (a) chain, and 
ψέλλια, καὶ τἄλλα, ὥσπερ ob ἄριστοι 
bracelets, and (such) other (ornaments), as the most-distinguished 
Περσῶν" ap ETETLUNTO 
_ ‘of (the) ‘Persians (are accustomed to wear); for he-had-been-honoured 


e 
ὑπὸ Κύρου τε ov εὔνοιαν καὶ 
by Cyrus not-only for (his) good-will-and-affection, but-also (for his) 


πιστότητα. 
very-great-fidelity. 





CHAPTER IX. 


Οὕτως οὖν μὲν ἐτελευτησε Κῦρος, ἀνὴρ ὧν 


Thus now indeed died Cyrus, (a) man being 

~ ~ ’ i ~ 
TE τῶν IlepoGy γενομένων μετὰ Kipor 
not-only ‘of (all) ‘the Persians existing since Cyrus 


τὸν ἀρχαῖον, βασιλιχώτατος, xai ἀξιώτατος 
che elder, princely, but-also the-most-worthy 
ἄρχειν, ὡς ὁμολογεῖται mapa πάντων τῶν 


to-reign, as is-agreed-to by all —— |-(those) 

δοχούντων γενέσθαι ἐν πείρᾳ Κύρου. 

appearing to-have-been in (the) experience of-Cyrus [those inti- 
Tap μὲν πρῶτον, ὧν ἔτι 

mately acquainted with Cyrus]. For indeed first, being yet (a) 


παῖς, ὅτε ἐπαιδεύετο xal σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 
boy, when he-was-educated both with — (his) brother 
xal σὺν τοὶς ἄλλοις παισί, ἐνομίζετο χράτιστος 
and with thé other boys, he-was-thought (to be) the-best 
πάντων πάντα. Γὰρ πάντες οἱ παῖδες 
of-all in-all-things. : For all the sons 
Περσῶν τῶν ἀρίστων παιδεύονται ἐπὶ ταὶς 
of-Persians —  eminent-in-rank, are-educated | at the 
θύραις βασιλέως" ἔνϑα τις ἄν 


gates tof (the) ‘king; [intheroyalpalace]; there one may 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER IX. 85 


καταμάϑοι μὲν πολλὴν σωφροσύ- 
learn indeed much (of the) wisdom-of-temperance-and- 
? ~ ~ 
νην, δ᾽ ἔστι οὔτ᾽ ἀχοῦσαι οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν 
modesty, but ἐ{1ἰ8 (possible) neither — to-hear nor to-see 


οὐδὲν αἰσχρὸν. A’ οἱ παῖδες καὶ θεῶνται τοὺς 


any-thing base. But the boys both see — (those) 
, ς 1 [4 \ 5 

τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως xal ἀχούουσι, 

honoured by (the) king and hear (thereof ), 
καὶ ἄλλους ἀτιμαζομένους" ὥστε εὐδϑὺς 
and (in like manner of ) others being-disgraced; so-that straightway 
ὄντες παῖδες μανϑάνουσι τε ἄρχειν καὶ 
being (yet) boys they-learn not-only to-govern but-also 


ἄρχεσθαι. Ἔνθα Κῦρος μὲν ἐδόκει πρῶτον 
* to-be-governed. There Cyrus indeed seemed first (of all) 


3 ps 2 
εἶναι αἰδημονέστατος τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν, TE 
to-be the-most-modest — (of his) equals-in-age, (and) not-only 


πείοϑδεσοδαι τοῖς πρεσϑυτέροις καὶ μᾶλλον 
to-obey the elders but-also much-more (readily than) 


= ς ns 
TOV ὑποδεεστέρον ἑαυτοῦ" δ᾽ ἔπειτα 
-— (those) more-inferior (to) him (inrank); and next-then 


φιλισσπότατος. καὶ χρῆσθαι τοῖς 
he-was-most-fond-of-horses, and (was able) to-use (ΟΥ̓ manage) the 


ἵπποις ἄριστα. Δ’ ἔχρινον αὐτὸν 
horses (ἴῃ the) best (manner), And they-discerned him 


εἶναι καὶ φιλομαϑέστατον καὶ μελετηρότα- 


to-be also the-most-desirous-in-learning, and most-diligeni and-indefa- 
TOV τῶν ἔργων εἷς τὸν πόλεμον, 
tigable |(in) the operations for — war, [in warlike exercises], 


TE τοξικῆς καὶ ἀχοντίσεως. "Ἐπεὶ 
not-only (those) of-archery but-also (those) of-throwing-the-dart. When 


δὲ ἔπρεπε τῇ Tania, ἦν καὶ φιλοθηρότατος, 


indeed it-became — (his) age, he-was both most fond-of-hunting, 
χαὶ mévtor φιλοχινδυνότατος σιρὸς 
and even most-fond-of-danger-and-adventure (in encounters) against 
ta θηρία. Καὶ ποτὲ οὐχ ἔτρεσεν ἄρχτον 


-- wild-bearts. And once he-‘did not ‘fear (a) she-bear 
g 


$6 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐπιφερομένην, ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν 
(when) -— attacking (him), | but  falling-together [but in the at- 


κατεσπάσθη ἀπὸ TOD ἵππου, 
tack and conflict] he-was-dragged from — (his) horse, 


χαὶ μὲν ἔπαϑε τὰ καὶ, τὰς 
jand indeed he-suffered the [he received some wounds]: and, the 
ὠτειλὰς ὧν εἶχε φανερὰς, δὲ TéXOS 
sears of-which he-had visible (on his body), but  at-last 


XAT EXAVE, xal μέντοι ἐποίησε τὸν σιρῶτον 
he-killed (the bear),and indeed he-made the (person) first 


βοηθήσαντα μαχαριστὸνδ πολλοῖς. 


coming-to-assist (him) to-be-considered-very-happy by-many. 


ς 5 
"Emel δὲ χατεπέμφϑη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς 
When indeed he-was-sent-down by — (his) father (as) 


σατράσως Λυδίας te καὶ τῆς μεγάλης Φρυγίας 
satrap of-Lydia and also of-the Great Phrygia ἡ 


nai Καππαδοχίας, δὲ καὶ ἀπεδείχϑη στρατηγὸς 


and Cappadocia, and likewise appointed commander 


πάντων, οἷς καϑήχει ASpoiecSar εἰς πεδίον 
of-all, to-whom it-appertains to-be-assembled in (the) plain 


Καστωλοῦ, πρῶτων μὲν ἐπέδειξεν αὐτὸν ὅτι 
of-Castolus, first indeed he-showed himself | that 


molto περὶ σιλείστου, 
he-'made (it) for ‘himself very-much, [that he held it of the great 


εἴ σπείσαιτο τῳ και 
est importance to himself], if he-made-a-treaty --- (with any one), and 


εἴ σύνϑοιτο τῳ καὶ εἴ TO 
if he-made-an-egreement — (with any 0Π6), πὰ if — (to any one) 


ὑπόσχοιτό τι ψεύδεσθαι μηδὲν. Kai γαρ 


he-promised any-thing, to-deceive (in) nothing. And 


ody μὲν αἱ πόλεις ἐπιτρεπόμεναι αὐτῷ ἐπίστευον 


thereforeindeed the cities entrusting-themselves to-him, confided 
δ᾽ ot ἄνδρες ἐπίστευον" 
.in him) as-also (in like manner did private)—- men confide 


nal εἴ τις ἐγένετο πολέμιος, Kipor 
(im him); and if any-one became hostile, Cyrus 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER IX. 87 


σπεισαμένου ἐπίστευε ἂν 
yaving-made-a-treaty (with him) he-was-confident (that) ‘he would (have to) 


παθεῖν μηδὲν παρὰ tas σπονδὰς. Τοιγαροῦν ἔπει 


suffer nothing contrary to-the treaty. Therefore when 
7 ~ ¢ F 4 

Ἰπολέμησε Τισσαφέρνει, πᾶσαι at πόλεις 

he-waged-war (against) Tissaphernes, all the towns 


ἑχοῦσαι εἵλοντο Κῦρον ἀντὶ Τισσαφέρνους πλὴν 


voluntarily chose Cyrus before Tissaphernes except (the) 
Μιλησίων: δὲ οὗτοι ἐφοθοῦντο αὐτόν ὅτι οὐχ 
Milesians ; but they feared him, because he-'did not 
» , 
ἤϑελε προέσϑαι τοὺς φεύγοντας. Γὰρ 
*wish to-abandon |— (those) fleeing [the exiles]. For 
χαὶ ἐπεδείκνυντο ἔργῳ, καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι 
the also ‘showed *by (his) ‘deeds, and said, that 
τ σ 
ἄν οὐ ποτε προοῖτο ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ ἐγένετο 
*he would ποῦ ever ‘desert (them), when once he-became (a) 


/ 3 - 50 5 \ ld » ’ 
φίλος AUTOS, οὐ εἰ μὲν YEVOLYTO ἔτι μείους 
friend to-them, πὸ if indeed they-should-become yet less 


\ / »» / 
δὲ πράξειαν ἔτι κάχιον. 
(in number), and should-suffer (a) yet worse (condition than they 


Kai εἴ tis ποιήσειεν αὐτόν τι ἀγαϑὸν 
ποτ in) And if any-one should-do him any-thing good 


ἢ xaxov, ἦν δὲ φανερὸς πειρώμενος 
or bad, it-was indeed evident (that he was) striving 
Vina * mut δὲ tives ἐξέφερον᾽ 


to-conquer (in these respects); and also some used-to-mention (a) 


εὐχὴν αὑτοῦ, ὡς εὔχοιτο ζῆν τοσοῦτον χρόνον, 


wish of-him, that he-desired to-live so-long (a) time, 
ἔστε ἀλεξόμενος, γιχῴη καὶ τοὺς 

until ‘he, requiting (them), ‘might-excel both --- (those) 
ποιοῦντας εὖ καὶ τοὺς καχῶς. 

acting well and — (those acting) ill {to him, + 
Kai yap οὖν δὴ πλεῖστοι ἑπεϑύμησαλ' 
And — therefore truly the-most (of men) desired 


τροέσϑαι αὐτῷῃ Evi ἀνδρὶ γε τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν 
to-commit  to-him (the) one (only) manat-least—- in our (time) 


88 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

‘ [4 ‘ , \ ‘ , 
xv χρήματα και πόλεις χαὶ τὰ σώματα 
-- (their) property, — (their) towns, | and _ the bodies 
ἑαυτῶν. 
of-them [and their persons]. 


Οὐ μὲν δὴ ἄν τις εἴποι οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽, ὡς εἴα τοὺς 


Nor indeed — canany-one say ποι this, thathe-let the 
xaxovpyous καὶ ἀδίχους καταγελᾶν, ἀλλ᾽ 
evildoers and unjust deride (his authority), but 
ἀφειδέστατα πάντων εἰτιμωρεῖτο. Δ’ 
most-unsparingly of-all (men) he-punished (transgressors). | And 
ἦν πολλάχις ἰδεῖν, παρὰ 
it-was —_ often to-see, [and there were often to be seen], | on 
τὰς στειθομένας ὁδούς, ἀνϑρώπους 
the trodden roads [on the frequented roads] men 


στερομένους χαὶ ποδῶν, xal χειρῶν καὶ 


deprived -- of-feet, — (or) of-hands, — (or) 
ὀφθαλμῶν: ὥστε ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ Κύρου ἐγένετο 
of-eyes ; so-that in the dominion of-Cyrus it-was 


καὶ Ἕλληνι καὶ βαρθαρῳ, μηδὲν 


(possible) *for both Greek and barbarian, ‘doing nothing 


5 , ~ 
ἀδικοῦντι, πορεύεσθαι ἀδεῶς, ὅποι τις ἤϑελεν, 
‘wrong, to-travel fearlessly, withersoever one wished, 


ἔχοντι ὅτι προχωροίη. 
(and) having (with him) whatever he-might-proceed-with (that suited 


‘Quordynto γε μέντοι 


his convenience). It-has-been-acknowledged “-- indeed (that) 
τιμᾶν διαφερόντως τούς ἀγαϑοὺς εἷς πόλεμον. 
he-honoured very-much | — (those) good for war 

Kai 


[those having a disposition for, and skilled in, military affairs]. And 
μὲν πόλεμος ἦν αὐτῷ πρῶτον 


indeed |(a) war was  to-him first [his first war was] 

Πισίδας xai Μυσούς. xai ot αὐτὸς 
against (the) Pisidians and Mysians; and therefore himself 
στρατευόμενος εἷς ταύτας τὰς χώρας, οὗς 
leading-an-army into these -- places, (those) whom 


BOOK I.— CHAPTER IX. 89 


ἑώρα ἔϑελοντας χκινδυμεύειν τούτους 


he-saw willing to-encounter-danger (in his service) the-same 


xal ἕποίει ἄρχοντας χώρας ἧς κατεστρέφετο. 
(also) he-made rulers ‘of (the) ‘places which he-subjugated, 


δὲ ἔπειτα καὶ ἐτίμα δώροις ἄλλγ. 


and moreover ‘he also ‘honoured (them) with-rewards in-another (man 


Ὥστε μὲν τοὺς ἀγαϑδοὺς φαίνεσθαι 
ner). So (that) indeed | the good [brave men] appear 


εὐδαιμονεστάτους, δὲ τοὺς χακοὺς 
‘to be) _ the-most-fortunate, but (that) the bad [ὀυναγαβ] 


3 = 5 , , 
ἀξιοῦσθαι εἶναι δούλους τούτων. 
were-considered-worthy (only) to-be (the) slaves of-these (brave 


Τοιγαροῦν ἦν πολλὴ ἀφϑονία αὐτῷ 


men). Therefore there-was (a) great abundance _ to-him 


tov θελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὅπου τις 
[Cyrus] _ of-those willing to-encounter-danger, when any-one 


οἴοιτο Κῦρον αἰσϑήσεσθαι. 
might-think (that) Cyrus would-perceive (him). 


Mév γε εἰς διχαιοσύνην. εἴ τι EVOLTO 
> ς 


In-truth — as-regards justice, if any-one might-become 
φανερὸς αὐτῷ βουλόμενος ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, 
apparent to-him (as) desiring to-show (this vir- 

περὶ παντὸς ἕποιεῖτο ποιεῖν τούτους 

tue in himself), above all, he-caused to-make such 
πλουσιωτέρους τῶν φιλοχερδούντων 

(persons) richer (than) — (those) seeking-gain 
éx tod ἀδίχου. Καὶ γὰρ οὖν te πολλὰ ἄλλα 
by — injustice. And therefore — not-only many other 


, , 3 ~ \ 3 uA 
διε XE ιρίξετ' Ὁ δικαίως QUT@, και ἐχρησατο 
(things) were-administered justly for-him, but-also he-had-the-use-of 


ἀληθινῷ στρατεύματι. Γὰρ 
(a) real army, (and one worthy of the name). For 
καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἔπλευσαν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον 
also generals and captains | sailed to him 
οὐ ἕνεχα χρημάτων, 

[eame to him from other countries] ποὺ on-account of-money, 


8 Ἐ 


90 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἀλλ᾽ ἐπει ἔγνωσαν εἶναι κερδαλεώτερον πειϑαρχεῖν 


but after they-knew (it) to-be more-profituble to-ohey 
Κύρῳ χαλῶς, ἢ τὸ xépdos χατὰ μῆνα. 
(and serve) Cyrus well, | than the gain for (a) month 


3 Ἁ \ ¥ , / ~ ~ 

AAAG μὲν εἰ τίς γε, ADT 

[than their monthly wages]. But indeed if any-one at-least, he 
ς - 

προστάξαντι τι, ὑπηρετήσειεν χαλῶς 

having-commanded any-thing, should-have-assisted-to-do (it) well 

οὐδενὶ πώποτε εἴασε τὴν προϑυμίαν 


to-no-one (acting thus) did-"he ever ‘permit — (his) alacrity 


ἀχάριστον. Τοιγαροῦν δὴ χράτιστοι vznpé- 


(to go) unrewarded. Therefore truly | the-best servants-and- 
\ » > / / 

TAL παντὸς ἔργου ἐλέχϑησαν γενέσθαι 

Officers of-every work (or undertaking) were-said to-be 

Κύρῳ. 


to-Cyrus [the best talents for all affairs were at the command of Cyrus]. 

Ei δὲ ὁρῴη twa ὄντα δεινὸν οἰχονόμον Ex τοῦ 

If also he-saw any-one (being) (a) skilful manager |from — 

δικαίου, καὶ χατασχευάζοντά, τε 

- Justice, [consistent with justice], and improving-the-land, not-only 

χώρας, ἧς ἄρχοι, καὶ ποιούντα σπροσ- 

‘of (the) ‘country, which he-governed, but-also making (an) increased- 

όδους ἂν πώποτε ἀφείλετο οὐδένα 

produce (therefrom) ‘he would never ‘take-away any-thing (from 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ σιροσεδίδου πλείω" ὥστε 

such a person), but always (rather) he-added more ; so-that 

καὶ ἐπόνουν ἡδέως, καὶ ἐκτῶντο θαῤῥαλέως, 

— (men) laboured cheerfully, and acquired (property) confidently, 
a L 

καὶ αὖ ὃ τις ἐπέπατο ἥκιστα ἔχρυστε 

and moreover what any-one had-acquired the-least did-he-conceal (it) 

~ 3 ~ 
Κῦρον. yap ἐφαίνετο ov φϑονῶν 
from-Cyrus; | for he-was-manifestly ποῦ envying [for he manifestly 


τοῖς φανερῶς πλουτοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ 
did not envy] --- (those who) openly acquire-riches, but 
πειρώμενος χρῆσϑαι τοῖς χρήμασι 


was-ehucavouring to-use (or put into circulation) the wealtk. 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER IX. 91 


se σ 
τῶν ἀποχρυπτομένων. Ὅσους φίλους ye μὴν 
of-those concealing (it) As-*many friends ‘as — indeed 


ποιήσαιτο, χαὶ yvoin . Ovtas εὔνους, 
ae-might-make, and knew (themas) being well-disposed (to him- 


καὶ χρίνειε εἶναι ἱχανοὺς συνεργοὺς, 
self), and might-judge (them) to-be fit co-operators, 


ὅ Tt βουλόμενος τυγχάνοι κατεργάζεσθαι, 

jin whatever wishing he-might-happen to-accomplish, [in 
ὁμολογεῖται 

whatever he might happen to wish to accomplish], he-is-acknowledged 


71p05 πάντων γενέσθαι δὴ κράτιστος 
to-have-been certainly ‘the-best (and most skilful) 


iebaiee Ta 
to-cherish (such friends, and attach them to himself). For 
xal αὐτὸ τοῦτο EVEXH οὗπερ αὐτὸς 
also (for) this same (reason) on-account of-which he-himself 
»” 

@eTO δεῖσθαι φίλων ὡς. ἔχοι συνερ- 


thought (that) he-needed friends (namely) that he-might-have co-ope- 


yous, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο εἶναι χράπ' ιστος συνεργὸς 
rators, and he-himself endeavoured to-be the-best assistant 


τοῖς φίλος ὅτου τούτου αἰσθάνοιτο 
‘to — (his) ‘friends (in) whatever that he-might-perceive 


ἕχαστον ἐἔπιϑυμοῦντα. 
each-one (was) desiring (to effect). 

Δὲ μὲν οἶμαι ε ὧν εἷς ἀνὴρ 

And indeed I-think | (that) "he at-least being one man [that he 

ἐλάμθανε πλεῖστα δῶρα 

of any one man at least] ‘received the-most presents, (and this) 
διὰ πολλά" δὲ tatta διεδίδου τοὶς 
for many (reasons); but these (presents) he-distributed ‘to — 


φίλοις μάλιστα 
Chis) ‘friends very-much (excelling) certainly (ἴῃ this -respect) 


πάντων, σχοπῶν ἄραι T σὰς τρόπους ἑχάστι Ov, 
all (men), looking manners of-each, 
καὶ ὅτου ὁρῴη ἕχαστον μάλ ἰιστὰ δεόμενον. 


aud (to that) of-which he-saw  each-one the-most needed 


92. THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


Καὶ ὅσα σις πέμσιοι χόσμον 
And whatever (present) any-one might-send (him as a:) ornament 
τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ, ἧ. ὡς εἰς 

|for-the body of-him, [for his person], either as-if for (use in) 
πόλεμον, ἢ ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμόν, καὶ 
war, or as-if for (use in personal) ornament, and 
περὶ τούτων ἔφασαν λέγειν, ὅτι μεν 


about these (presents) they-affirmed (that) he-said, | that indeed 


τὸ σῶμα éavtod ἂν οὐ δύναιτο χοσμηϑῆναι 
the body  of-himself could not be-able to-have-been-adorned 


NAGL τούτοις, 

[that his own person could not be adorned] with-all these (presents), 
δὲ νομίζοι φίλους - καλῶς χεχοσμημένους 
but he-might-think (that) friends (having-‘been) handsomely ‘adorned 

μέγιστον κόσμον aropl. Καὶ μὲν» τὸ 
(to be) the-greatest ornament ‘to (a) ‘man. | And indeed the 
νικᾶν τὰ μεγάλα 
to-surpass [the surpassing] the great [greatly] [and indeed that 

σοὺς φίλους ποιοῦντα εὖ 

he should greatly surpass] — (his) friends (in) doing good (is) 
οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν, ἐπειδή ye ἦν καὶ δυνατώτερος" 
nothing wonderful, since at-least he-was also the-most-able ; 
δὲ TO περιεῖναι τῶν φίλων 
|but the  to-be-superior [but that he should excel] — (his) friends 
TH ἐπιμελείᾳ, καὶ TH προθυμεῖσθαι 
— ~in-kind-attention, and | the to-be-eager [his eagerness] 
χαρίζεσϑαι, ταῦτα ἔμοιγε δοχεὶ εἶναι 
to-gratify (and oblige), these, to-me-at-least, seem to-ba 
μᾶλλον dyacta. Tap Κῦρος πολλάκις ἔπεμπε 
more admirable. For Cyrus often sent 
ἡμιδεεῖς βίχους οἴνου, ὁπότε λάβοι σίάνυ 
half-empty jars of-wine, whenever he-might-receive (ary) very 
ἡδὺν, λέγων, ὅτι οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ 
sweet (and fine-flavoured), saying, that never-yet truly ‘for(a) ‘long 


χρόνου ἐπιτύχοι ἡδίονι οἴνῳ TOUVTOV* 
time aid-he meet with-finer-flavoured wine (than) this; 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER IX. 93 


- EE 4 - 
οὖν ἔπεμψε τοῦτον σοὶ, καὶ δεῖταί σου εχπιεῖν 
therefore he-sent this to-you, and he-requests of-you _ to-drink 


~ , ‘ σ - fn 
TOUTOV τήμερον συν ols φιλεῖς μάλιστα. 
this to-day with those-whom  you-love most. 


iA \ » ς sf ~ 
Πολλάκις δὲ ἤπεμπε ἡμιθρώτους χῆνας, 
Often indeed he-sent | half-eaten geese [parts of geese], 


καὶ ἡμίσεα ἄρτων, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, κελεύων 
and halves of-loaves, and other such (things), ordering 


\ , 3 ͵ 7 ~ 
TOV φέροντα ἐπιλέγειν Κῦρος 
the bearer to-say (when he presented them) ; Cyrus 


ἥσϑη τούτοις. οὖν βούλεται καὶ σὲ γεύσασθαι 


was-delighted with-these; therefore he-wishes also you to-taste 


τούτων. Ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς εἴη πάνυ σπάνιος, 


of-these (same). Whenever indeed fodder was _ very scarce, 


δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐδύνατο παρασχευάσασϑαι διὰ τὸ ἔχειν 

διὰ δ was-able to-procure-it | through the to-have 
\ ες ‘ , 

MoAAovs ὑπηρέτας καὶ διὰ THY ἐτιμέλειαν, 

[by having] many servants and through — (his) care, 


διασιέμσων τοὺς φίλοις ἐχέλευε 
sending-it-about (among) — (his) friends he-ordered (them) 


ἐμθάλλειν τοῦτον τὸν χιλόν τοῖς ἵπστοις ἄγουσ 

to-throw this — fodder to-the horses | carrying 
TH σώματα ἑαυτῶν ὡς 

the bodies of-them [carrying their persons], so-that (the horses) 

μὴ ἄγωσι τοὺς φίλους ἑαυτοῦ πεινῶντες. Ei 

If 


‘may not ‘carry the friends of-himself hungering. 

’ ν 
δὲ 64 ποτε πορεύοιτο, καὶ πλεῖστοι 
— indeed at-any-time he-might procceed (anywhere), and many 
μέλλοιεν ὄψεσϑαι, προσχαλῶν τοὺς φίλους 
might-be-about to-see (him), calling-to — (his) friends 
ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ὡς δηλοίη οὗς 


he-held-earnest-conversation-with-them, that he-might-show (those) whom 
τιμᾷ. Ὥστε ἔγωγε ἐξ ὧν ἀχούω χρίνω 
he-honoured. So-that J-at-least from (that) which I-hear judge 


οὐδένα οὔτε Ἑλλήνων οὔτε βαρθάρων 
(that) no-one either ‘of (the) ‘Greeks or ‘of (the) ‘barbarians 


94 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πεφιλῆσϑαι ὑπὸ - πλειόνων. Δὲ χαὶ τόδε 


to-have-been-loved by more (persons). And also this 


TEXUNPLOV τούτου, οὐδεὶς μὲν ἀπῇει 
(is a) proof of-this-same (thing), no-one indeed deserted. 
πρὸς βασιλέα παρὰ Κύρου, ὄντος 
to (the) king from Cyrus,  he-being (as a subject no 
δούλου" σπλὴν ᾿Ορόντας 
~better than a) slave (of the king); except Orontes (who) 
ἐπδχείρησε. καὶ δὴ οὗτος ταχὺ εὗρε αὐτὸν 
attempted (it); and truly this (Orontes) speedily found him, 
ὃν ᾧετο εἶναι πιστόν οἱ φιλαίτερον Κύρῳ 
whom he-thought to-be faithful to-himself, more-friendly to-Cyrus 
ἢ ἑαυτῷ" δὲ πολλοὶ ἀπῆλϑον παρὰ βασιλέως 
than to-himself; but many deserted from (the) king 
πρὸς Κῦρον, ἐπειδὴ ἐγένοντο πολέμιοι ἀλλήλοις, 
ἰο Cyrus, after they-became hostile —_ to-one-another, 
xal οὗτοι μέντοι Ob μάλιστα ἀγαπώμενοι 
and these indeed — (persons) the-most beloved 
ς 3 3 ~ 7 Ὑ 3 \ 
un αὐτοῦ, ψομίζοντες ὄντες ἀγαϑοὶ 
by him (the king), thinking (that) being brave (men) 


\ , Py) / 3 , ~ 
παρὰ Κύρῳ, ἂν τυγχάνειν ἀξιωτέρας. τιμῆς 


under Cyrus, — to-obtain more-worthy honour (andreward) 
ἢ παρὰ βασιλεὶ. Δὲ καὶ τὸ γενόμενον 
than from (the)« king. And also — (that) happening 
αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίου μέγα 
to-him at the end — ‘of (his) ‘life (is a) great 
τεχμήριον. ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀγαϑὸς, καὶ ἐδύνατο 
proof, that — he was brave, and could 
ὀρθῶς xpivew τοὺς σιστοὺς χαὶ εὔνους 
rightly judge — (those) faithful (to him), and well-disposed, 


καὶ Bebaiovs. Tap αὐτοῦ ἀποϑνήσκοντος, πάντες 

and steadfast. For he dying, all 

οἱ φίλοι xal συντράπεζοι map’ αὐτὸν ἀπέϑανγον 

—(his) friends and table-companions with him died 
Ὁ 

μαχόμενοι ὑπὲρ Κύρου, πλὴν ᾿Αριαίου" οὗτος 

tighting over Cyrus, except Ariseus ; this (person” 


BOOK I, — CHAPTER X. 95 


δὲ τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ 

indeed | stationed happened [happened to be stationed] on 
~ 3 f » ~ ¢ ~ > ς »ν 

τῷ EVOVVUG, ἄρχων του ((ππιχου" ὃ ως Ἰσῶετο 

the left, commanding the cavalry; but when he-learned 


Κῦρον πεπτωχότα ἔφυγεν ἔχων καὶ 
(of) Cyrus having-fallen he-fled having also (with him) 
τὸ πᾶν στράτευμα οὗ ἡγεῖτο. 
the entire army which he-commanded. 





CHAPTER X. 


Ἐνταῦθα δὴ 1 κεφαλὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεταὶ 
There indeed the head of-Cyrus is-cut-off, 
nat 71 δεξιά yelp. Δὲ βασιλεὺς, καὶ ot 
and-also the right hand. But (the) king, and — (those) 
τ 3 - 7 3 , 3 5 ᾿ - 
συν αὕὔτῳ, διώχων ELGTULTUTEL εἕἰς ΤῸ Κυρεῖον 
with him, pursuing falls Jon the Cyreap 
στρατόπεδον" xal μὲν οἵ 
camp ; [on the camp of Cyrus]; and indeed — (those soldiers) 
μετὰ “Apiaiov οὐχέτι ἵστανται ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι 
with Arizeus no-longer stand but flee 
διὰ tod στρατοπέδου αὑτῶν εἰς τὸν 
through | the camp of-them [their camp] to the 
σταϑμὸν, ἔνϑεν ὥρμηντο" δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο εἶναι 
station, whence they-had-started (last) ; |and there-were-said to-be 
τέτταρες παρασάγγαι τῆς ὁδοῦ. 
four parasangs of-the road [and which was said to be 
Δὲ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἵ σὺν 
four parasangs distant]. Βαὺ (180) king and -- (those) with 
αὐτῷ te διαρπάζουσι ta ἄλλα 
him _not-only plunder — other (things, which were) 
πολλὰ, καὶ λαμθάνει τὴν Doxaida τὴν 
many, but-also he-takes the Phoewan (woman), the 


παλλακίδα Κύρου καὶ λεγομένην εἶναι, την 
goneubine of-Cyrus, and (who)  was-said to-be, ταὶ 


96 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


‘ 
σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν. Δὲ ἡ νεωτέρα n Μιλγσία, 
wise and beautiful. But the younger (concubine) the Milesian 


. ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα 
(woman), haying-been-taken by — (those) about (the) king 


ἐκφούγει γυμνὴ πρὸς τῶν 

| naked [in her under garments] to (thoseof) the 
Ἑλλήνων, ot ἔχοντες ὅπλα ἔτυχον ἐν 
Greeks, who having arms happened (tobe stationed) among 


τοῖς σχευοφόροις" καὶ ἀντιταχϑέντες 
the baggage-train; and having-been-drawn-up-against (the Persians) 


ἀπέχτειναν πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων, δὲ 
they-killed many indeed of — (those) plundering, but 
ε ‘ > , ὦ 3 / καὶ ι 

ot χαὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέϑανον᾽ ye μὴν 
—(some) also of-themselves died ; atleast indeed they-‘did 
οὐχ ἔφυγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔσωσαν ταύτην, — xal 
not ‘flee, but also saved this (woman), and 
ἄλλα, ὁπόσα ἐγένοντο ἐντὸς αὐτῶν 
other (things), whatever were within (the lines) of-them, 
χαὶ χρήματα xal ἄνθρωποι, πάντα ἔσωσαν. 
both property and men, all were-saved. 
Ἐνταῦϑα τε βασιλεὺς xai οἱ Ἕλληνες 
There not-only (the) king, but-also the Greeks 


διέσχον ἀλλήλων ὡς τριάχοντα στάδια, οἱ 
were-distant from-one-another about thirty stadia, the 


μὲν διώχοντες τοὺς xad’ αὑτοὺς. 
(Greeks) indeed pursuing —— (those opposed) against themselves, 
ὡς νιχῶντες πάντας, δ᾽ οἱ. ἁρπάζοντες, ὡς 
as conquering all, but the (Persians) © plundering, 
ἤδη γικῶντες πάντες. Δ᾽ ἐπεὶ μέν ot Ἕλληνες 


now conquering But when indeed the Greeke 


ἥσϑοντο, ὅτι ὍΝ τῆς σὺν τῷ “στρατεύματι 
perceived, that (the) king with — (his army 


εἴη ἕν τοῖς σχευοφόροις, δὲ βασιλεὺς 
might-be among --- (their) bee pela and (the) king 


αὖ ἤχουσε Τισσαφέρνους, ὅτι οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
oe-the-uther-hand heard from-Tissaphernes, that the Greeks 


BOOK I. — CHAPTER X. 97 


~ c ‘ 
νιχῷεν τὰ χα αὑτοὺς, καὶ διώκοντες 
might-be-conquering the (army) opposed to-them, and pursuing, 
οἴχονται εἰς TO πρόσϑεν, ἐνταῦϑα, δὴ 
they-advance to -- (ἃ τι forward, there truly (then 


βασιλεὺς μὲν τε ἀϑροίζει τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, 
the) king indeed not-only | ae — (those) of- himself, 


καὶ συντάττεται" δὲ ὃ Oo 
[collects together his forces], but-also draws-them-up-in-line; but — 


Κλέαρχος καλέσας Ἐρώξενον; γὰρ ἦν πλησιαίτατος, 
Clearchus haying-called Proxenus, for he-was the-nearest, 


Ἃ 


ἐδουλεύετο, εἰ πέμποιέν τινας, 7 
consuited (with him), if they-should-send some (of the troops), or 


πάντες ἴοιεν ἀρήξοντες ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
all should-go | about-helping [to relieve] (to) the camp. 


Ἐν τούτῳ χαὶ βασιλεὺς ἦν πάλιν 
During this (time) also (the) king was again 
δῆλος προσιὼν, ὡς ἐδόκει ὄπισϑεν. Kai μὲν οἵ 
evidently approaching, as _ it d from-behind. And indeed the 


Ἕλληνες στραφέντες παρεσχευάζοντο ὡς 
Greeks having-faced-about prepared-themselyes, as-if (the king) 





ἰόντος καὶ δεξόμενοι ταύτῃ" δὲ ὃ 
were-advancingand-also receiving (him) in- that (direction); but the 


βασιλεὺς μὲν οὐχ ἦγε ταύτῃ, 
king indeed ‘did not lead (his troops) in- that (direction), 


δὲ ἡ παρῆλϑεν ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου 
but (by the way) in- which he-had- passed beyond — (their) left 


χέρατος. ταύτῃ χαὶ ἀπήγαγεν, ἀναλαβὼν 
wing, by-the-same (way) also he-led-back (his forces), taking-with 


xal τοὺς ἐν TH μάχῃ αὐτομολήσαντας 
(him) both — (those) in the battle, having-deserted 


xata τοὺς “EAAnvas, καὶ Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ τοὺς 


το the Greeks, and Tissaphernes, and -- 


σὺν αὐτῷ: Tap ὁ Τισσαφέρνης οὐχ 


(those) with him. For — foe kse ‘did not 
ἔφυγεν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συνόδῳ, ἀλλὰ διήλασε κατὰ 
in the encounter, but charged against 


9 


98 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας πελταστάς παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν" 
the Greek targetiers along the river}; 


\ e. \ [4 3 , 
δὲ διελαύνων μὲν χατέχαυνε οὐδένα. 
but charging-through (the ranks) ‘he indeed ‘killed no-one 


δ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες διαστάντες ἔπαιον 
but the Greeks standing-apart (and making a passage) struck 


xal 7xOvT CoV αὐτοὺς" 
(them with their swords) and threw (their javelins) at-them; 


᾿Ἐπισϑένης δὲ ᾿Αμφισολίτης ἦρχε τῶν πελ- 
Episthenes — (the) | Amphipolite commanded the tar- 


ταστῶν, καὶ ἐλέγετο γενέσϑαι φρόνιμος. 


getiers, and was-said to-be (a) prudent (and able com- 


A’ ὃ Τισσαφέρνης οὖν, ὡς ἔχων μεῖον, 


mander). But — Tissaphernes therefore, as having | less 
ἀπηλλάγη, μὲν οὐχ ἀναστρέφει 
[the worst], was-forced-to-depart, indeed he-'does not *return 
πάλιν, δὲ ἀφικόμενος εἰς TO στρατόπεδον TO τῶν 
again, but having-arrived at the camp — of-the 
ε Ξ ΕΞ 
Ελλήνων, ἐχεὶ συντυγχάνει βασιλεῖ, καὶ δὴ 
Greeks, there he-meets-with (the) king, and = — 


συνταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο ὁμοῦ πάλιν. 
(then) having-drawn-up-their-forces they-marched together back (again). 
Δ’ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον χέρας τῶν 
But when they-were opposite the left wing _ of-the 
σ 
Ἑλλήνων, ot Ἕλληνες ἔδεισαν, μὴ προσάγοιεν 
Greeks, the Greeks feared, | lest they-might-lead 
TO χέρας Η χαὶ 
against — (that) wing [lest they would attack that wing] and 
περιπιτύξαντες ἀμφοτέρωϑεν κατακόψειαν 
surrounding (them) — on-both-sides they-might-‘cut 
3 ‘ ‘ 55, 3 ~ 5 / ἢ 
αὐτοὺς. καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἀνατιτύσσειν τὸ 
them ‘off; and it-seemed (best) to-them to-fold-back the 
χέρας, καὶ ποιήσασθαι τὸν ποταμόν ὄπισϑεν. 
wing and to-place the river in-the-rear. 
Ἔν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐϑουλεύοντο, 
Tn (the time) in-which indeed (that) they-were-planning (this manceuvre}, 


BOOK I. —CHAPTER X. 99 


καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς παραμειψάμενος 
and now-indeed (the) king having-changed (his line) 
εἰς TO αὐτὸ σχῆμα χατέστησεν ἀντίαν τὴν 
into the same form (that) he-placed (it) fronting the 
φάλαγγα, ὥσπερ τὸ πρῶτον συνήει μαχού- 
phalanx, | just-as — (at) ‘first he-might-have-come _ fight- 
\ ς ς 
μενος. Δὲ ὡς οἱ 
ing [just as he came at first to offer battle]. But as _ the 
σ 3 
EAAnves εἶδον ὄντας te ἐγγύς καὶ παρα- 
Greeks saw (them) being not-only near and-also drawn- 
τεταγμένους, αὖϑις παιανίσαντες ἐπήεσαν ἔτι 
up-in-order-of-battle, again singing-the-pwan they-advanced yet 
πολὺ προϑυμότερον ἢ τὸ πρόσϑεν. Δ᾽ 
much more-eagerly (and spirited) than — before. But 
ad οἱ βάρθαροι οὐχ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ 
again the barbarians ‘did not ‘receive (their attack), but 
pal 


ἔφευγον ἐχ πλέονος 7 TO 
they-fled from a-greater (distance from them) |than (they did) — 
πρόσϑεν᾽ δ᾽ ot ἐπεδίωκον μέχρι τινός 
before ; but — (the Greeks) pursued (them) to a-certain 
κώμης" δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ot Ἕλληνες ἔστησαν. Tag 
village; but there the Greeks halted. For 
x 7 .£ \ ~ , 249 4 e 
ἣν γήλοφος Ὁπὲρ τῆς κώμης, Ep οὗ οἱ 
there-was (a) hill above the village, upon which — (those) 
ἱμφὶ βασιλεά, ἀνεστράφησαν, men 
about (the) king, stood-faced-about, (there-were) indeed 
οὐχέτι πεζοὶ, δὲ 6 λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη 
no-longer (any) foot-soldiers (there), but the hill _ was-filled 
τῶν ἱππέων, ὥστε" μὴ γιγνώσκειν τὸ 
with-the cavalry, | so-that they-‘did not *know the (thing 
ποιούμενον. 
that) was-doing [so that they knew not what the infartry might 
Καὶ ἔφασαν ὁρᾶν στὸ βασίλειον 
be doiry]. And  they-said (that) they-saw (6. royal) 


100 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


σημεῖον TWA χρυσοῦν ἀετόν ἀνατεταμένον ἐπεὶ 


standard a-certain golden eagle elevated on 
πέλπτης. 
(a) shield. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ χαὶ ot Ἕλληνες ἐχώρουν évtads’, 
When indeed also the Greeks proceeded thither, 
οἵἱ ἱππεῖς δὴ καὶ λείπουσι τὸν λόφον, οὐ μὴν ἔτι 
the horsemen indeed also leave the hill, not however as 
άϑροοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοϑεν, 
collected-in-a-body, | but others in-other-direction, [but dispersed in 
δ᾽ ὁ λόφος ἐψιλοῦτο τῶν 


different directions], and the hill ‘was (gradually) ‘thinned  of-the 


ἱππεων. δὲ τέλος καὶ πάντες ἀπεχώρησαν. ‘O 
horsemen; but at-last also departed. -- 


Κλέαρχος οὖν οὐχ ool ibalev ἐπὶ τὸν 
Clearchus therefore ‘did not *march on (to) the 


ce 1 ΄ 
λόφον, ἀλλ᾽ στήσας ὑπὸ αὐτὸν πέμπει 
hill, but having-halted | under [at the foot of]. it he-sends 
Λύχιον τὸν Συραχόσιον καὶ ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, 
Lycius the Syracusian and another on_ the hill, 


χαὶ κελεύει χατιδόντας τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ 
and  he-orders (them) having-viewed the (things) on the 


λόφου ἀπαγγεῖλαι ti ἔστι. Καὶ ὁ Λύχιος 


to-report what is (there) And — Lycius 
ἤλασε τε καὶ ἰδὼν ἀπαγ- 
rode-on — (tothehill) and _ seeing (the state of affairs) brings 


γέλλει ὅτι φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος. Δὲ 


word that they-flee to the-utmost-of-their-ability. And 


σχεδὸν ὅτε ταῦτα 7; ἥλιος καὶ 
nearly when these (things) | were [happened] (the) sun also 


ἐδύετο. Δ’ ἐνταῦθα οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔστησαν. καὶ 


set. And there the Greeks halted, and 
θέμενοι TH ὅπλα ἀνεπαύοντο" καὶ ἅμα 
placing — (their) arms rested ; and at-the-same-time 


μὲν ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι Κῦρος οὐδαμοῦ φαίνοιτο 


indeed they-were-surprised that Cyrus no-where appeared 





BOOK I. — CHAPTER X. 101 


οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς παρείη αὐτοῦ. Τὰρ 
nor ‘did (any) other one ‘come from-him. For 
ἤδεσαν οὐ αὐτὸν τεϑνηχότα, ἀλλ᾽ εἴχαζον 

they-knew not (that) he was-dead, but they-supposed (him) 


Ἃ 


ἢ οἴχεσθαι διώκοντα ἢ προεληλακένα. 


either to-go-away pursuing (the enemy) or to-have-pushed-on-before 


καταληψόμενον Tt. Kai αὐτοὶ ἐθουλεύοντε 
about-to-seize some (post). And they deliberated 


el μείναντες αὐτοῦ ἄγοιντο ἐνταῦθα τὰ σκευο- 
if remaining there they-should-bring thither the baggage- 


7 Ἃ 9k ee \ 4 fl x 
φόρα, ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον" ἔδοξεν 
train, or return to the camp; it-seemed 


atvtoig οὖν ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ 
to-them therefore (best) to-return; und they-arrived at 


τὰς σχηνάς ἀμφὶ δόρπηστον. Τοῦτο ἐγένετο τὸ 
the tents about supper-time. Such was the 


τέλος μὲν ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. Δὲ χαταλαμθά- 
end indeed  of-this -- day. But they 


γουσι τε τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ἄλλων χρημάτων 
find not-only the most of — (their) other things 


dinpmtacuévar, ες xab Th σιτίον ἢ ποτὸν 
plundered (or destroyed), but-also whatever food or drink 


εἴ Av" καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας μεστὰς ἀλεύρων καὶ 
there may-be; and _ the wagons full-of wheat-flour and 


οἴνου, as Κῦρος παρεσχευάσατο, ἵνα εἴ mote 
wine, which Cyrus provided, that if ever 


σφοδρὰ ἔνδεια λάδοι τὸ στράτευμα, διαδοίη 


vehement want should-seize the camp,  he-might-distribute 


σοῖς Ἕλληνσιν, αὗται ἅμαξαι δ᾽ ἦσαν 
(them) to-the Greeks, these wagons τς were 


πετραχόσιαι ὡς ἐλέγοντο, καὶ ταύτας τότε 


four-hundred as they-said, and these then 
οἱ σὺν βασιλεῖ διήρπασαν. “Ὥστε ot πλεῖστοι 
— (those) with (the) king plundered. So-that the most 


~ x 

cov ‘EAAnvav ἦσαν ἄδειπινοι:" δὲ xal ἦσαν 

of-the Greeks were supperless ; but also they-were 
g # 


102 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἀνάριστο yap δὴ πρὶ τὸ στράτευμα 


without-dinner ; for indeed _ before the army 
καταλῦσαι πρὸς ἄριστον βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. 
halted for dinner (the) king appeared. 
Οὕτως οὖἦδ pev διεγένοντο ταύτην τὴν 
Thus therefore indeed did-they-pass that -- 
νύχτα. 


oight. 


BOOK Il. — CHAPTER 1. 10% 


BOOK II. 
CHAPTER I. 


Ὡς μὲν οὖν τὸ Ἑλληνικόν ἡδροίσθη 


How --- therefore the Grecian (force) was-collected 
Κύρῳ, ὅτε ἐστρατεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν 
for-Cyrus, when he-led-an-army against — (his) brother 
᾿Αρταξέρξην, καὶ doa ἐπάχϑη ἐν τῇ ἀνόδῳ, 
Artaxerxes, and what was-done in the upward-march, 


τ ες ε / 3 ’ 4. 268 ~ 5 , 
καὶ ὡς ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο, καὶ ὡς Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε, 


and how — (a) battle took-place, and how Cyrus died, 
καὶ ὡς ot “Ἕλληνες ἐλθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον 
and how the Greeks haying-come to the camp 


ἐχοιμήϑησαν, οἰόμενοι νικᾶν TH πάντα, 
went-to-rest, | thinking to-conquer — all, [believing that 
καὶ Κῦρον ζῆν, 

they were completely victorious], and (that) Cyrus __ lived, (all this) 
δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ. Δὲ 
has-been-indicated in the preceding discourse (or book). But 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ot στρατηγοὶ 
|at-the-same-time with-the day [at dawn οὗ day] the generals 
συνελϑόντες ἐθαύμαζον, ὅτι Κῦρος οὔτε πέμστοι 
having-come-together were-surprised, that Cyrus ‘had neither ‘sent 
ἄλλον onuavodta ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν, οὔτε 
any-one-else siguifying what is-necessary to-do, nor 


αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. Ἔδοξεν οὖν αὕτοις 
did-‘he himself ‘appear. It-seemed therefore (best) to-them 


lA a Φ ι 3 lA 
συσχευασαμένοις ἃ εἶχον, καὶ ἐξοπλισαμένοις, 
having-packed-up what they-had, and having-armed-themselves, 
Bi σ 7 
ἱέναι εἰς τὸ πρόσϑεν ἕως συμμίξειαν 
|to-march in the forward [to δἄνβῃοθ] until they-formed-a-junction 


104 THE ANABASIS OF XEN(PHON. 


Κύρῳ. Δὲ ἤδη ὄντων ὁρμῇ, ἅμα ἀνίσ 


with-Cyrus. But now being in-motion, at-the-same-time with-the- 


χοντι ἡλίῳ ἦλθε ΤΙροχλῆς ὃ ἄρχων TevSparias 


rising sun, came Procles the governor-of Teuthrania 
ἐγονὼς ἀπὸ Δημαράτου τοῦ Λάκωνος, καὶ 
aving-descended from Damaratus the Lacedemonian, and 
Γλοῦς ὁ Ταμώ. Οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος 


Glus the (son of) Tamos. These informed (them) that Cyrus 
μὲν τέϑνηκχε, δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος πεφευγὼς εἴη μετὰ 
indeed was-dead, δπηᾶ (that) Arixus having-fled was, with 


τῶν ἄλλων βαρθάρων ἐν τῷ σταϑμῷ ὅϑεν 


the other nal SL 8, at he station whence 


ὡρμῶντο T Ἢ προτεραίᾳ, καὶ ἘΠΕῚ ὅτι ἂν μὲν 
they-started on-the day-before, and he-said, that ‘he might indeed 


περιμείνειεν αὐτούς ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, εἰ μέλε 


*wait-for them that-same — ay, if they- 
λοιεν ἥχειν, δὲ φαίη ἀπιέναι τῇ 
might-intend to-come, — (for) he-said (he was about) to-depart on-the 
ἄλλῃ ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωνίας, ὅϑενπερ ἤλϑε. 
next (day) for Ionia, whence he-had-come. 

Oi στρατηγοὶ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα καὶ οἵ 

. The generals hearing these (things), and the 
ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες mvvSavduevor 
other Greeks hearing (them from the generals) 
ἔφερον βαρέως. Δὲ Κλέαρχος εἶπε τάδε: “Opere 
bore-it grievously. But Clearchus spoke thus: Would 
ἀλλὰ μὲν Κῦρος ζῆν" δὲ ἐπεὶ τετελεύτηκεν, 
then indeed (that) Cyrus lived; buat since he-has-died, 


ἀπαγγέλλετε ᾿Αριαίῳ, ὅτι ἡμεὶς νικῶμέν TE 


announce to-Arizus, that we are-victorious not-only (over 


βασιλέα, καὶ ὡς ὁρᾶτε, ὁ οὐδεὶς ἔτι μάχεται 


the) king, and as you-see, no-one any-longer *offers 
- ‘ 

ἡμῖν, χαὶ εἶ μὴ ἤλθετε ὑμεῖς, ἂν 

us "battle, but-also if you-"had not ‘come to-us, ‘we would 


ἐπορυόμεϑα ἐπὶ βασιλέα. beg ΤΑ Ng δὲ 


have-marched against (the) king. e-promise 


BOOK II. —CHAPTER I. 105 


᾿Αριαίῳ, ἐὰν EAS ἐνθάδε, κοϑίσειν 
Ariwus, if he-come here, (that we are ready) to-place 
ς , 3 \ , ‘ 4 \ 

αὑτόν εἰς τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασίλειον. γὰ 
fim on the throne, the royal (throne); for 
τῶν νιχώντων μάχῃ καὶ ἐστί τὸ ἄρχειν. 
— (those) conquering in-battle also (to them) [18 the to-rule 

Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ ἀποστέλλει τοὺς 


[it belongs to rule]. Saying these (things) he-sends-away the 
ἀγγέλους, καὶ σὺν avtois Xepicopoy tov Adxova 


messengers, and with them Cheirisophus _ the Lacedeemonian 
καὶ Μένωνα τὸν Oettadrdy' yap καὶ Μένων 
and Menon the Thessalian ; for indeed Menon 
αὐτὸς ἐθούλετο" γὰρ ἦν φίλος καὶ ξένος 
himself desired (to go); for he-was (a) friend and guest 
᾿Αριαίου. Οἱ μὲν ᾧχοντο, 
of-Arizeus (bound by the ties of hospitality). — (These) then departed, 
δὲ Κλέαρχος περιέμενε. Δὲ τὸ στράτευμα 
but Clearchus waited (for them). But the army 
> , ~ σ 3 ’ > ~ 
ἐπορίζετο σῖτον ὅπως ἐδύνατο ἐκ τῶν 
supplied-itself with-food as-well-as they-were-able from — (their) 
ς 
ὑποζυγίων, κόπτοντες τοὺς βοὺς xai ὄνους" 
beasts-of-burden, slaughtering — (their) oxen and asses; 
δὲ προϊόντες μιχρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, οὗ 
and advancing (a) little from the army, (to) where 
ς 7 5 4 3 - ᾽ ν 
N μάχη ἐγένετο ἐχρῶντο ξύλοις, TE τοὶς 
the battle took-place they-got wood (for fuel), not-only from-the 
οἰστοῖς, οὖσιν πολλοῖς, οὖς οἱ Ἥλληνες 
arrows, being many (in number), which the Greeks, 
ἠνάγκαζον τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας παρὰ βασιλέως 
compelled — (those) deserting from (the) king 
ἐχθάλλειν, καὶ τοῖς γέῤῥοις, καὶ Tats 
to-throw-away, and the wicker-shields (of the Persians), and the 
ἀσπίσι ταῖς ξυλίναις ταὶς Αἰγυπτίαις. Δὲ καὶ 
shields the wooden-ones the Egyptian. And also 
πολλαὶ πέλται καὶ ἅμαξαι ἔρημοι ἦσαν 
many targets and wagons emptied (of their contents) were 


106 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


φέρεσθαι. χρώμενοι πᾶσι ois, ἕψοντες χρέα 


to-be-carried-off ; using all which, (for) cooking meat 
¥ Sia uh ι διε, 

ἤσϑιον EXELVYVY THV γμερᾶν. 

they-eat (enough for) that — day. 


Kai ἦν ἤδη te περὶ πλήϑουσαν ἀγορὰν, 


And it-was now not-only|about full market, 


καὶ ἔρχονται παρὰ 
[about the middle of the forenoon], but-also there-arrived from (the) 


βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κήρυχες., οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι 


king and Tissaphernes heralds, | the — others 
βάρδαροι δὲ ἦν εἷς αὐτῶν “EAAny 
barbarian [being barbarian] but there-was one of-them (a) Greek 
Φαλῖνος, ὃς ἐτύγχανε ὧν παρὰ 
Phalinus (by name), who | happened being [happened to be] with 
Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ ἔχων ἐντίμως " 
Tissaphernes, | and (who) holding (him) honourably; [and was 
καὶ γὰρ σεποιεῖτο εἶναι 
highly esteemed by him]; τος for e-pretended to-be 
ἐπιστήμων τῶν σε ἀμφρὶ τάξεις καὶ 
skilled (in) the (things) not-only relative-to tactics but-also 


ὁπλομαχίαν. LAé οὗτοι 
(in those relative to) fighting-with-heavy-arms. But these (heralds) 


πῥοσελϑόντες, καὶ χαλέσαντες TOS ἄρχοντας 
approaching, and calling-to the generals 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων, λέγουσιν ὅτι βασιλεὺς κελεύει 
of-the Greeks, said, that (the) king commanded 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐπεὶ νιχῶν σπυγχάνει, 

the Greeks, | since conquering he-happens, [since he had 
᾿ xal ἀπέχτονε Kipor, παραδόντας 
gained the victory],and had-slain Cyrus, (that) having-delivered-up 
TH ὅπλα, ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς θύ 

— (their) arms, (and) going | to the gates ‘of (the) 

ε 

βασιλέως, εὑρίσχεσϑαι ἄν 
‘king, [to the palace of the king], to-obtain-for-themselves if 
δύνωνται τι ἀγαϑόν. Ταῦτα μὲν οἱ 
they-can  any-thing good (ογ favourable), Thus — ‘did the 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER I. 107 


κήρυχες βασιλέως εἵπον" δὲ of “Ἕλληνες μὲν 
heralds ‘of (the, ‘king ‘speak; but the Greeks indeed 
ἤχουσαν βαρέως, δὲ Κλέαρχος ὅμως 
heard (them) heavily (with concern), but Clearchus only 
εἶπε τοσοῦτον, ὅτι. εἴη οὐ τῶν γνιχώντων 


spoke so-much, that it-was not (the part) of — (those) conquering 


παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα" ἀλλ᾽, μὲν ἔφη ὑμεὶς 


to-give-up — (their) arms; but, indeed said-he, ‘do you 
ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοί ἀποχρίνασϑε τούτοις 
0 men generals *reply to-these (men) 
te ὅτι ἔχετε κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον" 
not-only what you-hold (to be) most-proper αΐ-8]150 the-best; 
Ὑ ~ ς ~ 
δὲ ἐγὼ ἥξω αὐτίκα. Tap τις τῶν ὑπηρετῶν 
and I will-come directly. For some-one of-the attendants 
ἐχάλεσε. αὐτὸν, ὅπως ἴδοι τὰ ἱερα 
called him, that he-might-see the (entrails of a) victim 
3 , : ‘ x , 
ἐξηρημένα" γὰρ ἔτυχε θυόμενος. 


(that just) had-been-taken-out; for he-happened (to 06) sacrificing. 
Ἔνϑα δὴ Κλέανωρ μὲν ὃ ᾿Αρχὰς, ὧν πρεσδύτατος, 


Then indeed Cleanor — the Arcadian, being the-oldest, 
ἀπεχρίνατο OTL ἂν πρόσϑεν ἀποθάνοιεν ἢ 
answered that ‘they would sooner ‘die than (that) 


παραδοίησσαν τὰ ὅπλα᾽ δὲ Πρόξενος ὃ Onbaios 


they-would-deliver-up —(their) arms; but Proxenus the ᾿ Theban 


ἔφη. VAAN ἐγώ ὦ Φαλῖνε θαυμάζω, πότε 


said, But J, Ο Phalinus, wonder, whether (the) 
βασιλεὺς αἰτεὶ τὰ ὅπλα ὡς χρατῶν ἢ 
king asks (for) — (our) arms as conquering or 


ὡς δῶρα διὰ φιλίαν. Tap εἰ μὲν ὧς χρατῶν, 
as gifts through friendship. For if indeed as_ conquering,” 
τί δεὶ αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἐλϑόντα 
why does-it-become him to-ask (for them) and not coming 


λαθεῖν; δὲ εἰ πείσας βούλεται λαθεῖν, 
take (them)? but if having-persuaded (us) he-desires to-take 


Reyéto, th ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις, 
(them), let-him-say, what will-be (let) to-the soldiers, 


" 


108 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
ἐὰν χαρίσωνται αὐτῷ ταῦτα. ἹΠρὸς ταῦτα 
if they-should-gratify him (in) _ this. To this 


Φαλῖνος εἶπε, βασιλεὺς ἡγεῖται ψι- 
Phalinus said, (The) king considers (himself) to-be-the-con- 


χᾶν, ἐπεὶ ἀπέχτονε Κῦρον" yap tis ἔστιν αὐτῷ, 


queror, since he-has-slain Cyrus; for who is-there against-him, 
g - - 5 ~ 

ὅςτις ἀντιποιεῖται τῆς ἀρχῆς; δὲ χαὶ 
who disputes the government (with him)? | and also 


ξ ~ πα 
νομίζει ὑμᾶς εἶναι ἑαυτοῦ 
considers you to-be to-himself [he moreover considers you as 
» 3 “ὦ ς A , 
EXYOV ξεν TY UNO HOPG 
belonging to him as captives] | having (you) in the middle country 
ε ~ \ 3 Α 
EQUTODV, καὶ EVTOS 
of-himself, [having you in the interior of his kingdom], and _ within 
ἀδιαθάτων ποταμῶν, καὶ δυνάμενος ἀγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽ 
impassable rivers, and being-able to-lead against 
ὑμᾶς πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ὅσον εἶ 
you (such a) multitude of-men (and) so-great (that) if 
U Cc. ὡς ee | , 3 = 
παρέχοι ὑμῖν οὐδὲ ἂν δύναισθε ἀποκτεῖναι 
he-should-allow-it to-you neither would you-be-able to-kill (them), 
Μετὰ τοῦτον Θεόπομσιος ᾿Αϑηναῖος einer, 
After {815-010 Theopompus (the) Athenian spoke, 
Ὦ, Darive, viv, ὡς od ὁρᾷς, ἔστιν οὐδὲν ἄλλα 
0 Phalinus, now, as you_ see, there-is nothing els¢ 
ce. w 5 \ 
ἀγαϑὸν ἡμῖν, εἶ μὴ ὅπλα 
βοοὰ (or of value) to-us, |if not [unless] (our) arms 
καὶ ἀρετή. Oiv μὲν ἔχοντες. ὅπλα, 
and courage. Therefore indeed haying (our) arms, 
οἰόμεθα, ἂν xa χρῆσϑαι τῇ 
we-are-of-the-opinion (that) we could also ‘make-use — (of our) 
ἀρετῇ, δὲ παραδόντες ἂν ταῦτα, στερηϑῆναι 
courage, but  giving-up -- these, (would be) to-deprive 
᾿ χαὶ τῶν σωμάτων. Οὖν un οἴου 
(us) also --- (of. our) bodies. Therefore ‘do not ‘suppose 
δώσειν ὑμῖν τὰ μόνα ἀγαδϑὰ 
(that) we-will-give-up to-you the sole (advantageous) good 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER I. 109 


¥ Bp ake τς 39 : \ , 1 
ὄντα nulv' ἀλλα συν TOVTOIS καὶ 
existing for-us; but with these (in our hands) ‘we also 


/ \ ~ 3 ~ c / \ ες 
μαχούμεθα, περὶ τῶν ἀγαϑῶν ὑμετέρων. Δεο 
‘may-fight for the good-things of-yourselves. But — 
Φαλῖνος axovoas ταῦτα ἐγέλασε, καὶ εἶπεν" 
Phalinus hearing these (things) smiled, and said: 

εὐ 
᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, ὦ νεανίσχε, ἔοικας φιλοσόφῳ, 
But indeed, Ὁ young-man, you-seem (to be like toa) philosopher, 
xal λέγεις οὐχ ἀχάριστα" ἴσϑι μέντοι ov 
and you-speak not  without-grace; | know however (you) being 
ἀνόητος, ' εἶ 
out-of-your-senses, [be assured that you are out of your senses], if 
ς 1 
οἴει τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρετὴν ἂν περιγενέσθαι 
su-suppose (that) — your valour -- is-to-be-superior 
τῆς δυνάμεως βασιλέως. Δὲ ἔφασαν 
(to) the power ‘of (the) *king. But they-reported (that) 
Tivag ἄλλους ὑπομαλακιζο- 


some others (of the generals) having-become-somewhat-timid-and- 


μένους Aéyew, ὡς καὶ ἐγένοντο πιστοὶ Κύρῳ, 


apprehensive said, as also  they-had-been faithful to-Cyrus, 
χαὶ ἂν γένοιντο ἄξιοι πολοῦ βασιλεὶ 
so ‘they might ‘become | worthy of-much ‘to (the) king 


εἰ βούλοιτο γενέσϑαι 
[of great service to the king] if ὠἀῴἌΠπι6-ἀοβίγοα to-become (their) 


φίλους" xai εἴτε θέλοι χρῆσθαι σι 
friend ; and afterwards he-might-wish to-employ (them) for-any 
ἄλλο, εἴδει: στρατεύειν ἐπὶ 
other (purpose), (or if) afterwards (he were) to-march against 
Αἴγυπτον, ἂν συγκαταστρέψαινγτο αὐτῷ: Ἔν 
Egypt, ‘they would ‘assist-in-reducing-it for-him. During 
τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ἧχε, καὶ ἠρώτησεν εἰ ἤδη 
this (time) Clearchus came, and inquired if now 


ἀποχεχριμένοι εἶεν. Δὲ Φαλῖνος ὑπολαδών 

they-had-returned-an-answer. But Phalinus having-taken-up (the dis- 
εἶπεν" “O. Κλέαρχε, οὗτοι λέγει ἄλλος 

course) said O  Clearchus, these say (one thing), others 
10 


110 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἄλλα" δὲ σὺ εἶπέ ἡμῖν, τί λέγεις. 
(say) other (things); but ‘do you ‘tell us, what you-say. 
Δ᾽ ὁ ο΄ εἶπεν᾽ Ἐγώ, ὦ Φαλῖνε, ἄσμενος 
But — *he [Clearchus] ‘said: I, QO —~pPhaliinus, am-glad 
ἑώραχα σε, δὲ καὶ οἶμαι πάντες οἱ ἄλλοι" 
«i-have-seen you, and also I-think all the others (are so); 
γὰρ te εἰ σύ Ἕλλην, καὶ ἡμεῖς, 
for not-only are you(a) Greek, but-also we (ourselves are), 
᾿ ὄντες τοσοῦτοι. ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς" ὄντες δὲ 
being so-many (in number), as you 866; being then 
ἐν τοιούτοις πράγμασι, συμθουλευόμεϑϑά σοι, 
in such circumstances, *we (would) ‘consult with-you, 
σί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ ὧν λδλέγεις. 
(about) what it-is-proper to-do concerning (that) which you-announce 
Our, πρὸς θεῶν, σὺ συμθού- 
(from the king). Therefore, by (the) gods, | ‘do you ‘con. 


eee ~ 
λευσον ἡμὶν ὅ τι δοχεὶῖ σοι εἶναι 
sult with-us [give us your advice] what seems to-you  to-he 


κάλλιστον χαὶ ἄριστον, xai ὅ σοι οἴσει 
the-most-honourable and; _ the-best, and which to-you will-bring 


τιμὴν εἴς TOV χρόνον ἔπειτα ἀναλεγόμενον 


honour in_ the time to-come, (when) it-is-related, 


ὅτι. Φαλῖνός mote πεμφϑεὶς παρὰ βασιλέως, 
that Phalinus when, having-been-sent from (the) king, 


κελεύσων τοὺς “EAAnvas παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα, 
commanding the Greeks to-give-up — (their) arms, 
ξυνεδούλευσεν αὐτοὶς ξυλδουλευομένοις τάδε. 
counselled them consulting (with him) so-and-so, 


OicSa δὲ, ὅτι ἃ Gy συμδουλεύσῃς 


(For) you-know —, that what ‘you may *have-advised (of a) 


ἀνάγχη λέγεσϑαι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι. ὋὉ δὲ Κλέαρχος 


necessity is-to-be-reported in — Greece. -- -- Clearchus 
c , ~ = ‘ , . > 

ὑπήγετο ταῦτα, καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτόν, 
craftily-urged these (things), also desiring (that) he, 


τὸν πρεσδεύοντα παρὰ βασιλέως, ξυμδουλεῦσαι 
-- eoming-as-envoy from (the) king, should-counsel 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER I. 111 


un παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα, ὅπως οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
(them) rot to-give-up — (their) arms, that the Greeks 


εἶεν μᾶλλον εὐέλπιδες. Δὲ Φαλῖνος ὑποστρέψας 
might-be more full-of-good-hopes. But Phalinus nated eit 


παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 
[having evaded this appeal] contrary to-the opinion of-him [Clearchus] 


εἶπεν" Ἔχώ, εἰ μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων ἐστί 
said: yO if indeed of — ten-thousand hopes __ there-is 


τις μία ὑμῖν σωθῆναι πολεμοῦντας 
any one (remaining) to-you to-save (yourselves) fighting-against 


βασιλεῖ, συμθουλεύω μὴ παραδιδόναι τὰ 
(the) king, counsel (you) not to-give-up το 


ὅπλα" εἰ δὲ τοι ἐστὶν μηδεμία, ἐλστὶς 
(your) arms; if indeed --- there-is not-one hope (for you) 


σωτηρίας ἄκοντος βασιλέως, συμδουλεύω ὑμὶν 


of-safety opposing (the) king, T-advise you 
σώζεσθαι ὅπῃ δυνατόν. Δὲ 
to-save-yourselves | in-what-way possible [in the only wayyoucan]. But 
Κλέαρχος πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν 
Clearchus these (things) said: But indeed 
δὴ σὺ λέγεις ταῦτα" δὲ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν 

really ‘do you ‘say these (things); but for our (part) 
ἀπάγγελλε τάδε, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα, ei μὲν 
announce this, that we think, if indeed 

, τ - 
δέοι εἶναι φίλους βασιλεὶ ἂν 


it-may-become (us) to-become friends ‘to (the) king j (that) ‘we would 
ἄξιοι πλείονος εἶναι φίλοι, 


*be-worthy of-more to-be __ friends, [that we would be more valuable 
ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα, ἤ παραδόντες 
~friends), having --- (our) arms, than ‘giving (them) ‘up 
ἄλλῳ: δὲ εἰ δέοι πολεμεῖν, ἂν ἄμεινον 


to-another; but if it-behoves (us) to-make-war, (it) would (be) better 4 
πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες TH ὅπλα, ἢ παραδόντες 
to-make-war having — (our) arms, than giving (them) ‘up 


ἄλλῳ. Δὲ ὁ Φαλῖνος εἶπε, Ταῦτα μὲν δὴη 
to-unother. But — Phalinus said, These (things) — certainly 


112 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


3 a 

ἀπαγγελοῦμεν" ἀλλὰ xal βασιλεὺς ἐχέλευσε 

we-will-announce; but also (the) king commanded (us) 
~ ξεν ὦ ‘ ' οἷ 

εἰπεῖν ὑμῖν τάδε, ὅτι μὲν μένουσι αὐτοῦ 

to-say to-you _ thus, that — (toyou) remaining here 


elnoay σπονδαὶ, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἀπιοῦσι 
here-would-be (a) truce, (but) advancing and also | going-away 


πόλεμος. Kai οὖν εἴπατε 
[retreating] (there would be) war. And therefore tell (us 
περὶ τούτου, πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ 
your answer) respecting .- this, whether you-will-remain «and 
~ ς ~ 
εἰσι σπονδαί, ἢ ἀπαγγελῶ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν 
there-is (a) _ truce, or (whether) I-shall-announce from you 
ὡς πολέμου ὄντος. Δὲ Κλέαρχος 
| that war being [that there is war]. But ~  Clearchus 


ἔλεξεν. ᾿Απάγγελλε καὶ τοίνυν περὶ τούτου, 
said: Announce also therefore respecting this, 
σ = = 

ὅτι καὶ δοκεῖ ἡμῖν, ταὐτὰ ἅπερ χαὶ 

|that ‘italso ‘seems to-us, the-same as (it does) likewise *to (the) 


βασιλεὶ. 


‘king [that we are of the same opinion and determination with the king]. 


Ti οὖν ἐστί ταῦτα; ἔφη ὃ Φαλῖνος. Ὃ Κλέ- 


Whattherefore are these? said — Phalinus. -- Cle- 
αρχος anexpivato’ Ἢν μὲν μένωμεν σπονδαί, 
archus replied : If indeed we-remain (here), (a) truce, 
ἀπιοῦσι δὲ χαὶ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. Δὲ 6 

(if ) we-retreat and also (if) we-advance war. But —(Phalinus) 
πάλιν ἠρώτησε" ᾿Απαγγελῶ σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον; 
again asked : Shall-I-announce (a) truce or war? 
Δὲ Κλέαρχος ἀπεκρίνατο ταὐτὰ πάλιν: σπονδαὶ 
But Clearchus answered the-same again; (a) truce 
μὲν μένουσι, δὲ ἀπιοῦσι ἢ προϊοῦσι πόλεμος. Δε 
— remaining, but retreating or advancing war. But 
τι ὃ ποιήσοι οὐ διεσήμηνε. 


what — (he) might-do he-‘did not ‘signify. 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER II. 113 


CHAPTER II. 


"» » -- 
Φαλῖνος μὲν. δὴ ᾧχετο, καὶ οἵ σὺν αὐτῷ. 
PHALINUS --- indeed departed, as-also — (those) with him. 


Δὲ ot παρὰ ᾿Αριαίου ἧκον, Προχλῆς καὶ 
But — (those) from Arizus were-come, (namely) Procles and 


Χειρίσοφος " δὲ Μένων ἔμενε αὑτοῦ παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ" 


Cheirisophus; but Menon remained there with Ariseus ; 
δὲ οὗτοι ἔλεγον, ὅτι ᾿Αριαῖος φαίη εἶναι 
and these reported, that Arizeus said (that) there-are 
πολλοὺς Ilépoas βελτίους ἑαυτοῦ, ots οὐκ 
many Persians superior (to) himself, who ‘would not 
ἁνασχέσϑαι αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος GAN εἰ βούλεσθε 
‘endure him reigning ; but if you-wish 
συναπιέναι κελεύει ἥχειν ἤδη τῆς 
to-depart-with (him) he-requests (you) to-come now — (15) 
νυχτός" δὲ εἶ μή, φησίν αὐτὸς ἀπιέναι 
night; but if (you do) not, he-says (that) he (is) to-depart 
τ Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ 
early-in-the-morning. And — _  Clearchus said: But 
χρὴ ποιεῖν οὕτως" . ὥσπερ λέγετε, ἐὰν μὲν 
it-is-necessary to-do 80; as you-say, if indeed 
ἥχωμεν" δὲ εἰ μὴ, πράττετε ὁποῖον τι 
we-might-come (to Arius); but if not, do whatever 


ἂν οἴησϑε μάλιστα συμφέρειν. Δὲ οὐδὲ 
‘you may ‘think (tobe) the-most advantageous. But neither 
εἶστε τούτοις ὅτι ποιήσοι. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, 
did-he-say to-those what he-would-do. But after these 
ἡλίου ἤδη δύνοντος, συγκαλέσας τοὺς 
(things), (the) sun now setting, having-assembled the 
στρατηγοὺς xai λοχαγοὺς ἔλεξε τοιάδε" 
generals and captains he-spoke (in) this-manner: 
Ὧ ἄνδρες, ἐμοί θυομένῳ 
0 men, tv-me sacrificing-and-inspecting-the-entrails (for a sign ree 
10* 


114 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


57 > A 4 +. 6 7, 3 

ἰένα. ἐπὶ βασιλέα τὰ ἱερά οὐχ 
gpecting) | to-go [marching] against (the) king the victims ‘did not 
ἐγίγνετο. Καὶ εἰχότως ἄρα ἐγίγνετο 
‘become (favourable). And with-good-reason therefore they-were 


ov" γὰ ὡς ἐγὼ viv πυνϑάνομαι ὃ ναυσίπορος 
not (so); f as now learn the navigable 


ποταμός Τίγρης ἐστι ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ 
river Tigris is in (the) middle (between) us and 


βασιλέως, ὃν ἄἂν οὐ δυναίμεϑα διαθῆναι 


(the) king, which ‘we would not *be-able to-cross 


ἄνευ πλοίων" δὲ ἡμεῖς ἔχομεν οὐ πλοῖα. Μὲν dy 


without boats; but we have net boats. — Certainly 
€ οὐχ οἷόν τε μένειν αὐτοῦ" yap 
(for us) at-least (it is) not possible to-remain here; for 
TH ἐπιτήδια ἔστιν οὐχ ἔχειν" 
the necessaries-of-life | are not to-have; [are not to be procured]; 
δὲ ἰέναι παρὰ τοὺς φίλους Κύρου τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν 
but to-go to the friends of-Cyrus the sacrifices were 
᾿ Ps τοὶ > σ ‘ 
πάνυ καλὰ ἡμῖν. Οὖν dde χρὴ 


altogether favourable ἰο-8. Therefore thus it-is-necessary (for us) 


ποιεῖν" ἀπιόντας demvely Ot τις ἔχει. 
to-act ; having-retired to-sup (on) whatever any-one has, 
᾿ΕἘπειδὰν δὲ ση μήν T) κέρατι ὡς 

After indeed the-signal-may-be-given with (the) horn as (if) 


ἀναπαύεσθαι συσχευάζεσϑε: ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὸ δεύτερον 
to-go-to-rest pack-up-your-baggage; after — the second 


dvarisesse ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" δὲ 
(signal) place (the baggage) on the "bie sie but 
ἐπὶ τῷ τρίτῳ, ἕπεσθε TO ἡγουμένῳ, 
on the third (signal), follow — your) leader, 
ἔχοντες μὲν τὰ ὑποζύγια πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ, 


having indeed the _beasts- μή 6 εἰν next river, 


δὲ τὰ ὅπλα ἔξω. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ 


but the heavy-armed-men on-the-outside. The generals and 


λοχαγοὶ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἀπῆλθον καὶ 
captains having-heard these (things) departed, and 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER II. 115 


ἐποίουν οὕτω. Kal τὸ λοιπὸν ὃ 
did 80. And (for) the rest (of the time) — (Clearchus) 
μὲν ἦρχε, δὲ οἵ ἐπείϑοντο, οὐχ 
indeed commanded, und --- (the others) obeyed, (they) not 
᾿ ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ὁρῶντες 
having-chosen (him actually as their commander), but perceiving 
% , Στ τ 
OTL μόνος éppover Ola 
that (he) alone thought (and had the mental qualifications) such-as 
ἔδει τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἦσαν 
became — (a) commander, the other (commanders) indeed were 
ἄπειροι. ᾿Αριῶμὸς δὲ τῆς ὁδοῦ, 
inexperienced. | (The) number — of-the road, [the computation 
ry ἦλθον ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας 
of the distance} wlich they-came from Ephesus — (in) Tonia 
Exe τῆς μάχης, τρεῖς καὶ ἐνενήχοντα 
to-the (place) of-the battle, (was) three and ninety 
σταϑμοὶ πέντε χαὶ τριάχοντα καὶ πεντα- 
day’s-march (making) five πὲ thirty and five- 


χόσιοι παρασάγγαι, πεντήχοντα καὶ ἕξακις- 
hundred [535] parasangs, (or) fifty and six- 


χίλιοι καὶ μύριοι στάδιοι. ἀπὸ 
thousand and ten-thousand [16,050] stadia; (the distance) from 


δὲ τῆς μάχης εἰς Βαθυλῶνα ἐλέγοντο εἷναι 
—(theplace) of-the battle to Babylon was-said to-be 


ἑξήχοντο καὶ τριαχόσιοι στάδιοι. 
sixty and _ three-hundred [860] _ stadia. 
Ἐντεῦθεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο σχότος, MiAtoxisns μὲν 
Thence, when it-became dark, Miltocythes -- 
ὁ Θρᾷξ ηὐτομόλησε πρὸς βασιλέα, ἔχων τε 
the Thracian deserted to (the) king, having not-only 
πούς innéias τοὺς ues ἑαυτοῦ όδ)΄ εἶς 
the horsemen — _ (those) with him to-the-number-of 
τετταράχοντα χαὶ ὡς τριαχοσίους THY Θρᾳχῶν 
forty, but-also about three-hundred of-the Thracian 
πεζῶν. δὲ Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο τοῖς ἄλλοις 
toot-soldiers. But Clearchus lead-the-way for-the res 


116 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


, 
χατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα, 
according | to-the things-which-had-been-directed, [in the prescribed order], 


δ᾽ οἱ εἵποντο, καὶ ἀφιχνοῦνται εἷς τὸν πρῶτον 
and — (they) followed, and arrived — οὖ the first 


σταῶμόν, παρὰ ᾿Αριαῖον xai τὴν στρατιάν 
station, to (where) Arizeus, and _ the army 
5 7 3 \ / 4 \ 
EXELVOD, QUPs μεσας νύχτας" καὶ 
of-himself (were), about mid night; and (when they arrived) 


/ ΕῚ / \ σ ες 
θέμενοι ἐν taker τὰ ὅπλα οἱ 
naving-been-placed in order (of battle) — (under) arms, the 


στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ τῶν ᾿Ἑλλήνων ξυνῆλϑον 


generals and captains of-the Greeks went-together 


παρὰ ᾿Αριαῖον" καὶ te ot Ἕλληνες καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, 


to Arizus ; and not-only the Greeks but-also Arieeus, 


καὶ ob χράτιστοι τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ ὥμοσαν, μήτε 
and the principal-men οἵ --- ([8056) τὶ him took-an-oath, ποὺ 


προδώσειν ἀλλήλους, τε ἔσεσθαι σύμμαχοι" οἵ 
to-betray one-another, but to-be-hereafter allies ; the 


βάρθαροι δὲ προσώμοσαν xai nyhoeodat 


barbarians indeed _swore-in-addition also to-lead-the-way 

ἀδόλως. A’ ὥμοσαν ταῦτα, σφάξαντες 

without-treachery. And they-swore these (things), Kelling 

ταῦρον, καὶ λύχον, καὶ χάπρον, καὶ 

(in sacrificing) (a) bull, and wolf, and boar, and 

ἢ . 

κριόν, εἰς ἀσπίδα, οἱ μὲν “Ἕλληνες 

ram, (receiving the blood) in (a) shield, the — Greekg 
βάπτοντες ξίφος, δὲ οἱ βάρθαροι λόγχην. 

dipping (a) sword, and the barbarians (a) lance, (into the 

Eel δὲ τὰ πιστὰ "ἐγένετο 


blood). When indeed — (these) pledges-of-fidelity had-taken-place 

ὁ Κλέαρχος εἶπεν. “Aye δή, ὦ ᾽Αριαῖε, ἐπείπερ 

-- Clearchus said: Come then, O Ariwus, — since-then 
ς ἂν ~ 

ὁ αὐτὸς στόλος ἐστὶ ὑμῖν xal ἡμῖν, εἰπὲ τίνα 

the same route is to-you and ἰο- 8, tell-us what 

γνώμην ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας. πότερον 


ypinion (or plan) you-have respecting — the mareh ; whether 





BOOK II. —CHAPTER II. 117 


ἄπιμεν, ἥνπερ ἤλθομεν ἢ 

(shall) we-return, (by the same route) which we-caine or 
3 > f \ 3 , 

δοχεῖς ἐννενοηχέναι τινὰ ἄλλην χρείττω 

do-you-think to-have-thought-of (ordevised) any other better 

4 


ὁδὸ; Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ᾿Απιόντες μὲν ἣν 
road? — (He) — replied: Returning — (by the way) which 

~ ες ‘ 
ἤλθομεν. ἂν παντελῶς ἀπολοίμεδα ὑπὸ 
we-came, ‘we would ‘be entirely ‘destroyed by 


λιμοῦ: γὰρ ὑπάρχει ἡμῖν viv οὐδὲν τῶν 


famine ; for there-is to-us now no (supply) of — 


ἐπιτηδείων" yap οὐδὲ τῶν ἐγγυτάτω 
provisions ; for neither (during) the nearest (or last) 


éntaxaidexa σταθμῶν ἰόντες δεῦρο, εἴχομεν 
seventeen days’-march coming hither, | we-having 


λαμθάνειν οὐδὲν ἔχ τῆς χώρας. 
to-take nothing from the country [wecould procure nothing 
AX eit nv é&vsa, ἡμεῖς 
from the country]. But any-thing (that) was there, 
διαπορευόμενοι κατεδαπανήσαμεν. Δὲ viv ἐπινο- 
passing-through consumed-it. But - now we 
οὔμεν πορεύεσθαι μὲν μακροτέραν, δ᾽ 
think to-go (a) longer (way), but ‘we-shall 
οὐχ ἀπορήσομεν τῶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. Δὲ πορευτέον 
not ‘want provisions. But | it-is-to-be-marched 
ἡμῖν τοὺς πρώτους σταϑμοὺς 
to-us [we must make the march] (on) the days’-marches 


μακροτάτους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα. ἵνα ὡς 
the-longest that ‘we can ‘possibly-make-them, in-order that 


ἀποσπασϑῶμ εν σίλεῖστον τοῦ βασιλιχοῦ στρατεύ- 
we-may- na the-farthest from-the royal ar- 


ματος" yap nv anak ἀπόσχωμεν ὁδὸν δύο ἢ 
my; for if once we-be-distant (a) journey of-two or 
τριῶν ἡμερῶν, ὄδασιλεὺς οὐχέτι UN 

three days, (the) king ‘would | no-mere not [not] 


δύνηται χαταλαδεῖν ἡμᾶς. Tap μὲν ὀλίγῳ 


‘be-able to-overtake us. For indeed ‘with a) small 


118 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


’ 
στρατεύματι οὗ τολμήσει ἐφέπεσϑαι. Δ 
army he-‘will not ‘dare to-pursue (us). But 
ἔχων πολὺν στόλον οὐ δυνήσεται πορεύεσθαι 
having (a) large force he-‘will not *be-able to-march 
ταχέως: δὲ καὶ ἴσως σπανιεῖ τῶν 
fast-enough ; and also ‘will probably ‘experience-want  of-the 
ἐπιτηδείων. “Eyaye, ἔφη, ἔχω ταύτην tr 
necessaries-of-life. T-at-least, ‘said-he, hold this τον 
γνώμην. 
opinion. 
Δὲ αὕτη N στρατηγία ἦν δυναμένη ου ἡδὲν 
But this — plan-of-campaign was equivalent-to nothing 
ἄλλο, ἢ ἀποδρᾶναι ἢ ἀποφυγεῖν, δὲ ἡ τύχη 
else, than to-stealing-away or to-fleeing-openly-away, but — fortune 


ἐστρατήγησε κάλλιον. Lap ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἡμέρα, 
conducted-the-army more-honourably. For when it-became day, 


ἐπορεύοντο, ἔχοντες τὸν ἥλιον ἔν δεξιᾷ, 


they-marched-forth, having the sun on the-right, 
σ ΄ 

λογιζόμενοι ἥξειν. ἅμα δύνοντι ἡλίῳ 

expecting to-arrive at-the-same-time ‘with (the) ‘setting sun 


eis χώμας τῆς Babvaavias χώρας" xal 
at (some) village of-the Babylonian territory ; and (as respects) 
τοῦτο μὲν οὐχ ἐψεύσϑησαν. Δὲ ἔτι 
this they-'were indeed ποῖ ‘deceived. And γοὶ 
ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν ὁρᾶν 
about the-fore-part-of-the-afternoon they-thought (that) they-saw (the) 
πολεμίους ἱππέας" καὶ TE οἱ τῶν “Ελλήνων 
enemy’s cavalry; and not-only — (those) of-the Greeks 
ἔτυχον μὴ ὄντες ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν. 
|(who) happened» not being [who were not] in the ranks, 


ἔθεον εἷς τὰς τάξεις, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, (γὰρ ἐτύγχανε 
to the ranks, but-also Arizus, (for he- happened 


πορευόμενος ep ἁμάξης, διότι ἐτέτρωτο,) 


‘to be) proceeding in (a) wagon, because he-had -been-wounded.,) 


xatabas é ϑωρακίζετο χαὶ οἵ σὺν 
coming-down ‘put-on (his) ‘corselet, and-also — (those) with 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER II. 119 


~ - ᾿ 
αὐτῷ. Ἔν ᾧ δὲ ὧπλί- 
him (did the same). During (the time) in-which — they-were-arm- 
ζοντο Ol σχοποὶ προπεμφϑέντες, ἧχον λέγοντες, 
ing-tnemselves the scouts sent-out-before, came saying, 
ὅτι εἶσιν οὐχ ἱσιπεῖς, GAN ὑποζύγια 
that they-were not horsemen, but beasts-of-burden (that) 


γέμοιντο. Καὶ πάντες εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι 
might-be-pasturing. And all immediately knew, that 


βασιλεύς ἐστρατοπεδεύετο που ἐγγύς" καὶ 
(the) king was-encamped some-where near; and 
γὰρ καὶ καπινὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις ov πρόσω. 
really also smoke appeared in(the) villages not far 
Δὲ Κλέαρχος μὲν οὐχ ἦγεν 
(distant). But Clearchus indeed ‘did ποὺ ‘lead (his forces) 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους" yap ἤδει τοὺς στρατιώτας 
against the enemy ; for he-knew (that) the soldiers 
ὄντας καὶ ἀπειρηχότας καὶ ἀσίτους" δὲ καὶ ἦν 
were Loth fatigued and fasting ; and also it-was 
ἤδη ὀψὲ" οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέχλινε, 
now late; [ποῦ however [yet however] he-'did not *decline 
φυλαττόμενος μὲ doxoin 
(from his route), taking-care (that) *he-might not ‘seem 
φεύγειν, GAN ἄγων εὐϑύωρον, ἔχων 
to-flee, but leading (the army) in-a-direct-line, (and) having 
TOUS πρώτους χατεσχήνωσεν 
(or leading) (himself) the foremost (or advance) he-encamped 
ἅμα τῷ δυομένῳ ἡλίῳ, εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω 
at-the-time-of the setting sun, in — the nearest 
χώμας, ἐξ ὧν διήρπαστο ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ 
villages, from which was-taken-away by the royal 
στρατεύματος καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ξύλα ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν. 
troops even the wood-work from the houses, 


Οὖν μὲν οἱ πρῶτοι ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο 
Therefore indeed the first (or advance) encamped 


ὅμως τινὶ πρόπῳ, δὲ ot ὕστεροι προσιόντες 


however in some order, but — (those) following coming -up 


120 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ 5 / ε σ 3 , 
OXOTQALOL ηὐλίζοντο ως ἑχάαστοι τυγχάνον, 
im-the-dark quartered-themselves as ‘they severally ‘chanced 


§ > ’ὔ ‘ ‘ ~ 
καὶ ETLOLOVY TOAANY χραυγὴν καλλοῦντες 
‘to find quarters),and they-made much noise ealling 


ἀλλήλους, ὥστε χαὶ τοὺς πολεμίοις axovew* 


to-one-another, so-that even the enemy heard = (it); 


ὥστε μὲν ov ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἔφυγον 
so-that indeed the nearest of-the enemy even fled 


éx τῶν σχηνωμάτων. Δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο δῆλον 


from the encampments. And this became apparent 
~ ε , x ‘ » Υ Pe NB! 
φῇ ὕστερίᾳ: γὰρ οὔτε ἔτι οὐδὲν 
on-the following-day ; for neither any-longer | ‘did no 
© , > / » 
ὑποζύγιον ἐφάνη, οὔτε 


- beasts-of-burden ‘appear, [did any beasts of burden appear], or 
στρατόπεδον, οὔτε καπνὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. Δὲ 


camp, or smoke any-where near. And 


ὡς Foxe, καὶ βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ ἐφόδῳ 


as it-seemed, even (the) king was-alarmed at-the approach 
~ , - > 

τοῦ στρατεύματος. Δὲ τοῦτο ἐδήλωσε 
of-the (Grecian) army. And this was-manifest 
τ »” ~ ς , , ~ , 

οἷς στε τῇ votepaia. έντοι τῆς ταύτης 
by-what he-did on-the following-day. However — this-same 
νυχτὸς προϊούσης, φόθος ἐμπίπτει καὶ τοῖς “EAAHOr 
night advancing, (a) panic fell also on-the Greeks 


καὶ ἦν OdpvSos καί δοῦπος εἰκὸς οἷον 


and there-was tumult and noise like as (sudden) 
φόδου ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσθαι. Δὲ Κλέ- 
fear falling-on (one) (causes) to-be. - But Cle- 
, > 

105 Τολμίδην Ἠλεῖον, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν 
archus (crdered) Tolmides (the) Ἐ]οίαη, | whom he-happened 
ἔχων map ἑαυτῷ, 
having [whom he happened to have] wit himself, (and who waa) 
ἄριστον κήρυχα τῶν τότε, τοῦτον 
the-best herald of — (those) then (existing), this-one (then) 
ἐχέλευσε ἀνειπεῖν, κατακηρύξαντα σιγὴν, 


he-ordered to-proclaim, he-‘haying (first) ‘ordered silence, 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 121 


¢ 

ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες προαγορεύουσιν, ὃς ἂν 
that the generals publicly-announce, (that he) who might 
μηνύσῃ τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς 
give- -information (respecting) the (one) having-let-loose the ass among 


TH ὅπλα, ὅτι λήψεται μισϑὺν τάλαντον 
the arms, that he-would-receive (as) reward (a) talen 


vpiov. “Enel δὲ ταῦτα ἐχηρύχϑη, ot στρα 


of-silver. When indeed- this was-proclaimed, the sol- 
TOTAL ἔγνωσαν, OTL ὃ φόθος εἴη κενὸς, καὶ 
diers knew, that — (their) fear was groundless, and 

οἱ ἄρχοντες σῶο. Δὲ ἅμα ὄρϑρῳ 
(that) the generals (were) safe. But at-the-time-of day-break 
ὁ Κλέαρχος παρήγγειλε τοὺς Ἕλληνας τίϑεσθαι 
— Clearchus ordered Greeks to-place-themselves 
τὰ ὅπλα εἰς στάξιν ἧπερ εἶχον ὅτε 


— (under) arms in (the) order in-which they-had (themselves) when 


- , > 
N μάχη ἢν. 
the battle was. 





CHAPTER III. 


Δὲ ὃ δὴ ἔγραψα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη 


Bur what ‘Ialready ‘wrote, ἐμαὶ (the) king was-alarmed 
τῇ ἐφόδῳ ἣν δῆλον τῷδε. 


at-the approach (of the Greeks) was evident by-this (that follows). 


Pap μὲν τῇ πρόσϑεν ἡμέρᾳ πέμπων 
For indeed on-the preceding day sending (to the Greeks) 


> 7¢ \ 4 
ἐχέλευε παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα, δὲ τότε 
he-ordered (them) to-give-up — (their) arms, butafterwards 
σ 

ἅμα ἀνατέλλοντι ἡλίῳ ἔπεμψε 
at- a ὀλλίον ‘with (the) ‘rising sun he-sent 
κήρυχας περὶ σπονδῶν. A’ οἱ ἐπεὶ 
heralds about (a) truce. But — (these heralds), when 
ἤλθον πρὸς τοὺς προφύλακας, ἐζήτουν τοὺς X- 
they-went to _ outposts, inquired-for the com. 


τ 


122 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


χοντας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ of προφύλαχες 

manders. When indeed the guards (at the dutposts, 
ἀπήγγελλον, Κλέαρχος, τυχὼν tote ἐπισχοπῶν 
reported-this, Clearchus, happening then  to-be-inspecting 
τὰς τάξεις, εἶπε τοῖς προφύλαξι κελεύειν 
the troops-drawn-up-in-order, told the guards to-request 


TOUS κήρυχας περιμένειν ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσγ. 
the heralds to-remain till ‘he might ‘be-at-leisure. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ χατέστησε τὸ στράτευμα ὥστε ἔχειν 
When “--- he-had-arranged the army so-as _ to- have 


καλῶς ὁρᾶσϑαι πάντῃ φάλλαγγα 
(itself) beautifully to-be-seen on-all (sides), (the) phalanx 


πυχνήν, δὲ μηδένα τῶν ἀόπλων 
(being) in-close-order, but  not-one of-the unarmed (men) 


καταφανῆ εἶναι, ἐχάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ 
appeared to-be (there), he-called-for the messengers, and 


αὐτός te προῆλθε ἔχων τε τούς εὐοπλοτάτους 


he-himself — advanced having — the best-armed 


χαὶ εὐειδεστάτους τῶν στρατιωτῶν αὑτοῦ 


and the-handsomest  of-the soldiers of-himself (there about 
xal ἔφρασε τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς 
him), and he-told the other commanders (to do the) 
ταὐτὰ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν πρὸς τοὶς ἀγγέλοις 
same (thing). When indeed he-was near the messengers 
ἀνηρώτα ti βούλοιντο. Οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι 
he-demanded what they-wished. — (They) indeed replied, that 
ἥχοιεν ἄνδρες περὶ σπονδῶν, οἵτινες 
they-came (as) men respecting (a) truce, (and) who 
ἔσονται ixavoi σε ἀπαγγεῖλαι τὰ 


would-be competent (and empowered) not-only to-announce -- 

παρὰ ββασιλέως τοῖς Ἕλλησι, 
{any communication) from (the) king to-the Greeks, 
xa. τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων Baciret. 
dut-also — (those) from the Greeks *to (the) ‘king. 
Δὲ ὁ anexpivato’ ᾿Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν 


But -- (he, Clearchus,) replied: Announce therefore 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 123 


αὐτῷ, ὅτι πρῶτον δεὶ άχης, γὰρ 
to-inim (the king), that first  there-is-need ‘of (a) ‘bets for 
ἔστιν οὐχ ἄριστον, οὐδὲ ὃ τολμή- 
there ls πὸ breakfast (for us), nor (is there any one) who  will-be- 
σι» λέγειν περὶ σπονδῶν τοῖς “Ελλῃσι, 
ἀδ τ οὶ (enough) to-speak about (a) truce to-the Greeke, 


¥ ε ¥ 3 , 
fy πὸ ίσας ἄριστον. Ot ἄγγελλοι axov- 
not having-provided (them) breakfast. The messengers hear- 


σαντες ταῦτα ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ταχύ ἥχον" 
ing these (things) departed, and soon came 


xal ᾧ ἦν δῆλον ὅτι βασιλεὺς 
(back); and to- whom [Clearchus] "se manifest that (the) king 
ἦν mov ἐγγὺς, ἢ τις ἄλλος, ᾧ 
was some-where near, or some (persons) else, to-whom 
ἐπετέταχτο πράττειν ταῦτα" ἔλεγον δὲ 
it-was-commanded to-transact these (affairs); they-said indeed 


ὅτι λέγειν δοκοῖεν βασιλεὶ εἰχότα, 
that (the things) they-reported seemed ‘to (the) ‘king reasonable, 
καὶ ἤχοιεν ° ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνας, ol, sav 

and they-came (back) having _ guides, who, if (the) 
σπονδαὶ γένωται, ἄξουσιν αὐτούς ἔνϑεν ἕξουσι 
truce should-take-place, would-conduct them to-wherethey-would-have 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Ὃ δὲ ἠρώτα, et 
the necessaries-of-life. — But ‘he (Clearchus) ‘inquired, if 


σπένδοιτο αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι ἰοῦσι 
a-truce-would-be-made (only) for-those -- men going-tc 


χαὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, — 7 ἔσοιντο σπονδαί 
and returning-from (the king), or (if) there-would-be (a) truce 
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις. Δὲ ob ἔφασαν ἅπασι, 
8150. ‘for (all) ‘the others. But —(they) said for-all, 
μέχρι τὰ map ὑμῶν ἂν διαγγελθῇ 

until the (things) from you may be-communicated to (the) 
βασιλεῖ. “Enel δὲ εἴπον ταῦτα, μεταστη- 
‘king. When indeed they-said these (things), having-dis 
σάμενος αὐτοὺς, ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐθουλεύετο. 


missed these (messengers), — Clearchus consulted i vritk 


124 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Καὶ ἐδόκει τὰς σπονδὰς 
his officers). And it-seemed (to them) (that) the truce 
ποιεῖσθαι ταχύ, καὶ ἐλϑεῖν Te xa ἥἤσυχίαν 
was-to-be-made speedily, and to-go not-only at (thcir) leisure 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ λαθεῖν. : Ὅ 


after the necessaries-of-life, but-also to-take [them as required]. -- 
δὲ Κλέαρχος eines Aoxet μὲν χἀμοὶ ταῦτα" 
But Clearchus said: | It-seems indeed also-to-me the-same, 

ov μέντοι ταχύ γε 
[I am of the same opinion]; I-'will not however immediately indeed 
ἀπαγγελῶ, ἀλλὰ διατρίψω ἔστ᾽ οἱ 
‘announce (our determination), but will-delay until the 


ἄγγελοι ἂν ὀκνήσωσι μὴ ἀποδόξῃ 


messengers might be-apprehensive (that) it-'might not *seem 


ἡμῖν ποιήσασϑαι σὰς σπονδὰς" 


(proper) to-us to-haye-made-for-ourselves the truce ; ἐξ 


μέντοι γε οἶμαι, ἔφη, σὸν αὐτὸν φόθδον 
however certainly ‘think,  said-he, (that) the same fear 


παρέσεσθαι, καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις στρατιώταις. 
wili-be-present, even -- to-our-own soldiers. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόχει εἶναι καιρὸ ἀπήγγελλεν 
When indeed he-thought (it) to-be the-proper-time he-announced 


ὅτι σπένδοιτο, χαὶ ἐχέλευε 
(to the messengers) that he-would-make-the-truce, and requested 


nyElsau εὐϑὺς πρὸς τἀπιτήδεια. 
(them) to-conduct (them) immediately to the-provisions. 

Kai ot | ᾿ μὲν ἡγοῦντο" Κλέαρχος 

And the (messengers then) indeed led-the-way; Clearchus 


μὲν μέντοι ἐπορεύετο ποιησόμενος τὰς μὲν σπονδὰς, 


indeed however proceeded about-making the — truce, 
δὲ ἔχων τὸ στράτευμα ἐν τάξει, χαὶ αὐτὸς 
but having the army in order (of battle), and he-himself 
ὠπισϑοφυλάκχει. Καὶ ἐνετύγχανον τάφροις καὶ 
brought-up-the-rear, And they-met-with ditches and 


αὐλῶσι πλήρεσιν ὕδατος ὡς μὴ δύνασϑαι 


5888 (so) full of-water as not to-he-able 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 125 


διαβαίνειν ἄνευ γεφυρῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ἐποιοῦντο δια- 
to-cross (them) without bridges; but they-made  cross- 
θάσεις & τῶν φοινίχων οἱ ἦσαν ἐχπετπιτωχότες, 
ings out-of the palm-trees which had fallen-down, 
dé xal τοὺς ἐξέχοπτον. Kai ἐνταῦϑα ἦν 
and also of — (those) they-cut-down. And here was 
xatauasey Κλέαρχον ὡς ἐπεστάτει, 
(an opportunity) to-observe Clearchus how he-exercised-command, 
ἔχων μὲν ἐν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ τὸ δόρυ, δὲ 
having indeed in — (his) left hand the spear, but 
ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ βαχτηρίαν. καὶ εἴ τις 
ir — (his) right (hand a) truncheon ; and if any-one 
doxoin αὐτῷ τῶν τεταγμένων πρὸς τοῦτο 
might-seem to-him of — (those) appointed to this (work) 
βλαχεύειν, ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον 
to-loiter, selecting — (a) fit (person) *he 
ἄν ἕπαισε, καὶ ἅμα αὐτὸς ἐμθαίνων 
would ‘beat (him), and  at-the-same-time he leaping 
εἰς τὸν πηλὸν προσελάμθανεν᾽" ὥστε 
into the mud took-part (in the work); so-that 
3 UU 3 ~ ‘ 3 ; 2 
αἰσχύνην εἶναι πᾶσιν μὴ οὐ συσπουδάζειν. 
shame was to-all — not to-emulate (him in 
Καὶ ot γεγονότες τριάχοντα 
expediting the work). And —/(those) being thirty. 
ἔτη ἐτάχϑησαν μὲν πρὸς αὐτοῦ. 
years (of age) were-appointed «-- by him (for this work) ; 
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἑώρων Κλέαρχον σπου- 
after indeed also the older persons) saw Clearchus hasten- 
δάζοντα, καὶ ot πρεσδύτεροι προσελάμδανον. 
ing (the work), even the = older-men took-part 
Δὲ 6 Κλέαρχος ἔσπευδε πολύ μᾶλλον, 
(in it), But --- Clearchus hastened (the work) much more, 
e 5 
ὑποπτείων τὰς τάφρους εἶναι μὴ ἀεὶ οὕτω πλήρεις 


suspecting the ditches to-be notalways so fall 
ὕδατος" γὰρ ἦν οὐ οἴα ἄρδειν το 
οἵ- water; for it-was ποὺ (the) season proper to-water the 


11* 


126 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ες 

πεδίον" ἀλλ᾽ ὑπώπτευε βασιλέα ἀφεικένα. 
ground ; but suspected (that the) king had-sent-ou* 
TO ὕδωρ ἐπὶ TO πεδίον ἕνεχα τούτου, ἵνα ἤδη 
the water on the plain by-reason-of this, that already 
πολλὰ δεινὰ προφαίνοιτο τοῖς Ἕλλησι εἰς τὴν 
many difficulties might-appear  to-the Greeks in the 
πορείαν. 

march. 


Δὲ πορευόμενοι adixovto εἷς κώμας, ὅϑὲν 
And proceeding they-arrived αὐ (the) villages, from-which 


ob ἡγεμόνες ἀπέδειξαν λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτή- 
the guides signified (to them) to-take the _ provi- 


ΕἾ » ‘ , a ‘ 
δεια. Ἑνῆν δὲ πολύς σῖτος, καὶ 
sions. There-was-in (these villages) indeed much corn, and 
olvos φοινίχων, καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν 
wine of-date-palms, and (an) acid-wine cooked from τιν 
αὐτῶν. Δὲ at αὗται βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκων, 
them. But the same dates of-the palms, 

σ Ξ ~ 
οἵας μὲν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν ἐν toils Ἕλλησιν 
such-as indeed are _ | to-see [[0 Ὀ6 566}]} in τον Greece 
ἀπέχειντο Tos οἰχέταις, δὲ at ἀποχείμεναι 
are-put-by for-the servants, but — (those) put-away 


τοῖς δεσπόταις ἦσαν ἀπόλεχτοι, θαυμάσιαι τὸ 


for-the masters were choice-ones, admirable for — 


κάλλος καὶ TO μέγεϑος, δὲ 71 ὄψις 


(their) beauty and -- size, and — (their) appearance 


διέφερε οὐδὲν ἡἠλέχτρου. Δὲ Enpaivorres τὰς 
aioe nothing from-amber. And drying 


TWAS ἀπετίϑεσαν τραγήματα. Kat 
some (of these) they-‘put (them) ‘up for-sweetmeats. And 

ἦν καὶ ἡδὺ μὲν παρὰ πότον, δὲ χκεφαλαλγὲς. 
(they) were also pleasant ol wit drink, but μἀξηφεξακά τῷ 


᾿Ενταῦϑα καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται πρῶτον ἔφαγον τὸν 
Here also the soldiers rst eat j the 


ἐγκέφαλον σοῦ φοίνικος, καὶ 


of-the palm-tree, [the cabbage of the palm-tree], and 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER iII. 127 


of πολλοὶ ἐδαύμασαν τε τὸ εἶδος καὶ 


the multitude were-astonished not-only --- ‘at (its) ‘appearance but-alsu 


1 28 7 ~ ς - ᾿ ~ tes 
σὴν ἰδιότητα τῆς ἡδονῆς. Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἦν 
at-the peculiarity — ‘of (its) sweetness, And this also was 
σφόδρα xeparanyés. Δὲ ὁ φοῖνιξ ὅϑεν 
exceedingly (apt at) causing-headache. But the palm-tree whence 


ὁ ἐγκέφαλος ἐξαιρεθείη ataiveto ὅλος. ι 
the cabbage may-bave-been-taken, withered entirely. 


᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας" καὶ Τισσαφέρνης 


Here they-remained three days; and Tissaphernes 


ἦχε παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως, καὶ ὃ ἀδελφὸς 


came from (the) great king, and the brother 


τῆς γυναιχὸς βασιλέως, καὶ τρεῖς ἄλλοι 
of-the wife ‘of (the) ‘king, and (also) three other 


Πέρσαι, δὲ πολλοὶ δοῦλοι εἵποντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ of 
Persians, and many slaves attended. After indeed the 
στρατηγοί τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς, 
generals of-the Greeks went-to-meet them, 


Τισσαφέρνης ἔλεγε πρῶτος ov ἑρμηνέως τοιάδε" 


Tissaphernes spoke first through (an) interpreter thus : 


Bays; ὦ ὦ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες, οἰχῶ γείτων τῇ Ἑλλάδι, 


ο Grecian men, dwell neighbouring — Greece, 


χαὶ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ὑμᾶς ἐμπεπτωχότας εἰς πολλὰ 

and when _ I-saw you ᾿ having-fallen into many 
A ‘ 3 7 5 ; 

χαχὰ, καὶ ἀμήχανα, ἕποιησάμην 

evils, and  inextricably-great (difficulties), | I-made-it-for-myself 

εὕρημα ; 

a-piece-of-good-luck [I considered it a most fortunate affair for me] 

εἴ σίως δυναίμην αἰτήσασϑαι 

if I-‘were in-any-manner table to-entreat (and obtain) 
χ ββασιλέως δοῦναι ἐμοὶ ἀποσῶσαι 

from (the) king  to-haye-given me (permission) to-save 

ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Tap οἶμαι 

you (and restore you) to -- Greece. For I-think 

ἂν οὐχ ἕξειν ἀχαρίστως μοι 
[(that) ‘it would not ‘have (itself) ungrateful to-me [that there 


\ 
\ - 


i- 


128 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


εἩ - 
οὔτε πρὸς υμῶν, οὔτε 
will ke no want of gratitude towards me] either from you, οἵ 


4 


πρὸς τῆς πάσης Ἑλλάδος. Δὲ γνούς ταῦτα 
all 


irom — Greece. And knowing these (things; 
2 , ~ 

ἡτούμην βασιλέα, λέγων αὐτῷ, ὅτι 
i-made-my-request ‘to (the) *king, saying to-him, that 


ἂν δικαίως χαρίζοιτο μο, ὅτι τε πρῶτος 
"he might — justly *gratify me, (as) that *I not-only first 
¥ 3 ~ ~ 3 tf 
NYYEAB αὐτῷ Κῦρον émotpatevorta, 
‘announced to-him (that) Cyrus was-marching-against (him), 

\ 3 / σ ὃν 3 ‘ ¥ 
καὶ ἀφιχόμην ἅμα ΤΊ ἀγγελίᾳ ἔχων 
but-also I-came at-the-same-time with-the message having 
βούήϑειαν, χαὶ μόνος τῶν τεταγ- 
assistance (in auxiliary troops),and ‘I alone of --- (those) having- 
μένων χατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας οὐχ ἔφυγον, 
been-drawn-up against the Greeks ‘did not ‘flee, 
ἀλλὰ διήλασα, χαὶ συνέμιξα 
but charged (through their ranks), and joined (the) 
βασιλεὶ ἔν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ στρατοπέδῳ, ἔνϑα 
king in .— your-own camp, whither (the) 
βασιλεὺς adixeto ἐπεὶ ἀπέχτεινε Κῦρον, καὶ 
king came after he-had-killed Cyrus, and 
ἐδίωξα τοὺς βαρδάρους ξὺν Κύρῳ σὺν τοῖςδε 
I-pursued — (those) barbarians with Cyrus ~ with these, 

toig viv παροῦσι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ εἶσι 

(namely) these now present with us, who are 

cs ~ ς 
πιστότατοι αὐτῷ. Καὶ μὲν ὑπέσχετό 
the-most faithful to-him. And indeed ‘he [the king] ‘promised 
μοι βουλεύσασϑαι περὶ τοῦτων, δὲ ἐχέλευσε 
me to-deliberate about these (affairs), and commanded 

ae 
μὲ ἐλθόντα ἕρεσϑαι ὑμᾶς Evexey Tivos ἐστρατεύσατε 
me having-gone to-ask you by-reason of-vhat you-took-the-field 
eco 

ἐπ αὐτόν. Kai συμδουλεύω ὑμῖν ἀποχρίνασϑαι 
against him. And I-counsel you to-reply 


μετρίως, ἵνα ἢ εὐπραχτότερον μοι. ἐάν 


moderately, that  it-may-be easier for-me, if 


BOOK II. —CHAPTER It. 199 


N c 
δύνωμαι διαπράξασϑαι τι ayasov ὑνῖν 
I-am-able to-effect any-thing good (or advantageous) for-you 
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 
with him. 
Πρὸς ταῦτα of “Ἕλληνες μεταστάντες ἐδουλεύ- 
At this the Greeks withdrawing delibe- 
\ > , Ἢ f δ᾽ 
οντο, χαὶ ἀπεχρίναντο Κλξαρχος 
rated, and gave (their) ‘answer; Clearchus indeed 
ς 


ἔλεγεν" Ἡμεῖς οὔτε συνήλϑομεν 
spoke (forthem): We neither assembled-together for-the-purpose-of 


πολεμήσοντες βασιλεὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐπορευόμεϑα 
hereafter-making-war ‘against (the) ‘king nor did-we-set-out 
ἐπὶ βασιλέα, ἀλλὰ Κῦρος εὕρισχε πολλὰς 
against (the) Κίηρ, but Cyrus invented many 

losis, xal ὡς σὺ εὖ οἶσϑα, ἵνα τε 
pretexts, and as you well know, that not-only 

et as 

λάθοι ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασχευάστους, καὶ ἀναγάγοι 
he-might-take you unprepared, but-also lead 
ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε. δὴ μέντοι ἐπεὶ ἑωρῶμεν αὐτὸν 
us thither. Now however when we-saw him 
ὄντα ἐν δεινῷ ἠσχύνϑημεν καὶ θεοὺς 


being in danger we-were-made-to-be-ashamed both (before) gods 
καὶ ἀνθρώπους προδοῦναι αὐτόν, παρέχοντες 

and men to-have-betrayed him, we-allowing (him) 
ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν χρόνῳ ποιεῖν εὖ 

in the former time | to-do well ‘to [to confer favours 

ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς. “Entei δὲ Κῦρος τέϑνηκεν, 

on] ‘us ourselves. Since indeed Cyrus is-dead, ‘we 
οὔτε ἀντιποιούμεϑα, βασιλεὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς. 
neither ‘contend ‘with (the) ‘king  for-the kingdom, 
οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ἕνεχα Otov ἂν βουλοίμεϑα 
ΠΟΙ _ is-there (any thing) on-account-of which ‘we might ‘desire 
ποιεῖν xaxOs τῆν χώραν βασιλέως, οὐδ᾽ 
to-do harm (to) the country ‘of (the) *king, nor 
ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν ἀποχτεῖναι αὐτὸν, δ᾽ ἂν 
would we-wish to-kill him, but we would 


. 


130 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


πορευοίμεϑα οἴχαδε, EL τις ἡ λυποίχ, ἡμᾶς" 
ρον μι nu 


*proceed homeward, if any-one ‘would not ‘molest us} 


μέντοι ἀδικοῦντα πειρασόμεϑα σὺν 


‘those however ‘injuring (us) we-wil-endeavour with (the aid of) 

τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμύνασϑαι" ἐὰν μέντοι THE 

the gods to-avenge (ourselves on); if however any-one 

χαὶ ὑπάρχῃ ποιῶν εὖ ἡμᾶς, καὶ τούτου 

even begin doing good to-us, and-even to-this-one we-‘wil] 
3 ¢ 4 ~ κ 3 

οὐχ ἡττησόμεϑα, ποιοῦντες εὖ γε εἰς 

not *be-inferior doing = good at-least to (the best of our) 


δύναμιν. Οὕτως μὲ ὃ εἶπεν. 
power. Thus indeed *did — (Clearchus) ‘speak. 
᾿Αχούσας δὲ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης ἔφη" Ταῦτα 
Hearing (this)—-— Tissaphernes said: These (things) 
ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ βασιλεῖ, καὶ πάλιν 
I will-announce ‘to (the) ‘king, and (will bring) back 
ὑμῖν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐχείνου" δὲ μέχρι 
to-you | the (things) from him; [his answer]; and until 
ἐγὼ ἂν ἥχω ai σπονδαὶ μενόντων, δὲ 
£ may come ‘let the truce ‘remain-in-force, and 
ε ~ , > ‘ \ \ > ‘ 
ἡμεῖς παρέξομεν ἀγορὰν. Καὶ μὲν εἰς τὴν 
we will-provide (a) market (for you.) And indeed on the 
ε 
Ὁυστεραίαν οὐχ yxev' ὥσϑ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες 
following-day he-‘did not ‘come; so-that the Greeks 
ἐφρόντιζον. Δὲ σῇ τρίτῃ Fxov ἔλεγεν, ὅτι 
began-to-be-anxious. But on-the third (day) coming he-said, that 


ἥχοι διαπεπραγμένος παρὰ βασιλέως δοθῆναι 


he-came having-obtained from (the) king to-be-allowed 
αὐτῷ σώζειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καίπερ πάνυ πολλῶν 
to-himself to-save the Greeks, although a-great many 
ἀντιλεγόντων, —— ὡς οὐχ εἴη ἄξιον 


speaking-against (and opposing it), so-that it-‘might not ‘be becoming 


βασιλεὶ ἀφεῖναι τοὺς στρατευσαμένους 
‘for (the) ‘king to-let-go — (those) making-war 
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν. Δὲ τέλος εἶπε" καὶ viv ἔξεστιν 
against himself. And in-conclusion he-said; and πον it-is-allowed 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER III. 131 


©. sins ~ ~ 
ὑμῖν λαδεῖ» πιστὰ nap’ ἡμῶν, ἦ μὴν τὴν χώραν 
you to-take assurances from us, that truly the country 
Pee ‘ 
ἕξειν φιλίαν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν 
will-be-kept friendly to-you, and without-treachery hereafter-to-‘lead 
εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, παρέχοντας 
(you) *back to -- Greece, (you) obtaining (a) 
τ 
ἀγορὰν" δ᾽ ὅπου ἂν i μή 
market (for provisions); but where (indeed there)may be not (any 
ίασϑαι ἐάσομεν ὑμᾶς λαμθάνειν τὰ 
thing) to-purchase we-will-allow you to-take the 
ἐπιτήδεια éx τῆς χώρας. A αὖ 


necessaries (of life) from the country. But on-the-other-hand 


δεήσει ὑμᾶς ὀμόσαι ἡμῖν, ἦ μὴν πορεύεσθαι 


it-will-be-necessary for-you to-swear to-us, truly to-march 


ὡς διὰ φιλίας ἀσινῶς, λαμθδάνοντας 
as through (a) friendly (country) without-doing-harm, taking 


σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ, ὁπόταν μὴ παρέχωνεν 

provisions and drink, whenever we-‘du not ‘provide (a) 
ἀγορὰν" ἦν δὲ παρέχωμεν ἀγοράν, 
market (for you); if indeed wwe-provide (you a) market, 


ὠνουμένους ἕξειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Ταύτα 
you-purchasing will-have the necessaries-of-life. These (things) 


ἔδοξε, χαὶ ὥμοσαν καὶ Τισ- 
seemed (good, and were assented to), and they-took-the-oaths,and Τ185- 


σαφέρνης καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς τῆς γυναικὸς 


saphernes, and the brother of-the wife ‘of (the) 
βασιλέως ἔδοςαν δεξιὰς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ 
*king gave (their) right-hands to-the generals an¢ 
Aoyayois τῶν “EXAnvar, καὶ ἔλαθον 

captains of-the Greeks, and took « (the same) 
παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα Τισσα- 
from the Greeks. And after this Tissa- 
φέρνης eine’ Νῦν μὲν δὴ ἄπειμι. ὡς 


phernes said : Now indeed —‘I (will) *go-back to (the) 


βασιλέα" ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωμαι ἃ δέομαι, 
king ; after indeed I-shall-accomplish (that) which I-desire, 


132 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


σ΄ ς 
συσχευασάμενος. ἥξω ὡς 
havin g-collected-and-packed-up- -my-baggage, I-will-return as (abcut} 
ἀπάξων ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, χαὶ αὐτὸς 
‘leading you ‘back to τος Greece, and myself 


ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν ἐμαυτοῦ. 
returning to |the government of-myself [my own government]. 


& 





CHAPTER IV. 


Meta ταῦτα te ob Ἕλληνες καὶ 
AFTER these (things) not-only the Greeks __ but-also 
᾿Αριαῖος ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλω»' 
Arius being-encamped near - to-one-another 


περιέμενον Τισσαφέρνην σιλείους ἢ εἴκοσιν ἡμέρας. 


waited for-Tissaphernes more than _ thirty days. 
"Ev δὲ ταύταις ἀφιχνοῦνται πρὸς ᾿Αριαῖον 
During — these (days) there-came Arigeus 
καὶ οἵ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ ot ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι, 
as-well — (his) brother as — (his) other relations, . 
xai τινες ἹΠερσῶν πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐχείνῳ, 
and some Persians to those (men) with him, 


παρεϑάρσυνον, καὶ ἔφερον δεξιὰς 


"they Samy act πές! (them), but-also aks | right-handg 


ἐνίοις παρὰ ββασιλέως, βασιλέα 
[assurances] to-some from (the) king, (that the) king 


μὴ μνησικακήσειν τῆς ἐπιστρατείας 


‘would ποῦ ‘remember-in-evil (the injuries) of-the "expeditions 


σὺν Κύρῳ αὐτοῖς, μηδὲ μηδενὸς ἄλλου 


under Cyrus (received) from-them, | neither no other [or 


TOV ῳχημένων. Δὲ τούτων 

any thing 6150] of-the (affairs) gone-by. But these 
wrouévav, οἱ περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ; 

{things while) _ occurring, | the about rizus [the followers 

ἦσαν ἔνδηλοι ᾿φιροσέχοντες 

of Ariwus] were evidently (not so attentive to, and) — applying 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER IV. 133 


TOV νοῦν ἧττον τοῖς EAAnow’ ὥστε χαὶ διὰ τοῦτο 


the mind less to-the Grecks; so-that also through this 
μὲν ποὶς πολλοῖς THY Ἑλλήνων οὐχ ἤρεσκχον, 
indeed — many of-the Greeks ‘were not *pleased, 


ἀλλὰ προσιόντες τῷ Κλεάρχῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 


but going-to Clearchus and ~ the other 
στρατηγοὶς Bisyor* Τί μένομεν; ἢ οὐχ 
generals they-said: Why do-we-remain? or ‘do-we not 


ἐπιστάμεῶα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἂν ποιήσαιτο περὶ 
*believe, | that (the) king — would make-it-to-himself above 


παντὸς ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς, 
all-things to-destroy us, [the king would above all things wish 
ἵνα καὶ εἴη φόθος τοὶς ἄλλοις 


to destroy us], in-order-that also there-might-be fear  to-the other 


Ἕλλησι στρατεύειν ἐπὶ μέγαν βασιλέα; καὶ 
» Greeks to-war against (the) great king? and 


ε 
my μὲν ὑπάγεται ὑμᾶς μένειν, διὰ τὸ 
now indeed he-deceitfully-leads us to-stay, | on-account-of the 


διεσπάρϑαι αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα" 


to-have-dispersed to- him the army ; [on account of the dis- 
\ ¢ : 4 ’ὔ 
| δὲ nN στρατιά πάλιν͵ 
persed state of his army]; | but (when) the army again 
ἐπὴν ᾿ς ἅλισθγ,. αὐτῷ, 


was-ihere (and) may-have-been-taken (or re-assembled) by-him, [but when 
οὐχ ἔστιν 

_his army is again collected together by him], it-'will not *be 

ὅπι οὐχ ἐπιϑήσεται ἡμῖν. Ἴσως δὲ 

that he-'will not ‘attack us. Perhaps indeed he-'is 

ἢ ἀποσχάσιτει τι, ῆ ἀποτειχίζει, 

either ‘digging-out some (trench), or _ building-a- Agata (us), 

@ ἢ ὅδός «ἡ ἄπορος. Tap οὐχ ἐχών 

so-that the road may-be impassable. For he-'will not willingly 


γε βουλήσεται ἣ ἡμᾶς ἐλϑόντας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα 


at-least ‘consent for-us going-back to Greece 


ἀπαγγεῖλαι, ὡς ἡμεῖς, ὄντες τοσοίδε, ἐνικῶμεν 
to-relate, we, being so-few, ' defeated 
ἊΣ 


134 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


tov βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταὶς θύραις αὐτοῦ, 
the king at the gates of-him, [defeated the 


καὶ καταγελάσαντες ἀπήλ- 
king at his palace], and having-laughed-at-him we-de- 


Somer. 


parted (home). 


Δὲ Κλέαρχος ἀπεχρίνατο τοὶς ταῦτα λέ- 
But Clearchus replied to — (those) thus ad- 
5 ‘ ‘ ‘ 3 ~ , 

γουσιν" Eyo μὲν χαὶ ἐνθυμοῦμαι πάντα 
dressing (him): I indeed also am-thinking-about all 
ταῦτα᾽ δ᾽ ἐννοῶ, ὅτι εἰ νῦν ἄπιμεν δόξομεν 
this ; but I-think, that if ‘we now  ‘go-away we-will-seem 
5 4 4 | [4 \ ~ \ . \ 
ἀπιέναι ἐπὶ πολέμῳ, καὶ ποιεῖν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς. 
to-go-away for war, and to-act contrary to-the truce. 


Ἔπειτα πρῶτων μὲν οὐδεὶς παρέξει ἡμὶν ἀγορὰν, 
Next-then first indeed no-one will-provide us (a) wmarket,. 


οὐδὲ ὅϑεν ἐπισιτιούμεϑα᾽ αὖϑις 


nor (will there be a place) whence we-would-procure-provisions; again 


δὲ ἔσται οὐδεὶς ὃ ἡγησόμενος" 


in the second place) — | there-will-be no-one — hereafter-guiding-us; 
σ - 

καὶ ἅμα ἡμῶν ποιούντων 

[we will have no guides]; and at-the-same-time we are-doing 

ταῦτα ᾿Αριαῖος εὐθὺς ἀφεστήξει" ὥστε 

this Arizus ‘will immediately ‘separate (from us); so-that 


οὐδεὶς λελείψεται φίλος uly, ἀλλὰ καὶ ot 


no-one will-be-left (a) friend to-usj-o/ but — also — (those) 


πρόσϑεν ὄντες ἔσονται πολέμιοι ἡμῖν. Δ᾽ 
formerly being (our friends) will-become _ hostile to-us. But 
ἄρα μὲν εἰ sot τις ἄλλος ποταμὸς καὶ 
whether indeed --- there-is any other river also 
διαθατέος ἡμῖν, οἶδα otx δ᾽ oy ἴσμεν 
necessary-to-pass-over by-us, I-know not: but therefore-then we-know 
ὅτι διαβῆναι τὸν Ἑὐφράτην ἀδύματον πολεμίων 
that to-have-crossed the Euphrates (is) impossible (the) enemy 


χωλυόντων. Δή μὲν ἂν οὐ δέῃ Ἑ 
prohibiting (us). Truly indeed'‘it might not 'be-proper (for us) at-least 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER IV. 135 


μάχεσθαι, ξύμμαχοι ἵἱπσεὶς εἶσιν ἡμῖν" 
to-fight, (for) auxiliary cavalry is to-us (nowhere) 


δὲ ἱσισιεῖς τῶν πολεμίων εἶσιν ot πλεῖστοι καὶ 
but (the) cavalry of-the enemy is — numerous and 


ἄξιοι πλείστου" ὥστε νιχῶντες τίνα μὲν 
|worthy of-much; [efficient]; so-that conquering how-many indeed 


1 \4 

ἂν ἀποχτείναιμεν; δὲ ἡττωμένων οἷόν τε 
might we-kill ? but being-defeated (it would be) possible 
᾿ς σωθῆναι οὐδένα. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν 
to-save none. 1. indeed therefore (as respects the) 
βασιλα ᾧ tot οὕτω πολλά τὰ σύμμαχα, 
king to-whom there-are 80 many -- auxiliaries, 
¥ ~ 3 / ς ~ 3 
ELTLED προθυμεῖται ἀπολεσαι γμᾶς, OUX 
if he-desires to-destroy us, ‘I (I say) ‘do not 
οἶδα, ὅ τι det αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι. καὶ δοῦναι 
‘know what need (there was that) he swore, and gave 

δεξιὰν, καὶ ἐπιορκῆσαι θεοὺς, καὶ 
(the) right-hand, and perjured-himself ‘before (the) ‘gods, and 
ποιῆσαι TH πιστὰ ἕαυτοῦ ἄπιστα τὲ 
made the pledges of-himself faithless (even) not-only 


Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρθάροις. "Ἔλεγε πολλὰ 


‘to (the) ‘Greeks but-also ‘to (the) ‘barbarians. Tle-said much 


τοιαῦτα. 
thus. 


\ 3 , τὰ [4 Ka x ‘ 
Δὲ ἐν τούτῳ © Τισσαφέρνης ἧχε, ἔχων τὴν. 
But during this (time) Tissaphernes came, | having the 

δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς ἀπιών οἶχον, 

forces of-himself, [having his army with him], as-if returning home, 


καὶ Ὀρόντας σὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ" 
and-also Orontas (came having) the forces of-himself ; 


ἦγε δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα βασιλέως 

‘he (Orontas) ‘brought — also the daughter ‘of (the) *king 

τὴν ἐπὶ γάμῳ. Ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη δὲ ἔπο- 

the (one) on marriage. Hence ‘they now indeed ‘pro- 
vovto Τισσαφέρνους ἡγουμένου 

ceeded (on their march), Tissaphernes guiding (them), 


136 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καὶ παρέχοντος ἀγορὰν Δὲ χαὶ 
and providing (thoma) market (for provisions) And alse 
᾿Αριαῖος ἔχων τὸ BapSapixor στράτευμα 
Arizeus having(andcommanding)the barbarian army 


Κύρου ἐπορεύετο, ἅμα Τισσαφέρνει καὶ Opdrta, 
of-Cyrus marched, together-with Tissaphernes and Orortas, 


" 7 ; 39 7 : e 
χαὶ ξυνεστρατοποδεύετο σὺν ἔχεινοις. Δὲ οἱ 


and-also he-encamped-together with them. But the 
σ τ 

Ελληνες ὑφορῶντες τούτους, αὐτοί 

Greeks suspecting these-men, they [the Greeks] 
3 4 354? ¢ ~ r. ¢ 4 

ξχώρουν Ep ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες NyEUoVas. 

went by themselves having guides (of their own). 
Δὲ ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἑκάστοτε ἀπέχοντες ἀλλή- 
And they-encamped each-time being-distant from-one- 


Ve ‘ ~ 4 9 , 
tov παρασάγγην καὶ μεῖον. Δὲ ἀμφότεροι 
. another (a) parasang (or) even less. But both 

ἐφυλάττοντο ὥσπερ πολεμίους ἀλλήλους, 
(parties) guarded-themselves as-if enemies to-one-another, 

* Ἂς ς ᾿ 

καὶ εὐθὺς σοῦτο παρεῖχεν ὑποψίαν. 
and immediately this excited (and increased) mistrust (and 
Ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐχ τοῦ 
suspicion). Sometimes --- also (when) gathering-wood from the 
αὐτοῦ, χαὶ ξυλλέγοντες χόρτον καὶ 
same (place), and ‘were (also) ‘collecting grass and 
ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐνέτεινον πληγὰς ἀλλήλοις" 
other such (things), | they-stretched-out blows to-one-another; 
ὥστε 
they stretched out their arms threatening, or giving blows]; so-that 
τοῦτο καὶ παρεῖχε ἔχϑραν. Δὲ διελ- 
this also caused-more animosity (between them). And having- 
ϑόντες τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς ἀφίχοντο πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος 
gone-through three days’-march they-arrived at the wall 
χαλούμενον Μηδίας, καὶ παρῆλθον εἴσω 
ealled (the wall of ) Media, and they-passed-through within 
αὐτοῦ. Δὲ ἦν ᾧχοδομημένον ὀπταὶς 
it. And (this wall) was built-of burnt 


BOOK II, — CHAPTER IV. 137 


πλίνϑοις, κειμέναις ἀσφάλτῳ, εὖρος 
bricks, laid in-bitumen, (the) breadth (of this wall was) 
εἴχοσι ποδῶν, δὲ ὕψος éxarov' δὲ μῆχος 
twenty feet, and (the) height a-hundred-feet; and (the) length 
je ἢ bf ¥ ~ \ 3 
ἐλέγετο εἶναι εἴχοσι παρασαγγῶν" δὲ οὐ 
was-said to-be twenty parasangs ; and it-'was not 
πολύ ἀπέχει Babvadvos. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν 
much ‘distant from-Babylon. Hence — _they-proceeded 
δύο σταϑμοὺς ὀχτώ παρασάγγας, καὶ διέ- 
two days’-march (making) eight parasangs, and they- 
tyoav δύο διώρυχας, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ 
crossed ὑπὸ canals, the (one) indeed on (a permanent) 
4 \ \ 
γεφύρας, δὲ τὴν 
ridge, but the (other they crossed on a temporary bridge) *having 
ἐζευγμένην ἑπτά πλοίοις" δ᾽ αὗται 
(its banks) ‘joined-together by-seven boats; and these (canals) 
ἦσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος" δὲ καὶ 
were (conducted) from the river Tigris; and also 
τάφροι χατετέτμηντο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, 
litches had-been-cut from them over the country, 
ai μὲν πρῶται μεγάλαι, δ᾽ ἔπειτα ἐλάττους, 
which indeed first (were) large, but afterwards less, 
δὲ χαὶ τέλος μικροὶ ὀχετοὶ ὥςπερ ἐπὶ 
and also at-last (only) small drains (or streams) as in 
Tas μελίνας ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι. Καὶ ἀφιχνοῦται 
the panic (fields) in — Greece. And (then) they-arrived 
ee , , ‘ 1 z x 
ἔπι τὸν ποταμὸν Τιγρηται "πρὸς ᾧ ἣν 
at the river igris ; near to-which there-was (a) 
μεγάλη καὶ πολυάνϑρωπος πόλις ὄνομα ἧ 
large and ᾿ populous city (the) mame to-which 
Σιττάχη, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ ποταμοῦ πεντεχαίδεχα 
(was) Sittace, being-distant from-the river fifteen 
σταδίου. Oty μὲν ob Ἕλληνες ἐσχήνησαν παρ᾽ 
stadia. Therefore indeed the Greeks encamped near 
3 ‘ > ι ’ \ ~ 7 
αὐτὴν, ἔγγυς μεγάλου καὶ καλοῦ παραδείσου 
it, (and) close ‘to(a) ‘large and beautiful park 
12 


138 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καὶ δασέος παντοίων δένδρων" δὲ οἱ βάρθδαροι, 
and thick with-all-kind of-trees ; but the barbarians, 


’ 1 , > 39 / 
duabebyxdtes TOV Τίγρητα. ἦσαν ov μέντοι 
having-crossed the (river) ‘Tigris; they-were not however 
XATAPAVEIS. 
isible. 

Meta δὲ τὸ deizvoy Ipdkevos καὶ Ξενοφῶν 
After — — supper Proxenus aud Xenophon 


ἔτυχον ὄντες ἐν περιπάτῳ ; 
}happened being in walking [happened to be walking] before 
TOV ὅπλων" χαὶ τις ἄνθρωπος προσελθὼν 
the (place) of-arms; and a man appreaching 
ἠρώτησε τοὺς προφύλαχας ποὺ ἂν ἴδοι ΤΠΠΙρόξενον 
inquired of-the __ sentinels where ‘he might ‘see Proxenus 
Ἃ , μ᾿ \ 3 2Y¥7 , ι 
ἢ Κλέαρχον" δὲ οὐχ enter Μένωνα, καὶ 
or Clearchus ; but he-‘did not ‘inquire  for-Menon, and 
ταῦτα ὧν παρ᾽ ᾿Αριαίου, τοῦ ξένου Μένωνος. 


this being from rizus, the guest-friend of-Menon. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος εἶπεν ὅτι εἶμι αὐτός ὃν ζητεῖς, 


Then indeed xenus said (that) I-am he whom you-seek 


ro 
6 ἄνϑρωπος εἶπε τάδε" ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος 


the man (then) spoke thus: Arizus and Artaozus 
ὄντες πιστοὶ Κύρῳ χαὶ εὖνοι ὑμῖν, 


being faithful (friends) to-Cyrus and well-disposed towards-you 
xai χελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι, μὴ ot Pdpbapor 
-- exhort-you to-be-on-your-guard, lest the barbarians 
> Ξ ~ ι \ x 1 ’ 
ἐπιϑῶνται τῆς νυχτὸς - δὲ ἔστι πολὺ στράτευμα 
fall-upon-you in-the night; for there-is (a) numerous army 
ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ. Καὶ κελεύουσι 
in the neighbouring park, *They also *request-you 
πέμψαι φυλαχήν ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν tod ποταμοῦ 
to-send (a) guard to the bridge  of-the river 
Τίγρητος, ὡς Τισσαφέρνης διανοεῖται λῦσαι αὐτὴν 
Tigris, as‘ Tissaphernes designed _to-"break it 
τῆς νυχτός, ἐὰν δύνηται, ὡς μὴ 


“lown in-the night, if he-can,  go-that you-‘can not 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER IV. 189 


διαθῆτε, GAN ἀποληφϑῆτε ἐν μέσῳ 


“cress, but (willbe) intercepted in middle (space between} 


τοῦ ποταμοῦ xal τῆς διώρυχος. ᾿Αχούσαντες 


the river and the- canal. Hearing 
~ » 3 \ , 4 ld 
ταῦτα ἄγουσιν αὑτὸν παρὰ τὸν Kréapyor, 
these (things) they-lead him to a Clearchus, 
xai φράζουσιν ἃ λέγε. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος 
and told (him) what he-said. But — Clearchus 
ἀχούσας σφόδρα ἐταράχϑη καὶ ἐφοθεῖτο. 
hearing (this) ‘was greatly ‘agitated and alarmed. 


Aé τις νεανίσκος τῶν παρόντων ἐννοήσας 
But a-certain young-man of-those present having-reflected (thereon) 


εἶπεν, ὧς TS TO ἐπιϑήσεσϑαι, xal TO λύσειν 


said, that noi-culy the making-an-attack, but-also the breaking 
τὴν γέφυραν εἴη οὐκ ἀχόλουϑα. Tap δῆλον 
the bridge were not consistent. For (ἰδ is) evident 
ὅτι ἐπιτιϑεμένους δεήσει 4 νιχᾶν ἢ 
that attacking (us) it-will-be-necessary either to-conquer or 
ἡττᾶσθα. “Kay οὖν μὲν νικῶσι, τί 
to-be-conquered. If therefore indeed they-should-conquer, what 
δεῖ - αὐτοὺς λύειν τὴν γέφυραν; yap οὐδὲ 
is-the-necessity for-them to-break-down the bridge ? for neither 


ἂν ὦσιν πολλαὶ γέφυραι, ἂν ἔχοιμεν ὅποι 


if there-were many bridges, would we-have where 
φυγόντες ἡμεῖς σωθεῖμεν. Δὲ ἐὰν ἡμεὶς 
fleeing we might-save (ourselves). But [1 we 
~ ~ / , 3 

νικῶμεν τῆς γεφύρας λελυμένης οὐχ 
conquer the bridge having-been-destroyed, they-'would not 
ἕξουσιν ὅποι ἐχεῖνοι φύγωσιν" οὐδὲ μὲν 

‘have where they might-flee; | neither indeed [nor] 

οὐδεὶς πέραν 

ὙΠ none [will any] (of their friends) on-the-other-side (of the river) 
ὄντων πολλῶν δυνήσεται βοηϑῆσαι αὐτοὶς 
being (ever so) many *be-able to-assist them, 


τῆς γεφύρας λελυμένης. 
the bridge being-destroyed. 


140 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Ὃ Κλέαρχος ἀχούσας δὲ ταῦτα ἤρετο 
-- Clearchus haying-heard — these (things) ade 
τὸν ἄγγελον τις πόση εἴη χώρα n 
the messenger how much might-be (the) country (in extent) which 
ἐν μέσῳ τοὺ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς 

(is situated) (in the-middle) (between) the Tigris and the 


διώρυχος. Δὲ ὃ εἶπεν, ὅτι MOAN, 


canal. And who said, that (itwas) great (in extent), 


χαὶ ἔνεισι: χῶμαι xai πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ 
and there-were-in-it. villages and towns many and 


μεγάλαι. Καὶ τότε δὴ éyvdoSn, ὅτὶ οἱ βάρθϑαροι 


large. And then truly they-perceived, that the _ barbarians 
ε ’ ~ 

ὑποπέμψαιεν τὸν ἄνϑρωπον ὀχνοῦντες, μὴ ob. 
covertly-sent — (this) man fearing, lest the 


Ἕλληνες, διελόντες τὴν γέφυραν, μένοιεν ἐν τῇ 


Greeks, taking-to-pieces the bridge, might-remain in the 
γήσς [0] ἔχοντες ἐρύματα évdev μὲν τὸν Τίγρητ a, 
island having as-defences on-this (side) indeed the Tigris, 


δὲ Sev σὴν διώρυχα, δ᾽ ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτή- 
but on-the-other the canal, and they-might-have the necessa- 


dea ἐχ τῆς χώρας ἐν μέσῳ, 
ries-of-life from the country ἰ| in (the) middle, [from the country 


οὔσης πολλῆς 


intervening between the river and canal], being great (in extent) 
xal ἀγαϑῆς, χαὶ évovtTav τῶν 

and- Paste (quality of soil), and there-being-on-it — (those) 
ἐργασομένων᾽ δὲ χαὶ εἶτα γένοιτο ἀπο- 


capable-of-cultivating-it; and also afterwards might-become (a) place- 


στροφὴ, εἴ τις βούλοιτο ποιεῖν χακῶς 


ee if any-one ~might-wish to-do evil ‘to (the) 
βασιλέα. Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνεπαύοντο" μεντοι 
king. After this they-went-to-rest; however ἐν 
ὅμως ἔπεμψαν φυλακὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραι" 
likewise *sent (a) guard to bridge; gee 
οὔτε οὐδεὶς ἐπέϑετο οὐδαμόϑεν. οὔτε 


ceither ‘did (no-one) (any one) ‘attack-them from-any-quarter, nor 


BOOK II. —-CHAPTER IV. 141 


οὐδεὶς τῶν πολεμίων FASE πρὸς τὴν 
‘did — (any one) of-the enemy 77 ‘go to the 


γέφυραν, ὡς οἱ φυλάττοντες ἀπήγγελλον. 


ridge, as -- (those) guarding-it reported. 

Δὲ ἐπειδὴ ἐγένετο ἕως, duébawov τὴν yéprpar, 

And when it-became day-light, they-crossed the bridge, 

ἑζευγμένην φριάχοντα καὶ ἕπτά πλοίοις, 

joined-together by (orformed of) thirty and = seven boats, 

τ 

ὡς πεφυλαγμένως οἷόν τε μάλιστα" 

[85 cautiously as indeed most . (could be); [with 
γὰρ τινες τῶν “EAAnvar παρὰ 

the greatest caution]; for some of-the Greeks from 


Τισσαφέρνους ἐξήγγελλον, ὡς μέλλοιεν 


Tissaphernes announced, that ‘they (the enemy) ‘intended 


ἐπιϑήσεσθαι διαθαινόντων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν 
to-attack (them) crossing (the bridge). But even 
ταῦτα ἦν ψευδῆ διαδαινόντων μέντοι ὁ T'Aods 
this was false ; crossing-over however — Glus 
ἐπεφάνη μετ’ ἄλλων, σχοπῶν ei διαθαίνοιεν 
appeared with others, observing if they-crossed 
τὸν ποταμόν᾽ δὲ ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν, ἀπελαύνων 
the river; but when  he-saw (that they did) riding-away 
»¥ 
ῴχετο. 
he-hastened. 

"And δὲ tod Τίγρητος ἐπορεύϑησαν τέτταρας 

From -- the Tigris they-proceeded four 
σταϑμοὺς, εἴχοσι παρασάγγας; ἐπὶ τὸν 
days’-march, (making) twenty parasangs, - to the 
ποταμόν Φύσκον, τὸ εὖρος σλέϑρου" 
river Physcus, the breadth (thereof being) a-plethrum; 

ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. Καὶ értadda 

‘on (which) ‘there-was — (a) bridge. And here 
ὠχεῖτο μεγάλη πόλις, ἧ ὄνομα "Orns: 
was-situated (ἢ) large town, to-which (the) name (was) Opis ; 


Ig ἣν νόϑος ἀδελφὸς Κύρου καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξου. 


near which (a) natural brother of-Cyrus and Artaxerxes, 


142 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ὁ ἄγων πολλὴν στρατιὰν ἀπὸ Σούσων καὶ 
who was-leading (a) numerous army from Susa and 


*Exbatarur, ὡς βοηϑήσων βασιλεῖ, ἀπήντησε 
Ecbatana, assisting (the) king, met 


τοῖς Ἕλλησι" καὶ ἐπιστήσας τὸ στράτευμα 
the Greeks ; and  having-halted ἰ the army 


ἑαυτοῦ ἐθεώρει τοὺς “Ἕλληνας παρερχομένους 
of-himself[hisarmy]he-viewed the Greeks passing-by 


ὋὉ δὲ ei ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς δύο, 


— But Clearchus — (his men) by’ two (abreast) 
δὲ ἄλλοτε ἐπορεύετο χαὶ ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος. 


but at-one-time he-marched-forward and at-another halting. 


Δὲ ὅσον χρόνον ἐπιστήσειε τὸ ἡγούμενον τοῦ 
And as-long (ἃ) time (as) he-might-halt the van of-the 


στρατεύματος, τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἦν ἀνάγχη 
army, so-long (a) time it-was necessarily 


anv ἐπίστασι: γίγνεσϑαι δ ὅλου τοῦ 
(thata) — halt should-take-place through the-whole of-the 


στρατεύματος. ὥςτε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ τοὶς 


army ; so-that the army even to-the 


Ἕλλησι αὐτοὶς δόξαι εἶναι πάμπολυ, και τον 


Greeks themselves seemed _ to-be very-large, and the 


Πέρσην θεωροῦντα ἐχπεπλῆχϑαι. 


Persian (general) viewing (them) was-amazed, 


Ἐντεῦϑεν δὲ ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας ἕξ 
Hience τος a through — Media _—| six 


ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς, 


desert stations, [six days’ march through a desert], (makirg) 


τριάχοντα παρασάγγας, εἰς τὰς κώμας Tlapv- 


thirty parasangs, to the villages of-Pary- 
σάτιδος, τῆς μ ητρός Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως. 
satis, the mother ey τῶν and ‘of (the) *king. 


-Τισσαφέρνης ἐπεγγελῶν Κύρῳ ἐπέτρεψε τοὶς 


Tissaphernes (as) insulting Cyrus permitted the 


Ἕλλησι διαρπάσαι ταύτας, σπλὴν 
Greeks to-plunder these (villages), except (the) 


BOOK II. —CHAPTER V. 148 


ἀνδραπόδων. ἜἘνῆν δὲ πολύς σῖτος, καὶ 
slaves. There-was-in-them indeed much corn, also 
mpdbata, καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ 
ΒΏΘΟΡ, and other things. Hence -- 
ἐπορεύθησαν τέτταρας ἐρήμους σταϑμοὺς. 
they-proceeded | four desert stations, [four days’ 
εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, ἔχοντες 
march in the desert], (making) twenty parasangs, having 
τὸν ποταμὸν Τίγρητα ἐν ἀριστερᾷᾳ.: Ἔν 
the river Tigris on (their) left. In (the 
δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ σταϑμῷ, πέραν Tod ποταμοῦ, 
endof)— _ the first days’-march, beyond the river, 
@xelTo μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων πόλις, 
there-was-situated (a) large and opulent town, (the) 
ὄνομα Καιναί, ἐξ ἧς οἱ βάρθδαροι 
name (of which was) Crenee, from which the barbarians 
διῆγον ἐπὶ σχεδίαις διφϑερίναις ἄρτους. 
brought-over, on rafts (made of) skins, bread, 
συρούς, οἶνον. 
cheese, wino. 





CHAPTER V. 


Meta ταῦτα ἀφιχνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν 
Arrer these (things) they-arrived at the river 
Φάπατον, TO εὖρος τεττάρων πλέϑρων. 
Zapata, (it having) the breadth of-four plethra. 
Kai ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας. ἐν δὲ 
And here they-remained three days ; during  -- 
, 
ταύταις ἦσαν μὲν ὑποψίαι, δὲ 
these (days) there-were indeed (the same) suspicions, but 
3 , 
οὐδεμία φανερὰ ἐπιθουλή ἐφαίνετο. Ἔδοξεν 
no manifest plot appeared, It-seemed 
οὖν. τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ξυγγενέσϑαι τῷ Τισσα- 


therefore (good) — to-Clearchus to-have-a conference — with-Tissa- 


144 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPION. 


᾿ ‘ ¥ / ~ 
Φέρνει, καὶ εἴ πῶς δύναιτο, παῦσαι τὰς 
phernes, and if in-any-manner he-could, to-put-an-end to — (these) 


ες / ~ 4 
ὑποψίας, πρὶν πόλεμον yeréoSar ἐξ αὐτῶν" καὶ 
suspicions, before war should-arise from them; and 


ἔπεμψέ twa ἐροῦντα, ὅτι χρήζοι ξυγγενέσϑαι 


ne-sent some-one saying, that he-desired to-confer 


αὐτῷ. Δὲ ὁ ἑτοίμως éxércvev ἥχειν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ 
with-him. And who promptly requested (him) to-come. When 


δὲ ξυνῆλθον, 6 Κλέαρχος λέγει τάδε" “Kyo, ὦ 
1, 


indeed they-met, — Clearchus spoke thus: 0 


Τισσαφέρνη, οἷδα μὲν ὅρχους γεγενημένους 


Tissaphernes, know indeed (that) oaths have-been-taken 


ἡμῖν, καὶ δεξιὰς δεδομένας, μὴ ἀδικήσειν 


between-us, and _right-hands given, not to-injure” 


ἀλλήλους. δὲ ὁρῶ σέ τε φυλαττόμενον ὡς 


one-another ; but I-see you not-only guarding-yourselves as-if 


ἡμᾶς πολεμίους, καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὁρῶντες Tatra, 
we = (were) enemies, but-also. we, perceiving these 

ἀντιφυλαττόμεϑα. ᾿ἜἘσπεὶ δὲ σκοπῶν 
(things), are-on-our-guard-against (you). After indeed considering 


3 
ὃ οὐ δύναμαι αἴσϑεσϑαι οὔτε σὲ 
(attentively), I-'am ποῦ ‘able to-perceive (neither) you. 


πειρώμενον ποιεῖν ἡμᾶς χκαχῶς, ἐγώ τε σαφῶς 
striving to-do us ill, I indeed clearly 
τ a ΓΞ ee 309 5 nia 2: 

οἶδα ὅτι ἡμεῖς γε οὐδ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν οὐδέν 

know that πὸ at-least neither intend (nothing) (any thing) 
TOLOUTOY, ἔδοξέ wor. ἐλϑεῖν εἰς λόγους 
of-this-sort (toward you), it-seemed to-me (best) to-come to (a) conference 


σοι, ὅπως εἰ δυναίμεδα ἐξέλοιμεν τὴν ἀπιστίαν 


with-you, so-that 1 we-can  we-may-remove the mistrust 
> 

ἀλλήλων. Tap xai ἤδη oida drSpdzovs, 

vf-one-another. For indeed ‘I now ‘know men, 


τοὺς μὲν ἐκ διαδολῆς, δὲ καὶ τοὺς 


- (some) indeed from direct-accusation, but also | — (others) 


E ὑποψίας, ot pobySertes ἀλλήλους βουλόμενοι, 


t-om suspicion, who having-feared one-another (and) wishing, 


a ον, δνα 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER V. 145 


φϑάσαι σιρὶν παϑεῖν 

to-haye-anticipated (in inflicting injury) before suffering (any) 
ἐποίησαν ἀνήχεστα χκαχὰ τοὺς οὔτε μέλ- 
have-done irremediable evils to— (those) neither intend- 


Aovtas οὔτ᾽ αὖ βουλομένους οὐδέν 


ing nor moreover wishing (nothing) (any thing) ‘of (the) 
τοιοῦτον.υ Νομίζων οὖν τὰς τοιαύτας 
‘kind. Thinking therefore (that) ©— such-kinds-of 


/ 
ἀγνωμοσύνας ἂν παύεσθαι μάλιστα συνουσίαις, 
misunderstandings may be-made-to-cease most-of-all by-meeting-together, 


ἥχω, χαὶ βούλομαι διδάσκειν σε, ὡς σὺ 

I-come (then), and am-desirous to-inform you, that you ‘do 
οὐχ ὀρϑῶς ἀπιστεῖς ἡμῖν. Tap μὲν πρῶτον καὶ 
ποὺ rightly ‘mistrust us. For indeed first and 


/ eg ~ , 
μέγιστον, οἱ ὕρχοι θεῶν χκολύουσι 
principally, the oaths (taken in the name) ‘of (the) ‘gods forbid 


ἡμᾶς εἶναι πολεμίους ἀλλήλοις" ὅστις δὲ τούτων 
us to-be enemies to-one-another; whoever indeed  of-these 


σύνοιδεν αὐτῷᾧ[: παρημεληχώς; TOUTOV 
is-conscious to-himself (of ) having-disregarded (these things), this-one 


ἐγῶ ἂν οὔποτ.  ἐεὐδαιμονίσαιμι. Τὰ τὸν 
I could never (esteem) happy. For (from) the 


, ~ 3 3 v9.3 A 7 
πόλεμον θεῶν οἶδα Οὐχ, OVT ATtO στοιου 
hostility ‘of (the) 'gods I-know ποῖ, neither | from [with] what-degree 


ἂν τάχους οὔτε ὅποι τις φεύγων ἂν ἀποφύγοι, 


— οξβροοα nor whereany-one fleeing may escape, 
οὔτ᾽ εἰς ποῖον oxdtog ἂν ἀποδραίη, οὔϑ᾽ ὅπως 
aeither into what darkness ‘he might ‘flee-away, nor how 


dy ἀποσταίη εἰς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον, 
be could ‘retreat into (a) fortified place (and escape from 
ap πάντη πάντα ὕποχα τοῖς θεοὶς, καὶ 
‘hem), for everywhere all (is) subject to-the gods, and 
ot θεοὶ χρατοῦσι πανταχῇ πάντων ἴσον. Οὕτω 
the gods rule everywhere over-all-things alike. Thus 
γιγνώσχω δὴ μὲν περὶ τῶν θεῶν τε καὶ 
do-I-think truly indeed respecting the gods, and also 
13 


146 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


= τ ᾿ 
τῶν ὅρχων, παρ᾽ οἷς ἡμεῖς, συνθέμενοι: 
— (respecting) oaths, with whom we, having-concurred 
KATESEMESH τὴν φιλίαν: δὲ τῶν 
(with one another), have-deposited “--- (our) friendship; but -- 
ἀνϑρωπίνων ἐγὼ νομίζω σὲ ἐν τῷ παρόντι 
of-all-human-things I consider you at the present (time: 
εἶναι μέγιστον ἀγαϑόν ἡμῖν. Tap μὲν σὺν σοὶ 
to-be the-greatest good to-us. For indeed with you 
πᾶσα μὲν ὁδὸς εὔπορος, δὲ πᾶς ποταμὸς 
every -- road (is) easy, and every river 
διαθατός. οὐχ ἀπορία te τῶν ἐπιτγδείων᾽ 
passable, (there is) no want indeed of-the necessaries-of-life ; 
δὲ ἄνευ σοῦ πᾶσα ἡ Odds μὲν διὰ σχότους 
but without you (our) entire — route W— (will be) through darkness 
(yap ἐπιστάμεθα οὐδὲν αὐτῆς), δὲ πᾶς ποταμὸς 
(for we-know nothing of-it), and every river 
δύσπορος, δὲ πᾶς ὄχλος 
(would be) difficult-in-crossing, also every multitude-of-men (would be) 
gobepds, δὲ ἐρημία φοδερώτατον᾽" ὰ 
terrible, but solitude (would be) the-most-terrible (thing) ; for 
ἐστί μεστὴ πολλῆς ἀπορίας. : Δὲ εἰ 
it-is full of-every want (and difficulty). But if 
᾿ χαὶ μανέντες χκαταχτείναιμεν σε, ἂν ἢ 
truly ‘having even ‘become-mad we-should-kill you, would 


σι ἄλλο χαταχτείναντες τὸν eve 
any-thing else (happen) having-slain — (our) — bene- 


γέτην dyariGoiuesa πρὸς βασιλέα 


factor, (but that) we-should-have-to-contend with (the) king 
σὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον; ὅσων καὶ δὲ δὴ οἵων 
the greatest avenger? of-how-many, and indeed truly how-great 
ἐλπίδων av στερήσαιμι ἐμαυτὸν, εἰ ἐπιχειρήσαιμι 


expectations Ἷ should ‘deprive myself, if I-should-attempt 
ποιεῖν σέ τι xaxdv, ταῦτα λέξω. Ἐγὼ 
to-do you any harm, this I-will-tell (you). J 


yap ἐπεθύμησά Κῦρον γενέσϑαι φίλον μοι 
therefore desired Cyrus to-become (a) friend to-me 


BOOK II.— CHAPTER V. 147 


νομίζων τῶν vote εἶναι ἱχανώτατον 
thinking (him) of-the (men) at-that-time  to-be the-most-apt 

~ ~ ες - 
ποιεῖν εὖ ὃν βούλοιτο" δὲ viv ὁρῶ 


to-do good to-whom he-wished (to do so); but Ἷ now see 
σὲ ἔχοντα te τήν δύναμιν χαὶ χώραν Κύρου, 
you having not-only the power and territory of-Cyrus, 
nai σώζοντα τὴν ἀρχὴν σεαυτοῦ, δὲ τὴν 
but-also retaining the government of-yourself. but the 
δύναμιν βασιλέως, % Κῦρος ἐχρῆτο 
- power tof (the) *king, which Cyrus experienced (as) 
πολεμίᾳ, ταύτην οὖσαν ξύμμαχον σοὶ. 
hostile, this (power) being (now an) ally to-you. 
Δὲ tottav ὄντων τοιούτων, τίς 
But these (things) being in-this-manner, (is there) any-one (whv) 
οὕτω μαίνεται, ὅςτις οὐ βούλεταί εἶναι 
80 *mad, who ‘would not *wish to-be (a) 
φίλος σοι; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν (yap ἐρῶ καὶ ταῦτα 
friend to-you? But truly (for I-will-mention also those 
ἐξ ὧν ἔχω ἐλπίδας, χαὶ σὲ βουλή- 
(things) from which I-have hopes, (that) even you will- 


σεσϑαι εἶναι φίλον ἡμὶν), yap μὲν οἶδα 

desire to-be (a) friend of-us), for indeed I-know ‘of (the) 

Μυσοὺς ὄντας λυπηροὺς ὑμῖν, ods νομίζω 

*Mysians being troublesome to-you, whom, I-am-of-opinion (that) 

σὺν τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει ἂν παρασχεῖν 

with the present (Grecian) force, ‘I could ‘render 

‘ ἘΠ χὰ 

φαπεινοὺς ὑμῖν" δὲ χαὶ οἶδα Πισίδας" 

submissive to-you; so also I-know (that the) Pisidians (annoy 
δὲ χαὶ ἀχούω εἶναι πολλὰ ἄλλα ἔϑνη 

you); and also I-hear (that) there-are many other nations 

τοιαῦτα ἃ οἴμαι ἂν παῦσαι ἀεὶ 

like-these (two mentioned) whom I-think (that) ‘I might ‘prevent ever 


ἐνοχλοῦντα τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ εὐδαιμονίᾳ. Δὲ 


disturbing -- your happiness. But (as respects the) 
alyuntious, οἷς viv γιγνώσχω ὑμᾶ 


Egyptians, against-whom ‘I now *know (that) = you 


148 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μάλιστα τεϑυμωμένους. οὐχ ὁρῶ ποιᾳ 


have-‘been very-much ‘excited, Ido not ‘see whut 
συμμάχῳ δυνάμει μᾶλλον χριδάβενδι 
auxiliary force (which) having-*been rather 

ἂν χολάσεσϑε τῆς 
?you might ‘punish (them better than) — (with the force) 
οὔσης viv σὺν ἑμοὶ. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν ἐν TOIS γε 
being now with me. But truly among — (those) at-least 


οἰχοῦσι πέριξ σύ, εἰ μὲν βούλοιο εἶναι 
(who) dwell round-about you, if indeed you-desired ᾿ἰο- 0 (a) 


φίλος τῳ, ὡς ἂν ging μέγιστος" 

friend -“-- (to-any), ἐμαῦ ‘you might ‘be (the) greatest (possible); 
δὲ εἰ τις Avtoin σε, ἀναστρέφοιο ὡς 
but if any-one offend you, you-might-deal (with them) as (a) 
δεσπότης, ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέτας, οἵ ἂν 


master, having for-assistants, — (for) ‘we would . 


ὑπηρετοῖμεν σοι οὐ ἕνεκα τοῦ μισϑοῦ 
*serve you not on-account-of — (our) pay 
μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς χάριτος, ἧς. 
alone, but also (on account of) the gratitude, which, 


ς ing , 
σωθέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ, ἂν δικαίως ἔχομεν σοι. 
having-been-saved by you, ‘we might justly ‘have to-you. 


᾿Εμοὶ μὲν δὴ ἐνθυμουμένῳ πάντα ταῦτα 
I indeed — considering these (things), 


τὸ σὲ ἀπιστεῖν ἡμὶν δοχεὶ εἶναι 
}the you to-distrust us [your distrusting us] seems to-be 


οὕτω θαυμαστὸν, ὥττε ἂν ἥδιστ᾽ χαὶ ἀχούσαιμι 
wonderful, that ‘I wouldmost-gladly even ‘have-heard 


στὸ ὄνομα τίς ἐστὶ οὕτω δεινὸς λέγειν, 
the name (of him) — [who) is so skilled to-speak, 
ὥςτε λέγων πεῖσαι σε ὡς ὑμεὶς ἐπιδουλεύομεν 
that speaking to-have-persuaded you that we are-conspiring 
σοι. Κλέαρχος μὲν οὖν eine τοσαῦτα" 
against-yov. Clearchus indeed therefore spoke in-this-manner ; 


δὲ Τισσαφέρνης ἀπημείφϑη ὧδε" 


hat Tissaphernes replied thus (as follows): 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER V. 149 

᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἥδομαι ἀκούων 
_ But indeed, O Clearchus, I-am-delighted hearing (the) 
φρονίμους λόγους σου yap γιγνώσχων ταῦτα, 
judicious discourse of-you; for knowing these 


5 [4 ‘ > ‘ 
εἰ βουλεύοις τι χαχὸν ἐμοὶ, 
(your sentiments), if you-were-to-plan any-thing evil against-me, 


7 ~ 
ἅμα ἂν δοχεῖς μοι καὶ εἶναι κακόνους 
st-the-same-time ‘you would ‘appear to-me even ἰο- 6  evil-minded 


σαυτῷ. A’ as ἂν μάϑης, ὅτι ὕμιεῖς ἂν οὐδὲ 
w-yourself, But that ‘you may ‘learn, that you ‘do not 


δι'χαίως ἀπιστοίητε οὔτε βασιλεὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ, 
justly *mistrust either (the) king or me, 


ἀντάχουσον. Tap εἰ ἐβουλόμεθα ἀπολέσαι ὑμᾶς 
1, ten-in-turn. For ᾿ἴ we-wished to-destroy you 


πότερα δοχοῦμεν σοι ἀπορεῖν πλήϑους ἱππέων, 


wuether do-we-seem to-you to-want (the) multitude  of-cavalry, 


ἢ πεζῶν ἢ ὁπλίσεως ἐν T ἂν εἴημεν ἱκανοὶ 


or of-infantry or warlike-equipments by which ‘wemight ‘be able 
Sas 

μὲν βλάπτειν ὑμᾶς, δὲ οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος 

indeed to-injure you, and(there would be) no danger 


ἀντιπάσχειν; ᾿Αλλὰ ἂν δοκοῦμεν cor ἀπορεῖν 
to-undergo-in-return 7 But might we-seem ἴο-γοι (85) wanting 
χωρίων ἐπιτηδείων ἐπιτίϑεσθαι ὑμὶν; μὲν 
places _ suitable to-attack you? (are there not) indeed 
τοσαῦτα πεδία ἃ οὐ ὄντα φίλια ὑμεῖς διαπορεύεσϑε 
s0-many plains, whichnot being friendly you pass-through 
σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ, δὲ ὁρᾶτε τοσαῦτα 
with much labour (and difficulty) and do-you-see the-many 
: ὄντα πορευτέα ὑμῖν, 

mountains | being to-be-crossed by-you, [that are to be crossed by you], 
& ἔξεστι ἡμῖν προχαταλαδοῦσι 


which it-is-allowed us after-having-previously-taken-possession (of them) 
ἔχειν ἄπορα ὑμῖν, δ᾽ εἰσὶ τοσοῦτοι ποταμοὶ, 


to-render impassable to-you, and are-there (not) so-many rivers, 
ep ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι 
δὲ which it-is-allowed us to-regulate (and determine) 


13 * 


150 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ὑπόσος ὑμῶν ἂν BovaAdueSa μάχεσϑαι; δὲ 


with-how-many of-you ‘we might *wish to-fight? . and 
3 ~ Ἁ 

εἰσὶ αὐτῶν ods ἂν οὐδὲ διαθαίητε 

are-there (not some) of-these (rivers) which ‘youcould not cross 


παντάπασι, εἶ ἡμεῖς μὴ διαπορεύοιμεν ἱ υμᾶς. 


. at-all, we ‘did not ‘cross you ‘over. 


Δ᾽ εἰ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττῴμεϑα, ἀλλὰ 
But if in all these (things) we-should-fail, but (then) 


γέ τοι TO” πῦρ ἐστι κρεῖττον τοῦ καρποῦ" 
at-least — — | fire is better (than) the fruit 


XAT A= 
(of the earth); [fire is master over the produce of the soil]; (for) burn- 


καύσαντες ὃν ἡμεῖς ἂν δυναίμεθ᾽ ἀντιτάξαι λιμὸν 


ing which we would be-able to-oppose famino 


ee z Ξ 
ὑμῖν, ᾧ ὑμεῖς, οὐδ᾽ εἰ εἴητε πάνυ ἀγαϑοὶ͵ 
to-you, against-which you, neither if you-were ever-so brave, 
ἂν δύναισϑε μάχεσϑαι. Πῶς οὖν Gy, ἔχοντες 
could you-be-able to-contend. © How-then therefore if, having 


τοσούτους πόρους πρὸς TO πολεμεῖν ὑμῖν 


so-many means | for the to-wage-war with-you, [for 


χαὶ μηδένα τούτων ἐπικίνδυνον 


waging war with you], and none of-these dangerous 
ἡμῖν, ἔπιτα ἂν x Mavtor τούτων ἐξελοίμεϑα 
to-us, now-that ‘we should of all these ‘select 


Todtov τὸν τρόπον, ὃς μὲν μόνος ἀσεδης 
this 


a= manner, which indeed alone (is) impious 


Ig. θεῶν, δὲ μόνος αἶἷσχρός πρὸς ἀνθρώπων: 


before (the) gods, and alone (is) disgraceful before men ? 
Δὲ ἐστὶ παντάπασν ἀπόρῶν 
But _ it-is altogether (the part of men) perplexed-by-difficulties, 
χαὶ ἀμηχάνων καὶ ἐχομένων ἀνάγκῃ, καὶ 
δὰ  destitute-of-means, and held by-necessity, and 
τούτων πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐϑέλουσι 
these (being) wicked (by nature), who desire 


πράττειν τι te δι᾽ ἐπιορχίας πρὸς . θεούς, 
to-effect any-ihing not-only by perjury to (the) gods, 


BOOK Il. — UHAPTER V. 151 


καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς ἀνϑρώπους. Heine @ Κλέαρχε, 
but-als: perfidy to men. 10) Clearchus, 


ἐσμέν οὐχ οὔτε οὕτως ἀλόγιστοι οὔτε ἡλίϑιοι. 


are not (neither) (either) so inconsiderate (nor) (or) foolish. 


᾿Αλλὰ τί δὴ, ἐξὸν ἀπολέσαι ὑμᾶς, 
But why truly, it-being-allowed (us) to-have-destroyed you, | did-‘we 


οὐχ ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τοῦτο: ἴσϑι 
not go to this? [why did we not attempt it]? know 


εὖ, ὅτι ὃ αἴτιος τούτου ἐμὸς ἔρως, ἐμὲ᾿ 
well, that the cause of-this (was) my esire, | me 
TO γενέσθαι σιστὸν σοῖς Ἕλλησι, 
the to-become [for becoming] (a) faithful (friend) to-the Greeks, 


χαὶ ᾧ ἕενικῷ Κῦρος ἀνέθη πιστεύων 
and with-which foreign (force) Cyrus πϑηΐ-ὰρ trusting (them) 


διὰ μισϑοδοσίας, τούτῳ 
on-account-of og pay-given (them), with- this (force) (it is for) 


ἐμὲ xatabya ἰσχυρόν dv εὐεργεσίας. 
me to-go-down strengthen on-account-of enefits (bestowed 


Aé ὅσα ὑμεῖς ἔστε 


on them). But (as respects) how-many-things (in which) you are 


χρήσιμοι μοι σὺ μὲν xai εἶπας τὰ, 


aseful to-me you ‘have indeed even ‘mentioned — (some of them), 


δὲ TO μέγιστον ἐγὼ olda* γὰρ μὲν ἔξεστι 
but the greatest (ofall) I-myself know; for indeed it-is-allowed 


μόνῳ βασιλεῖ ἔχειν τὴν τιάραν ὀρθὴν ἐπὶ 
alone ‘to(the) ‘king to-have the , tiara upright on 


ty κεφαλῆι, δ᾽ ἴσως, τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, 


the head, but perhaps, — (that) on the Sack 
ὑμῶν παρόντων, χαὶ ἕτερος ἂν εὐπετῶς 
you being-present (and assisting), even another may easily 
ἔχοι. 
have (so.) 
Εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἔδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ λέγειν. 
Saying these (things) he-seemed to— Cleare to-speak 
ἀληθῆ καὶ εἶπεν" Οὐχ οὖν, ἔφη. 


the-truth ; and he-said: (Are) not (those) therefore; he-said, 


152 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


e ’ 
OLTLVES, τοιουτῶν εἰς φιλί Lav ὑπαρχόντι [ΟἿΣ 
who, such-great (inducements) to friendship existing 


nuiv, διαθάλλοντες πειρῶνται ποιῆσαι ἥμας πολε- 


to-us, calumniating endeavour to-make us ini- 
μίους εἶσι ἄξιοι παϑεῖν τὰ 
mical (ἰο one another) are (they not) worthy  to-suffer tho 
ἔσχατα; Καὶ ἐγὼ μὲ γε ἔφη ὃ 
extreme (of punishment)? And 1. indeed at-least said — 
᾿ Τισσαφέρνης, εἰ TE οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἵ 
Tissaphernes, if ‘you as-also the generals and the 
λοχαγοὶ βούλεσϑε ἐλϑεῖν μοι ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεὶ, 
captains come to-me in — (a) public 


λέξω TOUS λέγοντας πρὸς ἐμὲ, ὡς 


(manner), I-will-mention — (those) telling me, that 


σὺ ἐπιθουλεύεις ἐμοὶ καὶ TH στρατιᾷ σὺν ἐμοὶ. 


you are-conspiring-against me, and the army with me, 
Δὲ ἐγὼ, ἔφη ὁ Κλέαρχος, ἄξω πάντας, 
And I, said — Clearchus,  will-bring (them) all, 
καὶ αὖ δηλώσω σοὶ, ὅϑεν ἐγὼ ἀχούω 
and ‘I in-return ‘will-declare to-you, whence I hear (reports) 
περὶ σοῦ. “Ex τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων ὃ Τισσα- 
about you. After _ these —  — _ speeches — Tissa- 
ς φιλοφρονούμενος TOTE τε 


phernes treating-him-in-a-friendly-and-courteous-manner, then not-only 


μὲν ἐχέλευσε αὐτὸν μένειν, καὶ ἐποιήσατο 


indeed requested him to-remain, but-also made-him (a) 
σύὐνδειτίνον. Δὲ τῇ ὕὑστερίᾳ,ψ ὁ Κλέαρχος, 
companion-at-supper. But on-the following-day Clearchus, 
ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἦν δῆλός τ᾽ 
going to {86 camp, was evidently not-only 
οἰόμενος τὸν Τισσαφέρνην ἦν πάνυ φιλικῶς 
thinking (that) — Tissaphernes was very kindly 
διακεῖσϑαι;, καὶ ἀπήγγελλεν ἃ éxelvos 
affected (towards him), but-also announced what he 
ἔλεγεν" ἔφη TE χρῆναι ἰέναι παρὰ 


had-mentioned ; he-said (that) not-only (those) ought to-go to 


BOOK II. —CHAPTER V. 153 
Τισσαφέρνην, οὗς ἐχέλευσε, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
Tissaphernes, whom he-called, but-also (those) of-the Greeks, 


οἱ ἂν ἐλεγχϑῶσι διαθάλλοντες, 


who might be-convicted (as) calumniating (their countrymen), 


αὐτοὺς τιμωρηϑῆναι ὡς ὄντας προδότας καὶ 

(that) those are-to-be-punished as _ being traitors and 
~ ς 

χαχόνους τοῖς “Ἔλλησι. Δὲ ὑπώστευε Μένωνα 
evil-disposed to-the Greeks. For he-suspected (that) Menon 
εἶναι τὸν διαθάλλοντα, xal εἰδὼς αὐτὸν 
was the calumniator, even having-known him (88) 
συγγεγενημένον Τισσαφέρνει μετ᾽ ᾿Αριαίου, 
having-been-with Tissaphernes. (in company) with Arizus, 
χαὶ στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπιθδουλεύοντα, 
both (as) forming-a-party against-himself, and (as) intriguing, 
ὅπως λαθὼν τὸ ἅπαν στράτευμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν 
so-that having-secured the entire army or himself 
ἢ φίλος Τισσαφέρνε. Δὲ καὶ ὁ Κλέ- 
he-might-be (a) friend  to-Tissaphernes. But also — Cle- 
apyos ἐδούλετο τὸ ἅπαν στράτευμα ἔχειν τὴν 
archus wished the entire army to-have -- 

γνώμην πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τοὺς παραλυ- 
(their) minds or him, and — (those) molest- 
ποῦντας εἶναι éxnodav. Δὲ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
ing to-be removed-away. But some of-the soldiers 
> 4 3 ~ / ~ 
ἀντέλεγον αὑτῷ, πάντας τοῦς λοχα- 
spoke-in-opposition to-him, [Clearchus], (that) all the cap- 
yovs καὶ στρατηγούς μὴ ἰέναι, μηδὲ 
tains and generals ‘should not *go,-(and that) neither 
πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνει. Δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος κατέτεινεν 
should-they-trust Tissaphernes. But — Clearchus contended 
ἰσχυρῶς ἔστε διεπράξατο μὲν πέντε στρατηγους 
vehemently until he-obtained indeed five | generals 
δὲ εἴχοσι Aoyayovs ἰέναι" δὲ χαὶ τῶν 
and twenty captains 0-go (with him); and also (some) of-the 


154 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ὡς διακόσιοι συνηκολούϑησαν 


other soldiers about two-hundred followed 
ὡς εἰς ἀγορὰν. 
as-if (going) to market. 

Ene δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσα- 


When indeed they-were at the gates of — Tissa~ 
pépvous, of στρατηγοὶ μὲν παρεχλήϑησαν εἴσω, 
phernes, the generals indeed were-invited within, 

Πρόξενος Βοιώτιος, Μένων Θετταλὸς, 
(these were) Proxenus (the) Beotian, Menon (the) Thessalian, 


Αγίας ᾿Αρχάς, Κλέαρχος Λάκων, Σω- 
Agias (the) Arcadian, Clearchus (the) Lacedzemonian, (and) So- 


κράτης ᾿Αχαιός" δὲ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐπὶ 


crates (the) Achzean; but the captains remained at 


ταῖς θύραις. Οὐ πολλῷ dé ὕστερον, ἀπὸ τοῦ 
the gates. Not long indeed after, at the 
αὐτοῦ σημείου, T οἵ ἔνδον ξυνελαμθάνοντο 
same signal, not-only — (those) within were-seized, 
ἜΝ ¢ x , \ \ ~ 

καὶ Ob ἔξω χατεχόπησαν. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα 
but-also — (those) without — were-killed. And after this 


TIVES τῶν ἱππέων βαρθάρων, ἐλαύνοντες διὰ 
some of-the cavalry ᾿οὗ (the) ‘barbarians, riding through 


τοῦ πεδίου: ᾧτινι “Ἕλληνι ἐντυγχάνοιεν, ἢ 
the plain ; whatever Greek they-might-meet, either 


δούλῳ 7) ἐλευϑέρῳ ἔχτεινον πάντας. Δὲ οἵ 
slave or freeman they-killed (them) all. But the 


Ἕλληνες ὁρῶντες ἐχ σοῦ στρατοπέδου τήν 


Greeks observing from the camp — (19) 
ἱππασίαν αὐτῶν τε ἐθαύμαζον, καὶ ἡμφιγνόουν 
riding-about of-them ‘were not-only ‘astonished, but-also doubted 
ὅ τι ἐποίδυν, πρὶν Nixapyos “Apxas ἧἦχε φεύγων, 
what they-were-doing, until Nicarchus (8η) Arcadian came fleeing. 


τετρωμένος eis τὴν γαστέρα, καὶ ἔχων τὰ 
i the 


veing-pierced in belly, Jand having the 
ἔντερα ἐγ ταῖς χερσὶ, - 
intestines in — (his) hands, [and holding back the intestines with his 


a 3... 


BOOK II. —CHAPTER V. - 155 


καὶ cine πάντα τὰ γεγενημένα. “Ex τούτο 
vuands], and related all — (that) had-occurred. Upon this 
δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες 


indeed the Greeks ran to -- (their) arms ali 


EXTUEMANY MEVOL, καὶ νομίζοντες 
being-struck (with consternation), and thinking (that) 


αὐτοὺς αὐτίχα ἥξειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
they *will immediately ‘come against the camp. 
Oi πάντες dé οὐχ ἤλϑον, δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ 
-- All indeed ‘did not *g0, but (only) Ariawus and 
᾿Αρτάοζος xai Μιϑραδάτης, οἱ ἦσαν πιστότατοι 
Artaozus and Mithradates, who were the-most-faithful 
Κύρῳ: δὲ ὅ ἑρμηνεὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔφη καὶ 
to-Cyrus; but the interpreter of-the Greeks said (that) also 
ὁρᾶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Τισσαφέρνους σὺν αὐτοῖς, 
he-saw ἰδ brother of-Tissaphernes with them, 
χαὶ γιγνώσκειν" δὲ χαὶ ἄλλοι Περσῶν 
and (that) he-knew (him); and also others ‘of (the) ‘Persians 
εἰς τριαχοσίους τεϑωρακχισμένοι ξυνηκο- 
to-the-number-of _three-hundred equipped-with-corselets accom- 
λούϑουν. Οὗτοι, ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς, ἐχέλευον, εἴ 
panied-them. These, when they-were near, requested, if 
εἴη ἢ τις στρατηγὸς ἢ λοχαγὸς τῶν 
there-were either any general or captain of-the 
“Ἑλλήνων, σπροσελϑεῖν, ἵνα ἀπαγγείλωσι 
Greeks, (them) to-come-forth, that they-may-deliver-a-message 
τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως. Μετὰ ταῦτα στρατηγοὶ 
— from (the) king. After this (the) generals 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέν Κλεάνωρ ὈὌρχομένιος καὶ 
of-the Greeks, namely Cleanor (the) Orchomenian, and 
Lopaivetog Στυμφάλιος, ἐξῆλθον φυλαττόμενοι, 
Sophenetus (the) Stymphalian, went-forth ἡ guarded 

Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αϑηναϊὸς δὲ ξὺν 
(and with precaution), Xenophon (the) Athenian (went) also with 
αὐτοῖς, ὅπως μάϑοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου" 


them, that he-might-learn — (something) about Proxenus* - 


156 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


(Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν τινὶ 
(Cheirisophus — | happened being-absent [was absent] at a 
χώμῃ ξὺν ἄλλοις ἐπισιτιζόμενος) Δὲ ἐπεὶ 
village with others seeking-for-provisions. ) But when 
ἔστησαν εἰς ἔπήχοον, ᾿Αριαῖος εἶπε τάδε 
they-stood in hearing (distance) Ariseus spoke thus: 
Κλέαρχος μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες “Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ TE 
Clearchus indeed, O men Greeks, since *he not-only 
ἐφάνη ἐπιορχῶν, χαὶ λίων τὰς σπονδὰς 
‘appeared committing-perjury, but-also breaking the truce, 
ἔχει τὴν δίχην χαὶ πέϑνηχε" δὲ 
has-received — (his) just-punishment, and died ; but 


Πρόξενος xat Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν τὴν 


Proxenus and Menon, because they-denounced the 
ἐπιθουλήν, εἶσιν ἐν μεγάλῃ τιμῇ. Δὲ ὃ βασιλεὺς 
plot, are in great honour. And the king 
me ane 
ἀπαιτεῖ ὑμᾶς τὰ ὅπλα" γὰρ φησίν εἶναι 
demands of-you — (your) arms; for says-he | to-be 
ς ~ > “ ΜΝ , 
αὑτοῦ ἕπείπερ ἧσαν Κύρου 


of-him [they are his] | because they-were of-Cyrus [because they be- 


tov δούλου ἐχείνου. 

longed to Cyrus] the slave (and subject) of-himself. 
Tl pds ταῦτα ot ὝἭλληνες ἀπεχρίναντο (δὲ 
Ὁ this the Greeks answer (for 
Κλεάνωρ ὁ Ὀρχομένιος ἔλεγε) " Ὦ ?Apuate 
Cleanor the Orchomenian spoke) (forthem): 0 Arizeus, 
χάχιστε ἀνθρώπων καὶ ot ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἧἦτε φίλοι 
most-wicked  of-men, and the others as-many-as were frends 
Κύρου. οὐχ αἰσχύνεσθε οὔτε θεοὺς 
of-Cyrus, do-‘yow not ‘respect (neither) (either) (the) gods 

σ΄ ~ 
οὔτ ἀνϑρώπους, οἵτινες ὀμόσαντες νομιεῖν τοὺς 
(ner) (or) men, who having-sworn to-consider -- 
αὐτοὺς φίλους καὶ ἐχθροὺς ἡμῖν, 

those friends and enemies to-us (to be the same to you), 


προδόντες ἡμᾶς σὺν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ἀϑεωτάτῳ 


hotraying us with Tissaphernes the most-godless 


BOOK II. — CHAPTER V. 157 


TE χαὶ πανουργοτάτῳ, ἀπολωλέχατε τὲ τοῦς 


and also most-crafty, you-have-destroyed not-only — the 
αὐτούς ἄνδρας, οἷς ὥμνυτε, καὶ προδεδω- 
very-same men, to-whom you-swore, but-also deserting-and-be- 
κότες ὑμᾶς τοὺς ἄλλους ἔρχεσϑε 
fraying | us the other us, who are left] have-come 
ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ξὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις; Δὲ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος 
against us with — (our) enemies? But — Arizeus 
eine’ Tap Κλέαρχος φανερὸξ ἐχένετο πρόσϑεν 
said. For Clearchus evidently before 


ἐπιθουλεύων Τισσαφέρνει te καὶ ᾿Ορόντᾳ καὶ 


plotting-against Tissaphernes and also rontes and 
ἡμῖν πᾶσιν ξὺν τοὶς τούτοι. “Eni τούτοις 
against-us all with -- these. After this 


Ἐενοφῶν εἶπε τάδε: Κλέαρχος μὲν τοίνυν, εἶ 


Xenophon spoke _ thus: Clearchus indeed therefore, if 
ἔλυε τᾶς σπονδάς παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους ἔχει 
he-has-broken the truce contrary to— (his) oaths he-has 
τὴν δίχην" γὰρ δίκαιον ἀπόλλυσϑαι 
— (his) just-punishment; for it-is-just to-destroy 
‘ 3 ~ A A ld 
τους ἑπιορχουντας Σ δὲ II Higdon, xat Μεγων 
— (those) perjuring-themselves; but roxenus and-also Menon 
ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν μὲν ὑμέτεροι εὐεργέται; δὲ ἡμέτεροι 
since they-are indeed your benefactors, and 
στρατηγοὶ, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο" γὰρ δῆλον, 
gencrals, send them hither; for (it is) clear, 
ὅτι, ὄντες γε φίλοι ἀμφοτέρο ἧς; πειράσονται 
that, being a friends ates α (parties), they-will-endeavour 
ξυμδουλεύειν τὰ βέλτιστα xal ὑμῖν καὶ ἡμῖν. 
to-advise the best both for-you and _ for-us. 
Πρὸς ταῦτα οἱ βά ὅαροι διαλεχϑέντες πολὺν 
After this _ the ~ barbarians, having-conyersed for-a-long 
χρόνον ἀλλήλοις ἀπῆλθον ἀποχρινάμενοι οὐδὲν. 
time with-one-another, departed, having-answered _ nothing. 


14 


158 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


CHAPTER VI. 


Οἱ στρατηγοί μὲν δὴ, οὕτω ληφθέντες, 

«a Tue generals indeed, thus taken (prisoners), 
ἀνήχϑησαν ὡς βασιλέα, καὶ τάς 
were-taken-up to (the) king, and ‘having — _ (their) 
κεφαλὰς ἀποτμηϑέντες ἐτελεύτησαν. εἷς μὲν 
heads *cut-off died ; one indeed 
αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος ὁμολογουμένως ἐχ πάντων τῶν 
of-them Clearchus by-general-account of all -- 

δῶν 3 , 3 - δό εἶ 

EYXOVTOYV ἐμστειρὼς αὐτου. Ὁξζας 
(those) having experimentally (a knowledge) of-him, | having-appeared 
γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ ἐσχάτως πολεμικὸς 
to-be [seemed to be] (a) man both extremely addicted-to-war 
χαὶ φιλοπόλεμος. Tap καὶ δὴ 
and -fond-of-military (affairs and enterprises). For also truly 
rr] 


ἕως μὲν ἦν πόλεμος τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις 
as-long-as indeed there-was war with-the Lacedemonians 
πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους, παρέμενε. 

against the Athenians, he-remained (with the Lacedemonians). 
Δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο πείσας τὴν πόλιν 
But when peace took-place | having-persuaded the city 

ς ~ ες ε ἂν 

αὑτοῦ ὡς οἱ Θρᾷχες 
_of-himself [having persuaded Sparta, his city,] that the Thracians 
ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, καὶ διαπραξάμενος 
were-committing-injuries on-the Greeks, and having-obtained 
ὡς ἐδύνατο παρὰ τῶν ᾿Εφόρων 

as-well-as he-could from (80 Ephori (the means to carry 
3 ἐξέπλει ὡς πολεμήσων «τοῖς Θρᾳξίν 


on the war) he-sailed as about-making-war against-the Thracians 


ὑπὲρ Χεῤῥονήσου καὶ TepivSov.. Δὲ ἐπεὶ οἱ 


above (the) Chersonesus and Perinthus. But when the 
ἝΦφοροι πῶς μεταγνόντες, αὐτοῦ ὄντος 
Ephori ‘having some-how ‘changed-their-minds, he being 


—  νω..»ν- ὦ... 


BOOK It. —CHAPTER VI. 159 


non ἔξω, ἐπειρῶντο ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν 
now without (their jurisdiction), they-endeavoured _ to-'turn him 
ἐξ “IoSuod, évtadsa οὐχέτι πείϑεται; 
‘back from (the) Isthmus, there he-‘did not-any-longer ὍΡΟΥ, 
’ ¥ 
ἀλλ᾽ πλέων ᾧχετο εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον" 
but sailing (away) he-proceeded to (the) Hellespont. 
ς - - 
Καὶ ἐκ τούτου éSavatosy ὑπὸ τῶν τελῶν 


And for _ this he-was-condemned-to-death by the magistrates 
ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ, ὡς ἀπειϑῶν. Δὲ ὧν ἤδη 
in -- Sparta, as being-disobedient. But being now (an) 
φυγὰς, ἔρχεται πρὸς Κύρον, xai μὲν ὁποίοις 
exile, he-goes to Cyrus, and indeed - by-what 
λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον γέγραπται 
discourses (and means) he-persuaded Cyrus has-been-written 
ἄλλῃ" δὲ Κῦρος δίδωσι αὐτῷ μυρίους 
in-another-place; and Cyrus gave him _ ten-thousand 
dapexots. Δὲ ὁ λαθὼν οὐχ ἐτράπετο 
darics. And who taking (thissum) ‘did not ‘turn-himself 
ἐπὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν, ἀλλ᾽ συλλέξας στράτευμα and 
to idleness, but having-collected (an) army with 
, ~ if 3 [4 ~ , 
TOUTWY τῶν XPR UAT! QV, ἕπολέμει τοις Opaki, 
this-same -ας money, he-made-war with-the Thracians, 
xai Te ἑνίχησε μάχῃ, καὶ δὴ ἔφερε καὶ 
and not-only conquered (them) in-battle, but-also — took-away and 
nye ἀπὸ τούτου τούτους, καὶ διεγένετο 
led-away from this (country) all-things,; and  he-continued 
πολεμῶν, μέχρι Κῦρος ἐδεήϑη τοῦ στρατεύματος" 
fighting, until Cyrus needed — (his) army? 
ε 


δὲ τότε ἀπῆλϑεν ὡς αὖ πολε- 
. δηἃ then departed (to go to him) that (he might be)ugain making- 


unoov ξὺν éxeivo. 


war with him. τὰ 
Aoxet wor σταῦτα οὖν εἶναι ἔργα 
Tt-seems to-me (that) these therefore were (the) occupations 
φιλοπολέμου, ὅςτις ἐξὸν μὲν ἔχειν 


of-one-fond-of-war, who when-it-was-allowed-him indeed to-have 


160 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


εἰρήνην ἄνευ αἰσχύνης χαὶ βλάδης, αἱρεῖται 


peace without shame and detriment, e-chose 
πολεμεῖν, δὲ ἐξὸν ῥᾳϑυμεῖν, 
tuo-make-war, and when-it-was-allowed-him to-lead-a-life-of-indolence, 
βούλεται στονεὶν ὥςτε πολεμεῖν, 


he-wished to-undergo-severe-labour so-as to-be-engaged-in-war (with its 


dé ἐξὸν ἔχειν χρήματα 


toils and adventures), und when-it-was-allowed-him to-have riches 


ἀχινδύνως, αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν ποιεῖν ταῦτα 


without-danger, he-chose making-war to-make these (riches) 


μείονα. Δὲ ἐχεῖνος ἤϑελε δαπανᾶν εἰς πόλεμον 


less. But he desired to-spend-his-money in 

5 εἰς παιδιχὰ ἢ εἰς τινὰ 

as (he might have spent it) on (a) beloved-object, or on any 

ἄλλην ἡδονὴν" οὗὕω μὲν ἦν φιλοπόλεμος. 
pleasure ; so ‘fond indeed was-he ‘of-war. 


Δὲ αὖ ἐδόχει εἶναι morguxds ταύτῃ, ὅτι 
And again he-appeared to-be  fitted-for-war in-this, that 
TE ἦν φιλοχίνδυνος, καὶ ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς 
not-only he-was fond-of-danger, | but-also marching against the 


, 

στολεμίους, 

enemy, [but was always ready to lead his army against the enemy], 
χαὶ ἡμέρας χαὶ νυχτὸς, xal ἐν τοῖς δεινοὶς 

both by-day and night and in  — danger (was) 

ἦνιμος. ὡς οἵ ες 

prudent-and-self-possessed, as. --- (those) being-present (with him) 
πανταχοῦ πάντες ὡμολόγουν. Καὶ δ᾽ ἐλεγέτο 
in-any-place all And also he-was-said 
εἶναι ἀρχικὸς ὡς δυνατὸν ἐχ τοῦ 


to-be qualified-for-commanding in-as-much-as he-could-be from — 


τοιούτον TtpdTOV, οἷον κἀκεῖνος εἶχεν. Γὰρ 
such (a) disposition, as even-he 


μὲν ἦν ἱχανὸς, ὡς καὶ τις ἄλλος. Φροντίζειν, 


indeed he-was capable, (more) thaneven any  - other, 


ὅπως ἣ στρατιὰ ἕξει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια αὐτῷ, aii 
how the army wouldhave provisions ‘or-itself, and 


BOOK II, — CHAPTER VI. 161 


παρασκευάζειν ταῦτα" δὲ καὶ ἱκαγὸς ἐμσοι- 


io- procure the-same; and also (he was) capable to-im- 


σαι τοῖς παρσῦσιν, ὡς Κλεάρχῳ ein πειστέον. 
press on—(thdse) present, that Clearchus was to-be-obeyed. 
Δὲ τοῦτο ἐποίει ἐκ τοῦ εἶναι χαλεπὸς ᾿ 
And |this he-effected from --- (that)  to-be severe ; 
xai ὁρᾶν ἦν 
{this he effected by his severity]; for even to-look-at he-was 
στυγνὸς, χαὶ τῇ: φωνῇ τραχὺς" TE 
gloomy-and-stern, and in — (his) voice harsh ; *he not-only 
ἀεὶ ἐχόλαζέ ἱσχυρῶς, καὶ ἐνίοτε ὀργῇ, ὡς 
always punished severely, but-also sometimes in-anger, so (that) 
χαὶ kod ὅτε μεταμέλειν αὐτῷ. Kai δ᾽ ἐχόλαζε 
even ‘he sometimes ‘repented himself. | And also he-punished 
Γνώμῃ" γὰρ ἡγεῖτο ἀχολάστου 
according-to-rule (or on principle); for he-thought an-undisciplined 
στρατεύματος εἶναι οὐδὲν ἄφελος. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ 


army to-be (of) no But even 


ἔφασαν αὐτὸν λέγειν, ὡς δέοι τὸν 
they-said (that) he (used)  to-say, that it-becomes the 


στρασιώτην φοθεῖσϑαι τὸν ἄρχοντα μᾶλλον 


to-fear — (his) commander mo 


ἢ στοὺς πολεμίους, ci μέλλοι ἢ φυλάξειν 


than the enemy, if he-‘would either *keep 
φυλαχὰς, ἢ ἀφέξεσθαι φίλων, ἢ 
guard ‘well, or § abstain-from (doing injury to) friends, or 
ἰέναι ἁ ίστως πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. Μὲν 
go without-hesitation against the enemy. Indeed 
οὖν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς 
therefore in “--- dangerous-and-frightful-circumstances (the soldiers) 
σφόδρα ἤϑελον dxovew αὐτοῦ, καὶ. 


‘were digs μοὶ *willing —to-listen-to (and obey) him, and 
ot στρατιῶται οὐκ ἡροῦντο ἄλλον" 
the soldiers ‘did not *wish-for another (commander); 


ya xa ἔφασαν σπστότε TO στρυγνὸν ἐν τοὶς 
indeed they-said (that) then the gloomy-sternness in the 


14* 


162 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


οςὥποις αὐτοῦ φαίνεσϑαι φαιδρὸν, και 


countenance of-him — appeared  cheerful- oat animated, and 
TO χαλεπὸν ἐδόχει εἶναι ἐῤῥωμένον πρός 
- (815) severity seemed to-be what-was-strong-in-courage against 
τοὺς πολεμίους" ὥςτε ἐφαίνετο 
the enemy so-that (his countenance) appeared (indicative of ) 
σωτήριον. χαὶ οὐχέτι χαλεπόν. Δ᾽ ὅτε 
saying-and-protecting, and  no-longer severe. But when 
γένοιντο ἔξω τοῦ δεινοῦ, καὶ ἐξείη 
they-were out-of — danger, and it-might-be-allowed-them 
ἀπιέναι πρὸς ἄλλους ἀρχομένους 
to-go others | as-persons-having-been-commanded, [as 
πολλοὶ ἀπέλειπον attov' yap εἶχεν οὐχ 
soldiers], many left him; for he-had no 
ἢ» 
τὸ ἐπίχαρι, ἀλλ ἦν ἀεὶ χαλεπὸς 
‘agreeableness (ΟΥ̓ manners), but he-was always stern 


καὶ ὠμός" ὥςτε οἱ στρατιῶται διέχειντο πρὸς 


and unfeeling; so-that the soldiers were-affected towards 
αὐτὸν ὥςπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδάσχαλον. Καὶ 
bim boys towards (their) teacher. And 
γὰρ οὖν οὐδέποτε εἶχεν ἑπομένους 

ΒΕ. therefore ‘he never *had (those) following (him) 
φιλίᾳ χαὶ μὲν εὐνοίᾳ" δὲ 


through-friendship (or) even indeed being-well- disposed- towards-him ; but 


οἵτινες ἢ τεταγμένοι ὕπὸ πόλεως, 
those-who either had-been-ordered (to the service) by (the) state, 


ἢ χατεχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι, ἢ τινὶ ἄλλῃ 
or being-compelled by τς want, any other 


ἀνάγκῃ εἴησαν αὐτῷ ἐχρῆτο 
necessity, might-be-with him, he-made-use-of (as) “being 


σφόδρα πειϑομένοι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο τνιχᾶν 


pe at αν ‘obedient. And when a to-conquer 
ξὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμίους, ἤδη ἦν τὰ ποιοῦντα 
ander him the enemy, | now were the doings 
μεγάλα τοὺς στρατιώτας 


great [the opportunities were then great] ‘for the ‘soldiers 


OO a γυγνδοηι) 








BOOK II. — CHAPTER VI. 163 


σὺν αὐτῷ εἶναι χρησίμους" yap τε. τὸ ἔχειν 
with him to-be useful-and-good; | for not-only the  to-have 


θαῤῥαλέως πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους παρῆν, 


contidently against the enemy was-present (to them), 


[for they had a perfect feeling of confidence, in their minds, against the 
χαὶ TO φοθεῖσϑαι τὴν τιμωρίαν 
enemy], but-also | the- to-fear [the fear of] — punishment ἡ 


παρ᾽ ἑχείνου ἐποίει αὐτοὺς εὐτάχτους. Τοιοῦτος 
froin him made them well-disciplined. Such 


μὲν δὴ ἦν dpyov' δὲ ἐλέγετο οὐχ ἐϑέλειν 
_truly — was-he commanding; but he-was-said ποὺ to-wish 


uaa apye3ar ἄλλων. Δὲ ἦν, ὅτε ete 


much to-be « miuauded Ὀγ-οίμοῦβ. And he-was, when he- 
λεύτα, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήχοντα ἔτη. 
died, about — fifty (years of ) age. 


Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Βοιώτιος ὄν εὐθὺς μὲν 


Proxenus indeed the Boeotian (when) being just indeed (only a) 


/ 5 4 > ‘ ¢ , 
μειράκιον, émtedvucr yevéosar ἀνὴρ ἱκανός 


youth, desired to-become (a) man capable 

άττειν τὰ μεγάλα᾽ καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν 
to-perform —  great-thing; and through  this-same τον 
ἐπιθυμίαν ἔδωχε ἀργύριον Γοργίᾳ τῷ Λεοντίνῳ. 
desire he-gave money to-Gorgias the Leontinian 


"Exel δὲ συνεγένετο ἐκείνῳ, 
(for instruction). When indeed he-had-been-with him (some time), 


νομίσας εἶναι ἤδη ἱκανὸς καὶ ἄρχειν, 
having-thought (himself) to-be now qualified both to-command, 
καὶ ὧν φίλος τοῖς πρώτοις 

and, being (a) friend to-the first (or chief men, that) he-*might 
μὴ ὑπτᾶσθαι εὐεργετῶν, ἦλθεν εἰς ταύτας τὰς 


not ‘be-inferior in-conferring-benefits, he-went on these-same “--- 


πράξεις σὺν Κύρῳ᾽ χαὶ ῴετω κτήσεσθαι 
[ἀοἴηρβ (expeditions) with Cyrus; and thought to-acquire 


3 4 df, ¥ \ / ’ 
ἐκ τούτων μέγα ὄνομα, καὶ μεγάλην δύναμιν, 


from this (a) great name, and — great power, 


164 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καὶ πολλά, χρήματα. A’ ἐπιϑυμῶν τοσούτων. 


and much money. But desiring these-same (things) 
Ξ- 3 5 

σφόδρα, καὶ αὖ εἶχεν ἔνδηλον, ὅτι 

μὰ et *he also on-the-other-hand ‘had (this) evident, that -he 


ἂν ϑέλοι κτᾶσϑαι οὐδὲν τούτων μετὰ ἀδικίας, 
might ‘wish to-acquire nothing of-these (things) by unjust-means, 


ἀλλὰ ᾧετο τούτων δεῖν τυγχάνειν σὺν 

but he-thought (that) such-things ought to-be-acquired by 
~ , ‘ ~ ‘ » , 

σῷ δικαίῳ xal καλῷ, δὲ ἄνευ τούτων 

-ο. just and honourable (means), but without these 


ή. Ἦν δὲ δυνατὸς ἄρχειν καλῶν μὲν 
not (αὐ 8}}). He-was indeed competent to-command orderly -ν 


χαὶ ἀγαϑῶν" μέντοι οὐχ ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι τοὶς 
‘and good (men); however not capable to-impress the 


στρατιώταις ἑαυτοῦ οὔτ᾽ αἰδῶ οὔτε 
soldiers of-himself (neither) (either) with-respect (nor) (or) 


φόδον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον ἠσχύνετω τοὺς 
fear, but he-‘was even more ‘in-awe (of) — (his) 


στρατιώτας, ἢ ol ἀρχόμενοι 


soldiers, than those ‘under (his) *command (were of) 


éxeivov' xal ἦν φανερὸς βᾶλλον φοδούμενος 


him ; and he-was_ evidently fearing 


τὸ ἀπεχϑάνεσϑαι τοὶς στρατιώταις, 
[tne to-be-hated — (by his) soldiers, [the hatred 


n οἵ στρατιῶται TO ἀπιστεῖν ἐχείνῳ. 
of his soldiers], | than the soldiers the to-disobey bim 


Δὲ Geto ἀρκεῖν 
[than his soldiers were to disobey him]. And he-thought (it) to-be-sufficient 


πρὸς τὸ ἀρχικὸν καὶ δοχεῖν εἶναι ἐπαινεῖν 


for — commanding, and to-seem  to-be (so) _ to-praise 
μὲν τὸν ποιοῦντα xards, δὲ μὴ ἐπαινεῖν 
indeed — (him) acting well, but not to-praise 
τὸν ἀδικοῦντα. Τοιγαροῦν μὲν τῶν 

— (him) acting-improperly. Therefore indeed of — (those) 
στυγνόντων OL μὲν χαλοί τε χἀγαϑοὶ ἦσαν 


with-him — (such) indeed (as were) orderly and also-good were 


_— .. » 


BOOK II. —CHAPTER VI. 165 


εὖνοι αὐτῷ, dé οἱ ἄδικοι ἐπεθούλευον 
attached to-him, but — (such as were) wicked  plotted-against (him) 


ς x 3 7 ἀν τὰν “ον τ 
ὡς ὄντι εὐμεταχειρίστῳ. Δὲ ὅτε ἀπέϑνησχεν ἦν 


as. being easily-managed. And when he-died he-was 
ὡς τριάχοντα ἐτῶν. 
about thirty years (of age). 
Δὲ Μένων 6 Θετταλὸς ἦν δῆλος μὲν ἐπιϑυμῶν 
But Menon the Thessalian was evidently indeed desiring 
ἰσχυρῶς πλουτεῖν, δὲ ἐπιθυμῶν ἄρχειν ὅπως 
vehemently to-become-rich, and desiring to-command so-that 
λαμθάνοι πλείω, δὲ ἐπιϑυμῶν τιμᾶσϑαι ἵνα 


he-might-take more, and desiring to-be-honoured in-order-that 


xepdaivor πλείω" ἐδούλετο τε μέγιστα εἶναι φίλος 


he-might-gain more; he-wished — most-of-all to-be (a) friend 

~ , σ 3 ~ Π 
τοῖς δυναμένοις, ἵνα ἀδικῶν ν΄ μὴ 
to-the powerful, in-order-that acting-unjustly | he-’might not 
διδοίη δίχην. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ 
*give justice [he might not be punished]. | Towards indeed the 
κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιϑυμοίη, ᾧετο 


to-accomplish [for a 2omplishing] of-what he-might-desire, he-thought 


συντομωτάτην ὁδὸν εἶναι te διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορχεῖν, 
the-shortest way to-be not-only through | the to-perjure, 


καὶ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν" 
[perjury], but-also | to-lie [falsehood] and | to-deceive [deceit], 


δ᾽ ἐνόμιζε τὸ ἁπλοῦν χαὶ τὸ ἀληϑὲς εἶναι τὸ 


but he-considered —_ sincerity and — truth to-be the 
αὐτὸ τῷ TAisig. Δὲ μὲν ἦν. φανερὸς στέργων 
same with— folly. And indeed he-was evidently having-affection 


οὐδένα, ὅτῳ δὲ airy εἶναι φίλος, toit@ 
for-no-one, to-whom indeed he-seemed to-be (a) friend, against-this-one 


ἐγίγνετο ἔνδηλος ἐπιδουλεύων. Καὶ μὲν 
he-was evident (as) plotting (mischief). And indeed 
κατεγέλα, οὐδενὸς πολεμίου, dé del διελέγετο 
he-derided no enemy, but ‘he always ‘conversed 
τῶν πάντων συνόντων ὡς κατα- 


-- with-ull (those) | being-about-him [his associates] as-if tidi- 


166 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


ελῶν. Καὶ μὲν τοῖς κτήμασιν τῶν 
culing (them). And indeed against-the property of — (818) 


πολεμίων - οὐχ ἐπεθούλευε, γὰρ eto 
enemies he-‘formed no ‘designs, for he-thought (it) 


εἶναι χαλεπὸν Aaubave τὰ τῶν φυλατ- 
to-be difficult to-take the (property) of — (those) guard. 


“A ¥ 
TOMEVOD * δὲ μόνος @eto εἰδέναι ὄν 
ing (it); | but (he) alone he-thought to-know (it) being 


ῥᾷστον λαμθάνειν τὰ ἀφύλακτα. 
easy to-take the unguarded _— [but he thought that 


he alone knew that it was easy to take the unguarded property of friends]. 
Kai ὅσους μὲν αἰσϑάνοιτο ἐπιόρχους xai adixous 


And as-many-as indeed he-might-perceive  perjured and unjust 
épobcito ὡς εὖ ὡπλισμένους, δὲ τοὶς 
he-feared 8ἃ8 well armed (against him), but the 


ὁσίοις καὶ ἀσχοὐσὶν ἀλήϑειαν ἐπειρᾶτο χρῆσθαι 
pious and those-practising truth he-endeavoured to-make-use-cf 


ὡς ἀνάνδροι. Δὲ ὥςπερ τις ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ 


as weak-persons. And as any-one prides-himself on 


θεοσεθείᾳ, καὶ ἀληθείᾳ, χαὶ δικαιότητι, οὕτω 


religion, and truth, and justice, so 
Μένων ἠγάλλετο δύνασθαι τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν, τῷ 
Menon prided-himself — to-be-able os to-deceive, -- 
πλάσασϑαι ψευδῆ, τῷ διαγελᾶν φίλους" δὲ 
te-devise falsehoods, —  to-sneer-at friends; and (that) 
TOV un πανοῦργον 


— (he who was) not ready-to-do-any-thing (of a villanous nature for his 


> 4 > 7 z ~ 3 
ἀεὶ ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι τῶν ἀπαι- 


own advantage) ‘he always ‘considered to-be  of-the un- 
δεύτων. Καὶ map’ οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει 
caught (and ignorant), And with whom indeed he-endeavoured 
πρωτεύειν φιλίᾳ, πούτους ᾧετο 
to-have-the-first-place ‘in (their) ‘friendship, these-same he-thought 
δεῖν χτήσασϑαι διαδάλλων τοῦς 


it to-become-him to-gain-over (through) plotting-against -- 


KOOK II. — CHAPTER VI. 167 


πρώτους. Δὲ tO παρέ- 
‘those who had been) first (in their favour). And | the to 


χεσθϑαι TOUS στρατιώτας πειϑομένους 
keep {the keeping of ] — (his) soldiers obedient 


ἐμηχανᾶτο ἐκ tod ovvadixely αὐτοὶς. 
he-effected | from the to-do-wrong with-them [by participating 


Δὲ “ἠξίου τιμᾶσϑαι καὶ θεραπεύεσϑαι, 
in their evil deeds]. Also he-claimed to-be-honoured and courted, 


ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι ἂν δύναιτο καὶ ἔϑελοι 
showing that ‘he might *be-able and might-wish 


ἀδικεῖν πλεῖστα. Δὲ χατέλεγεν εὐεργεσίαν, 
to-injure” _—‘ the-most. And _he-called-it (8) favour 
c 7 3 3 ~ ¢ 7, 
OMOTE τις APLOTATO αὑτοῦ, OTL χρὼ- 
(on his part), when any-one deserted him, that (while) making- 
9. ~ 3 δι τυ ees ag 
μενος αὑτῷ οὐχ ἀπώλεσεν αὑτόν. 
use of-him he-‘did not ‘destroy him. 
Kai μὲν δὴ ἔξεστι περὶ τὰ 
And indeed truly (were) it-allowed (to speak) respecting the 
ἀφανῆ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσϑαι, δὲ ἃ 
private (affairs) of-him one-might-say-what-is-not-true, but what 
πάντες ἴσασι ἐστί τάδ΄. ᾿Ὧν ἔτι ὡραϊος 
_know is this. Being yet in-the-prime-of-youth 
be πράζατο παρὰ ᾿Αριστίππῳ μὲν στρατηγεῖν 


he- se from μεββόῥα to-command (of) 


τῶν ξένων. δὲ ἐγένετο, ὧν ἔτι ὡραϊος, 
the foreign-mercenaries; and he-became, being yet in-the-bloom-of-youth, 


οἰχειότατος “Apiaia, ὄντι βαρθάρῳ, ὅτι 
most-intimate | with-Ariwus, he-being (a) batialitee for ‘he 


ἥδετο καλοὶς μειρακίοις " δὲ αὐτὸς εἶχε 
(Arizeus) ‘delighted in-beautiful youths ; and he-himself had 


Θαρύπαν παιδιὰ, ἀγένειος ὧν 

Tharypas (a) favourite, (a) beardless-youth — (having one) 
eveovta. δὲ τῶν συστρατηγῶν ἀποϑνησ- 
aving-a-beard, But — (his) fellow-officers being-put- 


χόντων, ὅτι ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ξὺν 
to-death, because they-fought  aguinst (the) king with 


168 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


Κύρῳ σεποιηχὼς ταὐτὰ οὐχ ἀπέϑανε: 
Cyrus (though) he-having-done the-same ‘did not ‘die ; 


δὲ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον τὼν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν 
but after the death of-the other generals 
τιμωρηϑεὶς ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἀπέϑανεν, οὐχ 
having-been-punished by (the) king he-died, bY 
ὥσπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ 


Clearchus, and the other generals, ‘having 


«τὰς χεφαλάς ἀποτμηϑέντες, (ὅςπερ δοχεὶ εἶναι 


-- (their) heads ‘cut-off, ‘which seems wo-be 


τάχιστος θάνατος.) ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰχισϑεὶς 
(the) speediest death, ) but living having-been-tortured 
ἐνιαυτόν ὡς πονηρός, λέγεται 
(during ἃ) ~— year as (a) malefactor, he-is-said ‘to (have) 
τυχεῖν τῆς φελευτῆς. 
met — (with his) end. 


Δὲ ᾿Αγίας ὃ ᾿Αρχάς, χαὶ Σωχράτης o ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς, 


, Bat Agias the Arcadian, and Socrates the Achzan, 


χαὶ τούτω ἀπεϑανέτην. Δὲ οὔτ᾽ οὐδεὶς 

also these-two died. But neither ‘did (no-one) (any-one) 
κατεγέλα τούτων ὡς xaxdv ἐν πολέμῳ, οὔτ᾽ 
deride these as cowards in battle, 

ἐμέμφετο αὐτοὺς εἰς φιλίαν. Δὲ ugh 
reproached them (inregard) to friendship. And both 
ἤστην ἀμφὶ πέντε καὶ σπριάχοντα τὰ ἔτη 
were about five and thirty — years 


ἀπὸ γγενεᾶς. 
from (their) ° birth. 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 169 


BOOK III. 
CHAPTER I. ‘ 


σ - 
Ὅσα μὲν δὴ, οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπραξαν, ἐν τῇ 
Wuat indeed truly, the Greeks did, in -- 
5 7 Se ‘ , 4 - ; 
ἀναδάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου μέχρι τῆς μάχυς,. 
(their) upward-march — ἢ Cyrus until the battle, 
\ σ 3 , 5 ‘ ~ 3 7 ~ 
καὶ ὅσα ἔγξνετο ἕπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε, τῶν 
and what  took-place after Cyrus died, the 
Ἑλλήνων, ἀπίοντων σὺν Τισσαφέρνει, ἐν 
Greeks, departing with Tissaphernes, (confiding) in 
ταὶς σπονδαῖς, δεδήλωται, ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ. 
the truce, has-been-shown, in the preceding discourse. 
"Ema δὲ τε οἵ στρατηγοὶ συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν, 
After indeed not-only the generals had-been-seized, 
καὶ οἱ τῶν λοχαγῶν xai τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
but-also — (those) of-the captains and of-the soldiers 
συνεπόμενοι ἀπολώλεσαν, ob Ἕλληνες ἦσαν 
accompanying (them) had-perished, the Greeks were 
δὴ ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ, ἐννοούμενοι μὲν, ὅτι 
truly in much perplexity, reflecting indeed, that 
ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταὶς θύραις βασιλέως, δὲ κύχλῳ 
they-were αὖ the gates ‘of(the) ‘king, and ‘in (a) ‘circle 
αὐτοῖς ἦσαν πάντῃ πολλὰ xai ἔϑνη 
(around) them there-were everywhere (a great) many both nations 
καὶ πόλεις πολέμιαι, δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔτι ἔμελλε 
and = towns hostile (to them), and no-one _ hereafter would 
nmapike ἀγορὰν, ᾿ς δὲ ἀπεῖχον τῆς 
provide (a} market (for them), and they-were-distant from — 
Ἑλλάδος οὐ μεῖον ἢ μύρια στάδια, δ᾽ 
(reece not less than ten-thousand stadia, and 
15 


170 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON,. 

ἦν οὐδεὶς ἡγεμὼν τῆς ὁδοῦ, δ᾽ ἀδιάθατοι 
there-was no guide (for) the road, and impassable 
ποταμοὶ διεῖργον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς ὁδοῦ οἴχαδε. 
rivers intervened in (the) midst of — (their) road homeward, 
δὲ χαὶ ot βάρθδαροι ἀναθάντες σὺν Κύρῳ προύδε- 
nd also the barbarians having-come-up with Cyrus had-aban- 


δώχεσαν αὐτοὺς, δὲ καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν μόνοι, 


doned them, and they-were-left alone, 
= δι » 557 ες , ,ὔ ὃ 
οὐδὲ ἔχοντες οὐδένα, ἱππέα σύμμαχον 
(nor-indeed) (and indeed) having no cavalry (as) auxiliary ; 
-Octe ἦν εὔδηλον, ὅτι νιχῶντες ἂν 


so-that it-was very-evident, that defeating (the enemy) ‘they would 
μὲν χαταχάνοιεν oddéva, δὲ αὐτῶν ἡττηθέντων 


indeed *kill no-one, but they being-defeated, 
οὐδεὶς ἂν Δλειφϑείη. Ἐννοούμενοι 
not-one (of their number) would be-left (alive). Reflecting 
ταῦτα, καὶ ἔχοντες ἀϑύμως, 


on-these (things), | and having (themselves) dejectedly, [and be- 
ὀλίγοι μὲν αὐτῶν ἐγεύσαντο σίτου 

ing disheartened], few indeed of-them tasted food 

3 ‘ ς ld ‘ 3 ’ 5 ἤ 

εἰς THV ἑσπέραν, δὲ ὀλίγοι ἀνεχαυσαν 

— (for) --- (that) evening, and few kindled (8) 

πῦρ, δὲ πολλοὶ οὐχ ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὰ 

fire, and many ‘did not ‘go to the (place of} 

ὅπλα ταύτην τὴν vixta, δὲ ἀνεπαύοντο 

arms (during) that-same — night, and _ they-went-to-rest_ 


ὅπου ἕχαστος ἐτύγχανεν, οὐ δυνάμενοι χα- 
where each happened (to be), not being-able to- 


c 
ϑεύδειν ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ πόθου πατρίδων, 
sleep for sorrow and (the) desire (for)  ὀ country, 
γονέων, γυναιχῶν, παίδων, οὗς ἐνόμιζον οὔποτ᾽ 
parents, wives, children, whom they-thought ~ never 


ὄψεσϑαι ἔτι. Οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείμενοι πάντες 
to-see more. Thus indeed — disposed *they all 


ἀνεπαύοντο. 
"προηΐ-ἴο rest. 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 171 


"Hy δὲ ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ τις ᾿ἘΞενοφῶν 
There-was — ἢ the army a-certain Xenophon (an! 
ASnvaios, ὃς ὧν οὔτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε Ao- 
Athenian, who being neither (a) general nor (a) cap- 
χαγὸς, οὔτε στρατιώτης, συνηκολούθει, 
tain, nor (a private) soldier, accompanied (the 
ἀλλὰ ἹἸΠρόξενος μετεπέμψατο αὐτὸν 
expedition), but Proxenus sent-for him 
5 ς ΕἾ 
οἴχοϑεν, ὧν ἀρχαῖος ξένος: δὲ ὑπισχνεῖτο 
from-home, he-being (an) old guest-friend; and he-promised 
αὐτῷ, εἰ ἔλϑοι, ποιήσειν αὐτὸν φίλον Κύρῳ, 
him, if he-should-come, to-make him (a) friend  to-Cyrus, 
ov αὐτὸς ἔφη νομίζειν χρείττω ἑαυτῷ 
whom he said (that) he-considered ‘better —_ to-himself (than) 
τῆς πατρίδος. O Ἐένοφῶν μέντοι ἀναγνοὺς 
-- (his) country. — Xenophon indeed having-read 
τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἀναχοινοῦται Σωχράτει τῷ ᾿Αϑη- 
the letter, consults Socrates the Athe- 
, . ~ , ἘΠ Ὁ , ς 
ψαίῳ περὶ τῆς πορείας. Καὶ o Σωχράτης ὑποπ- 
nian about the journey. And — __ Socrates having- 
TEVOUS μὴ OL ἐπαίτιον σι 
feared lest — ‘they (might) ‘criminate (him) in-some (manner) 
πιρὸς THS πόλεως εἴη γενέσϑαι φίλον 
with — (his) government if-he-were to-become (a) friend 
Κύρῳ, ὅτι ὁ Κῦρος ἐδόχει προθύμως συμπολεμῆσαι. 
to-Cyrus, because— Cyrus seemed zealously to-have-assisted 
σοῖς Λαχεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ τὰς ᾿Αϑήνας, συμδουλεύει 
the Lacedemonians against the Athenians, he-advised 
τῷ ἘΞενοφῶντι, ἐλθόντα εἰς Δελφοὺς, ἀνακοι- 
-- Xenophon, (that) having-gone to Delphos, to-con- 
vooa τῷ θεῷ περὶ τὴς πορείας. A’ 6 Ἐενοφῶν 
sult the gods about the journey. And — Xenophon 
ἐλθὼν ἐπήρετο τὸν ᾿Απόλλω, τίνι θεῶν, 
going inquired-of — Apollo, to-which ‘of (the) *gods 
θύων καὶ εὐχόμενος 
|sacrificing and praying [he should sacrifice and pray] | (that) ‘he 


172 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἂν ἔλθοι τὴν odor, ἣν 

might ‘go the road, [that he might perform the journey], which 

ἐπινοεῖ, κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα, καὶ πράξας 

he-intends, most-honourably and most-successfully, and having-performed 
καλῶς Casein. Kai 

(it) successfully | might-be-saved [might return in safety]. And 

ὃ ᾿Απόλλων ἀνεῖλεν αὐτῷ θύειν 

--ὀὨ Apollo | unfolded to-him [answered him] to-sacrifice *to (the] 

~ τ ᾽ ‘ 
θεοῖς οἷς ἔδει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤἦλδε πάλιν, 


gods to-whom. it-was-proper. When indeed he-had-gone back 


λέγει τὴν μαντείαν τῷ Σωχράτει. Δ᾽ 
(to Athens), he-tells the oracle to — Socrates. And 


ὃ ἀχούσας ἠτιᾶτο ἀὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πρῶτον 
who hearing (it) blamed him, that he-"did not first 


ἠρώτα τοῦτο, πότερον εἴη λῷον αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι 
‘inquire this, whether it-were better for-him to-go-forth 


ἢ μένειν, GAN αὐτὸς xpivas εἶναι ἱπέον, 


or to-remain, but himself having-decided | (that) it-is to-be-gone, ἢ 


émvvSaveto Todt ὅπως ἂν 
[that he would go], he-inquired this how ‘he might 


πορευϑείῆ κάλλιστα. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι, ἔφη, 


tproceed τ to-the-best-advantage. Since however, said-he, 


ἤρου οὕτως, χρὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτ᾽ 
you-have-inquired thus, it-becomes (you) to-do those (things) 


60a ὁ θεὸς ἐχέλευσε. Ὃ Ξενοφῶν μὲν δὴ 
as the god directed (you). — Xenophon indeed — 
τ = 
οὕτω, θυσάμενος οἷς ὃ θεός ἀνεῖλεν, 
therefore, having-sacrificed (to the gods) that the god told-him-in-reply, 


ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμθάνει ἹΠρόξενον xai Κῦρον 


set-sail, and finds Proxenus and Cyrus 
ἐν Σάρδεσι, ἤδη μέλλοντας ὁρμᾶν τὴν ὁδὸν 
in Sardis, ‘being now *about starting on-the way 


ἄνω. καὶ συνεστάϑη Κύρῳ Δὲ tod Tpokérov 


upwara, and he-was-presented to-Cyrus, And — Proxerus 


προϑυμουμένου, καὶ ὃ Κῦρος συμσιροὐϑυμεῖτο αὐτόν 


sing-very-desirous, and --- Cyrus  joined-in-the-desire for-him 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 173 


μεῖναι. Δὲ εἶπε ὅτι, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα, N στρατεία 


to-remain. Andhe-said that, as-soon as the expedition 


λήξῃ εὐολὺς ἀποπέμψειν αὐτόν. 
may- be-ended (that) he-‘would directly *send him ‘back, 


Δὲ ἐλέγετο ὁ στόλος εἶναι εἰς 
Tt also was-said (that) the expedition (was intended) to-be against (the) 


Πισίδας. 


Pisidians. 


Mév δὴ ἐστρατεύετο οὕτως ἐξαπατηϑείς 

*He indeed truly ‘joined-the-expedition ‘being thus ‘deceived, 

3 3; \ 

οὐχ ὑπὸ Προξένου (γὰρ οὐ ἴδει THY 
not Proxenus (for he-‘did not ‘know, (that) the 
ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα, οὐδὲ ἄλλος 
movement (was) against (the) king, nor (any) other 
οὐδεὶς τῶν Ἑλλήνων πλὴν Κλεάρχου) " ἐπεὶ 
(no-one) (one) of-the Greeks except Clearchus) ; when 
μέντοι ἦλῶωον εἰς Κιλικίαν, ἐδόχει ἤδη εἶναι 
however they-had-gone to Cilicia, it-seemed now to-be 
σαφὲς πᾶσιν, ὅτι ὃ στόλος εἴη ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 
manifest to-all, that the expedition was against (the) king. 
Δὲ φοθούμενοι τὴν ὁδὸν, xal ὅμως 
But fearing the (length of the) road, and likewise 


ἄχοντες οἵ πολλοὶ ov 
unwilling (to proceed farther, yet) the greater-part (of them) through 


αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ Κύρου συνη- 
shame both (as respects) one-another and Cyrus accom- 
XOAOVINGAY * xa sig ὧν  Bevopav ἦν. 
panied (him); and one of-whom Xenophon was. 
s 

Δὲ ἐπὶ ἦν ἀπορία, ἐλυπεῖτο 
But when (all) was perplexity-and-anxiety, he-was-troubled-and-grieved 
μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ οὐχ ἐδύνατο 
indeed with the rest, and he-‘was not table 
χαϑεύδειν' δὲ λαχὼν μιχρὸν ὕπνου εἶδεν 
to-sleep; but having-got (a) © little sleep |he-saw (a) 
ὄναρ. Ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ, βροντῆς 

visicn [he hada dream]. It-seemed to-him, (a) thunder storm) 

15 * 


174 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


EVOMEVNGS, σχητιτὸς πεσεῖν εἷς τὴν πα- 
aving-occurred, (that a) thunder-bolt [6}} on — (his)  pa- 
τρῴαν οἰχίαν, καὶ ἐκ TOUTOV πᾶσαν λάμ- 
ternal house, and from this it-was all ‘*lighted- 
πεσϑαι. Δὲ περίφοθος εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρϑη, καὶ 
up. And frightened ‘he immediately ‘awoke, and 
τὸ ὄναρ μὲν Expwe πῇ ἀγαθόν, (ὅτι ὧν ἐν 
the dream indeed he-judged somewhat favourable, (because being in 


πόνοις χαὶ χινδύνοις, ἔδοξε ἱδεῖν μέγα 
trouble and danger, he-seemed to-haye-seen (a) great 
φῶς ἐκ Διὸς)" δὲ καὶ πῇ ἐφοθεῖτο (ὅτι 
light from Jupiter); but also he-‘was somewhat ‘alarmed (because 
τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόχει αὐτῷ εἶναι ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν 


the dream appeared to-him to-be from Jupiter (who was) indeed 
βασιλέως, δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐδόκει λάμπεσϑαι κύχλῳ,) 


(a) king, and the fire seemed to-shine all-around, ) 
un οὐ δύναιτο ἐξελϑεῖν éx τῆς χώρας 
lest he-‘should ποῦ ‘be-able to-depart from the _ territory 
τῆς βασιλέως, ἀλλ’ εἴργοιτο πάντοϑεν ὑπό 
of-the king, but should-be-hemmed-in on-all-sides by 


σινωὼν , ἀποριῶν. 
some (great) difficulties. 


ὍὉποϊόν τι ἐστὶ μέντοι ἰδεῖν τὸ τοιοῦτον 


What-kind-of thing it-is indeed to-see — such (a) 
ὄναρ, ἔξεστι σχοπεῖν ἐχ τῶν. συμθάντων 
dream, it-is-allowed to-perceive from the (things) occurring 
μετὰ τὸ ὄναρ. Tap γίγνεται τάδε. Evsue 
after the dream. For it-happened _ thus. Immediately 


2 

ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρϑη ἔννοια πρῶτον μὲν ἐμπίπτει 

after he-was-aroused (this) thought first. indeed - occurs 

αὐτῷ" τί κατάχειμαι; n νὺξ δὲ προθαίνει" 

to-him: why am-I-lying-down? the night indeed is-passing-away ; 
\ σ i ee 4 | 

δὲ ἅμα τῇ ἔρᾳ εἷχὸς 

and at-the-same-time with-the (brtak of) day (itis) probable (that) 

τοὺς πολεμίους ἥξειν. Ei δὲ γενησόμεϑα 

the enemy will-come. If indeed we-shall-get 


eee ee 


y 
= 
a 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. gid" 


ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδὼν μὴ οὐχὶ 

into (the power of the) king, | what prevents lest not 
~ «ες 

ἀποϑανεῖν ὑδριζομένους, 

to-die [what prevents us to die] being-treated-insultingly (and 


ἐπιδόντας μὲν πάντα τὰ χαλεπώτατα, 
ignominiously), after-beholding indeed all the most-grievous-things, 
δὲ παϑόντας πάντα τὰ δεινότατα; A ὅπως 
and suffering all the most-dreadful-things? But how 
ἄμυνούμεϑα οὐδεὶς παρασχευάζεται οὐδὲ ἔπιμε- 


we-shall-defend-ourselves no-one provides nor takes- 


λεῖται, ἀλλὰ xataxeivesa ὥξπερ ἐξὸν ἄγειν 
care, but we-repose as-if it-were-allowed-us | to-act 
ἡσυχίαν. Οὖν ἐχ ποίας πόλεως ἐγώ 
[to enjoy] tranquillity. Therefore from what city ‘do 
προςδοχῶ τὸν στρατηγὸν πράξειν ταῦτα; δὲ 


expect the general to-do these-things? and 


ποίαν ἡλιχίαν ἀναμένω ἐλϑεῖν ἐμαυτῷ; yap 


what age am-I-waiting-for to-come to-myself? for 


ἔγωγ᾽ οὐχ ἔσομαι ἔτι σπρεσϑύ ὕτερος, ἐὰν τήμερον 
L-at-least ‘will not ‘be yet older, to-day 


προδῶ ἐμαυτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις. Ἣν τούτου 
I-'give myself ‘up to-the enemy. After this 


ἀνίσταται, χαὶ πρῶτον συγκαλεὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς 
he-arose, and first ealled-together the captains 


ΣΙροξένου. Δὲ ἐπεὶ συνῆλθον, ἔλεξεν" Ἔχ ὦ 
ol-rFri 


oxenus And when they-assembled, he-said; 


ἄνδρες λοχαγοί, οὔτε δύναμαι καϑεύδειν (or 


men captains, ‘am neither ‘able to-sleep 


οἶμαι οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς) 3 οὔτε ἔτι κατακεῖσϑαι, ὁρῶν 
I-think neither (are) σου), nor yet to-be-still, seeing 
ἔν οἵοις ἐσμέν. Tap μὲ δῆλον ὅτ' 
in what corm gate we-are. For indeed (itis) plain that 


Ol πολέμιοι. οὐ πρότερον ἐξέφηναν τὸν πόλεμον 


the enemy ‘did wit first ‘declare __— the war 


πρὸς ἡμᾶς πρὶν ἐνόμισαν παρασκευάσασϑαι 


against us, before they-thought (that) they-had-arrange@ 


176 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


τὰ ἑαυτῶν καλῶς" δ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν οὐδὲν 
the (things) of-themselves well; but no-one of-us ‘takes (not, 


ἀντεπιμελεῖται, ὅπως ἀγωνιούμεϑδα 


(any) ‘heed-in-return, how we-may-contend (with them) | as 


“κάλλιστα. Καὶ εἰ μὲν 
most-beautiful [in the best possible manner]. And if indeed 


c 

υφεσόμεθα, καὶ γενησόμεθα, ἐπὶ 

we-shall-be-remiss, and shall-get into (the power of the) 
Pacirel, τί οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι; 

king, what ‘may-we (not) ‘expect to-suffer (from him)? 
ὃς ἀποτεμὼν τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἀδελφοῦ, 
who cutting-off the head and the hand of-his-brcther, 
καὶ τοῦ ὁμομητρίου καὶ ὁμοπατρίου, καὶ ἤδη 
both of-the same-mother and of-the-same-father, and (he) already 
TESVnXOTOS, ἀνεσταύρωσε᾽ δὲ ἡμᾶς, οἷς 
dead, fixed-them-on-a-stake ; but (as respects) us, to-whom 


ἐν οὐδεὶς πάρεστι κηδεμὼν, 
indeed (there is) no-one present (asa) protector (and supporter), 
δὲ ἐστρατεύσαμεν ἐπὶ αὐτόν, ὡς ποιήσοντες 
and (who) had-marched against him, as (if) making 
δοῦλον ἀντὶ βασιλέως, 
(a subject and) slave (of him, who) before (was a) king, 
‘ 3 “- 5 , 7, 
χαὶ AMOXTEVODYTES, εἰ δυναίμεϑα, τί 
ana ‘putting (him) *to-death, if | we-were-able, what 

; ~ ΄ 

οἰόμεϑα ἂν παϑεῖν; “Ap ἂν οὐχ ἔλϑοι 
do-we-think (that) ‘we might ‘suffer? Would ‘he not ‘resort 
ἐπὶ πᾶν, ὡς αἰχισάμενος ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔσχατα 
to every-thing, that having-punished us to-the utmost 
άσχοι πᾶσιν ἀνϑρώποις φόθον 
(of severity) he-might-inspire all men (with) fear 


mote τοῦ στρατεῦσαι ἐπὶ αὑτὸν; ᾿Αλλὰ 


of-ever | of-the to-have-marched [marching] against him? But 


πάντα ποιητέτον ὅπως τοι μὴ γενησόμεϑα 
every-thing is-to-be-done that -  we-'may not ‘get 
5s ‘ 


ἐπὶ ἐχείνῳ. Εγὼ μέν οὖν, ἔςτε μὲν 
into his _ (power). 1 indeed therefore, as-long-as indeed 


Dia Rl tien 





BOOK III. —CHa?TER I. 177 


at σπονδαὶ ἦσαν οὔποτε ἐπαυόμεν μὲν 
the truce was (inexistence) never ceased 


οἰχτείρων ἡμᾶς, δὲ μακχαρίζων βασιλέα καὶ 
pitying ourselves, but Pal ft happy (the) king aud 


τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ, διαϑεώμενος μὲν ὅσην 
— (those) with him, having-gone-through indeed so-great (a) 


χώραν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἵαν ἔχοιενν, ὡς δὲ τὰ 
territory of-them, and what they-might-have, as indeed the 
ἄφϑονα ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσους δὲ θεράποντας, 
copious provisions, so-great (a number) indeed (of ) servants, 
δὲ ὅσα κτήνη. δὲ χρυσὸν, δὲ 

and how-great (a number of) cattle, and (quantity οἵ) gold, and (of) 
ἐσθῆτα. Δὲ αὖ ὁπότε ἐνδυμοίμην τὰ 
raiments. But on-the-other-hand when I-reflect  on-the 


τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὅτι μετείη ἡμῖν 
(condition) of-the soldiers, that there-was-a-share to-us 


μὲν οὐδενὸς πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν, εἶ 
indeed of-nothing of-all — (these) good (things), — 


μὴ πριαίμεϑα, δ᾽ moe ὀλίγους 
unless we-bought (IES and (when that) L-knew (only) few 


ἔχοντας ἔτι οὔτου ὠνησόμεϑα, δὲ 
(of us) having yet wherewith we-might-buy, and (that our) 


ὅρχους ἤδη κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς πορίζεσϑαι τὰ 


daths now restraining us to-procure 


ἐπιτήδεα ἄλλως πὼς ἢ ὠνουμένους" ot 


provisions (in) any-other manner than buying ; therefore 


λογιζόμενος ταῦτ᾽, ἐνίοτε ἐφοδούμην ὩΣ 


considering these (things), ‘I sometimes ‘feared 


σπονδὰς μᾶλλον ἢ viv tov πόλεμον. 
truce more than (I) now (do) the war. 


᾿Εσεὶ μέντοι ἐχεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς, Soxei 


Since however they  have-broken the truce, it-seems 


uci καὶ N ὕδρις ἐχείνων xal ἣ ἡμετέρα 
to-me (that) both the  insolence of-themselves and — “ our 


ὕποψία λελύσθαι. Τὰρ ἐν μέσῳ χεῖται 


mistrust is-ended. | For in (the) middle [forbetweenus] _lie 


178 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ x 
ἤδη ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαϑὰ, ἄϑλα, 
now those — good-things (I have mentioned), (as) prizes, 


᾿ὁπότεροι ἡμῶν ἂν Gow ἀμείνονες ἄνδρες" δ᾽ 


(for) whoever of-us may be the-better men; and 


ς “ 3 3 / a ς ‘ ἘΣ 
οἵ θεοί εἶσιν ἀγωνοθέται, οἷ, ὡς τὸ εἷχὸς, 
the gods are judges-of-the-contest, who, as (is) proper(and just), 


ἔσονται σὺν ἡμῖν. Tap μὲν οὗτοι | 

will-be with us. For indeed these (our enemies) 
ἐπιωρχήχασιν αὑτοὺς" δὲ ἡμεὶς ὁρῶντες 
have-committed-perjury against-them (the gods); and we seeing 
πολλὰ ἀγαϑά, στεῤῥῶς ἀπειχόμεϑα αὐτῶν, 
many good (things), firmly abstained from-them, 


διὰ σοὺ ὕρχους τῶν θεῶν" ὥςτε δοχεὶ 
on-account-of — (our) oath (to) the gods;  so-that it-seems 
ou ἐξεῖναι ἱέναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα σὺν 
to-me (that) it-has-been-allowed-us to-go to the «οοπίεβύ with 
πολὺ μείζονι φρονήματι ἢ tovtas. Δ’ ἔτι 


much greater confidence than these. And moreover 
ἔχομεν σώματα ἱκανώτερα TOUTAY φέρειν καὶ 
we-have bodies better-able (than) theirs to-bear -- 
ψύχη, καὶ θάλπῃ, καὶ πόνους" δὲ καὶ ἔχομεν 
cold, and heat, and labour ; and also  we-have 
σὺν τοὶς θεοῖς ἀμείνονας ψυχὰς" δὲ 
with (the help of) the gods better minds; and 
οἵ ἄνδρες καὶ μᾶλλον σπρωτοὶ χαὶ θνη- 
— (these) men (being) both more vulnerable and exposed- 


TOL ἡμῶν ἦν ot θεοί, ὥςπερ τὸ πρόσϑεν, 
to-death (than) we (are) if the gods, as -- before, 


διδῶσιν ἡμῖν νίχην. ᾿Αλλὰ yap ἄλλοι xal 


should-grant us victory. But therefore others even 
ἴσως ἐνϑΘυμοῦνται ταῦτα, 0g τῶν 


perhaps meditate-on these-same (things), for (the sake) of-the 
θεῶν un ἀναμένωμν ἄλλους ἐλϑεῖν ἐφ᾽ 
gods ‘let-us not *wait (for) others to-come ἐς 
ς - ~ 

ἡμᾶς, παρακαλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα. 
8. exhorting (us to —/(these) most-nobdle deeds, 


= 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. 179 


GAN ἡμεῖς ἄρξωμεν τοῦ ἐξορμῆσαι χαὶ 
but we will-begin _| the to-impel [to excite] even 
τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τήν ἀρετήν. Φάνητε ἄριστοι 
- others to -- valour. Show-yourselves: the-best 


τῶν λοχαγῶν, καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν 
(and bravest) of-the captains, and of-the commanders 
3 r \ ἀχνὸ 3 \ ς ν 
ἀξιοστ PATHYOTEPOL. Δὲ χαγῶ, EL μὲν υμεις 
the-most-worthy-to-command, And _ also-I, if indeed you 
ἐθέλετε ἑξορμᾶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα, βούλομαι 
will give-the-start — to these (things), am-willing 


EmeoSau ὑμῖν" δ᾽ εἰ ὑμεῖς τάττετέ με ἡγεῖσθαι, 


to-follow you; but if you appoint me to-lead, 


“TS 


οὐδὲν προφασίζομαι τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἀλλὰ 

*I (will) not *yive-as-an-excuse — (my) age, but 
xai ἡγοῦμαι ἀχμάζειν ἐρύχειν τὰ κακά ἀπ᾽ 
even think-myself to-be-of-sufficient-age to-keep-off -- harm from 
ἐμαυτοῦ. 
myself, 

Ταῦτα μὲν ὃ ἔλεξε" δὲ οἱ λοχαγοὶ, 

These (things) indeed — (Xenophon) spoke; but the captains, 
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, πάντες ἐχέλευον 
hearing these (things), all requested (him) 
ἡγεῖσϑαι" πλὴν ἦν σις ᾿Απολλωνίδης, 
to-be-their-commander; except there-was a-certain Apollonides, 
τῇ φωνῇ Βοιωτιάζων᾽: δ᾽ οὗτος εἶπεν, 
in — (his) speech resembling-a-Beotian; and this (person) said, 
ὅτι avapoin, ὅςτις λέγει ἂν τυχεῖν 
that he-speaks-nonsense, who says (that) *he might *obtain 
σωτηρίας ἄλλως πως, ἢ MELAS 
safety by-any-other means, than having-persuaded (the) 
βασιλέα, εἰ δύνατο" χαὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο 
king, if he could, (to grant it); and at-the-same-time he-began 
diye tas ἀπορίας. Ξενοφῶν μέντοι ὕπο: 
to-talk (of) the difficulties. Xenophon however having 
Aabov μεταξὺ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. “OQ Oav- 


taken-him-up in-the-midst (of his speech) spoke  thv': O most. 


180 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μασιώτατε GvSpane, od δέ ye οὐδὲ ὁρῶν yuyrd 
wonderful man, you indeed — neither seeing under- 
> 
σχεις, οὐδὲ ἀχούων μέμνησαι. Mérta ye ἦσθα 
stand, nor hearing haye-remembered. However at-least you-were 
~ / 
ἐν ταὐτῷ TOUTOLS ὅτε ββασιλεύς, 
in  the-same (place) with-these (here present), when (the) king, 
ἐπεὶ Κῦρος dnéSave, μέγα φρονήσας ἐπὶ 
after Cyrus died, ‘being greatly ‘elevated-in-mind at 
τούτῳ, πέμπων ἐχέλευε τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι. 
this, sending he-ordered the arms to-be-given-up. 
Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἡμεῖς οὐ παραδόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξοπλισάμενοι, 
But when πὸ ποὺ giving-them-up, but being-armed, 
ἐλθόντες παρεσχηνήσαμεν αὐτῷ, τί οὐχ 
going-forth encamped-opposite him, what did-‘he not 
ἐποίησε, πέμπων πρέσύεις, χαὶ αἰτῶν σπονδὰς, 
*do, sending ambassadors, and requesting (a) truce, 
καὶ παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, Ete ἔτυχεν σπονδῶν; 
and supplying the provisions, until he-obtained (a) truce? 
A’ ἐπεὶ αὖ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, 
And when on-the-other-hand the generals and captains, 
, 
ὥςπερ od δὴ κελεύεις, HASOV εἰς λόγους 
as you indeed (now) advise, went to (a) conference 
αὐτοῖς ἄνευ ὅπλων, πιστεύσαντες ταὶς 
with-them without (their) arms, . trusting to-the 


~ Φ eA Se - 
σπονδαῖς, OV νυν EXELVOL παιόμενοι, χεντούμενοι, 
truce, ‘are not now they *beaten, goaded, 


ε 

ὑδριζόμενοι, οὐδὲ δύνανται οἱ τλήμονες ἀποϑανεῖν, 

insulted, not able the wretched-men to-die, 

καὶ οἷμαι μάλ᾽ ἐρῶντες τούτου; Πάντα ἃ σὺ 

and I-think greatly desiring it? All which you 
7 

εἰδὼς φής TOUS μὲν κελεύοντας 

having-known (yet) you-say (that) — ([μοξΞ8) indeed exhorting (us) 

3 7 ~ 

ἀμύνεσϑαι pavapety, δὲ κελεύεις ἰόντας 

to-defend-ourselves talk-foolishly, and do-you-request (us) going 

πάλιν πείϑειν; Ἐμοὶ δὲ, ὦ ἄνδρες, δοχεὶ 


again to-try-persuasion ? To-me indeed, O men, it-seems 


al 
J 


BOOK Ill. — CHAPTER I. 18] 


UNTE προςίεσϑαι τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον 


(that we ought) neither to-admit this -- man 
- - , 

εἰς ταὐτὸ ἡμῖν αὑτοῖς, TE ἀφελομένους 

into the-same (place) with-us ourselves, but taking-from (him, 


τὴν royayiary, ἀναϑέντας σχεύη, χρῆσθαί 
— (his) captaincy (and) lying-on (him) baggage, use-him 
ὡς τοιούτῳ. Lap οὗτος καταισχύνει καὶ τὴν 
as such. For this-man disgraces both — (his) 
πατρίδα, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα, ὅτι ὧν Ἕλλην, 
country, and all -- Greece, that being (a) Greek, 
ἔστι τοιοῦτος. 
he-is such (a character). 
Ἐντεῦθεν ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος ὑπολαδὼν 
Thence Agasias (the) Stymphalian having-taken-up 
εἶπεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τούτῳ γε οὐδὲν παν- 
{the discourse) said: But _to-this-man at-least nothing at- 
ἐάπασι προρήχεξ οὔτε τῆς Βοιωτίας, οὔτε τῆς 
all elongs either of — Beeotia, or of — 
Ἑλλάδος, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ εἶδον τὰ ὦτα 


Greece, since I perceived (that) — (his) ears 


τετρυπημένον ὥςπερ Λυδόν. Καὶ εἶχεν 


were-bored (a) Lydian. | And it-had (itself) 
οὕτως Οὖν μὲν ἀπήλασαν τοῦτον. 
so [and it was so]. Therefore indeed they-'drove him ‘away. 
Δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ἰόντες παρὰ τὰς τάξεις, 
But the others going to the (different) ranks (and 
ὅπου μὲν εἴη στρατηγὸς 
divisions of the army), where indeed there-might-be (a) general 
σῶος, παρεχάλουν τὸν στρατηγὸν" δὲ ὁπόδεν 
saved, they-called-up the general ; but where 
οἴχοιτο, τὸν ὑποστρατηγόν᾽ δ᾽ ὅπου αὖ 
he-had-perished, the lieutenant-general ; but where again 
ein λοχαγὸς, τὸν λοχαγόν. "Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
there-might-be (a) captain, the captain. When indeed 
πάντες συνῆλωον ἐχαϑέζοντο εἰς TO πρόςϑεν 
came-together they-seated-themselves in the front 


16 


182 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τῶν ὅπλων" καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχάᾶγοι 
of-the (place) of-arms; and the generals and captains 
συνελϑόντες ἐγένοντο τοὺς ἀμφὶ ἑχατόν. 
assembling were — (in all) about a-hundred. 
Ὅτε δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, ἦσαν σχεδὸν 
_|When indeed this was, [when this occurred], it-was near 
μέσαι νύχτες. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα “Ἱερώνυμος ᾿Ἡλεῖος, 
mid night. There Hieronymus (the) Elian, 
ὧν πρεσδύτατος τῶν λοχαγῶν TIpokévov, ἤρχετο 
being the-oldest of-the captuins of-Proxenus, commenced 
λέγεω ὧδε. Ω ἄνδρες στρατηγοί καὶ λοχαγοί, 
to-speak thus: 0 men generals and captains, 
ΡΖ ΞΟ Ἢ c¢ ww ‘ , 
ἔδοξε ἡμῖν ὁρῶσι τὰ παρόντα 


it-seemed (proper) to-us seeing the present (state of our affairs), 


καὶ συνελϑεῖν αὐτοῖς, καὶ παρακαλέσαι ὑμᾶς, 


both to-assemble-together ourselves, and to-call-on you 
σ 
ὅπως βθουλευσαίμεϑα εἴ δυναίμεθα 
(to join us) in-order-that we-may-determine if we-can 
3 > 
τι ἀγαϑόν. A’, ἔφη, 
on-something good (and advantageous to ourselves). But, said-he, 
σύ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, λέξον ἅπερ χαὶ 


*do you, QO Xenophon, ‘relate what (you have) even (said) 
‘ « ~ 

σρος γμας. 

ἴο us. 


"Ex τούτου Ἐενοφῶν λέγει τάδε: ᾿Αλλὰ δὴ 


On this Xenophon speaks thus: But truly 
μὲν πἄᾶντες ἐπιστάμεθα ταῦτα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς 
indced ‘we all ‘know this, that (the) king 
καὶ Τισσαφέρνης συνειλήφασιν ἡμῶν ods μὲν 
and Tissaphernes have-seized-upon (all) of-us whom indeed 
ἐδυνήϑησαν" δὲ δῆλον ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύουσι 
they-could:; and (it is) evident that they-are-plotting 


τοῖς ἄλλοι, ὡς ἀπολέσωσιν, ἢν δύνωνται. 
against-the rest (of us), that they-may-put-us-to-death, if they-can. 
Δὲ ye οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα ἡμῖν, ὡς 

Rut at-least I-think every (thing) is-to-be-done by-us, that we-‘may 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER I. , 183 


~ , 
μήποτε yevduesa ἐπὶ tots βαρθάροις, 
never ‘get into (the power of) the arbarians, 


ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐκχεῖνοι, ἢν δυνώμεθα 


but rather (that) they, if we-are-able (to accomplish it) 
ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν. ᾿Ἐπίστασϑε 
|(may fall) into us [may fall into our hands]. Know 


, ε - ~ σ ~ 
ed τοίνυν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς, ὄντες τοσοῦτοι ὅσοι viv 


well therefore, that you, being so-many as now 
συνεληλύϑατε, ἔχετε μέγιστον καιρόν. 
have-come-together (of you), have the-greatest opportunity 


Tap πάντες of οὗτοι στρα- 


{of distinguishing yourselves), For all — these sol- 
σιῶται βλέπουσι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, χἂν μὲν ὁρῶσιν 
diers look to you, and-if indeed they-see 
c ~ 3 / ; » A ‘ 3 

ὑμᾶς ἀϑύμος, πάντες ἔσονται κακοὶ" δὲ εἰ τε 
you dispirited, all will-be cowards; but if not-only 
ς - 3 , \ 4 δ 5. 
VUELG =AUTOL φανεροί. σαρασχευαζόμενοι NTE ἔπι 
you yourselves appearing prepared go against 
τοὺς πολεμίους, χαὶ Napaxadreite τοὺς ἄλλους 
the enemy, and-also exhort the ‘others 


ee 
ἴστε ed ὅτι ἕψονται ὑμῖν, καὶ πειρά- 
(to the same) know well that they-will-follow you, and _ will-en- 


σονται μιμεῖσθαι. Δὲ τοι ἴσως ἐστι καὶ 
deavour to-imitate (you). And — perhaps it-is even 


δ. τὰς 

δίχαιν ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τι τούτων. 
right (that) we should-differ somewhat from-these (soldiers). 

ε ~ ~ 
Tap wucis ἐστέ στρατηγοί, ὑμεὶς ταξίαρχοι 
For you are generals, you~ (are) taxiarchs 
καὶ λοχαγοί" καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη ἦν, ὑμεῖς ἐπλεονεχτεῖτε 
and captains; and when peace was, you had-a-greater-portion 
| τούτων χαὶ χρήμασι καὶ τιμαῖς" καὶ νῦ» 
_ (than) these both of-riches and honours; and πο» 


ποίνυν, ἐπεὶ ἐστί πόλεμος, δεὶ ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῦν 
| therefore, when there-is war, it-is-proper (that) you excel 
αὐτοὺς ~ εἶναι ἀμείνους te τοῦ πιλήϑους. 





these, (and that you) be superior not-only to-the’ multitude, 


184 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


χαὶ σπροθδουλεύειν καὶ προπονεῖν τούτων͵ 
but-also to-plan-and-devise and to-labour-and-exert-yourselves for-these, 


ἦν που δέγ. Καὶ νῦν μὲν πρῶτον 
if any-where it-may-be-needed. And now indeed in-the-first (place) 


οἴομαι ὑμᾶς ἂν μέγα ὀνῆσαι τὸ στράτευμα, 
Ithink (that) you may greatly benefit the army, 


i ἐπιμεληϑείητε, ὅπως στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 


if you-take-care, that generals and captaing 


ἀντιχκατασταϑῶσιν ὡς τάχιστα ἀντὶ τῶν 
be-chosen as speedily-as-possible in-place-of — (those) 


ἀπολωλότων. Tap ἄνευ ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν οὔτε 
we-are-deprived-of. For without commanders nothing either 


καλὸν οὔτε ayasov ἂν γένοιτο, ὡς μὲν εἰπεῖν 


honourable or good can happen, as, indeed to-speak 
συνελόντι, οὐδαμοῦ, δὲ δὴ ἐν τοῖς πολε- 
in-comprehensive (language), no-where, but truly in —_ warlike- 


μιχοῖς παντάπασι. Tap μὲν n εὐταξία doxel 


affairs not-at-all, For indeed — order appears 
σώζειν, δὲ ἡ ἀταξία ἤδη ἀπολώλεχε 
to-preserve (armies), but --- want-of-order ‘has already ‘destroyed 
πολλοὺς. Δὲ ἐπειδὰν χαταστήσησθε τοὺς ἄρ- 
many. And after you-have-appointed the ~ com- 
χοντας, ὅσους del, χαὶ ἢν συλλέγητε 


manders, as-many-as it-is-proper (toappoint),aud if you-assembled 


καὶ παραϑαῤῥύνητε τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας, οἶμαι 


and i ὁ ἀτή other soldiers, I-think 


ἂν ὑμᾶς ποιῆσαι πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ. Γὰρ 
that you will-have-acted very-much in season-and-to-the-purpose. For 


~ ς ~ 

viv μὲν ἴσως καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰσϑάνεσϑε, ὡς AStuas 
now indeed likewise even you perceive, how dispiritedly 
μὲν ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, δὲ ἀϑύμως 
indeed they-went to the (place of ) "" and (also how) dejectedly 


‘ 


pos τὰς φυλαχάς, ὥςτε, ἐχόντων 


(they went) guard, |so-that, having (themselves) 
οὕτω οὐχ οἶδα 


᾽ 
50 Le [while they are in this state of mind], I-‘do not ‘know 


EE ἀν. ἐς τὰν... 


¢ 
q 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER 1. 185 


5 σι τὶς ἂν χρήσαιτο αὑτοῖς, σι 
for what any-one might use them, ‘should any-thing 
δέοι εἴτε νυχτὸς εἴτε καὶ ἡμέρας. Δὲ ἢν 
*be-required either by-night or even by-day. But 1 
Tis στρέψῃ τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν, ὡς μὴ 


any-one should-turn the thoughts of-them, that they-‘may not 
μόνον ἐννοῶνται, τί πείσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τί 


alone ‘contemplate, what they-will-suffer, but also what 
ποιήσουσι, ἔσονται πολὺ εὐθυμότερο. Tap δὴ 
they-will-do, they-will-be much more-inspirited. For truly 


ἐπίστασϑε, ὅτι ἐστίν οὔτε MARIS οὔτε ἰσχὺς 


you-are-aware, that it-is neither multitude nor strength 


ἢ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ ποιοῦσα vixas. 


which in — war | are-making victories; [produce victories] ; 
ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότεροι, σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς ἂν 
hut which-ever, with the (assistance of the) gods being 


ἐῤῥωμενέστεροι ταῖς ψυχαὶς ἴωσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
more-resolute — in-mind may-go against the 
πολεμίους, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οἱ ἐναντίοι - 

enemy,. (as) for the most-part the adverse (enemy) 


od δέχονται τούτους. 
| ‘can not ‘receive them _ [can not sustain their attack]. 


Δ’ ἔγωγε, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐντεϑύμημαι, xai τοῦτο, 
But I-at-least, 0 men, have-considered, also this, 
ὅτι ὁπόσοι μὲν μαστεύουσι ζῆν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου 
that those-who indeed desire to-live | by all means 
a - ~ = \ ες 22% 
ἐν τοῖς πολεμιχοῖς, οὗτοι μὲν ὡς ET 
[at any rate] in —  warlike-affairs, these indeed (as) for 
τὸ πολὺ ἀποϑνήσχουσι χαχῶς Te xal αἰσχρῶς" 
the most-part die wretchedly and also dishonourably 
3 
δὲ ὁπόσοι μὲν ἐγνώχασι θάνατον εἶναι κοινὸν 
but those-who indeed have-known death to-be common 
~ ~ 3 
πᾶσι καὶ ἀναγχαῖον ἀνϑρώποις, ἀγωνίζονται δὲ 
to-all, and inevitable to-men, eontend-in-battle — 
περὶ τοῦ χαλῶς ἀποϑνήσκειν, 
| for the honourably to-die, [for an honourable death], 
ἐν 1δὺ 


186 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


c ~ , ~ 4 3 3 : 
ὁρῶ σούτους μᾶλλον πῶς ἀφιχνουμένους εἰς TO 
I-perceive these rather somehow arriving at -- 


γῆρας, καὶ, ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν διάγοντας 
sid-age, and, as-long-as ‘they may ‘live passing (their time) 
εὐδαιμονέστερον. Kai ἃ χαταμαϑόντας 
more-happily. And which (things) having-understood 
νῦν δεὶ ἡμᾶς (yap ἔσμεν ἐν τοιούτῳ καιρῷ) 
it now ‘becomes’ us (ἃ we-are in such (a) state) 
εἶναι τε ἀγαθοὺς ἄνϑρας αὐτούς καὶ 
(that) we-be not-only brave men ourselves but-also 
παραχαλεῖν ποὺς ἄλλους. Ὃ μὲν εἰπὼν 
exhort the others (to beso). Who indeed saying 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαύσατο. 
this ceased (speaking). 
Δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον Χειρίσοφος εἶπε" ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, 
But after this Cheirisophus said: But indeed, 
ot — ~ 4 PD & , 
ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, πρόσϑεν ἐγίγνωσχον σὲ μόνον 
ο Xenophon, before-this I-knew you only 
τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ἤχουον εἶναι ᾿Αϑηναῖον" δὲ 
so-much, as-that I-heard you-were(an) Athenian; but 
νῦν καὶ ἐπαινῶ oe te ἐφ᾽ οἷς λέγεις καὶ 
now ‘I even ‘praise you not-only for what you-say but-also 


ares, καὶ ἂν βουλοίμην ὅτι εἶναι 
(for what) you-perform, and could wish that there-were 


πλείστους τοιούτους" yap ἂν εἴη TO κοινὸν 


many . such ; for ‘it would ‘be  — (a) general 
ἀγαθόν. Kai νῦν, ἔφη, μὴ μέλλωμεν, ὦ 
good. And now, said-he, let-‘us not ‘delay, 0 
ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ot δεόμενοι ἄρχοντες ἀπελθόντες 
men, but —(those) wanting commanders having-retired 
ἤδη αἱρεῖσθε, χαὶ ἑλόμενοι ἤχετε 


now to-choose (them), and having-elected (them) ‘let (them) ‘come 


εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου, καὶ ἄγετε τοὺς 
fo the middle of-the camp, and ring τς 


᾿ 


ἱρεθέντας" ἔπειτα συγκαλοῦμεν Exel τους 
(those) chosen ; afterwards we-will-call-together there the 








BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 187 
.Ψ 

ἄλλους στρατιώτας. A’, ἔφη, χαὶ Τολμίδης ὃ 
other soldiers. But, said-he, ‘let also Tolmides the 
~ ἕ 7 Cc = ᾿ σ 3 \ ap Oe 
XNPVS TAPED TO) γμιν. Καὶ αμᾶ εἰπὼν TAVT 
herald *be-present with-us. And at-the-time he-was-saying this 
39 , ε ᾿ ι 
ἀνέστη, OS τὰ δέοντα μὴ μέλλοιτο, 
he-rose-up, that the (things) necessary ‘might ποῦ ‘be-delayed, 
ἀλλὰ mepaivorto. Ἔχ τούτου ypéSyoav ἄρχον- 
but be-executed. On this they-chose (as) comman- 
τες, ἀντὶ μὲν Κλεάρχου Τιμασίων Δαρδανεύς, 
ders, in-place-of — Klearchus Timasion (the) Dardanian, 
δὲ ἀντὶ Σωχράτους Ἐαντιχλῆς ᾿Αχαιός, δὲ 
and in-place-of Socrates Xanticles (the) Achzian, and 
ἀντὶ ᾿Αγίου Κλεάνωρ Ὀρχομένιος, δὲ ἀντὶ 
in-place-of Agias Cleanor (the) Orchomenian, and in-place-of 
Μένωνος Φιλήσιος  "Ayaids, δὲ ἀντὶ ἸΠωοξένου 
Menon Philesius (the) Achean, andin-place-of Proxenus 
Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος. 
Xenophon (the) Athenian. 





CHAPTER II. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἥρηντο, Te 65 ἡμέρα 
WHEN indeed (the officers) were-chosen, not-only ‘was (the) day 


σχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε, καὶ of ἄρχοντες ἦχον εἰς τὸ 






; just *dawning, but-alsothe commanders had-come to the 
μέσον, χαὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, προφύ- 
middle (οὗ the camp), and  it-seemed (necessary) to-them, senti- 


 Aaxnag καταστήσαντας, συγχαλεῖν τοὺς στρα- 
nels being-placed, to-call-together the * sol- 
4 Ἐπεὶ δὲ xal of ἄλλοι στρατιῶται 
 diers. When indeed also the other soldiers 
συνῆλθον, Χειρίσοφος 6 Λαχεδαιμόνιος πρῶτον 
_ tame-together, Cheirisophus _ the Lacedzemonian first 
ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. “Q. ἄνδρες στρα- 


rose-up, and spoke thus: ο men _ sol- 


188 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
. 
τιῶται, TH παρόντα μὲν χαλεπὰ, 
diers, — (our) present-affairs indeed are-fraught-with-difficulties, 
ὁπότε στερόμεϑθα τοιούτω ἀνδρῶν στρατηγῶν, 
since we-are-deprived — of-such men (our) generals, 
καὶ λοχαγῶν, xai στρατιωτῶν" δὲ καὶ 
and (also) ‘of (our) ‘captains, and soldiers ; and also 
πρὸς Peis ταΣ 61 ἀμφὶ °Apiaiov, οἵ 
of (those) moreover (namely) — (those) with risus, who 
ὄντες πρόσϑεν σύμμαχοι, προδεδώχασιν ἡμᾶς. 
being formerly (our) allies, ave-deserted us. 
Δὲ ὅμως δεῖ τε ἐλϑεῖν ἐχ τῶν παρόν- 
But likewise it-becomes (us) not-only to-get-out of -- (our) pre- 
των ἀγαϑούς ἄνδρας, καὶ μὴ ὑφίεσ- 
sent (difficulties) (like) brave men, but-also not — to-give- 
Sal, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι ὅπως, ἦν μὲν δυνώμεϑα, 
up, but to-endeayvour that, if indeed we-can, 
γικῶντες καλῶς, σωζώμεϑα" δὲ εἰ μή, 
conquering honourably, we-may-saye-ourselves; but if not, 
ἀλλὰ γε ἀποϑνήσχωμεν xadds, δὲ μηδέποτε 
yet at-least let-us-die honourably, and never 
~ ‘ ε 

γενώμεθα ζῶντες ὑποχείριοι 
| we-being living [while we live] putting-ourselves-in-the-hands-of 
τοῖς πολεμίοις. Tap οἴομαι dv ἡμᾶς παϑεῖν 
the enemy. For L-think that we would-suffer 


τοιαῦτα, οἷα ob ϑεοὶ ποιήσειαν τοὺς 
such-things, as ‘may the gods ‘do to— (our) 
ἐχθροὺς. "Eni τούτῳ Κλεάνω Ὀρχομένιος 
enemies. After _ this-one Cleanor (the) Orchomenian 
ἀνέστη xat ἔλεξεν ὧδε. ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
rose-up , and spoke as-follows: But indeed, ὁ men, 
c¢ nw ‘ > la A 9. "7 7 
ὁρᾶτε τὴν ἐπιορχίαν καὶ ἀσέδειαν βασιλέως, 
you-see the perjury and impiety ‘of (the) *king, 
δὲ ὁρᾶτε τὴν ἀπιστίαν Τισσαφέρνους, ὅστις λέγων 


and you-see the faithlessness of-Tissapliernes, who saying 


ὡς ey τε γείτων τῆς Ἑλλάδος, καὶ ἂν 


that he-was not-only (a) neighbour of-the | Greeks, _ but-also would 


ils alli i 


BOOK III. —CHAPTER II. 189 


ποιήσαιτο περὶ πλείστου σῶσαι nuas, καὶ 
make-it of much (account) to-have-saved us, and 
αὐτὸς ὁμόσας ἐπὶ τούτοις ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς 
he-himself having-sworn to these (things) to-us, ¢ 
δούς δεξιὰς, αὐτός ἐξαπατήσας aera 
having-given (the) right-hand, he having-deceived (us) took — 
τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ οὐδὲ ἠδέσϑη 
(prisoners) --- (our) generals, and neither has- he-respected 
Δία ξένων; ἀλλὰ γενόμενος καὶ 


Jupiter (the god of) hospitality, but having-become also (a) 
ὁμοτράπεζος Κλεάρχῳ, αὐτοῖς τούτοις 


table-companion to-Clearchus, by-these same (meang) 
ἐξαπατήσας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεκεν. ᾿Αριαῖος 
having-deceived «-- men he-destroyed _ (them). Arizeus 


δὲ, ὃν ἡμεῖς ἠϑέλομεν χαϑιστάναι βασιλέα, καὶ 


also, whom we wished to-have-constituted king, and 
ἐδώχαμεν καὶ éAdbousy πιστὰ μὴ προδώσειν 
we-gave and received pledges ποῦ to-betray 


ἀλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος, οὔτε δείσας τοὺς θεοὺς 
one-another, (yet) even this-one, neither having-feared the gods 
οὔτε aideoSeis σεϑνηχότα Kipor, τιμώμενος 
or having-respected (the) departed Cyrus, (though) honoured 
ς 4 ~ ~ 
μάλιστα ὑπὸ Κύρου ζῶντος, νῦν 
in-the-highest-degree . by Cyrus (while) living, ‘having now 


ἀποστὰς πρὸς τοὺς ἐχϑίστους ἐχείνου, 
* gone-over to the bitterest-enemies ‘of (Cyrus) ‘himself, 


πειρῶται ποιεῖν καχῶς ἡμᾶς τοὺς φίλους Κύρου. 
he-endeavours~ to-do ill to-us the friends _ of-Cyrus. 


᾿Αλλὰ μὲν οἷ θεοὶ ἀποτίσαιντο τούτους" 

But indeed ‘may the gods ‘repay these (men); 
δὲ δεὶ ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντας ταῦτα μήποτε ἔτι 
but it-becomes us seeing these (things) never more 
ἐξαπατηϑῆναι ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀλλὰ, μαχομένους 
to-be-deceived by these (men), but, fighting 


190 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


κράτιστα, ὡς dy δυνώμεθα, πάσχει» 
in-the-bravest (manner) that ‘we may *be-able, to-bear 
τοῦτο ὅ τι ἂν δοχῇ τοῖς θεοῖς. 
that which may seem (proper) to-the gods. 
Ἔχ τούτου Ξενοφῶν ἀνίσταται, ἐσταλμένος ἔπι 
After this Xenophon stood-up, equipped for 
πόλεμον ὡς χάλλιστα ἐδύνατο, νομίζων, εἴτε 
war as handsomely (as) he-was-able, thinking,  that-if 
ot θεοί διδοῖεν νίχην στὸν χάλλιστον χόσμον 
the gods should-grant victory (that) the most-beautiful ornaments 
ἔπειν τῷ νιχᾶν, εἴτε δέοι 
became | to-the to-conquer [victory], (or) that-if it-might-be-so (that he 
τελευτᾶν, ἔχειν ὀρϑῶς, 
was) to-die, | to-have (itself) properly, [it would be well] (that 


ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαντα τῶν καλλίστων 
he should think) himself as-having-been-worthy of-the most-beautiful 


ἐν τούτοις τυγχάνειν τῆς τελευτῆς" 
(equipments, and) in these to-meet — (his) end; 
δὲ τοῦ λόγου ἤρχετο ὧδε" Mév τε τὴν ἐπιορχίαν 
but —(his)speech he-began thus: Indeed not-only the perjury 
καὶ ἀπιστίαν τῶν Baphdpor Κλεάνωρ μὲν 
but-also (the) perfidy of-the barbarians Cleanor indeed 


= ς ~ ‘ 
λέγει, δὲ οἶμαι ὑμεῖς xai ἐπίστασϑε. 
*has (just now) ‘mentioned, and I-think you also are-aware-of-it. 


Εἰ μὲ οὖν βουλευόμεϑα πάλιν ἰέναι διὰ 
If indeed therefore we-deliberate | again to-go through 
φιλίας αὐτοὶς 
friendship with-them [of again coming to terms of friendship with them] 
ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς ἔχειν πολλὴν ἀϑυμίαν, 
(it is of) necessity (that) we (must) have much mistrust, 
καὶ ὁρῶντας τοὺς στρατηγούς, οἷα 
*having also *seen — (our) generals, what (they) 
πεπόνθασιν, οἱ διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς 
suffered, who through faith in-them ‘put themselves 


ἐνεχείρισαν" εἰ μέντοι διανοούμεθα σὺν «οὶς 
‘into-their-hands; if however we-intend with — (our 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 191 


ὅπλοις τε ἐπιϑεῖναι δίχην αὐτοῖς 


arms not-only | to-impose _ justice on-them [to inflict punish. 


ὧν πεποιήχασι, xaL τὸ λοισιὸν 
ment on them] (for that) which they-have-done, but-also (for) the future 


ἰέναι διὰ παντὸὲξ πολέμου αὐτοῖς, σὺν 
to-go through all (kinds) of-warfare with-them, with (the help of) 


τοῖς θεοὶς εἰσὶ πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐπίδες owrnpias. . 


the gods there-are many and fair hopes of-safety. 
Δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος τοῦτο τις πτάρνυται" δ᾽ 
But he saying this some-one sneezes ; and 


ol στρατιῶται dxovoartes πάντες μιᾷ ὁρμῇ 
the soldiers é hearing (it) all with-one impulse 
προςεχύνησαν tov θεόν" xal Ξενοφῶν eine’ 

worshipped the god; and Xenophon said: (As) 
Ἐπεὶ ἡμῶν λεγόντων περὶ σωτηρίας, οἱωνὸς 
while we were-speaking about safety, (an) omen 


tod Διὸς τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐφάνη, δοκεὶ μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, 


οὗ — Jupiter the Preserver appeared, it-seems to-me, Ὁ men, 

εὔξασϑαι τῷ TOUTO θεῷ ϑύσειν σωτή- 
(that) we-vow to— that god to-sacrifice (the) offerings-of- 
pia, ὅπου πρῶτον ἀφικώμεθα εἰς φιλίαν χῶραν, 


safety, when first we-arrive in (a) friendly country, 


δὲ xai ovvenevdEacSa: θύσεν ois ἄλλοις 
and also (that) we-vow-together to-sacrifice-héreafter to-the other 


θεοῖς κατὰ δύναμιν. Kai ἔφη, ὅτῳ 
gods according-to (our) ability. And he-said, to-whomsoever 


vaita δοχὶ ἀνατεινάτω τὴν σχεῖρα. Καὶ 
{815 seems (right) hold-up — (your) hand. And 


ἅπαντες ἀνέτειναν. Ἔχ τούτου εὔξαντο 
all \ held-up (theirhands). Upon _ this they-’made 


nat ἔἐπαιάνισαν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ τὰ 


ΝΡ ΡΟ ΣΣ-----ν 


: (their) ‘vows and salg-a-pean. | And when the  /(thingsj 
tov θεῶν εἴχεν καλῶς, : 
of-the gods had (themselves) well, {and when the rel:gious 


3 : ἤρχετο πάλιν ὧδε" 
‘eeremonies were duly performed], be-commenced again thus: 


q ; 


192 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Ἐτύγχανον λέγων ὅτι εἶεν πολλαὶ καὶ 
I-happened (tobe) saying that there-were many and 


χαλαὶ ἐλπίδες ἡμῖν σωτηρίας. Tap πρῶτον per 
fair hopes to-us of-safety. For first indeed 


ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐμπεδοῦμεν τοὺς dpxovg τῶν θεῶν, 
we ‘have truly ‘observed | the oaths of-the gods, 


δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι τε 
[our oaths made to the gods], but the enemy ‘have not-only 


ἐπιωρχήχασι, χαὶ λελύχασι τὰς σπονδὰς 
*perjured (themselves), but-also have-broken the truce 


καὶ τοὺς ὅρχους. Δ’ ἐχόντων 

and — (their) oaths. But (things) having (themselves) 
οὕτω, εἶχὸς μὲν ποὺς θεούς εἶναι ἐναντίους 
thus, _it-is-proper indeed (for) the gods to-be against 
τοὶς πολεμίοις, δὲ συμμάχους ἡμῖν, οἵπερ εἰσι 
- (our) enemies, but auxiliaries to-us, who are 


ἱκανοί, ὅταν βούλωνται καὶ ταχὺ ποιεῖν τοὺς 
competent, when they-will both speedily to-make the 
μεγάλους μιχροὺς, καὶ εὐπετῶς σῶζειν τοὺς μικρούς. 
great little, and easily to-save the little, 
κἂν ὦσι ἐν δεινοῖς. Δὲ ἔπειτα. 

although they-may-be in dangers. But (next) after (this), 


ες - - 
(γὰρ ἀναμνήσω ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τῶν 
(for -shall-remind you even (of) the dangers of — 
ἡμετερων τῶν προγόνων, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὡς 
our -- ancestors, in-order-that you-may-perceive thut 
eee er ‘ 
TE προςήχει ὑμὶν εἶναι dyadols, Te σὺν 
— it-becomes you _ to-be brave, and-that with (the help of} 


τοῖς θεοῖς οἱ ἀγαϑοί σώζονται xal éx πάνυ 


the Βοὰβ the brave — are-saved ~— even from the-greatest 
δεινῶν") yap μὲν Περσῶν καὶ τῶν σὺν 
dangers ;) for indeed (the) Persians and — (those) with — 
αὐτοῖς ἐλθόντων σπαμσιληϑεὶ στόλῳ, ὡς 

them coming *with (a) ‘numerous host, as ‘making © 
τὰς ᾿Αϑήνας ἀφανιούντων αὖϑις, ᾿Αϑυναῖοι 


Athens ‘disappearing again, (but the) Atheniurs 


4 
: 
; 
ξ 
ΐ 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 193 


7 ες - 3 ~ τὶ δι 5 7 
τ oAUNs QVTES VMOOTHVAL αὐτοῖς EVLXYOAV MAUTOVS. 
daring to-withstand them conquered them, 
Καὶ εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὁπόσους τῶν 
And  having-vowed to jana (that) as-‘many  of-the 


πολεμίων ἂν καταχάνοιεν τοσαύτος χιμαίρας 
enemy ‘as ‘they might *kill so-many she-guats 


χαταϑύσεν στῇ θεῷ, ἐπεὶ εἶχον οὐχ 
they-would-sacrifice to-the godiers, (but) when |they-had not (a) 


ἱχανὰς εὑρεῖν, 
sufficient-number to-find, [they could not find a sufficient number], 


x» 3 - la \ ; 
ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς θύειν πενταχοσίας χὰτ 
it-seemed (good) to-them _ to-sacrifice five-hundred every 


ἐνιαυτὸν, καὶ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀποϑύουσιν. Ἔπειτα 
year, and also even now _ they-sacrifice (them). (Afterwards) 


ὅτε Ἐέρξης ὕστερον, ἀγείρας τὴν ἀναρίῶ- 


when Sa after-this, having-collected — (that) innumer- 


untov στρατιάν, ἦλϑεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ 


able army, went against the Greeks, and 


TOTE οἵ met ee πρόγονοι ἐνίχων τοὺς προγόνους 


then — ancestors conquered the ancestors 


 TOUTAY, xal κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. 
of-these (barbarians), both by land and by sea. 


Τεχμήρια μὲν ὧν ἔστι τὰ «τρόπαια ὁρᾶν, 
_ (The) proofs indeed of-which are the — trophies | to-see, 







δὲ μέγιστον μαρτύριον ἡ éAevSepia των 
ἝΞ seen], but the-greatest witness (is)the liberty _— of-the 


pad ἐν αἷς ὑμεὶς ἐγένεσϑε xal ἐτράφητε" 


in which you were-born and bred ; 

ςχυνεῖτε οὐδένα ἄνθρωπον δεσπότην, 
you-worship no man (as) master, 

ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεοὺς Τοιούτων προγόνων μὲν 
ἷ the go (only). Of-such ancestors. indeed 
Μὲν δὴ γε οὐχ ἐρῶ τοῦτο, 
e-you. ‘I indeed certainly at-least ‘will not ‘say this, 
ἡμεῖς καταισχύνετε αὐτούς" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω πολλαὶ 

' disgrace them ; but not-yet many 


= 


194 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

ἡμέραι, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἀντιταξά- 
days, | from which [since] having-been-drawn-up-in-order-of-battle- 
μενοι τούτοις τοὶς ἐχγόνοις ἐχείνων, 

against these -- descendants of-those (barbarians), 
ἐνιχᾶτε αὐτῶν πολλαπλασίους 
you-conquered (a force) of-them ~many-times-more-numerous (than) 
c ~ ~ ~ ‘ ’ ‘ 
ὑμῶν σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς. Καὶ τότε ιιὲν 
yourselves with (the assistance οὔ) the gods. And then -- 


δὴ ἦτε ἀγαϑοί ἄνδρες περὶ τῆς βασιλείας 
truly you-were brave men ᾿ (contending) about the kingdom 
adh δὲ viv, ὁπότε 


; [contending to elevate Cyrus to the throne]; but now, when 


ὃ ἀγών éote περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας, δήπου. 


the contest is about --:οὋ  your-own safety, ‘it certainly 


‘ 


mposrxet ὑμᾶς πολὺ, xai εἶναι ἀμείνονας χαὶ 
you much, both to-be more (brave) and 


o-oo ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ νῦν πρέπει 


Βυξ certainly ‘it even now ‘becomes 


εἶναι θαῤῥαλεωτέρους πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. 


(you) to-be more-confident-and-daring against the enemy. 
Tap μὲν. τότε ὄντες ἄπειροι αὐτῶν, τε ὁρῶντες 
For. se then being inexperienced of-them, and seeing 


TO ἄμετρον πλῆθος, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν TO 
the. immense multitude, however you-dared with the 


opera πατρίῳ ἰέναι εἰς αὐτούς" δὲ 
derived-from-your-ancestors to-go against them; but 


viv, ὁπότε χαὶ ἤδη ἔχετε πεῖραν αὐτῶν, ὅτι 
now, when ‘you even already Si experience of-them, that 


θέλουσι xai ὄντες πολλαπλάσιοι 

they-wish even (though) being many-times (more numerous 
un δέχεσϑαι ὑμᾶς. τί ἔτι 

than you) not to-receive you {attacking them), how thes 
t ὑμῖν φοδεῖσϑαι τούτους; Μηδὲ μέντοι 

does-it-become you to-fear these (men)? | Nor indeed 


δόξητε ἔχειν τοῦτο μεῖον, 
think to-bave this less, [nor think this to be a disadvantagel. 


Se ees 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 195 
ἢ ot Κυρεῖοι, πρόσϑεν ταττόμενοι σὺν ἡμῖν, 
if the followers-of-Cyrus, formerly drawn-up with us, 


viv ἀφεστήχασι. Tap ἔτι οὗτοι εἰσι 
(have) now deserted (us). For also these (men) are 


χκαχίονες τῶν ἡττημένων vp ἡμῶν. 
more-cowardly (than) --- (those) defeated by us. 


Γοὺν ἔφευγον πρὸς ἐχείνους καταλιπόντες ἡμᾶς. 
For-indeed they-fied to them deserting 


Aé πολὺ χρεῖττον ὁρᾶν TOUS θέλοντας 


And (it is) much better — (those) wishing 
ἄρχε WwW φυγῆς τ ee a τ οἷς πολεμίοις, 
to-commence flight enemy, 


ἢ ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πᾶ oe ei τις ὑμῶν 
than in “--- our ranks. But if any-one of-you 
ἀϑυμεῖ, ὅτι μὲν εἰσὶν οὐχ ἱππεῖς ἡμὶν, 
is-disheartened, that indeed there-are no horsemen to-us, [that 
δὲ πολλοὶ πάρεισι τοὶς πολεμίοις, 


we oo [but (that) many are-present to-the enemy, 


EVSVUNSNTE ὅτι 
rout that the enemy have a large force of cavalry], - consider 


ot μύριοι ἱππεῖς εἰσὶν οὐδὲν ἀλλο ἢ μύριοι 
— ten-thousand horsemen are nothing else than ten-thousand 


ἄνϑρωποι" yap μὲν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀπέϑανεν ἐν 


men; for indeed no-one ever died in 


—— τ--Ῥ-ς- 











οὔτε δηχϑεὶς οὔτε λαχτισϑεὶς ὑπὸ 
battle (neither) (either) bitten -- (or) kicked by 
immov, δὲ ot ἄνδρες εἰσὶν οἱ ποιοῦντες ὅ τι 


(a) horse, but the men are (those) who do whatever 
ἂν γίγνηται ἐν ταῖς μάχαις. Οὐκοῦν ἢ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν 


may happen in 


ἐπ᾿ πολὺ ἀσφαλεστέρου ὁ ὀχήματος γε τῶν ἱππέων" 
on (a) much vehicle (than) at-least the cavalry, 


us μὲν οἵ —— ἐφ᾽ ἔσαν; φοδούμενοι 


indeed — (those) fearing 


οὐχ ἡμᾶς a, dia: χαὶ TO καταπιεσεῖν" 
but also [the to-hayve-fallen; [falling]: 


196 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
δ᾽ ἡμεῖς βεθηχότες ἐπὶ γῆς 
|but we having-gone on (the) ground [but we marching on the 


παίσομεν μὲν πολὺ ἰσχυρότερον ἦν τις 
ground]  shall-strike indeed much wmore-violently if any-one 


mposin, δὲ πολὺ μᾶλλον σπευξόμεϑα ὅτου βουλώ- 


approach, and much more shall-we-attain-the-aim which we-de- 


μεϑα. Δὲ ἑνὶ μόνῳ οἱ ἱσπισπεὶς σπροέχουσιν 
sired. But in-one (thing) alone the cavalry have-the-advantage-of 


ἡμᾶς" φεύγειν ἔστιν ἀσφαλέστερον αὐτοὶς ἢ ἡμῖν. 


to-flee safer for-them than for-us. 


Ei δὲ δὴ θαῤῥεῖτε μὲν τὰς μάχας. 
If indeed truly you-are-confident-and-courageous — for — battle, 
δὲ ἄχϑεσθε todt0, ὅτι Τισσαφέρνης οὐχέτι 
but you-are-troubled at-this, that Tissaphernes ‘will no-longer 


ἡγήσεται ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς παρέξει 
‘guide you, nor ‘will (the) king *provide (you a} 


ἀγορὰν, σκέψασθε πότερον κρεῖττον ἔχειν Τισσα- 


market consider whether (itis) better to-have  Tissa- 


φέρνην ἡγεμόνα, ὅς ἔστι φανερός ἐπιθουλεύων 


i (as) guide, who [158 evidently plotting-against 


Ἃ ΡῚ 
ἡμῶν, ἢ ἄνδρας οὗς ἡμεῖς λαθόντες ἂν 
us, or (the) men whom, we having-seized-them, may 
χελεύωμεν ἡγεῖσθαι, οἱ εἴσονται OTL, ἤν Auap- 
order to-guide (us), who will-know that, if they- 


TaVadL περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἁμαρτάνουσι περὶ τὰς 
err with-respect-to us, they-err with-respect-to the 


ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἑαυτῶν. Δὲ τὰ 


lives and bodies of-themselves. But (as respects) — 


ἐπιτήδεια πότερον χρεῖττον ὠνεῖσθαι ἐχ τῆς 
provisions whether (it is) better to-purchase from the 
ἀγορᾶς, ἧς οὗτοι παρεῖχον, μιχρὰ μέτρα 
market, which these (people) provide, small measures 


σολλοῦ ἀργυρίου, μηδὲ ἔτι ἔχοντας τοῦτο, 


for-much money, neither yet having this (money ), 


ἤ, ἤνπερ χκρατῶμεν, λαμθάνειν αὐτοὺς, χρωμένους 


wy if — we-are-victorious, to-take them, using 


ee ... 





BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 197 


ὁπόσῳ μέτρῳ ἕχαστος ἂν βούληται. Ἐ δὲ 


such measure (as) each might wish. If howevor 


μὲν γιγνώσχετε ταῦτα 
indeed you-know these (things respecting guides and provisions) 


ὅτι κρείττονα, δὲ νομίζετε τοὺς ποταμοὺς 
that (it would now be) _ better, but think the rivers 
εἶναι ἄπορον, καὶ ἡγεῖσθε 

to-be (athing) impassable, and think (yourselves) to-‘be 
μεγάλως ἐξαπατηθῆναι διαθάντες, σχέψασϑε 


greatly ‘misled τ crossing (them), consider 


εἰ ἄρα of βάρθαροι καὶ πεποιήχασι 

whether the fo tte *have (not) even *done (a) 
μωρότατον. Tap μὲν πάντες of ποταμοί, 
most-foolish (thing). For indeed all the rivers, 
εἰ καὶ ὦσι ἄπορι πρόσω τῶν πηγῶν, 
if even they-may-be impassable at-a-distance-from — (their) sources), 


προϊοῦσι πρὸς τὰς πηγὰς γίγνονται διαθατοὶ, 


(but) ᾿ going he sources  they-become passable, 


οὐδὲ βρέχοντες τὸ γόνυι Ki δὲ μήφ᾽ οἱ ποταμοὶ 


net-even wetting the knee. If indeed neither the rivers 


διοίσουσ ly TE μεδεὶς ἡγεμῶν pavett αι 
should-differ (in their breadth), and - πὸ guide appear 


ἡμῖν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἀϑυμητέον ὑμῖν γε. Tap 


to-us, nor thus is-there-to-be-discouragement to-us at-least. For 


ἐπιστάμεϑα Μυσοὺς, ods ἂν οὐχ φαίημεν 


we-know (that the) Mysians, whom 'we should not *assert 


εἶναι βελτίους ἥμων, οἵ, βασιλέως 


to-be braver (than) ourselves, . who, (the) king (being) 


ἄχοντος, οἰχοῦσι πολλάς τε xal εὐδαίμονας καὶ 
unwilling, inhabit many also both rich and 


μεγάλας πόλεις ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ βασιλέως" 


large cities inthe country ‘of (the) *king ; 


ἐπιστάμεϑα, δὲ Πισίδας ὡςαύτως" 
we-know also (that the) Pisidians (have acted) in-like-manner; 


δὲ xal αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν ΔΛυχάονας, ὅτι 


and also we-‘have ourselves ‘seen (the) Lycaonians, that 
τ} 


198 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καταλαθόντες τὰ ἐρυμνὰ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις καρ 
seizing the fortified-places in the plains they-en- 


ποῦνται σὴν χώραν τούτου. Kai & 
joy-the-fruits (in) the territory of-this (king). And indeed 
ἔγωγε ἂν ἔφην ἡμᾶς χρῆναι μήπῳ εἶναι 
. -at-least would have-said (that) we ought not-yet tu-be 
A ε , ν 3 A 
PavEepovs ὡρμημένους οἴκαδε, ἀλλὰ κατασχευ- 
appearing (as) having-started for-home, but to-be-getting- 
dlecSar ὡς οἰχήσοντας που αὐτοῦ. 
ourselves-ready as (if) about-taking-up-our-abode some-where here. 
Tap οἶδα ὅτι καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἂν δοίη πολλοὺς 
For I-knowthat even (the) king indeed would give many 
ἡγεμόνας Mvoois, δ᾽ ἂν πολλοὺς ὁμήρους 
guides ‘to (the) ‘Mysians, and would (give) many hostages 
τοῦ ἐχπέμψειν ἀδόλως καὶ 
(to them) | of-the to-send-away [to send them away] without-treachery and 


᾿ ἂν ὃδοποιήσειε αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἰ βούλοιντο 


also would | make-roads for-them, even if they-wished 
ἀπιέναι σὺν teSpinmoc. Kai oid ὅτι γ᾽ ἂν 
to-depart with four-horse-chariots. And I-know that ‘he also would 


ἐποίει ταῦτα τριςάσμενος ἡμῖν, εἰ ἑώρα 
‘do these (things) most-willingly for-us, if he-saw 
ἡμᾶς παρασκευαζομένους μένειν. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰ 
us making-preparations to-remain. But (notso) for 


ἢ \ σ ie 
δέδοικα, μὴ ἂν ἅπαξ μάϑωμεν ζῆν ἀργοὶ, 
I-fear, lest ‘we may once ‘have-learned  to-live idle, 
καὶ βιοτεύειν ἐν ἀφϑόνοις, καὶ ὁμιλεῖν 
and to-pass-our-lives in plenty, and to-associate *with (the) 


καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ καὶ παρϑένοις 


‘handsome and large women and virgins ‘of (the) 


Μήδων δὲ χαὶ Περσῶν, μὴ, ὥςπερ οἱ 
Medes and also ‘of (the)*Persians, (that) lest, like the 


λωτοφάγοι, ἐπιλαϑώμεϑα, .τῆς ὁδοῦ oixade. Δοχεὶ 


lotus-eaters, we-might-forget the road homewards. It-seems 


= 5 ~ 
ody μοι εἶναι εἰκὸς χαὶ δίκαιον πρῶτον 
therefore to-me.  to-be proper and just first 


ε 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 199 


πειρᾶσθαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι εἷς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα καὶ πρὸς 
to-attempt to-return to -- Greece and to 
τοὺς οἴχείους, καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς “Ἕλλησιν, 
the members-of-our-families, and to-show the Greeks. 
ὅτι éxdvtTeg πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν 
that voluntarily they-are-poor, when-it-is-allowed | them to-see 


χομισαμέγους ἐνθάδε πλουσίου, τοὺς 
(those) having-come hither rich, (but) — (those) 


νῦν οἴχοι πολιτεύοντας éxel σχληρῶς. ᾿Αλλὰ, 
now at-home living there with-difficulty. But (why 

x ~ Tie 
γὰρ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐστί δῆλον ὅτι, πάντα ταῦτα 
more), for, O men, it-is evident that, all these 
«τἀγαϑὰ τῶν χρατούντων. An 
good (things belong to) the conquerors. "It certainly 
δεὲ λέγειν ταῦτο, πῶς ay πορευοίμεθά, τε 
‘is-proper to-mention _ this, how ‘we may *proceed not-only 
ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ ci δέοι μάχεσθαι, ὡς 
88 safely-as-possible, but-also if it-be-necessary _ to-fight, that 


μαχοίμεϑα κράτιστα. ἸΠρῶτον μὲν. τοίνυν, 
we-may-fight (to the) best-advantage. First indeed therefore, 
ἔφη, doxel μοι χατακαῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας, 
said-he, it-seems to-me (that we ought) to-burn the carriages, 
ἃς ἔχομεν, wa στὰ ζεύγη quay py 
which we-have, in-order-that the cattle of-us ‘may not 
στ PAT: ὙγΥΎ); 


*be-the-leader-of-the-army, [in order that our baggage may not influence 
ἀλλὰ πορευώμεῶα ὅπη 

the movements of our army], but (that) we-may-march whithersoever 
ἂν συμφέρῃ τῇ στρατιᾷ" ἔπειτα καὶ 


‘it may ‘be convenient for-the army (to march); afterwards also 


συγχατακαῦσαι τὰς oxnVas. Γὰρ αὗται 
to-*burn the tents ‘with (them). For these 

αὖ μὲν παρέχουσιν ὄχλον ἄγειν, δὲ συνωφε- 
{tents) again --- give trouble _to-carry, | and sontri- 
λοῦσι οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς τὸ μάχεσϑαι 


bute nothing — (either) to the to-fight [and are of πὸ 


200 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHUN. 


οὔτ᾽ εἰς TO ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 


ase in battle] | or to the to-have — provisions [or in pro- 

Ἔτι δὲ xal ἀπαλλάζωμεν τὰ 

curing provisions]. Moreover — _ also let-us-get-rid-of the 
~ ~ G 

περιττὰ τῶν ἄλλων σχευῶν, πλὴν ὅσα 

superfluous (things) of — (our) — other furniture, except what 
~ σ 

ἔχομεν ἕνεχεν πολέμου, ἢ σίτον ἢ ποτῶν, ἵνα 


we-have for-the-purpose of-war, or of-food, or of-drink, in-order-that 
ὡς πλεῖστοι ἡμῶν ὦσιν ἔν τοῖς ὅπλοις δὲ ὡς 
as many-as-possible of-us may-be under — arms and as 
ἐλάχιστα σκευοφορῶσι. Tap μὲν ἐπίστασϑε ὅτι 
few-as-possible may-carry-baggage. For indeed you-know that 
πάντα κρατουμένων ἀλλότρια" 
all (things) *of (the) ‘conquered (become the) property-of-others; 
δὲ ἦν χρατῶμεν δεῖ γομίζειν καὶ τοὺς 
and if | we-conquer it-becomes (you) to-think (that) even the 
, 

πολεμίους ἡμετέρους σχευοφόρους. λοιπόν 
_ enemy (are to be) our baggage-carriers. (It) remains 

ei ee 
μοι εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ νομίζω εἶναι μέγιστον. 
for-me to-mention what ‘I even ‘consider ἰο-ὈῸ (of the) greatest 


Tap ὁρᾶτε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅτι 
(importance). For you-see even the . enemy, that 


οὐ ἐτόλμησαν πρόσϑεν ἐξενεγχεῖν 
*they-did ποὺ ‘dare first to-bring-on (the) 


πόλεμον πρὸς ἡμᾶς, πρὶν συνέλαθον τοὺς στρα- 


war against 8, before they-had-seized the gene- 


TRY OVS ἡμῶν, νομίζοντες μὲν ὄντων 
rals of-us, thinking (that) ‘we indeed (‘being) (having) 


τῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ ἥμων πειϑομένων 

-- commanders, and we being-obedient (to them, that) 
ἡμᾶς εἶναι ἱχανοὺς mepuyevéoSar τῷ πολέμῳ" 
we were competent to-conquer in — battle ; 
δὲ λαθόντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς 
zut taking — (our) commanders they-theught (that) we 


ἂν ἀπολέσθαι ἀναρχίᾳ καὶ ἀταξίᾳ. Οὖν 
would perish in-anarchy and confusion. Therefore 





BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 201 


4 ‘ ¥ 4 ~ 

δεῖ μὲν τους ἄρχοντας τους ψυν 
it-is-proper — (that) the commanders — (our) present (commanders) 
γενέσϑαι πολὺ ἐπιμελεστέρους τῶν 
oe much more-vigilant (than) — (those who) 

ἤ A ‘ 5 / 
πρόσϑεν, δὲ τοὺ: ἀρχομένους 
before (were commanders), and (that) the | commanded (should be) 
πολὺ μᾶλλον εὐταχτοτέρους καὶ πειϑομένους τοὶς 
much more orderly and obedient to-the 
ἄρχουσι viv ἢ πρόσϑεν. Δὲ jy τις ἄπει- 
commanders ΠΟῪ than formerly. And if any-one might-be-disobe- 

~ ε - 

Si, ἦν ψηφίσησθε σὸν ὑμῶν ἀεὶ ἔντυγ- 
dient, if’ you-decree (that) — (he) of-you at-any-time meet- 
χάνοντα σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι χολάζειν, 


ing (such a one, is to assist) with the commander to-punish 


οὕτως οἱ πολέμιοι ἔσονται πλεῖστον εψευσ- 
(him), thus the enemy will-be very-much _de- 


μένοι" γὰρ τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὄψονται 
ceived (in what they expected); for in-that — day  they-will-see 
μυρίους Κλεάρχους avs’ ἑνὸς, τοὺς ἐπιτρέ- 
ten-thousand Clearchuses  in-place-of one, — (who) will-per- 
ψοντας οὐδενὶ εἶναι κακῷ. ᾿Αλλὰ 
mit no-one to-be bad (disobedient or cowardly). But 
ὰ καὶ ἤδη ὥρα περαίνειν" yap οἵ 
(enough), for (it is) even ΠΟ time to-finish ; for the 
πολέμιοι ἴσως αὐτίχα παρέσοντα. Ὅτῳ 
enemy ‘will perhaps immediately *be-present. To-whom 
οὖν δοχεὶ ταῦτα ἔχειν 
therefore it-may-seem [ (that) these (things) hold (themselves) 
καλῶς τ ἐπικυρωσάτω 
well [that what I have said is just and reasonable] let-them-approve 
ὡς πάχιστα, ἵνα περαίνητα 
(tbem) as speedily-as-possible, in-order-that they-may-be-accomplishe 


ἔργῳ: Δὲ εἰ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον ἢ ταύτῃ, 


in-fact. But if any-thing else (is) better than this, 
χαὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης TOAUATO 


‘et-him (though) even — (a) private (soldier)  ‘be-bold (enough) 


202 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHOR. 


διδάσχεν" yap πάντες deducSa κοινῆς 
to-instruct (us); for ‘we all *seek (a) common 
σωτηρίας. 
safety. 
Μετὰ ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν" “AAW εἰ μὲν 
After this Cheirisophus said: But if indeed 
det σινος ἄλλου πρὸς τούτοις, οἷς 
it-is-needed of-any-thing else for these (affairs), which 
Ἐενοφῶν λέγει, καὶ αὐτίχα ἐξέσται ποιεῖν" 
Xenophon mentions, it-‘willeven speedily *be-allowed-us to-do (it); 


δὲ ἃ ψῦν ᾿ εἴρηχε, δοχεὶ μοι 
and what he-‘has now ‘said, it-seems to-me (that we ought) 


ψηφίσασϑαι ὡς τάχιστα εἶναι ἄριστον" καὶ 
to-vote as speedily-as-possible to-be the-best ; and 


ὅτῳ δοχεὶ ταῦτα ἀνατεινάτω τὴν 
to-whom it-seems these (things to be right) let-him-hold-up -- 


χεῖρα. ἽΑπαντες ἀνέτειναν. Δὲ 
(his) hand. All held-up (their hands). But 


Ξενοφῶν πάλιν ἀναστὰς εἶπε" Ὧ ἄνδρες, 
Xenophon again rising said: : men, 
3 / - ~ 

ἀχούσατε ὧν δοχεῖ μοι σίρος- 
hear (me respecting that) which seems to-me to-be-necessary- 
δεῖν. Δῆλον ὅτι δεὶ ἡμᾶς πορεύ- 
in-addition. (It is) evident that it-is-proper (that) we mareb.~ 


εσϑαι ὅπου ἔξομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" δὲ ἀχούω 
to __ where we-shall-have — _—_ provisions; and I-hear (that) 


[τῴ ας \ 7 3 > 
εἰναι χαλὰς χῶμας, οὐ πλεῖον 
there-are (some) considerable villages, ‘being not more (than) 


” 
εἴχοσι σταδίων ἀπεχούσας. Av οὐχ οὖν Sav- 
twenty stadia ‘distant. *I would not therefore ‘won- 


μάζοιμι, εἰ of πολέμιοι, ὥςπερ οἱ δειλοὶ κύνες, 
der, if the enemy, like — cowardly dogs, 


μὲ σε διώχουτι τοὺς ἰόντας καὶ 
indeed not-only follow — (those) passing-by but-also 


δάκνουσιν, ἦν δύνωνται, δὲ φεύγουσι τοὺς 
vite (them), if they-can, but  flee-from — (those) 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER II. 208 


διώχοντας, χαὶ εἰ αὗτοι 
rollowing (them), and (I would not be surprised) if they 
> a aa 3 a ¥ - 
ἑπακολουϑοῖεν ἡμῖν ἀπιοῦσιν. Ἴσως οὖν 
follow us departing. Perhaps therefore (it will be) 
ἀσφαλέστερον ἡμῖν πορεύεσϑαι ποιησαμένους 
safer for-us to-march-forth having-formed (a hollow) 
πλαίσιον τῶν ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ σκευοφόρα 
équare of-the heavy-armed-men, in-order-that the baggage, 
καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος εἴη ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ. 
and the many camp-followers may-be in the-greatest-safety (within it). 
Εἰ viv οὖν ἀποδειχϑείη, τίνα χρὴ ἡγεῖσθαι 
If now therefore it-should-be-designated, whom it-becomes to-lead 
τοῦ πλαισίου, καὶ χοσμεῖν τὰ πρόσϑεν, 
the square, and to-regulate-and-arrange the front, 
χαὶ τίνας εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἑκατέρων πλευρῶν, 
and who (are) to-be on -- each flank, 
δὲ τίνας ὀπισϑοφυλαχεῖν,ν ἄἂν οὐ δέοι, 
and who-are-to-take-charge-of-the-rear, ‘it may not *be-necessary, (that) 
ἡμᾶς βουλεύεσϑαι ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι ἔλϑοιεν, 
we deliberate (about this) when the , enemy may-come, 
ἀλλὰ ἂν εὐθὺς χρῴμεϑα τοῖς TETHY- 
but ‘we might immediately ‘make-use-of the (things) ar: 
μένοις. Hi οὖν μὲν τις ἄλλος ὁρᾷ 
ranged. If therefore indeed any-one else sees (something) 
βέλτιον, ἐχέτω ἄλλως. Δὲ 
better, —_| let-it-have-itself otherwise [let it be arranged otherwise]. ut 
εἰ μή, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγείσθω, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐστι 
if not, ‘let Cheirisophus indeed ‘lead, since also _he-is 
Λακεδαιμόνιος" δὲ δύο στρατηγὼ τῶν πρεσ- 
(a)  Lacedemonian ; but ‘let two generals of-the old- 
θυτάτων ἐπιμελείσθων ἕχατερῶν τῶν πλευρῶν" 
est (generals) ‘take-charge of-each _ of-the anks , 
δὲ ἡμεῖς of νεώτεροι, te ἐγώ καὶ Τιμασίων, 
and ‘let us the younger, namely I and Timasius, 


ὀπισθοφυλακχῶμεν, τὸ νῦν εἶναι. Δὲ 
‘take-command-of-the-rear, |the ΠΟ to-be [for the present]. And (for) 


204 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


TO λοισίόν, πειρώμενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως, ἀεὶ 
the rest, having-tried this — arrangement, always 
- 3 
βουλευσόμεθα ὅ τι ἂν δοκῇ εἶναι 
(or at any time) we-can-consider what may seem to-be (tbe) 
κράτιστον. Hi δὲ τις ὁρᾷ ἄλλο 
best. If indeed any-one perceives (any thing) else 
[4 /, 4. ὁ A 3 \ 3 , 
βέλτιον, λεξάτω. Δὲ ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, 
better, let-him-mention (it). But when no-one objected, 
~ ~ 3 
eine’ “Ὅτῳ δοχεὶ ταῦτα, ava 
he-said: To-whom it-seems (that) these (things are right), let-him- 
tevata τὴν χεῖρα. ἔδοξε ταῦτα. Νῦν 
hold-up -— (his) hand. He-approved these (things). Now 
τοίνυν, ἔφη, ἀπιόντας det σοιεῖν τὰ 
therefore, said-he, departing it-becomes (you) to-perform — (things 
σ 
δεδογμένα" χαὶ ὅςτις τε 
that) have-seemed-good (and been determined on); and whoever — 
«ες - - - 
ὑμῶν ἐπιϑυμεῖ ἰδεῖν τοὺς οἰχείους, μεμ- 
of-you desires to-see --- (their) homes-and-families, let-him- 
νήσϑω εἶναι ἀγαθὸς ἀνήρ᾽ γὰρ ἔστιν ov τυχεὶν 
remember to-be (a) brave man ; for it-is ποῦ to-obtain 
τούτου ἄλλως" 
of-this otherwise; [for in no other manner can this be obtained]; 
ὅςτις Te éuSvuel ζῆν, πειράσθω νικᾶν" yap μὲν 
whoever — desires _to-live, let-him-strive to-conquer; for indeed 
TO χαταχαίνειν ἐστί τῶν νικώντων, δὲ 
| the to-kill [killing] is (the part) of-the conquering, but 
‘ 7 ‘ ὰς 
τὸ ἀποϑνήσχειν τῶν ἡττωμένων" δὲ 
| the to-die [dying] (is the part) of-the conquered; and 
καὶ eb τις ἐπιϑυμεὶ χρημάτων πειράσϑω χρατεῖν" 
also ifany-one desires property let-him-strive to-vanquish; 
γὰρ ἐστὶ τῶν ψικώντων χαὶ σόζειν 
for it-is (the part) of — (those) conquering also to-save 
τὰ ἑαυτῷν, καὶ Aaubavew τὰ 
the (property belonging) to-themselves, and to-take the (property) 
τῶν ἡττωμένων. 
of-the conquered. 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER III. 205 


CHAPTER III. 


Τούτων λεχϑέντων ἀνέστησαν, καὶ 
Tuese (things) having-been-spoken they-rose-up, and 
3 - " 
AMEASOVTES κατέχαιον τὰς ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σκηνάς" 
departing they-burned the carriages and the tents ; 


δὲ μὲν τῶν περιττῶν ὅτου τις δέοιτο, 
and indeed of-the superfluous-things of-which any-one might-want, 


μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, δὲ τὰ ἄλλα εῤῥίσιτουν 


they-distributed-among one-another, but the rest they-threw 


εἰς TO πῦρ. Tlowjoartes ταῦτα ἠριστοτοι- 
into the fire. Having-done these (things) they-break- 


obyvto. Δὲ ἀριστοποιουμένων Μιϑραδάτης 
fasted, But (while) breakfasting ithradates 


ἔρχεται σὺν ὡς τριάκοντα ἱσισιεῦσι, καὶ χαλε- 


came with about thirty horsemen, and _ having- 
σάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἰς ἑπήχοον λέγει 
called the generals to (a) place-of-hearing he-speaks 


ina ὦ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες, ἦν καὶ πιστὸς 


ites 0 Grecian men, was even faithful 


Κύρῳ, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασϑε, καὶ νῦν . εὔνους 
to-Cyrus, as you know, and (am) now well-disposed 


ὑμῖν" χαὶ εἰμὶ ἐνθάδε διάγων σὺν πολλῷ dbo. 
to-you; and J-am here living with much fear. 
Ki οὖν ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς βουλευομένους τι 
If therefore I-perceive (that) you are-concerting any-thing 


σωτήριον, ἂν eptgar se ὑμᾶς, ἔχων 


salutary, ἿἯ might you, having (with me) 


καὶ πάντας τοὺς θεράποντας. Οὖν λέξατε 
also all — (my) followers. Therefore tell 


we τί ἔχετε ἐν νῷ ὡς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν 
me what you-have in mind as ‘to (a) ‘friend and also well-disposed 
18 


206 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


xai βουλόμενον ποιεῖσθαι tov ostdAor 
(to you), and wishing to-make the mares 


χοινῇ σὺν ὑμῖν. Τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βουλευομένοις 
f μ patny μ 


in-common with you. The generals consulting-together 
ἔδοξεν ἀποχρίνασϑαι τάδε" καὶ Χειρίσοφος 
_it-seemed (best) to-have-answered thus ; and Cheirisophus 
ἔλεγε" Δοχεῖ ἡμῶν, εἰ τις EG ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι 
spoke: " It-seems (good) to-us, if any-one allows us to-depart 
Ὗ 7 ‘ ~ ε 9 la 
oixade, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χῶραν ὡς ἀσινέστατα 
for-home, to-proceed-through the country as harmlessly-as 

ἂν δυνώμεϑα" δὲ ἢν τις ἀποχωλύῃ ἡμᾶς 
‘we may *be-able ; but if any-one prohibit us 
τῆς ὁδοῦ, διαπολεμεῖν TOUTH ὡς 
the road, to-‘fight (our way) ‘against  this-one as 


κράτιστα ἂν δυνώμεθα. °Ex τούτου Μιϑραδάτης 


bravely-as ‘we may *be-able. On this ithradates 
ἐπειρᾶτο διδάσκειν ὡς ἄπορον εἴη σωθῆναι, 
endeavoured to-instruct (them) how impossible it-would-be to-be-saved, 

βασιλέως ἄχοντος. Ἔνθα δὴ ἐγιγ- 
(the) king (being) unwilling. Hereupon indeed  it-was- 

ς 

γώσχετο ὅτι εἴη ὑυπόπεμπτος" γὰρ καὶ τις 
perceived tha: he-might-be insidiously-sent; for also some-one 


τῶν οἰχείων Τισσαφέρνους παρηχολούϑει ἕνεχα 
of-the followers  of-Tissaphernes attended for-the-sake-of 


πίστεως. Kat ἐκ τούτου ἐδόκει τοῖς 
(securing his) _ fidelity. And from this it-seemed to-the 


στρατηγοῖς εἶναι βέλτιον ποιήσασθαι δόγμα, 
commanders to-be best to-make (a) decree, (that) 
ἔς elev ἐν τῇ πολεμίᾳ τὸν 
as-long-as they-might-be in the  territory-of-the-enemy, (that) the 
πόλεμον εἶναι ἀχήρυχτον. ἌΜΕ τ" ς- 
war (was) to-be withvut-heralds (and implacable). For coming- 
ἰόντες διέφϑειρον τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ 
ἴο (them) they-were-corrupting the soldiers, ard 
διέφϑειραν ye ἕνα λοχαγὸν Νίχαρχον 


they-corrupted at-least one eaptain (namely) Nicarchus (the) 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER III. 207 


᾿Αρχάδα: καὶ ᾧχετο ἀπιὼν γυχτὸς 
Arcadian ; | and he-went-away departing [and he went off] by-nigh 
σὺν ὡς εἴχοσι ἀνϑρώποις. 
with about thirty men. 
Meta ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες, καὶ διαδάντες 
After this having-taken-their-first-meal, and having-crossed 


τὸν ποταμόν Ζαπάταν, ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι 
the river Zapata, they-marched-forth drawn-up-in-order, 
» \ ε / ι \ ΕΖ 5 , 

EYOVTES TH ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον gv MEO. 
baving the baggage-cattle and the camp-followers in (the) middle 


Δὲ αὐτῶν ov προεληλυϑότων πολὺ, 
(of the square). But they not having- “iia far, 


ὁ Μιϑραδάτης πάλιν ἐπιφαίνεται ἔχων ὡς δια- 


ἐπε esi again appeared having about two- 


χοσίους ἱσισέας, καὶ ὡς τετρακοσίους «τοξότας χαὶ 
hundred horsemen, and about four-hundred archers and 


σφενδονήτας. μάλα ἐλαφροὺς καὶ εὐζώνους" καὶ 


slingers, very light and active ; and 
προςΐει μὲν. ὡς ὧν φίλος σιρὸς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας. 
approached indeed as being (a) friend to the Greeks. 
Δ’ ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἐγγὺς, ἐξαπίνης ot μὲν 
But when he-was near, suddenly — (those) indeed 
αὐτῶν χαὶ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοί ἐτόξευον, 
of-them both horse and ἴοοῦ commenced-discharging-arrows, 
δ᾽ οἱ ἐσφενδόνων, καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον. Δὲ 
and — (others) slinging-stones, and wounded (our men). But 
of ὀπισϑοφύλαχες τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔπασχον μὲν 
the | rear-guard 6Ὸῳ of-the Greeks suffered indeed 
χαχῶς, δ᾽ ἀντεποίουν οὐδέν. Γὰρ 
badly, and could-'do nothing ‘against (the enemy). For 
TE ot Κρῆτες ἐτόξευον βραχύτερα 
not-only ‘did the Cretans ‘shoot (their) ‘arrows a-shorter-distame 
τῶν Περσῶν, καὶ ἅμα ὄντες φιλοὶ 


(than) the Persians, but-also at-the-same-time being light-armed 


KATEXEXAELYTO εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων. οἷ ἀχοντισταὶ 
_ they-were-included within the heavy-armed-men; the  javelin-men 


208 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


TE ἡκόντιζον βραχύτερα ἢ ὡς ἐξικνεῖσϑα, 
indeed ‘threw (their) ‘javelins shorter than so-as to-reach 
τῶν σφενδονητῶν. Ἔκ τούτου ἐδόχει Ξενοφῶντι 
the slingers. Upon this it-seemed to-Xenophon 
3 la \ ᾳ - ς ~ 

εἶναι  Olaxtéov’ καὶ οἵ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν 
to-be necessary-to-pursue; and -—/(those)of-the heavy-armed-men 


χαὶ τῶν πελταστῶν ἔτυχον σὺν αὐτῷ 
and of-the targeteers (who) happened (to be) with him 


ὀπισϑοφυλαχοῦντες ediaxov'. δὲ διώχοντες χατε- 
guarding-the-rear pursued ; but _— pursuing they- 


λάμθανον οὐδένα τῶν πολεμίων. Tap οὔτε ἦσαν 
overtook no-one of-the enemy. For neither were-there 


ἱππεῖς τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οὔτε ἐδύναντο οἱ στεζοὶ 


horsemen to-the Greeks, nor could — (our) infantry 


καταλαμθάνειν, ἐν ὀλίγῳ χωρίῳ, τοὺς πεζοὺς 


overtake, in (a) small space, the infantry 
φεύγονπαξ ἐκ πολλοῦ" Lp 
(of the enemy) fleeing ftz.a (a) (muck> (distane>>> for 


ἦν οὐχ οἷόν τε διώχειν πολὺ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλλου 

it-was not possible’ to-folley far from _ the rest (οὔ the) 
στρατεύματος. Δὲ κε βάρθαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ ἅμα 
army. And the barbarian cavalry even while 
φεύγοντες ἐτίτρωσκον τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ 
fleeing wounded (our men) shooting-their-arrows from 
τῶν ἵππων εἰς τοὔπισϑεν" δὲ ὁπόσον οἱ Ἕλληνες 


horses backwards ; and as-much-as the Greeks 


the 
προδιώξειαν τοσοῦτον ἔδει πάλιν ἐπαναχω- 
va 


need-in-pursuit so-much it-was-necessary again to-re- 


ρεῖν μαχομένους. Ωςτε τῆς ὅλης ἡμέρας 
treat fighting. So-that (during) the _ entire day 


οὐ διῶλθον πλέον πέντε χαὶ εἴχοσι 
hey-'did not ‘pass-through more (than) five and = twenty 


γταδίων, ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίχοντο εἷς τὰς 
itadia, but late-in-the-afternoon they-arrived at the 
κώμας. Ἔνϑα δὴ ἦν πάλιν ἀϑυμία. Καὶ 
villages. Here truly there-was again dejection-of-mind. And 


—- ΤῸ - 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER III. 2090 


Χειρίσοφος καὶ ot πρεσδύτατοι τῶν στρατηγῶν» 


Cheirisophus and the oldest of-the generals 


ἠτιῶντο Ἐενοφώντα, ὅτι ediaxev 
blamed Xenophon, that he-pursued (the enemy), (departing) 


ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, xal Te αὐτός ἐκινδύνευε 
from the phalanx, and so-indeed he endangered 


χαὶ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδύνατα βλάπτειν 
(himself) and ‘was none the-more table to-injure 
τοὺς πολεμίους. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀκούσας ἔλεγεν 
the enemy. But Xenophon having-heard (this) said 
ὅτι ἠτιώντο ὀρϑῶς, xai TO ἔργον αὐτὸ 
that they-blamed (him) justly, and (that) the act itself 
μαρτυροίη αὐτοῖς. “AAN ἐγώ, ἔφη, 


(in its results) bore-testimony for-them. But I,  said-he, 
dvayxdosny: διώχειν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς μὲν 
was-forced to-pursue, after I-saw (that) we indeed 
ἐν τῷ μένειν πάσ- 


jin the to-remain [in keeping our stations in the hollow square] were- 


χοντας καχῶς, δὲ οὐ δυναμένους ἀντιποιεῖν. Δὲ 


suffering badly, and not being-able to-retaliate. But 

τ ~ ε “« 
ἐπειδὴ ἐδιώχομεν, ἔφη, ἀληϑῆ ὑμεῖς 
when we-pursued, said-he, (the things were) true (as) you 
λέγετε" γὰρ μὲν ἐδυνάμεϑα ποιεῖν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον 
Bay; for indeed we-were-able to-do not-any more 


καχῶς τοὺς πολεμίους, δὲ ἀνεχωροῦμεν πάνυ 


injury (to) the enemy, but we-returned very 
χαλεπῶς. Χάρις οὖν ois θεοὶς ὅτι οὐχ 
difficultly. Thanks therefore to-the gods, that they-‘did not 
ἤλθον σὺν πολλῇ ῥώμῃ ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀλίγοις, 
*eome with (a) great force but (only) with (a) few 


ὥςτε μὲν μὴ βλάψαι - μεγάλα, δὲ 


(troops), so-as indeed not to-have-injured (us) much, and (yet: 


δηλῶσαι ὧν δεόμεϑα. Tap νῦν μὲν οἱ 


to-have-shown (us) what —_ we-needed. For now indeed the 
πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι χαὶ σφενδονῶσιν 
enemy *shoot (their) ‘arrows and sling-stones 


185 


210 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


σ ν ¢ ~ δ [4 9 "κί , 
ὅσον οὔτε οἱ Ἰζρῆτες δύνανται ἀντιτοξεύειν, 
‘so (far) ‘as (that) neither the Cretans are-able to-shoot-back, 


οὔτε οἱ βάλλοντες Ex χειρὸς ἐξικνεῖσθαι, 
nor —(those) throwing from (the) hand (are able) to-reach, 


\ Ἐ 
δὲ ὅταν διώκωμεν αὐτοὺς, μὲν οὐχ οἷόν τε 
and when we-pursue them, (it is) indeed not -.proper — 


διώχειν πολὺ χωρίον ἀπὸ Tod στρατεύματος, 


to-follow (a) great distance from the army, 

δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἐν ὀλίγῳ, εἶ ταχὺς σεζός 

but neither ἴῃ (ἃ) small (space), if (ever 80) swift (the) foot-soldier 

EN, ἂν διώχων χαταλάθοι πεζὸν 

might-be, could ‘he pursuing overtake (a) foot-soldier | (he be. 
ἐχ ῥύματος τόζου. 


ing distant) from (the) drawing ‘of(a) ‘bow [starting from the 
Ei οὖν ἡμεῖς μέλλομεν 
distance of a bow-shot fromhim]. If therefore we intenc 


εἴργειν τούτους, ὥςτε μὴ δύνασϑαι 
to-keep-off these (our enemies), so-as not to-be-able 


βλάπτειν ἡμᾶς πορευομένους, δεῖ τὴν τα- 


_to-hurt marching-forth, it-is-necessary — as- 


ylorny Te σφενδονητῶν καὶ ἱππέων. 


speedily-as-possible (to procure) not-only _ slingers but-also cavalry. 


/ 
᾿Αχούω δ᾽ εἶναι ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι ἡμῶν 
{[-hear indeed (that) there-are in the army of-us 


Ῥοδίους, φασιν τοὺς πολλούς ὧν ἐπίστασϑαι 
Rhodians, , they-say (that) the  great-part of-them know 
τς opevdovar, καὶ tO βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ 
(how) to-use-the-sling, and (that) the weapon  of-them also 
φέρεσθαι διπλάσιον τῶν ἹΠΠερσιχῶν σφενδονῶν. 


carries double (the distance) of-the Persian slings 


Tap ἐχεῖναι διὰ σφενδονᾶν τοῖς λίϑοις 
For these (Persian slings) on-account-of slinging -- stones 


χειροπληϑέσι ἐξικνοῦνται ἐπὶ βραχὺ" 
filling-the-hands reach (only) to (a) ‘short (distance); 


Η ς ε 4 \ 3 - 
δὲ ye οἱ Ῥόδιοι καὶ ἐπιστανται χρῆσθαι 
but — the Rhodians even know (how) 





BOOK III. — CHAPTER III. 211 


uoavsdiow. "Hy οὖν ἐπισχεψώμεϑα tives αὐτῶν 


leaden-bullets. If then we-ascertain - which-ones of-them 
πέπανται σφενδόνας, καὶ μὲν δῶμεν ἀργύριον 
have-acquired slings, and (that) indeed we-give money 
τούτῳ αὐτῶν, δὲ TO ἐθέλοντι πλέχειν 
to-that-one for-them, -and “--- (to him) willing to-plait 
ἄλλας τελῶμεν ἄλλο ἀργύριον, καὶ τῷ 

other (slings) we-might-give other money, and — (for him) 


ἐϑέλοντι. σφενδονᾶν ἐν TH τεταγμένῳ 

willing to-use-the-sling in the rank-or-place-assigned-to (him) 

εὑρίσχωμεν τινὰ ἄλλην ἀτέλειαν, ἴσως τινὲς 

we-may-find some other privileges, probably some 

ixavol ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς φανοῦνται. 

capable to-aid us will-appear (and offer their services). 
\ ~ Oo ! 

Δὲ xa ὁρῶ immovg ὄντας ἕν τῷ στρατεύματι, 

And also I-see horses (being) in the army, 

Tos τινας μὲν παρ᾽ ἐμοί δὲ τοὺς 

-- some indeed (are) with me and — _ (others) 


᾿χαταλελειμμένους τῷ Κλεάρχ ῳ, δὲ χαὶ πολλοὺς 


left by — Clearchus, and also many 


ἄλλους αἰχμαλώτους σχευοφοροῦντας. “Av 
others taken-from-the-enemy (used in) carrying-baggage. If 
οὖν ἐκχλέξαντες πάντας τούτους, ὲν 
therefore, collecting all these (horses), *we indeed 


3 ~ 
ἀντιδῶμ EV σχευοφόρ a, δὲ κατασχευάσωμε: v 
*give-in- ees (of ΑΙ Ἐς τὸς κά μὰ eattle, and equip 


τοὺς ἵππους εἰς ἱππέας, ἴσως xal οὗτοι ἀνιάσουσι 
the horses for cavalry, perhaps even these will-annoy 
τι τοὺς φεύγοντας. Ταῦτα 
somewhat the (enemy) fleeing. | (Respecting) these (things) 
ἔδοξε. Καὶ τῆς ταύτης 
\t-seemed-right. [These things were approved of.] And the same 
νυχτὸς μὲν ἐγένοντο σφενδονῆται eis 

aight indeed there-became slingers to (the number of ) 
biaxosious, δὲ χαὶ tH ὑστεραίᾳ ἵπποι δὲ xai 
_two-hundred, and also on-the next-day horses “and also 


212 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 


ἱσιπεῖς εἷς πεντήκοντα ἐδοκιμάσϑησαν, 
horsemen to (the number of) fifty were-judged-fit 


χαὶ σπολάδες καὶ θώρακες ἐπορίσθησαν 
(for service), and leathern-jackets and breastplates were-provided 
αὐτοὶς᾽ καὶ Λύχιος ὃ IloAvotpatov ᾿Αϑηναῖος 
for-them; ard lLycius the son-of-Polystratus (the) Athenian 
δὲ ἐπεστάμι ἵππαρχος. 
‘was also ‘appointed (their) commander. 





CHAPTER IV. 


Δὲ μείναντες τὴν ταύτην ἡμέραν, TH ἄλλῃ 

AND halting for— that-same day, on-the next 

ἀναστάντες πρωϊαίτερον ἐπορεύοντο" 

(day) rising-up earlier-in-the-morning (than usual) they-marched-forth; 

γὰρ ἔδει αὐτοὺς διαβῆναι χαρά- 

for it-was-necessary (that) they should-cross (a) ravine-formed- 
34) 


dpar, ἐφ᾽ ἧἦ ἐφοθοῦντο μὴ οἱ πολέμιοι 
by-a torrent, at which they-were-afraid lest the enemy 
ἐπιϑοῖντο αὐτοὶς duabaivovor. Δὲ αὐτοῖς διαθὲε- 
might-attack them crossing-over. But they having- 
θηχόσιν ὃ Μιϑραδάτης πάλιν φαίνεται ἔχων 
crossed-over --- Mithradates again appeared having (a) 
χιλίους ἱππέας δὲ καὶ τοξότας σφενδονήτας 
thousand horsemen and also archers (and) slingers 
εἰς τετραχιςχιλίους" yap ἥτησε Τισσα- 
to (the number of ) four-thousand ; for he-solicited Tissa- 
φΦέρνην τοσούτους, καὶ ἔλαθεν, ὑποσχόμενος 
phernes (for) so-many, and obtained (them), promising 
ἂν λάθῃ τούτους, παραδώσειν τοὺς EAAnvas 
if-"he should ‘receive these, to-deliver the Greeks 
atte, καταφρονήσας, ὅτι, ἐν TH πρόσϑεν 
to-him, having-despised (them), because, in the former 
mposhorn ἔχων ὀλίγους ἔπαϑε μὲν οὐδέν, 


attack * having (only) few (men) he-suffered indeed no (loss), 


BOOK III. —CHAPTER IV. 2138 


δὲ ἐνόμιζε ποιῆσαι πολλὰ καχὰ. 


snd thought (ihat) he-had-oceasioned (them) much annoyance. 


"Ἐπεὶ δὲ of Ἕλληνες diabebyxdtes 


When indeed the Greeks *having (now) ‘crossed (the ra- 


ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδρας ὅσον ὀχτὼ στα- 


vine, and) were-distant from-the ravine about eight sta- ἐξ 
δίους, χαὶ ὃ Μιϑραδάτης διέθαινεν ἔχων τὴν 
dia, also — Mithradates crossed-over having the 
δύναμιν. Δὲ παρήγγελτο. τε 


force (above mentioned). And instructions-had-been-given not-only 


TOV πελταστῶν, καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, 
(to those) of-the targeteers, but-also (to those) of-the heavy-armed-men, 


ods ἔδει διώχειν, καὶ εἴρητο τοῖς ἱππεῦσι 
whom it-became to-pursue, and-also it-was-told to-the horsemen 


dudxew θαῤῥοῦσι, ὡς ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως ἔφε- 
to-pursue being-confident-and-bold, as (a) sufficient force would- 


ψομένης. Ἐσπεὶ δὲ 0 Μιϑραδάτης χατειλήφει, 


be-following (them). When indeed — dates had-overtaken 
χαὶ ἤδη σφενδόναι xai τοξεύματα 

(them), and _ already (the) slings and : arrows 
ἐξικοῦντο ἐσήμηνε τοῖς Ἕλλησι 
began-to-reach (them) (then) the-signal-was-given to-the Greeks 

~ , \ > ι z ¥ 

τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ εὐθὺς, οἷς εἴρητο, 
with-the trumpet, and directly ‘they, of-whom it-was-requested, 
ἔϑεον ὁμόσε, καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον" 
‘ran there (to meet the enemy), and the cavalry charged ; 
δὲ οἱ οὐχ ἐδέξαντο ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγον 
but the (enemy) ‘did ποῦ ‘receive (them) but fled 
ἐπὶ τὴν χαράδραν. Ἐν τῇ ταύτῃ διώξει τε 
ravine. -- this pursuit not-only 


z aiat τῶν πεζῶν τοὶς ᾿βαρθάροις ἀπέϑανον. 
many of-the foot-soldiers (of ) the barbarians died, 


χαὶ ἐν τῇ χαράδρᾳ ἐλήφϑησαν ζωοὶ εἰς 


but-also ἴῃς the ravine were-taken alive to (the numberct) 


oxtaxaidexa τῶν ἱππέων. Οἱ Ἕλληνες δὲ 
eighteen of-the horsemen. The Greeks indee? 


214 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


αὐτοχέλευστοι ἠχίσαντο τοὺς ἀποθανόντας, ὡς 
of-their-own-accord mutilated the dying, 80 
ὅτι εἴη φοδερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις ὁρᾶν. 
that it-might-be most-frightful ἔοτ-ἴ 6 enemy to-see. 
Kai μὲν οἱ πολέμιοι πράξαντες οὕτω ἀπῆλϑοι" 
And indeed the enemy having-fared _ thus departed ; 
δὲ οἱ “Ἕλληνες πορευόμενοι ἀσφαλῶς τὸ λοιπὸν 
but the Greeks proceeding safely (for) the rest 
~ ες / 5 7 2% \ / 4 
τῆς ἡμέρας, ApixovTo ἔπι τὸν ποταμόν Τίγρητα. 
of-the day, arrived at the river Tigris. 
"Ertatsa ἦν μεγάλη ἐρήμη πόλις, δ᾽ 
Here there-was (a) large deserted city, and (the) 
ὄνομα αὐτῇ ἦν Λάρισσα᾽ δὲ Μῆδοι τὸ παλαιὸν 
name to-it was Larissa; and(the) Medes — formerly 
ν ὃ ᾿ > ‘ ~ , > τῶν 
ῴχουν αὐτὴν. Τὸ εὖρος δὲ τοῦ τείχους αὐτῆς 
inhabited it. The breadth indeed of-the wall of-it 
ἦν πέντε καὶ εἴχοσι πόδες, δ᾽ ὕψος éxatév’ 
was five and __ twenty feet, and (the) height a-hundred; 
ἢ περίοδος δὲ τοῦ κύχλου δύο παρασάγγαι" 
the circuit indeed of-the enclosure (was) two parasangs; 
@xoddunto δὲ πλίνϑοις χεραμίαις" δὲὴἠ ὑπῆν 
it-was-built — of-bricks made-of-clay; and there-was-under (it) 
λιϑίνη χρηπὶς τὸ ὕψος εἴχοσι ποδῶν. 
(a) stone foundation the height (of it being) twenty feet. 
ὋὉ βασιλεὺς Περσῶν, ὅτε Πέρσαι ἐλάμθανον 
The’ king ‘of (the) ‘Persians, when (the) Persians were-wresting 
τὴν ἄρχὴν παρὰ Μήδων, πολιορχῶν ταύτην, 
the empire from (the) Medes, besieging this (city), 
ἐδύνατο οὐδενὶ πρόπῳ ἑλεῖν" δὲ νεφέλη 
could in-no manner take (it); but (a) cloud 
προχαλύψασα ἥλιον ἡφάνισε, μέχρι ot ἄνϑρωποι 
having-covered (the) sun made-it-disappear, until the people 
ἐξέλισον, xal οὕτως ἑάλω. Παρὰ ταύτην 
- deserted (it), and ~ so it-was-taken. Near this 
τὴν πόλιν ἦν λιϑίνη πυραμὶς, τὸ εὖρος 
-- city there-was (a) stone pyramid, the breadth 


δ να Δ 





ROOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 915 


μὲν ἑνὸς πλέϑρου, δὲ τὸ ὕψος δύο πλέϑρων. 
inceed (of itwas)of-one plethra, and the height of-two plethra. 
Ἐσὶ ταύτης ἦσαν πολλοὶ τῶν βαρδάρων 
On this (pyramid) there-were many  of-the barbarians 
3 ᾽ 5 - ~ , 3 ~ 

ἀποπεφευγότες ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν πλησίον. Ἐντεῦθεν 
having-flea from the villages near. Hence 
ἐπορεύϑησαν ἕνα σταϑμὸν, ἕξ παρασάγγας, 
they-proceeded one day’s-march, (making) six parasungs, 
πρὸς μέγα ἔρημον τεῖχος, κεὶμενον πρὸς τῇ 

to (a) large deserted fortress, situated near — (a) 
πόλει" δὲ ὄνομα τῇ πόλει ἦν Μέσπιλα" 
city; and (the) name (to-the) (of the) city was. Mespila ; 

~ y ‘ 

δὲ Μῆδοι ποτε ᾧχουν αὐτήν. Δὲ ἡἣ χρηπὶς 
and (the) Medes formerly inhabited it. And the foundation 


μὲν ἤν ξεστοῦ -AiSov χονχυλιάτου, τὸ εὖρος 
indeed was of-polished stone (full of ) shells, the breadth 


πεντήχοντα ποδῶν, χαὶ τὸ ὕψος 
(thereof was) fifty feet, and the height 
πεντήχοντα. "Eni δὲ ταύτῃ ἐπῳχοδόμητο 
fifty (feet). On — this was-constructed (a) 
πλίνϑινον τεῖχος, TO εὖρος μὲν πεντήχοντα, 
brick wall, the breadth indeed (thereof being) fifty 
ποδῶν, δὲ τὸ ὕψος ἑχατόν᾽ δὲ ἣ περίοδος τοῦ 
feet, and the height a-hundred; and the circuit  of-the 
κύχλου ἕξ παρασάγγαι. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα Μηδία 
enclosure (was) six parasangs. Here Media (the) 
βασιλέως ἔλέγετο xatapvyeiv ὅτε Μῆδοι 
wife ‘of(the) ‘king it-is-said took-refuge when(the) Medes 
ἀπώλεσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ Περσῶν. Δὲ ὁ 
were-deprived (of ) the empire - by (the) Persians. But the 
βασιλεὺς Περσῶν πολιορχῶν ταύτην πόλιν 
king *of (the) *Persians besieging this city ‘was 
οὐχ ἐδύνατο ἕλεν οὔτε χρόνῳ, οὔτε βίᾳ" 
-not ‘able to-take (it) either by-length-of-time, or by-force; 


216 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


δὲ Ζεὺς ποιεὶ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας ἐμθροντήτους, 
but Jupiter made the inhabitants (as it were) thunder-struck, 
χαὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. 
and so (the place) was-taken. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν ἕνα σταϑμὸν, 
Hience —  they-proceeded one day’s-march, (making 


σέτταρας παρασάγγας. Eis δὲ τοῦτον τὸ; 
In -- 


four parasangs. this -- 


σταθμὸν Τισσαφέρνης ἐπεφάνε, ἔχων τε 


day’s-march Tissaphernes appeared, having not-only (the, 
ἱππέας obs αὐτὸς ἦλθε, χαὶ τὴν δύναμι: 
cavalry (with) which he came, but-also the force 
~ 4 

Ὀρόντου τοῦ ἔχοντος σὴν θυγατέρα 
of-Orontes — (he) having (withhim) the daughter 

βασιλέως, καὶ Eyav βαρθάρους 
‘of (the) ‘king (in marriage), and having (the) barbarians 
ᾳ ~ AY A eye v4 ¢ 
ots Κῦρος avéby, καὶ ἔχων οὗς ὁ 


whom Cyrus ποπί-ρ (with), and having (the troops) which the 
ἀδελφὸς βασιλέως ἐθοήϑει βθασιλεὶ, καὶ, 
brother ‘of (the) ‘king assisted (the) king (with), and, 
πρὸς τούτοις, ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωχεν αὐτῷ" 


besides these, as-many-uas (the) king had-given him; 
ὥςτε τὸ στράτευμα ἐφάνη πάμπολυ. A’ 
so-that the army appeared - excecdingly (large). But 
ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἐγγὺς, μὲν καταστήσας τὰς 

when he-came near, (then) indeed having-placed — (some? 
σῶν τάξεων ὄπισϑεν εἶχε, δὲ παρα- 
of — (his) ranks in-the-rear he-kept (them there), but lead- 
γαγών τὰς ἐμθάλλειν εἷς τὰ 
ἄπ π — (others) (obliquely) -to-throw (them) to the 
πλάγια, μὲν οὐχ ἐτόλμησεν οὐδ᾽ 
flanks, (though) indeed he-‘did not ‘dare (to attack) nor 


ἐθούλετο διακινδυνεύειν" δὲ παρήγγειλε 
did-he-wish to-risk (any thing); but he- ordered 


σφενδονᾶν καὶ τοξεύειν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ 
(his men)  to-use-their-slings and bows. | When indeed the 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 217 


Ῥόδιοι διαταχϑέντες ἐσφενδόνησαν, καὶ ot Σκχύ- 
Rhodians dispersed-along-the-ranks used-their-slings, and the Sey- 


Sa. τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν 


thian archers used-their-bows, | and no-one failed ‘of (a) 
> , κι ee Val 5 
ἀνδρός, (γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰ 
‘man, [no one failed to hit a man], (for neither if he-*had 
πάνυ προϑυμοῖτο ἣν ῥάδιον,) καὶ ὁ Τισ 
very-much ‘desired §_ (to do so) was-it easy,) and — Tis- 


σαφέρνης μάλα ταχέως ἀπεχώρει ἔξω βελῶν, 


saphernes very speedily retreated beyond (the) missiles, 


χαὶ at ἄλλαι τάξεις : ἀπεχώρησαν. 
and the other divisions (of the Persians) (also) retreated. 
Kai τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας ot μὲν ἐπορεύ- 
And the rest _— of-the day the (Greeks) indeed continued. 
ovTO, δ᾽ ob εἵποντο" καὶ ot βάρθαροι 
their-march, and the (enemy) followed; and the barbarians 


οὐχέτι ἐσίνοντο τότε τῇ ἀχροθολίσει" 
no-longer harassed (them) then with — (their) skirmishing ; 


\ ε ε / 3 , / ~ 
yap οἱ Ῥόδιοι ἐσφενδόνων μαχρότερον τῶν 
for the Rhodians — threw-stones arther (than) the 


Περσῶν xai πλείστων τοξοτῶν. Δὲ xai τὰ 
Persians, and the-most of-the-buwmen. And also the 


, \ Ri 3 , zy CAD 
τόξα, τὰ Ἱ]ερσιχά, ἔστι μεγάλα" ὥςτε ὁπόσα, 
bows, (namely) the Persian, are large; so-that as-many 


tov τοξευμάτων ἁλίσχοιτο ἦν χρήσιμα τοὶς 


of-the arrows as-were-taken (up) were useful to-the 


Kpysot: xai διετέλουν χρώμενοι τοῖς τοξεύμασι 
the 


Cretans , and they-continued using arrows 


TOV πολεμίων, χαὶ ἐμελέτων τοξεύειν ἄνω ἱέντες 


of-the enemy, | and they-practised shooting upwards gving 
μαχράν. 

far [and they practised shooting these arrows high into the air] 

’ \ ~ ~ 

Δὲ χαὶ evpioxeto πολλὰ νεῦρα ἔν ταὶς χώμαις. 
And also  they-found muny bow-strings in the villages, 
xai wdavbdos, ὥςτε χρῆσϑαι eis τὰς σφενδόνας. 
“so lead, so-as to-be-used for the slings. 


19 


\ 


218 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Kai μὲν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ ob “Ἕλληνες 

And indeed on-that — day, when the Greeks 
ἐπιτυχόντες χώμαις κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο, οἵ 
arriving ‘at (the) ‘villages encamped, the 
βάρθαροι ἀπῆλθον, ἔχοντες τότε μεῖον ἐν τῇ 
barbarians departed, having then the-worst in the 
ἀχροδολίσει" δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
ekirmish ; but on-the following day the Greeks 
ἔμειναν, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο" yap ἦν πολὺς σῖτος 
remained, and collected-provisions; for there-was much corn 
ἐν ταῖς χώμαι. Δὲ τῇ ὕστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο 
in the villages. But on-the next-day they-marched 
διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ Τισσαφέρνας εἵπετο axpobo- 
through the ρ]αΐῃ, and Tissaphernes followed throwing- 


λιζόμενος. Ἔνϑα δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔγνωσαν, 


at-them-from-a-distance. Here indeed the Greeks perceived, 


ὅτι πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον εἴη πονηρὰ τάξις, 


that (a) column of-equal-sides was (a) bad arrangement, 
πολεμίων ἑπομένων. Tap ἢν μὲν τὰ χέρατα 
(the) enemy following. For. if indeed the wings 
τοῦ πλαισίου ovyxintn, ἢ ὁδοῦ οὔσης 
(or flanks) of-the square close-together, or (the) road being 
στενωτέρας, ἢ ὀρέων ἀναγχαζόντων,ἢ γεφύρας, 
narrow, or mountains forcing, or (a) bridge 
ἐστιν ἀνάγκη τοῦς ὁπλίτας 
to be passed), it-is a-necessity (that) the heavy-armed-men 
ἐχϑλίθεσθαι, χαὶ πορεύεσθαι πονήρως, 
be-pushed-out-of-their-places, and march with-difficulty, 
σ ᾿ lA \ \ σ 
ἅμα μὲν πιεζομένους, δὲ καὶ ἅμα 
at-the-same-time indeed (being) pressed-upon, and also at-the-same-time 
TAPATTOMEVOUS* ὥςτε ἐνάγκη εἶναι 
thrown-into-confusion; so-that (from) necessity (they were) to-be 


δυςχρήστους, ὄντας ἀτάχτους. A’ ad ὅταν τὰ 


useless, being in-confusion. And again when the 
κέρατα διασχή, ἀνάγχη τότε «τοὺς ἐκχϑλι- 
wings livide, it-is-necessary then (that) — (those) pushed- 


i ey 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 219 


~ , 
Gouévous διασπᾶσϑαι, καὶ τὸ μέσον 
out-of-their-places ‘be (now) ‘drawn-asunder, and the middle 


TOV κεράτων γίνεσθαι κενὸν, καὶ TOUS 

(between) _ the wings becomes empty, and τὴς 

ταῦτα πάσχοντας ἀϑυμεῖν, τῶν 

(those) ‘being — thus ‘affected must-become-dispirited, the 
/ 

πολεμίων ἑπομένων. Καὶ ὁπότε δέοι 

enemy following (them). And whenever it-might-be-necessary 


διαθαίνειν γέφυραν ἢ τινὰ ἄλλην διάδασιν, 


to-go-over (a) bridge or any other crossing-place, 


ἕχαστος ἔσπευδε βουλόμενος ᾧϑάσαι πρῶτος" 


each-one hastened desiring to-have-arrived the-first ; 


xal ἦν évtaddsa evenidetov τοῖς πολεμίοις. 
and there-was here a-fine-opportunity-of-attack for-the enemy. 
A’ ἐπεὶ of στρατηγοί ἔγνωσαν ταῦτα, ἐποίησαν 
But when the generals knew this, they-formed 
‘ ‘ 
ἕξ λόχους ἀνὰ ἑχατὸν ἄνδρας, καὶ ἐπέστησαι' 
six companies each-of a-hundred men, and  they-appointed 
λοχαγοὺς καὶ ἄλλους πεντή- 
captains (over these) and (they appointed) others -command- 


χοντῆρας, καὶ ἄλλους ἐνωμοτάρχας. 

ing-fifty (men), and others commanding-five-and-twenty (men), 
Οὗτοι λοχαγοί δὲ πορευόμενοι, 
These captains indeed (with their companies) on-the-march, 
ὁπότε μὲν TH χέρατα συγκύπτοι, 
whenever indeed the wings (or flanks of the square) closed, 
ε - - 

ὑπέμενον ὕστεροι, ὥςτε μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν τοὶς κέρασι, 
remained behind, so-as not  to-disturb the flanks, 


δὲ τότε παρῆγον ἔξωϑεν τῶν κεράτων. 
and then | they-led-on [defiled] outside the flanks. 
Δὲ ὁπότε at πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου διάσχοιεν 
But whenever the flanks of-the square might-open 
avekeniumAacay τὸ μέσον, εἰ μὲν TO διέχον εἴη 
they-filled-up the middle, if indeed the separating was 
στενώτερον xata Adyous’ dé εἰ πλατύτερον κατὰ 
narrow by companies; but if - somewhat-wide by 


220 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πεντηχοστῦς, δὲ εἰ πάνυ πλατύ κατ᾽ evauoTinc’ 
ς; OM Ξ 


fifties, and if very wide by twenty-fives; 
ὥςτε TO μέσον ἀεὶ εἶναι ἔχπλεων. Hi δὲ καὶ 
so-as (for) the middle always to-be full. If indeed also 
δέοι διαθαίνειν τινὰ διάθασιν ἢ 
it-might-be-necessary to-go-through any passage-or-crossing or (over a) 
ἔφυραν, οὐχ ἐταράττοντο, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ λοχαγοὶ 
i μοι they-‘were not ‘thrown-into-confusion, but the captains 


διέδαινον ἐν τῷ μέρει" καὶ εἴ 


(with their companies) went-over in — succession; and if 
σι δέοι σίου τῆς φάλαγγος, οὗτοι 
any-thing was-wanted any-where (in) the phalanx, these 


ἐπιπαρῆσαν. ἸΤούτῷ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπορεύθησαν 


were-at-hand. In-this ποι order they-proceeded 


σέτταρας σταϑμοὺς. Δὲ ἡνίκα ἐπορεύοντο τὸϊ' 


four days’-march. But when they-were-proceeding on-the 
πέμπτον, εἶδον σι βασίλειον, καὶ περὶ 
fifth (day’s march), they-saw a-kind-of _ palace, and around 
αὐτὸ σιολλάς κώμας, δὲ τὴν GddY πρὸς 
it (there were) many villages, and the road 

TO spilt χωρίον γιγνομένην διὰ ὑψηλῶν haa rec) 
— this place lying over high 

ot χαϑῆχον ἀπὸ ὄρους ὑφ᾽ ᾧ ἦν ἡ 


which reached-down from (a) mountain at (the foot of) which was the 


xoun. Καὶ μὲν ot Ἕλληνες ἄσμενοι εἶδον τοὺς 


village. And indeed the Greeks rejoicing saw the 
γηλόφους, ὡς εἶχός, TOY πολεμίων 
hills, as (was) natural, (the forces) of-the enemy 


ὄντων ἱππέων. “Emel δὲ πορευόμενοι éx τοῦ 
being cavalry. When indeed proceeding from _ the 


πεδίου ἀνέθησαν é ἐπὶ τὸν TF, ρῶτ' OV γήλοφον, καί 
plain they-ascended on-to the first hill, and (then) 


χατέθαινον ὡς ἀναθαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον. 
they-commenced-descending so-as to-ascend on-to the next 


᾿Ενταῦϑα οἱ Bapbapo ἐπίγιγνονται, καὶ ἀπὸ 


Here the barbarians came-upon (them), and from 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 221 


~ e ~ 4 
τοῦ υψηλοῦ ἔθαλλον sis τὸ πρανὲς, 
the high (ground) they-threw to the places-below, (and) 
ἐσφενδόνων ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ μαστίγων. Καὶ 
used-their-slings (and) shot-their-arrows, under (the) lash. And 
ἐτίτρωσχον πολλοὺς xal ἐχράτησαν τῶν γυμ- 
they-wounded many, and they-had-the-advantage of-the _light- 


ογνήτων Ἑλλήνων, καὶ χατέχλεισαν αὐτοὺς εἴσω 
armed Greeks, and *shut ‘them ‘up within 


tov ὅπλων, ὥςτε ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ 
the heavy-armed-men, so-that on-that — (same) day both 


οἵ σφενδονῆται καὶ of τοξόται ἦσαν παντάπασι 
the slingers and the archers were entirely 


ἄχρηστοι, ὄντες ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ. Δὲ 


useless, being emong the crowd (of camp-followers). But 


ἐπεὶ οἱ “Ἕλληνες, πιεζόμενοι ἐπεχείρησαν διώκειν 
when the Greeks hard-pressed attempted to-pursue 


μὲν ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρν σχολῇ, ὄντες 
indeed they-arrived at the summit (but) slowly, being 


ὁπλῖται, δὲ οὗ πολέμιοι ταχὺ ἀπεπήδων. Δὲ 
hvavy-armed, but. tae enemy speedily sprang-down. And 


πάλιν, ὁπότε ““τίοιεν πρὸς TO ἄλλο στράτευμα, 
again, when they-went-back to the rest (of the) army, 
ἔπασχον ταὐτὰ" καὶ ἐπὶ tod δευτέρου γηλόφου 
they-suffered the-same; and at the second hill 
ταὐτὰ ἐγίγνετο" ὥςτε ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς μὴ 
the-same-things occurred; so-that it-seemed (proper) to-them ποῦ 


κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου γηλόφου, 


to-move the soldiers from the third hill, 
iv ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς 
before they-had- ed-up targeteers from the right flank 


τοῦ πλαισίου πρὸς TO ὄρος. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι 

of-the square on-to the mountain. When indeed these 

ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑπομένων πολεμίων, οἵ πολέμιοι 

nad-got above the pursuing enemy, the enemy 

οὐχέτι ἐπετίϑεντο τοῖς καταθαίνωυσι, δεδοι- 

no-longer attacked the (Greeks) descending, having- 
19 # 


922 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


, 
χότες μὴ ἀποτμηϑείησαν, καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι 
feared lest they-might-be-cut-off, and the enemy [the Groeks} 


γένοιντο αὐτῶν ἀμφοτέρωϑεν. Πορεῖ- 
might-be-on them [the Persians] from-both-sides. Marck- 
όμενοι οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ὑμέρας, Ob μὲν 
ng thus for-the rest of-the day, — (some) indeed 
σῇ ὁδῷ κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, οἵ δὲ 
on-the road over the hills, — (others) however 
5 la \ A ¥ 3 7, 9 
ἐπιπαριόντες χαταὰ TO ορος, ἀφίκοντο εἰς 
marching-along (them) over the mountain, they-arrived at 


TAs κώμας, καὶ κατέστησαν ὀχτώ ἰατροὺς" γὰρ 
the villages, and they-appointed eight surgeons; for 


ἦσαν πολλοὶ τετρωμένοι. 


there-were many wounded. 


Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ ἕνεκα 


Here they-remained three days, both on-account 
τῶν τετρωμένων, καὶ εἶχον ἅμα 
of-the wounded, and (because) they-had  at-the-same-time 
πολλὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἄλευρα, οἶνον, καὶ πολλάς 


much provisions, (namely) wheat-flour, wine, and much 


κριϑὰς συμθεθλημένας ἵπποις. Δὲ ταῦτα 
barley having-been-laid-up for-horses. For this (barley) 


% = os 
ἦν συνενηνεγμένα TO σατραπεύοντι τῆς 
was collected for-the (person) being-satrap of-the 

, 1 , c ἡ , \ 
χώρας. Δὲ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ xatabaivovow eis 
country. But on-the-fourth day they-went-down to 
τὸ πεδίον. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης xaréraber 
the- plain. When however  ‘Tissaphernes overtook 
αὐτοὺς σὺν τῇ δυνάμει, ἡ ἀνάγκη ἐδίδαξεν 
them with — (his) force, — necessity taught 
αὐτοὺς κατασχηνῆσαι ob πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην, 
them to-encamp where first they-saw (a) village, 

A ? 
καὶ μὴ πορεύεσϑαι ἔτι μαχομένους" yap ἦσαν 
and ποΐ to-march-on still fighting ; for there-were 
3 

πολλοὶ ἀπόμαχοι, οἵἱ τετρωμένοι, χαὶ 


many unfit-for-action, (namely) — (those) wounded, and 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 923 


e t 3 + ent δεξά 
οἵ φέροντες ExElvous καὶ Ob εζά- 
— (those) carrying those (wounded), and — (those) having-re- 
μενοι TH ὅπλα τῶν φερόντων. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
ceived the arms οἵ --- (those) carrying. When indeed 


χκατεσχήνησαν, καὶ ot βάρθαροι προςιόντες πρὸς 
το 


they-encamped, and the barbarians coming-up 
τὴν κώμην ἐπεχείρησαν ἀχροθδολίζεσϑθαι αὐτοῖς, 
the village attempted to-skirmish with-them, 
ot Ἕλληνες πολὺ περιῆσαν᾽ yap διέφερε 
the Greeks ‘had greatly ‘the-advantage; for it-differed 
~ 3 
πολὺ ὁρμῶντες ἐκ χώρας ἀλέξασϑαι, 
much (that) rushing from (theirown) ground they-repelled 
7 πορευόμενοι μάχεσθαι τοῖς πολε- 
(an attack), οἵ ({π80) marching-along they-fought the ene- 
μίοις ἐπιοῦσι. Ἡνίχα δ᾽ ἦν ἤδη διεί- 
my § coming-upon (them). When indeed it-was now late-in-the 
An, ἦν ὥρα τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπιέναι" yap ob 
afternoon, it-was time for-the enemy to-depart; for the 
βάρθαροι οὔποτε ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο μεῖον 
barbarians never : encamped at-a-less (distance) 


σοῦ “EAAnvixod ἑξήχοντα σταδίων, pobov- 
from-the Grecian (camp) (than) sixty stadia, fear- 


μενοι μὴ ot Ἕλληνες ἐπιϑῶνται αὐτοῖς τῆς 
ing lest the Greeks might-attack them (in) the 
νυχτὸς. Tap ἸΠερσιχόν στράτευμα ἐστι πονηρὸν 
night. For (a) Persian army is (a) miserable 
vuxtds* yap τε οἵ immo. αὐτοῖς 
(thing) at-night; for not-only ‘are — (their) horses -- 
δέδενται, χαὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ πεποδισμένοι 
*tied, but-also (as) for the most (part) have-been-tied-by- 
“εἰσὶ Evexa τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν 
the-feet | on-account the ποὺ to-run-away [to prevent them running 
al λυϑείησαν" ἐάν τέ τις θόρυθος γίγηνται, 
away] if they-were-let-loose; if also any alarm should-occur, 
δεῖ Πέρσῃ ἀνδρί ἐπισάξαι 
it-becomes-necessary ‘for (the) ‘Persian man to-put-the-housings 


” 


994 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τὸν ἱππὸν, καὶ δεὶ χαλινῶσαι. καὶ 
on-the horse, and _it-is-necessary to-bridle (him), ana 
θωρακισϑέντα ἀναθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον. Δὲ 
having-put-on-armour _to-mount on the horse. But 
πάντα ταῦτα χαλεπὰ ποιεῖν νύχτωρ, 
411 _ these (things) (are) difficult to-perform by-night, 
καὶ ὄντος θορύθου. Ἕνεχα 


jand there-being (an) alarm [when there isan alarm]. On-account 


, 3 ͵ 75 ~ ε 4 
σχούτου ἀπεσχήνουν πόῤῥω τῶν Ἑλλήνων. 
of-this they-encamped-at-a-distance far-from the Greeks. 


Δὲ ἐπεὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς 


But when the Greeks knew (that) they 
βουλομένους ἀπιέναι καὶ διαγγελλομένους, 
were-desiring to-depart and announcing (the same), 
ἐχήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι συσχευάζεσθαι, τῶν 
it-was-proclaimed to-the Greeks to-collect-their-baggage, the 
πολεμίων ἀχουόντων. Καὶ οἱ βάρδαροι μὲν 
enemy hearing (it), And the barbarians indeed 
twa χρόνον ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας: δὲ ἐπειδὴ 
for-some time retarded the march ; but when 
ἐγίγνετο Olé ἀπήεσαν. Ta οὐ ἐδόκει 
it-became late they-went-away. For it-did not *seem 
λυσιτελεῖν αὐτοῖς πορεύεσθαι, καὶ κατάγεσϑαι 
to-be-expedient to-them to-march, and arrive 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον νυχτὸς. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ob 
at the camp by-night. When indeed tho 
σ ᾿ me 
Ελληνες ἤδη ἑώρων σαφῶς ἀπιόντας, καὶ 
Greeks now saw (them) evidently departing, alse 
αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες, καὶ διῆλθον ὅσο; 


they-themselves having-decamped, even passed-over as-much-aw 


ἑξήχοντα σταδίους. Kali γίγνεται τοσοῦτον 


sixty stadia. And _ there-became such (an) 

αξύ τῶν στρατευμάτων, ὥςτε TH ὕστε- 
interval (between) the armies, that on-the next- 
ραίᾳ ot πολέμιι οὐχ ἐφάνησαν, οὐδὲ τῇ 


day ~ the enemy *did not ‘appear, nor on-the 


BOOK ΤΠ. -- CHAPTER IV. 225 


τρίτῃ" δὲ τῇ τετάρτῃ οἱ βάρθαροι προελϑόντες 


third ; but on-the fourth the barbarians having-gone-forward 


νυχτὸς xataraubdvove. χωρίον ὕπερδέξιον, 


in-the-night occupied (a) place above-on-the-right, 

τ: 

n ot Ἕλληνες ἔμελλον παριέναι ἀχρωνυχίον 

by-which the Greeks had to-pass on-the-brow 
ὄρους, ᾿ ἣν ἦν ἡ xarabacis eis 


‘of (the) ‘mountain, beneath which was the descent to 
τὸ mediov. Δὲ ἐπειδὴ Χειρίσοφος ἑώρα τὴν 
the plain. But when Cheirisophus saw the 
ἀχρωνυχίαν προχατειλημμένην, καλεὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα 
eminence pre-occupied, he-calls-for Xenophon 
ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς, καὶ χελεύει λαθόντα. τοὺς 
from the rear, and orders (him that) taking the 
πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι εἰς TO πρόσϑεν. ὋὉ dé 
targeteers to-advance to the front. — But 
Ξενοφῶν μὲν οὐχ ἦγε τοὺς πελταστὰς, (γὰρ 
Xenophon indeed ‘did ποὺ ‘bring the targeteers, (for 
ἑώρα Τισσαφέρνην ἑπιφαινόμενον, καὶ πᾶν τὸ 
he-saw Tissaphernes appearing, and all — (his) 
otpdtevua,) αὐτὸς δὲ προςελάσας rodra’ Ti 
army,) he-himself indeed having-ridden-up inquired: Why 
καλεῖς; Aé τὸ λέγει αὐτῷ" Ἔξεστιν 
do-you-call (me)? But — (Cheirisophus) said to-him: ᾿ You-may 
Ee ‘ e , ς \ ~ iA 

ὁρᾶν" γὰρ ὁ λόφος ὑπὲρ τῆς χαταθάσεως προχα- 
Bee; for the eminence above the descent has-been- 
τείληπται ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔστι ov παρελϑεῖν, 
pre-occupied against-us, and [1{-ἰ8 not (possible) to-pass (it), 
el μὴ ἀποχόψομεν τούτους ᾿Αλλὰ τί 
—unless we-cut-off those (on it). But why did-‘you 
οὐχ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς; Δὲ 6 λέγει; 
not ‘bring the targeteers ? But — (Xenophon) replies, 
ὕτι οὐχ ἐδόχει αὐτῷ καταλιπεῖν τὰ ὄπισϑεν 
that it-"did not ‘seem-right to-him to-leave the rear 
ἔρημα, πολεμίων ἐπιφαινομένων. ᾿Αλλὰ 


destitute (of defence), (the) enemy appearing. But 


226 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μεν ἔφη ὥρα γε βουλεύεσθαι πῶς τις 
indeed said-he (it is) time at-least to-consider how some 

ἀπελᾷ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπὸ tod λόφου 
(of us) will-drive — (these) men from the hill. 
Ἔνταῦϑα Ἐενοφῶν ὁρᾷ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ 


Here Xenophon perceives the summit of-tho 


ὄρους οὖσαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ στρατεύματος 
mountain (as) being above the army (of the Per- 


ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔφοδον 
sians) themselves, and from this (place) (there was) (an) approach 


ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, ἔνϑα οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν, καὶ λέγει" 


to the hill, where the enemy were, and he-says: 


Κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἴεσθαι ὡς 


(It is) best, Ο  Cheirisophus, for-us to-go as 
τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον᾽" γὰρ ἢν 
quick-as-possible on-to the summit (of the mountain); for if 
λάβωμεν τοῦτο, οἵ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ οὐ 
we-take this, — (those) above the road ‘will not 
δυνήσονται μένειν. ᾿Αλλά, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ 
*be-able to-remain. But, if you-wish, remain with 
τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐχὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω πορεύεσϑαι" εἶ 
army, indeed wish to-go-forward ; if 
δ χρήζεις, πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, δὲ ἐγὼ 
indeed you-want-it, proceed oon-to the mountain, and 
μενῶ αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμι σοι, ἔφη ὃ Χειρί- 
will-remain here. But Tallow you, said — _ Cheiri- 


Gopos, ἑλέσϑαι ὁπότερον βούλει. Ὁ Ἐενοφῶν 


sophus, ~ to-choose which-of- hiya two you-wish. -- Xenophon 


εἰπών ὅτι ἐστιν νεώτερος αἱρεῖται πορεύεσθαι, 
replying that (as) he-is the-younger it-becomes (him) to-proceed, 


δὲ χελεύει συμπέμψαι ot ἄνδρας ἀπὸ τοῦ 
and he-requests to-have-sent (with himself) — men from _ the 


OTOUAT ap ἦν axpov λαθεῖν ἀπὸ 
hes san igs ae (a) e usp (way) to-take (them) fiom 


τῆς οὐρᾶς. Καὶ 6 Χειρίσοφος - συμπέμσει TOUS 
rear. And — Cheirisophus sends-with (him) the 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER IV. 227 


πελταστάς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος" ἔλαθε δὲ τοὺς 
targeteers from the front; he-took also the 


χατὰ μέσον τοῦ MAaotov. A’ ἐχέλευσε 
({targeteers) in (the) middle of-the square. And _he-ordered 


χαὶ συνέπεσθαι αὐτῷ τοὺς τριαχοσίους, οὗς 
also to-follow him the three-hundred, (men) whom 


αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν ἐπιλέχτων ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι TOE 
he-himself had of-the picked-men in the front of-the 


πλαισίου 
square. 
9 Ἢ : 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς τάχιστα ἐδύναντο. 
Hence they-marched-forward as _ speedily-as they-could. 
3 ~ 
A’ οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου, ὡς ἐνόησαν τὴν 
But the enemy on the eminence, when they-perceived the 
, ~ 
πορείαν αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον, εὐθὺς χαὶ αὐτοὶ 
march of-these towards the summit, directly also they 


ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον. Kai ἐνταῦϑα 


rushed to-contend for the summit. And here 


ἦν μὲν πολλὴ χραυγὴ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύ- 


‘was indeed (a) great shout from-the Grecian 


ματος, διαχελευομένων τοῖς ἑαυτῶν, δὲ 
my, cheering-on — (those) of-their-men, and 
: Ἂν , 
πολλὴ χραυγὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην 
much shouting | from — (those) about Tissaphernes [from the 
διακελευομένων τοῖς ἑαυτῶν. 
army of Tissaphernes] cheering-on — (those) of-their-men. 
& Ἐενοφῶν παρελαύνων ἐπὶ tod ἵππου παρε- 
But Xenophon riding-along on — (a) horse en- 


κελεύετο" ᾿ς Νομίζετε, ΓΑνδρες, γῦν 


couraged (his men): Consider, Omen, (that) now (you are) 


ἁμιλλᾶσϑαι ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, viv πρὸς τοὺς 


to-contend for now for — (your) 
~ ‘ 

παῖδας καὶ τὰς τσ: viv πονήσαντες 

children and — (your) wives, now having-laboured 


ὀλίγον πορευσόμεϑα τὴν λοιπὴν ἀμαχεὶ. 
a-little we-shall-march the rest (of the way) without-fighting, 


928 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Δὲ Σωτηρίδης ὃ Σικυώνιος εἶπεν: Ἔσμέν οὐχ ἐξ 
But Soterides the Sicyonian said : We-are not ew 
ἴσου; ὦ Ἐξενοφῶν' yap ov μὲν ὀχεῖ ἐφ᾽ 
an-equality, Ὁ Xenophon; for you indeed are-carried on (a) 
σ 3) τ. 4 \ 4 ~ , ‘ 
ἵππου, ἐγὼ δὲ xdura χαλεπῶς, φέρων τὴν 
horse, I however labour grievously, carrying — (my) 


ἀσπίδα. Kai ὅς, ἀχούσας ταῦτα, καταπηδήσας 
shield. And who, hearing this, having-leaped 


ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵσσπου, ὠϑεῖται αὐτὸν ἐχ τῆς τάξεως, 
from — (his) horse, pushed him from the ranks, 
καὶ ἀφελόμενος τὴν ἀσπίδα, ἐπορεύετο ἔχων 

and taking — (his) shield, he-proceeded, having (it), 
ὡς τάχιστα ἐδύνατο. ᾿Ἐτύγχανε δὲ καὶ ἔχων 

as speedily-as he-was-able. Hie-happened — also having (a) 
θώραχα τὸν ἱππικόν: ὥςτε 
corselet (on) (namely, that peculiar to) the cavalry ; so-that 


ἐπιέζετο. Καὶ μὲν παρεχελεύετο τοὶς 
he-was-oppressed. Yet however he-continued-to-exhort --- (ἐΠο50) 


ec ‘ - 
ἔμπροσϑεν ὑπάγειν, δὲ τοὶς ὄπισϑεν, ἔπο- 
in-front to-lead-on-gently, and — (those) in-the-rear, fol- 
μένοις μόλις παριέναι. A’ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται 
lowing with-difficulty to-come-up. But the other soldiers 


παίουσι, καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτη- 
beat, and throw-at and revile -- Sote- 
ρίδην, ἔστε nvdyxacay λαθόντα τὴν ἀσπίδα 
rides, until they-obliged (him) taking — (his) shield 
πορεύεσθαι. Δὲ ὁ ἁναδάς ἕως 
to-march-forward. But — (Xenophon) having-remounted as-long-ag 
᾿ - ᾿ ~ 

μὲν ἦν βάσιμα nyev ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, 
indeed it-was passable (fora horse) led-the-way on horse-back, 
δὲ ἐπε ἦν ἄθατα, καταλιπὼν τὸν ἵσισιον 
but when it-was impassable, leaving — (his) horse 
ἔσπευδε πεζῇ. Καὶ γενόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ ἄχρῳ 
he-hastened-along on-foot. | And haying-got on tu-the summit 
φϑάνουσι τοὺς πολεμίους. 

they-occupy (it) (before) the enemy. 


BOOK II]. —CHAPTER V. 229 


CHAPTER V. 


Ἔνϑα δὴ μὲν ot βάρθαροι στραφέντες ἔφευγον 


Tuen truly indeedthe barbarians having-turned 


nm ἕχαστος ἐδύνατο, δ᾽ οἱ “EAAnves 
(by the way) which each-one could, #and the Greeks 


εἶχον τὸ ἄκρον. Oi δὲ ἀμφὶ Τισ- 
held* the summit. |—(Those) indeed about [the armies οἱ] Tis- 


σαφέρνην χαὶ “Apiaioy ἀποτραπόμενοι ᾧχοντο 


saphernes and Arizeus having-turned-aside went-off 


ἄλλην ὁδὸν. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον Cire 


another way. — (Those) indeed about Cheirisophus 


θάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐν χώμῃ μεστῇ 
scending encamped in (a) village filled (with) 


πολλῶν ἀγαϑῶν. Δὲ χαὶ ἦσαν ἄλλαι 


many good (things) And also there-were other 


XOUCL, ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σεδίῳ παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν 
villages in this — plain along the river 


Τίγρητα, a πολλῶν ἀγαϑῶν. A’ nvixa 
Tigris, full of-many good (things). But, when 


ἦν δείλη οἵ πολέμιοι ἑξατίνης ἐπιφαί- 


it-was late-in-the-afternoon, the enemy suddenly ap- 


ψονται ἐν TH πεδίῳ, καὶ χατέχοψάν τινας τῶν 


pear in the plain, and cut-off some  of-the 
Ἑλλήνων ἐσχεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καθ᾿ ἅρπα- 
Greeks dispersed in the plain for plun- 
γήν᾽ yap καὶ πολλαὶ νομαὶ βοσχημάτων 
der ; for also many herds of-cattle 
κατελήφϑησαν διαδιθαζόμεναι εἷς τὸ 
were-seized (that were about) to-have-been-transported to the 
πέραν tod ποταμοῦ. “Evtaisa Τισσαφέργης 
_ ppposite-side of-the river. Here Tissaphernes 


20 


230 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. ἡ 


‘ e ι 3 ~ 5 , , ‘ 
καὶ Ob συν QAUT@ ἔπε HELENS: αν καίειν ‘TAS 
and “-- (those) with him attempted to-burn the 
xduas. Καὶ τινες τῶν “EAAjrov μάλα ἡϑύ- 
villages. And some _ of-the Greeks ‘were much ‘dis- 


noav, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ, εἶ καίοιεν 
eartened, being-apprehensive lest, if they-burned (the villages) they- 
9 - . ~~ 
οὐχ ἔχοιεν ὁπόϑεν λαμθάνοιεν τὰ 
‘would not ‘have (aplace) whence  they-might-procure -- 
ἐπιτήδεια. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον 
Cc 


provisions. | And  — (those) indeed about eirisophus 


5 ἤ 5 ~ 
ἀπήσαν ἐκ τῆς βοηϑείας 
[Cheirisophus and his men] returned from (giving) — assistance ; 
ς 


. 

ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ κατέθη, παρελαύνων τὰς 
— but Xenophon, when he-came-down, _riding-past the 
τάξεις, nvixa οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀπήντησαν ἀπὸ - 
ranks, when the Greeks came-back from (giving) 
τῆς Bondeias, ἔλεγεν: Ὃρᾶτε, ὦ Ἕλληνες ἄνδρες, 
— assistance, said: You-see, 0 Grecian men, 

ce 7 ‘ , 3 » 

UPLEVTAS τὴν χώραν εἶναι ἤδη 
(the enemy) conceding (that) the country is now 
ς , ᾿ \ 4 σ 3 , f 
ἡμετέραν" ya a, ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο, dienpat- 
ours ; for that-which, when they-made-the-truce, they-stipu- 


TOVTO, μὴ καίειν τὴν χώραν βασιλέως, νῦν 
lated-for, ποῦ to-burn the country ‘of (the) ‘king, now 


3 ‘ , ες 3 , 
αὕτοι χαίουσιν QS ἀλλοτριαν. 
they-themselves burn (it) as (if it belonged to) another, 


"AAW ἐάν ye που καταλίπωσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
But if at-least any-where they-leave — provisions 


αὐτοῖς ὄψονται καὶ ἡμᾶς πορευομένους ἐνταῦϑα. 
for-themselves they-will-see even us proceeding thither 
᾽Αλλ᾽, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἔφη, doxet μοι 
But O° Cheirisophus, said-he, it-seems to-me (that we ought} 
ς ~ 
βοηϑεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς καίοντας, ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς 
to-give-assistance against --- (those) burning, as for -- (our) 
ἡμετέρας. Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν᾽ Οὐχ ovr 


“ywn-country. — But Cheirisophus said: It-'does not therefore 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER V. 931 


doxe ἔμοιγε: ἀλλὰ, ἔφη, ἡμεῖς καίωμεν, 
seem (so) to-me-at-least; but, said-he, ‘let us ‘burn, 
καὶ οὕτω θᾶττον παύσονται. 
and 80 they-'will the-sooner ‘cease. 
Δὲ ἐπεὲὲ ἀπῆλθον ἐπὶ τὰς σχηνὰς ob 
But when _ they-went-away to — (their) tents the 
ἄλλοι ἦσαν μὲν 
rest (of the army, being the private soldiers,) were indeed (occupied) 
A \ 3 7 \ \ ~ ‘ 
περὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
about the provisions, δαΐ ({Π06) generals and (the) captains 
συνῆλθον. Καὶ ἦν πολλὴ ἀπορία 
convened-together (in council). And there-was much perpiexity 
~ \ ε 
ἐνταῦθα. Tap μὲν ἔνθεν ἦν ὄρη ὑπερύ- 
here. For indeed from-here there-were mountains exceeding- 
ψηλα, δὲ EvSev ὃ ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος τὸ͵ 
high, butfrom-there — (a) river (having) so-great — (a) 
P ε \ ‘ , ε lA 
βάϑος, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ δόρατα ὑπερέχειν 
depth,  so-that not-even the spears were-above (the water) 
σειρωμένοις τοῦ βάϑους. Δὲ τις ἀνὴρ 
(to those) making-trial of-the depth. But a-certain man 
, la 3 - 5 ͵ τ 
Ῥόδιος σπροςελϑϑθών αὐτοὶς ἀπορουμένοις εἰπίεν " 
_ (a) Rhodian —_coming-to them (thus) perplexed said: 
Ἐγὼ θέλω, ὦ ἄνδρες, διαδιθάσαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ 
at will, 0 men, have-'crossed you ‘over *by 
7 ς , Py ς 7 
τετραχισχιίλίους οπλιτας, ἂν υπηρετησητε 
four-thousand heavy-armed-men ‘at-a-time, if you-will-supply 
ἐμοὶ ὧν δέομαι, καὶ πορίσητε τάλαντον 
me with-what I-want, and will-furnish (me) (a) talent (as a) 
μισθὸν. Δὲ ἐρωτώμενος ὅτου δέοιτο᾽ Δεήσομαι, 
recompense. But being-asked § what he-might-require: I-shall-want, 
ἔφη, διςχιλίων aoxdv' δ᾽ ὁρῶ πολλὰ npdbara 
said-he, two-thousand hides-for-bags; and I-see many ᾿ sheep 
Ξ re, 
καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ ὄνους, ἃ, ἀποδαρέντα 
and goats and oxen and _ asses, which, having-been-skinned 
xai φυσηϑέντα, ἂν ῥᾳδίως παρέχοι τὴν 
and blown-out, might easily furnish tho (means of) 


232 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 


dudbaow. Δὲ xai δεήσομαι τῶν δεσμῶν, οἷς 
crossing. And also _ I-shall-want the cords, which 


χρῆσθε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" τούτοις ζεύξας τοὺς 


ἡ you-use about the baggage-cattle; with-these having-joined the 


ἀσχοὺς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὁρμίσας ἕχαστον ἀσχὸν 
bags to one-another, having-stretched each bag, 
᾿ίϑους ἀρτήσας, xal ἀφεὶς 

stones (having-been-suspended (from it), and having-‘let (them) ‘down 


ὥςπερ ἀγκύρας eis τὸ ὕδωρ, διαγαγὼν 


like anchors into the water, having-'extended (the bags) ‘across 
χαὶ δήσας ἀμφοτέρωϑεν, ἐπιθαλῶ 
and  having-secured (them) to-both (banks), I-will-‘put 
ὕλην, χαὶ ἐπιφορήσω γῆν. Ὅτι 
wood ‘on (them), and will-'throw earth ‘over (the wood). That 
oby μὲν ov χαταδύσεσϑε, μάλα 
therefore indeed you-‘will not *be-sunk, | (as) you-*will much 
a » Ὗ \ ~ 
αὐτίχα εἴσεσϑε" γὰρ πᾶς 
immediately *see ; [as you will at once perceive ;] for every 


ἀσχὸς ἕξει δύο ἄνδρας τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι" 
skin | will-keep two men from-the not to-be-sunk; — [will 
1 ε σ. ‘ e ~ 
δὲ n ὕλη xal n γῆ 
keep two men from sinking;] and the wood and the earth 
σχήσει ὥςτε μὴ ὀλισϑάνειν. Τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, 
will-keep(them) so-as ποῦ _ to-fall-off. To-the generals, 
ἀχούσασι ταῦτα, τὸ ἐνθύμημα μὲν ἐδόχει εἶναι 
having-heard this, the contrivance indeed seemed  to-be 
χάριεν, δὲ τὸ ἔργον ἀδύνατον" yap ἦσαν πέ- 
ingenious, but the execution impossible; for there-were on-the- 


ν πολλοὶ ἱσιπεὶς οἵ κωλύσοντες, 
other-side many horsemen — (those) would-be-disputing (their pasv- 


ot εὐθὺς ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τοῖς πρώτοις 


age), (and) who immediately would permit the first (or 

ποιεῖν οὐδὲν τούτων. Ἔνταῦϑα μὲν 

(foremost) to-do none of-these (things). Thence indeed 
ε 

τὴν ὑστεραίαν ὑπανεχώρουν εἷς τοὔμπαλιν. 

on-the next-day they-slowly-began-to-retreat — back-again. 


ΜΝ». ἑὰς»... 


BOOK III. —CHAPTER V. 2338 


- ~ , 
τῇ πρὸς Βαδυλῶνα, εἰς τὰς ἀχαύστους 
by-the (road) towards Babylon, to the unburnt 
κώμας, καταχαύσαντες ἔνϑεν ἐξήεσαν" ὥςτε 
villages, having-burnt (those) whence they-departed; so-that 
οἱ πολέμιοι οὐ προςέλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἔϑε- 
the enemy ‘did not *come-up (to them), but continued- 
ὥντο. καὶ ἦσαν ὅμοιοι θαυμάζειν 
observing (them),jand they-were like to-wonder [and they won- 
ὅποι ποτὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες πρέψονται, καὶ 
dered] where at-any-time the Greeks § would-turn-themselves, and 
τί ἔχοιν ἐν νῷ. ᾿Ενταῦϑα μὲν οἱ ἄλλοι 
what they-might-have in (their) mind. There indeed the rest 
~ - 3 ‘ A > a 
στρατιῶται ἦσαν ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" 
(of the) soldiers were (occupied) about — provisions; 
δὲ of στρατηγοὶ καὶ of λοχαγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλθον, 
but the generals and the captains again assembled 
καὶ συναγαγόντες τοὺς ἑαλωχότας, 
(in council), and having-brought-together — (those) taken-prisoners, 
ἤλεγχον πᾶσαν τῆν χώραν κύχζῳ, 
they-questioned (them about) all the country in-a-cirele (round 
Tis ἑχάστη ein. Δὲ ot ἔλεγον, 
about them), what each (part) might-be. And — (they) said, 
ὅτι τὰ μὲν πρὸὸ μεσημθρίαν εἴη τῆς 
that the (parts) indeed towards (the) south . were — (those) 
ἐπὶ Βαδυλῶνα καὶ Μηδίαν δι’ Aone 
towards Babylon and Media through which ‘they (the Greeks) 


ἤχοιεν. δὲ 7 σιρὸς ἕω φέροι ἐπὶ Σοῦσὰ 
*had-come; and — (that) towards (the) east led to Susa 
τε xal-"Exbatava ἔνϑα βασιλεύς λέγεται 
-- and Echatana where (the) king is-said 
θερίζειν καὶ ἐαρίζειν" δὲ ἣ διαθάντι τὸν 


to-spend-the-summer and spring; and the(road) going-across the 

ποταμὸν πρὸς ἑσπέραν φέροι ἐπὶ Λυδίαν καὶ 

river towards (the) — west led to Lydia and 

Ἰωνίαν" δὲ ὅτι ἡ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ τετραμμένη 

Tonia ; and thatthe(road) over the mountains and winding 
20 * 


234 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πρὸς ἄρχτον ἄγοι εἰς Kapdobyous. Δὲ ἔφασαν 
to (the) northmight-lead to (the) Carduchi. And  they-saic 
τούτους οἰχεὶν ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη: 

(that) these (people) dwell (scattered) over che mountains, 
χαὶ εἶναι πολεμικοὺς, καὶ οὐχ ἀκούειν 
and are warlike, and ‘do not ‘obey (the) 
βασιλέως: ἀλλὰ xai ποτε βασιλικὴ 
king ; but (that) even once (a) royal 
στρατιάν, δώδεκα μυριάδας, ἐμθαλεῖν 
army, (of) twelve ten-thousand [120,000] (men), attackea 
εἰς αὐτοὺς" δὲ οὐδένο, τούτων ἀπονοστῆσαι 
— them ; but (that) not-one  of-them returned 

AJ 4 , 6 / / 
διὰ σὴν δυςχωρίαν. Ὁπότε μέντοι 
on-account-of the difficulties-of-the-country. When however 
σπείσαιντο πρὸς τὸν σατράπην τὸν ἐν 
they-made-a-treaty with the satrap — (he who dwelt) in 
T πεδίῳ, καὶ σφῶν ἐπιμιγνύναι 
the plain, (that) also some-of-those (of the plain) had-intercourse 
TE προς ἐχείνους καὶ ἐχείνων 
— with those (mountaineers) and some-of-these (mountaineers) 
πρὸς ἑαυτούς. 
with those (of the plain). 

Οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἐχάϑισαν 

The generals = having-hcard _—these (things) placed 


. χωρὶς τοὺς φάσχοντας εἰδέναι 


apart — (those) saying (that) they-knew (the road) 
ἑχασταχόσε, ποιήσαντες οὐδὲν δῆλον, ὅποι ἔμελλον 
in-each- direction, making no-one certain, whither they-intended 
πορεύεσθαι. “Eddxer δὲ τοῖς otpatnyoisg εἶναι 
to-proceed. It-seemed however to-the generals to-be 
ἀναγκαῖον ἐμθάλλειν διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς 
necessary to-force-their-way over the mountains into (the coun- 
/ \ 

Kapdovyous* yap ἔφασαν διελϑόντας 

tryof the) Carduchi; for _ they-said (that) having-passed-through 


TOUTOUS ἥξειν εἷς “Apueviay πολλῆς 
these § (that) they-would-come into ‘Armenia (it being) large 


BOOK III. — CHAPTER V. 235 


καὶ εὐδαίμονος, ἧς Opdvtas ἦρχε. A’ ἐντεῦθεν 
and rich, (and) which Orontes governed. And whence 
ἔφασαν εἶναι εὔπορον πορεύεσϑαι 
they-said (thatit would) be  an-easy-thing (for-them) to-proceed 
Tig ὅποι ἐϑέλοι Ἐσπὶ τούτοις ἐϑύ- 
any where they-might-wish. With-reference to-these (things) they- 


σαντο, ὅπως onnvixa καὶ δοχοίη τὴς 
sacrificed, in-order-that when itmight even ‘seem (to be) the 


ὥρας ποιοῖντο τὴν πορείαν (γὰρ 
time they-‘might (begin to) *make the march (for 
3 ͵ ‘ A ~ > 

ἐδεδοίκεσαν μὴ τὴν ὑπερδολὴν τῶν ὀρέων 
they-feared lest the passage-over the mountaius 


XATAAnPSELN) χαὶ παρήγγειλαν 


might-be-pre-occupied) (by the enemy); und  they-announced (that) 


ἐπειδὴ δειπινήσαιεν πάντας συνεσχευ- 
when (thesoldiers) had-supped (that) all having-packed- 
ασμένους ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ ἕπεσϑαι 

up-their-baggage “ie ata δὰ to-follow ‘their leaders) 


ἡνίχα τις πᾶραν, γγείληῃ. 


whep any ‘signal ios given. 


236 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


BOOK IV. 
CHAPTER I. 


Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐγένετο ἔν τῇ dvab koe 

Wuart indeed really happened in the expedition-up-the-country 

ῇ - / Se AP, i) 1 f 
μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὁσα μετὰ τὴν μάχην 
ull the battle, and what (occurred) after the battle 
ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ds βασιλεὺς καί ot “Ἕλληνες 
during the truce, which (the) king and the Greeks 
ἀναδάντες σὺν Κύρῳ ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ ὅσα, 
going-up with Cyrus made, and what, (tne} 


βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους παραδάντος τὰς 


king and Tissaphernes having-broken the 


σπονδὰς, ἐπολεμήϑη πρὸς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, τοῦ 


truce, war-was-waged against the Greeks, the 


Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος ἐπαχολουϑοῦντος 
Persian army pursuing (them), 
δεδήλωται ἐν TH πρόσϑεν λόγῳ. 


has-been-related in the preceding discourse. 


Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἀφίχοντο, ἔνϑα μὲν ὁ ποταμὸς Τίγρης 


But when they-arrived, where indeed the river Tigris 
ἦν παντάπασιν ἄπορος διὰ τὸ βάϑος 
is altogether impassable on-account-of — (its great) depth 
καὶ péyesos, δὲ ἦν οὐ πά 
and size, and there-was no passage (along the banks), 
ἀλλὰ τὰ Kapdotyia ὄρη éxpiuato ἀπότομα 
as-indeed the Carduchian mountains hung steep 
3 , 3 ~ ~ ~ > A ~ 
ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ tod ποταμοῦ éddxer δὴ τοὶς 


over this -- river, it-seemed truly (therefore) to-the 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER I. . 237 


στρατηγοῖς εἶναι πορευτέον διὰ τῶν ὀρέων. 


generals to-be necessary-to-march over the mountains. 
ἦτ σ 

Tap ἤχουον τῶν ἁλισχομένων, ὅτι, εἶ 

For they-had-heard --- (from those) made-prisoners, that, if 


διέλθοιν ta Kapdovyia ὄρη, διαδήσονται τὰς 
they-should-cross the Carduchian mountains, they-might-ford the 


πηγὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος ἔν τῇ ᾿Αρμενίᾳ, 


sources of-the river Tigris Armenia, 
ἦν μὲν βούλωνται, δὲ ἦν τέ κρβελες μὴ; 
if indeed they-wished (to do so), but if they-wished not 

σπεριίασι. ες Καὶ τε ἐλέγετο 


(todoso), ‘they (might) *go-round (them). And also it-was-said 


τὰς πηγὰς tod Ἑὐφράτου εἶναι ov πρόσω 
(that) the sources of-the Euphrates were not far 


τοῦ Τίγρητος, καὶ ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον. 
from-the Tigris, | δηθὰ it-is so having [and it is 


Δὲ ποιοῦνται éuboanv εἰς τοὺς 
really so]. And they-make (the) irruption into the (terri- 


Kapdotyous de, πειρώμενοι ἅμα 
tory of the) i ite : Beste - 


duchi in-this-manner, endeavouring at-the-same-time 


μὲν λαϑεῖν δὲ ἅμα φϑά.- 


indeed to-have-concealed (their march) and-also at-the-same-time to-anti- 


σαι τοὺς πολεμίους πρὶν, χαταλαθδεῖν τὰ 
cipate~ the enemy before (that) they-have-occupied the 
axpa. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν 
. heights. When indeed it-was about the last 
φυλακὴν, καὶ ἐλείπετο ὅσον τῆς νυχτὸς 


watch, διὰ there-was-left as-much of-the night (as) 


διελϑεῖν τὸ πεδίον σχοταίους, τηνικαῦτα ἀναστάν- 
to-pass-over the plain  in-the-dark, then rising- 


TES, ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως πορευόμενοι ἀφιχ- 
up, (and) at the-word-of-command a forth they- 


. γοῦνται ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ i 
arrived at-the-same-time with-the (break of) day 

TO ὄρος. 

the mountain. 


238 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Ἔνθα δὴ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγεῖτο τοῦ 


Ifiere indeed Pe ities —  took-the-lead of-the 
στρατεύματος, λαδὼν τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν 
army, taking (with him) — (those) about him 
χαὶ πάντας τοὺς γυμνῆτας. δὲ Ξενοφῶν 
and all the light-armed-men ; but Xenophon 
εἵπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις ὀπισϑοφύλαξιν, ἔχων 
followed with the heavy-armed rear-guard, having 
οὐδένα γυμνῆτα᾽ γὰρ ἐδόχει εἶναι οὐδεὶς 
not-one _light-armed-man; for there-seemed  to-be no 


κίνδυνος, μή τις ἐπισποιτὸ ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισϑεν, 


fear, lest any-one might-pursue from — behind, 
πορευομένων ἄνω. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν 
(they) marching upwards, And oo hah κὲ indeed 
3 7 5 ᾿] Α » Ἂν 
ἀναδαίνει. ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, πρίν TWA τῶν 
went-up on-to the summit, before (that) any-one of-the 
πολεμίων αἰσϑέσϑαι. A’ ἔπειτα ὑφηγεῖτο᾽ 
enemy perceived (him). But then led-forward-slowly : 
δὲ τὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος ἀεὶ ὑπε 
and the (part) of-the army from-time-to-time passing- 
θάλλον ἐφείπετο, εἰς τὰς κώμας 
over (the summit) continued-following (him), into the villages 
τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἄγκχεσι τε καὶ μυχοὶς 


(namely)— (those) in the narrow-valleys and also ‘in(the) ‘recesses 


TOV ὀρέων. 
of-the mountains. 


Ἔνθα δὴ μὲν οἱ Καρδοῦχοι, ἐχλιπόντες τὰς 


Then truly indeed the Carduchi, having-left 


οἰχίας, χαὶ ἔχοντες γυναῖΐῖχας χαὶ maidas, 
(their) dwellings, and having (their) wives and children, 


ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. Ἦν δὲ πολλὰ τὰ 


fled on-to the mountains. There-wasindeed much —— 
: > 

ἐπιτήδεια λαμθάνειν. δὲ καὶ ai οἱκίαι ἦσαν 

τ΄ provisions to-take ; and also —<(their) dwellings were 


κατεσχευασμέναι παμσιόλλοις χαλχώμασι, ὧν οἱ 
furnished with-a-great-many brazen-utensils, of-which the 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER I. 239 


\ ‘ 
Ἕλληνες ἔφερον οὐδὲν, οὐδὲ ἐδίωχον τοὺς 
Greeks took-away none, nor did-they-pursue the 
5 7 ε 7 3 ε 
ἀνϑρώπους, ὑπορειδόμενοι, εἰ ol 
people, sparing (them), as-if (to try whether) the 
Kapdodyou ἐθελήσειαν πῶς αὐτοὺς διιέναι 
Carduchi *would by-any-means ‘let them pass-through 

~ x 
ὡς διὰ τῆς φιλίας χώρας ἐπείπερ ἤσαν 
as through --- (a) friendly country’ in-as-much-as they-were 
πολέμιοι βασιλε. Μέντοι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
enemies "to (the) ‘king. However the provisions, 
ὅτω τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι, 
|to-which any-one might-arrive, [which any one might obtain,] 
éAdubavoy’ γὰρ ἦν ἀνάγκη. Δὲ οἱ 
they-took ; for it-was (a) necessity (todo so). But the 
Kapdodyor οὔτε ὑπήκουον, καλούντων, οὔτε ἐποί- 
Carduchi neither _ listened, being-called-on, nor did-they- 
ovy οὐδὲν ἄλλο φιλικὸν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ot 
make any-one other friendly (demonstration). But when the 
τελευταῖοι τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων κατέθαινον eis τὰς χώμας 
rear of-the Greeks were-descending into the villages 
9 ‘ ~ » ΕΣ ~ ‘ ‘ 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄχρου ἤδη σχοταῖοι (ya διὰ 
from the eminence (it being) now somewhat-dark (for 6n-account-of 
τὴν ὁδὸν TO εἶναι στενὴν ἡ ἀυάθασις καὶ κατάδθασις 
the road — being © narrow, the ascent and descent 
εἰς τὰς χώμας ἐγένετο αὐτοὶς 
ἰο the villages happened for-them (to be the occupation of) 
‘ σ ς , \ ~ “Ὄ 

τὴν ὅλην ἡμέραν)" τότε δὴ τινὲς τῶν Καρδοῦχων 
the entire day); then indeed some of-the Carduchi 
συλλεγέντες ἐπέϑεντο τοῖς τελευταίοις, καὶ 
collecting-together attacked the hindmost, and 
ἀπέχτεινάν τινας, καὶ κατέτρωσαν λίϑοις 
they-killed some, and worried (them with) stones 


‘ , Se 7 ᾿ 
χαὶ τοξεύμασι, ὄντες ὀλίγοι, γὰ 
and arrows, (they, the Carduchi,) being few, for 


τὸ Ἑλληνικόν ἐπέπεσε ἐξ ἀπροςδοχήτου. 


the Grecian (army) had-come-on (them) -- suddenly. 


240 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Εἰ μέντοι τότε συνελέγησαν πλείους 
If however then they-had-assembled more (numerously) (a} 


πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν 
great (part) of-the army would-have-been-in-danger — 
διαφθαρῆναι. Καὶ οὕτω μὲν τὴν ψύχτα 
to-have-been-destroyed. And so indeed — (that) night 
ηὐλίσθησαν ἐν ταὶς κώμαις: δὲ οἱ Kapdodyou 
they-lodged in the villages ; and the Carduchi 
ἔχαιον πολλὰ πυρὰ xIxA@ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ 
burned many fires in-a-circle on the mountains, and 
συνεώρων ἀλλήλους. “Aua δὲ 
observe (the position οὗ) one-another. §At-the-sume-time indeed 
~ ς “ ¥ ~ ~ ‘ 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἔδοξε Tos στρατηγοὶς καὶ 
with-the (break of) day  it-seemed (best) to-the generals and 
λοχαγοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνελϑοῦσι, 
captains of-the Greeks having-assembled-in-council, 
πορεύεσθαι ἔχοντας τε TH ἀναγκαῖα καὶ 
to-march-forth having also (only) the necessary and 
~ ς ~ 
δυνατώτατα τῶν ὑποζυγχγιῶν, καταλιπόντας τἄλλα, 
strongest of-the baggage-cattle, leaving-behind the-rest, 
χαὶ ὁπόσα ἀνδράποδα ἦν νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα 
and. as-many slaves (as) were recently captured, 
ἀφεῖναι πάντα ἐν τῇ otpatia. Tap τὰ 
to-dismiss all (these) in the army. For the 
ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα ὄντα πολλὰ 
baggage-cattle and — (those) captured being many 
ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν σχολαίαν" δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ 
made the march slow; and the many (men) 
ὄντες ἐπὶ τούτοις ἦσαν ἀπόμαχοι, ἔδει 
being (in charge) over _ these were unfit-for-action, it-was-necessary 
te  ἄδιιλάσια ἐπιτήδεια πορίζεσϑαι 
also (that) double (the quantity of) provisions e-procured 
καὶ φέρεσθαι, τῶν ἀνϑρώπων ὄντων πολλῶν. Δὲ 
und carried, the men being many. And 
δόξαν ταῦτα ἐχήρυξαν ποιεῖν οὕτω. 
they-approved these (things),(and) proclaimed to-do 80. 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER I. 241 


"Eel δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἑπορεύοντο, 
When indeed having-breakfasted they-proceeded (on their march), 


γι στρατηγοὶ ὑποστάντες ἐν TH στενῷ, 


the generals standing-secretly in — (a) narrow (part of the 
ς ~ 

el εὑρίσχοιν τι τῶν εἰρημένων μὴ 
roai), if they-found any-thing of-the (things) mentioned not 
ὡς ᾽ 

ἀφειμένον, ἀφῃροῦντο" οἵ δ 
left, they-‘took (them) ‘away; the (men) indeed 
ἐπείϑοντο, πλὴν εἴ τις ἔκλεψε σι, οἷον ἢ 
obeyed, unless if any-one was-smitten-with any-thing, as_ if 
émusvuyoas παιδὸς ἢ γυναιχὸς τῶν εὐτρεπῶν. 
having-desired (a) boy or woman of-the handsome-ones. 


Kai μὲν ἐπορεύθησαν οὕτω ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, 


And indeed they-proceeded thus that --- day, 
τὰ μὲν μαχόμενοι τι, δὲ καὶ τὰ 
— (sometimes) indeed fighting somewhat, and also --- (sometimes) 


3 l4 \ 5 \ ς ’ / 
ἀναπαυόμενοι. Δὲ εἰς THY VOTEPAIaY πολὺς 


resting. But on the next-day (a) great 
χειμὼν γίγνεται, δ᾽ nv ἀναγκαῖον πορεύεσθαι’ 
storm happened, but (yet) it-was necessary to-proceed ; 
‘ \ 3 4 ει 3 ς . \ ‘ 
γὰρ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦν ov ἱκανὰ. Καὶ μὲν 
for the provisions were not _ sufficient. And indeed 


Χειρίσοφος ἡγεῖτο δὲ Ξενοφῶν ὠπισϑοφυλάκει. 


Cheirisophus continued-to-lead and Xenophon brought-up-the-rear, 


Kai οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπετίϑεντο ἰσχυρῶς ᾿ χαὶ 
And the enemy *pressed greatly ‘on (them) and 
τῶν χωρίων ὄντων στενῶν, προςιόντες 
the places being narrow, (the enemy) coming-up 
ἐγγὺς ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων" ὥςτε ot “Ἕλληνες 
near they-shot-arrows and slung-stones; _so-that the Greeks 


ἐπιδιώχοντες καὶ πάλιν ἀναχάζοντες ἡἠναγχάζοντο 


pursuing and again retreating were-compelled 


πορεύεσθαι σχολῇ καὶ θαμινὰ ὃ Ἐενοφῶν 


to-marech slowly ; and frequently — Xenophon 
ς 

παρήγγελλεν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπικέοιντο 

passed -the-word to-halt, when the enemy might-'press 


21 


2492 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἰσχυρῶς. Ἐνταῦθα ὁ Χειρίσοφος ὅτε 
hard ‘on (them). Then —- Cheirisophus when 
> ‘ ες / 
παρεγγυῷτο ἄλλοτε μὲν ὑπέμενε, δὲ τότε 
the-word-was-passed at-other-times indeed halted, but once he-'did 
οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, GAN ἦγε ταχέως, καὶ παρηγγύα 
ποὺ *halt, but led-on rapidly, and ordered 
ἕπεσϑαι: ὥςτε ἦν δῆλον ὅτι εἴη τι 
‘them) __ to-follow; so-that it-was evident that there-was some 


πρᾶγμα" δ ἦν οὐχ σχολὴ 
thing (todo); but there-was not leisure ‘for (a person) 
EASOVTL ἰδὲν tO αἴτιον τὴς 


‘moving-along (to the front) to-have-ascertained the cause of-the 


σπουδῆς" ὥςτε n πορεία ἐγίγνετο ὁμοία φυγῇ 
haste ; so-that the march became like ‘to(a) ‘flight 


τοῖς ὀπισϑοφύλαξι. Kai ἐνταῦθα ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ 


᾿ for-the rear-guard. And here (a) brave man 


Κλεώνυμος Λακχωνιχὸς ἀποϑνήσχει, τοξευϑεὶς 


Cleonymus (a) Lacedemonian died, being-shot-with-an-arrow 


διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ τῆς στολάδος εἷς τὰς 
through the shield and the corselet on the 


πλευράς, καὶ Baciag ᾿Αρχάς διαμσερὲς εἰς 
side, and-also Basias (an) Arcadian (shot)-right-through — 
anv κεφαλήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ σταϑμόν, 
the head. When indeed they-arrived δὲ (the) station 


ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εὐθὺς ἐλθὼν ὥςπερ 
ἐρεδιρὼ of encampment) — Xenophon immediately having-gone | as 


εἶχε πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον 


he-had (himself) [just as he was] to Cheirisophus 


9 - ιν. σ 5 ς , 

NTIATO AVTOV, OTL οὐχ vuméiuevev ἀλλ᾽ 
he-blamed him, that he-‘did not *halt but = (that) 
φεύγοντες ἠναγκάζοντο ἅμα μάχεσϑαι. 


fleeing they-were-compelled at-the-same-time to-fight. 


Kai viv δύο xard te χἀγαϑὼ ἄνδρε τέϑνατον. 


And now. two honourable and also-brave men have-died, 
‘ 9 » 
καὶ ἐδυνάμεϑα οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε 
and we-could neither earry-away (their bodies) nor 


a 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER I. 243 


Pala. ‘O Χειρίσοφος ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς ταῦτα᾽ 
bury (them). — Cheirisophus answered these 


Βλέψον, ἔφη, πρὸς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ ἴδε 


(things) , Look, said-he, 5 — (these) mountains, and 560 


ὡς abara πάντα ἐστί" δὲ αὕτη μία ὁδός, 
how impassable (they) all are; and _ this one (only) road, 
ἣν ὁρᾷς, ὀρθία, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ἔξεστί σοι 
which you-see, (is) steep, and on this _it-is-allowed to-you 


ὁρᾶν τοσοῦτον ὄχλον ἀνθρώπων Ol χκατει- 
to-see  how-great (a) multitude of-men (there are) who having- 


Antes φυλάττουσι τὴν ἔχθασιν. Ταῦτ᾽ 
occupied guard the pass. For-these (reasons) 
> \ »” \ \ ~ 3 ς / 
ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ὑπέμενον 
I hastened-on, and for this I-‘did not *wait-for 


Ge, εἴ mas δυναίμην φθάσαι τὴν 
you, (but strove) if by-chance I-could reach the 


ὑπερθολήν πρὶν χκατειλῆφϑαι" 


passage-over (the mountain) before it-had-been-occupied (by the enemy); 


δ᾽ οἵ ἡγεμόνες ovs ἔχομεν, φασιν εἶναι οὐχ 
for the guides whom  we-have, say (that) there-is no 
ἄλλην ὁδόν. ‘O δὲ Ξενοφῶν λέγει" "AAW ἐγὼ 
other road. — But Xenophon says: But I 
ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας. Tap ἐπεὶ παρεῖχον 
have two men. | For when (the enemy) presented 
πράγματα ὑμῖν, ἐνηδρεύ- 
things to-us, [for when the enemy annoyed us,] we-placed-an- 
σαμεν, (ὅπερ καὶ ἐποίησε ἡμᾶς ἀναπιεῦσαι,) 

ambush, |(which also made us breathe,) [and 


καὶ ἀπεχτείναμέν τινας 
which gave us time to breathe,] and we-killed some 


αὐτῶν, καὶ προὐϑυμήϑημεν λαθεῖν ζῶντας, 


of-them, and we-were-eager to-take (them) alive, 


évexev αὐτοῦ τούτου ὅπως χρησαίμεϑα 
on-account-of this | very-same (thing) that we-might-use (them as) 


ἡγεμόσιν εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν. 
guides knowing the country. ~ 


244 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Kai εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, διαλα- 


And immediately leading-forward the men, having- 
θόντες ἤλεγχον, ei εἰδεῖεν τινα 
‘taken (them) ‘apart they-questioned (them), if they-knew any 
ἄλλην ὁδὸν ἢ THY φανεράν. Ὅ 
other road than the (one) apparent (before them). The (one; 
μὲν οὖν ἔφη οὐχ ἕτερος, καὶ μάλα 
indeed — said (that there was) not another, and very 


πολλῶν φόδων προςαγομένων: δὲ ἐπεὶ ἔλεγεν 
mnany fearful-threats were-brought-forward; but when he-said 
οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον, κατεσφάγη, TOD ἑτέρου ὁρῶντος. 
nothing useful he-was-put-to-death, the other-one seeing (it). 
Δὲ ὁ λοισὸς ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὗτος μὲν 

But the (one) remaining said that this (other one) indeed ‘would 


ov pain εἰδέναι διὰ ταῦτα 
not ‘say (any thing about another road) | to-appear through this 


σ , , 5 ~ 

ὅτι θυγάτηρ τυγχάνει αὐτῷ 
[for the reason] that (a) daughter happens (tobe) to-him 
ἐχεὶ map’ ἀνδρὶ ἐχδεδομένη δ᾽ 
there with (a) man _ having-been-given (to him in marriage); but 
αὐτὸς ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι ὁδόν δυνατὴν 
he said (that) he-would-lead (them) ‘by (a) ‘road possible 

ς 

πορεύεσθαι καὶ ὑποζυγίοις. A’ ἐρωτώμενος, εἰ 
to-be-passed-through even by-beasts-of-burden. But — being-asked, if 
εἴη σι χωρίον ἐν αὐτῇ δυςπάριτον, ἔφη 
there-wereany place in it difficult-to-pass, he-said (that) 
εἶναι ἄχρον, ὃ εἰ μή τις προχαταλήψοιτο 
there-was (a) height, which — unless some-one should-'take-possession-of 


ἔσεσθαι ἀδύνατον παρελθεῖν ᾿Ενταῦϑα 


(10) ᾿Βοξογθβδπὰ it-would-be impossible  to-pass-over (it). Then 

ἐδόχει συγχαλέσαντας λοχαγοὺς χαὶ 

it-seemed-proper having-called-together (the) captains (being) also 

πελταστὰς καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τε λέγειν 

targeteers, and (those) of-the heavy-armed-men, | and to-tell 
τὰ παρόντα, 


j 


(them) the (things) being-present, [and inform them of the state of affuirs,] 7 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER I. 245 


xa ἐρωτᾶν εἰ ἔστι τις αὐτῶν, ὅςτις ἂν ἐθέλοι 


and to-inquire if there-is any-one of-them, who might wish 
γενέσϑαι ἀγαϑὸς ἀνὴρ, καὶ 

(to prove himself ) to-be (a) courageous man, and 

ε : , 

ὑποστὰς πορεύεσθαι 

having-engaged (himself ) to-go-on (this expedition as a) 

ἐθελοντὴς. Τῶν ὁπλιτῶν μὲν ᾿Αριστώνυμος 

volunteer. Of-the heavy-armed-men indeed Aristonymus (οὔ) 


Μεϑυδριεὺς ᾿᾿Αρχάς ὑφίσταται, καὶ ᾿Αγασίας 
Methydrium (an) Arcadian offered-himself, and (also) Agasias 


Στυμφάλιος ᾿Αρχάς" δὲ Καλλίμαχος Παῤ- 
(of) Stymphalus (an) Arcadian; but Callimachus (of) Par- 


ῥάσιος, “Apxds, ἀντιστασιάζων αὐτοῖς, 


rhasia, (an) Arcadian, ‘contesting (the honour) ‘with them, 
ἔφη οὗτος ἐϑελεῖν πορεύεσθαι προςλαδὼν 
said (that) he-himself wished to-go taking (with him) 
> 4 5 , ~ , J 
ἐθελοντὰς EX παντὸς TOD στρατεύματος. Lap 
volunteers from all the army. For 
ἐγὼ, ἔφη, oda ὅτι πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ἕψονται, 
1. said-he, know that many  of-the young-men will-follow, 
> ~~ Φ l4 > Ud 5 - ¥ 4 
ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένου. “Ex τούτου ἐρωτῶσι, εἴ τις καὶ 
I leading. After this they-inquired, if any also 
~ ! pe” ~ 9 , 7, 
τῶν γυμνήτῶν ταξιαρχῶν ἐϑέλοι συμπορεύεσϑαι. 
of-the light-armed taxiarchs might-wish to-go-with 
᾿Αριστέας Χῖος ὑφίσταται, ὃς 
(the volunteers). Aristeas (of) Chios  offers-himself, (ἃ man) who 


πολλαχοῦ ἐγένετο ἄξιος πολλοῦ τῇ στρατιᾷ 
srmy 


often had-been worthy oof-much  in-the 
εἰς TH τοιαῦτα. ταῖς 
on (occasions) ---' ΕΠ κ6-ἴῃ 680, 


21e 


246 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


CHAPTER 11. 


Καὶ ἦν ἤδη μεν δείλη, δ᾽ οἵ 


AnD it-was now indeed late-in-the-afternoon, and the (ge.erals, 
ἐχέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφαγόντας 


Cheirisophus and Xenophon,) ordered them having-eaten-something 
πορεύεσθαι. Kai δήσαντες τὸν nyeuova παρα- 
to-march-forth. And having-bound the guide they- 
διδόασιν αὐτοῖς, χαὶ συντίϑενται ἦν 
delivered (him) to-them, and they-arrange-with (them) if 
λάδωσι τὸ Gxpov, φυλάττειν τὸ 
they-should-take (possession of) the summit, to-guard the 
χωρίον μὲν τὴν νύχτα, δὲ ἅμα τῇ 
place (during) indeed the night, but at-the-same-time with-the 
ἡμέρᾳ σημαίνειν σάλπιγγι" καὶ 
(dawn of) day to-give-the-signal ‘with (the) ‘trumpet; and (that) 
μὲν σοὺς ὄντας ἄνω ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς 
indeed ---ὀ (those) being above to-go against — (those) 


κατέχοντας τὴν φανερὰν ἔχθασιν, δὲ αὐτοὶ 
having-possession-of the apparent egress. and they (the 


ἐχθαίνοντες ovubonsnoew ὡς 
generals) coming-forth (from below) altogether-to-assist (them) ‘as 


τάχιστα δύνωνται. Συνθέμενοι ταῦτα οἵ 
speedily ‘as they-could. _They-having-arranged these (things) the 


μὲν ἐπορεύοντο σλῆϑος as δις- 
(detachment) indeed proceeded (being 8) multitude-of about two- 


χίλιοι: καὶ ἦν πολὺ ὕδωρ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 


thousand; | and there-was much xaoaid from heaven [and there - 


; : Δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ἔχων τοὺς 
was a heavy rain δὲ the time]. And Xenophon, having the 


ὀπισϑοφύλαχας, ἡγεῖτο πρὸς τὴν φανερὰν 
rear-guard, led (them) apparent 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER II. 24 


ἔχθασιν, ὅπως of πολέμιοι προςέχοιεν τὸν νοῦν 
egress, so-that the enemy might-direct — (their) mind 
ταύτῃ TH ὁδῷ, καὶ ὡς οἵ περιιόντες 
to-that — road, and so (that) — (those) going-round-about 

μάλιστα λάϑοιεν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ οἱ ὀπισϑοφύλακες 
‘might the-best ‘escape-notice. But when the rear-guard 
ἦσαν ἐπὶ χαράδρᾳ, ἣν eer δια- 
were at (the) ravine, | which it-was-necessary they-having- 
θάντες ἐχθαίνειν πρὸς τὸ ὄρϑιον, 


passed-through (it) to-come-out on the acclivity, [which they 
τηνικαῦτα ot βάρθδαροι 


had to cross to ascend the acclivity,] then the re ka ὅκα 
éxvdivdovy ὡὁλοιτρόχους. ἃἁμαξιαίους καὶ 
relled (down) round-stones large-enough-to-load-a-wagon, and 


μείζους καὶ EAATT ous, οἱ pep ὄμενοι 
(other stones also) greater and smaller, which being- eek. along 


πταίοντες πρὸς τὰς σέτ' διεσφενδονῶντο " 
ρ pas 


(and) _ striking against roc were-slung-about ; 


χαὶ παντάπασιν ἣν a οἷόν τε πελάσαι 
and altogether it-was not-even possible to-have-approached 
TH εἰσόδῳ. Ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν, εἰ 
the entrance (of the pass). Some indeed of-the captains, as 
un δύναιντο ταύτῃ ἐπειρῶντο 
they-‘could ποὺ ‘effect (a passage) in-this (way) endeavoured 
ἄλλῃ" καὶ ἐποίουν ταῦτα μέχρι 
(toapproach) in-another; and _ they-did these (things) until 
¥ 
ἐγένετο σχότος" δὲ ἐπεὶ ᾧοντο ἀπιόντες εἶναι 
it-became dark; but when they-thought (that) retiring to-be 
ἀφανεῖς, τότε ἀπῆλῶον ἐπὶ TO δεῖπνον " χαὶ 
unobserved, then they-went-away to — (their) supper; for 
δὲ ἐτύγχανον ὄντες ἀνάριστοι οἵ 
indeed they-happened _ being dinnerless, — (those, namely,: 
αὐτῶν ὀπισϑοφυλαχήσαντες. Οἱ πολέμιοι μέντοι 
of-them guarding-the-rear. The enemy howevet 
δηλονότι φοθούμενοι, οὐδὲν ἐπαύσαντο 
evidently fearing (something), ‘did not cease 


948 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Ov τῆς ὅλης νυχτὸς χυλινδοῦντες τοὺς λίϑους 


through the whole night rolling (down) — stones ; 
> ~ 

δ᾽ ἦν σεχμαίρεσϑαι τῷ ψόφῳ. A οἱ 

as it-was (easy) to-be-conjectured by-the noise. But — (those, 

ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα περιιόντες κύχλῳ, 

having the guide | going-around in-a-circle, [taking a 
χαταλαμθάνουσι τοὺς φύλακας xady- 

circuitous route, ] _ surprise the guard sit- 


μένους ἀμφὶ mip’ καὶ μὲν καταχανόντες τοὺς, 


ting round (a) fire; and indeed having-killed — (some), 
δὲ χαταδιώξαντες τοὺς, αὐτοὶ 
and having-followed-after ao (others) (in their flight), they 
ἔμενον évtads ὡς xatéyortes τὸ ἄχρον. Δ᾽ oi 
remained there as-if occupying the summit. But — 

ov χατεῖχον, ἀλλὰ μαστὸς ἦν 


they-‘did not ‘occupy (the summit), but (a) knoll was 
ce 1 3 “ὦ > 4 * ς v4 \ ee 
UTED αὐτῶν, παρ Cv Ἣν N αὐτῇ στενὴ ὁδός Ν 


above them, by which was the same narrow —sirroad, 
= 

ἐφ᾽ ἢ οἱ pvaAaxes ἐχάϑηντο. Μέντοι ἦν 

at which the guard were-seated. However there-was (an) 

ἔφοδος αὐτόϑεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, οἱ 

approach thence to the enemy, — (those namely) 

ἐχάϑηντο ἐπὶ τῇ φανερᾷ ὁδῷ. 

stationed - on the open way. 


Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα μὲν διήγαγον τὴν νύχτα δὲ 
And here indeed they-passed the night; but 


ἐπεὶ ἡμέ ὑπέφαινε συντεταγμέτοι 
when (the) day was-beginning-to-dawn (they) drawn-up-in-order 


ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους " yap καὶ 


proceeded in-silence against the enemy ; for -- 
ἐγένετο ὁμίχλη, ὥςτε προςελϑθόντες ἐγγὺς 
there-was (a) mist, so-that advancing near 
ἔλαϑον. ᾿ς Δὲ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀλλήλους, καὶ 


they-escaped-observation. But when they-saw one-another, and 
4 


te ἥ σάλπιγξ ἐπεφϑέγξατο, καὶ ot “Ἕλληνες 
-- the trumpet sounded-the-attack, and the Greeks 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER II. 249 


ἀλαλάξαντες ἴεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, δὲ ot 
raising-the-shout-of-battle rushed against the men, but the 

οὐχ ἀδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ λισιίόντες τὴν 
(enemy: ‘did ποὺ ‘receive (them), but leaving the 
ὁδόν, ὀλίγοι φεύγοντες ἀπέϑνησχον᾽ γὰρ 
road, (a) few (only) fleeing died ; | for 
ἤσαν εὔζωνοι. Δὲ 


they-were well-girt [for they were active in their movements]. But 


οἱ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, dxotioartes τῆς σάλπιγγος, 
-— (those) with Cheirisophus, hearing the trumpet, 


εὐθὺς ἴεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν φανερὰν ὁδόν" ἄλλοι 
immediatelyrushed up along the open road ; others 


δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ 
indeed of-the generals (with their men) proceeded by 


. ‘ z 
ἀτριθεὶς ὁδοὺς ἧ ἕχαστοι ἔτυχον ὄντες, καὶ 
untrodden paths wherever each happened (as) being, and 


ἀναθάντες ὡς ἐδύναντο, ἀνίμων ἀλλήλους 
ascending as (well as) they-could, drew-up one-another 


Tos δόρασι. Καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι συνέμιξαν 
with — (their) spears. And these _first-ones joined 


τοῖς προχαταλαδοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν 
--ὀ (those) having-secured the place. But Xenophon 


ἔχων τοὺς ἡμίσεις THY ὀπισϑοφυλάχων, ἐπορεύετο 


having the half _— of-the rear-guard, proceeded 
N ob ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα" 
(by the road) in-which — (those) having the guide (did) ; 


(yap ἦν εὐοδωτάτη τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις δὲ τοὺς 
(for it-was the-most-practicable for-the baggage-cattle;) but the 


δ x ¥ ~ ε 
ἡμίσεις ἔταξε ὄπισϑεν τῶν ὑπο- 
(other) half he-ordered (to be stationed) behind the baggage- 


ζυγίων. Δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐντυγχάνουσι λόφῳ 


vattle. And proceeding-forward they-happened-to-find (a) hill 
ς ~ ~ 
ὑπὲρ τὴς ὁδοῦ χατειλημμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν 

{hanging) over the road occupied by the 


, σ τ . ; 
πολεμίων, Os ἦν ἀνάγχη ἢν ἀποχόψαι ἢ 
enemy, whom it-was (a) necessity either to-have-dislodged ον 


250 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


διεζεῦχϑαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων “Ελλήνων. Και 


te-have-been-separated from the other Greeks. And 


αὐτοὶ μὲν ἂν ἐπορεύϑησαν 
(the men) themselves indeed might have-proceeded (in the same 
\ \ ς 
οἱ ἄλλο, δὲ TH ὑποζύγια 7H οὐχ 
road) in-which the others (did), but (for) the baggage-cattle it-was not 


5 ~ » Ἃ ’ 
ἐχθῆναι ἄλλῃ ἢ ταύτῃ. 
(possible) to-go-from (the valley) in-any-other (way) than this, 
. Ἔνθα δὴ παραχελευσάμενοι ἀλλήλοις, προςθάλ- 
Then indeed having-encouraged one-another, they-make-an- 

λουσι πρὸς τὸν λόφον τοῖς ὀρϑίοις λόχοις, 
attack against the hill |in-the straight companies, [in 
οὐ κύχλῳ, ἀλλὰ καταλιπόντες 


columns of companies,] not ‘in (a) ‘circle, but leaving 


ἄφοδον τοὶς πρλεμίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο φεύγειν. 


(a) way-of-escape for-the enemy, if they-wished to-flee. 
Kai τέως μὲν, αὐτοὺς ἀναθαίνοντας ὅπη 
And for-a-while indeed, they ascending in-whatever-manner 


ἕχαστος ἐδύναντο, of βάρθαροι ἐτόξευον καὶ 


each could, the barbarians shot-arrows and 
ἔθαλλον, δ᾽ οὐ προςίεντο ἐγγὺς, ἀλλὰ 
threw-stones, but they-‘did ποὺ ‘let-them-come near, but 


φυγῇ λείπουσι τὸ χωρίον. Kai τε ot Ἕλληνες 





in-flight they-leave the place. And — the Greeks 
παρεληλύϑεσαν τοῦτον, καὶ ὁρῶσιν ἕτερον 
having-passed-over this (hill), — they-see another 
λόφον ἔμπροσϑεν κατεχόμενον. 
hill before (them) occupied (by the enemy). 
Ἐδόχει αὖϑις πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦτον. 
It ἃ (n ry) again to-proceed against this. 
Δ’ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐννοήσας. μή, εἰ κατα- 
But — Xenophon having-been-apprehensive, lest, if he-should- 
λείποι τὸν ἡλωχότα λόφον ἔρημον, καὶ 
leave the captured hill destitute (of troops), and 


ot πολέμιοι πάλιν λαθόντες ἐπιϑοῖντο τοῖς 
the enemy again taking (it) might-attack the 


- 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER II. 951 


~ ε - 3 ᾿ 
ὑποζυγίοις παριοῦσι, (δὲ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἦν ἐπὶ πολὺ 
byggage-cattle passing-by, (for the baggage-cattle j|were on much 

ἅτε πορευόμενα διὰ τῆς στενῆς 
{formed a long train] as-when proceeding through the narrow 

ὁδοῦ.) xatareiner ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου 

(defiles) ‘of (the) ‘road,) he-leaves on the hill (the) 
λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον Κηφισοφῶντος, 
captains _Cephisodorus (theson)  of-Cephisophon, (88) 
᾿Αϑυναῖον, καὶ ᾿Αμφιχράτην ᾿Αμφιδήμου, 
Athenian, and Amphicrates (the son) of-Amphidemus, (an) 
᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ ᾿Αρχαγόραν, φυγάδα ᾿Αργεῖον" 
Athenian, and Archagoras, (an) exile (from) Argos ; 
αὐτὸς δὲ σὺν τοῖς λοιποὶς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν 
himself indeed with the rest marched against the 
δεύτερον λόφον, καὶ αἱροῦσι τοῦτον καὶ TH αὐτῷ 
second hill, and they-capture this-one evenin-the same 
apén@. Ἔτι δ᾽ ἦν σρίτος μαστὸς λοιπὸς 
manner, _ Still however there-was (a) third hill remaining 
αὐτοὶς, πολὺ ὀρϑιώτατος, ὁ UNE τὴς φυλακῆς 
for-them, much the-steepest, that above (where) the guard 
ἐπὶ TH πυρὶ καταληφϑείσης τῆς νυχτὸς 
at the fire was-taken (by surprise) — _ at-night 
ς " = 
ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθελοντῶν. Ἐπεὶ 8 οἱ Ἕλληνες 
by the volunteers, When indeed the Greeks 
ἐγένοντο ἐγγὺς ot βάρθαροι λείπουσι τὸν μαστόν 
got 


near the barbarians leave the hill 


ἀμαχητὶ, ὥςτε yevéioSar θαυμαστὸν πᾶσι, καὶ 
without-fighting, so-as to-be wonderful to-all, and 


ὑπώπτευον δείσαντες αὐτούς ἀπολιπεῖν, 
they-suspected (that) having-been-in-fear (that) {86 left 


un κυχλωθέντες πολιορχοῖντο. A’ & 
(the place), lest being-surrounded they-might-be-besieged. But indeod 
οἱ καϑορῶντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκχρου τὰ 
‘= (they) looking-down from the height (upen) the (thinge} 


9252 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


γιγνομενα ὄπισϑεν, πάντες ἐχώρουν ἐπὶ τοὺς 


occurring behind, went-off against the 
ὀπισϑοφύλακας. 
rear-guard, 


Kai Ἐενοφῶν μὲν σὺν τοῖς νεωτάτοις ἀνέθαινεν 
And Xenophon indeed with the youngest-men ascended 


΄ 


ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον, δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐχέλευσεν ὑπάγειν, 


on-to the summit, and the rest he-ordered to-march-slowly, 
9 = 

ὅπως οἵ τελευταῖοι λόχοι προςμίξειαν καὶ 
so-that the rear companies might-come-up-with (them) and 
εἶστε προελϑόντας χατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν θέσϑαι 
he-told (them) having-advanced along the road to-halt 
TH ὅπλα EV τῷ ὁμαλῷ. Καὶ ἐν τῷ τούτῳ 
under-arms on _ the level (ground). And «αὖ the same 


χρόνῳ ᾿Αρχαγόρας ὃ “Ap log ἤλϑε πεφευγώς, 


time Archagoras the ‘give came having-fled, 


χαὶ λέγει ὡς ἀπεχόπησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου λόφου, 


and says that they-had-been-cut-off from the first hill, 
χαὶ ὅτι Κηφισόδωρος καὶ ᾿Αμφιχράτης τεϑνᾶσι, 
πὰ that Cephisodorus and Amphicrates were-dead, 
καὶ ὅσοι ἄλλοι μὴ ἁλλόμενοι χατὰ τῆς 
and-also how-many others (who) not having-leaped down the 
πέτρας ἀφίχοντο πρὸς τοὺς ὀπισϑοφύλακας 
rocks (and) arrived the rear-guard 


θὲ ne on pot δὲ διαπραξάμενοι ταῦτα 
The arians indeed having-accomplished these (things) 


ἦχον ἐπὶ λόφον ἀντίπορον τῷ μαστῷ" καὶ 
came on (a) hill opposite the knoll ; and 


Ξενοφῶν διελέγετο αὐτοῖς δι᾽ ἑρμηνέως 


Xenophon commenced-treating with-them through (an) ‘interpreter 


περὶ σπονδῶν, καὶ ἀπήτει τοὺς νεχροὺς. Οἱ 


about (a) truce, and demanded the dead. — (They) 
δὲ ἔφασαν ἀποδώσειν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ 
indeed said (that) they-would-give-them-up on — (this con- 


μὴ καίειν τὰς xduas. ‘O 
dition), (that) he-'would not *burn the villages. τς 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER II. 253 


Εενοφῶν συνωμολόγει ταῦτα. Δὲ ἐν ᾧ 


Xenophon agreed-to this. | But in which [but while} 
: , 
μὲν TO ἄλλο στράτευμα παρήει, 
indeed the remaining (part of the) army was-passing along, 

δὲ οἱ διελέγοντο ταῦτα, πάντες Ob 

and — they-were-discussing these (things), all — (those) 
3 , ~ , > , " ~ 
ἐχ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνεῤῥύησαν. ᾿νταῦϑα 
from that (ρατί οὔ) the country flocked-together. There 


OL πολέμιοι ἵσταντο καὶ ἐπεὶ 
the enemy made-a-stand; and when ‘they (the Greeks with 


ἤρξαντο xatabaivey ἀπὸ τοῦ μαστοῦ 


Xenophon) *began to-descend from the knoll 
πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους, ἔνϑα τὰ ὅπλα ἔχειντο, 
towards the others, | where the arms lay, [where 


οἵ πολέμιοι δὴ ἴεντο 
the heavy armed men were drawn up,] the enemy truly hurried-on 
πολλῷ πλήϑει χαὶ θορύδῳ: καὶ 
in-great multitude and ‘with (much) ‘noise-and-tumult; and 
3 \ δ. f - ~ ~ ~ ~ 34) 
ἔπει EYEVOVTO ἔπι τῆς χορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ, AP 
when they-got on the vertex of-the knoll, from 
οὗ Ἐενοφῶν xatébawer, ἐχυλίνδουν πέτρας" 
which Xenophon was-descending, they-commenced-rolling (down) stones ; 
καὶ μὲν χατέαξαν τὸ σχέλος ἑνὸς, δὲ ὁ 
and indeed broke the leg of-one (man), and the 
ὑπασπιστής ἔχων τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀπέλισε 
shield-bearer having the shield (of Xenophon) deserted 
Ξενοφῶντα" δὲ Εὐρύλοχος ᾿Αρχὰς Λουσιεὺς 
Xenophon; © but Eurylochus (an) Arcadian  of-Lusia (a) 
ε ΄ ~ 
ὁπλίτης σιροςέδραμεν αὐτῷ, καὶ προδεδλημένος 
heavy-armed-soldier ran-to him, and having-thrown 
) iv ἀπεχώρει, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀπῆλθον 
before both (his shield) they-departed, and the others went 
πρὸς TOUS συντεταγμένους. 
to — (those) drawn-up (on the level ground). 
Ἔχ τούτου δὲ τὸ πᾶν “EAAnrixdy ἐγένετο 
From this indeed the entire Grecian (force) got 
22 


254 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


e 


ὁμοῦ, καὶ ἐσκήνησαν αὐτοῦ 
ilike-together (on the level ground), and  they-encamped there 
ἐν πολλαὶς χαὶ xarais οἰχίαις xal δαψιλέσι 
among many _and fine houses and abundant 
3 / ᾿ \ \ τ ‘ 1 σ 

ἐπιτηδείοις" γὰρ χαὶ ἦν πολὺς οἶνος, ὥςτε 
_ Provisions ; for also there-was much wine,  so-that 
εἶχον ἐν χονιατοὶς λάχχοις. ἘΞενοφῶν δὲ xai 
they-kept (it) in plastered cisterns. Xenophon and also 
Χειρίσοφος διεπράξαντο, ὥςτε λαθόντες τοὺς 
Cheirisophus effected (this), that having-taken the 
VEXPOUS ἁπέδοσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα" 
dead (from the enemy) they-would-deliver-up the guide; 
χαὶ ἐποίησαν πάντα ἐχ τῶν δυνατῶν 
and they-performed all (things) in — (their) power 


τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν, ὥςπερ νομίζεται ἀγαϑοὶς 


for — (those) having-died, such-as is-usual-and-appropriate for-brave 


ἀνδράσι. Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο ἄνευ 


men. And on-the next-day they-proceeded without (a) 
ες , é > fal tA , ‘ [7 
ἡγεμόνος" δ᾽ of πολέμιοι μαχόμενοι, καὶ ὅπη 
guide ; but - the enemy fighting, and where 
εἴη στενὸν χωρίον προχαταλαμθάνοντες 
there-might-be (a) narrow place pre-occupying (it) 
ἐχώλυον τὰς παρόδους. “Ondte οὖν μὲν χωλύ- 
obstructed the passes. When therefore indeed they-im- 
οἰεὶ τοὺς πρώτους, Ξενοφῶν ἐχθαίνων 
peded |— (those) first, [the front,] Xenophon — going-from 
᾿ ‘ 5 - ~ 
ὄπισθεν πρὸς τὰ ὄρη, ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς 
behind to the mountain, opened __ the obstructions of-the 
/ ~ ~ , , 
παρόδου τοὶς πρῶτοις. πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι 
passes for-the front endeavouring to-get 
ἐνωτέ τῶν χωλυόντων: δὲ ὁπότε ἐπι- 
higher (than) — (those) obstructing ; but when they- 
Soivto τοῖς ὄπισϑεν, Χειρίσοφος ἐχθαίνων 
attacked — (those) behind, Cheirisophus depaiting 


χαὶ πειρώμενος γίγνεσϑαι ἀνωτέ 
(from his place) and endeavouring to-get higher (than) 


nee 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER II. 255 


γῶν κωλυόντων, ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς 
-- (those) obstructing, opened _ the obstruction of-the 


παρόδου τοὶς ὄπισϑεν" καὶ οὕτως ἀεὶ ἐθοήϑουν 
passes for — (those) behind; and thus always they-assisted 


ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἐπεμέλουτο ἀλλήλων. Δὲ 


each-other, and _ strenuously took-care of-each-other. And 


χαὶ ὁπότε ἦν ot βάρθαροι παρεῖχον πολλὰ 


also sometimes it-was (that) the barbarians [ exhibited many 


πράγματα Tots avabaor 


_ things to — (those) [annoyed very much those] ar ee 


πάλιν xatabaivovors yap ἦσαν ἐλαφροὶ 


(when) again descending ; for they-were Ως 


ὥςτε ἀποφεύγειν χαὶ φεύγοντες ἐγγύϑεν, γὰρ 


δ0-88 to-escape even fleeing from-near, for 


εἶχον οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ τόξα χαὶ σφενδόνας. Δὲ 
they-had nothing else than bows and slings. And 


χαὶ ἦσαν ἄριστοι τοξόται" εἶχον δὲ τόξα ἐγγὺς 
also they-were the-best archers; they-had indeed bows nearly 


τριπήχη, δὲ τὰ τοξεύματα πλέον ἢ διπήχη" 
three-cubits (long),and the arrows more than two-cubits; 


εἷλχον δὲ τὰς νευράς, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν προθαί- 
they-drew indeed the strings, when they-shot stepping- 


VOTES TH ἀριστερῷ ποδὶ πρὸς τὸ χάτω τοῦ 
forward with-the left foot against the lower (part) of-the 


φόξου͵. Δὲ ta τοξεύματα ἐχώρει διὰ τῶν 
how. And the arrows went through the 


ἀσπίδων xai διὰ τῶν θωράχων. Δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
shields and through the corselets. But the Greeks, 


ἐπεὶ λάβοιεν, ἐχρῶντο. αὐτοῖς ἀκοντίοις, 


ΠΥ they-took (them up), made-use-of them for-javelins, 


EVAYXVAGYTES. Ἔν τούτοις τοὶς 
having-fitted-a-poise-to-the-middle-like-a-javelin. In these -- 


χωρίοις οἱ Κρῆτες ἐγένοντο χρησιμώτατοι. Δὲ 


the Cretans were the-most-useful. And 


Se ees Κρής nove αὐτῶν. 
πῶς » Κρής woe them, 


256 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


CHAPTER III 


Δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν αὖ ηὐλίσϑυσαν 
And this -ο- day likewise (the Greeks) — were-lodged 


ἐν ταῖς χώμαις «ταὶς ὑπερ τοῦ πεδίοι 
in the villages (namely) — (those) above the plain 


τοῦ παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν Κεντρίτην, 
-- (that is situated) along the river Centrites, (the} 


εὖ ὡς δίπλεθρον, ὃς ὁρίζει τὴν 
breadth (thereof is) about two-hundred-feet, which (river) "a -- 


᾿Αρμενίαν καὶ τὴν χώραν τῶν Καρδούχων. Καὶ 


=p and the country of-the Curduchi. And 
Ἕλληνες ἀνεπαύσαντο ἐνταῦϑα ἄσμενοι 
the Greeks rested here rejoiced (at) 


ἰδόντες πεδίον᾽ δὲ ὃ ποταμὸς ἀπεῖχε τῶν 


seeing (a) plain; and the river was-distant from-the 
ὀρέων τῶν Καρδούχων ἕξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια. 
mountains of-the Carduchi six or seven stadia. 


Tote μὲν οὖν ηὐλίσθησαν μάλα ἡδέως, 
| Then indeed therefore they-were-lodged very pleasantly, [here 


ἔχοντες καὶ TOTU- 
they stayed with great pleasure,] having also (plenty of) _pro- 


THEA καὶ μνημονεύοντες πολλὰ τῶν 


visions and were-reflecting much -- (on their} 
παρεληλυϑότων πόνων. Tap ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας 
past labours. For (during) seven days 
ὅσαςπερ ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῶν Καὶ 

however-many-that they-marched through (the country) of-the  Car- 
δούχων, μαχόμενοι διετέλεσαν πάσας, καὶ 
duchi, fighting . they-passed (them) all, and 
ἔπαϑον xaxd ὅσα οὐδὲ τὰ σύμπαντα 


suffered evils so-many-that not ‘all — (those) *together 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER III. 257 


ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέριους. 
(ivectvea) from (the) king and Tissaphernes {would 
‘Os οὖν ἀπηλλαγμένοι τούτων 
equal them). So-that therefore freed from-these (dangers) 


cys 3 , 
ἡδέως ἐχοιμήϑησαν. 
‘they gladly ‘were-made-to-take-repose. 
“Ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶσιν 
At-the-same-time indeed with-the (break of) day — they-perceive 


ἐξωπλισμένους ἱππέας που πέραν τοῦ 
completely-armed horsemen some-where on-the-other-side of-the 


ποταμοῦ, ὡς κωλύσοντας διαθαί- 
river, so-as (that) they-would-be-hindering (the Greeks) _ to-cross- 


vew, δὲ πεζοὺς παρατεταγμένους 
over, and (also they perceived) foot-soldiers drawn-up-in-order-of-battle 
ἐπὶ tais ὄχϑαις ἄνω τῶν ἱππέων, ὡς χωλύ- 
on the high-banks above the horsemen, so-as (that) they- 


σοντας . ἐχθαίνειν eis τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν. 
would-be-hindering (the Greeks) to-cross-over into --- Armenia. 


Δ᾽ οὗτοι ἦσαν ᾿Αρμένιοι καὶ Μάρδοι καὶ Χαλδαῖοι 
And these were Armenians and (Mardians and Chaldzans 


μισθοφόροι ᾿Ορόντου καὶ ᾿Αρτούχου. Δὲ of Χαλ- 


mercenaries of-Orontes and rtuchus. And the Chal- 
dato. ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἐλεύϑεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι" 
deans were-said to-be (a) free and ‘also (a) brave 


δ᾽ εἶχον ὅπλα μαχρὰ γέῤῥα καὶ 


(people); and they-had (for) arms long shields and 
λόγχας. Δὲ ai αὗται ὄχϑαι, ἐφ᾽ ὧν οὗτοι 
spears. But the same elevated-banks, on which these 


ἦσαν παρατεταγμένοι, ἀπεῖχον ἀπὸ 

(foot-soldiers) were drawn-up-in-order-of-battle, were-distant from 
τοὶ ποταμοῦ τρία ἢ τέτταρα πλέϑρα" 

the river three or four plethra = (the plethra 

, , eds e ε ’ 

δὲ μία ὃδὸς ἢ ὁρωμένη 

being about a hundred feet) ; and (the) one (only) road which was-visible 

ἦν ἄγουσα ἄγω, ὥςπερ χειροποίητος" οἱ “Ἕλληνες 

was (one) leading upwards, as-if | made-by-hand; the Greeks 

22 Ὁ : 


258 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


> ~ , , 3 \ ‘ ᾿ 
ἐπειρῶντο διαδαίνειν ταὐτγ. Επεὶ δὲ τὸ 
endeavoured to-cross in-this (place). © When indeed the 
[σὴ 3 ’ὔ ε ᾿ ~ ~ / 
τε ὕδωρ ἐφαίνετο ὑπὲρ THY μαστῶν πειρωμένοις 
— water appeared above the breasts to-those-making-trial 
‘ ε Α τ ‘ / 
: καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς ἣν τραχὺς μεγάλοις 
(to cross over) and the river was rough with-large 
καὶ ὀλισϑηροὶς λίϑοις, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἦν ἔχειν 
and slippery rocks, and neither was-it (possible) to-have 
ta ὄπλα ἐν τῷ ὕδατι" δὲ εἰ μή ὃ ποταμός 
— (their) arms in the water; | but if not[orelse] the river 
ἥρπαζεν" ek τις φέροι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπὶ 
‘swept (them) ‘away; if any-one carried — (his) arms on 
TE τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐγίγνοντο γυμνοὶ πρὸς τὰ 
-- — (his) head he-became bare-and-exposed to the 
tokevuata καὶ τἄλλα βέλη" οὖν 


arrows and  the-other missiles (of the enemy); therefore 


ἀνεχώρησαν, καὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο αὐτοῦ παρὰ 


they-retreated, = and encamped there along 
σὸν ποταμόν. Ἔνϑα δὲ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν 
the river. There indeed (where) they-themselves had-been 
σὴν πρόσϑεν νύχτα, ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, ἑώρων τοὺς 
on-the previous night, on the mountain, they-saw the 
Καρδούχους συνειλεγμένους πολλοὺς ἐν τοὶς 
Carduchi assembled-together (in) great-numbers in -- 


ὅπλοις. Ἐνταῦϑα δὴ ἦν πολλὴ GSvuia τοὶς 
arms. Here truly there-was great despondency to-the 
Ἕλλησιν ὁρῶσι. μὲν τὴν ducnopiay τοῦ 
Greeks (as) they-perceive indeed the difficult-passage of-the 
ποταμοῦ, δὲ ὁρῶσι τοὺς 
river, and (as) they-perceive — (those on the other side of the 
χωλύσοντας διαθαίνειν, dé - ὁρῶσι τοὺς 
river) opposed to-crossing-over, and (as) they-perceive the 
Kapdobyous ἐπιχεισομένους ὄπισϑεν τοῖς 
Carduchi hanging-on (the) rear (of) — (those) 
diafaivovow. Οὖν μὲν ταύτην τὴν ὑμέραν καὶ 
erossing-over. Therefore indeed on-that-same — day and 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER III. 259 


τὴν νύχτα ἔμειναν ὄντες ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ. Δὲ 
-- night they-remained, being ἃ great perplexity. | But 


— ~ id ¥ n ; Tear. / δ ρὲ 
Sevopwuv eldev ὄναρ E00ZE 
Xenophon saw (a) dream [but Xenophon had a dream] : he-seemed 
δεδέσϑαι ἐν πέδαις, δὲ αὗται περιῤῥυ- 
to-have-been-bound in fetters, but these (seemed) to-have- 
ῆναι αὐτῷ αὐτόμαται, ὥςτε λυϑῆ- 
dropped-off from -him of-their-own-accord, so-that (he seemed) to-have- 
VOLL, καὶ διαθαίνειν, ὁπόσον ἐθούλετο. 
been-loosened, and (able) to-stride-about, as-much-as he-pleased. 
Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἦν GpSpos, ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Χειρί- 
But when it-was near-the-dawn-of-day, he-went ἴο — Cheiri- 
'σοῷον, xai λέγει, ὅτι ἔχει ἐλπίδας ἔσεσϑαι 
sophus, and says, that he-has hopes (that all) will-be 
~ ~ ~ ε 
χαλῶς, καὶ διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ . ὄναρ. Ὁ 
well, and relates to-him — (his) dream. — (He) 
ς 

δὲ ἥδετό τε, χαὶ ὡς τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέ- 
indeed was-delighted, — and, 88 speedily-as (the) dawn began- 
pawe πάντες of στρατηγοί πορόντες ἐϑύοντο" 
to-appear, all the generals being-present sacrificed ; 


καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν καλὰ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου. 
and the victims were favourableimmediately from the first. 


\ ς ᾿ . ΩΣ , σον ~ 
Kai οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀπιόντες ἀπὸ τῶν 


And the generals and captains going-away from the 
ἱερῶν παρήγγελλον τὴ στρατιᾷ ἀριστο- 


sacrifices _gauve-orders in-the army (for the troops) to-break- 


ποιεῖσθαι. Καὶ δύο veavioxa προςέτρεχον τῴ 


fast. And two  young-men came-running to — 
Eevoparte ἀριστῶντι᾽ γὰρ πάντες yocoar 
Xenophon (while) breakfasting ; for all knew 
ὅτι ἐξείη προςελϑεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ 
that it-might-be-allowed (to them) to-approach him even 
ἀριστῶντι xal δειπνοῦντι, καὶ εἰ χαϑεύδοι, 
breakfasting and supping, and (also) if he-were-asleep, 
ἐπεγείραντα εἴπεῖν, εἴ τις ἔχοι τι 


having-been-awakened to-speak (to him), if any-one might-have any-thing 


260 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον. 
of — (those things) (relating) to the war (to say). 


Kai τότε ἔλεγον, ὅτι τυγχάνοιεν συλλέγοντες 
And then they-said, | that they-might-happen gathering 


φρύγανα ὡς ἐπὶ σὺ 
_ sticks as for (the) fire, [that as they were gathering stick 


χἄπειτα κατίδοιεν, ἐν TH πέραν 
for the fire,] (and then) they-saw, on the other-side (of the river) 
ἐν πέτραις καϑηχούσαις ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν 
on (the) rocks reaching-down to the river 


αὐτὸν, γέροντά te καὶ γυναῖχας καὶ παιδίσκας, 
itself, an-old-man- and also women and girls, 


ὥςπερ χατατιϑεμένους μαρσίπωους ἱματίων ἐν 
as-if depositing gs of-clothes in (a) 


ἀντρώδει πέτ a Δὲ δόξαι σφισι ἰδοῦσι 
cavernous roc And (that) it-appeared to-them seeing 


εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς διαθῆναι. γὰρ οὐδὲ εἶνα! 
(this) to-be to-cross-over; for (that) neither was-it 


πρόςθατον τοὶς πολεμίοις ἱππεῦσι κατὰ τοῦτο. 
accessible for-the hostile cavalry at this (place). 
Δ’ ἔφασαν ἐχδύντες ἔχοντες τὰ 
And  they-said, (that) having-undressed (and) having — (their) 
ἐγχειρίδια διαδαίνειν γυμνοὶ ὡς νευσούμενοι, δὲ 


daggers they-crossed-over. naked as being-about-to-swim, and 


πορευόμενοι πρόσϑεν διαθῆναι πρὶν 
proceeding forwards (that) they-crossed-over before (that) 


βρέξαι τὰ aidoia, xai διαθάντες καὶ λαθόντες 
glee the middle, and crossing-over and taking 


TH ἱμάτια KEW πάλιν. 

the clothes (that) they-came (back) again. 
Ὃ Ξενοφῶν αὐτός οὖν Te εὐθὺς 
— Xenophon himself therefore ot-only immediately 


ἔσπενδε χαὶ ἐχέλευε τοῖς γεανίσχοις 
*made (a) ‘libation, but-also ~ ordered the young-men 


ἐγχεῖν, χαὶ 
to-pcur-in. (wine into the cups to make a libation themselves), ané 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER III. 261 


εὔχεσϑαι τοῖς θεοῖς φήνασι Te τὰ ὀνείρατα 
to-pray to-the gods having-shown not-only the dreams 
καὶ τὸν πόρον, καὶ ἐπιτελέσαι τὰ ἀγαϑὰ 
but-also the yassage, even (that) they-would-complete the good-things 
λοιπὰν Δὲ σπείσας εὐθὺς ἦγε τοὺς 
remaining. And (the) libations-made ‘he immediately ‘led the 


/ \ 1 , ‘ ~ 
γεανίσχους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσοφον, καὶ. διηγοῦνται 
young-men -to -- Cheirisophus, and relates 
ταῦτα. Δὲ καὶ ὁ Χειρίσοφος ἀχούσας 
these-same (things). And also — Cheirisophus having-heard (them) 
ἐποίει σπονδὰς. Δὲ μὲν σπείσαντες 


made (a) libation. And indeed having-made-the-libations 


παρήγγελλον ἄλλοις σύσχευάζεσϑαι" 


they-ordered ἰ the-others [the soldiers] to-collect-their-baggage-together; 


αὐτοὶ δὲ συγχαλέσαντες τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
they-themselves indeed calling-together the generals 


ἐθουλεύοντο ὥπως ἂν διαθαὶεν 


consulted-with (them) how ‘they might ‘cross (the river) 


κάλλιστα, χαὶ τε νιχῷεν σούς 
to-the-best-advantage, and not-only (that) they-might-conquer τα 


ἔμπροσϑεν, χαὶ πάσχοιεν μηδὲν χαχόν 
(those) in-front-of (them), but-also suffer no evil 


ὑπὸ τῶν ὄπισϑεν. Καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοὶς 
from --- (those) ‘in (their) ‘rear. And it-seemed  to-them 

Χειρίσοφον μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ diabai- 
(good) (that) Cheirisophus indeed should-take-the-lead, and __ to-cross- 


νειν ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, δὲ 
over having the half _—_ of-the army, and 


ἔτι τὸ ἥμισυ ὑπομένειν σὺν ἘΞενο- 
moreover (that) the (other) half should-remain-behind with Xeno- 
φώντι, δὲ ta ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον 

phon, and (that) the baggage-cattle and the crowd (of camp- 


διαθαίνειν ἐν μέσῳ τούτων. 
followers) to-cross-over in (the) middle of-these (two divisions). 
"Exel δὲ ταῦτα εἶχε καλῶς. 


When indeed these (things) had (themselves) well 


262 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐπορεύοντο" δ᾽ οἱ νεανίσχοι 

(and in good order), they-proceeded-forward; and _ the young-men 
ἡγοῦντο ἔχοντες τὸν ποταμόν ἐν ἀριστερά᾽ 
guided (them) having the river on (the) left; 

4 ag ae ‘ , nA ς , 

δὲ ὁδὸς ἐπὶ τὴν διάθασιν ἣν ὡς τέτταρες 
and (the) way to the ford was about four 
, 4 3 - ’ ε / ~ 
στάδιοι. Δὲ, αὐτῶν πορευομένων, at τάξεις τῶν 
stadia. But, ‘they proceeding, the lines of-the 
ἱππέων ἀντιπαρήεσαν. Δὲ 


cavalry passed-along-opposite (them, on the other side of the river). And 
ἐπειδὴ ἦσαν xata τὴν διάδασιν χαὶ tas ὄχϑας 
when they-were_ at the ford and tthe shores 
σοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ Χειρίσοφος 
of-the river, they-stacked — (their) arms, and Cheirisophus 
αὐτὸς πρῶτος στεφανωσάμενος καὶ ἀποδὺς 
himself first having-crowned-himself and taking-off-his-clothes 
éAdubave τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ παρήγγελλε πᾶσι 
he-took — (his) arms, and he-ordered all 
τοὶς ἄλλοις, καὶ ἐχέλευε τοὺς λοχαγοὺς 
the rest (to do the same), and he-ordered the captains 
» ‘ , 3 ’ 4 ‘ 
ἄγειν τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίους, τοὺς μὲν 
to-lead the companies drawn-up-in-columns, — (some) indeed 
ἐν ἀριστερᾷ, δὲ τοὺς 

(of these columns being) on (the) left-hand, and — others] 
ἐν δεξιᾷ ἑαυτοῦ. Kai of μάντεις μὲν ἐσφα- 
on (the) right-hand of-himself. And the augurs ἱπάθοᾷ sacri- 
γιάζοντο ᾿ς εἷς τὸν ποταμόν" οἱ 
ficed-victims (so that the blood flowed) into the river; the 
πολέμιοι δὲ ἐτόξευόδνΨνέόἔ te καὶ 
. enemy indeed (at the same time) kept-shooting-arrows and also 
ἐσφενδόνων. ἀλλ᾽ οὔτω ἐξικνοῦντο. 

kept-slinging-stones; but they-‘did (not) as-yet ‘reach (the Greeks). 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ σφάγια ἦν χαλὰ πάντες οἱ στρα- 
When indeed the victims were favourable all the sol- 
τιῶται καὶ ἀνηλάλαζον, δὲ καὶ ἅπασι at yovaixes 
diers even raised-the-war-cry, and also all the women 


- 





BOOK IV. — CHAPTER III. 263 


συνωλόλυζον. Γὰρ ἦσαν πολλαὶ ἑταῖραι 
cried-out-and-shouted-with (them). For there-were many mistressvus 
~ / 
ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἐνέδαινε 
in the army. And Cheirisophus indeed entered 
: " ε 4 3 ᾽ὔ ~ ‘ CC »" ~ 
και Ob συν ἐχεινῳ " δὲ ο Ἐξενοφηὼν 
(the river), and —(those) with him (also); but — Xenophon, 
λαθὼν tovs εὑὐζωνοτάτους τῶν ὀπισϑοφυλάχων, 
taking the most-active of-the rear-guard, 
ἔϑει ἀνὰ χράτος πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν πόρον 
ran at (the) utmost (speed) back to the ford, 
TOV χατὰ τὴν ἔχθασιν τὴν εἷς τὰ 
--ὀ (ἴο that) opposite the outlet — (that led) to the 
ΕΖ - 3 , , \ 
oon TOV ᾿Αῤμενίων, σπροςποιούμενος διαδὰς 
mountains of — Armenia, making-a-feint (as) crossing 
ταύτῃ ἀποχλείσειν τοὺς ἱππεῖς παρὰ τὸν 
in-that (place) to-cut-off the cavalry along the 
ποταμὸν. Δ᾽ οἱ πολέμιοι μὲν ὁρῶντες τοὺς 
river. But the enemy indeed seeing — (those) 
ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον εὐπετῶς περῶντας τὸ ὕδωρ, 
with Cheirisophus easily crossing-over the water, 


ὁρῶντες δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα θέοντας 


seeing likewise — (those) with Xenophon | running 
εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, δείσαντες μὴ ἀποχλεισϑεί- 
ἴο the-contrary [running back,] fearing lest they-might-be-in- 


σαν, φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ὡς πρὸς 
tercepted, they-fiee at (their utmost) power as-if to 
τὴν ἔχθασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἄνω. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
the outlet from the river upwards. When indeed 
ἐγένοντο κατὰ THY ὁδὸν ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς 
they-got to the road (or outlet) they-stretched upwards ἰὸ 
τὸ ὄρος. Λύχιος δὲ, ὁ ἔχων τὴν 
the mountain. Lycius indeed, who having (the command of) the 
τάξιν τῶν ἱππέων, καὶ Αἰσχίνης. 6 ἔχων 

budy of — cavalry, and #ischines, who having (tho 


τὴν τάξιν τῶν πελταστῶν τῶν 
command of) the body οὔ--  targeteers (namely) — (those 


264 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Kf 

ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἐπεὶ ἑώρων, φεύγοντας 
with Cheirisophus, when they-saw (the enemy) fleeing 
ἀνὰ κράτος εἵποντο᾽ οἷ στρατιῶται 
at (their utmost) power commenced-pursuing; the soldiers 
δὲ dav ἡ ἀπολείπεσϑαι, ἀλλὰ 
also called-out (that they should) not be-left-behind, but 
ovvexbaivew ἐπὶ TO ὄρος. Δ’ 
to-go-through-with (the pursuing cavalry) to the mountain. But 

> 
αὖ Χειρίσοφος ἐπεὶ διέθη, οὐ μὲν 


on-the-contrary Cheirisophus when he-crossed-over, ‘did not indeed 


ἐδίωχε τοὺς ἱππέας, δὲ εὐϑὺς ἐξέθδαινεν ἐπὶ 
follow the cavalry, but immediately went-forth against 


τοὺς πολεμίους ἄνω χατὰ τὰς ὄχϑας προς- 
the enemy above (stationed) along the banks extend- 
ηχούσας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν. Δὲ οἱ ἄνω 

ing-down to the river. But — (those) above (on these 


ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς ἱππέας ἑαυτῶν φεύγοντας, 
high banks) seeing indeed the cavalry of-themselves fleeing, 


δ᾽ ὁρῶντες ὁπλίτας ἐπιόντας σφίσιν 
and seeing (the) heavy-armed-soldiers advancing-against themselves 


ἐχλείπουσι τὰ ἄχρα ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 


they-abandon the heights above the river. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐώ τὰ πέραν γιγνό- 
Xenophon indeed when he-saw (things) on-the other-side be- 
peva καλῶς ἀπεχώρει τὴν ταχίστην 


coming prosperous-and-well departed (with) the — greatest-speed 
πρὸς τὸ διαύαϊνον στράτευμα" (yap καὶ οἱ Kap 
- to the crossing army ; (for also the Car- 


δοῦχοι ἦσαν ἤδη φανεροὶ xatabaivortes εἰς τὸ 


duchi were now _ evidently descending to the 


πεδίον ὡς ἐπιϑησόμενοι Tols τελευταίσις.) 
plain as-if about-attacking -- (those) behind.) 
Kai Χειρίσοφος μὲν χατεῖχε τὰ ἄνω. 
And Cheirisophus indeed (now) occupied the (place) above, 
\ ὔ ‘ 3 4 5 / 3 
δὲ Λύχιος, σὺν ὀλίγοις ἐπιχειρήσας ἐπι- 
and Lycius, with (his) few (men) having-undertaken  to- 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER III. 265 


διῶξαι, ἔλαθε τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα τῶν σκχεῦο- 
pursue, captured the (portions) left-behind of-the bag- 


φόρων, καὶ μετὰ τούτων TE καλὴν ἐσθῆτα 
gage, and among these not-only fine garments 


nal ἐχπώματα. Καὶ μὲν τὰ σκευοφόρα τῶν 


but also drinking-cups. And τον the baggage of-the 
Ἑλλήνων χαὶ ὃ ὄχλος ἀχμὴν διέ- 
Greeks and the crowd (of camp-followers) ‘were yet  ‘pass- 


Gave, δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς Kapdovyous, 


ing, and Xenophon having-turned towards the Carduchi, 
ἔϑετο ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα καὶ παρήγγειλε 
halted over-against (them) under-arms; and he-ordered 


τοῖς λοχαγοῖς ποιήσασθαι ἕχαστον τὸν λόχον 


the captains to-form each — company 
ἑαυτοῦ xa’ ἐνωμοτίας, παραγαγόντας 
of-theirs into divisions-of-five-and-twenty-men, ° having-wheeled 


τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν παρ᾽ ἀσπίδας ἐπὶ φάλαγγος" 
the division-of-twenty-five-men by the-left into line ; 
καὶ μὲν τοὺς λοχαγοὺς καὶ ἐνωμοτάρχας 
and (he ordered) ---ὀ the captains and (the) commanders-'‘of 
ἰέναι πρὸς τῶν Καρδούχων, δὲ 
(these) ‘divisions to-go against the Carduchi, and (the) 
οὐραγοὺς καταστήσασθαι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 
commanders-of-the-rear to-halt " at the river, 
Δ᾽ οἱ Καρδοῦχοι, ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς dmicSopiraxas 
But the  Carduchi, as they-perceived the rear-guard 
τοῦ ὄχλου ψιλουμένους, καὶ ἤδη φαινου- 
of-the crowd (of camp-followers) diminished, and now ap- 
, 3 7 A 3 7 - » 

μένους ὀλίγους, δὴ Ὁ 7ΟΎ] εσαν θᾶττον ἄδοντες 
peared few, ‘they indeed ‘advanced more-quickly singing 
τινας ᾧδας. Ὃ Χειρίσοφος δὲ, ἐπεὶ εἶχε τὰ 
tertain songs. -- Cheirisophus indeed, when he-had the 

παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς, πέμσει τοὺς πελταστὰς 
(things) about himself safe, sends the targeteers 
καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ τοξότας παρὰ Ἐξενοφῶντα, 
and slingers and archers to Xenophon 

23 


266 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


χαὶ κελεύει σιοιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν παραγγέλ An. 
and he-commanded (them) to-do whatever “he might ‘order 


Δ᾽ ὁ Ἐενοχῶν ἰδὼν αὐτοὺς diabaivovtas πέμψας 


But — Xenophon haying-seen them crossing having-sen* 
» , ~ 3 - 3 " ~ 
ἄγγελον κελεύει μεῖναι αὐτοῦ ἔπι τοὺ 

a) messenger ἰο-τοαποβὲ (them) to-remain there at the 


ποταμοῦ, μὴ διαθάντας. Ὅταν δ᾽ αὐτοὶ 


river, not having-crossed. When indeed they [Xenophon 
ἄρξωνται διαθαίνειν éubatvew 
and his men] begin to-cross (that they should) enter 


> ’ » ‘ ν - ς 
ἐναντίους ἔνϑεν χαὶ ἔνϑεν σφῶν ὡς 
(the river) opposite on-this-side and on-that-side of-them as-if 
διαθδησομένους, τοὺς ἀχοντιστὰς δυγγκυλωμέ- 
about-to-cross, the javelin-men _holding-the-javelin-by-the- 
vous, καὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἐπιθεθλημένους " 
poise, and the archers having-‘placed (their) ‘arrows-on- 
δὲ μὴ προδαίνειν πρόσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 


eas 3; but not to-advance far-into the river. 


αρήγγειλε δὲ τοὶς παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ 
oe ee — (those) about himself [he ordered his 
inerdv σφενδόνη ἐξικνῆται, 
own men] (that) when (δ βίοῃϑ from a) sling shall-reach 


χαὶ ἀσπὶς Yoox παιανίσαντας 
(them), and (a) shield resounded (that) having-sung-the-pean 


θεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους: δὲ ἐπειδὰν οἵ 
they-should-rush on the enemy; and when the 


πολέμιοι ἀναστρέψωσι, καὶ ὃ σαλπιγχτὴς σημή- 
enemy should-turn-to-flee, andthe trumpeter should-sound-the- 


vy TO πολεμιχόν éx τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τοὺς 
signal the warlike-one (of attack) from the river, (that) the 


οὖς μὲν ἀναστρέψαντας ἐπὶ δόρυ 
leaders-of-the-rear having-turned to (the) ad 


ἡγεῖσθαι, δὲ πάντας θεῖν, καὶ διαθαίνειν ὅτι 


a Bare Ae and all to-run, and to-cross-over as 


τάχιστα, nm ἕχαστος εἶχεν τὴν τάξιν, 
fast-as-possible, where each-one had — (his) file, 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER 11. 267 


ὡς μὴ ἐμστοδίζειν ἀλλήλους " ὅτι οὗτος ἔσοιτο 
δ0-ἃ8 not to-impede one-another; (and) that that-one would-be 
ἄριστος ὃς ἂν πρῶτος γένηται ἐν τῷ 
the-best (man) who might get on the 
f - 
περᾶν. 
τοῦ sai: 
A’ οἱ Καρδοῦχοι ὁρῶντες τοὺς λοισιούς 
But the Carduchi seeing — (those) remaining 
ἤδη ὀλίγους, (γὰρ καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν τεταγμένων 
now few, (for also many of — (those) ordered 
ς 
μένειν ᾧχοντο ἐπιμελόμενοι, οἵ μὲν ὑποζυ- 
to-remain departed taking-care, — (some indeed of-the-baggage- 
, ε \ ~ ? ε 
ἴων, οἵ δὲ σχευῶν, δ᾽ οἱ 


cattle, --- (some) also ‘of (their) ‘utensils (and baggage), and --- (others) 
ἑταιρῶν.) ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐπέχειντο θρασέως, 


‘of (their) ‘mistresses,) here indeed ‘pressed boldly ‘on, 
χαὶ ἤρχοντο σφενδονᾶν χαὶ τοξεύειν. 
and - began to-‘use (their) ‘slings and bows. 


LA’ ot Ἕλληνες παιανίσαντες ὥρμησαν δρόμῳ 
But the Greeks having-sung-the-pean started-forward ‘in (a) ‘rar 
ἐπὶ αὐτούς of δὲ οὐχ ἐδέξαντο" 

upon them; κ-- ‘they indeed ‘did not ‘receive (the charge 


ap καὶ ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι, ὡς μὲν ἐν 
of the Greeks); for though they-were armed, as indeed in 


TOS ὄρεσιν, ixavas os TO ἐπιδραμεῖν χαὶ 
--ὀ (their) mountains, fit - - attacking and 


φεύγειν, δὲ πρὸς δέχεσθαι τὸ εἰς χεῖρας 


= fleeing, but receiving (any enemy) | the to hand 


a οὐχ ixards. Ἔν τούτῳ 
_ [hand to hand] (they were) not fit. At this (time) 


2 ὃ σὰλπιγκτής σημαίνει" καὶ οἵἱ μὲν πολέμιοι 
the trumpeter sounds ; and the a enemy 


Σ ἔφευγον ἔτι πολὺ θάττον, δ᾽ οἵ Ἕλληνες στρέ- 
‘ yet much faster, but the Greeks having 


= Base. φἀναντία ἔφευγον ὅτι τάχιστα διὰ τοῦ 
ἘΣ _ turned to-the-contrary fled as fast-as-possible over the 











268 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ποταμοῦ, Οἱ tives δὲ μὲν τῶν πολεμίων, aicSo- 


river. — Some however of-the enemy, per- 
μένοι ἔδραμον πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν, καὶ 
ceiving (this) ran back to the river, and 
τοξεύοντες ᾿ ἔστρωσαν ὀλίγους, 
using (their) *bows wounded (a) few (of our men; 
δ᾽ οἱ πολλοὶ, χαὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὄντων 
butthe greater (number of them), even the Greeks being 
πέραν, ἔτι ἦσαν φανεροὶ φεύγοντες. A’ οὐ 
on-the-other-side, yet were evidently fleeing. But — 
ε ͵ 3 
ὑπαντήσαντες, ἀνδριζό- 
(those who) had-come-to-meet (them), priding-themselves-on-their-man- 
μενοι καὶ προϊόντες προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ, 
hood-and-courage,and advancing farther (than) — proper, 
πάλιν διέθησαν ὕστερον τῶν μετὰ 
again crossed = (the river) behind — (those) with 
ἘΞενοχῶντος" καὶ ἐτρώθησαν καὶ 
Xenophon ; and ‘they (the Carduchi) ‘wounded even 
τινες τούτων. 
some of-those. 





CHAPTER IV. 


"Eel δὲ διέθησαν, συνταξά 
WHEN indeed they-had-crossed, (and) having-drawn-themselves-up- 
μενοι ἀμφὶ μέσον ἡμέρας, ἐπορεύϑησαν, 
in-order about (the) middle *of (the) ‘day, they-proceeded, 
ov μεῖον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας, διὰ τῆς ᾿Δρμενίας, 


aot less than five parasangs, through — Armenia, 


σ ι 

ἅπαν πεδίον καὶ γηλόφους λΔείους᾽ 
{it being) altogether (4) plain, and (having) hills of-gentle-ascent. 
yap ἦσαν ov κῶμαι ἐγγὺς Tod ποταμοῦ διὰ 
for  there-were not villuges near the river on-account-cf 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER IV. «69 


τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους. 
the wars (namely) — (those) with the Carduchi. 
Δὲ εἰς ἣν χώμην ἀφίχοντο ἦν τε μεγάλη, 


But (the village) at which village they-arrived was not-only large, 


χαὶ εἶχε βασίλειον τῷ σατραπ;, καὶ ἐπὶ ταὶς 
but-also had (a) palace for-the satrap, and on the 


πλείσταις οἰκίαις ἐπῆσαν τύρσεις" ἐπιτήϑεια δ᾽ 


most houses _there-were towers ; provisions indeed 


ἦν δαψιλῆ. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν δύο 


‘were. abundant. Thence -- they-proceeded two 


σταῶμοὸς, δέχα παρασάγγας, μέχρι ὑπερῆλ- 


days’ ae (making) ten parasangs, until they-passed- 


Sov τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τίγρητος. Ἐντεῦθεν 


beyond the sources of-the river Tigris, Thence 


δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν τ τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς πεντεχαίδεχα 


- oor proceeded ree days’-march (making) fifteen 


παρασάγγας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν Τηλεθόαν. Οὗτος 


parasangs the river Teleboas. This 


δ᾽ ἦν μὲν χαλὸς, δ᾽ οὔ μέγας" 8 ἦσαν 
(river) — was indeed beautiful, but not large; and there-were 
πολλαὶ κῶμαι περὶ τὸν ποταμὸν. Δὲ ὁ οὗτος 
many villages along — (this) river. And — this 
Tonos ἐκαλεῖτο “Apuevia n πρὸ 
place was-called Armenia (that namely) which (was) towards (the) 
ἑσπέραν. Δ᾽ ὕπαρχος αὐτῆς ἦν Τηρίθαζος, 


west. And (the) lieutenant-governor of-it was Teribazus, 


ὃ καὶ γενόμενος Φίλος βασιλεὶ (xal ὁπότε 
who even had-become (a) friend ‘to(the) ‘king (and when 


παρείη οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἀνέθαλλε βασιλέα 
he-:might-be-present no-one else put (the) king 


ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον. Οὗτος προςήλασεν ἔχων 
on — (his) horse. This (person) came-forward having 
ε , \ / ες , = 

immnéac, καὶ προπέμψας ἑρμηνέα einer, 
cavalry (with him), and having-sent-forward (an) interpreter ἰο- Βα, 
ὅτι βούλοιτο διαλεχϑῆναι τοῖς ἄρχουσι. “Edoke 
that hc-wished to-have-spoken-with the commanders. It-seemed 

23 * 


270 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἀχοῦσαι. Καὶ προς: 
indeed (good) to-the generals to-hear (him). And ad- 
ελϑόντες εἷς ἐπήκοον ἠρώτων τί θέλοι. 


vancing within hearing (distance) they-inquired what he-might-wish. 


Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι βούλοιτο σπείσασϑαι, 
Who— (then) said, that he-desired to-make-a-treaty (with them), 
5.3 +. 


ἐφ᾽ © μήτε αὐτὸς ἀδιχεῖν τοὺς 
on which [on the condition] (that) neither he-himself should-injure the 
σ 

Ελληνας, μήτε ἐχείνους καίειν τὰς 
Greeks, nor (that) they (the Greeks) should-burn the 
οἰχίας, τε λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
houses, also (that they might) take τος provisions 


ὅσων δέοιντο. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε 
(of )-as-much-as they-wanted. These (proposals) seemed (good) 

τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἐσπείσαντο ἐπὶ τούτοις. 
to-the generals, and they-made-a-treaty on these (terms). 
Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ énopetSyoar διὰ πεδίου τρεῖς 
Thence indeed they-proceeded through (the) plain three 
σταϑμοὺς πεντεχαίδεχα παρασάγγας" καὶ 
days’-march (making) fifteen parasangs ; and 
Τηρίθαζος παρηχολούϑει, ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυποῦ, 
Teribazus followed, | having the force of-himself, 
° , ε [4 ’ = 
ἀπέχων ὡς δέκα, σταδίους 
[having his own troops,] (and) being-distant about ten stadia ; 
xal ἀφίχοντο sis βασίλεια, καὶ πολλὰς 
and they-arrived at (a) palace, (there being) also many 
xouas πέριξ μεστάς πολλῶν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 
villages round-about (it) filled-with much — provisions, 
A’ αὐτῶν στρατοπεδευομένων γίγνεται τῆς νυχτὸς 
But they having-encamped there-happened in-the night 
πολλή χιὼν" xai ἕωθεν ἔδοξε διασχη- 
much snow; and it-the-morning it-seemed-best  to-distribute-in- 
νῆσαι τὰς τάξεις καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὶς κατὰ τὰς 
quarters the troops πᾶ _ the generals ameng the 

, ᾿ ‘ eae a Qe i 
κώμας" YO οὐ ἑώρων οὐδένα πολέμιον, 
villages; for they-‘did not ‘see (no) (any) enemy, 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER IV. 271 


- καὶ ἐδόχει εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς διὰ TO πλῆθος τῆς 


and it-seemed to-be safe on-account-of the quantity of — 


χιόνος. Ἐνταῦθα εἶχον ta ἐπιτήδεια ὅσα ἐστὶν 


snow. Here they-had — provisions such-as are 
> /, ε - ~ 5 

ἀγαϑά, ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, εὐώδεις 
good, (namely) | victims, [animals used for food,] corn, fragrant 
παλαιοὺς οἴνους, dotapidas, παντοδαπά ὄσπρια. 
old wines, dried-grapes, all-kinds (of) pulse. 
Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἀποσχεδαννυμένων ἀπὸ τοῦ 
Some — of — (those) scattered-about from the 
στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον, ὅτι κατίδοιεν στράτευμα, 
cainp said, that they-saw (an) army, 
καὶ πολλὰ πυρὰ φαίνοιτο νύχτωρ. Ἐδόκει 


and (that) many fires appeared during-the-night. It-seemed 
δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οὐχ εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς διασχη- 


indeed to-the generals not to-be safe to-quarter- 
νοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν πάλιν τὸ 


dispersed, but (that they ought) to-bring-together again the 
στράτευμα. “EvtedSev συνῆλϑον" yap ἐδόχει καὶ 


army. Thereupon they-assembled; for it-seemed even 
συναιϑριάζειν. A’ αὐτῶν νυχτερευόντων ἐνταύϑα 
to-be-clearing-up. But they passing-the-night here 

ἄπλετος χιὼν ἐπιπίτιτει, ὥςτε ἀπέχρυψε καὶ 
(a) vast-quantity (of ) snow falls, so-that it-covered both 


τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοὺς ἀνϑρώπους κατακειμένους. 
the arms and the men lying 
καὶ n χιών συνεπόδισε τὰ ὑποζύγια" 
(onthe ground); and the snow benumbed the baggage-cattle ; 
καὶ ἦν πολὺς ὄχνος ἀνίστασθαι" yap ἡ χιὼν 
and there-was much sluggishness  to-rise-up; for the snow 
ETUMENTOXVIA καταχειμένων ἦν ἀλεεινὸν, 
having-fallen-on (them)  lying-down was warm (to them), 
n παραῤῥουείν btm. “Emel δὲ 
(provided) it-‘did not *fall-off from-them. When however 
ἘΞξενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε ἀναστὰς yuprds 
Xenophon |.dared having-risen-up naked [dared to rise up 


272 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


7 / 4 > Pil 4 

σχίζειν ξύλα, τάχ᾽ ἂν καὶ 

livested of his outer garments] to-split wood, speedily — also 
τις ἄλλος ἀναστὰς ἀφελόμενος ἐχείνου 
some other-one having-risen-up (and) having-taken (the wood) from-him 
ἔσχιζεν. Ἂχ τούτου dé καὶ of ἄλλοι ἀναστάντες 
split (it). After this — also the others having-risen-up 

~ ς 
ἔχαιον mip καὶ ἐχρίοντο. Γὰρ εὑρίσχετο 
lit (the) fire and anointed-themselves. For they-found 
‘ ~ 5 ~ - > ~ 3 ᾽ 5 7 

πολὺ χρῖσμα ἐνταῦθα, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο ἀντ᾽ ἕλαίου. 
much ointment there, which they-used in-place-of oil, 


σύειον, καὶ σησάμινον, καὶ ἀμυγδάλινον 
(it being made of ) hog’s-lard, and sesame, and almonds 


ἐχ στῶν πιχρῶν, χαὶ τερεδίνϑινον. Δὲ 
of the bitter (kind), and turpentine. And 
ἐχ TOY αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ μύρον 
of the self same (substances) also an-odoriferous-unguent 
c 

εὑρίσκετο. 

was-found. 


Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδόχει πάλιν εἶναι διασχη- 
After this it-seemed again to-be necessary-to-be-dis- 


γητέον εἰς τὰς χώμας εἷς στέγας. Ἔνϑα δὴ 


persed-in-quarters in the villages under shelter. Here indeed 


of στρατιῶται ἥεσαν σὺν πολλῇ χραυγῇ καὶ 
the soldiers went with much shouting and 
noovy ἐπὶ tas στέγας, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" 
delight to the shelter-under-roofs, and (to) — provisions; 
δὲ ὅσοι, ὅτε πρότερον ἀπήεσαν, 

but as-many-us, when before they-departed (from the villages), 

ce 

ἐνέπρησαν τὰς οἰκίας ὑπὸ ἀτασϑαλίας ἐδίδοσαν 
set-fire-to the houses through folly ; | gave 


. δίχην : σχηνοῦντες χαχῶς.. 
justice [suffered punishment] (by) encamping uncomfortably (in the 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἔπεμψαν νυχτὸς Δημοχράτην 
open air). Thence they-sent at-night Democrates (01) 
Τεμενίτην, δόντες ἄνδρας, ἐπὶ τὰ 
Temenos, giving (hima detachment of) men, to the 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER IV. 2738 


ὄρη, ἔνϑα οἵ ἀποσκχεδαννύμετοι 

mountains, where --- (those) having-straggled (from the camp? 
ἔφασαν χαϑορᾶν τὰ πυρά" γὰρ οὗτος 

said (that) they-saw the fires; for this (man) 


ἐδόχει xai ἤδη πρότερον ἀληϑεῦσαι πολλὰ 
seemed also already before to-have-truly-reported many 


τοιαῦτα, Te τὰ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα, καὶ 
such (things), not-only the (things) being as _ being, but-also 
τὰ un ὄντα ὡς οὐκ ὄντα. Δὲ πορευϑεὶς, 
the (things) ποῦ being as ποὺ being. And having-gone-forth, 
ἔφη μὲν οὐχ ἰδεῖν τὰ πυρὰ, δὲ συλλαδὼν 
he-said(thathe) indeed ‘didnot ‘see the fires, but having-captured 

ἄνδρα ἧχεν ἄγων, ἔχοντα Περ- 
(a) man  he-came bringing (him), (thisman) having (8) Per- 
ody τόξον xai φαρέτραν, καὶ σάγαριν 
sian bow and quiver, and (a) kind-of-battle-axe 
οἵανπερ at ᾿Αμαζόνες ἔχουσιν. ᾿"Ἐρωτώμενος δὲ 
such-as the Amazons have. eing-asked — 


ποδαπὸς εἴη, ἔφη μὲν εἶναι Πέρσης, 
of-what-country he-might-be, he-said indeed (that) he-was (a) Persian, 
δὲ πορεύεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος Τηρι- 
and (that) he-was-proceeding from the army of-Teri- 
θάζου, ὅπως λάδοι ἐπιτήδεια" δ᾽ οἱ ἠρώτων 
bazus, that he-might-procure provisions; and — they-asked 
αὐτόν, τε ὁπόσον τὸ στράτευμα εἴη, καὶ 
him, not-only how-great the army might-be, but-also 
ἐπὶ τίνι συνειλεγμένον. Δὲ ὁ εἶπεν, ὅτι 
for what it-had-been-assembled. And — (he) said, | that 
Τηρίδαζος εἴη ἔχων te τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ 
Teribazus might-be having not-only the force of-himself, 


καὶ Χάλυθας καὶ 
[that Teribazus had not only his own army,] but-also Chalybian and 
Ταόχους mcSopdpous: δὲ ἔφη αὐτὸν παρεσχευ- 
Taochan mercenaries ; and he-said (that) he was-pre- 
άσϑαι ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερθολῇ τοῦ ὄρους, ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς, 
pared at the crossing of-the mountain, in the narrow 


274 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μοναχῇ εἴη πορεία, ὡς ἐνταῦθα 
(parts) by-which alone there-was (a) passage, that thero 


ἐπιϑησόμενον τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. [Εδοξε τοῖς 
he-was-about-attacking the Greeks, It-seemed (good) to-the 


στρατηγοῖς ἀχούσασι ταῦτα συναγαγεῖν τὸ 
generals (after) having-heard this _to-collect-together the 


στράτευμα" καὶ εὗϑὺς xatadrindrytes φύλακας, 
army ; and immediately leaving sentinels, 


xal Σοφαίνετον Στυμφάλιον στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ 


and Sophreenetus (the) Stymphalian (as) commander over 

σοῖς μένουσι; ἐπορεύοντο, ἔχοντες 

--ὀ (those) remaining (behind), they-proceed, having (a) 

ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἁλόντα ἄνθρωπον. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ 

guide (namely) the captured man. When 
ec “ 

δὲ ὑπερέδαλλον τὰ ὄρη, οἱ πελτασταὶ προΐ- 


however they-crossed-over the mountains, the targeteers going- 


όντες καὶ κατιδόντες τὸ στρατόπεδον 
before and having-perceived the camp . (of the enemy) 


3 » 4 ¢ lA 39 > 9 
οὐχ ἕμειναν τοὺς οπλίτας, GAA ἀναχρα- 
they-‘did ποῦ ‘wait-for the heayy-armed-men, but having-raised- 


γόντες ESeov ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. A’ οἱ βάρθαροι 


a-shout they-ran against the camp. But the barbarians 
ες 

ἀχούσαντες τὸν θόρυδον, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ᾽ 

hearing the noise, ‘did not *yemain, but 


ἔφευγον" ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέϑανόν τινες τῶν βαρ- 
fled ; likewise — also they-killed some of-the bar- 
θάρων" καὶ ἵπποι ἥλωσαν εἷς εἴχοσι καὶ 
? 

barians; and horses were-taken about twenty (in number), and 
nN σχηνὴ ἢ Τηριθάζου ἐάλω, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ 
the tent — (that) of-Teribazus was-taken, and in it 

εἶναι ἀργυρόποδες χλῖναι καὶ ἐχπώ- 
(there were found) to-be silver-footed couches and drinking- 
ματα, καὶ Ob φάσκοντες ἱρτοχότποι, 
cups, and — (those) saying (that they were) bakers, 
καὶ οἵ οἰνοχόοι. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
and -“--- (those) (saying that they were) cup-bearers. When indeed 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER V. 275 


of στρατηγοί τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἐπύϑοντο ταῦτα; 


the commanders  of-the heavy-armed-men heard these 
ἐδόχει αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχίστηι' 

{things), it-seemed to-them (best) to-depart | the fastest 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, μὴ τις 

[as fast as possible] to — (their own) camp, lest any 
ἐπίϑεσις γένοιτο τοῖς χαταλελειμμένοις. Kai 
attack might-happen to — (those) having-been-left-behind, And 
εὐθὺς ἀναχαλεσάμενοι τῇ σάλ- 


immediately having-recalled (the men) by-the (sound of the) trum- 
5 , 
πιγγι ἀπήεσαν, καὶ ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ τὸ 


pet they-departed, and they-arrived at — (οὶ) 
στρατόπεδον αὐθημερὸν. 
eamp the-same-day. 





CHAPTER V. 


~ ε ᾿ 
Δὲ σῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόχει εἶναι πορευτέον, 
Bur on-the next-day it-was-thought to-be necessary-to-proceed, 
ὄπη δύναιντο τάχιστα, πρὶν ἢ TO στράτευμα 
in-what-way they-could most-speedily, before that the army 


συλλεγῆναι πάλιν, καὶ καταλαδεῖν τὰ 
(of the enemy) was-collected again, and _ to-have-seized the 


στενά. A’ εὐθὺς συσχευασάμενοι ἐπορεύ- 
defiles. And immediately having-collected-their-baggage they-pro- 
ovto διὰ πολλῆς χιόνος ἔχοντες πολλούς 
ceeded through much snow having many 
ε 3 ε 

ἡγεμόνας" καὶ αὐδημερὸν ὑπερδαλόντες τὸ ἄκρον, 
guides; and on-the-same-day having-passed-over the height, 


ἐφ᾿ ᾧ Τηρίδαζος ἔμελλεν ἐπιτίϑεσθαι, 


on which  Teribazus intended to-attack (them) 


276 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


xateatpatonedetoarvto. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύθησαν 


they-encamped. Hence they-proceeded 
5 / “ 
τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς ἐρήμους πεντεχαίδεχα 
three days’-march (in a) desert (making) fifteen 
ἄγγας ἐπὶ κὸν ποταμόν Ἑὐφράτην, καὶ 
parasangs to river Euphrates, and 
διέθαινον αὐτὸν aise πρὸς ie ὧν ὀμφαλόν. 
they-crossed-over it being-wet nayvel. 
Δὲ ἐλέγοντο at πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐ εἶναι πρόσω. 
And they-say the sources of-it not  to-be far, 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο dia πολλῆς χιόνος καὶ 
Hence they-advanced through much snow and 
πεδίου τρεὶς σταϑμοὺς, σιεντεχαίδεχα, 
(through a) plain three days’-march, (making) fifteem 
σάγγας. Ὁ δὲ τρίτος ἐγένετο 
parasangs. he — third (day’s march) was 
χαλεπός καὶ βοῤῥᾶς ἄνεμος ἔπνει Evar= 
difficult-and-severe and (the) north wind blew against-them- 
τίος, παντάπασιν ἀποχαίων πάντα, καὶ 
in-their-faces, entirely parching-up _every-thing, and 


πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνρώπους. Ἔνθα δὴ τις τῶ; 


benumbing the men. Then indeed some-one of-the 
μάντεων εἶπε σφαγιάσασϑαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ 
augurs said (that) it-was- Jo-be-sncrisced to-the wind, and 


σφαγιάζεται" χαὶ δὴ ἔδοξε περιφανῶς πᾶσι 


it-was-sacrificed; and indeed it-seemed evidently to-all (that) 


ὁ χαλεπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος λῆξαι. Δὲ τὸ βάϑος 


the violence of-the wind ceased. And the depth 
~ 7 τ 3 LES σ \ 1 ~ 

τῆς χιόνος ν Opyvia* ὥςτε xal πολλὰ τῶν 

of-the snow was (a) fathom; so-that even many _of-the 


ὑποζυγίων xai τῶν ἀνδραπόδων ἀπώλετο, xai- 
rae ee and of-the slaves perished, and 


τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάχοντα. Δὲ διεγένοντο 
of-the soldiers about thirty. And they-passed 
τὴν νύχτα καίοντες mip’ 8 yv πολλά ξύλα 
the night burning fire; for there-was much wood 


BOOK IV.—CHAPTER V. 277 

~ ~ 5 1 

ἐν TO σταϑμῷ" οἵἱ δὲ προςιόντες ὀψὲ 
ἴῃ the place-where-they-halted; —(those) indeed coming late 
εἶχον ov ξύλα. Οἱ οὖν ἥχοντες πάλαι 
had no wood. — (Those) therefore coming before 

~ > / 

καὶ xalovtes TO πῦρ οὐ τοὺς ὀψίζοντας 
and burning the fire (would) ποὺ (let) --- (those) coming-late 


προςίεσαν πρὸς τὸ πῦρ, εἰ μὴ μεταδοῖεν αὐτοὶς 


approach to the fire, unless _they-shared with-them 

πυροὺς, ἢ τι ἄλλο, εἴτι ἔχοιεν βρωτόν. 

wheat, or any-thing else, if-any-thing they-might-have  eatable. 
Y 

᾿ Ἔνϑα δὴ μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις ὧν ἕχαστοι 

So-then indeed  they-shared with-one-another what each 


3 x \ \ ~ > 7 ‘ / 

εἰχον. EvSa δὲ τὸ mip ἑἕχαϊετο, τῆς χιόνος 

had. There-where indeed the fire was-burning, the snow 
διατηχομένης, ἐγίγοντο μεγάλοι βόϑροι ἔςτε 

(being) melted, there-became large pits until 

ἐπὶ τὸ δάπεδον. οὗ δὴ παρῆν 

to the ground; where indeed there-was-present (an opportunity) 

μετρεῖν τὸ βάϑος τῆς χιόνος. 

to-measure the depth  of-the snow. 


5 - ΟΡ, 4 ι σ 3 ~ 
EvtedSev δὲ ETLOPEVOVTO THY ὅλην ἕπιοῦσαν 
Hence — they-proceeded (during) the entire following 
ἡμέραν διὰ χιόνος. καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνϑρώπων 
day through snow, and many of-the men 
ἐδουλιμίασαν. Δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν ὀπισϑοφυλαχῶν, xat 
got-the-bulimy. But Xenophon commanding-the-rear, and 
χαταλαμθάνων τοὺς πίπτοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 
_ finding — (those) fallen-down of-the men 


ἡγνόει ὅ τι τὸ πάϑος εἴη. Δὲ ἐπειδὴ τις 
knew-not what the disease might-be. But when some-one 
TOV ἐμσιείρων εἶπε αὐτῷ ὅτι σαφῶς 
of — (those) acquainted-with (it) told him that evidently 
βουλιμιῶσι, χἄν φάγωσι τι, ἀναστήσονται, 
they-had-the-bulimy, and-if they-eat something, they-would-get-up, 
ς 
περιιὼν περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, εἴ πού ὁρῴη τι 
going-about among the baggage-cattle, if any-where he-saw any thing 
24 


* , to-run-about. 


278 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


βρωτὸν ἢ ποτόν, διεδίδου, χαὶ διδόντας 
eatable or drinkable, he-distributed (it), and giving (1) 


διέπεμπε τοὶς βουλιμιῶσι τοὺς δυναμένους 
he-sent-about ἰο --- (those) having-the-bulimy — (those) being-able 
παρατρέχειν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐμφάχγοιεν τι; 
When — they-might-have-eaten any-thing, 
ἀνίσταντο καὶ ἐπορεύοντο. Δὲ πορευομένων 
they-stood-up and _ proceeded-forth. But proceeding (on 


Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἀμφὶ xvépas ἀφικνεῖται 
their march) Cheirisophus indeed) about dark arrives 
πρὸς κώμην, xal xaTuraubaver πρὸς τῇ χρήνῃ᾽ 
at (a) village, and finds at the spring 
ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἐρύματος yuvaixas καὶ χόρας éx 
in-front of-the rampart women δὰ girls’ from 

~ ς ~ 
τῆς κώμης ὑδροφορούσας. Αὗται ὥρώτων αὐτοὺς 
the village carrying-water. These asked ‘them 
tives elev. Δ᾽ ὁ ἑρμηνεὺς εἶπε Περσιστί, 
who they-might-be. And the interpreter βαϊὰ ‘in (the)'Persian-language, 
ὅτι πορεύονται παρὰ βασιλέως πρὸς τὸν 
that they-were-proceeding from (the) king to the 
σατράπην. Αἵ δὲ ἀπεχρίναντο, ὅτι εἴη οὐχ 
satrap. — (they) — replied, that he-was not 
ἐνταῦϑα, GAA ἀπέχει ὅσον σπαρασάγγην. 
there, but was-distant as-much-as (a) parasarg. 
XN ot ἐπεὶ ἦν ὀψὲ συνειςέρχονται σὺν ταῖς 
But — (they) because it-was late enter-together with the 


ὑδροφόροις εἰς TO ἔρυμα πρὸς τὸν χωμάρχην. 
water-carriers into the fort to the head-man-of-the-village, 
᾿Ἑηταῦϑα οὖν μὲν Χειρίσοφος χαὶ ὅσοι τοῦ 


There therefore indeed Cheirisophus and as-many of-the 


στρατεύματος ἐδυνηϑήσαν ἐστρατοπεδεύ- 
army (as) were-enabled (to come up) en- 
σαντο δ᾽ ob στῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν 

zamped; and —(those)of-the other soldiers that-'were 


μὴ δυνάμενοι διατελέσαι τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνυχτέρευσαν 
aot table to-have-completed the route — passed-the-night 


BOOK IV.—CHAPTER V. 279 


ἄσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ πυρός" καὶ ἐνταῦθά, τινες τῶν 
fasting and without fire; and there some of-the 


στρατιωτῶν ἀπώλοντο. Δὲ τινὲς τῶν πολεμίων 
soldiers perished. And some  of-the enemy 


συνειλεγμένοι ἐφείποντο, καὶ ἥρπαζον τὰ 


being-collected-together pursued (the rear), and eica 


τῶν ὑποζυγίων μὴ δυνάμενα, a 
(those) of-the baggage-cattle not being-able (to proceed), and 


ἐμάχοντο ἀλλήλοις περὶ αὐτῶν. Δὲ καὶ 


fought with-one-another for them. And also 


ἐλείποντο τῶν στρατιωτῶν τε οἵ dueprap- 
there-were-left-behind of-the soldiers both — (those) having- 


μένοι τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος, 


been-ruined (as respects) the eyes by the snow, 


TE OL ἀποσεσηπότες ποὺς δαχτύλους 
|and — (those) having-been-mortified (as respects) the fingers 
TOY ποδῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχους. 

of-the . feet by the cold [and those who had their toes 


ν᾽ 
Δὲ μὲν ἦν ἐπικούρημα τοὶς 
mortified by the cold]. But indeed it-was (a) defence to-the 


ὀφϑαλμοῖς. τῆς χιόνος, εἴ τις σπιορεύοιτο 


eyes from-the snow, if any-one (when) he-proceeded (on) 


ἔχων τι μέλαν Ads i τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, 


the march) (having) (had) cpeaptis black the eyes, 


δὲ . σῶν πωδῶν, εἴ Tig κινοῖτο, καὶ 
and (a defence) of-the feet, if any-one moved-about, ard 


δέ ¥ ς , ‘ ΕΖ 1 , 
Un ETLOTE ἔχοι γισυχίαν, χα EL τῆν VUXTA 


never might-have rest, and if at— night 

c x ~ 

ὑπολύοιτο. Δὲ ὅσοι ἐχοιμῶντο ὑποδε- 

they-loosened-their-sandals. But (as many) as ο slept having-their- 

δεμένοι, οἱ ἱμάντες εἰςεδύοντο εἰς τοὺς πόδας, 

sandals-on, the straps penetrated into’ the feet & 
‘ 6 lA 7 

καὶ TH ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο" 

and the soles (of the sandals) were-frozen-about (the feet) ; 


γὰρ xal, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ὑποδήματα ἐπήλισε, 
or indeed, when == (liek): old sandals failed 


280 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πεποιημένοι ἦσαν xaphativas éx τῶν 
(them), they-had-made (for themselves) rough-sandals from tne 


veodaptav βοῶν. Διὰ τὰς ἀνάγκας οὖν 
raw-hides of-oxen. Through — (such) necessity therefore 


~ ~ ς 
τοιαύτας TIVES τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὑπελείποντο" καὶ 
as-these some  of-the soldiers were-left-behind; and 


ἰδόντες τι μέλαν χωρίον, διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοιπέναι 


seeing a black place, | on-account-of the to-have disappeared 
MN A ‘ , 
avTost τὴν χιόνα, 
there (as respects) the snow, [on account of the disappear- 
x L Ee 
εἴχαζον : TETNHXEVAL® XOL 


ance there of the snow,] they-conjectured (thatit) had-melted; and 


ἐτετήχει διὰ τινὰ χρήνῆν, ἣ ἦν ἀτμίζουσα 


it-had-melted through some spring, which was smoking 
πλησίον ν νάπῃ. Ἔνταῦο᾽ ἐχτραπόμενοι 
near in (a) woody-vale. There turning-czide 
ἐχάϑηντο, καὶ ἔφασαν οὐ πορεύεσϑαι. 
they-sat-down, and said (that they would) ποῖ proceed. 
Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἔχων ὀπισϑοφύλαχας, 
— But Xenophon having (the command of ) rear-guard, 
ὡς ἤσϑετο ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ 


as he-perceived (this) begged of-them by-every art and 
μηχανῇ μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, λέγων, ὅτι πολλοὶ 

means not _to-be-left-behind, saying, that many (of the) 
πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι ἕπονται, χαὶ τελευτῶν 
eremy being-assembled-together pursued (them), and finishing 
ἐχαλέπαινε. Οἱ δὲ ἐχέλευον σχάζειν" 
he-grew-angry. — (They) indeed requested (him) to-kill 


J ἂν οὐ δύνασϑαι πορευϑῆναι. 
(them); for (that) *they — ‘were not ‘able to-proceed. 


᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ἔδοξε εἶναι χράτισον φοθῆσαι 
Then it-seemed (to him) to-be the-best to-have-scared 
τοὺς ἑπομένους πολεμίους, εἴ τις δύναιτο, μὴ 
the pursuing enemy, if any-thing could-be-done, leat 
ἐπιπέσοιν τοῖς xdurovor. Καὶ μὲν ἦν 
they should-fall-upon — (those) being-exhausted. And indeed it-was 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER V. 281 


ἤδη σκότος, οἵ δὲ προςήεσαν πολλῷ θορύδῳ 
aow dark, — ‘they indeed ‘advanced with-much noise 
διαφερόμενοι ἀμφὶ ὧν εἴχον. Ἔνϑα δὴ 
disputing about what they-had (of the booty). Then truly 
μὲν οἵ ὀπισϑοφύλαχες ἅτε ὑγιαίνον- 
indeed — (those of the) = rear-guard as being-in-good-condition- 
τες, ἐξαναστάντες ἔδραμον sis τοὺς πολεμίους" 
and-able, starting-up ran to the enemy ; 
δ᾽ οἱ χάμνοντες, ἀναχραγόντες ὅσον μέγιστον 
andthe exhausted (men), | having-shouted as-much as-the-greatest 
ἠδύναντο, ἔχρουσαν 
they-could, [having shouted as loud as they possibly could,]} struck 
τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα. Οἱ πολέμιοι δὲ 
the shields against the spears. The enemy indeed 


δείσαντε, Ἄβχαν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος 


haying-become-alarmed, threw themselves among the - snow 
εἷς τὴν νάπην, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔτι ἐφθέγξατο 
into the woody-vale, and no-one (of them) afterwards made-a-noise 
οὐδαμοῦ. 


any-where. 


Kai Ἐενοφῶν μὲν καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰπόντες 
And Xenophon indeed and — (those) with him, telling 
τοὶς ἀσθενοῦσιν, ὅτι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ τινες 
— (those) being-weak-and-helpless, that on-the next-day some 
ἥξουσί ἐπ’ αὐτούς, πορευόμενοι, 
would-come to them, (then) proceeding (on their march, but) 


iv διελθεῖν τέτταρα στάδια ἐτυγχάνουσιν 
before (that) they-had-gone-over four stadia they-found 


ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τοῖς στρατιῶταις ἀναπαυομένοις 
on the road τον soldiers resting 
ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος ἐγκχεχαλυμμένοις, χαὶ οὐδὲ 
on the snow (and) having-been-covered (by it), and neither 


οὐδεμία φυλακὴ καϑειστήζχει, καὶ 


*had (no) (any) guard *been-placed-over (them), and 
ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. Δ᾽ οἱ ἔλεγον ὅτι οἵ 


they-'roused them ‘up. And — they-said that — (those) 
24% 


282 THE ANABASIS OF KENOPHON. 

ε a 
ἔμσιροσϑεν οὐχ ὑποχωροῖεν. “O δὲ 
before *did not *make-progress. — (Xenophon) indeed 
παριών, χαὶ παραπέμπων τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους τῶν 
going-past, and sending-on the strongest of- the 


~ . ἢ 4 / > 
πελταστῶν, ExEAEVE σχέψασϑαι τί εἴη 
targeteers, ordered (them) to-see-and-ascertain what might-be 


τὸ χωλῦον.Ό Οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον, ὅτι τὸ 
the hindrance. — ‘They indeed ‘announced that the 


ὅλον στράτευμα οὕτως ἀναπαύοιτο. 
whole army might-‘be thus (in a manner) *taking-rest. 


Kai οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἐενοφῶντα évtaiSa ηὐλίσθησαν 
And — (those) with Xenophon then took-up-their-quarters 


αὐτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ ἄδειπνοι, χαταστησάμενοι 
there without _fire and _ supperless, stationing 


σ ‘ Η 
φυλαχὰς οἵας ἐδύναντο. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν 
(such) guards as they-were-able. When indeed it-was 


πρὸς ἡμέραν, ὃ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν πέμψας τοὺς νεω- 


towards day, --. - Xenophon having-sent the young- 
τάτους : πρὸς τοὺς ἀσϑενοῦντας 
est (of hismen) to — (those) being-weak-and-sick 
ἐχέλευεν ἀναστήσαντας ἀναγκάζειν 

ordered (them) having-'roused (them) ‘up  to-compel (them) 


ἵένα. Ἔν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέμπει 
to-go-forward. At — this (time) Cheirisophus sends 
~ > ~ 7 ’ - ες 

τῶν ἐχ τῆς χώμης σχεψομένους πῶς οἱ 
(some) of — (those) ἔγοη the village | about-seeing how the 


᾿σελευταῖοι ἔχοιεν. A’ 
- last might-have (themselves) [to see how the rear fared]. But 


ς ¥ 9 » 
οἵ ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες 
— (the young men sent by Xenophon) rejoiced (at) seeing (them) 


παρέδοσαν τούτοις ἀσϑενοῦντας κομίζειν ἐπὶ 


gave-over to-these (the) weak-and-sick to-conduct to 

τὸ στρατόπεδον, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ 

the camp, they-themselves. — proceeded-forward, and — 
iv διεληλυϑέναι εἴχοσι στάδια ἦσαν 


before (that) they-had-completed twenty stadia they-were at 





BOOK IV. — CHAPTER V. 283 


τῇ κώμῃ ἔνϑα Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 


the village where Cheirisophus was-quartered. When indeed 
συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, ἔδοξε εἶναι ἀσφαλές 
they-got-together among-one-another, it-seemed to-be safe 
σχηνοῦν τὰς τάξεις χατὰ τὰς κώμας. Καὶ 
to-quarter the troops up-and-down the villages. And 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἔμενεν αὐτοῦ, οἱ ἄλλοι 
Cheirisophus indeed remained there (where he was), the _ others 
δὲ διαλαχόντες χώμας ἃς ἑώρων, ἐπορεύ- 
indced having-drawn-lots (for the) villages which they-saw, pro- 
οντο, ἕχαστοι ἔχοντες τοὺς ἑαυτῶν. 

ceeded, | each having the (men) of-themselves [each hav- 


ing their respective command]. 


Ἔνθα dn Πολυδώτης ᾿Αϑηναῖος λοχαγὸς 
Here indeed Polybotes (an) Athenian : captain 
ἐχέλευσεν ἑαυτόν ἀφιέναι" καὶ 
requested (that) they-would-‘allow him *to-go-away; | and 
λαθὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους, 
taking the well-girt, [and taking with him the most active 
θέων ἐπὶ τὴν xdunv, ἣν Bevopdv 
of his men], running to the village, which Xenophon 


εἰλήχει, xataraubaver πάντας τοὺς χωμή- 
_ obtained-by-lot, — he-surprises all the = inhabitants-of- 


τας ἔνδον, καὶ τὸν χωμάρχην, καὶ ἑπτακαίδεκα 
the-village at-home, and the village-chief, and seventeen 


πώλους τρεφομένους εἰς δασμὸν βασιλεὶ, καὶ 
bred 


colts * for (a) tribute ‘to (the) king, and 


σὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ χωμάρχου γεγαμημένην 


the daughter of-the village-chief married (the) 
ἐνάτην ἡμέραν. δ᾽ ὃ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ᾧχετο 
ainth day ; and the husband of-her had-gone-out 
᾿θηράσων Δλαγῶς, καὶ οὐχ ἥλω ἐν ταὶς χώμαις. 
hurting hares, and ‘was not ‘found in the villages. 


Αἱ δ᾽ οἰχίαι ἦσαν χατάγειοι, τὸ μὲν στόμα 
᾿: The — houses were under-ground, the — mouth (or 


ΕΣ 


σ 





284 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ὥςπε φρέατος, δὲ κάτω εὐρεῖαι. 

entrance was) like (that) 'οῦ (ἃᾳ) ‘well, but below spacious. 
~ / 

Δὲ αἱ εἴςοδοι μὲν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ὀρυχταί͵ 
And the entrances —  for-the cattle (were) dug, 
δὲ of ἄνθρωποι κατέδαινον ἐπὶ xAiuaxos. “Ev δὲ 
but the men descended on ladders. In — 

= x 

Tals οἰχίαις ἦσαν αἷγες, oles, βόες, ὄρνιϑες, 
the houses there-were goats, sheep, cows, fowls, 


wal τὰ Exyova τούτων: δὲ πάντα TH κτήνη 
τὰ the young of-these; and all the cattle 


ἐτρέφοντο χιλῷ ἔνδον. Δὲ χαὶ ἦσαν 
were-nourished on-hay within (the houses), And _ also there-was 


πυροί, καὶ xpiSal, καὶ ὄσπρια, καὶ κρίϑινος οἷνος 
wheat, and barley, and legumes, and barley wine 
ἐν χρατῆρσι᾽ δὲ χαὶ at αὐταὶ χριϑαὶ ἐνῆσαν 
in large-bowls; and also -- (these) same barley-grains floated 


ἰσοχειλεῖὶς, καὶ χάλαμοι ἐνέχειντο, 
even-with-the-brims (of the vessels), and reeds lay-in (them), 


ς ‘ 7 \ ε > lA 3 
οἵ μὲν μείζους, δὲ οἱ ἐλάπτους, οὐχ 
— (some) indeed larger, but — (others) smaller, (and) not 
ἔχοντες yovata’ δ᾽ ἔδει ὁπότε τις διψῴη 
having joints; and it-was-proper when any-one might-be-thirsty 
Aabhdvta τούτους eis TO στόμα μύζειν. Kat 
having-taken these into — (his) mouth to-suck. And 
ἦν πάνυ ἄχρατος, εἶ μή σις ἐπιχέοι 
it-was very strong, | if not [unless] some-one poured-in 
ὕδωρ᾽ καὶ τὸ χπόμα ἦν πάνυ ἡδὺ συμμα- 
“water ; and the drink was very pleasant to-oné-accus- 
δόντι. 
tomed-to (it). 


‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἐποιήσατο τὸν ἄρχοντα τὴς 
— And Xenophon made-for-himself the ruler of — 


ravtns κώμης σύνδειπινον, xal ἐχέλευε αὐτὸν 
this village his-guest-at-supper, and he-exhorted him 


θαῤῥεῖν, λέγων, ὅτι οὔτε στερήσοιτο 


to-be-vf-good-courage, saying, that he-‘should not *be-deprived — 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER V. 285 


τῶν = TexVaV, τε ἀπίασιν ἀντεμσιλήσαντες τήν 
of —(his) children, and (845) they-depart they-would-be-about-filling the 
oixiay αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἣν φαίνηται 
house of-himsel? with — provisions, if he-show-himself (as) 
ἐξηγησάμενος σι ἀγαϑόν τῷ στρατεύματι, 
having-been-the-leader (in) some good _ for-the army, 
ἔστ᾽ ἂν γέγωνται ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔϑνει. Ὃ δὲ 
until ‘they might ‘get with another tribe. — And 
τ ς ~ 
ταῦτα ὑυπισχνεῖτο, καὶ, φιλοφρονούμενος, ἔφρασεν 
this he-promised, and,  being-kindly-disposed, he-told 
οἶνον ἔνϑα ἦν κατωρυγμένο. Οὖν 
(them respecting) wine where it-was buried. Therefore 


μὲν ταύτην τὴν νύχτα, πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται 
indeed this — (same) night, all the soldiers 


διασχηνήσαντες οὕτως, ἐχοιμήϑησαν ἐν πᾶσιν 


having-been-quartered-dispersedly thus, were-made-to-rest in great 
ἀφθόνοις, ἔχοντες τὸν xauapyny ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ 
abundance, having the _village-chief under guard, and 
TH τέχνα αὐτοὺ ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφϑαλμοῖς. Δὲ TH 
the children of-him likewise under eye. And on-the 
ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ξενοφῶν Aabov τὸν xaudpynv 
ποχῦ day Xenophon taking the village-chief 
3 , ι , εἰ ἢ \ , 
ἐπορεύετο πρὸς Χειρίσοφον᾽ ὅπου δὲ παρίοι 
proceeded to Cheirisophus; wherever indeed he-might-pass-by 
χώμην, ἐτρέπετο πρὸς TOUS ἐν ταὶς χώμαις, 
(a) village, he-turned-aside to — (those) in the villages, 
xal πανταχοῦ κατελάμθανε εὐωχουμένους καὶ 
and everywhere he-found (them) feasting and 
etsvuovuévors, καὶ οὐδαμόϑεν ἀφίεσαν 
enjoying-themselves, and nowhere _ did-they-'allow (them) ‘to- 
iv παραϑεῖναι ἄριστον αὑτοὶς. 
depart before (that) they-had-'placed dinner ‘before them, 
Δ’ ἦν οὐχ ὅπου οὐ παρετίϑεσαν ἐπὶ 
And there-was not anywhere (where) they-‘did not *place on 
\ 3 ‘ / 
τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεζαν xpia ἄρνεια, ἐρίφειο, 
the same table lesh (of) lamb, ar. 


286 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


χοίρεια, μόσχεια, ὀρνίϑεια, σὺν πολλοῖς ἄρτοις, 


pork, veal, fowl, with much bread, 
~~ \ 4 \ ~ a7 

τοις μεν TWPLVOLS, δὲ τοις XOLAILVOLG. 

— (that) namely (of) wheat, and — (that of) barley. 


Ὅπότε δὲ τις φιλοφρονούμενος βούλοιτο προπιεῖτ 


Whenever — any-one being-friendly-disposed | wished to-drink-before 


τῷ εἷλχεν ἐπι τὸν χρατῆρα; 
to-the [wished to drink to another] he-drew (him) to the large-bowl, 
ἔνϑεν ἔδει ἐπικύψαντα ῥοφοῦντα πίνει" 
there it-was-necessary having-stooped-down sucking to-drink 
ὥςπερ βοῦν. Kai ἐδίδοσαν τῷ xoudpyn Aau- 
like (an) ox. And they-granted to-the village-chief to- 
θάνειν ὅ τι βούλοιτο. Ὃ δὲ ἐδέχετο οὐδὲν 
take whatever he-might-wish. Who however accepted nothing 
ἄλλο μὲν, ὅπου δὲ ἴδοι σινα τῶν σιγ- 
else indeed, where however he-may-have-seen any of —(his)  re- 
~ 3 4 3 / \ ς ‘ 
evav ἀεὶ ἐλάμθανεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν. 
tions ‘he always *took (them) with him. 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, xate- 
When however they-came to Cheirisophus, they- 
λάμθανον xdxelvous OxnvoovTas, 
found also-these (his men feasting) being-in-their-quarters, 
ἐστεφανωμένους στεφάνοις τοῦ ξηροῦ χιλοῦ, 
crowned with-crowns (made) of — dry grass, 
χαὶ ᾿Ἀρμενίους παῖδας σὺν ταὶς βαρθαρικαὶς 


and rmenian boys — (in) — (their) barbarian 


oToAais διακονοῦντας. Δὲ ἐδείχνυσαν τοῖς παισὶν 


' dresses waiting-on-them. And they-showed the boys 


σ > ~ σ rs ~ 
ὥςπε ἐνεοῖς ὅττι δέοι ποιεῖν. 
(by signs) as-if (they were) deaf-and-dumb what they-ought to-do. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ξενοφῶν ἐφιλοφρονήσαντο 


When — Cheirisophus and Xenophon had-saluted 
ἀλλήλους, χοινῇ δὴ ἀνηρώτων τὸν χωμάρχην, 
one-another, in-common --- they-questioned the village-chief 


διὰ τοῦ ἑρμηνέως περσίζοντος, τίς ἡ χώρα 
through the interpreter speaking-the-Persian-language, what the country 





BOOK IV. —CHAPTER V. 287 


εἴη. Δ᾽ 6 ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ᾿Αρμενία. Καὶ 
might-be. And who said, that (it was) Armenia. And 


πάλιν ἠρώτων τίνι ot ἵπποι tpépowto. A’ 
again asking for-whom the horses might-be-bred. And 
ὁ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι δασμός βασιλεῖ" ἔφη, δὲ, 
—-(he) said, as (a) tribute ‘to(the) *king; he-said also, (that) 
τὴν πλησίον χώραν εἶναι ᾿ Χάλυδας, και 
the neighbouring country was (that of the) Chalybes, | and 
ἔφραζεν τὴν ὁδὸν ἧ εἴη. 
mentioned the road in-what it-might-be [and he told them the 
Kai τότε μὲν Ξενοφῶν ᾧχετο 
direction of the road]. And then indeed Xenophon departed 
ἄγων αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς οἰχέτας ἑαυτοῦ, 
conducting him to the family  of-himself, [to his own family,] 
χαὶ δίδωσι. ἵππον ὃν εἱλήφει παλαί- 
and he-gave (the) horse which he-had-taken (and which was) rather- 
τερον TH χωμάρχῃ ἀναϑρέψαντι χαταϑῦσαι, 
old to-the village-chief (he) having-fattened (it) to-offer-it-in-sacrifice, 
ὅτι ἤκχουσεν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἱερὸν τοῦ Ἡλίου, 
because he-had-heard (that) it was (a) victim of-the Sun, 


δεδιὼς μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" γὰρ ἐχεχάχωτο ὑπὸ τῆς 


having-feared lest it-might-die; for it-had-been-injured by the 
πορείας" αὐτὸς δὲ λαμθάνει τῶν πώλων, 
journey ; *he indeed ‘himself takes (some) of-the colts, 
χαὶ ἑχάστῳ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν καὶ λοχαγῶν 
and to-each of-the other generals and captains 
ἔδωχε πῶλον. Οἱ δ᾽ ἵσιποι ταύτῃ ἦσαν 


_he-gave (8) colt. The — _ horses in-this (country) were 


μείονες μὲν τῶν ἹΠερσιχῶν, δὲ πολί 
smaller indeed (than those) of-the Persians, § but much 


θυμοειδέστερο. Καὶ δὴ ἐνταῦϑα ὁ χωμάρχης 


more-spirited. And indeed here the village-chief 
διδάσκει περιειλεῖν σαχία περὶ τοὺς πόδας 


instructs (them) to-tie small-bags about the feet 


at: 
ἡ 


“4: 


τῶν ἵππων χαὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων: ὅταν ἄγωσι 


of-the horses -and of-the ~- cattle; when they-drove (them) 


288 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


διὰ τῆς χιόνος" yap ἄνευ τῶν σακίων κατεδύοντο 


through the = snow; for without the little-bags they-suns 
f ~ 7 

μέχρι TNS YaoT pos. 

up-to the belly. 





CHAPTER VI. 


Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ὀγδόη ἡμέρα ἦν, μὲν παραδίδωσι 
Wuen — (the) eighth day was, *he indeed ‘delivered-over 


tov ἡγεμόνα Χειρισόφῳ, δὲ καταλείπει τοὺς 


the guide to-Cheirisophus, but he-left the 
+ Se 4 ~~ / ‘ ~ 
OLXETAS τῷ κχωμάρχγῃ, πλὴν τοῦ 
members-'‘of (his) "family to-the chief-of-the-village, except — (his) 
υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡδάσχοντος: δὲ τοῦτον 
son — (who was) just coming-to-age ; and him 
παραδίδωσι ᾿Ἐπισϑένει ᾿Αμφιπολίτῃ φυλάττειν 
he-gave-over to-Episthenes (of ) Amphipolis to-guard 
σ 3 ς A ~ δ Ὁ 
ὅπως, εἰ NYNCOLTO χαλῶς. ἀπίοι 


that, if ‘he (the father) ‘should-guide (them) fairly, he-might-return 


» κ ~ \ 3 / 3 A 
EYQV XAL τοῦτον. Καὶ elgepopyoar εἰς ΤῊΝ 
¢home) having 4150 this-one. And they-brought to the 
οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ὡς πλεῖστα ἐδύναντο, καὶ ἀνα- 
ΒοῦβΘ of-him as many-things (as) they-could, and _ having- 

/ 3 δ ᾽ ς ζ 
ζεύξαντες ἐπορεύοντο. Δ᾽ ὃ χωμάρ- 
broken-up-their-camp they-proceeded-on-their-march. And the  village- 


χῆς λελυμένος ἡγεῖτο αὐτοῖς διὰ χιόνος" 
chief - unbound guided them through (the) snow}; 


καὶ ἤδη te ἦν ἐν τῷ τρίτῳ σταϑμῷ, καὶ 


and ΠΟ also it-was ἢ the third day’s-march, and 


Χειρίσοφος ἐχαλεπάνϑη αὐτῷ ὅτι οὐχ 
Cheirisophus became-angry | with-him that he-‘did not 


je 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VI. 289 


τ ; 3 , ’ ς Ν Ψ Ξ 3 
γεν εἰς χώμας. A ὁ ἔλεγεν ὅτι elev οὐκ 
‘ead (them) to villages. But who said that there-was not 


ἐν τῷ τούτῳ τόπῳ. Ὁ dé Χειρίσοφος ἔπαισε 


(απ) ἢ — this region. — And Cheirisophus struck 
αὐτὸν μὲν, δ᾽ οὐχ ἔλησε. A ἐκ σπούτου 
him indeed, but ‘did not *bind (him). | And from this 
~ x ~ 
ἐχεῖνος ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο τῆς νυχτὸς, 
he having-fled went-away (in) the night, [and on this ac- 
καταλιπὼν TOV υἱόν. ἸΤόδε 
count he ran off at night,] leaving-behind --- (his) son. This 
‘ ες 7 \ 3 lA ~ 
δὴ N κάχωσις χαὶ ἀμέξλειο,͵ TOV 
truly-indeed, (namely) the ill-treatment and neglect of-the 
ἡγεμόνος, ἐγένετο μόνον διάφορον Χειρι- 
guide, was (the) only dissension (between) Cheiri- 
σόφῳ καὶ Ἐενωφῶντι ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ. Δὲ Ἔπισ- 
sophus and Xenophon on the route. But Epis- 


sévns te ἠράσϑη τοῦ παιδὸς, xai κομίσας 
thenes not-only became-fond of-the boy, but-also having-taken 


oixade ἐχρῆτο πιστοτάτῳ. 
(him) home | made-use-of (him as) the-most-faithful [found him very 


Meta τοῦτο ἐπορεύθησαν ἑπτὰ 


much attached to himself]. After this they-proceeded seven 
σταϑμοὺς, ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τὴς ἡμέρας, 
days’-march, always five parasangs day, 
παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν Φᾶσιν, εὖρος σίλε- 

the river Phasis, (the) breadth (of which is) equal- 
Spiaiov. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταϑμοὺς 
to-a-plethrum. Hence they-proceeded two days’-march 

δέχα παρασάγγας" ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ ὑπερθολγ 
‘making) ten parasangs ; at — the pass-over 


εἰς τὸ πεδίον Χάλυδες χαὶ Tadyor. 
ithe mountains) on-to the plain (the) Chalybes and (the) Taochi, 


᾿ χαὶ Φασιανοί ἀπήντησαν ἀυτοῖς. ΧΕειρί' 
and (the) Phasiani had-come-to-oppose them. Cheiri- 
Gopos δ᾽, ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ τῇ 
τς sophus indeed, when he-saw the enemy on 
25 


290 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ὑπερδολῇ, ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων 


pass, ceased proceeding (on the march), being-distant 


εἷς τριάχοντα σταδίους, ἵνα μὴ πλησιάσῃ 
about thirty stadia, that he-'might not ‘approach 


τοῖς πολεμίοις ἄγων κατὰ κέρας" δὲ 


the enemy | leading by (a) wing; [in column;] and 


καὶ παρήγγειλε Tois ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς 


4150 announced to-the other (officers) to-bring-up the 


λόχους, ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα γένοιτο ἐπὶ φάλαγγος. 


companies, so-that the army might-get into line. 


Δὲ ἐπεὶ οἱ ὀπισϑοφύλαχες ἤλϑον, συνεχάλεσε 


And when the rear-guard came, he-called-together 


τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" 


generals and captains, and spoke thus: 


Οἱ μέν πολέμιοι ὡς ὁρᾶτε κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερθολὰς 


The — enemy as you-see possess the passes 
tod ὄρους, δὲ Spa βουλεύεσϑαι, ὅπως 
of-the mountain, (it is) indeed ou to-consider, how 
ἀγωνιούμεϑθα ὡς χάλιστα. Δοχει 
we-may-encounter (them) to-the-best-advantage-possible. It-seems 


οὖν μὲν ἐμοὶ παραγγεῖλαι μὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις 


therefore indeed to-me to-direct soldiers 
ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι, δὲ ἡμᾶς deinetieatior εἴτε 
to-take-their-dinners, and (that) we should-consult, whether 
δοχεὶ ὑπερθάλλειν τὸ ὄρος εἴτε τήμερον εἴτε 
it-seems (best) to-cross-over the mountain either _—_ to-day or 
αὔριον. Ἐμοὶ δὲ ye, ἔφη ὃ Κλεάνωρ, δοχεῖ, 
“to-morrow. To-me indeed at-least, said — Cleanor, it-seems 

ἐπὰν ἀριστήσωμεν τάχιστα ἐξο- 


S 
(best), after we-have-dined as-speedily-as-possible (and) having- 
σιλισαμένους ὡς τάχιστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. 


armed-ourselves as speedily-as-possible tc-go against the men. 


Tap εἰ διατρίψομεν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν, τε 


For if we-shall-waste present day, not-only 


ol πολέμιοι νῦν ὁρῶντες ἡμᾶς ἔσονται θαῤῥα- 
the enemy now seeing will- more- 


BOOK IV.—CHAPTER VI. 291 


λεώτεροι. καὶ ἄλλους εἶχός, τοὐτῶν θαῤ- 


bold, and (that) others as-is-natural, these besoming-confi- 


ῥούντων, προςγενέσϑαι πλείους. 


dent-and-bold, will-join (them in) greater (numbers), 


Meta σποῦτον Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν. Ἐγὼ 88 
After this-one Xenophon said: I indeed 


γιγνώσκω οὕτω" εἶ μὲν ἐστὶ ἀνάγκη μάχεσθαι. 
think thus : if indeed it-is necessary to-fight. 


TobtTo del παρασχευσάσϑθαι ὅπως ὡς μαχούμεϑα 
this ought to-be-arranged how _ we-may-fight 


χράτιστα. Εἰ δὲ βουλόμεϑα ὑπερθδάλλειν 


to-the-best (advantage). If indeed = we-wish to-cross-over 


ὡς ῥᾷστα, τοῦτο δοχεῖ μοι εἶναι 
(the mountain) as easily-as-possible, this seems to-me to-be 


4 σ A \ 3) ἢ 
σχετύτεον ὅπως λάβωμεν μὲν ἐλάχιστα 
necessary-to-be-considered how-that we-may-receive — the-fewest 
Tpavuata, δὲ ὡς ἀποθάλωμεν ἐλάχιστα σώματα 
wounds and so-that we-may-lose the-fewest (bodies) 
ἀνδρῶ. Οὖν μὲν τὸ ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ 
(of-) men. Therefore indeed the mountain is — (as far as, 
ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξήχοντα στάδια, 
is-to-be-seen more than (to) sixty stadia (in length), 


δ᾽ ἄνδρες φανεροί siow φυλάττοντες ἡμᾶς 
us 


but (the) men manifestly are watching 
οὐδαμοῦ, GAN ἡ χατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν. οὖν 
nowhere, except along this-same — road; therefore (it is: 
πολὺ xpEeiTTOY, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι κλέψαι λαϑόντας 
much better, both to-endeavour  to-seize, being-concealed, 
τι τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους, χαὶ εἰ δυναίμεϑα 
some (part) of-the desert mountain, and if we-can 
a 

LOL φϑάσαντας, μᾶλλον 


to-take-forcible-possession, having-occupied (it before the enemy), rather 
Ἃ , ‘ 
ἢ μάχεσϑαι πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ yopia καὶ ἄνδρας 
than _to-fight against strong places and men 
[4 ι - 
᾿ παρεσχευασμένους. Γὰ πολὺ ᾧὗᾷον 
prepared i 


-(to resist). For (it is) much easier 


292 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


a7 3 ‘ ” ¢ . 
ἱέναι ὄρϑιον ἀμαχὶ, ἢν ὁμαλὲς 
to-go (upa) steep (place) without-fighting, than (along) level (reads. 


πολεμίων ὄντων ἔνϑεν xai ἔνϑεν" καὶ νύχτωρ 


(the) enemy being here and there; and at-night 
σις ἂν ὁρῴη τὰ ὁ ποδῶν μᾶλλον 
any-one may see — (things) before (his) feet more 


ἀμαχὶ, ἢ wes ἡμέραν 
(distinctly when) not-fighting, than in (the) day (time) (while) 
μαχόμενος" καὶ n τραχεῖα εὐμενεστέρα τοὶς 
fighting ; and the rough (road is) kinder to-the 
\ > ὦ 3 ‘ Ἂ ε ς ‘ 
ποσὶν ἰοῦσιν ἀμαχί, ἢ N ομαλη 
feet to-those-marching without-fighting, than the smooth ‘one) 
βαλλομένοις tas κεφαλάς. Καὶ οὐ 
to-those-being-struck on-the head (with stones). And it-‘does not 
δοχεῖ μοι εἶναι ἀδύνατον κλέψαι ἐξὸν 
‘seem to-me to-be impossible to-steal (a march) it-being-allowed 
‘ 57 4 ε \ cw \ 
μὲν ἴξεναι νυχτὸς, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσϑαι, δὲ 
(us) indeed to-go by-night, so-as ποὺ to-be-seen, it-‘being also 
ἐξὸν ἀπελθεῖν τοσοῦτον ὡς μὴ παρέχειν 
‘allowed (us) to-go-away so-far Jas ποῦ to-suffer (a) 


αἴσϑησιν. Δὲ 


being-heard [as to allow no opportunity of being heard or perceived]. And 


μοι ἂν δοχοῦμεν, προςποιούμενοι προζθάλλειν 


to-me — _  we-seem-likely, pretending to-attack 
ταύτῃ ἂν χρῆσθαι τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄρει 
in-this (manner) — to-have the rest (of the) mountain 
“ἐρηγμοτέρῳ᾽ γὰρ ot πολέμιοι μᾶλλον μένοιεν 
more-deserted ; for the enemy ‘would rather ‘remain 
αὐτοὺ ἀϑρόοι. ᾿Ατὰ ἐγὼ συμθάλλομαι 
here collected-together. But-why ‘should I ‘conjecture 


= z 

τί περὶ χλοπῆς; γὰρ ἔγωγε, ᾧ Χειρίσοφε, 
any-thing about stealing? for [I-at-least, O Cheirisophus, — 
dxovo ὡὕὑμᾶς, τοῦς Λαχεδαιμονίους, ὅσοι 

hear, (that) you, the Lacedemonians, as-many (of you as) 





ἐστὲ ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐγ 
are ‘of (the class of ) ‘equals (or higher order), immediately frov 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER VI. 293 


~ - 5 
παίδων μελετᾶν χλέπτειν, καὶ εἶναι οὐχ 
boys (commence) to-practice to-steal, and (that) [1:15 not 


αἰσχ ρὸν; ἀλλὰ καλὸν χλέπτειν, ὅσα 
τΑζ λα but commendable to-steal, as-many-things-as (the) 


‘ , \ σ 4 ς 
νόμος μὴ κωλύει. Δὲ ὅπως κχλεπτητε ὡς 
law ‘does uot ‘forbid. And  so-that you-may-steal | as 
χράτιστα, χαὶ πειρᾶσθε λαν- 
best-possible, [as adroitly as possible,] and have-exerted-yourselves ἰο- 
Save, ἄρα ἐστιν νόμιμον ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ληφϑῆτε 
conceal (it), now-then  it-is lawful for-you, if you-are-caught 
χλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσϑαι. Niv οὖν ἐστιν 

stealing, to-be-scourged. Now therefore (this) is 
μάλα χαιρός σοι ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν 
(the) very (best) opportunity for-you to-show — (your) 

Ἃ ~ 
παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι, un ληφϑῶμεν 
education, and to-guard moreover, lest we-may-be-caught 
κλέπτοντες τοῦ ὄρους, ὡς μὴ λάθωμεν 
stealing the mountain, (and) so-that we-‘may not *receive 
πληγὰς. ᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι, ἔφη ὃ Χειρίσοφος, χἀγὼ 
stripes. also, said — Cheirisophus, and-I 
ἀχούω ὯΝ τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους, εἶναι δεινοὺς 
aave-heard (that) you, the Athenians, are clever 
κλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια, καὶ μάλα δεινοῦ 
(to-steal) (at stealing) the public-money, and-though very great 
κινδύνου ὄντος TO χλέπτοντι, καὶ TOUS 
danger being to — (him) stealing, and (that) — (your) 
XPATLOTOUS μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ οἵ 
best (men) moreover (steal) the-most, if-indeed the 


κράτιστοι ἀξιοῦνται ἄρχειν ὑμῖν" ὥςτε 
best (men) are-thought-worthy to-rule you; so-that (it is) 


καὶ Gol ἐπιδείχνυσϑαι τὴν παιδείαν. 
time also for-you to-show — (your) education. 


3 A ~ 
Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐξενοφῶν, εἶμι ἔτοιμος, 
I indeed therefore, said — Xenophon, am ready, 


ἔχων τοὺς ὑπισϑοφύλαχας, ἐπειδὰν δειπινή- 
having the rear-guard (with me), after we-shall-have« 
25 * 


294 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


σωμεν, ἰέναι χαταληψόμενος στὸ ὄρος. Δὲ καὶ 
supped, to-go about-taking-possession (sf) the mountain. And alsu 
ἔχω ἡγεμόνος" γὰρ οἱ γυμνῆτες ἐνεδρεύσαντες 
Lhave guides; for the light-armed-men having-laid-in-ambush 
ἔλαδόν twas τῶν κλωπῶν ἐφεπομένων ἡμὶν" καὶ 
took some of-the marauders following us; and 
πυνϑάνομαι τούτων, ὅτι TO ὄρος ἐστι οὐχ ἄθατον, 
I-hear from-these, that the mountain is not impassable, 
ἀλλὰ ψέμεται αἰξὶ καὶ βουσίν" ὥςτε ἐάνπερ 
but (that) it-is-grazed-on by-goats and oxen ; so-that if 
ἅπαξ λάδωμέν τι τοῦ ὄρους ἔσται 
once we-take-possession-of any (part) of-the mountain there-will-be 
wo ς 
βατὰ xai τοὶς ὑποζυγίοις. Δὲ ἐλπίζω 
passable (places) even for-the cattle. And I-expect (that) 
τοὺς πολεμίους οὐδὲ ἔτι μενεῖν ἐπειδὰν 
the enemy *will not-indeed longer ‘remain after 
ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄχρων. 
they-see us on the level (with them) on the heights. 
Tap ἐθέλουσι οὐδὲ viv xatabaive εἰς τὸ ἴσον 
For they-will not-indeed now come-down to (an) equality 
“ ε 1 ~ 
ἡμῖν. Ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπε" Kai τί δεὶ σὲ 
with-us. —And Cheirisophus said: And why is-it-proper (that) you 
ἰέναι, καὶ λιπεῖν THY ὀπισϑοφυλαχίαν ; ἀλλὰ 
(should) go, and leave the command-of-the-rear-guard 7 but 


πέμψον ἄλλους, μὴ ἂν τινες ἐϑελούσιοι φαίνωνται. 


send others, unless that some volunteers may-'make 


Ἔχ τούτου ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεϑὺυ- 
(their) ‘appearance. Upon this Aristonymus (the) Methy- 


δριεὺς ἔρχεται, ἔχων ὁπλίτας, καὶ “Apio- 


drian came-forward, having (his) heavy-armed-men, and Aris- 


τέας δῖος, γυμνῆτας, καὶ Νιχόμαχος 
teas (the) Chian, (having his) light-armed-men, and Nicomachus 


Oiraios, γυμνῆτας" καὶ σύνθημα 
(the) tean, (with his) light-armed-men; and (an) agreement 


ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἄχ 
was-made, (that) when they-might-have-possession-of the heights 


oo e - 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER Vl. 295 


καίειν πολλὰ πυρὰ Ταῦτα συνϑέμενοι 
to-burn many fires. These (things) being-agreed-on 


ἠρίστων᾽ éx δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου ὁ Χειρίσοφος προ- 
they-dined; after — the dinner — Cheirisophus led- 


ἤγαγε τὸ πᾶν στράτευμα πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους 
forward the whole army against the enemy 


ὡς δέχα σταδίους, ὅπως doxoin ὡς μάλιστα 


about ten stadia, so-that he-might-seem as-much-as-possible 


προςάξειν ταύτῃ. 
to-be-about-to-lead-against (them) in-that (direction). 


Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν, καὶ ἐγένετο νὺξ 
When indeed they-had-supped, and it-was night 


‘ » ‘ 
οἵ μὲν ταχϑέντες ᾧχοντο, καὶ 
— (those) indeed appointed (for this service) departed, and 
καταλαμθάνουσι τὸ ὄρος: δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι 
take-possession-of the mountain; and the other (troops) 


ἀνεπαύοντο αὐτοῦ. Οἱ πολέμιοι δὲ, 


reposed there (where they were). The enemy indeed, 


ὡς ἤσϑοντο τὸ ὄρος ἐχόμενον, ἐγ ηγόρεσαν, χαὶ 
as πα the mountain occupied, ept-watch, and 


ἔχαιον πολλὰ πυρὰ διὰ νυχτός. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
burned many fires during (the) night. When indeed 


ἐγένετο ἡμέρα, Χειρίσοφος μὲν θυσάμενος ἦγε 


it-was day, Cheirisophus — having-offered-sacrifice led 


κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν" οἵ δὲ χαταλαθόντες 
(thearmy) along the road; — (those)—having-taken-possession-of 


TO ὄρος ἐπήεσαν κατὰ τὰ ἄχρα. Δὲ τῶν 
the mountain advanced along the heights. But of-tho 
πολεμίων τὸ πολὺ μὲν ἔμενεν ἑπὶ τῇ ὑπερδολῇ 


enemy the great (part) indeed remained at the pass 

tod ὄρους, δὲ μέρος αὐτῶν ἀπήντα τοῖς 

of-the mountain, but (a) part of-them went (against) — (those) 

κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα. Δὲ πρὶν τοὺς πολλοὺς, 

along the heights. But before (that) | the many, [the 
εἶναι ὁμοῦ, οἱ χατὰ τὰ 


main bodies of the armies,] were together, — (those) along the 


296 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἄχρα συμμιγνύασιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες 


heights one-another, and the Greeks 
» \ , 9 , 
γιχῶσι καὶ διώχουσιν. Εν τούτῳ 
conquered and drove-back (their opponents). At this (time) 
\ \ ¢ 3 ~ “ \ e \ 
δὲ χαὶ ob ἐχ στοῦ πεδίου, μὲν οἱ πελτασταὶ 
— -αἰδο — (those) from the plain, namely the targeteer 
τῶν Ἕλληνων ἔϑεον δρόμῳ πρὸς τοὺς 
of-the Greeks ran ‘in(a) ‘race against — (those) 
παρατεταγμένους, δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἐφείπετο ταχὺ 
drawn-up-against (them), and Chcirisophus followed quickly 


, ‘ ‘ ες “ 3 ¢ 4 
βάδην σὺν τοὶς ὁπλίταις. A’ οἱ πολέμιοι 
step-by-step with the heavy-armed-men. But the enemy (namely) 
οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων TO ἄνω 
— (those) on the road, when they-saw — (those) above 
ἡττώμενον, φεύγουσι" καὶ οὐ πολλοὶ μὲν αὐτῶν 
defeated, flee-away ; and not many indeed of-them 
ἀπέϑανον. Δὲ πάμπολλα γέῤῥα ἐλήφϑη, ἃ 
died. But (a) great-many shields were-taken, which 
σ Ἢ 

οἵ Ἕλληνες κόπτοντες ταῖς μαχαίραις, 
the Greeks cutting — (with their) swords, 
ἐποίουν ἀχρεῖα. A’ ὡς ἀνέθησαν, 

made useless. And as _ they-arrived-on (the heights), 


/ ‘ / ΄ 
θύσαντ €&, χαὶ στησάμενοι τ ρόπαιον, κατ έθ' σαν 
having-sacrificed,and having-erected (a) trophy, they-descended 


εἰς τὸ πεδίον, xai ἦλθον εἰς κώμας γεμούσιις 


into the plain, and they-went to villages stored -with 
πολλῶν xai ἀγαϑῶν. 
many and good (things). 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER VII. 297 


CHAPTER VII. 


Ἔχ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν πέντε GTA 
From — these (villages) they-proceeded five days’- 
μοὺς, τριάχοντα παρασάγγας, εἰς Ταόχους᾽ 
march, (making) thirty parasangs, to (the) Taochi; 
χαὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπέλισε" γὰρ οἱ Ταόχοι 
and -- provisions began-to-fail (them); for the Taochi 


χουν ἰσχυρὰ χωρία, καὶ ἐν οἷς εἶχον πάντα 


inhabited strong places, and in which they-had ali 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀνακεχομισμένοι. 
— (their) provisions having-‘carried (them) ‘up (and stored 


Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο εἰς χωρίον, ὃ 
them there) When however they-arrived at (a) place, which 


μὲν εἴχεν ob πόλιν οὐδ᾽ oixias, δ᾽ αὐτόσε καὶ 
indeed had no town nor houses, and there both 


ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ πολλὰ κτήνη ἦσαν 


men and women and «many cattle were 
ovveanavsdtes, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἥχων εὐολὺς 
included, Cheirisophus. indeed having-come itnmediately 

οςέδαλλε πρὸς τοῦτο" ἐπειδὴ δὲ 1 πρώτη 
made-an-attaeck against this (place); when — the first 
τάξις ἀπέχαμεν, ἄλλη προςήει καὶ αὖϑις 
division began-to-grow-tired, another succeeded and again 
ἄλλη" yap ἦν οὐ ἀϑρόοις 


another; for it-was ποῦ (possible ον them) drawn-up-in-a-body 


περιστῆναι, ἀλλὰ ἦν ποταμὸς κύχλῳ. 


to-stand-around (it), as there-was (a) river ‘in (a) ‘circle 


Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἦλθε σὺν τοῖς ὀπισϑο- 


- {around it), When — Xenophon came _ with the rear- 


φύλαξι xal πελτασταὶς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦϑα 
guard and targeteers and heavy-armed-men, then 
δὴ Χειρίσοφος λέγει: “Hxete εἰς καλὸν" γὰρ 


truly Cheirisophus says: You-have-come most-opportunely; for 


298 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τὸ χωρίον αἱρετέον" yap ἔστι οὐ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 


— (this) place must-be-taken; for there-is no — provisions 
τῇ στρατιᾷ el μὴ ληφόμεϑα τὸ 
‘for the ‘army | if not [unless] we-shall-take — (this) 


χωρίον. ᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ ἐδουλεύοντο χοινῇ καὶ 
place. Then indeed they-deliberated in-common; and 


τοῦ ἘΞενοφῶντος ἐρωτῶντος, τί ein TO κωλῦον 
-- Xenophon having-asked, what might-be the hindrance 


εἰςελϑεῖν, ὁ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ αὕτη 
to-enter (the place), — Cheirisophus said: But this 
ἐστιν μία πάροδος ἣν ὁρᾷς: ὅταν δέ 
is (the) one (only) passage which you-see; whenever indeed 


σις πειρᾶται παριέναι ταύτῃ, κυλινδοῦσι 
any-one should-attempt to-pass-along {818, they-roll (down) 


λίϑους ὑπὲρ ταύτης τὴς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας᾽ 


stones over this impending rock; 


δ᾽ ὃς ἂν κχαταληφϑῇ, οὕτω διατίϑεται. 
(he) indeed who may _have-been-struck, ‘is thus *disposed-of, 


nN ἅμα ἔδειξε ἀνθρώπους συντετριμμένους 
And at-the-same-time he-showed men crushed 


χαὶ σχέλη καὶ πλευράς. Δὲ ἣν ἀναλώσωσιν 
both (as respects) legs and ribs. But if they-should-expend 


TOUS λίϑους, ἔφη ὃ Ἐενοφῶν, τι ἢ οὐδὲν ἄλλο 


— (their) stones, said ---ὀ Xenophon, is-there nothing else 


κωλύει παριέναι; yap δὴ οὐχ ὁρῶμεν 
(that) prevents (us) to-advance? pan indeed we-‘do not see 


éx TOU ἐναντίου, εἶ μὴ τούτους ὀλίγους 
(any) of “-- (those) opposed-to-us, unless these few 


ἀνϑρώπους, καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς ὡπλισμένους. 
men, and _ of-these (only) two or three are-armed, 
Δὲ τὸ χωρίον, ὃ δε  διελϑεῖν βαλλο- 
And the space, which it-is-necessary to-pass-through (while) being- 


μένους ἐστιν, ὡς xai σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρία 
thrown-at is, as even you see, about 


ἡμιτλεϑρά. Δὲ τούτου ὅσον 
naif-piethra [about 150 feet]. And of-this (space) as-much as (a) 


— ear ee 


BOOK IV.—CHAPTER VII. 299 


πλέϑρον δασὺ μεγάλαις πίτυσι διαλει- 
plethrum [about 100 feet] (is) thick with-great pine-trees standing- 


πούσαις avy ὧν ἄνδρες ἑστηχότες ἂν 
apart-from-one-another against which men _ standing - 
c ~ 

τί πάσχοιεν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν φερομένων λίϑων ἢ 
what will-they-suffer either from the thrown stones or 
ὑπὸ τῶν χυλινδουμένων; TO λοιπὸν 

from the rolled (ones)? the rest (of the space) 
ἤδη οὖν γίγνεται ὡς ἡμίπλεϑρον, 

now therefore becomes about (4) half-plethrum [about 50 feet], (over) 
ὃ δεῖ, ὅταν οἱ λίϑοι λωφήσωσι, παρα- 
which it-is-necessary, when the _ stones may-cease, to-run- 

~ , 

δραμεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ, ἔφη ὃ Χειρίσοφος, εὐθὺς 
past. But, said — Cheirisophus, immediately 


ἐπειδὰν apkGuesa προςιέναι εἰς τὸ δασὺ, 


when we-commence to-advance to the (part) thick (with trees), 


πολλοὶ οἱ λίϑοι φέρονται. Αὐτὸ, ἔφη, 


many — stones are-thrown. That, said (Xenophon), 


ἂν εἴη τὸ δέον γὰρ θᾶττον ἀναλώσουσι 
would be ἐπ thing-wanted, for the-more-speedily will-they-expend 


TOUS λίϑους. ᾿Αλλὰ πορευώμεϑα, 


— (their) stones. But let-us-advance (to the place), 
ἔνϑεν ἔσται te μιχρόν ἡμὶν παραδραμεῖν, 
whence there-will-be some small (place) for-us to-run-past, 
ἣν δυνώμεθα, καὶ ῥᾷδιον ἀπελϑεῖν, 
if we-can, and (from which we may) easily depart, 
Ἃ , 

ἣν βουλώμεϑα. 

if we-please. 


Ἐντεῦθεν Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ξενοφῶν, καὶ Καλλί- 

Thence Cheirisophus and Xenophon, and Calli- 

3 ’ 2 , \ ε ς “ 

μαχος ἸΠαῤῥάσιος λοχαγός, (γὰρ n ἡγεμονία 

machus (the) Parrhasian (a) captain, (for the lead 
τῶν λοχαγῶν THY ὀπισϑοφυλάχων 

of-the captains of-the rear-guard (was in possession) 

τούτου ἐχείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ,) ἐπορεύοντο᾽ δὲ οἱ αλλοι 

ef-this-one on-that --- day,) proceeded-forward; but the. other 


800 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


λοχαγοὶ ἔμενον év TH ἀσφαλεῖ. Μετὰ τοῦτο 


captains remained in — safety. After this 
~ ες 
obv ὡς ἑἕδδομήχοντα ἄνθρωποι ἀπῆλθον ὑπὸ 
therefore about seventy men went-off under 
. τὰ δένδρα, οὐχ ἀϑρόοι, ἀλλὰ xa ἕνα, 
the trees, not collected-in-a-body, but one-by-one, 
ἕχαστος φυλαττόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. "᾿Αγασίας 
each-one guarding-himself as (well as) he-could. Agasias 


‘al 
δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος καὶ ᾿Αριστώνυμος MeSvdpiets 
— the Stymphalian and Aristonymus (the) Metbydrian 
\ Ἔ ¥ ‘ ~ 3 4 ‘ 
καὶ οὗτοι ὄντες λοχαγοὶ τῶν ὀπισϑοφυλάχων, καὶ 
and these being captains  of-the rear-guard, and 
ἄλλοι δέ, ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν δένδρων" yap ἦν 
others also, standing-near without the trees; Tor it-was 
οὐχ doparés  ή πλεῖον ἢ τὸν Eva λόχον ἐστάναι 
not safe (for) more than — one company  to-stand 
ἐν tois δένδροις. Καλλίμαχος ἤνϑα δὴ μηχανᾶ- 
under the trees. Callimachus then indeed con- 
ταί σι" mpoétpexev ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου, 
trived something (thus): he-ran-forward from the tree, 
ε 
ᾧ αὐτός ἦν, δύο ἢ τρία βήματα" δὲ ἐπεὶ 
under which he was, two or three times ; but when 
ob λίϑοι φέροιντο, ἀνεχάζετο εὐπετῶς" ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης 
the stones were-hurled, he-retired expeditiously; at each 
\ ~ f Ἃ / σ ~ 
δὲ προδρομῆς πλέον ἢ δέκα ἅμαξαι πετρῶν 
-- sally more than ten wagon (loads)  of-stone 
ἀνηλίσχοντο. Δὲ ὃ ᾿Αγασίας, ὡς ὁρᾷ τὸν» 
were-consumed. But — Agasias, as he-perceives — 
Καλλίμαχον, ἃ ἐποίει, καὶ πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα 
Callimachus, what he-was-doing, and all the army 
θεώμενον, δείσας μὴ οὐ πρῶτος παρα- 


beholding (it), fearing lest (he might) not (be) the-first run- 


δράμοι εἰς τὸ χωρίον, οὐδὲ παραχαλέσας τὸν 
ning-by into the place, neither calling-to -- 


᾿Αριστώνυμον ὄντα πλησίον, οὐδὲ ἙΕὐρύλοχον" 
Aristonymus (86) being near, nor (to) Eurylochus 


hd aa Seattle 


BOOK {V.— CHAPTER VII. 301 


[4 » ς , 3 \ 3 4 
tov Λουσιέξα ὄντας ἑταίρους, οὐδὲ οὐδένα 
the Lusian (both) being (his) comrades, nor (to) no-one 
ἄλλον, αὐτός χωρεῖ, χαὶ παρέρχεται 
else, he went-on (by himself), and passed-by 
πάντας. ὋὉ δὲ Καλλίμαχος, ὡς ἑώρα αὐτὸν 
all. — But Callimachus, as  he-saw hin 

lA 3 / ~ ¥ 3 ~, 
παριόντα ἐτιλαμθάνεται τῆς ἴτυος αὐτοῦ 
passing-by seizes the rim (ofthe shield) of-him; 
δ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ "Αριστώνυμος MeSvdprets παρέϑει 
butat this (time) Aristonymus (the). Methydrian ran-by 
αὐτοὺς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύλοχος Λουσιεύς. 
them, and after this (one) Eurylochus (the) Lusian. 
Tap πάντες οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς, καὶ 
For all these claimed-for-themselves valour, and 
dimyavilovto πρὸς ἀλλήλους" καὶ οὕτως 
contended with one-another (as respects it); and thus 
ΚΦ 6 ~ ‘ ? de \ ς σ 
ἐρίζοντες αἱροῦσι τὸ χωρίον. Lap ὡς ἅπαξ 
contending they-take the place. For as ‘they once 
εἰςέδραμον, οὐδες  métpog ἠνέχϑη ἄνωθεν. 
*had-run-in, not (a) stone was-thrown from-above. 
Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἦν δεινὸν θέαμα. Tap αἱ 
Then indeed there-was (a) dreadful spectacle. For the 
yovaixes pintovoa τὰ παιδία, 
women throwing — (their) children (over the precipice), 
καὶ εἶτα ἐπικατεῤῥίπτουν, καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες 
(and) then threw-themselves-down-upon (them), and the men 
¢ , ‘ 
ὡςαύτως. Ἔνθα δὴ χαὶ Αἰνείας 
in-like-manner (did the same). Then indeed also Aineas (the) 
LtvupaAws, λοχαγὸς, ἰδών τινα, ἔχοντα 
Stymphalian, {a) captain, seeing some-one (of them), having (a) 

‘ 
χαλὴν στολὴν, θέοντα as ῥίψοντα ἑαυτὸν 
handsome dress, running as being-about-'throwing himself ‘over, 
3 ᾿ 
ἐπιλαμθάνεται ὡς κωλύσων. Δὲ 
laid-hold (of him) as  being-about-hindering (him). But 
ς 3 - 
ὁ ἐπισπᾶται αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀμφότεροι ᾧχοντο 
— (he) ‘drags him ‘along, and both went (over) 

26 


302 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


φερόμενοι χατὰ τῶν πετρῶν, xal ἀπέϑανον. 
being-borne down the rocks, and died 
᾿Εντεῦϑεν μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἄνθρωποι ἔλήφϑησαν, 
Therefore indeed very few men were-captured, 
δὲ χαὶ πολλοὶ βόες καὶ ὄνοι καὶ πρόθατα. 
but — many oxen and asses and sheep. 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ Χα- 
Thence they-proceeded through (the country) ‘of (the) *Cha- 
λύθων ἕπιτά σταϑμοὺς, πεντήχοντα παρα- 
lybians seven days’-march, (making) fifty para- 
σάγγας. Οὗτοι ἦσαν ἀλκιμώτατοι ὧν 
sangs. These were the-bravest (of those people) whose 
διῆλθον, καὶ ἥεσαν sis χεῖρας. 
(country) they-passed-through, | and they-went to hands [and they 
Εἶχον δὲ λινοῦς θώρακας 
came to close combat]. They-hadalso linen  cuirasses (reaching) 
μέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου, δ᾽ ἀντί τῶν πτερύγων 
just to-the groin, and in-place of — skirts (they had) 
πυχνὰ σπάρτα ἐστραμμένα.  Eiyov δὲ καὶ 
thick cords twisted. They-had also — 
κνημῖδας, καὶ κράνη, καὶ μαχαίριον παρὰ 
greaves, and helmets, and (a) knife at 
τὴν ζώνην ὅσον  Λακωνιχήν ξυήλην. 
— (their) girdle as-long-as (a) Spartan (dagger) sickle-shaped, 


ᾧ ἔσφαττον, ὧν δύναιντο χρατεῖν" 


with-which they-cut-the-throats, of — (those) they-could master, 
καὶ ἀποτέμνοντες TAS χεφαλὰς ἂν ἔχοντες 
and cutting-off — (their) heads — (and) having 

ἐπορεύοντο" xai ἧδον, καὶ ἐχόρευον, 
(them) they-proceeded (on their march); and they-sang, and danced, 


ὁπότε οἵ πολέμιοι ἔμελλον ὄψεσθαι. 
when (they thought) the enemy  were-about to-see (them) 


Καὶ εἶχον δὲ δόρυ ὡς πεντεχαίδεχα πηχῶν, 
And they-had also (a) spear about fifteen cubits (in Jeagth) 


ἔχον μίαν λόγχην. Οὗτοι £1 ἔμενον 
fbut) having ‘only) one spike. These (people) semaiued 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VII. 805 


4 7° 
ἐν τοῖς πολίσμασιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες 
in — (their) towns. When however the Greeks 
, σ | 4 
παρέλϑοιεν, εἵποντο ἀεὶ μαχόμενοι. 
may-have-passed-by, they-followed continually fighting (with them). 
"Quxovy δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὀχυροῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
They-dwelt — in --- strongholds, and — (their) provisions 
ἀναχεχομισμένοι ἦσαν ἐν τούτοις, Gove. 
were-brought-up in these (strongholds), so (that) 
τοὺς “Ἕλληνας λαμθάνειν μηδὲν αὐτόθεν, ἀλλὰ 
the Greeks e took nothing from-that-place, but 


διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν, ἃ ἔλαθον ἐκ τῶν 
were-nourished by-the cattle, which they-took from the 


Tadyor. Ἔχ τούτου ot Ἕλληνες ἀφίχοντο ἔπὶ 

Taochi. After this the Greeks arrived at 

σὸν ποταμόν “Αρπασαν, εὖρος 

the river Harpasus, (the) breadth (of which being) 
 tettdpav πλέθρων. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ 
=) four plethra. Thence they-proceeded through 
| LxvswGv τέτταρας OTASULOvS, 
_ (the country of the) Scythini four days’-march, (making) 
εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, διὰ πεδίου εἰς χώμας, 
twenty parasangs, through (a) plain to villages, 
ἐν αἷς ἔμειναν τρεῖς ἡμέρας, καὶ - ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 
in which they-remained three days, and collected-provisions. 
| “EvteiSev δὲ 7ASov τέτταρας σταϑμοὺς 
‘Thence indeed they-went four days’-marech (making) 
i εἴχοσι παρασάγγας, πρὸὲ μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα, 
twenty parasangs, to (a) large and wealthy 
χαὶ οἰχουμένην πόλιν, ἣ ἐχαλεῖτο Γυμνίας. °Ex 
and populous city, which was-called Gymnias. From 

, ς ~ 
TAVTNS ὃ ἄρχων τῆς χώρας πέμπει ἡγεμόνα 
this (place) the ruler  of-the country sends (a) ᾿ guide * 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὅπως ἄγοι αὐτούς διὰ τῆς 
δ: to-the Greeks, that he-might-conduct them through the 
ar , Ps a 
χώρας πολεμίας ἑαυτῶν. A’ ἐκεῖνος 

ΟΠ Υ inimical (to his people) themselves. And he 





804 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐλθὼν λέγει, ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν 
haying-come says, that he-will-lead them (in) five daya 


εἰς χωρίον, ὅϑεν ὄψονται θάλλατταν" δὲ εἰ 
to (a) place, whence they-would-see (the) SER ; and if 


μή ἐπηγγέλλετο τεϑνάναι. Kai ἡγούμενος, 
pot announced-himself (willing) to-die.. And leading 
. ἐπειδὴ ἐνέθαλεν εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν 
(them), when he-entered into the (country) inimical 
ἑαυτοῖς, παρεχελεύετο αἴϑειν καὶ φϑείρειν τὴν 
to-themselyes, he-exhorted (them) to-burn sand lay-waste the 
χώραν" καὶ ᾧ ἐγένετο δῆλον ὅτι FASO 

country; and by-whichit-became evident that he-had-come (by) 
évexa τούτου, ov τῆς εὐνοίας τῶν 
reason of-this, (and) not — (from any) good-will (for) the 
Ἑλλήνων. Kai ἀφιχνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τῇ 
Greeks. And they-arrived at the mountain on-the 
πέμπτῃ nyépa* ὄνομα δὲ TO ὄρει ἦν Θήχης. 
fifth day ; (the) name —(of)the mountain was Theches, 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ of πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, 
When indeed the foremost got on the mountain, 


καὶ χατεῖδον τὴν θάλατταν, πολλὴ xpavyn 
and looked-down (on) the . sea, (a) great noise 
ἐγένετο. Δὲ ὃ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ ot ὀπισϑοφύλαχες 
occurred. But — Xenopkon and _ the rear-guard 
dxovoas ῴγϑησαν ἄλλους πολεμίους ἔμπροςϑεν 
having-heard (it) thought (that) other enemies in-front 
ἐπιτίϑεσθαι" γὰρ εἵποντο ὄπισϑεν ἐχ τὴς 
_Were-assailing (them); for they-followed behind from the 
᾿ καιομένης χώρας, καὶ οἱ ὀπισϑοφύλαχες ποιησάμενοι 
burnt places, and the . Year-guard by-forming 
ἐνέδραν te ἀπέχτεινάν τινας καὶ ἐζώγρησαν. 
{an) ambuscade not-only __ killed some, but-also *made 
καὶ ἔλαθον ἀμφὶ τὰ eixoow γέῤῥα 

(others) ‘prisoners; and they-took about --- twenty shields 


@uobdea δασειῶν βοῶν. 
(snade of ) raw-hides of-thick-haired oxen. 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VII. 805 


Ἐπειδὴ δὲ n Bon τε ἐγίγνετο πλείων καὶ 


When indeed the noise not-only became greater but-also 


ἐγγύτερον, καὶ ob ἀεὶ ἐἔπιοντες ἔθεον 
uearer, and — (those) continually running-up kept-running 


/ 3 ᾿ Ἁ SP, ~ \ ς 2 
δρόμῳ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ βοῶντας, καὶ n βοή 
in-haste to — (those) continually shouting, and the noike 
ἐγίγνετο πολλῷ μείζων, ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους 
became much greater, by-how-much indeed more-numerous 
ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόκει τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι δὴ εἶναι τι 
they-became, it-seemedto— Xenophon indeed to-be something 


μεῖζον. Καὶ dvabas ἐφ᾽ ἵππον, 
greater (thancommon). And (he) having-mounted on (his) horse, 


xal ἀναλαθὼν Λύχιον καὶ «ποὺς ἱππέας, 
and having-taken-with (him) Lucius and the cavalry, 


ns ‘ 
mapebonSe* καὶ τάχα δὴ 
(he went forward, that) he-might-give-assistance; and quickly indeed 


ἀχούουσι τῶν στρατιωντῶν βοώντων,  OdAarra! 


they-hear the soldiers shouting, (The) sea! 
Θάλαττα! καὶ παρεγγυώντων. 

(the\ sea! and cheering-on (those in the rear), 

Ἔνϑα δὴ ἅπαντες ἔϑεον καὶ ot ὀπισϑοφύλαχες, 

Then indeed all commenced-running and the rear-guard, 

xal τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο χαὶ οἵ 


and the baggage-cattle were-excited (to their full speed) and (also) the 
ἵπποι. Δὲ ἐπεὶ πάντες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸ ἄχρον, 
horses. And when all arrived on the summit, 
ἐνταῦθα δὴ περιέθαλλαν ἀλλήλους xal στρατη- 
then indeed they-embraced one-another, also (the) gene- 
yous χαὶ λοχαγοὺς, δαχρύοντες. Καὶ ἐξαπίνης, 
rals and captains, shedding-tears. And suddenly, 
ὅτου δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος, οἵ 
whoever indeed (it might be) aving-exhorted (them to it), the 
στρατιώται φέρουσι λίϑους, καὶ ποιοῦσι, μέγαν 
soldiers bring stones, and make (a) large 
χολωγὸν. “Evratsa ἀνετίϑεσον MARIOS 
mound. Then they-placed-on (this mound a) muititude 
26 * 


806 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


‘ ‘ 73 
δερμάτων ὠμοδοείων, καὶ Baxtnpias, καὶ τὰ γέῤῥα 
of-skins of-raw-ox-hides, and staves, and the shields 


αἰχμάλωτα, χαὶ ὃ ἡγεμὼν τε αὐτός χατέτεμνε 
captured (fromtheenemy),and the guide not-onlyhimself  cut-to-pieces 
τὰ γέῤῥα, καὶ διεκελεύετο τοῖς ἄλλοις. 

the shields, but-also exhorted the others (to do the same). 


Mera ταῦτα ot Ἕλληνες ἀποπέμπουσι τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 
After thus the Greeks sent-away the guide, 


δόντες δῶρα ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἵσσον, 
giving (him) presents from (the) common (stock, namely,a) horse, 


χαὶ ἀργυρᾶν φιάλην, xai ἹΠερσικήν σχευὴν, 
and (a) silver cup, and (a) Persian robe, 


nai δέχα δαρεικοὺς" δ᾽ μάλιστα ἥτει τοὺς 


and ten darics ; but most-of-all he-asked-for the 
δαχτυλίους, καὶ ἔλαθε πολλοὺς παρὰ τῶν 
finger-rings, and he-obtained many (of them) from the 
στρατιωτῶν. Δὲ δείξας χώμην αὐτοῖς οὗ 
soldiers. And he-having-pointed-out (a) village to-them where 
σχηνήσουσι, χαὶ 


they-might-encamp (or take up their quarters), and (he also having showed 
‘ ς ’ isd 4 3 / 

THV ὁδόν, nV πορεύσονται εἰς Μάχρωνας, 

them) the road, on-which they-were-to-proceed to (the) | Macrones, 


ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα, ᾧχετο ἀπιών τῆς νυχτὸς. 
when _sit-was evening, he-departed, proceeding during-the night, 





ὅ CHAPTER VIII. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ot Ἕλληνες ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ 

HENCE — the Greeks proceeded _ through 
Μαχρώνων τρεῖς σταϑμοὺς, 

(the country) ‘of (the) *Macrones three days’-march, making) 


δέ σάγγα. Δὲ τῇ son tue 
ῥέα ἀπορασάνγαρ, NAG Se eed a 


parasangs. on-the 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VIII. 807 


δὺς 9 δ" \ , a = σ Ὁ 
ἀφικοντΌ ἔπι τὸν ποτάμον, OS A) ιζε THV 
they arrived at the river, which bounded-and-divided the 


τῶν Μαχρώγων xai τὴν τῶν Σχυ- 
{territories) of-the Macrones — (from) — (those) of-the Scy- 


~ ς 
ϑινῶν. Εἶχον δ᾽ ὑπερδέξιον χωρίον οἷον 
thini. They-had — ‘on (their) *right (a) place such-as 
z \ 5 3 ~ 
χαλεπώτατον, καὶ ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς 
(to be) the-most-difficult (οὗ access), and on (their) left 
z 
ἄλλον ποταμόν, sis ὃν ὁ ὁρίζων, δ οὗ 
another river, into which the bounding (river), through where 
ἔδει διαθῆναι, ἐνέθαλλεν. Οὗτος 
it-was-necessary to-cross, emptied (itself ). This (river) 
δὲ ἦν δασὺς δένδροις οὔ μὲν παχέσι, 
-— was thick-set (on its shores) with-trees ποῖ indeed thick (or large), 


δὲ συχνοῖς. Ταῦτα ot Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ 
but (growing) close-together. These (trees) the Greeks, after 


προςῆλϑον, ἔχοπιτον, σπεύδοντες ἐξελθεῖν ἐχ τοῦ 
they-arrived, cut-down, hastening to-go-out from the 


χωρίου ὡς τάχιστα. A’ οἱ Μάχρωνες, ἔχοντες 


country as speedily-as-possible. But the Macrones, having 


γέρα καὶ λόγχας καὶ τριχίνους χιτῶνας 


wicker-shields and’ spears _ and hair tunics, 


παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν καταντιπέρας τῆς διαδάσεως, 


had-been-drawn-up on-the-opposite-side of-the crossing-place, 


xal duxerevorvto ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἔῤῥισιτον λίϑους 


and encouraged one-another, and _ they-threw stones 


εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν, δὲ οὗ ἐξικνοῦντο, οὐδ᾽ 
in the river, but ‘they-did not ‘reach (our men), (nor) (or) 


ἔθλατιτον οὐδένα. 


δυσὶ none  (of-them). 


Ἔνϑα δὴ τις ἀνήρ τῶν πελταστῶν προςέρχεται 


Then indeed some man of-the targeteers comes-up 


τῷ Ἐξενοφῶντι, φάσκων δεδουλευχέναι 
t— Xenophon, affirming (that he) had-been-a-slave 


᾿Αϑύήνησι, λέγων. ὅτι γιγνώσχοι τὴν φωνὴν 


_ at-Athens, (and) saying, that e-knew the language 


308 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


tov ἀνϑρώπων. Kai οἶμαι, ἔφη, ταύτην εἶναι 


οὗ — (these) men, And I-think, said-he, this to-be 
ἐμὴν πατρίδα" καὶ εἰ μὴ σι κωλύει, ἐϑέλω 
my country ; and | if not[unless] something hinders, . I-wisk 
διαλεχϑῆναι αὐτοῖς. “AA οὐδὲν χωλύει, ἔφη" 
to-speak with-them. But nothing _hinders, said 
ἀλλὰ διαλέγου, καὶ μάϑε πρωτον 
(Xenophon); but speak (with them), and «scertain first 
TIVES εἰσίν. Ἐρωτήσαντος, ob δ᾽ 
what (people) they-may-be. He-inquiring, — (they) — 
3 
εἶπον, ὅτι Μάκχρωνες. Ἐρώτα αὐτοὺς 
said, that (they were) Macrones. Ask them 
πτοίνυν, ἔφη, τί ἀντιτετάχαται, καὶ 
then, said (Xenophon), why draywn-up-against (us), and 
χρύζουσιν εἷναι πολέμιοι muiv. A’ ob 
wish to-be enemies to-us. But -- (they) 
σ eis 
ἀπεχρίναντο" Ore χαὶ ὑμεῖς ἔρχεσϑε ἐπὶ 
answered : (Because) that even you come against 
ἡμετέραν χώραν. Οἱ στρατηγοί, ἐχέλευον 
our country. The generals (then) ordered (him) 


λέγειν, OTL OV ποιήσοντες xaxGs ye, 
to-say, | that not making evil at-least, [that not in the 


ἀλλὰ πολεμήσαντες 
least intending to injure you,] but having-been-making-war ‘with (the) 
βασιλεῖ, anepyoussa εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα, καὶ 
*king, we-were-returning to -- Greece, and (that) 


βουλόμεϑα ἀφικέσθαι ἐπὶ θάλατταν. °Exeivor 
we-desire to-arrive to (the) sea. They 
ἠρώτων, εἶ ἂν δοῖεν τὰ πίστά τούτων. 

asked, if (they) would give — pledges  of-these (things), 
XN ot ἔφασαν ἐθέλειν xai δοῦναι 
And — (they) said (that they) wished both to-give 


xat λαθεῖν. Ἐντεῦθεν ot Maxpaves διδόασι 


and to-receive (them). Then the Macrones gave 


τοῖς “Ἕλλησι Baphapomy λόγχην, δὲ οἱ “EAAnves 
tn 


9 Greeks (a) arbarian lance, and the Greeka 


BOOK IV.— CHAPTER VIII. 309 


ἐχείνος ὙἙλληνικήν " γὰρ ἔφασαι 
(gave) them (a) Grecian (one); for  they-said (that) 
ταῦτα εἶναι πιστὰ" dé ἀμφότεροι 
these were (their) pledges; and both (parties called on the} 
θεοὺς ἐπεμαρτύραντο. 
gods (that) they-might-witness (it). 
Δὲ μετὰ τὰ πιστὰ, of Μάχρωνες εὐθὺς 
And after the pledges, the Macrones immediately 


συνεξέχοτιτον τὰ δένδρα, τε ὡδοποίουν 
cut-down-with (them) the trees, not-only to-make-a-road (for 


ὁδὸν ὡς διαθιθάσοντες, ἀναμε- 
them, fora) path as about-‘passing (them) ‘through min- 
μιγμένοι ἐν μέσοις τοῖς “Ἕλλησι καὶ 
gling (at the same time) among the Greeks; but-alse 
παρεῖχον ἀγορὰν οἵαν ἐδύναντο; καὶ 
provided (a) market (forthem) such-as they-were-able; and 
παρήγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις, ἕως κατέ- 
they-‘led (them) ‘along for three days, until they-set- 
στησαν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια Κόλχων. 
down the Greeks on ~the borders (of the) Colchians. 
*Evtatsa ἦν μέγα ὄρος, δὲ προςθατὸν" καὶ 
Here was (a) large mountain, but accessible; and 
ot Κόλχοι παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν ἐπὶ τούτου. 


the Colchians had-been-drawn-up on this (mountain). 


Kai οἱ “Ἕλληνες μὲν τὸ πρῶτον ἀντιπαρετάζαντο 

And {πὸ Greeks indeed — (at) first drew-up-against 

‘ "A ς σ »¥ ‘ 

χατὰ φάλαγγα, ὡς οὕτως ἄξοντες πρὸς 

(them) in line, as thus about-leading (the men) against 
to ὄρος" δὲ ἔπειτα ἔδοξε toils στρατηγοῖς 

the mountain; but when _ it-seemed to-the generals (that) 


συλλεγεῖσι, βουλεύσασθαι ὅπως ἀγωνιοῦνται 
they-should-assemble _to-deliberate how they-should-contend 


ὡς χάλλιστα. Ξενοφῶν οὖν ἔλεξεν, ὅτι δοχεῖ, 
to-the-greatest-advantage. Xenophon therefore _ said, that it-seemed 


παύσαντας τὴν φάλαγγα 
{to hita), ceasing (to have the troops) — ‘in (a) hie 





510 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ 9 7 \ ‘ 
ποιῆσαι ὀρθίους λόχους" γὰρ μὲ 
to-form | straight companies; [columns of companies;] for indeed 
ἡ φάλαγξ εὐθύς διασπασϑήσεται" γὰρ μὲν 
the line *will immediately *be-broken ; for indeed 
τῇ εὑρήσομεν ἄνοδον, δὲ τῇ 
in — (some places) we-will-find (an) impassable-road, but in — (others) 

εὔοδον τὸ ὄρος" καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ποιήσει ASv- 
(8) good-road to-the mountain ; and immediately this _ will-cause despon- 
μίαν, ὅταν τεταγμένοι εἰς φάλαγγα, ὁρῶσι 
dency (in the men), when drawn-up in line, they-see 
ταύτην διεσπασμένην. "Ἔπειτα, ἢν μὲν προςάγωμεν 
this (line) — broken. Then, [1 indeed we-advance 


τεταγμένοι ἐπὶ πολλοὺς, οἵ πολέμιοι περιττεύσουσιν 
drawn-up many-deep, the enemy will-reach-beyond 


ες - ~ ~ 
ἡμῶν, καὶ χρήσονται τοῖς περιττοῖς, 
us (on the wings), and will-use the superfluous 
σι ὅ ἂν βούλωνται. Δὲ ἐὰν 
(men), (in) any (manner) which ‘they may ‘desire. And if 
ἴωμεν τεταγμένοι ἐπὶ ὀλίγων, ἂν εἴη οὐδὲν 
we-go (forward) drawn-up few-deep, it-would be nothing 
θαυμαστόν, εἰ ἡ φάλαγξ ἡμῶν διαχοπείη 
wonderful, | if the line of-us_ [if our line] be-cut-through 
ς - ~ 
ὑπὸ xai ἀϑρόων βελῶν xai πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων 
by both collected missiles and many men 
ἐμπεσόντων. εἶ δ πῃ τοῦτο ἔσται, ἔσται 
falling-upon (it); if indeed by-any-means this should-be, it-will-be 
xaxov τῇ ὅλῃ φάλαγγι. ᾿Αλλὰ δοχεὶ μοι, 
bad for-the whole line, But it-seems to-me, (that) 


ποιησαμένος τοὺς λόχους ὀρϑίους, κατασχεῖν 


having-formed the companies (in) columns, to-separate 


Tos λόχοις διαλιπόντας τοσοῦτον χωρίον, 
the companies, being-distant (from one another), so-much space, 
ὅσον τοὺς ἐσχάτους λόχους γενέσθαι 
as-that the extreme companies (on the right and left) will-be 
ἔξω χεράτων τῶν πολεμίων. Καὶ οὕτως 0 
beyond (the) wings  of-the enemy, And thus ‘we, tk 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VIII. 811 


ἔσχατοι λόχοι ἐσόμεϑα te ἔξω τῆς φάλαγγος 


extreme companies, ‘will-be not-only beyond the line 

~ ΄ \ » 3 ’ ς 
τὼν σιολεμίων, χαι ἄγοντες opsious ol 
of-the enemy, but-also leading (forward) in-column the 
κράτιστοι ἡμῶν προςίασι πρῶτον, τε ἤ 
bravest of-us advance first, and (in the place) in-which 


x 
dv 4 εὔοδον ταύτῃ ὃ ἕχαστος λόχος 
there may ‘be (a) good-road, in-that — each company 


ἄξει. Kai οὐ τε ἔσται ῥάδιον τοῖς πολεμίοις 


will-lead, And it-‘will not indeed ‘be easy for-the enemy 
εἰςελϑεὶν εἴς TO διαλεῖπον 
to-penetrate into the (space) left (vacant between the com- 


ba / b 4 oer. 
OVTOV λόχων ἔνϑεν καὶ ἔνϑεν, TE 
panies in column) there-being companies here and _ there, and-indeed 


od gota padir διακόψαι λόχον ὄρϑιον 
it-‘will not ‘be easy to-break-through (a) company in-column 
προςιόντα. Te ἐάν τις τῶν λόχων πιέζηται 


advancing-forward. And if any of-the companies be-hard-pressed 


ὃ πλησίον βοηϑήσε. Te ἦν πῃ εἷς τῶν 


the nearest will-give-assistance. And if by-any-means one of-the 


λόχων δυνηθῇ ἀναθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον οὐδεὶς τῶν 
companies may-be-able to-ascend on the height none of-the 


πολεμίων μηκέτι μείνῃ. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε xa 


enemy after-this may-remain, This seemed-good, and 
ἐποίουν τοὺς λόχους ὀρθίου. Δὲ Hevopadr 
they-formed the companies (in) columns, And Xenophon 
ἀπιὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον 
departing from the right (wing of the enemy) to the left 
ἔλεγε τοὶς στρατιώταις" Οὗτοι εἶσιν, ods ὁρᾶτε, 


said to-the soldiers : These are, whom you-see, (the) 


μόνοι ἄνδρες ἔτι ἐμποδὼν ἡμῖν τὸ μὴ ἤδη 
only men yet in-the-way (to prevent) us — not soon 
εἶναι, ἔνϑδα πάλαι ἐσπεύδομεν Ὁ. 

to-be, there (where) we-have long ‘desired-and-hastened (to be); 





812 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


todtous, ἦν mas δυνώμεθα, δεῖ καὶ κατα 
these, if in-any-way we-can, it-becomes (us) even | to. 
φαγεῖν ὠμοὺς. 
eat-up raw [to exterminate]. 
᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ Exacta ἐγένοντο ἐν ταῖς χώραις. 
When indeed each ~- _ had-got in — (their) places, 
κι ‘ , 5 7 > “ 5 
καὶ στους λόχους ETLOLNOAVTO opsious, EVEVOVTO 
and the companies were-formed (in) columns, there-were 


μὲν λόχοι τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ τοὺς 
— companies of-the heavy-armed-men (to) about the (number of ) 
ὀγδοήχοντα, δ᾽ ὁ ἕχαστος λόχος σχεδὸν 
eighty, and — each company (amounted) nearly 
3 ‘ ς eee 4. tip , ‘ 
εἰς τοὺς ἑἕχατόν δ᾽ ἐποιήσαντο τοὺς πελ- 
ἴο — (a) hundred (men); and _ they-formed the tar- 
ταστὰς χαὶ τοὺς τοξότας τριχῇ τοὺς 
geteers and the archers | threefold [in three divisions] “--- 
μὲν ἔξω «τοῦ εὐωνύμου δὲ τοὺς τοῦ 
(one) indeed beyond the left-wing and the (other beyond) the 
δεξιοῦ δὲ τοὺς χατὰ μέσον, ἑκάστους 
right-wing and the (third) in (the) centre, each = (divi- 


σχεδὸν ἑξακοσίους. Ἔχ τούτου ol 
sion being) nearly six-hundred (men). After this the 


στρατηγοὶ παρηγγύησαν εὔχεσθαι" 
generals ordered (the soldiers) to-‘make (their) 


εὐξάμενοι δὲ χαὶ παιανίσαντες 
‘vows; having-'made (their) ‘vows, and also having-sung-the-pean, 


ἐπορεύοντο. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν χαὶ Ἐενοφῶν 
they-proceeded (forward). And Cheirisophus indeed and Xenophon 
“καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς, γενόμενοι ἔξω τῆς 
and the targeteers with them, being beyond the 
φάλαγγος τῶν πολεμίων ἕπορεύοντο. 

line of-the enemy, proceeded (on their march), 


Οἱ πολέμιοι δὲ, ὡς εἶδον αὐτούς, ἀντιπαραϑέοντες, 


» 


The enemy indeed, as they-saw them, running-against — 


οἵ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν, δὲ οἱ ἐπὶ τὸ 


{them),—(seme) ἱπάθοὰ to the right, but -- (others) to the 


T 
2 
, 
Γ 


[ 


BOOK IV. — CHAPTER VIII. 313 


εὐώνυμον, διεσπάσϑησαν, καὶ ἔποιησαν πολὺ 
feft, were-drawn-asunder, and they-made (a) great 
χενὸν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τῆς φάλαγγος ἑαυτῶν. Δὲ οἵ 
void in the middle of-the line of-them. But the 
πελτασταί κατὰ τὸ ᾿Αρχαδιχὸν, 

targeteers in the Arcadian (division in the centre), 
ὧν Αἰσχίνης ὃ ᾿Αχαρνάν ἦρχεν ἰδόντες αὐτοὺς 
whom Aischines the Acarnanian commanded seeing them 
διαχάζοντας, νομίσαντες φεύγειν, ἔϑεον 
separating, having-thought (them) to-be-fleeing, ran (forward) 
ἀνὰ χράτος, καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἀναθαίνουσι 
with (all their) might, and ___ these first ascended 
ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος᾽ δὲ καὶ τὸ °Apxadixdy ὁπλιτικόν, 

on themountain;and also the Arcadian _ heavy-armed (troops), 
ὧν Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος ἦρχε, συνεφείπετο. 


whom Cleanor the Orchomenian commanded, followed-together (after). 


A’ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο θεῖν οὐχέτι 
But the enemy, as (the Greeks) began _to-run no-longer 
ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο. 
stood, _ but fled, | other in-other ~ turned [some 
Δ᾽ ot Ἕλληνες ἀνα- 
going one way and some another]. But the Greeks de- 
θάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐν 
scending (from the mountain) encamped among 
πολλαῖς χώμαις ἐχούσαις πολλὰ τἀπιτήδεια. 
many villages having much (of) provisions, 
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἦν 


{And the indeed other (things) [and as respects other things] there-was 








οὐδὲν, ὅ τι xal ἐθαύμασαν. δὲ ἦν πολλὰ 
Ἷ nothing, that even they-were-surprised-at; but there-were many 
τὰ σμήνη αὐτόθι, καὶ ὅσοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
_—  bee-hives there, and as-’many of-the soldiers ‘as 
. 3 ~ y ¢ 

ἔφαγον τῶν κηρίων, πάντες τε ἐγίγνοντο ἄφρονες, 
ate of-the combs, all not-only became delirious, 
“χαὶ ἤμουν, καὶ διεχώρει αὐτοὶς χάτω, 

but-also vomited, | and it-passed-through them downwards, [and they 
᾿" ὡς 27 


314 , THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


‘ 3 4 5 , σ 3 A 
χαὶ οὐδεὶς ἡδύνατη ἵστασθαι ὀρθὸς, 
wrere purged,] and no-one’ was-able to-stand straight 


ἀλλ᾽ ot μὲν ἐδηδοχότες ὀλίγον σφόδρα ἐῴκεσαν 
but | —(those)indeed having-eaten little very-much resembled 


μεϑδύουσι, δ᾽ ot πολὺ 
(persons) being-drunk, but — (those haying eaten) much (resembled 


μαινομένοις, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀποϑνήσχουσι. 
those) being-mad, and also (resembled) — (those) dying 


Πολλοί δὲ ἔχειντο οὕτω, ὥςπερ τροπῆς 
Many indeed lay (onthe ground) so, as-though (a) reut 
γεγενημένης, χαὶ N ἀδυμία ἦν πολλὴ. Δὲ τῇ 
ad-taken-place, and the dejection was great. But on-the 


ὑστεραίᾳ οὐδείς μὲν ἀπέϑανε, δ᾽ aveppdvovy 


next-day no-one indeed had-died, but they-‘recovered (their) 
3 ‘ \ ~ 7 σ δ: «-- ‘ 
ἀμφὶ που τὴν αὕτήν ὥραν δὲ 

‘senses about perhaps the same hour (they lost them); and 
τρίτῃ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο, ὥςπερ ἔχ 

‘on (the) μὰ and fourth (days) they-got-up, as-if from 

Φαρμαχοποσίας. 

taking-physic. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταϑμούς, 
Hence indeed they-proceeded two days’-march, (making} 


ἑπτὰ παρασάγγας, καὶ ἦλθον ἐπὶ θάλατταν 
seven parasangs, and came to (the) sea 
εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, «Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, οἰκουμένην, 
at Trapezus, (a) Greek city, populous, 
ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, ἀποιχίαν 
(and situated) on the Euxine Sea, (being a) colony 
Σινωπέων, ἐν TH χώρᾳ Κόλχων. 
‘of (the) ‘*Sinopians, in the territory ‘of (the) ‘Colchians, 
*Evtaisa ἔμειναν ἀμφὶ τὰς τριάκοντα ἡμέρας 
There they-remained, about — thirty days 
ἐν ταῖς χώμαις τῶν Κόλχων. Κἀντεῦϑεν ὁρμώ- 
in the villages of-the Colchians. And-hence making- 


μενοι ἐληίζοντο τὴν Koryida. Δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι, 


incursions they-vlundered — Colchis, And (the) Trapezians 


BOOK IV. —CHAPTER VIII. 815 


- Ἂν ; 
παρεῖχον ἀγορὰν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ τε ἐδέξαντο 
provide (a) market for-the camp, and not-only received 
ποὺς “Ἕλληνας χαὶ ἔδοσαν 
the Greeks (hospitably in their city), but-also gave (them) 
ζένια βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα 
gifts-of-hospitality-and-friendship, (namely) oxen and barley-meal 


ς ‘ 
xai οἶνον. Δὲ καὶ συνδιεπράττοντο ume 
and wine. And also they-negotiated (with them) for 


τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων, μάλιστα τῶν 
(and in behalf) of-the neighbouring Colchians, especially «-- (those) 


οἰχούντων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ: χαὶ Céria καὶ ἦλθον 

dwelling in the plain; and gifts-of-hospitality also came 
> 3 “ 7 ‘ ~ ‘ 

παρ᾽ ἐχείνων βόες. Μετὰ τοῦτο δὲ παρεσ- 

from them (namely) oxen. After this indeed they-pre- 

χευάξοντο τὴν θυσίαν, ἣν εὔξαντο. δ᾽ ixavor 

pared the sacrifice, which they-had-vowed; and sufficient 


βόες ἦλθον αὐτοῖς ἀποϑῦσαι τῷ Διὲ τῷ σωτῆρι; 
oxen came to-them  to-sacrifice to— Jupiter the Preserver, 


καὶ τῷ Ἡραχλεὶ ἡγεμόσυνα, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς 


and to— Hercules for-safe-conduct, and to-the other gods 

ἃ εὔξαντο. Δὲ xal ἐποίησαν γυμνιχὸν 
(that) which they-had-vowed. And also they-made (a) gymnastic 
ἀγῶνα, ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἔνϑαπερ ἐσχήνουν. Δ᾽ εἵλοντο 
contest, on the hill, where they-were-encamped. And they-chose 


Δραχόντιον Σπαρτιάτην (ὃς ἔφυγε οἴχοϑεν 


Dracontius (the) Spartan (who became-an-exile from-home 


ὧν σαῖς, ἄχων κχαταχταγών παῖδα, 
being (a) boy, (he) unwillingly killing (a) boy, 


πατάξας ξυήλῃ) τ΄ ἐπιμεληθῆναι 
haying-struck (him) ‘with (a)‘dagger) not-only to-take-‘care (to pro- 


δρόμου, καὶ προστατῆσαι τοῦ ἀγῶνος. 


vide) ‘for (a) ‘race, but-also to-preside-over the contest 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἣ θυσία ἐγένετο, 
(and games). When indeed the sacrifice was (performed), 


παρέδοσαν τὰ δέρματα τῷ Apaxortio, καὶ ἐκέλευον 


cae they-gave the skins to— Dracontius, and they-requested 


a 
" 


316 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἡγεῖσθα. ὅπου πεποιηχὼς εἴη τὸν 
(him) to-lead (to the place) where he-may-have-made the 
δρόμον. ὋὉ δὲ δείξας, οὗπερ 
course. — But (he) having-pointed (to the place), where 
ἐτύγχανον ἑστηχότες, ἔφη, ὃ οὗτος λόφος 
they-happened (to be) standing, said, — this hill (is) 
κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου σις ἂν βού- 
most-excellent for-running (in) whatever-direction any-one may de- 
ANTAL. Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, δυνήσονται πα- 
sire. (But) how then, said-they, will-they-be-able ἰο- 
λαίειν ἐν οὕτως σχληρῷ καὶ δασεῖ; 
wrestle in (aplace) so hard and _ bushy (and rough)? 
00; εἶπε, ὃ χαταπεσών, ἀνιάσεται τι 
— but (he), said-he, who having-fallen, will-be-distressed some (what) 
μᾶλλόν. Δὲ παῖδες μὲν, οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν 
the-more. And boys indeed, the most (of them) — 


αἰχμαλώτων, ἠγωνίζοντο στάδιον, 
(from those) taken-prisoners, contended (in the) stadium 


δὲ δόλιχον πλείους ἢ 


(or short course), and (in the) dolichon (orlong course) more than 


ἑξήχοντα Κρῆτες ἔϑεον, δὲ ἕτεροι σιάλην 
sixty Cretans ran, and others (contended in) wrestling 
καὶ πυγμὴν καὶ mnayxpdtiov. Καὶ ἐγένετο 
and boxing and (the) pancratium. And it-was (a) 
καλὴ θέα᾽ γὰρ πολλοὶ κατέδησαν, 
fine sight; | for many went-down, | sntered the lists,] 
\ σ ~ ς 7, 7 >. Ὁ 
Xl, ATE τῶν ἑταιρῶν θεωμένω; " ἐγίγνετο 
and, as — (their) companions were-looking-on, there-was 
“πολλὴ pirovexia. Δὲ καὶ ἵπποι ἔϑεον" καὶ 
much emulation. And also horses ran ; and 
ἔδει αὐτούς, ἐλάσαντας κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς, 
it-was-necessary for-them, having-galloped along-down tbe steep, 
3 la ~ 
ἀναστρέψαντας ἐν τῇ Oadatin, πάλιν 
fand) having-turned-round in the sea, aguin 
ἄγεν ἄνω πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν. Καὶ μὲν 
to-lead-back upwards to the altar. Ane indeed (going! 





BOOK IV.-—CHAPTER VIII. 817 


χάτω OL πολλοὶ ἐχυλινδοῦτο" δ᾽ 
downwards — many (οὗ the horses) rolled (down); but 
ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρϑιον, οἵ 
(going) upwards against the exceedingly steep (ground), the 
ἵπποι μόλις ἐπορεύοντο βάδην" ἔνα 
horses scarcely proceeded step-by-step (walking) ; then 
ἐγίγνετο πολλὴ xpavyn, καὶ γέλως, καὶ παρυχέ- 
there-was much shouting, and laughter, and cheer- 
λευσις αὐτῶν. 
ing from-them. 


818 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 


BOOK V. 


CHAPTER I. 


Ὅσα μὲν δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπραξαν ἐν τῇ 
Wuat indeed — _ the Greeks did in the 


ἀναθάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου, καὶ ὅσα 
march-upwards, in — (that, namely,) with Cyrus, and what/(they did) 


ἐν TH πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρι ἐπὶ θάλατταν 
in the journey, “-- (that, namely,) just to (the) sea 
σὴν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ Εὐξείνῳ, ᾿καὶ 
jthe in the Pontus Exinus, [namely, the Euxine Sea,] and 


ὡς ἀφίχοντο εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα “Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, 
how they-arrived at Trebisond (a) Greek city, 


xal ὧς ἀπέϑυσαν ἃ εὔξαντο θύσειν 
and how they-offered-the-sacrifice which they-had-vowed to-sacrifice ‘for 


σωτήρια, ἔνϑα πρῶτον ἀφίχοιντο eis φιλίαν 
[their) ‘safety, when first they-should-arrive at (a) friendly 
iv δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ. 


country, (all this) has-been-declared in the preceding discourse. 


Ἔχ τούτο δὲ EvveaSdvtes ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ 
Upon this indeed coming-together they-deliberated concerning 
TIS λοισῆς πορείας." δὲ ᾿Αντιλέων 


the remaining (partof the) journey; and Antileon (the) 


Godping ἀνέστη πρῶτος, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. Ἐγὼ μὲν 


stood-up first, and spoke thus: I indeed 
τοίνυν, ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ἀπείρηχα 
therefore, said-he, 0 men, have-'become now ‘tired 


Evoxevalouevos, καὶ βαδίζων, καὶ τρέχων, χαὶ 


packing-up, walking, and running, and 


1 ae 





BOOK V. — CHAPTER I. 319 


φέρων τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἰών ἐν τάξει, καὶ 
jarrying — (my) arms, and going(drawn-up)in order, and 
φυλάττων pvaAaxas, καὶ μαχόμενος" 
| guarding guard, [standing guard,] and fighting ; 
ἐπιῶυμω ἤδη δὲ, ἐπεὶ ἔχομεν θάλατταν, 
I- desire now indeed, since we-have (attained the) sea, 


παυσάμενος τούτων τῶν πόνων, πλεῖν τὸ 
having-rested from-these — (our) toils, to-sail the 


λοιτὸν, καὶ ἐχταϑεὶς, ὥςπερ ᾿Οδυσσεύς, 
remainder (of the way), and _ stretched-out, like Ulysses, 


χαϑεύδων ἀφιχέσθϑαι εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα. Οἱ στ 


sleeping to-arrive in Greece. The sol- 


TOTAL ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἀνεϑορύθησαν 

diers hearing these (things) loudly-applauded (him) 

ὡς λέγοι εὖ καὶ ἄλλος ἔλεγε ταὐτὰ, 

as (one who) spoke well; and another said these (same 
καὶ πάντες ob παρόντες. 

things), and all — (those) being-present (said the same). 

Ἔπειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἀνέστη καὶ εἶπεν ὧδε" 


Then indeed eens ‘ rose-up and spoke thus: 


2 ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίδιος ἔστιν φίλος μοι, 


men, Anaxibius J is (a) friend “atte [is my friend,] 


δ καὶ τυγχάνει ναυαρχῶν. Ἢν οὖν πέμψητέ ε 
and also happened-to-be commanding-a-fleet. If therefore you-will-send 


με, οἴομαι ἂν ἔλϑεῖν ἔχων χαὶ τριήρεις καὶ 
me, I-think ---ὋοὶἝὀ to-come (back) having both galleys and 
πλοῖα τὰ ἄξοντα ἡμᾶς" 


transports | (for) the (hereafter) carrying us; [to transport us home;] 


δὲ ὑμεῖς, εἴπερ βούλεσϑε πλεῖν, περιμένετε, ἔστ᾽ 


and γοῦ, sniet you-desire to-sail, stay-here, until 

3 ‘ 

ἐγὼ ἂν ἔλθω" ἥξω δὲ ταχέως. Οἱ 
may come (back); I-will-come indeed speedily. The 


στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες Tabta 6Θ FoSnody τε 
soldiers hearing these (things) were-delighted — 


καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο αὐτὸν πλεῖν ὡς τάχιστα. 
and voted (for) him to-sail as speedily-as-possible. 


820 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 
Meta τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν 
After this (one) Xenophon stood-up and spoke 
ὧδε" Χειρίσοφος μὲν δὴ στέλλεται ἐπὶ πλοῖα, 


thus: Cheirisophus indeed — is-sent after ships, 


Wee ~ 3 ~ σ ἣν "ν * 
δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀναμενοῦμεν. Ὅσα οὖν doxet μοι εἶναι 


and we will-remain-here. What therefore it-seems to-me _to-be 
καιρὸς ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ μονῇ, ταῦτα ἐρῶ. 

proper to-do in — (our) _ stay, that I-will-tell (you). 
Τιρῶτον μὲν δεῖ ᾿ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πορίζεσθαι 
First indeed it-is-necessary — (for) provisions to-be-procured 
5 - , ‘ ΕΣ ¥ ς , 
EX τῆς πολεμίας" yap ἔστιν οὔτε ἱκανή 
from the enemy ; for there-is neither (a) sufficiently-abundant 
3 \ ¥ 3 , 3 , 

ἀγορὰ, οὔτε εὐπορία ὠνησόμεϑα 
market, nor (have we the) means (with which) we-shall-buy 


ὅτου, εἰ μὴ τισίν ὀλίγοις" ἣ χώρα δὲ 


anything, unless some few; the country indeed (around us is) 
πολεμία" οὖν κίνδυνος πολλοὺς 
hostile (to us); therefore (there is) danger (that) many 
ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἦν πορεύησϑε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
may-perish, if you-proceed-out for -- provisions 
ἀμελῶς te καὶ ἀφυλάχτως. Αλλά δοχεῖ μοι 
carelessly -- and unguardedly. But it-seems to-me 
Aaubavew τὰ ἐπιτήδεια σὺν προνομαῖς, 
(that we ought) _to-take — _ provisions with foraging-parties, 


δὲ μὴ πλανᾶσϑαι ἄλλως, ὡς σώζησϑε, 





and not to-wander-about at-random, in-order-that you-may-preserve (your ' 
ΜΝ 2 $ 
δ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τούτων. 
lives), and (that) we (your officers) should-regulate these (things) 
3 ~ ; 
ἜἜδοξε ταῦτα. ἜΤΙ 
It d-well (respecting) these (things, and they were adopted), And-now q 
φοίνυν ἀχούσατε καὶ τάδε. Tap τινες ὑμῶν © 
therefore listen also __ to-this. For-as some of-you 
ἐχπορεύσονται ἐπὶ λείαν" οἴομαι οὖν εἶναι — 
will-proceed-out to plunder; I-think therefore (it) to-be — 


Aiea 4 εἰπεῖν ἡμῖν tov μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι, 
Bt to-tell us (of) the intending to-go-out, 





BOOK V — CHAPTER I. 321 


σ Ὁ 
δὲ χαὶ φράζειν ὅποι, ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν 
and also Hoa where (or in what direction), that even we-may-know 


TO πλῆϑος τῶν ἐξιόντων χαὶ τῶν μενόντων, 
the multitude of --- (those) going-out and of— (those) remaining, 
xat ἕξυμπαρασκευάζωμεν ἐάν τι δέῃ, 
and (that) we-may-prepare-together if anything should-be-required, 
χἂν ἢ καιρὸς βοηθῆσαι τισι, εἰδῶμεν 
and-if there-be occasion (that we) may-help any, (and) know 
σ , ~ ‘ 5 ἢ ἷ ~ 3 

O7tOL δεήσει βογϑεῖν, XL ξἕὰν τις τῶν ATLEI- 
where it-will-be-necessary to-help, and if any-oneof-the more- 


ἕρων ἐγχειρῇ ποι, ξυμδουλεύω- 


‘ 
inexperienced may-undertake (anything) anywhere, we-may-consult-to- 


μεν πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι THY δύναμιν ἐφ᾽ 
gether endeavouring to-know the βίγθηρίῃ (of the enemy) against 
οὗς ἂν ἴωσι. Καὶ ταῦτα ἔδοξε. 


whom ‘they may ‘go. And these (things) seemed-good, (and 


Δὲ καὶ ἐννοεῖτε τόδε, ἔφη. 
were agreed to), And also consider this, said-he. (There is) 


Σχολὴ τοῖς πολεμίοις ληΐζεσθαι, χαὶ δικαίως 


leisure to-the enemy to-rob (us), and justly 


ἐπιθουλεύουσιν ἡμῖν, yap ἔχομεν τὰ ἐχείνων" 
do-they-conspire-against us, |for we-have ἰδ (things) of-them; 


δ᾽ ὑπερχάϑην- 
[for we have their property ;] and (moreover). they-are-placed-on-heights- 


THA ἡμῶν. An δοχεὶ μοι δεῖν εἶναι φύλακας 
Ὶ 


above «8. Indeed it-seems to-me there-ought to-be sentinels 
᾿ περὶ TO στρατόπεδον" ἐὰν οὖν μερισϑέντες κατὰ 
round the camp; if therefore being-divided inte 





Ἐ μέρος φυλάττωμεν καὶ σκοπῶμεν, ἧττον ἂν οἱ 
we-guard and keep-a-look-out, the-less may — (our) 
chun δύναιντο θηρᾶ ἂν ἡμᾶς. Ἔτσι τοίνυν 
enemies be-able us (down). Moreover therefore 
ὁρᾶτε τάδε. Ei μὲν ἠπιστάμεϑα σαφῶς, ὅτι 
consider this. If indeed we-knew certainly, that 
Χειρίσοφος ἥξει ἄγων ixava πλοῖα, 


- Chto will-rome (back) bringing (a) sufficient (number of ) skies 


322 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ 


ἂν οὐδὲν ἔδει ὧν μέλλω λέγειν" δὲ νῦν 
‘there would ‘be πὸ ‘need of-what I-am-about to-say; ut now 


ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἄδηλον, δοχεὶ μοι πει- 

since this (is) uncertain, it-seems to-me (that we ought) to-en- 

ρᾶσϑαι συμπαρασχευάζειν πλοῖα xai αὐτόϑεν. 

deayour  to-provide-and-bring-together ships even here. 
ε 

Tap ἢν μὲν ἔλθῃ, ὑπαρχόντων 


For if indeed he-should-come (back with ships, vessels) being-provided 


ἐνθάδε, πλευσούμεϑα ἐν ἀφϑονωτέροις. 


here, we-shall-sail in (a) greater-abundance (of ships), 


"Kay δὲ un ἄγῃ, χρησόμεϑα τοὶς 

1 indeed he-‘should not ‘bring (any), we-will-make-use of — (those) 

ἐνθάδε. Ἐγὼ δὲ ὁρῶ πλοῖα πολλάκις παραπλέ- 

here. I indeed see vessels frequently sailing- 

ovta* εἶ οὖν αἰτησάμενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων 

by; if therefore we-should-be-asking from the-people-of-Trebisond 

‘ ~ / 

μαχρα πλοῖα. κατάγοιμεν 

| long ships, [ships of war,] we-might-bring-into-port (those vessels 
καὶ φυλάττοιμεν αὐτά παραλυόμενοι τὰ 

sailing by), and might-guard them | loosening the 


πηδάλια, ἕως ἱχανὰ ἂν 


rudders, {unshipping the rudders,] until (a) sufficient (number) may ~ 


EVNTOAL τὰ ἄξοντα, ἂν ἴσως 
-got (for) the ‘carrying (of us) ‘hereafter, ‘we may probably 
οὐχ ἀπορήσαιμεν κομιδῆς οἵας δεόμεϑα. Kal 
not *have-failed ‘of (a) ‘conveyance such-as we-seek. And 
ταῦτα ἔδοξε. Ἐννοήσατε δ᾽, ἔφη, 
these (suggestions) were-approved. Think also, said-he, 
εἶ εἰχὸς καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ, 
if (it will not be) proper even to-support from the common (stock), 
οὗς ἂν χατάγωμεν, ὅσον χρόνον ἂν 
those-whom ‘we ΤΥ  ‘briug-in, so-long (a) time ‘as ‘they may 
μένωσι ἕνεχεν ἡμῶν, xal ξυνϑέσθϑαι 
‘remain on-account of-us, and to-make-an-agreement (with them 
ναῦλον, ὅπως ὠφελοῦντες 
about the) passage-money, so-that benefitting (us) they-(may 


ῇ 
3 





BOOK V.—CHAPTER I. 828 
καὶ ὠφελῶνται. Καὶ ταῦτα ἔδοξε. 
also *benefit (themselves). And these (things) seemed-good. 
Aoxet μοι ποίνυν, ἔφη, ἢν ἄρα καὶ ταῦτα 
It-seems to-me therefore, said-he, if perhaps even these (things) 

μὴ ἐχπεραίνηται, ὥςτε πλοῖα ἀρχεῖν, 
‘do not ‘result, so-that vessels he-sufficient (for us), 
ἐντείλασϑαι ταὶς πόλεσιν οἰχουμέναις παρὰ 
‘ii is) to-be-enjoined to-the cities situated along (the) 
θάλατταν ὁδοποιεῖν tag ὁδοὺς, ἃς ἀχούομεν εἶναι 
sea to-repair the roads, which we-hear to-be 
δυςπόρους * γὰρ πείσονται, χαὶ διὰ τὸ 
difficult-to-pass-through ; for they-will-obey, both|through the 
φοθεῖσϑαι, χαὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι 
to-fear, [through fear,] and through the to-desire [and through 
ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἡμῶν. 
the desire] to-get-rid of-us. 
Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀνέχραγον, ὡς δέοι οὐ 
Then indeed they-exclaimed, that there-ought not 
ὁδοιπορεῖν. Δὲ ὁ ὡς ἔγνω τὴν 
to-be-travelling-by-land. But -- (Xenophon) 885 he-perceived the 
3 ’ 3 ~ 535 4 > 
ἀφροσύνην αὐτῶν, οὐδέν μὲν ἐπε- 
want-of-reason of-them, ‘put nothing indeed (respecting roads) ‘to- 
ψήφισε, δὲ ἔπεισε τὰς πόλεις, ὁδοποιεῖν 
vote, but he-persuaded the towns to-make-the-roads 
᾿ ἐχούσας, λέγων ὅτι θᾶττον ἀπαλλάξον- 
of-their-own-free-will, saying that the-more-speedily they-would-be- 
Ἃ ς ε , [4 » 
Ε ται, ἦν ai ὃδοί γένωνται εὔποροι. 
1 freed-from (the Greeks), if the roads became passable. 
. Δέ καὶ ἔλαθον πεντηχόντορον παρὰ τῶν Τραπε- 
And also they-obtained (a) fifty-oared-galley from the _ people-cf- 
ζουντίων, ἧ ἐπέστησαν Δέξιππον Λάχωνα 
Trebisond, over-which they-placed Dexippus (a) Lacedzemonian 





᾿ περίοιχον. Οὗτος, ἀμελήσας τοῦ ζυλλέγειν 
provincial. This (person), having-neglected (the) to-collect 
πλοῖα, ἀποδρὰς Gyeto ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, ἔχων 


_ vessels, having-fled he-departed out of-the (Euxine) Sea, having 


824 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τὴν ναῦν. Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἔπαϑε 
the vessel, This (person) indeed therefore afterwards suffered 
/ \ > ld . 
δίχαια" γὰρ ἐν Opdxn παρὰ 
just (punishment); for in Thrace at (the court of) 


ld ~ 5 / ς ‘ 
Σεύϑῃ; Bp Αυραγ μονῶν Tl, ἀπέϑανεν υπὸ 
Seuthes, meddling-with something, he-died by (the 


Nixavdpov τοῦ Λάχωνος. Δὲ καὶ 
hands of ) Nicander the Lacedemonian. And (the Greeks) also 


ἔλαθον τριαχόντορον, ἣ Πολυχράτης 
received (a) thirty-oared-galley, over-which Polycrates (the) 


ASnvaios ἐπεστάϑη, ὃς χατῆγε πλοῖα ὁπόσα 


Athenian was-placed, who brought-in (the) vessels as-many-as 


λαμθάνοι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ 
he-could-capture (to the shore) before the camp. And 


μὲν ἐἑξαιρούμενοι τὰ ἀγώγιμα, εἰ ἦγον τι, 
indeed takiag-out the cargoes, if they-brought any, 
δ' ~ 
χαϑίστασαν φύλακας, ὅπως εἴη σῶα, 
they-'placed guards ‘over (them), so-that they-might-be _ safe, 


δὲ χρήσαιντο τοὶς πλοίοις εἰς παραγωγήν. 


and they-used the vessels for (their) conveyance, 


Ἔν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, οἱ “EAAnves- 
During (the time) that — these (things) were, the Greeks 
ἐξήεσαν ἐπὶ λείαν" καὶ μὲν ot ἐλάμθανον, 
went-out after plunder; and indeed — (some) took (plunder), 
δὲ χαὶ ob οὔ. Δὲ Κλεαίνετος ἐξαγαγὼν 
but also — (others did) not. But Clezenetus leading-out 
καὶ σὸν λόχον ἑαυτοῦ xai ἄλλον πρὸς 
both the company of-himself and another (one) against (a) 


χαλεπὸν χωρίον, te αὐτός anéSave καὶ πολλοὶ 


diflicult place, not-only himself _ lost-his-life, but-aiso many 
ἄλλοι τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ. 


others of — (those) with him. 


ΜΟΥ Υ ἀρὴν 


Φ9 
bo 
or 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER II. 


CHAPTER II. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν οὐχέτι Aaubaverv τὰ ἐπι: 
WHEN indeed it-was no-longer (possible) —_to-take — ~=—~pro~ 


τήδεια, ὥςτε ἀπαυϑημερίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
visions, so-as to-return-the-same-day to the camp, 
ἐχ τούτου Ξενοφῶν, λαθὼν ἡγεμόνας 
Jon this [then] Xenophon, having-taken (as) guides (some) 
-ῳ , 2-7 \ a ne 
τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, ἐξάγει τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ 
of-the people-of-Trebisond, led-out the half of-the 
στρατεύματος ες Δρίλας, δὲ τὸ ἥμισυ 
army against (the) Drile, but the (other) half 
κατέλιπε φυλάττειν τὸ στρατόπεδον. yap ot 
he-left to-guard the camp}; for the 
Κόλχοι ἅτε ἐχπεπτωχότες τῶν οἰκιῶν, ἦσαν 
Colchians as having-been-driven-out from — (their) houses, were 
ἀϑρόοι" σολλοὶ, καὶ ὑπερεκάϑηντο ἐπὶ 
collected-together (in) great (numbers), and were-posted on 
as » \ ς , 3 τ 
τῶν ἄχρων. Δὲ οἱ Τραπεζούντιοι οὐχ ἦγον 
the heights. But the people-of-Trebisond ‘did not ‘lead 
ὁπόϑεν μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἦν ῥάδιον 
(them to places) whence -ος -- provisions were easy 
λαθεῖν" yo ἦσαν φίλοι αὐτοῖς" 
to-take ; for (the people inhabiting them) were friends to-themselves; 
δὲ προϑύμως ἦγον εἰς τοὺς Δρίλας, ὑφ᾽ ὧν 
but eagerly led (them) to the Drile, | from whom 
ἔπασχον κακῶς, εἰς χωρία τε 
they-suffered evil, [who had injured them,] into (a) country not-only 


"ἢ 
ὠρεινὰ, καὶ dvcbata, χαὶὺ πολεμικωτάτους 
mountainous, but-also difficult-of-access,and (among) _ the-most-warlike 


dySpdmovs τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. 

people οὗ — (those) on the Pontus (Euxinus). 
᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἦσαν ἄνω ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, 
When indeed the Greeks were up in the country, 


826 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ ~ os - 
ὅποῖω τῶν χωρίον ἐδόχει τοῖς Ἁρίλαις εἶναι 
‘such of-the places ‘as it-seemed to-the rilee to-be 
5 4 
ἁλώσιμα, ἐμσισιράντες ἀπήεσαν" καὶ 
easy-to-be-taken, having-set-fire (to such places) they-retreated; and 
\ A ~ 
ἦν οὐδὲν λαμθάνειν, εἰ μὴ ὗς, ἢ βοῦς, ἢ τι 


,there-was nothing to-take, unless swine, or oxen, or any 
~ Ἐς. τ a 

ἄλλο κτῆνος διαπεφευγός τὸ mip. Δὲ ἦν ev 

other cattle haying-escaped-from the fire. | Butthere-was one 

χωρίον μητρόπολις αὐτῶν" 

place (the) metropolis of-them; [but there was one place that 


εἰς τοῦτο πάντες ξυμεῤῥείκεσαις 
ο 


was their metropolis;] to this all cked-together, 
Δὲ περὶ τοῦτο ἦν ἰσχυρῶς ϑαϑεῖα 
And _ round this (place) there-was (an) exceedingly deep 
χαράδρα, καὶ πρόσοδοι πρὸς τὸ χωρίον 

ravine, and (the) accesses to the country (were) 
χαλεπαὶ. Οἱ πελτασταὶ dé, προδραμόντες τῶν 
difficult. The _ targeteers however, having-run-before the 
ὁπλιτῶν πέντε ἢ ἕξ στάδια, διαθάντες τὴν 


heavy-armed-men five or six stadia, having-crossed the 
χαράδραν, ὁρῶντες πολλὰ πρόθατα καὶ ἄλλα 
ravine, (and) seeing many sheep and other 
χρήματα mpocsébarrov πρὸς τὸ χωρίον" δὲ καὶ 
things, made-an-attack on the place ; and also 
πολλοί δορυφόροι, ot ἐξωρμημένοι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπι- 
many spear-men, —(those) having-gone-out for — _  pro- 
σήδεια, ξυνείποντο" ὥςτε ob διαθάντες 

visions followed-with (them); so-that — (those) crossing (the 


5 Ig , ἋἊ , 5 , 

EVEVOVTO πλείους ἢ διςχιλίους ἀνϑρώπους. 
ravine) happened-to-be more than two-thousand men, 
Δὲ ἐπεὶ μαχόμενοι οὐχ ἐδύναντο Aabeir 
But when fighting they-'were not table to-take 
4 / \ ‘ is 3 - , 
TO χωρίον (yap χαὶ ἦν εὐρεῖα τἀῷρος 
the __ place (for also there-was (a) broad trench, (it) 
ἀναθεθλημένη περὶ αὐτὸ, καὶ ἐπὶ 
having-been-thrown-up around this (place), and (there-were) on 


a 


BOOK V.—CHAPTER II. 827 


τῆς ἀναδολῆς σκόλοπες, καὶ ξύλιναι τύρσεις 


the rampart palisades, and (also) wooden towers 


πυχναὶ πεποιημέναι), δὴ ἐἔπε- 


slose-together having-been-made) (on the mound or rampart), indeed they- 
χείρου ἀπιέναι" δὲ οἱ ἐπέχειντο αὐτοῖς. 
attempted: to-depart; but the (Drile) pressed-upon them. 


Δὲ ὡς οὐχ ἐδύναντο ἀποτρέχειν 
But (the Greeks), as they-'were not ‘able to-retreat 


(yap 7 nN xatabacis ἐχ τοῦ χωρίου εἰς τὴν χαράδραν 


(for _ the passage-down from the place to the ravine 
ἣν ἐφ᾽ é νὸς ) ἢ πέμσιουσ t ss Be VOPOVT a, ὃς 
was for one) (only), sent Xenophon, who 
ἡγεῖτο τοῖς ὁπλίταις. A’ ὃ ἐλϑὼν 
led the heavy-armed-men. And _ the (messenger) having-gone 
λέγει, ὅτι χωρίον ἔστι μεστόν πολλὼν 
said, that (the) place is full of-many 


χρημάτων" οὔτε δυνάμεθα Aabetv τοῦτο" 
things ; nor were-we-able to-take this (place): 
»¥ 3 - ’ὔ 
γὰρ ἐστιν ἰσχυρὸν" οὔτε ἀπελϑεῖν ῥᾷδιον" γὰρ 
for it-is strong ; or to-retreat easily ; for 
ἐπεξεληλυϑότες μάχονται, καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος 
(the enemy) having-marched-out fight (us), and the way-from 
αλεπή. 
(it is) difficult. 
᾿Αχούσας ταῦτα ᾿ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, προςαγαγὼν 
Having-heard these (things) — Xenophon, leading-forward 
πρὸς THY χαράδραν, ἐχέλευσε μὲν τοὺς 
(his men) ἴο the ravine, ordered ΒΕ: tho 
ὁπλίτας θέσϑαι τὰ ὅπλα: αὐτὸς δὲ, 
heayy-armed-men to-stand — (under) arms; he indeed, 


διαθὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς, ἐσχοτίεῖτο πότερον 


having- crossed-over with the captains, ἡ considered whether * 


: εἴν) χρεῖττον ἀπάγειν χαὶ τοὺς 


it-might-be better to-lead-back also --- (those) ‘having (already) 
᾿ διαδεύηχότας, ἢ καὶ διαδιθάζειν τοὺς ἅὅπλίτας, 


_ erossed-over, or even to-lead-over the heavy-armed-men, 
᾿ 


828 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ ς 

ὥς ἂν tod χωρίου ἁλόντος. Tap ἐδόχει ιιὲν 
as -- (hoping) the place being-taken. For it-seemed indeed 
TO ἀπάγειν οὐχ εἶναι ἄνευ πολλῶν 
(the) to-‘lead (the men) *back ποῦ to-be (possible) without many 
νεχρῶν, δ᾽ ἂν οἱ λοχαγοὶ xaL GQ@ovtTo λεϊν 
dead, [πὰ — the captains even were-of-opinion to-take 
TO χωρίον. 


the place [and the captains were of the opinion that the place could 


Kai ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ξυνεχώρησε, πιστεύσας 
be taken]. And — Xenophon yielded, having-confided 


τοῖς ἱεροῖς" γὰρ οἱ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἢ ἤσαν, 
in-the sacrifices; for the augurs had-shown, 


ὅτι μὲν ἔσται μάχη, δὲ TO τέλος τῆς 
that indeed there-would-be (a) battle, and (that) the termination of-the 
ἐξόδου καλὸν. Καὶ μὲν ἔπεμπε τοὺς 
excursion (would be) favourable. And — he-sent the 


λοχαγοὺς διαδιδάσοντας τοὺς 


captains | being-about-bringing-over [to bring over] the 


ὁπλίτας, δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἔμενεν ἀναχωρίσας ἄπαντας 
heavy-armed-men, but he-himself remained having-kept-back all 


τοὺς πελταστάς, xal εἴα οὐδένα axpobo- 
the targeteers, and allowed none (of them) to-skir- 
λίζεσϑαι. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ οἱ ὁπλῖται ἥἧχον, 
mish (with the enemy). When indeed the heavy-armed-men came, 


ἐχέλευσε ἕχαστον τῶν λοχαγῶν ποιῆσαι τὸν 
he-ordered each of-the captains to-form — (his) 


λόχον ὡς ἂν οἴηται κράτιστα ἀγωνιεῖσθαι" 
company as ‘he might = ‘think the-best to-fight (with); 


‘yap οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἦσαν πλησίον ἀλλήλων, οἱ 


for the captains were near to-one-another, who 


πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἀντεποιοῦντο . ἀλλήλοις περὶ 
at-all -- times contended with-one-another about 
ἀνδραγαϑίας. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐποίουν ταῦτα" 

deeds-of-valour. And —(they)indeed = did these (things); 


δ᾽ ὃ παρήγγειλε πᾶσι τοὶς πελτασταῖς ἰέναι 
and — he-ordered the targeteers 54 


ee --- 


es νὰ ia 





BOOK V.— CHAPTER II. 829 


δογγκυλωμένους, ὡς δεῆσον axorriferr 


holding-their-javelins-by-the-thong, as it-would-be-necessary to-hurl 


ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, χαὶ ποὺς τοξότας ἐπιθε- 
whenever he-might-give-the-signal, and the archers to-have- 
θλῆσθϑαι ἐπὶ ταὶς νευραὶς, ὡς δεῆσον 
placed (the arrows) on the string, as it-would-be-necessary 
τοξεύειν ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας 
to-shoot whenever he-might-give-the-signal, and the light-armed 

ἔχειν τὰς διφθέρας μεστὰς λίϑων᾽ 
(slingers) to-have --- (their) bags-made-of-skins full of-stones ; 


χαὶ ἔπεμψε τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους τούτων 
and he-sent «--- (those) fit to-"have these (things) 


5 ~ 3 \ A / ’ 
ἐπιμεληϑῆναι. “Enel δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύαστο. 
*taken-care-of. When indeed all had-been-prepared, 

ς 

καὶ ob λοχαγοὶ καὶ ob ὑπολοχαγοὶ, καὶ οἵ 
and the captains and the lieutenants, and — (those) 
ἀξιοῦντες μὴ εἶναι χείρους τούτων, πάντες 
esteeming (themselves) not to-be inferior (to) these, all 
παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, xai μὲν δὴ ξυνεώρων 
were-drawn-up-in-order, and indeed truly they-beheld 
ἀλλήλους" (γὰρ ἡ τάξις διὰ 
one-another ; (for the order (in which they were drawn up), from 
TO χωρίον ἦν μηνοειδὴς) “Enel δ᾽ 
(the nature of) the place, was (a) crescent). When indeed 


ἐπαιάνισαν, καὶ n σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο, 
they-had-sung-the-pean, and _ the trumpet had-sounded, 


ἅμα τε ἠλάλαξαν τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ, xal 
at-the-same-time also they-raised-the-war-cry to — Enyalius, and 
οἱ ὁπλῖται ἔϑεον δρόμῳ" χαὶ τὰ 
the heavy-armed-men ran, (as) ‘in (a) ‘race, (fast); and the 
βέλη ἐφέρετο ὁμοῦ λόγχαι, τοξεύματα 
missiles were-thrown together, (namely,) lances, arrows, 


σφενδόναι, δὲ πλεῖστοι λίϑοι ἐκ τῶν 


balls-and-stones-from-slings, and many stones from the 


᾿ πειρῶν" δὲ ἦσαν οἱ χαὶ προςέφερον πῦρ. 
: 3 fire 


and there-were (some) who even threw 
23% 


830 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ε ᾿ ᾿ -“ - 
Ὑπὸ δὲ MAESOVS τῶ: βελῶν 
(at the place). On-account therefore ‘of (the) ‘multitude of-the missiles 


of πολέμιοι ἔλιπον τε τὼ σταυρώματα καὶ τὰς 


the enemy deserted not-only the palisades but-also the 
σύρσεις᾽ ὥςτε ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος καὶ Φι- 
towers ; so-that - Agasias (the) Stymphalian and Phi- 
Adkevos ἸΠελληνεύς, καταϑέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα 
loxenus (the)  Pellenian, having-put-down — (their) arms, 
ἀνεθήσαν ἐν χιτῶνι μόνον, καὶ ἄλλος 
mounted (the rampart) in (their) tunics only, and one 


elAxe ἄλλον, xal ἄλλος ἀναθεθήχει, χαὶ, ὡς 
drew-up another, and another climbed-up, and, as 
ἐδόχει, TO χωρίον ἡλώχει. Kai μὲν οἱ πελτασταὶ 
it-appears the place was-taken. And — the targeteers 
χαὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ εἰςδραλόντες ἥρπαζον 6 τι ἕχαστος 
and the light-armed-men running-in took whatever each-one 
ἐδύνατο ὃ Ἐενοφῶν δὲ στὰς χατὰ τὰς πύλας 
could ; — Xenophon indeed standing at the gates 
κατεχώλευε ἔξω ὁπόσους ἐδύνατοτῶν ὁπλιτῶν᾽ 
detained without as-many-as he-could of-the heavy-armed-men}; 
ἄλλοι πολέμιοι ἐφαίνοντο Eni τισὶν ioYUPOIS 
for other enemies appeared on some strong 
ἄχροις. Μεταξὺ δὲ οὐ πολλοῦ χρόνου 
heights. In-the-mean-while, indeed no long time 
γενομένου ἐγίγνετο τε κραυγή ἔνδον, χαὶ ot 
aving-occurred, there-was — (a) noise within, and _ the 
ἔφευγον οἵ μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες ἃ ἔλαθον, 
(men) fled, —(some)indeed even having whatthey-had-taken, 
'᾿σάχα δὲ τις καὶ τετρωμένος" καὶ ἦν πολὺς 
presently also some even wounded ; and there-was much 
ὠϑισμὸς ἀμφὶ τὰ θύρετρα. Καὶ οὗ 
crowding-and-pressing about the gates. And — (these) 
> , 3 [4 » σ » ᾿ 
EXTUMTOVTES ἐρωτώμενοι ἕλεγον, OTL ἄχρα τέ 
rushing-out being-questioned said, that (a) citadel indeed 


- 


᾿ 
3 
. 
- 
4 
ν 
‘ 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER DN. 331 


" 8. 9 

ἐστιν ἔνδον, καὶ πολλοί οἱ πολέμιοι, οἱ ἐχδεδρα- 
is within, and many (of)the enemy, who - sallying- 

μηκότες, παίουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἔνδον. 

forth, fell-on the men within, 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐχέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν χήρυχα 
Then (Xenophon) ordered Tolmides the crier 
ἀνειπεῖν TOV βουλόμενόν λαμθάνεν τι 
to-proclaim (that) — (those) desiring to-take anything 


ἰέναι εἴσω. Kat πολλοὶ ἵεντο εἴσω, καὶ ot 
might-go within. And many rushed within, and — (those) 


ὠθούμενοι εἴσω νικῶσι τοὺς ἐχπίσιτοντας, 
pushing (to get) within overcome — (those) pressing-out, 


χαὶ πάλιν χατακλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς 
and ‘they again ‘shut-up the enemy in 


τὴν ἄχραν. Kai μὲν πάντα ἔξω τῆς ἄχρας 
the citadel. And indeed all (things) without the citadel 
δοιρπάσϑη, καὶ ot “Ἕλληνες ἐξεχομίσαντο" 
were-seized, and the Greeks ‘earried (them) ‘out; 
δὲ of ὁπλῖται ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα, OF μὲν 
and the heavy-armed-men stood. —(under) arms, --- (some) indeed 
\ \ , \ ¢ ‘ ‘ eds 
περὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, δὲ οἵ KATH τὴν ὁδὸν 
about the palisades, and —(others) along the road 
Thy φέρουσαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν. Ὁ Hevo- 
— (that, namely,) leading to the citadel. — Xeno- 
gov δὲ χαὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐσκόπουν, εἶ εἴη 
phon indeed and the captains began-to-consider, if it-might-be 
τ᾿ πῇ ‘ » \ > ¢ 
οἱόν τε λαθεῖν τὴν ἄχραν" yap ἦν οὕτω 
- possible to-take the citadel ; for (if) it-were 80 
‘. σωτηρία ἀσπαλής᾽ ἄλλως δὲ ἐδόχει 
Ἢ (their) safety (would be) sure ; otherwise indeed it-seemed 


π᾿ ἢ - 

εἶσι πάνυ χαλεπὸν ἀπελθεῖν. δὲ τὸ χωρίον 
_to-be extremely difficult to-retire ; and the place 
Ry τὰν 

ἔδοξε αὐτοὶς σκοπουμένοις εἶναι παντάπασιν 
seemed to-them (after) having-explored (it) to-be altogether 
ve 

ley τς 

ἀνάλωτον. Ἐνταῦθα παρεσκευάζοντο. τὴν 
ΟΠ wmpregnable, Then they-began-to-prepare (for) the 


332 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
ἄφοδον, χαὶ ἕχαστοι μὲν διήρουν» τοὺς 
retreat, and each (of the men) indeed pulled-up the 


ῥ ς 
σταυροὺς τοὺς χαϑ αὑτοὺς, καὶ ἐξεπέμ: 
pelisades — (those namely) near themselves, and they-sent- 


ποντο τοὺς ἀχρείους καὶ ἔχοντας 
out (of the place) the useless (persons) and (those) having 


φορτία, καὶ τὸ πλῆϑος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν: δὲ οἵ 


burdens, also the multitude of-the heavy-armed-men; but the 
τ 

λοχαγοί κατέλισιον οἷς ἕχαστος 
captains left (remaining those) in-whom each 
ξπίστευεν. 
zonfided, 

"Exel δὲ ἤρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, πολλοί 

After indeed they-commenced to-retreat, many (of the enemyz) 
ἐπεξέϑεον ἔνδοθεν, ἔχοντες Eppa 


sallied-forth from-within (the citadel), having (Persian) shields 
\ 4 \ ~ " / ’ 
καὶ λόγχας, καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ Παφλαγονικά κράνη" 


and lances, and greaves and Paphlagonian helmets ; 


χαὶ ἄλλοι ἀνέθαινον ἐπὶ τὰς οἰχίας τὰς 


and _ others went-up on the houses — (namely those) 
ἔνϑεν καὶ ἔνθεν τῆς ὁδοῦ φερούσης εἰς 
on-this-side and (those) on-that-side of-the way leading to 
τὴν axpav. “Ὥςτε ἦν οὐδὲ ἀσφαλὲς διώχειν 

the citadel. So-that it-was not-even safe to-pursue (them) 
χατὰ τὰς πύλας τὰς φερούσας εἷς τὴν 
ἴο the gates — (those namely) leading to the 
dxpav. Kai yap ἐπεῤῥίπτουν ἄνωθεν μεγάλα 
citadel. And indeed  they-threw-on (them) from-aboye large 


ξύλα, Oste ἦν καὶ χαλεπὸν μένειν καὶ 
(logs of ) wood, so-that it-was both dangerous to-remain and 
ἀπιέναι" καὶ n νὺξ ἐπιοῦσα ἦν gobepa. Δὲ 
to-retreat ; and the night coming-on it-was dreadful. But 
αὐτῶν μαχομένων καὶ ἀπορουμένων TIC θεῶν 
-hey fighting and perplexed _some-one ‘of (the) ‘gods 


δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν σωτηρίας. Tap ἐξαπίνης 
rave them (the) means of-safety. For suddenly 


a 
5 . ϊ 
ΜΝ μ.:. δ i 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER It. 833 


oixia τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἀνέλαμψεν, ὅτου 
(a) house of —(those) on (the) right having-burst-out-in-flames, whoever 


δὺ ἐνάψαντος. Ὥς δ᾽ αὕτη Evvé- 
truly (it may be) having-set-fire-to (it). As indeed this (house)  fell- 
TUNTEY, ἔφευγον ob ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν 
in, (the enemy) fled, —/(those namely) from the houses | 
ἐν δεξιᾷ. Ὡς δὲ ὃ Ἐενοφῶν ἔμαϑε τοῦτο 
on (the) right. As indeed — Xenophon learned this 
παρὰ τῆς τύχης, ἐχέλευε χαὶ ἐνάπτειν σὰς 


from -- fortune, he-crdered(them)also  to-set-fire (to) the 


> 4 3 > ~ a τ 
OLXLAG EV αριστ., ἐρᾷ, αἱ σαν ἕ ὑλιναι, ͵ 
houses οπ (the) left, which (as) they-were wooden, ‘were 


ὥςτε χαὶ ταχὺ éxaiovto. Οἱ ἔφευγον οὖν καὶ 


also even immediately ‘on-fire. —  They-fied therefore even 
8 , ~ 5. ae ε \ , 

ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν οἰχιῶν. Οἱ δὲ μόνοι 
from these — (same) houses. -— (Those) indeed alone 
χατὰ TO στόμα δὴ ἔτι ἐλύπουν, 


along the front (or direction of the army) ἐγ any-more annoyed 


xat ἦσαν δῆλοι ὅτι ἐπικείσονται ἐν τῇ 
(them), and it-was evident that they-would-fall-on(them)on — 


ἐξόδῳ τε καὶ καταθάσει. 

_ (their) departure and also (on their) descent (from the plain), 
Ἐνταῦθα παραγγέλλει φέρειν ξύλα, 
_ Then ‘he (Xenophon) ordered - (them) to-bring = wood, 
| ὅσοι ἐτύγχανον ὄντες ἔξω 

_ {mamely) ‘such (men) ‘as happened being without (the reach) 
σῶν βελῶν, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑαυτῶν χαὶ τῶν 








of-the missiles, into the middle (between) themselves and the 


πολεμίων. Δὲ ἐπεὲ ἦν ἤδη ἱχανὰ 
enemy. And when there-was now (a) sufficient (quantity) 
ν᾽ δὲ χαὶ ἐνῆπτον Tas οἰχίας 
(it) ‘on-fire; and also  they-set-fire-to the houses 
᾿ TO αὐτὸ χαράχωμα ὅπως οἱ πολέμιοι ἔχοιεν 
glong the very palisading,  so-that the enemy mighkt-have 
ἀμφὶ ταῦτα. Οὕτω μόλις 
minds occupied) about these (things), Thus _ with-difficuly 


834 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


5 ~ 9 A ~ ¢ , ~ 
ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ Tod χωρίου, ποιησάμενοι πῦρ 


they-departed from the place, having-made (a) fire 
3 ta ς - A ~ : / 

εν μεσῳ EQUTOV XAL τῶν πολεμίων. Και 
in (the) middle (between) themselves and the enemy. And 


~ ¢ ᾿ 
πᾶσα, N πόλις κατεχαύϑη, καὶ αἱ οἰκίαι, καὶ αἱ 
all the town was-burnt, and the houses, and ithe 


τύρσεις, καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, καὶ πάντα 
towers, and the palisading, and all (things) 


τἄλλα, πλὴν τῆς ἄχρας. 


else, except the citadel. 

Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ot “Ἕλληνες ἀπήεσαν, ἔχοντες 

And on-the next-day the Greeks departed, having 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐφοδοῦντο τὴν κατάθασιν 
-- provisions. But as they-feared the descent 
τὴν εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, (γὰρ ἦν πρανὴς 
— (namely that) to . Trebisond, (for it-was steep 
xal στενή,) ἐποιήσαντο ψευδενέδραν: Kai 
and _snarrow,) they-made (a) false-ambuscade. And (a) 
ἀνὴρ Mvods τὸ γένος, καὶ ἔχων τοῦτο τοὔνομα, 
man (a) Mysian — by-birth, and having this same-name 


λαθὼν déxa Κρητῶν, ἔμενεν ἐν λασίῳ 
(Mysus), taking ten Cretans, he-remained in (a) bushy 
χωρίῳ, xal προςεποιεῖτο πειρᾶσϑαι λανϑάνειν 
place, and did-as-if to-attempt to-conceal 
ποὺς πολεμίους" δ᾽ at πέλται αὐτῶν, 
(himself from) the enemy ; and the shields of-them, — 
οὖσαι yarxai, διεφαίνοντο 
being brass, ‘appeared = (glittering) ‘through (the bushes) 
ἄλλοτε χαὶ ἄλλοτε. Οὖν μὲν οἱ πολέμαιοι 
from-time «-- to-time. Therefore indeed the enemy 
διορῶντες ταῦτα ἐφοδοῦτο ὡς οὖσαν 2 
perceiving these (things) feared (it) as being (areal) © 
5S bt vege ᾿ τς , L 2 
ἐνέδραν" δὲ N στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ κατέθαινεν. — 
ambuscade; and the army during this (time) descended. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόχει τῷ Μυσῷ ἤδη. 
When ἱπάοροᾶ 1 ἃ to— Mysus (that the Greeks) now 







¥ 





BOOK V.—CHAPTER II. 885 


ς ς \ 3 ‘ ᾽ 3 5 
ὑπελγχγλυϑεναι ἱκανὸν, ἐσήμηνε φεύγειν ἀνὰ 
had-advanced sufficiently (far), he-gave-the-signal to-flee with 

t a 4.73 2 \ , ᾿ 
κράτος καὶ ὃς ἐξαναστὰς φεύγει, καὶ 
δὰ (their) ‘might; and who getting-up flees, as-also 
οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. Καὶ μὲν οἱ ἄλλοι Κρῆτες, 
— (those) with him. And indeed the other Cretans, 


3 / 3 ~ ¢ ~ A bd 
ἐχπεσόντες ex τῆς ὁδοῦ (yap ἔφασαν 
departing from the road (for they-said (that they) 


ἀλίτχεσϑαι τῷ δρόμῳ) ἐσώϑησαν κυλιν- 
were-getting-caught in-the — race) saved (themselves) roll- 


δούμενοι εἰς ὕλην κατὰ τὰς νάπας. Δὲ 
ing-down into (the) woods among the bushy-hollows. But 


ὁ Μυσὸς φεύγων κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, ἐθόα 
Mysus fleeing along the road, he-called-out (for them) 


βοηϑεῖν" καὶ ἐδοήϑησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀγέλαθον 
to-help (him); and  they-helped him, and ‘took 


τετρωμένον. Kai ot αὐτοὶ βοηϑήσαντες 
(him) ‘off wounded. And — those having-helped (him) 


ἀνεχώρουν ἐπὶ πόδα βαλλόμενοι, 
| retreated on foot [retreated slowly step by step] bving-thrown-ai 


nat τινες τῶν Κρητῶν ἀντιτοξεύοντες. 


(by theenemy), and some of-the Cretans *shot 
Οὕτως ἀφίχοντο ἐπὶ τὸ στφατόπεδον, 
(their) ‘arrows-in-return. Thus they-arrived δὲ the camp - 


πάντες ὄντες σῶοι. 


all being _— safe. 





836 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


CHAPTER III. 


ἣν 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Χειρίσοφος οὔτε ἧχεν, οὔτε ἦν 
Wuen indeed— Cheirisophus neither came, nor were-there 

< x 
ἱκανὰ πλοῖα, οὔτε ἦν ἔτι λαμθά- 
sufficient yessels, ΠΟΙ was-there any-more (any place where) to-pro- 


i) 3 , 557 τ 3 [4 4 
νεῖν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐδόχει εἶναι ἀπιτέον. Καὶ 
cure the provisions, it-seemed to-be necessary-to-depart. And 


μὲν évebibacar eis σὰ πλοῖα TE τούς 
indeed — they-'placed on ‘board the vessels not-only — (those) 


os ‘ c ‘ 
ἀσθενοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τετταράχοντα 
being-infirm, but-also — (those) above forty 
ἔτη, καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας, καὶ 
(years of ) age, and (the) children and women, and 
τῶν σχευῶν ὅσα ἦν μὴ ἀνάγκη ἔχειν" 
of-the baggage such-as it-was not necessary to-have (with them); 


καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ Lopaiverov τοὺς πρεσδυτάτους 
and Philesius and Sophenetus the oldest 


τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰςθιθάσαντες, ἐκέλευον ἐπι- 
of-the generals going-on-board, they-ordered (them) to- — 
μελεῖσθαι τούτων" δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο᾽ ἣ 
. take-charge of-them ; but the others marched-forth; the 












ὁδὸς δὲ ὡδοπεποιημένη ἦν. Kai πορευόμενα: 


road indeed having-been-made. And __ proceeding-fortnt 


dgixvodyvta. τριταῖοι εἰς Κερασοῦντα, “EAAnvida 
they-arrived (in) three-days at Cerasus, (a) Grecian 


“πόλιν ἐπι θαλάττῃ, ἄποιχον Σινωπέων, 
city on (the) sea (coast), (a) colony ‘of (the) ‘Sinopians, 
ἐν τῇ Κολχίδι χώρᾳ. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν δέχα 
in the Colchian country. Here they-remained ten — 
ἡμέρας" καὶ éyvyveto ἐξέτασις ἐν τοῖς 
lays; and there-was (a) review (of those)under — 


σ \ > i XY 3 la 3 ’ὔ 
ὅπλοις καὶ ἀριϑμός, καί EYEVOVTO ὀχτακις χίλιοι, 
arms and-also (an) enumeration, and  there-were eight-thousand 


BOOK V. — CHAPTER IIt.. 8857 


, ¢ , x 8 re αὶ 3 ~ 
χαὶ ἑξαχόσιοι.ςΌ Οὗτοι ἐσώθησαν ἐκ τῶν 
and. six-hundred. These were-saved out-of — (those at first) 


ἀμφὶ τοὺς μυρίους" δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο τε 
about --- ten-thousand; and the others had-been-destroyed not-only 


ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, καὶ χιόνος, καὶ εἴ, τις 
b7 the enemy, but-also (by the) . snow, and if any 
1000. 
by-sickness. 
~ 4 3 , 
Kai ἐνταῦϑα διαλαμθάνουσι τὸ ἀργύριον 
And here they-distribute the money 
: , 3 \ ~ 3 7 \ ‘ 
γενόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. Καὶ τὴν 
got from (the sale) of-the prisoners. And the 
δεχάτην, ἣν ἐξεῖλον ᾿Απόλλωνι 
tenth (part), which they-took-out (and set apart) for-Apollo 


καὶ τῇ ᾿Εφεσίᾳ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, οἱ στρατηγοί διέλα- 
and the Ephesian Diana, the generals took-among-them- 


Gov, ἕχαστος TO μέρος, φυλάττειν τοὶς 
selves, each-one --- (his) part, to-keep (it) for — (these) 


θεοῖς" δὲ Νέων ὃ ᾿Ασιναῖος Habe ἀντὶ 
gods; and Neon the Asineian took (the part) in-place 


Χειρισόφου. Ξενοφῶν οὖν ποιησάμενος 
οἵ- Cleirisophus Xenophon therefore having-made (and set aside 


ἀνάϑημα TO μὲν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος, 
out οὗ his partan) offering —(that) indeed for — Apolle, 


3 ’ 
ἀνατίϑησιν εἰς τὸν θησαυρόν τῶν ᾿Αϑηναίων 
>» deposits (it) in the treasury _ of-the Athenians 


ἐν Δελφοῖς, καὶ ἐπέγραψε TO τε ὄνομα αὑτοῦ 
in Delphis, and _he- ἀρλειδ (on 11) (9 — name of-himself 


᾿ χαὶ TO Προξένου, ὃς ἀπέϑανε σὺν Κλεάρχῳ" 
nd --- (that) of-Proxenus, who died with Clearchus ; 










γὰρ ἦν ξένος αὐτοῦ. Δὲ τὸ 
x  (Proxenus) was (the) guest-friend of-himself. But the (part) 


τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος τῆς ᾿Εφεσίας, ὅτε ἀπήει σὺν 


Diana of — Ephesus, when he-departed with 
= ᾿Αγησιλάῳ ἐχ τῆς ᾿Ασίας εἰς τὴν ὁδόν Βοιωτοὺς, 
ὶ us from --- Asia into the road (to) Beotia, 


338 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


καταλείπει παρὰ Μεγαδύζῳ τῷ νεωχόρῳ τῆς 
he-left with Megabyzus__ the warden of-the (temple) 


σ , 
᾿Αρτέμιδος, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐδόχει ἰέναι κινδυνεύσων, 
of- Diana, as he seemed __ to-go about-incurring-danger, 


καὶ ἐπέστειλεν, ἣν μὲν αὐτὸς OOS, ἀπο- 
and enjoined-on (him), if indeed he  should-be-saved, __te- 


δοῦναι αὐτῷ" δὲ ἣν πάϑῃ τι 
return (the money) to-himself; |but if he-suffered any-thing [bul 


ἀναϑεῖναι, ποιησάμενοι 
if he lost his life] to-dedicate (it), having-made (and set it apait) 


pe σ ἐς = 
τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι, 6 τι οἷοιτο χαριεῖσθαι τῇ 
for — Diana, whatever he-might-think to-be-agreeable to-the 


θεῷ. Δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἔφευγε αὐτοῦ 
goddess. But when — Xenophon was-in-banishment (and) he 


ἤδη κατοιχοῦντος ἐν Σχιλλοῦντι, οἰκισϑέντος παρὰ 


now dwelling in Scillus, having-been-settled near 
ε - 

τὴν ᾿Ολυμπίαν ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων, Μεγάθυζος 

τος Olympia by the Lacedzmonians, Megabyzus 

dpixvettas εἰς ᾿Ολυμπίαν θεωρήσων, 

came to Olympia | about-seeing-the-public-games, [for the 


καὶ ἀποδίδωσι 
purpose of being present at the Olympian games,] and he-returned 


Thy παραχαταϑήχην αὐτῷ. Δὲ Ξενοφῶν λαδών 


the deposit to-him. And Xenophon taking (it) 

3 ~ , “ἂν ~ σ ς la 

ὠνεϊται χωρίον τῇ θεῷ, ὅὕπου ὁ θεός 

buys (a) piece-of-land for-the goddess, where the god — 

ἀνεῖλε.. Δὲ ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς 

had-‘directed (him) *by-a-response, And ([80)͵ river Selinus — 
᾿ ἔτυχε ῥέων διὰ μέσου τοῦ - χωρίου. 


|happened running [ran] through (the) middle of -— (this) piece-of-land, 
Kai ἐν Ἐφέσῳ δὲ ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς napappel 


And ἢ Ephesus also (a) river Selinus runs-by 
παρὰ TOY νεὼν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος, καὶ δὲ ἐν ἀμφοτέροι 
along the temple of — Diana, and also in both a 


\ 







ἔνεισι ἰχϑύες καὶ χόγχαι" ἐν δὲ TO 
there-are fish and  shell-fish; in indeed — (this) piece-of- 


> 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER III. 889 


ἐν Σχιλλοῦτι xai θῆραι πάντων, 
in Scillus (there are) also hunts of-all (kind, espe- 
δ σι 3 \ 3 , \ ἢ 
ὁπόσα ἐστὶν ἀγρευόμενα θηρία. Δὲ καὶ 
cially of ) such-as are hunted wild-beasts. And also 
émoimse βωμὸν καὶ ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου, 
he-made (an) altar δηᾷ (8) temple with the sacred _ money, 
ἢ \ ty \ 9. ἢ , \ 
καὶ TO λοιπὸν δὲ ἀεὶ δεχατεύων τὰ 
and (for) the rest (of time) also always taking-the-tenth (of ) the 
ὡραῖα ἐχ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐποίει θυσίαν τῇ θεῷ" 


season’s (produce) from the land he-made (a) sacrifice to-the goddess; 


χαὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ ob πρόςχωροι ἄνδρες 


and all the citizens and the neighbouring men 
χαὶ yuvaixes μετεῖχον τῆς ἑορτῆς. 
and women participated (in) the festival (following the sacri- 
Δὲ ἡ θεὸς παρεῖχε τοῖς σχηνῶσιν 
five). And the goddess supplied |§ —(those who) might-be-encamped 
τ 
ἄλφιτα, ἄρτους, οἵνον. τραγήματα, καὶ 
(with) barley-meal, bread, wine, sweatmeats, and (a) 


λάχος τῶν θυομένων ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς νομῆς, καὶ 
share of-the victims from the sacred pastures, and 
TOV θερευομένων δὲς Tap xai te ot παῖδες 
of — (those) hunted also. For also not-only the sons 
Ἐξενοφῶντος ἐποιοῦντο θήραν εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν, 
οἵ. Xenophon made (8) hunt for the festival, 
Kal ob τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν ot ἄνδρες 
_ but-also— (those) of-the other citizens ; — (those) men 
δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ ξυνεϑήρων᾽" χαὶ ἡλίσ- 
, namely desiring (it) also hunted-with (them); and there-~ 
KETO τὰ μέν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 
 were-caught --- (partly) indeed from this the (same) sacred 
τ χώρου, δὲ χαὶ τὰ ἐχ τῆς Φολόης, σύες καὶ 
. 60, and also --- (partly) from — Pholoé, boars and 
δορχάδες xai ἔλαφοι. Δὲ 7 χώ 
_antelopes and deer. And (this sacred) piece-of-land 
ἔστιν ἢ πορεύονται ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς 
is (on the road) by-which they-go from Lacedemon ἴι 


340 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


᾿Ολυμσπίαν, ὡς εἴχοσι στάδιοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ Διὸς 


Olympia, about thirty stadia from the temple of-Jupiter 
ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ. Ἔνι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χώρᾳ 
in “Olympia.. There-are-within also in --- (this) sacred place 


χαὶ λειμὼν xai ἄλση xai ὄρη μεστά δένδρων, 
also meadows and groves and hills full οὗ trees, 


ixava τρέφειν xai σῦς xai αἶγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ 
adapted to-breeding as-well swine as goats and oxen and 


ae ὥςτε καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, τῶν ἰόντων 
the cattle, —(ofthose) going 


εἰς Pes See εὐωχεῖσθαι. Δὲ περὶ τὸν 
to the festival, are-well-supplied-with-food. And round the 


ναὸν αὑτὸν éputetSyn ἄλσος ἡμέρων see 
‘emple _itself is-planted (a) grove τὰν κα na : 













ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωχτὰ ὡραῖα. δὴ 6 
(bearing) ‘such (fruits) ‘as are eatable in-different-seasons. And the 
ναός εἴχασται τῷ ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ὡς μιχρος 
temple is-like ἴο --- (that) in Ephesus (in) as (far asa) small 
μεγάλῳ, χαὶ τὸ ξόανον 
(one may be compared) ‘with (a) ‘large (one), and the statue 
ἔοιχεν TO ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, ὡς XU 
is-like to — (that) in Ephesus, (in) as (much as) ‘one (being) ἕν: 
peso ὄντι vod. Καὶ στή 
(is like to one) being on BE And (a) nnn 


bois παρὰ τὴν ὅν ἔχουσα γράμμα i 

having (this) ὀ  inseription: 
ay ΧΟΡΟΣ. ἸΕΡΟΣ ΤΗΣ APTEMIAOS. 
_ —(This) ground (is) snered = — (to) = 
ΔΙ ΤῸΝ EXONTA KAI KAPIOTMENON 


— (he) possessing (it) and 


KATAOTYEIN EKA>TOY 

(the) *fruit (thereof ) is-to-offer-in-sacrifice each δ» 
ΤΗΝ MEN AEKATHN. AE ΕἸ 
tenth - (part of this produce). And from 

ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙΤΤΟΥ ἘΠΙΣΚΕΥΑΖΕΙΝ ΤΟ Nae 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. 341 


AN ΤΙΣ AE MH ΠΟΙΗῚΙ TAYTA 
these 


If any-one indeed ‘should not “perform 


MEAHSEI THI ΘΕΩ͂Ι. 


feonditions) it-will-be-a-eare  to-the | goddess (to remember it). 





CHAPTER IV. 


"Ex Κερασοῦντος δὲ οἵ zai πρόσϑεν 


Frou Cerasus — those-who (had) even before 
ἐχομίζοντο μὲν κατὰ θάλατταν, 
_ (been on board) ‘were (again) ‘carried — by sea, 


ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ γῆν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν 
by land. But when they-were 
Μοσσυνοίχων, πέμπουσιν εἷς 
*Mossyneci, they-send to 





842 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ξυμμαχίαν: χαὶ ὃ Τιμησίϑεος πεμφϑεὶς 
(an) alliance (with the Greeks); and — Timesitheus having-been-sent 
ἧχεν ἄγων τούς ἄρχοντας. ᾿Επεὶ 

(ἴο them) came bringing --- (their) rulers — (or chiefs). When 


δὲ ἀφίχοντο, τε ot ἄρχοντες τῶν Mocovvoixar, 
indeed they-arrived, not-only the _— chiefs of-the Mossyneci, 


χαὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ τῶν Ἑλληνων, συνῆλθον" 


but-also, the generals of-the Greeks, came-together ; 


χαὶ μὲν Ἐξενοφῶν ἔλεξε, δὲ Τιμησίϑεος ἡρμόήνευε" 


and indeed Xenophon spoke, and Timesitheus interpreted : 


Ὦ Μοσσύνοικχοι ἄνδρες, ἡμεῖς βουλόμεϑα δια- 


ο Mossyncean men, desire | to- 
σωθῆναι mpos τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεζῇ" 
‘save (ourselves) ‘through into the Greece on-foot; 


ἔχομεν οὐ πλοῖα" δὲ 
[to go safely into Greece on foot;] for we-have no ships; and 


οὗτοι χωλύουσι ἡμᾶς, οὗς ἀχούμεν εἶναι 
these (people) oppose us, whom we-hear to-ba 

ε ~ ~ 
πολεμίους ὑμῖν. Ei οὖν βούλεσϑε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν 
enemies to-you. If therefore you-wish,  iit-is-allowed you 

~ ε ~ 

λαδεῖν ἡμᾶς ξυμμάχους, καὶ τιμωρήσασϑαι, 
to-take 18 (as) allies, and _to-avenge-yourselyes, 
εἴ ποτε οὗτοι ἠδικήχασιν ὑμᾶς σι, καὶ 


if at-any-time these (people) may-have-injured you (in) any-thing, and 


᾿σούτους ᾿ς εἶναι ὑπηκόους ὑμῶν" 
(yea may have) these (people) (so as) to-be subject (to) you 


TO Aowtov. Δὲ εἰ ἀφήσετε ἡμᾶς, σκέψασϑε 


(for) the rest (oftime). But if you-will-reject us, consider 

mosev av adtsis Adborte τοσαύτην δύναμιν — 

whence ‘you may again *procure such (a) force 
ξύμ μμαχὸν. i ταῦτα ὃ ἄρχων 

(as an) this the ruler (or head chief) 

TOV A Rie ag ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι καὶ βούλοιντο 

of-the § Mossyneci replied, that ‘they both 


ταῦτα, καὶ δέχοιντο τὴν ξυμμαχίαν. 
this, and accepted alliance, 








BOOK V. — CHAPTER IV. 848 


δή, ἔφη, ὃ Ξενοφῶν, τί δεήσεσϑε χρή- 


as [well ee said — Xenophon, in-what do-you-want 


σασϑαι ἡμῶν, ἂν yeyduesa- ξύμμαχοι ὑμῶν; 


make-use of-us, if we-become allies of-you? 


καὶ τί ἔσεσθε οἷοί τε ὑμεῖς ξυμπρᾶξαι ἡμῖν 
and in-what will-it-be possible for-you to-assist 


περὶ τῆς διόδου" Δὲ οἱ εἶπον ὅτι 
as-respects the journey-through (the country)? And --- they-said that 


> ε , > / > ~ > ’ 
ἐσμεν ixavol εἰςὐάλλειν ἐχ τοῦ ἐπὶ 
we-are sufficient (and able) to-make-an-irruption |from the (side) on 


bate εἰς THY χώραν τὴν 
side [from the farther side] into the country — (namely that) 


σῶν πολεμίων ὑμῖν te xal ἡμῖν, καὶ πέμψαι 


of-the enemies of-you as also of-us, and to-send 


δεῦρο ὑμῖν ναῦς te καὶ ἄνδρας, οἵτινες Evu- 


hither for-you ships ἃ8 also men, who are-to- 
μαχοῦνται ὑμῖν, τε χαὶ ἡγήσονται τὴν 
-auxiliaries for-you, as also they-will-guide (you) on-the 
εν 
ὁδὸν. 
road. 

Ἐπὶ τούτοις δόντες καὶ λαθόντες πιστὰ 


Upon these (things) giving and _ taking pledges-of-good-faith 


x 
@xyovto. Kai xyxov τῇ ὁστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τρια- 
they-departed. And they-came on-the next-day bringing three- 


χόσια πλοῖα μονόξυλα, καὶ τρεῖς ἄνδρας 


hundred boats (made out of ) one-piece-of-wood, and three men 


ἐν ἑχάστῳ, ὧν ot δύο μὲν, 
(being) in each, of-whom — two indeed (from each boat), 


ἐχθάντες, ἔϑεντο εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα, δὲ 
having-disembarked, placed-themselves in _ line under-arms, and 


6 εἷς ἔμενε. Kai of μὲν λαθόντες 


the one (ineach boat) remained. And — (these last) indeed taking 
τὰ πλοῖα ἀπέπλευσαν: δὲ οἵ μένοντες 


_-— (their) boats sailed-away ; but —(those) remaining 


ἐξετάξαντο ὧδε. Ἔστησαν ἀνὰ μάλιστα 
were-drawn-up __ thus. They-stood _ very (nearly) 


344 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


EXATOY, ὥςπερ χοροί, ἀντιστοιχοῦντες 
(a) hundred (in each line), like troops-of-dancers, drawn -up-opposite 
ἀλλήλοις, πάντες ἔχοντες γέῤῥα λευχῶν 
one-another. all having shields (made of ) white (hides) 
βοῶν δασέα, εἰκασμένα πετάλῳ 
of-oxen (and the) hair-on, {the shield) being-like ‘to (a)’ ‘leaf 
xITTOV, δὲ ἐν TH δεξιᾷ παλτὸν ὡς ἑξάπηχη 


of-ivy, and on the right (hand was a) javelin about six-cubit-long 


ἔχον μὲν ἔμπροσϑεν λόγχην, δὲ ὄπισϑεν 
having indeed ‘at (the) ‘top (a) spear, but‘at(the) ‘lower 


σφαιροειδές tov ξύλου αὐτοῦ. Aé ἐνεδε: 
(end a) ball-like-form (made) of-the wood itself. And they- 


ε 
δύχεσαν χιτωνίσκους ume γονάτων, 
were-dressed (in) tunics (reaching) to (the) knees, 
q ε 


σιάνγος ὡς λινοῦ 
(and the) thickness (of these tunics was the same) as (that) ‘of (a) ‘linen 
στρωματοδέσμου, δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ σχύτινα 
bed-sack, and (they haying) on the head leathern 
κράνη, οἵαπερ τὰ Παφλαγονιχά, ἔχοντα 
helmets, such-as the Paphlagonian (helmet), having (a) 


ὄδυλον χατὰ μέσον, ἐγγύττα τιαρο- 
i pee of-hair along (the) middle (of the helmet), very-nearly tiara- - 


εἰδῇ" δὲ καὶ εἴχον σιδηρᾶς σαγάρεις. Ἐντεῦθεν 
shaped; and also they-had iron battle-axes. Then 


μὲν εἷς αὐτῶν ἐξῆ ρχε; δὲ πάντες οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύ- 
indeed one of-them ai 55 and all the others proceeded 


ovto ἄδοντες ἐν ῥυϑμῷ, καὶ διελθόντες διὰ 
forth” singing in rhythmic-modulation, and passing through 


τῶν τάξεων καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῶν Ελλήνων, 


the lines and through the heavy-armed-men of-the Greeks, 

ἐπορεύοντο, εὐολὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ἐπὶ 

they-proceeded directly towards the enemy, on (a) 
ὡρίον ὃ ἐδόχει εἶναι ἐπιμαχώτατον. ΔΕ 

fortified-place which seemed to-be most-assailable. 

τοῦτο ὠκειτο jo τῆς πόλεως καλουμένης 

this (place) was-situated before the city 





BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. $45 


αὐτοῖς τῆς UNT ροπόλεως, καὶ ἐχούσης τὸ ἀχρότατον 
by-them the metropolis, and having the highest-situation 


τῶν Μοσσυνοίχων. Kai ὃ 
(of any place in thecountry) of-the Mossyneeci. And tho 


πόλεμος ἦν περὶ τούτου" ὰρ οἵ 

war was about this-same (place) ; for — (those who) 
ἀεὶ ἔχοντες τοῦτ᾽ ἐδόχουν εἶναι ἐγκχρατεὶς 
at-any-time having this (place) seemed  to-be the-most-powerful 


χαὶ πάντων Μοσσυνοίχων, xai ἔφασαν TovTous 
even of-all (the) Mossyneci, and  they-say (that) these 


οὔ ἔχειν τοῦτο δικαίως, 
_ (their opponents) ‘had ποὺ ‘obtained this (place) justly, 


ἀλλὰ χαταλαθόντας, ὃν χοινὸν 
but having-seized (it), (it) being common (property, that thus) 


σιλεονεχτεῖν. 
they-got-the-ascendency. 


Δ’ tives τῶν Ἑ)“λλήνων χαὶ εἵποντο αὐτοῖς, 


And some  of-the Greeks even followed them, 
ov TaySévtes ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλὰ 
ποῦ having-been-ordered by the generals, but 


ἕνεχεν ἁρπαγῆς. Δ᾽ ot πολέμιοι, προςίοντων, 
for-the-sake of-plunder. But the enemy, (they) advancing, 
τέως μὲν, ἡσύχαζον" δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο 
 so-long-as (they did) indeed, kept-quiet; but when they-got 
ἐγγὺς τοῦ χωρίον, ἐχδραμόντες αὐτούς τρέ- 

the place, sallying-out ‘put them *to- 


 MovTa, καὶ ἀπέχτειναν συχνοὺς τῶν Bapbdpar, 

. flight, and they-killed many of-the arbarians, 
᾿ , ~ ; ε , 

wai τινάς τῶν ξυναναθάντων “EAAjvar, καὶ 

and some of-the accompanying _ Greeks, and 


᾿ἐδίωχον μέχρι οὗ εἶδον τοὺς Ἕλληνας βοη- 


they- oo just-to where they-saw the Greeks coming- 


ϑοῦντας Δὲ εἶτα ἀποτραπόμενοι ῴᾧχοντο, 
to-help Side defeated). And then having-turned-back  they-fled, 


xai ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν βεχρῶις, 
cutting-off tie heads of-the 








4 


840 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


ἐπεδείκνυσαν te τοῖς Ἕλλησι xal τοῖς 
they-exhibited (them) not-only to-the Greeks but-alsc te-the 
. ~ ν 
πολεμίοις ἑαυτῶν, xal ἅμα ἐχόρευον ἄδοντες 
enemies of-themselves, and at-the-same-time they-danced singing 


τινὶ νόμῳ. Δὲ ot Ἕλληνες μάλα ἤχϑοντο 


to-some tune. And the Greeks ‘were very-much ‘disturbed 


ὅτι ἐπεποιήχεσαν τε τούς πολεμίους θρασυτέρους, 
‘hat they-had-made not-only the enemy more-bold-and-daring, 


χαὶ ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐξελϑόντες σὺν αὐτοῖς 
but-also that. <x Greeks having-gone-out with them 
ἐπεφεύγεσαν, ὄντες μάλα συχνοί: ὃ οὔπω 
fled, (they) being very numerous; which ‘had never 
ἐπεποιήχεσαν πρόσθεν ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ. Δὲ 
*been-done _before during — the expedition. But 
Ξενοφῶν, ξυγχαλέσας τοὺς Ἕλληνας, εἶπεν" 
Xenophon, calling-together the Greeks, said: 
"Avdpes στρατιῶται, μηδὲν ἀϑυμήσητε evexa 
Men soldiers, ‘do not "be-cast-down on-account 
TOV γεγενημένων " γὰρ ἴστε ὅτι καὶ 
of-the (things) having-happened (thus); for know that even (a) 
ἀγαϑὸν ov μεῖον τοῦ xaxod γεγένηται. Tap 
good not less (than) the evil has-occurred. For 
mpGtov μὲν ἐπίστασϑε, ὅτι οἱ μέλλοντες 
first indeed know, that — (those) — being-about 
ἡγεῖσθαι ἡμῖν εἶσιν πολέμιοι TO ὄντι 
tc-conduct us are enemies to— (those) being (really 
οἷπερ καὶ ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς" 
enemies to themselves) to-whom also it-is-necessary for-us (also to be 


| xai ἔπειτα dé ot τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀφρον- 
enemies); and next ἱπάθϑᾷ “--- ([Π056) of-the Greeks ne- 
TIOTHOAVTES τῆς τάξεως ξὺν ἡμῖν, καὶ 
glecting the order-and-discipline (prevalent) with us, and 
ἡγησάμενοι εἶναι ixavol πράττειν ξὺν 
thinking (themselves) to-be able to-perform with — 
τοῖς βαρθάροις ταὐτὰ, ἅπε ξὺν ἡμῖν, 
the barbarians the-same, which (they do) with Us, 


eae 


> 


φ 


BOOK V.—CHAPTER IV. 841 


= 
δεδώχασιν dixnv* ὥςτε αὖϑις 
| have-given justice; [have suffered justly] ; so-that hereafter (it will he 


NTTOV ἀπολείψονται ἡμετέρας 


considered) worse ‘should (the men) *desert our 


τάξεως. “AAA dei ὑμᾶς Tapacxevrdledsat, 


ranks. But it-is-proper (that) you prepare-yourselves, 


ὅπως χαὶ τοῖς φίλοις οὖσι τῶν βαρθάρων 
so-that both |(to)-the friends being of-the barbarians [to the 


δόξητε εἶναι xpeittovg αὐτῶν, 


barbarians your allies] you-may-appear to-be better (than) they 
καὶ δηλώσητε τοῖς πολεμίοις, ὅτι 

(in courage), and show — (your) «enemies, that they-‘do 

οὐ μαχοῦνται ὁμοίοις ἀνδράσι νὺν τε καὶ ὅτε 

not *fight ‘with (the) ‘same men now as when 


ἐμάχοντο τοῖς ἀτάχτοις. 
they-fought with-the undisciplined, 


Οὕτως μὲν ἔμειναν οὖν ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν. 


So indeed they-remained therefore that _ day. 
~ ¢ 
A τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ θύσαντες, ἐπεὶ ἐχαλλιερή- 


Buton-the next-day having-sacrificed, when they-had-obtained-favour- 


σαντο, ἀριστήσαντες, ποιησάμενοι τοὺς λόχους 


able-omens, they-breakfasted, having-formed the companies 
ὀρϑίους, καὶ ταξάμενοι τοὺς βαρθάρους 
|straight, [in columns,] and drawing-up the barbarians 
ἐπὶ TO εὐώνυμον xaTH ταὐτὰ, ἐπορεύοντο, 


on the left according (to) the-same (way) they-marched-forth, 
¥ ‘ 4 ‘ ~ , ε 
ἔχοντες τοὺς τοξότας μεταξὺ τῶν λόχων, ὑπολει- 


haying the archers between the companies, — having- 
πομένους δὲ μιχρὸν τοῦ στόματος τῶν 
left indeed (a) little (space from) the front of-the 
ὁπλιτῶν. Tap ἦσαν οἱ εὔζωνοι τῶν 
heavy-armed-men. For —there-were the active (men) of-the 
πολεμίων, κατατρέχοντες ἔθαλλον τοὶς λίϑοις " 
enemy, (who) running-down threw — stones; 
οἱ τοξόται καὶ πελτασταί ἀνέστελλον τούτους. 
tho archers and targeteers kept-back these, 


348 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 

Δ’ ot ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο βάδεν. 

But the others (ofthe Greeks) proceeded (βίον) step-by-step, 
ὦτον μὲν ἐπὶ TO χωρίον ἀφ᾽ οὗ ot Bapbaga: 

first indeed against the (strong) place at which the sates Fer 


ἐτρέφϑησαν καὶ οἱ ξὺν αὐτοῖς 
(alliesof the Greeks) were-repulsed and the (Greeks) with them: 


yap ἐνταῦϑα οἵ πολέμιοι ἦσαν ἀντιτεταγμένοι. 


tor there the enemy were drawn-up-against (them), 
‘ > 557 

βάρθαρο apo. μὲν οὖν ἐδέξαντο πελταστὰς, 
τ barbarians indeed therefore received (the) targeteers, 
καὶ ἐμάχοντο" δὲ ἐπειδὴ οἱ ὁπλῖται 
and _ fought (with them); but when the heavy-armed-men 
τ 5 ‘ 3 , ‘ \ ¢ 1 
yoav Eyyus ἐτράποντο. Καὶ μεν οἱ πελτασταὶ 
were near they-took-to-flight. And indeed the targeteers 

σ 

EUSUS εἵποντο διώχοντες ἄνω πρὸς τὴν μητρό- 
directly followed driving (them) upwards towards the metro- 
σίολιν, Ob ὅπλῖται δὲ εἵποντο ἐν τάξει. 
polis, the heavy-armed-men indeed followed in. order. 


"Exel δὲ ἦσαν ἄνω πρὸς ταῖς οἰχίαις τῆς μετρο- 
y 


When indeed they-were ,above the houses of-the metro- 


πόλεως, ἐνταῦδα δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι δὴ 
polis, here indeed the enemy ‘having — 
ati γενόμενοι ὁμοῦ ἐμάχοντο, καὶ 

*got together fought (with them), and 
Beckton τοῖς παλτοῖς" καὶ ἔχοντες ἄλλα 
they-burled — (their) darts; and having other 
παχέα δόρατα, μαχρὰ, doa ἀνὴρ ἂν μόλις 
thick spears, large, so-that (a) man could scarcely 
φέροι τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμυνεσϑαὶ 


calry = eile), with-these they-endeavoured to-defend-themselves 


éx χειρός. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ot “Ἕλληνες οὐχ ὑφίεντο 
hand-to-hand. But when the Greeks ‘did not ‘give-way, 


3 > ’ὔ ς ΄ id 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐχώρουν ὁμόσε, οἱ 
| but went _to-the-same-place, [but engaged in close combat,] the 


βάρθαροι ἔφευγον, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἅπαντες ἔλιπο: 
barbarians fled, and thereupon ‘they altogether left 








BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. 349 


4 , \ ες ‘ 5 ~ ε 3 
τὸ χωρίον. Δὲ 6 βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν ὃ ἐν 
the place. But the king of-them — (he living) in 
τῷ μόσσυνι TO gxodounuév@ ἐπ ἄχρου, 


the wooden-tower — (that namely) having-been-built on (the) height, 


ὃν μέ γοντοα αὐτοῦ NAVT ES T ρέφουσι καὶ 
whom remaining these all supported and 


φυλάττουσιν χοινῇ;, οὐχ ἔϑελεν ἐξελθεῖν, 
guarded (him) in-common, ‘did not ‘wish to-leave (it), 


οὐδὲ οἱ ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ πρότερον αἷρεϑεντι, 
nor — (those) in the strong-place first taken, 


GAN χατεχαύϑησαν αὐτοῦ σὺν “τοῖς μοσσύνοις. 
but were-burnt these with the wooden-towers. 


Δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες, διαρπάζοντες τὰ χωρία, εὕρισκον 


But the Greeks, ransacking the place, found 
ἐν τ' αἷς οἰχίαις SNTAVPOUS ἄρτ QV νενημένων 
in the houses stores of-bread heaped-together 
πατρίους, ὡς ot Μοσσύοιχοι 
according-to-the-custom-of-their-forefathers, as the Mossyneeci 


ἔφασαν, δὲ τὸν νέον σῖτον ἀποχείμενον ξὺν τῇ 


say, also the new corn put-up (with) (in) the 
χαλάμῃ" δ᾽ αἱ πλεῖσται ἦσαν keal. Καὶ 
straw ; and the most was spelter. And 
TETO. αρέχευμένα᾽ τεμάχη δελφίνων εὑρισχετο ἐν 
μον» slices of-dolphins | were-found in 
ἀμφορεῦσι, καὶ στέαρ τῶν δελφίνων ἐ ἕν τεύχεσι, 
jars, and (the) fat of—  dolphing in vessels, 
@ οἱ Μοσσύνοιχοι ἐχρῶντο, καϑάπερ ot “Ἕλληνες 
which the Mossyneci ~ used, as the Greeks 
τῷ ἐλαίῳ. Δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνωγαίων ἦν 
(do) --- oil. And in __ the upper-parts-of-the-houses there-were 
πολλὰ χάρυα τὰ πλατέα, οὐχ ἔχοντα 
many nuts (chestnuts) the  broad-ones, not -having 
‘ ’ ; 41» ‘ 
οὐδεμίαν διαφυὴν. Τούτῳ καὶ ἐχρῶντο 
(no) (any) fissure. This ‘they even used 
πλείστῳ σίτῳ, ἕψοντες καὶ ὑπτῶντες ἄρτους. 
most for-food, boiling (them) and baking bread 


30 


850 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


= ε 

Δὲ οἶνος εὑρίσχετο, ὃς μὲν ἄχρατος 
(of them). Also wine was-found, which indeeed (when) pure 

‘ ς ‘ ~ 

ἐφαίνετο εἶναι ὀξὺς ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστηρότητος. 
seemed - to-be sour from — (its) very-great-roughness, 
δὲ χερασϑεὶς εὔώδης TE καὶ 
but being-mixed (with water) (it becomes) fragrant and also 
ε 7 
ἡδύς. 
pleasant. 


Οἱ Ἕλληνες μὲν δὴ, ἀριστήσαντες évraisa, 


The Greeks indeed —,  having-breakfasted there, 
ἐπορεύοντο εἰς τὸ“ ππσρόσω, παραδόντες 
proceeded on — (their) forward (march), giving-up 
TO χωρίον τοὶς ξυμμαχήσασι τῶν Μοσσυνοίχων. 
the place ἰο--- (their) allies of-the Mossyneci. 
Δὲ καὶ ὁπόσα ἄλλα χωρία παρήεσαν, τῶν 
And also as-‘many other places ‘as they-arrived-at, — (those) 
ὄντων ξὺν τοὶς πολεμίοις, TH εὐπροςο- 
heing with the enemy, — (some of the places) being-most- 
δώντατα ot μὲν ἔλεισον, δὲ ot 


accessible _ the (barbarians) indeed deserted (them), but the (inhabit- 


ἐχόντες προςεχώρουν. Δὲ ta πλεῖστα 

ants of other places) willingly surrendered. And the most 
τῶν χωρίων ἦν τοιάδε. Αἱ πόλεις ἀπεῖχον 
of-the places were (situated) thus. The towns  were-distant 
ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων ὀγδοήχοντα στάδια, αἱ δὲ 
from one-another (about) eighty stadia, — (some) indeed 
πλεῖον, at δὲ μεῖον. δὲ ἀναθοώντῶν 
more, — (others) indeed less; and ealling-aloud ((0) 
“ἀλλήλων ξυνήχουον ἐχ τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως 
one-another they-heard-each-other from the (other) (one) city 
εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν" n χώρα ἦν οὕτως ὑψηλή 
to the other ; (for) the country was 80 eleyated 

‘ , 3 ‘ - 7 hs ἡ 
te καὶ κοίλη. "Ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι σαν 
and 50 hollow. When indeed having-proceeded-forwards they-were 
5 - , 3 , 3 ~ ~ 
ἐν Tols φίλοις, ἐπεδείχνυσαν αὐτοὶς παῖδας 4 
among -~ _ friends, they-showed them boys (the sons οἵ) 





BOOK V.— CHAPTER IV. 851 


σῶν εὐδαιμόνων, ἁπαλοὺς xal σφόδρα λευχοὺς, 
of-the rich, soft and exceedingly white, 


» 3 
σιτευτούς, τεϑραμμένους ἑφϑοὶς χαρύοις, καὶ οὐ 
being-made-fat, having-been-fed  with-boiled chestnuts, and ποῖ 


δέοντας πολλοῦ εἶναι ἴσους TO μῆχος καὶ TO 
wanting much to-be equal -- (18) length and — (in) 


σιλάτος, δὲ ποικίλους τὰ νῶτα, καὶ πάντα 
breadth, and painted-with-various-colours on-the back, and on-all 


\ > > f 5 7 4 
τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἐστιγμέενους ἀνϑέμιον. Δε 
the forepart pricked (in the form of) flowers. And 


xai ἐζήτουν ξυγγίγνεσθαι ἐμφανῶς ταὶς ἕἑταϊραις 
also they-desired to-have-intercourse publicly with-the mistresses 


αἷς οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἦγον, γὰρ οὗτος νόμος 
which the Greeks brought (with them), for this custom 


ἦν opi. Δὲ πάντες ot ἄνδρες καὶ at γυναῖκες 


was to-them. And all the men and the women 
Aevxol. Οἱ στρατευσάμενοι 

(were very) white. — (Those) having-'served-in (this) *expeditivn 

ἔλεγον διελθεῖν Papbapwrdrovs, 


| said (that) they-passed-through the-most-barbarous, [that these were 


καὶ πλεῖστον 
the most barbarous people they had passed through,] and the-most 
χεχωρισμένους τῶν “Ἑλληνικῶν νόμων. Γὰ 
removed from-the Grecian manners(andcustoms). For 
Te ἐποίουν ὄντες ἐν ὄχλῳ ἅπερ ἄνθρωποι ἂν 
indeed they-do being in (a) crowd what men would 
ποιήσειαν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄλλως δὲ ἂν οὐ 
(only) do in private, otherwise indeed might not 
TOAUGED * Te ὄντες μόνοι- ἔπραττον 
dare (todo); and _ being alone they-did-those-things 
¢ 
ἅπερ ἂν ὅμοια ὄντες ὲ 
which (they) might (do) (the) same (48 1) being (in company 
’ Ψ ’ 
μετ᾽ ἄλλων" διελέγοντό τε ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγέλων 
with others; talked — to-themselves, and laughed 





852 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

Sind ς ine \ 3 , > ~ 9 
Ep εαῦτοις, και ἐφιστάμενοι WPZXOVVTO οπου 
ἴο themselves, and stopping they-danced wherever 


τύχοιεν. ὥςπερ ἐπιδεικνύμενοι ἄλλοις. 
they-might-happen (to be), as-if exhibiting-themselves to-others 





CHAPTER V. 


Διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας, τε διὰ τῆς 

THrovuGH these — countries, — (namely) through — (those) 
πολεμίας καὶ τῆς φιλίας, οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἔπο- 
inimical and .— (those) friendly, the Greeks pro- 


Ζ > ‘ 4 ἥν ~ 3 
ρεύϑησαν ὀχτὼ σταϑμούς, καὶ ἀφιζνοῦνται εἰς 
ceeded eight days’-march, and arrived among (the) 


Χάλυδας. Οὗτοι ἦσαν ὀλίγοι χαὶ 
Chalybes. These (people) were few (in number) and (were) 
ε ’; ~ 7 ‘ ce / ~ 
υπήχοοι τῶν Μοσσυνοίχων, χαὶ o βίος τοὶς 
subjects of-the Mossyneci, and — (their) living for-the 
σιλείστοις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ σιδηρείας. "Ἐντεῦθεν 
most of-them (was obtained) from iron-works. Thence 
ἀφιχνοῦνται εἰς Τιθαρηνούς. “H χώρα δὲ 
they-arrived among (the) Tibareni. The country — 
τῶν Tiébapyvav ἦν πολὺ πεδινωτέρα, καὶ εἶχεν 
of-the Tibareni was much more-level, and they-had 
χωρία ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἧττον ἐρυμνα. Καὶ 
stations on (the) sea (coast) but-weakly fortified. And 
οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἔχρηζον προςδάλλειν πρὸς TA χωρία, 
the generals wanted to-make-an-attack on the places, 
καὶ ἀνηϑῆναί Tt τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ 
and  to-have-'conferred some ‘benefit on-the army and 
οὐχ ἐδέχοντο τὰ  Céria ἃ axe παρὰ 
they-'did not receive the gifts-of-hospital ty which came from 
Tiébapnvar, ἀλλ᾽ xerevoartes ἐπιμεῖναι 
{the) Tibareni, but having-ordered (the messengers) _to-wail 


ee ὦ. ;:. 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER V. — 858 


ἔστε βουλεύσαιντο, étorvto. Kali πολλὰ 
till they-might-deliberate, they-sacrificed. And many (victims! 


χαταθυσάντων, τέλος πάντες Ob μάντεις ἀπε: 
having-been-sacrificed, at-last all the augurs of- 
, / Gg ¢ \ 3 ~ , 
δείξαντο γνώμην, ὅτι ot θεοὶ οὐδαμῇ. προςίοιντο 
fered (their) ‘opinion, thatthe gods in-no-wise approved-of 
τὸν πόλεμον. Ἔντευϑεν δὴ ἐδέξαντο τὰ ἕέ- 
the war. Then indeed they-accepted the gifts-of- 


για, καὶ πορευόμενοι δύο ἡμέρας, ὡς 
hospitality, and  proceeding-on (their march) two days, ~ as 


διὰ φιλίας, ἀφίχοντο eis Κοτύωρα 
through (a) friendly (country), they-arrived αὐ Cotyora (a) 
Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, ἀποιχίαν Σινωπέων, δ᾽ ὄντας 
Groek city, (a) colony from-Sinope, and being 
3 ~ , ~ 

ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ Τιθαρηνῶν. 

ἄπ the country ‘of (the) ‘*Tibareni. 


Ἢ στρατιά ἐπέζευσε μέχρι ἐνταῦϑα. Πλῆθος 
The army proceeded-by-land just-to here. (The) length 


Tis χαταθάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπὸ 
of-the descent (down the country along) the road from 


~ 7, 3 ~ » 3 ’ 
τῆς μάχης ἐν Βαδυλῶνι ἄχρι εἰς Κοτύω 
the battle (ground) in Babylon just to Cotyora (was) 


EXATOV εἴχοσι δύο σταϑμοὶ, ἑξαχόσιοι 
a-hundred (and) twenty ὑπο stations, (making) six-hundred 


Kal εἴχοσι παρασάγγαι, μύριοι καὶ ὀχτακιςχίλιοι 
and twenty parasangs, (07) ten-thousand and eight-thousand 


χαὶ ἑξακόσιοι στάδιοι' πλῆθος χρόνου 
δηθὰ six-hundred (18,600) stadia ; the-amount of-time (was) 


ὀχτὼ μῆνες. Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν τετταράχοντα 


eight months. There they-remained . forty 
πέντε ἡμέρας. Ἔν δὲ ταύταις σιρῶτον 
five days. During — these (days) ‘they first 





ἐν ἔϑυσαν τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ ἐποίησαν πομπὰς 
deed ‘sacrificed to-the gods, and they-made _ processions 
ἕχαστοι κατὰ ἔϑνος τῶν Ἕλληγων, 
each according-to (the) nation (or tribe) of-tbe Greeks 
30 * ; 


‘354 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


χαὶ yourixovs ἀγῶνας. Δὲ τὰ 
(to which he belonged), and = gymnastic games, And —(,heir) 


ἐπιτήδεια, ἔλαμθανον TH μὲν ἐχ τῆς Παῷλα- 
provisions they-took — (partly) indeed from — Paphla- 
yovias, δὲ TH éx TOV χωρίων τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν" 
gonia, and —(partly)from the lands _ of-the Cotyorites ; 
ὰ οὐ παρεῖχον ἀγοράν, οὐδ᾽ ἐδέχοντο 
for _they-‘did not *provide (a) market, nor did-they-receive 
ποὺς ABLSEvodvTas εἰς TO τεῖχος. 
the feeble-and-sick within the walls. 
Ἔν tovte πρέσδεις ἔρχονται ἐκ Σινώπης, 
During this ambassadors come from Sinope, 


φοδούμενοι περὶ τῶν Kotvopitéy τε τὴς 
they-being-in-fear about the Cotyores namely (those) of-the 


4 ‘ 5,3 3 So» ᾿ 
πόλεως, (γὰρ ἦν ἐχείνῶν, χαὶ 
city, (| for it-was of-them, [for it was theirs,] and (the in- 


“ἔφερον φόρους ἐχείνοις,) καὶ 
habitants) brought tribute to-them,) and (they were also in fear) 


περὶ τὴς χώρας, ὅτι ἤχουον δγου- 
about the territories, as they-had-heard (that they were) being- 


μένην. Kai éadsdytes eis τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἔλεγον 
ravaged, And going to the camp, they-said 


: 
(δὲ Ἑχατώνυμος προηγόρει; νομιζόμενος εἶναι δεινὸς 
(and Hecatonymus spoke-for-them, he-being-considered to-be able 


λέγειν)" “H πόλις τῶν Σινωπέων ἔπεμψεν ὑμᾶς, 


to-speak): The city  of-the Sinopians has-sent us, 
~ ε ~ 

ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐπαινέσοντάς τε ὑμᾶς, ὅτι 

ο men soldiers, about-praising indeed you, that 


-ὄγτες “Ἕλληνες νιχᾶτε βαρθάρους, δὲ καὶ 


being Greeks you-have-conquered (the) barbarians, and also 


ἔπειτα ξυνησϑησομένους, ὅτι πάρεστε 


then congratulating (you), that you-are-present (here) p 


σεσωσμένοι, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἀχούμεν, διὰ πολλῶν TE 
having-been-saved, as we hear, through many ang 


καὶ δεινῶν πραγμάτων. Δὲ ἀξιοῦμεν, ὄντες καὶ 
also grievous things. But we-think-it-right, being also 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER V. 855 


αὐτοὶ Ἕλληνγες, μὲν πάσχειν τι 
ourselyes Greeks, (that we ought) indeed _ to-suffer something 


ἀγαϑὸν, δὲ μηδέν κακὸν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὄντων Ελλήνων" 


good, but nothing evil from you, being Greeks ; 
‘ δι 7 ς , ~ δι 

yap οὐδὲ στωσποτε ὑπήρξαμεν σοιουντες οὐδὲν 

fur neither *have-we ever ‘commenced doing (no) (any) 


~ ς ~ ἡ - \ a | \ 
χαχῶς ὑμᾶς. Οὗτοι Κοτυωρῖται δὲ εἰσὶ μὲν 
evil to-you. These Cotyoritans — are indeed 
ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι, καὶ ἡμεῖς παραδεδώκαμεν αὐτοὶς 
our colonists, and we have-given them 
ταύτην τὴν χώραν, ἀφελόμενοι ες βαρ- 
this — (same) land, having-taken (it) ‘from (the) *bar- 
θάρους" καὶ διὸ οὗτοι φέρουσιν ἡμῖν 
barians ; and therefore these (people) ring us (an) 
σεταγμένον δασμὸν, καὶ ὡξαύτως ἹΚερασούντιοι καὶ 
appointed tribute, and likewise (the) Cerasuntians and 
Τραπεζούντιοι" ὥςτε ὅ τι κακὸν ἂν ποιήσητε 
Trapezuntians ; so-that whatever evil ‘you may ‘do 
τούτους, N πόλις Σινωπέων νομίζει 
them, the city ‘of (the) ‘Sinopians considers (itself ) 
πάσχειν. Δὲ νῦν ἀχούομν ὑμᾶς τε 
to-suffer (fromit). But now we-hear (that) you  not-only 
παρεληλυϑόντας εἴς τὴν πόλιν βίᾳ, ἐνίους 
having-entered into the town by-force, sume (of you) 
σχηνοῦν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις, καὶ λαμθάνειν 
lodge in | the houses, but-also (that you) take 
βίᾳ, ἐκ' τῶν χωρίων ὧν ἂν δέησϑε, 
͵ by-force, from the (neighbouring) places what ‘you may *want, 







; ov πείϑοντας. Οὖν οὐχ ἀξιοῦμεν 
{the owners) ποῦ consenting. Therefere we-‘do not ‘approve 
Tata’ δὲ εἰ ποιήσετε ταῦτα, 


Ἷ these (things); and if you-will-do these (things) there-'will- 


ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν ποιεῖσθαι φίλον καὶ Κορύλαν 
be(a‘ ‘necessity for-us  to-make friends both (of)  Corylas 


356 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


xai Παφλαγόνας, καὶ ἄλλον. ὅντινα, 

and (of the) Paphlagonians, and (any) other, whomsoever ‘we 
ἂν δυνώμεϑα. 

may *be-able. 

“Πρὸς ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν ἀναστὰς eizter 


In-respect to-these (things) Xenophon rising-up spoke 
ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν: “Hueic δὲ, ὦ ἄνδρες 
for the army : We indeed, Ὁ men (of) 
Σινωπεῖς, ἥχομεν ἀγαπῶντες, ὅτι διεσωσάμεϑα 


Sinope, haye-come being-content, that we-have-saved 
τὰ σώματα καὶ τὰ ὅπλα: γὰρ ἦν οὐ 
— (our) bodies and — (our) arms; for it-was not 


σ ἢ 
δυνατὸν ἅμα ἄγειν xai φέρειν χρήματα, 
possible at-the-same-time to-drive and bring (away) things, 


χαὶ μάχεσϑαι τοῖς moAeuios. Kai viv ἐπεὶ 
and to-fight the enemy. And now when 
ἤλθομεν εἰς τὰς “EAAnvidas πόλεις, μὲν ἐν 

we-haye-cometo — Greek cities, (as) indeed among (the) 


Τραπεζοῦντι (yap παρεῖχον ἡμὶν ἀγοράν) ὠνού- 
Trebisondians (for they-provided us (a) market) buy- 


μενοι εἴχομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ἀνϑ᾽ ὧν 
ing we-had — (our) provisions, and in-return for-what 
OK ¢ ~ ‘ Ul » 

ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ξένια, ἔδωχαν 
they-honoured us, and (the) gifts-of-hospitality (which) they-gave 
TH στρατιᾷ, ἀντετιμῶμεν αὐτούς, χαὶ εἴ 
to-the army we-"honoured them ‘in-return, and if 


τις τῶν βαρθάρων ἦν φίλος αὐτοῖς, ἀπει- 
any-one of-the barbarians was (a) friend to-them, we-ub- 


youesa τούτων. δὲ τοὺς πολεμίους 
stained (from injuring) them; but (to) the ᾿ enemies 


αὐτῶν ἐφ᾽ οὕς αὐτοὶ ἡγοῖντο ἐποιοῦμεν καχῶς 


of-them againstwhom they may-have-led (us) we-did evil © 


ὅσον ἐδυνάμεϑα. Δὲ ἐρωτᾶτε αὐτούς ὁποίων 


nas-much-as - we-could. But ask them what-sort — 


τινῶν ἔτυχον ἡμῶν" γὰρ πάρεισι ἐνθάδε 


, 
᾽ 
of-persons they-may-have-found us; for they-are-present here, 





BOOK V.— CHAPTER V. 857 


ods ἡ πόλις ξυνέπεμψεν ἡμῖν ἡγεμόνας διὰ 
whom the city sent-with us (as) guides through 


φιλίαν. Δ’ ὅποι ἂν ἐλϑόντες μὴ ἔχωμεν 
friendship. But wherever ‘we may ‘have-been-coming (and) not having 
ἀγορὰν, ἂν τε εἰς βάρδαρον γῆν τε 

(a) market, (it) may (06) as-well to (a) barbarian country a3 (it) 
ἂν “Ἑλληνίδα, λαμθάνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
may (be) ᾿ἴο (ᾳ) ‘Grecian, we-take -- provisions 
οὐχ ὕδρει, ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκῃ. Καὶ 
not (through) insolence, but (through) necessity. And 
ἐχτηήσάμεϑα πολεμίους Καρδούχους καὶ 

we-made enemies (of the) Carduchi and (of the) 


Tadyous καὶ Χαλδαίους, καίπερ οὐχ ὄντας 
Taochi and (of the) Chaldzans, althoug not being 


ς , ws ee, ¥ ; 
VIINXOOVS βασιλέως, καὶ ὅμως ὄντας μάλα 
subjects ‘of (the) *king, and yet being very 
φούεροὺς, διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἀνάγκην 
formidable, | through the to-be [from being] (in) necessity 
λαμθάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπεὶ οὐ παρεῖχον 
to-take — _ provisions, when they-‘did not ‘furnish (us) 

> A ‘ ; 7, ¥ 

ἀγορὰν. Δὲ  Maxpavas, xainep ὄντας βαρ- 
(a) market. ‘But (the) Macrones, although being bar- 
δάρους, ἐπεὶ παρεῖχον ἀγορὰν, οἵαν ἐδύναντο, 
barians, _ when they-provided (usa) market, as-much-as_ they-could, 


ἐνομίζομεν te εἶναι φίλους, καὶ ἐλαμθάνομεν 











we-considered indeed  to-be friends, and we-took 
, 
οὐδὲν THY ἐχείνων βίᾳ. Δὲ Κοτιωρίτας, 
nothing of-the (things) of-them by-force. But (the) Cotyorites 
5 ε 
οὗς φατὲ εἶναι ὑμετέρους, εἰ εἰλήφαμεν τι 
whom you-say ἰο-Ὀ0 yours, 1 we-have-taken any-thing 
αὐτῶν, αὐτο εἰσιν — alti’. ᾽ 


Ι from-them, they-themselyes are (the) authors (thereof); sari 
. οὐ προςεφέροντο ὡς φίλοι ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ 


Ε they-‘did not ‘carry-themselves ὃ5 friends  of-us, but 
᾿χλείσαντες τὰς πύλας, οὔτε ἐδέχοντο 


having-closed «-- (their) gates, ‘would neither ‘receive (us) 


358 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


εἴσω, οὔτε ἔπεμπον ἀγορὰν ἔξω" 
within (the walls), nor did-they-send (us a) market without (the walls} 
δὲ ἠτιῶντο τὸν ἁρμοστὴν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι 
and they-alleged (that) the governor (sent) by you was 
¥ 7 a % 4 
αἴτιον τούτων. Ὁ δὲ λέγεις 
the-author of-these (things). (As to) what indeed you-say (that) 
παρελθόντας βίᾳ σχηνοῦν, ἡμεὶς ἠξιοῦμεν, 
entering by-force wé-quartered (in the place), we requested, 
“ = ‘ ’ 3 Ἁ 
δέξασϑαι τοὺς κάμνοντας εἰς τὰς 
(that) they-would-receive -- (those) being-sick — (under) — (their! 
7 ‘ ΕῚ ‘ 3 ae A \ / 
στέγας" δὲ ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἀνέῳγον τὰς πύλας, 
toofs ; but when they-'would not ‘open the gates, 
TO χωρίον αὐτὸ ἐδέχετο ἡμᾶς 
}in-which (way) the place itself received us [where the 
, 3 / 
ταύτῃ εἰςελϑόντες, 
nature of the place admitted our entrance] in-the-same (place) entering, 
ἄλλο ἐποιήσαμεν μὲν οὐδὲν βίαιον" δ᾽ οἱ 
(but) we-committed indeed no violent (act); but — (those) 
xduvovtes σχηνοῦσι ἐν ταῖς στέγαις, δαπανῶντες 
being-sick they-quarter — (under) the roofs, | consuming 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν" xai ppov- 
the (things) of-themselves; [living on their own means]; and we- 
ροῦμεν τὰς πύλας, ὅπως οἵ ἡμῶν κάμνοντες 
guard the gates, so-that — (those) of-us being-sick 
x a, ~ ς ͵ ς - 
ὦσιν ἔπι TO ὑμετέρῳ ἀρμοστη. 
‘may not *be in the (power of) your governor, 
» 5.39 


ἀλλ᾽ χομίσασϑαι ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν, 

j but to-remove (them) may-be to us, [but that it may 
ὅταν PovddueSa. Δὲ οὗ 

be in our power to remove them,] when we- wish. But the 

~ ~ e 

ἄλλοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, σχηνοῦμεν ὑπαίϑριοι; 

Test (of us) as you-see, we-are-encamped (in the) —_—_ open-air, 

ἐν τῇ τάξει, παρεσκευασμένοι; ἂν τις 

in --- (proper) order, prepared, (that) should any-one 

μὲν ποιῇ εὖ, ἀντευποιεῖν, δὲ ἂν 

indeed act well (to us), to-act-well-in-return (to them), but (if he) shoul? 





ROOK V.—CHAPTER V. 359 


καχῶς, ἀλέξασϑαι. Δὲ ἃ 
fact) ill, to-defend (ourselves), And (as respects) what 
ἡπειλησας. Os, ἤν δοχῇ ὑμῖν, ποιήσεσθε 


you-have-threatened, that, if it-seemed-proper to-you, you-would-make 
Κορύλαν xai Παφλαγόνας ξυμμάχους ἐφ᾽ 
Corylas - and (the) Paphlagonians (your) allies against 
ε - " - ~ Ἃ ‘ τ ες / 

RUS, δὲ NUELS, ν μὲν N AVaAYXN, 


us, but we (onourpart), if indeed it-may-be necessary, 


πολεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις" (yap ἤδη καὶ ἔπολε- 


will-fight even with-you-both; (for already even we-have- 


μήσαμεν ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίοις ὑμῶν") δὲ 
fought with-others more-numerous (than) you;) and (if) ‘it 
ἂν δοχῇ, ποιήσομεν τὸν Παφλαγόνα 
may seem-proper (to us), we-will-make the Paphlagonian (a) 
, ¢ «4 ’ 3 , 3 ᾿ A . 

φίλον quiv. Δὲ ἀχούομεν αὑτὸν καὶ ἐπιϑυμεῖν 
friend _to-us. And we-have-heard (that) he even covets 
τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως καὶ τῶν ἐπιϑαλαττίων χωρίων. 


your city and the maritime places. 


Ody πειρασόμεϑα, συμπράτ' TOVTES Ov 
We-'shall therefore try, helping © (him in) what 


émiSvuel γίγνεσθαι φίλοι. 


he-desires to-become (his) friends. 


Ἔχ τούτου οἱ ξυμπρέσδεις ἦσαν μὲν μάλα 
After this (speech) the joint-ambassadors were indeed very 


δῆλοι χαλεπαίνοντες τῷ Ἑχατωνύμῳ ois 
evident being-much-displeased at— § Hecatonymus in— (what) 
eipnuevois* δ᾽ ἄλλος αὐτῶν παρελϑὼν εἶπεν, 
he-had-been-saying; but others of-them coming-forward said, 
ὅτι οὐ ἥχοιεν ποιησόμενοι πόλεμον, ἀλλὰ 
that they-‘did not ‘come making war, but 
émdeikovtes ὅτι εἰσί φίλοι. "Hy μὲν ἔλ- 
showing-and-declaring that they-were friends. If indeed you-should- 
ϑητε πρὸς τὴν πόλιν Σινωπέων, ἐχεὶ δεξόμεθα 


come to the city of-the-Sinopeans, there we-will-receive (you) 


4 
Ka ζενίοις, δὲ νῦν χελεύσομεν τοὺς 
even with-gifts-of-hospitality, and now  we-will-order —- (those) 





860 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


evsade διδόναι ἃ δύνανται" yap ὁρῶμεν σιάντα 
here to-give what they-can ; for we-perceive al? 


ὄντα GAnSH ἃ λέγετε. Ἔχ τούτου τε ot Korver 
being true that you-say. Afier this indeed the Cotyo- 


pita. ἔπεμπον ξένια, xal ol στρατηγοὶ 
ritans sent gifts-of-hospitality, and the generals 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξένιζον τοὺς πρέσθεις τῶν Σινωπέων, 
of-the Greeks entertained the ambassadors of-the Sinopeans, 


καὶ διελέγοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους τε σιολλά, 


and they-conversed with one-another not-only (about) many (things) 


καὶ φιλιχὰ, τὰ 
but-also (about) friendly (things, that concerned one another), among-the 
ἄλλα σε ἐπυνϑάνοντο καὶ περὶ τῆς 
other (things) indeed they-inquired and(inparticular) about the 


λοιπῆς πορείας, ὧν ἑχάτεροι . ἐδέοντο. 
remaining _ route, what each (party) desired (to know). 





CHAPTER VI. 


Τοῦτο ἐγένετο TO τέλος μὲν ταὐτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 


Sucu was the end indeed to-that — 


᾿Δὲ tH ὑστεραίᾳ of στρατηγοὶ ξυνέλεξαν τοῦ 
But on-the next-day the generals assembled ἢ 


ὀτραειώίῳς, καὶ ἐδόχει αὐτοὶς περὶ Ties 
iers. and _ it-seemed (best) to-them as-respects . 


᾿ 
-᾿ 
“ 
᾿λοισίῆς πορείας πα καλέσαντας τοὺς Σινωπέας Γ 
remaining route (that) aving-called-in the Sinopeans 


βουλεύεσθαι. Γὰρ εἴτε δέοι σορεύ- ὲ 


to-consult (with them). For [1 it-might-be-necessary 


εσϑαι πεζῇ, οἱ Σινωπεὶς ἂν ἐδόκουν εἶναι χρήσιμοι" 
proceed by-land, the Sinopeans would seem to-be nschity 


yap ἤσαν ἔμπειροι τὴς Παφλαγονίας" εἴτε 
they-were well-acquainted (with) — Paphlagonia ; i i 






BOOK V.— CHAPTER VI. 861 


x 


xata θάλατταν ἐδόκει σροςδεῖν 
by sea it-seems (that they would) require (the aid) 


Σινωπέων, ya ἂν ἐδόχουν μόνοι εἶναι 
‘of (the) ‘Sinopeans, for ‘they would ‘seem alone to-be 


ixavol παρασχεῖν πλοῖα ἀρχοῦντα 
competent to-furnish ships ‘being (in number) ‘sufficient 


τῇ στρατιᾷ. Oty παλέσαντες τοὺς πρέσδεις 


for-the army. Therefore ealling (in) the ambassadors 
ξυνεθδουλεύοντο, καὶ ἠξίουν ὄντας Ἕλληνας 
they-consulted-together, and requested being (as) Greeks 
Ἕλλησι τούτῳ πρῶτον δέχεσθαι 
to-Greeks (that) in-this (relation) they-'would first ‘receive 
~ τ - 

καλῶς TE εἶναι εὔνους. TO καὶ 
(them) well, not-only to-be friendly-and-kind to — (them), but-also 
ξυμθουλεύειν τὰ κάλλιστα. 
to-advise (them) for-the best. 


Δὲ Ἑχατώνυμος ἀναστὰς, πρῶτον μὲν ἀπελογή- 
But Hecatonymus having-risen-up, first indeed he-stated-in- 
Ka 
σατο περὶ οὗ εἶπεν, ὡς ποιήσοιντο τὸν Παφλαγόνα 
defence about what he-said, that they-would-make the Paphlagonian 
> ~ 
φίλον, ὅτι οὐχ εἴποι, ὡς σφῶν 
(a) friend, that he-‘might not ‘have-said (this), as-that themselves 






πολεμησόντων τοῖς Ἕλλησι, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 
were-about-making-war against-the Greeks, but that (though) 
ἐξόν εἶναι φίλους tois βαρθάροις αἱρή- 
_ it-being-allowed (them) to-be friends to-the barbarians they- 
σονται σοὺς Ἕλληνας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
-would-take (in preference) the Greeks. When indeed 
ἐχέλευον ξυμθουλεύοιμι, ἐπευ- 


_ they-called-in (him) that-he-might-'give (his) 'opinion-and-advice, calling-* 


ξάμενος εἶπεν ὧδε" Ei μὲν ξυμθουλεύοιμι, 


mprecations (on himself) he-spoke thus: If indeed T-advise 






ἃ δοχεὶ μοι εἶναι βέλτιστά, πολλά κἀγαϑὰ 
(you), what seems to-me to-be best, ‘may much even-good 
\ 5 ’ὔ 9 ’ ‘ [4 
γένοιτο wo’ δὲ εἰ μή, τἀναντία. Tap αὕτη 
‘happen to-me; but if not, the-contrary. For - that 


362 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIION. 


Evubovay n λεγομένη εἶναι ἱερὰ δοχεῖ μοι 


counsel which is-said to-be sacred seems to-me 


παρεῖναι" γὰρ viv μὲν δή, ἂν μὲν φανῶ 
to-be-present; for now indeed —, _ if indeed I-shall-appear (as) 


ξυμθουλεύσας εὖ, ἔσεσθε πολλοὶ οἱ ἐπαι- 
having-advised (you) well, you-will-be many -- ap- 


~ , ς 1 ὦ - x Tn 
γοῦντες μὲ δὲ ἂν χαχῶς, ἔσεσϑε πολλοὶ of xaTa- 
plauding me; but if ill, you-will-be many — exe- 


= © 
Suevot. Οὖν μὲν οἷδ᾽ ὅτι ἕξομεν πολὺ 
crating (me). Therefore indeed I-know that we-shall-have much 


σιλείω πράγματα, ἐὰν χομίζησϑε xara θάλατταν" 
HATS, μ 


more trouble, if you-are-conveyed by sea” 
A , © ~ 7 ‘ ee ‘ 
ap δεήσει ἡμᾶς πορίζειν τὰ πλοῖα" 
for it-will-be-necessary (that) we furnish the ships ; 
δὲ ἣν στέλλησϑε κατὰ γῆν, δεήσαι ὑμᾶς 
but if γοπ-αγο-βοηὶ by land, it-will-be-necessary (that) you 
3 ‘ , σ \ 
εἶναι τοὺς μαχομένους. Ὅμως δὲ 
be — (those) fighting. However indeed (the things) 


ἃ γιγνώσχω Aextéa γὰρ εἶμι ἔμπειρος καὶ 
which I-know are-to-be-spoken; for  I-am well-acquainted both 
τῆς χώρας τῶν Παφλαγόνων καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως. 
with-the country of-the Paphlagonians and — (their) power. 


Tap ἔχει ἀμφότερα, καὶ χάλλιστα πεδία καὶ 
For it-has both, as-well most-beautiful plains as 


ὑψηλότατα ὄρη. Kai πρῶτον μὲν oida evtSvg 


most-high mountains, For first indeed I-know exactly 
z τ 

τὴν εἰςολὴν 7 ἀνάγκη σοιεϊσϑαι" 

the entrance by-which (it will be a) necessity (for you) to-make 


% » 3 » 

ἀρ ἔστιν οὐ ἄλλῃ 
fyour entrance); for  there-is not by-another than (that) by-which 
τὰ κέρατα Tod ὄρους xad ἑχάτερα τῆς ὁδοῦ 
he peaks  of-the mountain on each (side) of-the road 


ἐστιν ὑψηλά, xatéyortes ἃ καὶ πάνυ ὀλίγοι. 


are high, possessing which even (a) very few 


ἂν δύναιντο κρατεῖν" δὲ χατεχομένων τούτων, 
τα σας θ6- 010. to-be-superior (to you); but having-pre-occupied thin 






BOOK V.—CHAPTER VI. 363 


οὐδέ πάντες of ἄνϑρωποι ἂν δύναιντ᾽ 
not-even all the men (in the world) might be-able 


ἂν διελθεῖν" δὲ καὶ ἂν δείξαιμι ταῦτα. 
(that they) might pass-through; and also ‘I οουἱὰ ‘show this, 


ei βούλοισϑε ξυμπέμψαι μοί τινα. "Ἔπειτα δὲ 


if you-desire to-send-with me any-one. Then indeed 


τ \ / , 4 7 a ς / 
οἶδα καὶ πεδία ὄντα, καὶ ἱππείαν, ἣν οἱ βάρ- 
I-know even (of) plains being, and cavalry, which the bar- 


θαροι αὐτοὶ νομίζουσι εἶναι κρείττω  andons τῆς 

barians themselves consider to-be superior (to) all the 

ἱππείας βασιλέως. Καὶ νῦν οὗτοι 

cavalry ‘of (the) *king. And now (lately) these (Paphla- 
ov παρεγένοντο βασιλεὶ xa- 

gonians) ‘did not ‘present (themselves) 'to (the) ‘king  call- 


λοῦντι, ἀλλὰ ὁ ἄρχων αὐτῶν φρονεὶ μεῖζον. 
ing-on (others), but the ruler of-them thinks greater 
Δὲ εἰ xai δυνηϑεῖτε τε χλέψαι 

(of himself, than toobey). And if also you-were-able indeed  to-steal 

τὰ ὄρη, ἢ λαθόντες φϑάσαι, 

(ever) the mountains, or having-taken-possession to-have-anticipated (the 
καὶ ἐν TH πεδίῳ μαχόμενοι χρατῆσαι TE 
enemy), and in the plain fighting to-have-conquered — 
τούς ἱππεῖς τούτων χαὶ πλεῖον ἢ δώδεχα 
the cavalry of-these (people) and more than twelve 
μυριάδες πεζῶν ἥξετε ἐπὶ τοὺς 
ten-thousands [120,000] of-infantry, you-will-come to the 


ποταμούς, πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, εὖρος 
rivers, first indeed to-the ‘hermodon, (the) breadth 


: τριῶν πλέϑρων, ὃν οἶμαι χαλεπὸν 
(being) plethra, [800 feet,] which I-think difficult 
διαδαίνειν, ἄλλως τε xal ὄντων μὲν πολλῶν 
to-cross, especially — also there-being indeed (a) numerous 
πολεμίων ἔμπροσϑεν, δὲ πολλῶν ἐπομένωι' 
enemy before (you), and many following 


ὄπισϑεν' δεύτερον δ᾽ ἮἾριν, ὡςαύτως τρί- 
x behind; second — (the) Iris, likewise three. 





364 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πλέϑρον" δὲ τρίτον “Avy, οὐ μεῖον 
plethra ; [300 feet;] and third (the) Halys, not less (tinny 
δυοῖν σταδίοιν, ὃν ἂν οὐ δύναισϑε διαθῆναι 
two stadia, which ‘you may not *be-able to.-pass 
ἄνευ πλοῖων" δὲ Tis ἔσται ὃ παρέχων πλοῖα; 
without boats; but what-one will-there-be — providing Loats 7 
ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως καὶ 6 ἸΠαρϑένιος ἄθατος, ἐφ᾽’ ὃν © 
as indeed likewise even the Parthenius (is) impassable, δὲ which 
ἂν Sore, εἰ duabainte τὸν “AAvy. Ἐγὼ 
‘you may ‘arrive, if you-cross-over the Halys. I 
> ‘ 7 \ 7, τ 3 ‘ 
οὖν μὲν νομίζω τὴν πορείαν εἶναι οὐ χαλεπὴν 
therefore indeed consider the route to-be not difficult 
ect A 
ὑμῖν,. ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἐδύνατον. Δὲ ἂν 
(only) for-you, but altogether impassable. But if 
πλέητε, ἔστιν ἐνθένδε μὲν παραπλεῦσαι 
you-sail, it-is (in your power) from-hence indeed to-coast-along 
ε 
εἰς Σινώπην, ἐκ Σινώπης δὲ εἰς Ἣράκλείαν" ἐξ 
to Sinope, from Sinope indeed to Heracleia; from 
“HpaxArcias δὲ ἀπορία οὔτε πεζῇ οὔτε 
Heracleia indeed (the) passage (may be) either by-land or 


χατὰ θάλατταν" yap ἐστιν χαὶ πολλὰ πλοῖα ἐν 
by sea; for there-are even many vessels in 
Ἡρακλείᾳ. 
Heracleia. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔλεξε ταῦτα, οἵ ὑπώπτευον 
When indeed he-had-said _ this, — (some) suspected (that) 
λέγειν ἕνεχα φιλίας τῆς Κορύλα, (γὰρ ἦν 
he-said (it) by-reason of-friendship for— Corylas, (for he-was 
᾿καὶ πρόξενος αὐτῷ,) δὲ καὶ οἱ P 
even (the) public-guest-friend to-him,) and also — (others) (suspected 
ὡς ληψόμενον δῶρα διὰ ταύτην τὴν Evubow — 


him) as about-to-receive (a) reward on-account-of this -- coun- 










> ς ς 5 
λὴν" δὲ οἵ xai ὑπώπτευον λέγειν ἕνεχία, 
sel; and —(others)again suspected (that) he-said (so) by-reasun 
τούτου, ὡς μὴ ἰόντες πεζῇ ἐργάζοιντο τι χαχὸν 
of-tins, that lest guing cn-foot they-mightdo some evir 


—S μὐμμὐὐὐννἷνν 


BOOK V.—CHAPTER VI. 865 


ν᾽ σ 
τὴν χώραν Σινωπέων. A’ οὖν οἱ Ἕλληνες 
to-the country οὗ (the) Sinopeans, But — the Greeks 


elycioarto ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν κατὰ θάλατταν. 
voted to-make the journey by sea. 


Μετὰ ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" “Q. Σινωκεῖς, 

After these (things) Xenophon said: 0 Sinopeans, 
eet 

ot ἄνδρες μὲν ὕρηνται πορείαν, ἣν ὑμεῖς Evubov- 

the men _ indeed have-chosen (the) route, which you ad- 

λεύετε" δὲ ἔχει οὕτω" 

vise ; | and. it-has (itself) thus; [and we will sail on these con- 


el μὲν μέλλει ἔσεσϑαι πλοῖα ixava 
ditions ;] if indeed it-is-intended (that) there-will-be ships sufficient 


ἀριὰμῷ, ὡς un ἕνα καταλείπεσθαι ἐνθάδε, 
in-number, so-as (that) not one *  be-left - here, 
ἡμεῖς ἂν mAégomev’ ei δὲ μέλλοιμεν οἵ 

we may sail; if indeed we-intend (that) — (some) 
μὲν καταλείψεσϑαι, δὲ οἵ σιλεύσεσϑαι, ἂν 
indeed are-to-be-left, but — (others) “ to-sail, *we may 
οὐχ ἐμθαίημεν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα. Tap γιγνώσκομεν, 
not ‘embark on (board) the — ships. For we-know, 
ὅτι, ὅπου μνᾶ Gy χρατῶμεν dy dvvaiuesa 
that, where indeed ‘we may ‘be-the-strongest ‘we may * be-able 
χαὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" 
both to-save (ourselves), and to-have — provisions ; 
δὲ εἴ που AnhSnodueSa ἥττους 


but if any-where | we-shall-be-taken | worse [shall be found weaker] 


TOV σολεμίων, εὔδηλον δὴ, ὅτι 
(than) — (our) enemies, (it is) very-evident indeed, that 
ἐσόμεθα ἔν χώρᾳ ἀνδραπόδων. Οἱ πρέσδεις 
we-will-be in (the) place of-slaves, The ambassadors 
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἐχέλευον πέμπσειν 
hearing these (things) requested (them) to-send 
πρέσϑεις. Καὶ πέμπουσι Καλλίμαχον 
ambassadors (to Sinope). And  they-sent Callimachus (the) 

31 5 : 


366 THE ANABASIS OF XENUPHON. 


᾿Αρχάδα, καὶ ᾿Αρίστωνα ᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ Σαμό. 


Arcadian, and Ariston (the) Athenian, and Samo- 
λαν ᾿Αχαιόν. Kai ot μὲν ᾧχοντο. 
las (the) Achzan. And —(they) indeed departed. 
Ἔν δὲ τούϊῳ τῷ χρόνῳ Ξενοφῶντι, 
During indeed this (same)— time (itseemed) to-Xenophon, 
ὁρῶντι μὲν πολλοὺς ὁπλίτας τῶν “Ελλήνων, 
seeing indeed ({Π0) many heavy-armed-men of-the Greeks, 


δὲ χαὶ ὁρῶντι πολλούς πελταστὰς, καὶ τοξότας 
and also seeing many targeteers, and archers 
xal σφενδονήτας, καὶ ἱππέας dé, καὶ μάλα ἱκανούς 
and slingers, and cavalry also, and very efficient 
ἤδη διὰ τὴν τριθὴν, ὄντας δ᾽ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ, 
now through “-- exercise, being indeed in — Pontus, 


ἔνϑα τοσαύτη δύναμις ἂν οὐχ παρεσχευάσϑη av 


where such (a) force could not have-been-prepared from 


ὀλίγων χρημάτων, ἐδόχει εἶναι καλὸν 
small things-aud-means, ‘it (therefore) ‘seemed _ to-be good 


αὐτῷ προςχτήσασϑαι καὶ χώραν καὶ δύναμιν τῇ 
to-him to-haye-added-yet-more both territory and power to— 


Ἑλλάδι, χατοικίσαντας πόλιν. Καὶ ἐδόκει 
Greece, having-provided (a) city (there). And it-seemed 
3 ~ Ἃ [4 if [4 
LUTE ἂν γενέσϑαι μεγάλη, καταλογιζομένῳ 
to-him (that 10) might become . great, considering 
Te TO AAnSos αὐτῶν, xal τοὺς TLEPLOL- 
not-only the multitude of-themselves, but-also — (those) inhabiting. 
κοῦντας τὸν Πόντον. Καὶ éti τούτοις 
around the Pontus (unskilled in war), And about this 
ἐϑύετο, πρὶν εἰπεῖν τινι τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 
he-sacrificed, (and) before he-spoke to-any of-the soldiers, 

χαλέσας Σιλανὸν Tov ᾿Αμδρακιώτην, τὸν 

having-called-in Silanus the Ambracian, -— (who) 
γενόμενον τὸν μάντιν Κύρου. ὋὉ δὲ Σιλανός, 
was the augur of-Cyrus. — But Silanus 


δεδιὼς μὴ ταῦτα γένηται, χαὶ 7 στρατιά 
baving-feared lest this might-happen, and the army 








BOOK V.— CHAPTER VI. 367 


καταμείνῃ που, ἐχφέρει λόγον εἷς τὸ 
might-remain some-where (here), he-brings word to the 


στράτευμα. OTL Ἐενοφῶν βούλεται τὴν στρατιὰν 


army, that Xenophon desired the army 
χαταμεῖναι, καὶ οἰκίσαι πόλιν, καὶ TLE 
to-remain, and to-build (a) city, and (thereby) ac- 
ποιήσασθαι ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν ἑαυτῷ. A’ ὃ 
quire (a) name and power for-himself. But — 
Σιλανὸς αὐτὸς ἐθούλετο ἀφικέσϑαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα 
Silanus himself desired to-arrive in Greece 
ὅτι τάχιστα" yap διεσεσώχει τρις- 
"as quick *as-possible ; for he-had-saved (the) three- 


χιλίους δαρεικούς, οὗς ἔλαθε παρὰ Κύρου, ὅτε 


thousand darics, which he-received from Cyrus, when 


θυόμενος ἡλήϑευσε τὰς δέχα ἡμέρας 
sacrificing he-‘told (the) ‘truth (respecting) the ten days 


Κύρῳ. Δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἐπεὶ ἤχουσαν, 
to-Cyrus. But (as respects) the soldiers, when they-heard 
5 ‘ ~ ᾿ 4 - 
ἐδόχει μὲν τοῖς εἶναι βέλτιστον καταμεῖναι, 
(this), it-seemed indeed to — (some) to-be the-best to-remain, 
δὲ τοὶς σολλοῖς οὔ. Δὲ Τιμασίων 
but — (others) the-most (numerous) not (toremain). But Timasius 
ὃ Aapdareds xai Θώραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος λέγουσι 
the Dardanean and isis Be the Beotian told 
τινὰς ἐμπόρους παρόντας τῶν Ἡραχλεωτῶν 
some merchants being-present-there of-the Heracleang 
χαὶ Σινωπέων, ὅτι, εἰ μὴ ἐχποριοῦσι 
and ‘of (the) *Sinopeans, that, if they-‘do not procure 
μισϑόν τῇ στρατιᾷ, ὥςτε ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 


pay for-the army, so-as to-have — _ provisions (while) 


ἐχπιλέοντας, ὅτι τοσαύτη δύναμις κιν- 
Sailing-out (σῃ their voyage), | that so-large (a) force will-be- 


δυνεύσει μεῖναι ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. 
in-danger to-remain in — Pontus [there will be danger of se 


Tap Ξενοφῶν Bow 


large a force remaining in Pontus]. For (said they) Xenophon τ» 


868 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


λεύεται, καὶ παραχαλεὶ ἡμᾶς, ἐπειδὰν TH πλοῖα 
planning (thus), and requests us, when the vessels 
ἔλθῃ, εἰπεῖν τότε ἐξαίφνης τῇ στρατιᾷ" ΓΑνδρες; 
may-come, to-say then suddenly ἰο- the army ; Len, 

vov μὲν ὁρῶμεν ὑμᾶς ὄντας ἀπόρους και 
*we now indeed ‘perceive you being at-a-loss (how) even 


ἐν τῷ ἀπόπλῳ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, χαὶ ὡς 
in the voyage-homeward to-have — provisions, and how 


35 ~ ~ 
ἀπελϑόντας. oixade ὀνῆσαι τι τοῦς οἴχοι" 
having-departed home to-have-benefitted any (of) — (those) at-home; 


εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε ἐχλεξάμενοι τῆς οἰχουμένης 
if indeed you-desire (it), having-selected ---ὀ (an) inhabitea 
χώρας, κύχλῳ περὶ τὸν Πόντον ὅπη ἂν 
place, in (a) ‘circle round the Pontus whenever ‘you may 


βούλεσϑε, κατασχεῖν, καὶ τὸν μΜμὲν ἐθέλοντα, 
*wish, to-take-possession-of (it), and — (those) indeed wishing 


ἀπιέναι otxade, δὲ τὸν éSéAOVYTA μένειν 
(it), to-depart home, but  — (those) wishing (it) to-remain 


ὡς ie S23. 
αὐτοῦ, πλοῖα δὲ πάρεσιν ὑμῖν, ὥςτε, ὅπη 
here, ships indeed are-ready (here) for-you, so-that, when ‘you 


ἂν βούλησϑε, ἂν ἐξαίφνης ἐπιπέσοιτε. 


may *wish, ‘you may suddenly *fall-on (such place). 


Οἱ ἔμποροι ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα ἀπήγγελλον 
The merchants hearing these (things), announced 


ταὶς πόλεσι. δὲ Τιμασίων ὃ Δαρδανεὺς 


(them) to-the cities ; and Timasion the ardanean 


ξυνέπεμψε αὐτοῖς Εὐρύμαχόν TE τὸν Aap davéa 


sent-with Eurymachus also — (a) Derdeaall 


xai Θώραχα τὸν Βοιώτιον, ἐροῦντας τὰ αὐτὰ 


and Thorax the Beeotian, saying the self 
ταῦτα Σινωπεῖς dé xai Ἡρακλεῶται, 
same (things). (The) Sinopeans and also (the) Heracleans, 
ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, πέμπστουσι 4 905 «τὸν Τιμα- 
παν ηρ-Ὠοατα these (things), sent — Tima- 


σίωνα καὶ κελεύουσι, λαθόντα χρὴματα, 
sion and requested (him), having-received money, 


»-Ὡ 





BOOK V.— CHAPTER VI. 369 


eh ο ε , 
προστατεῦσαι, ὅπως N στρατιά 
to-place-himself-at-the-head (of bringing it about), that the army 
ὃ 
ἐχπλεύσγ. Ὅ δὲ ἄσμενος ἀκούσας, 
would-sail-out (of the Euxine). --- (He) indeed willingly listening 


ἐν ξυλλόγῳ, ὄντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 
{to this), | (and) in(an) assembly, being the soldiers, 


λέγει τάδε: Δεῖ 


[and in an assembly of the soldiers,] spoke thus: It-becomes: (us) 


~ ~ δ" 
οὐ, ὦ ἄνδρες, προςέχειν τῇ μονῇ, οὐδὲ 
not, O men, to-bend (our minds) on — remaining, nor 


ποιεῖσθαι οὐδὲν περὶ πλείονος τῆς 
to-make (no) (any) (country) of more-value (than) — 


“Ἑλλάδος. ᾿Αχούω δὲ τινας θύεσϑαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ, 

Greece. I-hear indeed (that) some are-sacrificing about this 
3} \ 7 δίς ἥν ~ ες τ 

οὐδὲ λέγοντας ὑμῖν. Δὲ ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμὶν, 

(and) not-even mentioning (it) to-you. And I-promise you, 

ἂν ἐχπλέητε, παρέξειν ἑχάστῳ κυζικηνὸν 

if you-set-sail, to-furnish-hereafter to-each-of-you (a) cyzicene 


‘ 


μισϑοφορὰν τοῦ μηνός, ἀπὸ 


(about five dollars) as-pay — (per) month, (counting) from 


νουμηνίας" χαὶ ἄξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν 
(the) beginning-of-the-month; and I-will-lead you to -- 


Τρῳάδα, ἔνϑεν καὶ εἶμι φυγάς, καὶ ἣ ἐμὴ 


Troas, whencé even J-am(an) exile, and — my 


πόλις ὑπάρξει ὑμῖν ya ἑχόντες 
city will-aid you; for ‘they (my countrymen) ‘will willingly 


δέξονται pe. Δὲ ἐγώ αὐτὸς ἡγήσομαι, 


‘receive me. And I _ myself  will-conduct (you to places), 


ἔνϑεν λήψεσθε πολλὰ χρήματα. Hime δὲ ἔμ- 


where —-you-will-get much riches. I-am indeed well- 


TLELPOS TNS Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς Φρυγίας, καὶ τῆς 
acquainted-with — Aiolia and — Phrygia, and 


Τρῳάδος, καὶ πάσης τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς Φα 
Troas, the government [satrapy] (of) — Phar- 


ναθάζου, τὰ μὲν διὰ TO εἶναι ἐκεῖϑεν, 
nabazus, | the indeed through the to-be hence, [partly as be- 


370 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


δὲ τὰ διὰ τὸ ξυνεστρα- 
ing a native of that place], and. — (partly) through |the to-make-cam. 


τεῦσϑαι ἐν αὐτῇ σὺν Κλεάρχῳ 
paigns-with [having served with] in that (place) with Clearchus 


te xai Δερχυλλίδᾳ. 
and also Dercyllidas. 


Atsis δὲ Θώραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος, ὃς ἀεὶ ἐμάχετο 


Afterwardsindeed Thorax the Beotian, whoalways contended 


Ξενοφῶντι περὶ στρατηγίας, ἀναστὰς, ἔφη, 
with-Xenophon about (the) command-of-the-army, having-stood-up, said, 


εἰ ἐξέλϑοιεν ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου, Χεῤῥόνησον 
if they-should-depart from the Pontus, (that the) Chersonese 


ἔσεσϑαι αὐτοῖς, χώραν καλὴν καὶ 
will-be (86 place) for-them, (for that the) country (is) fine and 


εὐδαίμονα, ὥςτε τῷ βουλομένῳ 
rich, _so-that (it will be) to — (him) wishing-it (in his power) 


ἐνοιχεῖν, δὲ TO μὴ βουλομένῳ. 
to-dwell-therein, but to— (him) ποῦ —_ wishing-it (it will be in Lis 


‘ = ~ 
ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε. Δὲ εἶναι γελοῖον, οὔσης 


power) to-depart home. And (that) it-was ridiculous, there-being 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι πολλῆς χαὶ ἀφϑόνου χώρας, 
in Greece much and excellent land, 
μαστεύειν ἐν τῇ βαρθάρων. Δ᾽ ἔςτε, ἔφη. 


to-seek-for-it in the (country) of-barbarians. © But until, said-he, 


ἂν yivnose ἐχεῖ, κἀγὼ, καϑάπερ Τιμασίων. 
‘you may *get there, both-I, as-well-as Timasion, 


ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν τὴν μισϑοφορίαν. Δὲ ἔλεγε 


promise you pay. And _he-said 

ταῦτα,  eidds Τιμασίωνι ἃ ot Ἡραχλεῶται καὶ 

this, having-heard from-Timasion what the Heracleans and 
ma ie -- Ξ 

οἱ Σινωπεῖς ὑπισχνοῦντο ὥςτε ἐχπλεῖν. Δὲ ὁ 


the Sinopeans had-promised (it) provided (that) they-set-sail, But — 
Ξενοφῶν ἐν σπούτῳ ἐσίγα. Δὲ Φιλήσιος καὶ 


Xenophon during _ this was-silent. But Philesius and 


Abxav οἱ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἀναστὰς ἔλεγον, ὡς εἴη δεινὸν 


Lycon the Acheans haying-stood-up said, that it-was insufferable 


Ὧ a 


. 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER VI. 371 


év Ξενοφῶντα ἰδίᾳ Te πείϑειν 
indeed that) Xenophon  in-private ‘should not-only ‘persuade (people) 

ς \ ~ ~ 
καταμένειν. καὶ θύεσϑαι ὑπὲρ τῆς μονῆς, μὴ 
to-remain, but-also to-sacrifice about — (their) stay, not 
χοινούμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ, δὲ εἰς τὸ κοινὸν 
having-communicated to-the army, and in __ the public 

ἢ ‘ σ 
ἀγορεύειν μεδὲν περὶ τούτων. Ὥςτε ὃ Bevo- 
to-declare nothing about these (things). So-that — Xeno- 
φῷν ἠναγχάσϑη ἀναστῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν τάδε" 
phon was-obliged to-stand-up and __ to-speak thus: 
3 U4 ἘΠ , ς ‘ Cc w~ ς ΗΝ 
γῶ; ὦ ἄνδρες, θύομαι, ως μὲν ορᾶτε, οποσο 
d; 10) men, sacrifice, as indeed you-see, as-well-as 
1. 4 ‘ ς ~ ς ~ 

δύναμαι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ, ὅπως 
I-can, both for you and for myself, | in-order-that 


τυγχάνω καὶ λέγων χαὶ νοῶν καὶ NpaTTor 
I-happen both speaking and thinking and doing [in order 
ταῦτα ὁποῖα μέλε 
that I may speak, and think and do] those (things) such-as it-may-be- 
λει ἔσεσθαι κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα τε ὑμῖν καὶ 
about to-be the-most-honourable and best not-only for-you but-also 
ἐμοί. Kai viv eSvdunv περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου, 
for-me. And now I-was-sacrificing about this same (thing), 
εἶ εἴη ἄμεινον ἄρχεσθαι λέγειν εἷς 
(namely) whether it-would-be _ better to-begin to-speak to 
c eH ‘ 
ὑμᾶς καὶ πράττειν περὶ τούτων, ἢ παντάπασι 
you and to-act ‘respecting these (things), or altogether 
μηδὲ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ mpayuatos. Δὲ Σιλανὸς ὃ 
ποῦ to-touch the affair. And Silanus the 
μάντις ἀπεχρίνατο μοὶ τὸ μέγιστον 
augur determined for-me — (what was of the) greatest 
1 \ ε \ 7 ‘ = \ 
ἕν, TH ἱερὰ εἶναι xara’ (γὰρ 
(importance) indeed, (that) the victims were favcurable; (for 
ὰ : 
ἤδει χαὶ ἐμὲ ὄντα οὐχ ἄπειρον 
he-knew also (that) I was ποῦ unskilled (in such things) 
διὰ τὸ del παρεῖναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς) δὲ 
by-reason of — (my) always being-present at-the ‘acrifices;) and 


872 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἔλεξε ὅτι φαίνοιτο ἐν τοὶς ἱεροὶς σις δόλος 

said that there-appeared in the victims (as if) some fraud 
4. 2 ‘ 5 , ς »¥ ’ 

χαὶ ἐπιβουλὴ ἐμοί, ὡς ἄρα γιγνώσκων, 

and plotting (was agitating) against-me, as in-truth knowing, 

ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπεδούλευε διαθάλλειν μὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 


that he was-plotting to-calumniate me to you. 


Tap ἐξήνεγχε τὸν λόγον, as ἐγὼ ἤδή διανοοίμεν 


For he-brought-out the report, that I already intended 
~ , ς ~ 

πράττειν ταῦτα, ov πείσας ὑμᾶς. Φ 

to-do these (things), not having-persuaded’ you (to give 


‘ c w ~ 
Δὲ ἐγὼ, εἰ μὲν ἑώρων ὑμᾶς ἀποροῦντας, 
yourconsent). And I, if indeed [saw you destitute 


τοῦ ἂν ἐσχόπουν ad ov 
(and in perplexity), for-that ‘I would ‘have-looked-out from which ‘it 


ἂν γένοιτο, ὥςτε ὑμᾶς λαθόντας πόλιν, TOY 
might ‘happen, that γοὰ  having-taken (a) city, — (those) 
μὲν βουλόμενον, ἀποπλεῖν ἤδη, τὸν 
indeed desiring (it), (might) — set-sail now, — (those) 
δὲ μὴ βουλόμενον, ἐπεὶ χτή- 
indeed not desiring (it), (might do so) when _ they-might-huve- 


Cato ixava, ὥςτε ὠφελῆσαί τι τοὺς οἰκείους 
acquired sufficient, so-as to-assist somewhat the families 


éavtov. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ὁρῶ ὋἩραχλεώτας χαὶ Σιτὼ- 
of-themselves. But when I-see (the) Heracleans and (the) Sino- 
σεῖς πέμποντας τὰ πλοῖα xai ὑμῖν, ὥςτε 

peans sending — vessels even to-you, so-as (that) 


ἐχπιλεῖν, καὶ ἄνδρας ὑπισχνουμένους ὑμῖν μισϑὸν 


you-may-set-sail, and men promising you pay 
2 τ Ξ 
ἀπὸ 3 ψουμηνίας > doxe b μοι εἰναι καλόν 


from (the) beginning-of-the-month, it-seems to-me to-be (an) excellent 


σωζομένους EvSa Povrduesa δλαμθάνειν 


(thing that) we-being-saved to-where we-wish (to be) to-receive 


μισϑὸν τῆς πορείας" καὶ τε αὐτός παύ- — 
pay ‘for (making) ‘the journey; and not-only myself doe 


ομαι ἐχείνης τῆς διανοίας, καὶ ὁπόσοι προς 


desist from-this — (same) intention, but-also such-as have- 


ol 


+ 








BOOK V.—CHAPTER VI. 873 


neva πρὸς ἐμὲ, fel Bi ὡς χρὴ πράττειν 


come-forward to me, saying that it-is-necessary to-do 


ταῦτα, ῴημι χρῆναι ἀνα- 
these (things), I-say (to them also) (that) it-is-necessary to- 


παύσασϑαι. Tap οὕτω γιγνώσχω᾽ ὄντες 
desist (from them). For thus I-know: being 


πολλοὶ ὁμοῦ, ὥςπερ νυνί, ἂν δοχεῖτε μοι χαὶ 
many together, as now, ‘you may seem to-me even 


εἶναι ἔντιμοι, καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" (γὰρ ἐστιν 
to-be honoured, and to-haye — _ provisions; | (for it-is 


ἐν τῷ χρατεῖν καὶ τὸ 
in the to-have-power [for it belongs to those having power] even «--- 
λαμθάνειν τὰ τῶν ἡττόνων) δ᾽ ἂν διασπασ- 
to-take the (things) of-the weaker;) but — ___ being-torn- 
ϑέντες, καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως γενομένης 


into-pieces, and — (your) force having-become (divided into) 


κατὰ μιχρὰ, ἂν οὔτε δύναισθε Aaubavew 
-- small (parties), ‘you might neither ‘be-able to-procure 


T popny, οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἀπαλλάξαιτε χαίροντες. Δοχεὶ 
ohn nor might you-depart rejoicing. It-seems 


οὖν μοι ἅπε ὑμῖν, ἐχσίο- 
therefore to-me(good) which (is good) for-you, (that) ‘we (ought) *to- 


ρεύεσϑαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα" xal ἐάν τις μείνῃ 


depart for Greece ; and if any-one remains 

ἢ ANPSH ἀπολιπῶν τινα, πρὶν TO πᾶν 

or be-caught _ ‘leaving any-one ‘behind, before (that) the whole 

᾿ στράτευμα εἶναι ἐν ἀσφαλεὲ αὐτὸν χρίνεσϑαι 

army in safety (that) he  is-to-be-judged 
4 i Ἂς 

Ε΄ ὡς ΞΕ Καὶ ὅτῳ, ἔφη ταῦτα δοχεὶ 

as committing-a-crime. And to-whom, said-he these (things) seem 

ἀράτω τὴν χεῖρα ὔλπαντες 

(good) ‘let (him) ‘hold-up — (his) hand. AU 


ἀνέτειναν. 
held-up (their hands). 


Ὃ Σιλανὸς δὲ ἐδόα, καὶ ἐπεχείρει λέγειν. 
---ὀ Silanus indeed cried-out, and attempted to-spea 





814 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
ὡς εἴη δίχαιον τὸν βουλόμενον 
fin order to show), that it-might-be lawful for — (those) desiring 


ἀπιέναι. Οἱ στρατιῶται dé οὐκ ἠνείχοντο. 
fit) to-depart. The soldiers however ‘did not ‘tolcrate 


ἀλλ᾽ ἠπείλουν αὐτῷ, ὅτι εἰ λήψονται ἀποδι- 
(it) but threatened him, that if they-caught (him) running- 


δράσχοντα, ἐπιϑήσοιεν τὴν dixny. 


away, | they-would-‘put {80 law ‘on (him), [they would 

Ἐντεῦθεν, ἐπεὶ ot Ηραχλεῶται ἔγνωσαν, 
punish him]. Thereupon, when the Heracleans knew, 
ὅτι δεδογμένον εἴη ἐχπλεῖν, καὶ Ξενοφῶν 


that  it-had-been-determined  to-set-sail, and (that) Xenophon 


αὐτὸς ἐπεψηφιχὼς εἴη, πέμπουσι μὲν τὰ πλοῖα, 
himself had-put-it-to-vote, sent indeed the ships, 


‘ - ε 
δὲ τὰ χρήματα ἃ ὑπέσχοντο Τιμασίωνι 
but (as respects) the money which they-promised to-Timasion 


καὶ Θώραχι τὴς μισϑοφορίας ἐψευσμέ- 
and Thorax (as) the pay (of the soldiers) they-had- 


VOL ἦσαν. "Evtadsa δὲ of ὑπεσχημένοι 
falsified (their word). Then indeed — (those) having-promised 


τῆς μισϑοφορίαν ἐχπεπληγμένοι ἦσαν καὶ 
the 


pay were-astounded and 


ἐδεδοίχεσαν τὴν στρατιὰν. Οὗτοι οὖν παραλα- 


feared the army. These therefore taking-with 
θόντες καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγούς, οἷς ἀνεχοι- 
(them) also the other generals, to-whom they-com- 
γοῦντο, ἃ πρόσϑεν ἔπραττον, (δὲ 
municated, what ‘they before (this) ‘attempted-to-bring-about, (and 
ἦσαν πάντες, ᾿ σιλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ ᾿Ασιναίου, — 
they-were all (of them), except Neon the Asinian, 









ὃς ὑπεστρατήγει Χειρισόφῳ, δὲ Χειρίσοφος οὔτω 
who commanded-under Cheirisophus, but Cheirisophus ‘was not-yet 
παρῆν.) ἔρχονται πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, καὶ λέγουσιν, 
*present,) they-went to Xenophon, and said, 
ὅτι μεταμέλοι ATOIS, χαὶ  doxoin 
that it-repented them (for what had been done), and it-might-seem 


BOOK V.—CHAPTER VII. 875 


εἶναι χράτιστον πλεῖν εἰς Φᾶσιν, ἐπεὶ ἔστι 
to-be the-best to-sail to (the) Phasis, |§ when there-were 
mola, καὶ χατασχεῖν τὴν χώραν Φασιαγῶν 
vessels, and  to-have-taken the country ‘of (the) *Phasians 
(δὲ vidods Αἰήτου ἐτύγχανε βασιλεύων αὐτῶν). 
(for (a) grandson οἵ- ΖΦ οίοβ happened to-be-reigning-over them). 
Aé Ἐενοφῶν ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι ἂν εἴποι οὐδὲν 
But Xenophon replied, that *he would ‘say nothing 
Cee 
σούτων εἰς τὴν στρατιάν" δὲ ὑμεῖς ξυλλέξαντες, 
of-this to _ the army ; but you assembling 
ἔφη, εἰ βούλεσϑε, λέγετε. 

(them), said-he, if you-wish, tell (them about the affair } 
᾿Ενταῦϑα Τιμασίων ὃ Δαρδανεὺς ἀποδείκνυται 

Then Timesion the Dardanian offered -. (the) 
γνώμην, οὐχ ἐχχλησιάζειν, ἀλλὰ 
opinion, (that) they-‘ought not ‘to-call-a-council (of all), but 
πρῶτον τοὺς λοχαγοὺς πειρᾶσθαι πείϑειν 
first the captains (ought) to-endeavour to-persuade 
ἕχαστον αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἀπελϑόντες 
[680 (οὔ the men) of-himself [his own men]. And deparuing 


ἐποίουν ταῦτα. 
they-did these (things). 





CHAPTER VII. 


Οἱ στρατιῶται οὖν ἀνεπύϑοντο ταῦτα - 








ΤῊΝ soldiers therefore —_ heard (that) these (things; 
αττόμενα. Kat ὁ Νέων λέγει, ὡς Ἐξενοφῶν, 
were-doing. And — Neon tells (them), that | Xenophon, 


5 - 
ἀναπετιεικὼς τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς, διανοεῖται, 
_ having-persuaded the ~*~ other generals, was-deliberating, 


ἐξαπατήσας, ἄγειν πάλιν τοὺς στρατιώτας 
‘deceiving (them), to-lead back-again tho soldiers 


376 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


εἰς Φᾶσιν. Δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀχούσαντες 

to (the) Phasis. But the soldiers hearing (this) 
χαλεπῶς ἔφερον" χαὶ ἐγίγνοντο ξύλλογοι, 

‘were — greatly ‘excited. and there-were assemblages, 

xai χκύχλοι ξυνίσταντο, καὶ ἦσαν μάλα pobepol, 

and circles were-formed, and they-were much _ to-be-feared, 

τ ‘ 

UN ποιήσειαν, οἷα χαὶ ἐποίησαν τοὺς κήρυχας 

est they-might-do, as ‘they even ‘had-done  to-the heralds 
Κόλχων xai τοὺς ἀγορανόμους " γὰ 

‘of (the) ‘Colchians and the superintendents-of-the-markets; for 


ὅσοι μὴ κατέφυγον εἰς «τὴν barat ταν, XATE- 
as-many-as ‘did not ‘take-refuge in the sea, were- 


λεύσθϑησαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Zevoddv ἡἠσϑάνετο, 
‘ 


destroyed. When however Xenophon perceived (these 


ἔδοξεν αὐτῳ ὡς τάχιστα ξυνα- 
things), it-seemed (best) to-him ‘as speedily ‘as-possible to-call- 
yayely ἀγοράν αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ ἐᾶσι 
together (an) assembly of-them (the soldiers), and not to-have-permitted 
~ 3 , s ον» Se ‘ 

ξυλλεγῆναι αὐτομάτους. καὶ ἐχέλευσε τὸν 
(them) to-assemble of-their-own-accord; and he-ordered the 
κήρυχα ξυλλέγεν ἀγοράν. Δ᾽ οἵ ἐπεὶ 
nerald to-collect-together (a) meeting. But — (they) when 


ἤχουσαν τοῦ χήρυχος, ξυνέδραμον καὶ 
they-heard (the proclamation) of-the herald, ran-together even 


μάλα ἑτοίμως. Ἐνταῦθα Ἐενοφῶν οὐ μὲν" 


very speedily. Then Xenophon ‘did not indeed 


KATHY OPEL τῶν στρατηγῶν, ὅτι ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, 
7accuse the generals, that they-came ἴο him, — 


δὲ λέγει ὧδε" 
‘but speaks thus: 


᾿Αχούω, ὦ ἄνδρες, τινὰ διαθάλλειν ἐμὲ ὡς 


ee 0 men, (that) some-one accuses me that 


ἐγὼ ἄρα ἐξαπατήσας ὑμᾶς μέλλω ἄγειν εἷς. ΕἸΣ 
oie deceiving you intend to-lead (you) to (the) 4 


Φᾶσιν. ᾿Αχούσατε μου οὖν πρὸς θεῶν. 
Phasis. Hear me therefore for (the sake) of-the-goday — 








BOOK V.—OCHAPTER VII. STT 


‘ 3 ‘ ~ 

καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ἀδικεῖν, οὗ χρή 
and if indeed I may-appear to-do-wrong, it-'is not ‘proper 

3 ~ ‘ ~ 
ἀπελϑεῖν évdévds, πρν ay δῶ δίκην" 
(that) I  should-depart hence, | before *I may ‘give justice; 
δ᾽ οἱ διαθάλλοντες ἐμὲ 
[before I suffer oe 3] but (if)— (those) calumniating me 


ἂν φαίνωνται ὑμῖν ἀδικεῖν, χρῆσθε αὐτοὶς οὕτως 
may appear to-you to-do-wrong, treat them so 


ὥςπερ ἄξιον. Ὑμεῖς δὲ δήπου ἴστε, ἔφη, ὅϑεν 


as is-fitting. You indeed certainly know, said-he, whence 
5 

ἥλιος ἀνίσχει, καὶ ὅπου δύεται, χαὶ ὅτι, 

(the) sun rises, and where it-sets, and to-whom, 

ἐὰν μὲν μέλλῃ ἰέναι εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα, δεῖ 

if indeed he-intends to-go to — Greece, (to him) it-is-necessary 


πορεύεσθαι πρὸς ἑσπέραν" ἢν δέ τις βούληται 
to-proceed to (the) west ; if indeed any-one mtght-wish 


εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, τοὔμπαλιν πρὸς 
(to gc) to the barbarians, (on) the-contrary (he must go) to (the) 


ἕω. Ἔστιν οὖν ὅςτις ἂν δύναιτο ἐἕαπα- 
east. Is-there therefore any-one (that) might be-able so-to- 
THOM. ὑμᾶς τοῦτο, ὡς ἥλιος, 
deceive you in-this, as (to make you believe that the) sun, 
ἔνϑεν μὲν ἀνέσχει, δὲ δύεται ἐνταῦθα, dé 
_ there-where indeed it-was, it also ‘sets there, and 
«Sa δύεται, δ᾽ ἀνισχει ἐντεῦθεν; ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν 


where it-sets, ‘it also ‘rises there ? But indeed 










καὶ τοῦτό ye ἐπίστασϑε, ὅτι βορέας μὲν 
even this at-least know, that (the) te wind ‘*willindeed 


pep e ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἷς τῆν “Ἑλλάδα, 
‘carry (us) out-of the Pontus (Euxinus) towards — Greece, 


δὲ ψότος εἴσω εἰς Φᾶσιν, καὶ λέγετε, 
gut (the) south-wind inwards towards (the) Phasis, and you-say, 


οὖσαν βοῤῥᾶς mvén, ὡς εἰσιν καλοὶ πλοὶ εἰς 


when (the) north-wind may-blow, that  it-is fair sailing for 
χὴν Ἑλλάδα. Τοῦτο οὖν ὅπως ἔστιν, Tis 
- Greece. In-this therefore how [5.10 (possible), any-one 
32 * 


878 THE’ ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


” τ εἶ 7 ς ~ σ 5 it - 3 , 
ἂν ξξαπατήῆσαι υμᾶς, ὥςτε ἐμθαίνειν, OMOTAY 


could deceive you, s0-as to-embark, when (tka) 
votos πνέῃ; ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ ἐμθιθῷ 
south-wind may-blow? But perhaps (you will say that) I-shall-'put 
τ : ὯΝ 

ὁπόταν ἢ γαλήνη. Ἐγὼ 

(you) ‘on-board when there-may-be (a) calm. *Will I 


3 ~ \ ’ 3 εν , os ~ 5 
οὐχοῦν μεν πλεύσομαι ἕν EVL πλοίῳ, δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐν 
not-therefore indeed ‘sail in one ship, but you in 

ἑχατόν τοὐλάχιστον; Πῶς οὖν ἂν ἐγὼ ἦ 
(a) hundred (at) the-least ? How therefore could I either 
βιασαίμην ὑμᾶς πλεῖν ξὺν ἐμοὶ, μὴ βουλο- 
force you to-sail with me, (you) not being- 
μένους, ἢ ἐξαπατήσας ἄχγοιμι. Δὲ ποιῶ 
willing, or deceiving lead (you away). But | I-make 

c x 
ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατηϑέντας xai xatu- 
[I will suppose] (that) you  having-been-deceived and having- 
Va δι “ὦ 3 ~ cr > ~ a \ 
odes vm éguot yxew εἰς PDaow' χαὶ 
een-tricked by me to-come to (the) Phasis; and 


ἀποδαίνομεν εἰς τὴν χώραν" 
indeed (that) we-descend (from the vessels) to the land, 
δήπου γνώσεσϑε, ὅτι ἐστέ οὐχ ἐν TH “Ελλάδι. 
you-'willcertainly ‘know, that you-are not in — Greece, 
Kai ἐγὼ μὲν ὁ ἐξηπατηχὼς ἔσομαι εἷς, δὲ 
And I indeed who have-been-deceiving (you) will-be (but) one, but 
€ir 3 
ὑμεῖς ob ἐξηπατημένοι ἔχοντες ἐγγὺς μυρίων 
you — (who) have-been-deceived having near ten-thousand 
ὅπλα. Πῶς οὖν ἂν εἷς ἀνὴρ μᾶλλον 
(men under) arms. | Howtherefore could one man more 
doin dixny, 


given justice, [how could one man more effectually have brought punish- — 


βουλευόμενος οὕτω τε περὶ 









a a Ye ae 


ment on himself,] than (for) planning thus not-only about — 
~ ε ~ 
οὑτοῦ καὶ ὑμῶν; ᾿Αλλ’ οὗτοι εἶσιν οἱ λόγοι 


himself but-also (about) you? But these are the words © 


3 re, yas , 3 \ , va >. Νὰ 
ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἡλιϑίων κἀμοὶ φϑονούντων, ὅτι ἐγὼ 
of-men even foolish fand envying ‘me, because 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER VII. 374 


τιμῶμαι vp ὑμῶν. Καίτοι od δικαίως γ᾽ ἂν 


am-honoured by you. Although not justly. at-least — 
φϑονοῖεν po’ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἢ χωλύω τίνα λέγειν. 
do-they-annoy me; for ‘do I either ‘prevent any-one  to-speak, 
> , 3 \ 5 653: 

el τις δύναται τι ayasov ἐν ὑμῖν, 


ifany-one is-able (tosay) any-thing good (oradvantageous) for you, 
ε c ~ 
ἢ μάχεσϑαι, εἴ τις ἐθέλει, τε ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν . καὶ 
or to-fight, if any-one wishes, not-only for you but-also 
~ ~ ec : 
ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ ἐγρηγορέναι περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας 
(for) himself, or to-watch for - your 
ἀσφαλείας ἐπιμελόμενον; Γὰρ τί, ὑμῶν 
safety (if) caring (to do so)? For (in) what, you 
αἱρουμένων ἄρχοντας, εἶμι ἐγώ ἐμποδών τινι; 
choosing officers, am I (a) hindrance to-any-one? 
, 9 r if r L 
παρίημι, ἀρχέτω μόνον φαινέσϑω 
T-yield (to him), ‘let (him) *command; alone ‘let (him) ‘appear 
~ J “Ὁ 
ποιῶν τι ἀγαθόν ὑμᾶς. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ 
doing something good (and advantageous) for-you. But however 
ἐν τὰ εἱρημένα περὶ τούτων ἀρχεῖ ἐμοὶ" 
indeed the (things) © said about _ this are-sufficient for-me; 
ς -“ 
εἰ δὲ Tig ὑμῶν οἴεται ἢ αὐτὸς ἂν ἐξαπατη- 
if indeed any-one of-you thinks that he-himself could have-been- 


Svat ταῖτα, ἢ ἄλλον ἐξαπα- 
deceived (as respects) these (things), or (that) another (could) haye- 


THOU ταῦτα, Δλλέγων διδα- 
deceived (him) (as respects) these (things), speaking ‘let (him)  ‘in- 










σχέτω. Δὲ ὅταν ἔχητε ἅλις τούτων, 
form: (us), But when you-may-have enough of-these (things), 


un ἀπέλθητε, πρὶν ἀχούσητε οἷον πρᾶγμα 
‘do ποῦ ‘depart, before you-may-have-heard what thing 
“Ga ~ ~ ~ 

ὑρῶ ἀρχόμενον ἐν τῇ OTpaTIG’ ὃ et ἔπεισι καὶ 
1 866 reigning in the army; which if it-go-on and 
i τ ς ς : σ δ΄ ες 
ἔσται, οἷον ὑποδείκνυσι, ὥρα ἡμῖν 
will-be, as it-'shows (itself) ‘gradually, (itis) time for-us 
3 Ν᾽ = 

θουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, μὴ ἀποφαινώμεϑα 


berate about us ourselves, lest we-appear 


880 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τε χκάχιστοι xai αἴσχιστοι ἄνδρες, καὶ πρὸς 


not-only the-worst but-also the-most-infamous men, both before 
θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνϑρώπων καὶ φίλων καὶ 
(the) gods «μπᾶ _ before men (and) both (before) friends and 
πολεμίων. 
foes. 
~ δ ~ s - 
Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα ἐϑοαῦ»- 
The soldiers indeed hearing these (things) won- 
μασάν τε ὅτι εἴη, καὶ ἐχέλευον λέγειν. 


dered — not-only what it-mfght-be, but-also requested (him) to-say 


Ἔχ τούτου ἄρχεται πάλιν: ᾿Επίστασϑέ 
(what it was), On this he-begins again: You-know 


mov, ὅτι ἦν χωρία ἐν τοὶς ὄρεσι 
perhaps, that there-are places in the mountains (belonging to the) 


Papbapixd, φίλια τοῖς Κερασουντίοις, ὅϑεν τινὲς 


barbarians, friendly to-the Cerasuntians, whence some 
χατιόντες ἐπῶλουν ἡμῖν καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ ἄλλα 
coming-down sold us both (cattle for) victims and other 


τ * , \ c w ~ 
' ὧν εἶχον, δέ καὶ τινες ὑμῶν δοχοῦσι μοι 
(things) which they-had, and also. some οἵ-γοι seem to-me 


9 / 5 / ’ὔ , 
ἑλόντες ἐγγυτάτω χωρίον τούτων, 


having-gone _to-the-nearest places of-these (people), (and) 
ἀγοράσαντές τι, ἀπελϑεῖν πάλιν. Κλεάρετος 
having-purchased something, to-have-gone-away again. Clearetus 
ὃ Aoyayds, χαταμαϑὼν τοῦτο, ὅτι εἴη 


the captain, having-learned this, that (this place) was 
καὶ μιχρὸν χαὶ ἁφύλαχτον, διὰ τὸ φίλιον 
both small and unguarded, on-account-of the friendship 
: ψομίζειν εἶναι, ἔρχεται ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
(that they) supposed to-be (between us), went against them — 

~ ᾿ ε - i 
τῆς νυχτὸς ὡς πορϑήσων, εἰπών οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν. 
nt -- night as about-plundering, telling none of-us. 







Διενενόητο δὲ, εἰ λάθοι τὸ χωρίον TOdE, 
He-had-proposed however, if he-should-take — (this) place here, 
μηκέτι μὲν ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὸ στράτευμα, δὲ εἰςδὰς 
neyer-more indeed _ to-go to the army, but embarking 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER VII. 881 


εἷς πλοῖον, ἐν ᾧ οἱ ξύσκηνοι αὐτοῦ ετύγ- 
on (board a) vessel, in which the companions of-himself hap- 


χανον παραπλέοντες, χαὶ ἐνϑέμενος 
pened-to-be sailing-along (the coast), and putting-on (board) 


εἰ TL λάδοι ἀποπλέων οἴχεσθαι 
ΠΡ any [whatever] he-might-take, (and then) sailing-away to-depart 
μω 


ἔξω tov Πόντου Kai ξυνωμολόγησαν ταῦτα 
out-of the Pontus. And they-concerted these (things) 


αὐτῷ οἵἱ σύσχηνοι &x τοῦ πλοίου, ὡς 
with-him, (namely) — (those his) companions from the vessel, as 


ἐγὼ viv αἰσϑάνομι. Ody παραχαλέσας, ὁπόσους 
Ι 


now perceive. Therefore having-called-together, as-many-as 
ἔπειϑεν, ἦγεν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον. A’ ἡμέρα 


he-had-persuaded, he-led (them) against the _ place. But day 
γενομένη Prdver αὐτὸν πορευόμενον, 


have-become overtakes him proceeding (on his march), 
καὶ ol ἄνθρωποι ξυστάντες βάλλοντες 
and the men (of the place) having-come-together hurling 


᾿χαὶ παίοντες ἀπο ἰσχυρῶν τόπων, ἀποχτείνουσι 
and striking from (the) strong places, they-kill 


te τὸν Κλεάρετον xai συχνούς τῶν ἄλλων" 
not-only — Clearetus but-also many  of-the other (men); 


δ᾽ οἱ τινες αὐτῶν καὶ ἀποχωροῦσι εἰς Κερασοῦντα. 








but — some of-them also go-away to Cerasus. 
ἂς x a z ΄ 

Ταῦτα δ ἦν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἣἧ ἡμεῖς 

These (things) indeed were on _ the day on-which we 


ἐξωρμῶμεν δεῦρο πεζῇ" τινὲς δὲ τῶν 

set-out hither on-foot; (while) some indeed of — (those who 
᾿ σιλεόντων ἦσάν ἔτι ἐν Κερασοῦντι, “ οὔτω 

Were) sailing were still in Cerasus, ‘having not-yet 


ἀνηγμένοι. Μετὰ τοῦτο, ὡς οἵ Κερασούντιοι 
‘brought-up (the anchors). After this, as the Cerasuntians 
“λέγουσιν, ἀφικνοῦνται THY éx Tod χωρίου 
say, there-arrived of-the (people) from the place 


is ἄνδρες τῶν γεραιτέρων, χργζοντες ἐλϑεῖν 


men of-the older-class, desiring to-g. 







382 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


3 
πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ov 
to the public-council (of officers), But when they-‘did not 
χατέλαθον ἡμᾶς, ἔλεγον πρὸς τοὺς Kepacovrtiors, 
‘find us, they-told to the Cerasuntians, 
ὅτι θαυμάζοιεν «τί δόξειεν ἡμῖν ἐλθεῖν ἐπ᾽ 
that they-wondered why it-seemed to-us (proper) to-go against 
αὐτούς. Ἔφασαν ἐπεὶ μέντοι 
them. *They (the Cerasuntians) ‘said (that) when however 
σφεῖς λέγειν, ὅτι τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐ γένοιτο ἀπὸ 
they told (them), that the thing ‘did not ‘happen from 
χοινοῦ, αὐτοὺς TE ἥδεσθαι 
common (or public authority), (that) they ‘were not-only ‘delighted 
καὶ μέλλειν πλεῖν évSdde, ὡς λέξαι τὰ 
but-also (that they) were-about ἰο-8:}}} hither, so-as to-relate the 
γενόμενα ἡμῖν, καὶ χελεύειν τοὺς 
(things) having-happened to-us, and (that) they-requested — (those) 
L , , ‘ . yes 

δεομένους τούτον Aabdytas τοὺς VEXPOUS θάπτειν 
desiring this (that) taking the dead to-bury 
αὐτοὺς. Δὲ τινὲς Ἑλλήνων, τῶν 

them. But some (of the) Greeks, — (those namely) 
ἀποφυγόντων, ἔτυχον ἔτι ὄντες ἐν Κερασοῦντι" 
having-fled-away, happened still (being) (to be) in Cerasus; 
δ᾽ αἰσϑόμενοι τοὺς βαρθάρους, ὅποι ἴοιεν, 
and having-perceived the barbarians, (and) whither they-were-going, 
αὐτοί τε ἐτόλμησαν βάλλειν τοῖς λίϑοις, καὶ 
they not-only dared to-throw τας stones, βιυιξειαἶΐβο 
παρεχελεύοντο τοῖς ἄλλοις. Καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες 
encouraged -- others (todoso). And the men 
᾿ἀποϑνήσχουσι, ὄντες οἵ τρεῖς πρέσδεις, καταλευσ-. 
die, _ being the three ambassadors, stoned-to- — 
Sévtes. "Enzi δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο, οἱ Kepacovytiot 
death. When indeed this happened, the Cerasuntians — 











is ei .... 


ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ λέγουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα" xo 
come to us, and relate the affair; | and 


ἡμεῖς ol στρατηγοὶ ἀκούσαντες TY SOMES 
we the generale hearing (it) were-greatly-excited-agail 


΄ 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER VII. 888 


Te Φοὶς γεγενημένοις, καὶ ἐδουλευόμεϑα ξὺν 
not-oniy the (things) having-happened, but-also πο-σοηβυ!οα with 


τοὶς Κερασουντίοις, ὅπως οἱ νεχροί τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
the Cerasuntians, how the dead _ of-the Greeks 


ἂν ταφείησαν. Δὲ συγκχαϑήμενοι ἔξωϑεν τῶν 
might be-buried. And sitting-together outside of-the 


ὅπλον, ἐξαίφνης axotousy πολλοῦ θορύδου, 
place-of-arms, suddenly we-hear much noise-and-outery, 
Tlaie, παῖε, βάλλε, βάλλε, καὶ τάχα δὴ ὁρῶμεν 
Strike, strike, throw, throw, and immediately indeed saw 


σιολλοὺς προςϑέοντας ἔχοντας λίϑους ἐν ταῖς 


many (men) running-together having stones in 


χερσί, δὲ καὶ ἀναιρουμένους. Καὶ μὲν 
(their) hands, and also *picking (them) ‘up. And indeed 
ot Κερασούντιοι ὡς ἂν καὶ ἑἕωραχότες τὸ 
the Cerasuntians as (they) may even have-perceived the 


πρᾶγμα map ἑαυτοῖς, δείσαντες ἀπίο- 
affair (that happened) among themselves, ~ fearing 1e- 


χωροῦσι πρὸς τὰ πλοῖα. Ἦσαν δὲ, νὴ Δία, 


᾿ treat — (their) vessels. There-was indeed, by Jupiter, 


χαὶ ob ἡμῶν ἔδεισαν. Ἔγωγε μὴν ἦλϑον 


even — (some) of-us (whe) feared. I-at-least indeed went 


πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἠρώτων, ὅ τι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐστὶ. 
them, and inquired, what the affair is. 


Δὲ ἦσαν τῶν μὲν οἱ ἤδεσαν οὐδὲν, δὲ 
And there-were (some) of —(them) indeed who knew nothing, and 


ὅμως εἶχον AiSovs ἐν τας χερσίν. “Emel δὲ 


yet had stones in.  -— (their) hands. When indeed 
ἐπέτυχον τινὶ εἰδότι, λέγει μοι ὅτι οἱ ἀγορα- 
I-found some-one knowing (it), he-tells me that the superintendents. 
νόμοι ποιοῦσι TO στράτευμα δεινότατα. Ἔν 
of-the-market treat the army most-shamefully. At 

, ~ 
TOUT TIS ὁρᾷ τὸν ἀγορανόμον Lr- 
this (time) some-one saw the superintendent-of-markets Ze- 
pov ἀποχωροῦντα πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ 
retreating the seu, and 


884 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


> 2 Ἢ ‘ e ε ¥ σ ψν Ὁ > , 
AVEXPAYE δὲ οἱ ως ἥχουσαν lEVTAL ET AUTO? 
ealled-out; and —(those)that heard (it) rushedtowaras hiw . 
σ 


ὥςπερ ἢ ἀγρίου συὸς ἢ ἐλάφου φανέντος. 


as-if either(a) wild boar or (a) stag  were-appearing. 


Δ᾽ οἱ Κερασούντιοι αὖ, ὡς εἶδον ὁρμῶντας χαϑ' 


Butthe Cerasuntians also, as they-saw (them) hurrying towaris 


αὑτούς, σαφῶς νομίζοντες ἵεσϑαι ἐπὶ 
them, evidently thinking (that they were) about-to-rush against 


σφᾶς, φεύγουσι δρόμῳ, καὶ ἐμπίπτουσιν 


themselves, flee in-haste, and throw (themselves) 
εἷς τὴν θάλατταν. Δὲ xai τινες ἡμῶν αὐτῶν 
into the sea. And also some of-us ourselves 
ξυνειςέπεσον, καὶ ὅςτις ἐτύγχανε 


*threw = (themselves) *together-in (the sea), and whoever happened 


ἐπιστάμενος νεῖν ἐπνίγετο. Καὶ τί doxeite 
not being-skilled to-swim was-drowned. And what do-you-think 


τούτους: - Μὲν οὐδέν 7dixovr, 
of-these (persons fleeing thus)? They-‘did indeed πὸ *wrong, 
δὲ ἔδεισαν μὴ τις λύττα ὥςπερ χυσὶν ἐμ- 
but they-feared lest some madness like (thatof) dogs might- 


nentéxo ἡμῖν. Ei οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται τοιαῦτα, 
have-fallen-on us. If then~ these (things) are-to-be even-thusy : 


θεάσασϑε, οἵα ἣ κατάστασις τῆς στρατιᾶς ἔσται 













868, what the constitution of-the army will-be — 
€ ς ~ ᾿ e ; 3 Se 
ἡμῖν. Ὑμεῖς μὲν ot πάντες οὖχ ἔσεσϑε, 
to-us. You indeed the whole (army) ‘will not *be 
κύριοι οὔτε ἀνελέσϑαι πόλεμον ᾧ 
masters’ either to-undertake (any) war which ‘you may 
Pemuade, οὔτε καταλῦσαι. δὲ ἰδ 


or to-‘put-an-end-to (it) ‘by-making-peace, but in-p 
BE βουλόμενος ἄξει στράτευμα ἐφ᾽ OTe 
—(he) desiring (it) will-lead en akin against what *they 


ἂν θέλῃ. Kat τινες εἰς ἴωσι ὑμᾶς. 
may ante And (if) any am ors might-come to-you, eit! 


Siucts εἰρένης ἢ τούς ἄλλου, οἱ βουλόμενοι; 
asking for-peace or anything —(those) wishing a ’ 


BOOK V.—CHAPTER VII. 885 


XATANTELVAVTES τούτους ποιήσουσιν 
aaving-killed these (ambassadors)  will-make (that) 
ὑμᾶς μὴ ἀχοῦσαι τῶν λόγων τῶν ἰόντων 
you ‘will not ‘hear the words οἵ — (those) coming 

. c w ¥ \ a ‘ ς - » 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς. “ἔπειτα δὲ. OUs μὲν υμεῖς ἄπαντες | 
to you, Then also, (those) whom indeed you all 
dy ἔλησῶωςξ ἄρχοντας, ἔσονται ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ χώρᾳ" 
may hate-chosen rulers, | will-be = in. no place ; 
δ᾽ ὅςτις ἂν ἕληται ἑαυτὸν 
fwill be vi nc authority:] but whoever may  take-upon himself 
στρατηγόν, καὶ ἐθέλῃ λέγειν, Barre, 
(the offica .£} general, and _ wishes to-say, Strike, 
, € » ς ‘ ~ ‘ 
βάλλε, dt0s ἔσται ἱκανὸς xataxavely, καὶ 
strike, chis (person) will-be able to-kill, both 
ἄρχοντι. xai ἰδιώτην, ὃν ὑμῶν ἂν ἐθέλῃ, 
commande: and private, whom  of-us ‘he may ‘wish, 
ἄχριτον. ἦν Gow ob σιεισόμενοι αὑτῷ, ὥςπερ 
without-tria, if there-may-be — (those) obeying them, as 
χαὶ viv ἐγένετο. Δὲ σχεψασῶε οἷα καὶ 
even now ‘as-happened. Also consider what-sort-of (things) even 
ς - 3 7 7 / 

οἱ οὗτοι atsaipsto. στρατηγοί διαπεπράχασιν 
— these (same) self-chosen generals : effected 

ix, 1 \ 7, ς 3 7 
υμῖν. Tap μὲν Δήλαρχος ὁ ἀγορανόμος, 
for-you. For indeed Ζϑιασομυβ ἴμπθ superintendent-of-the-market, 
3 , 39 ~ ¢ ~ » / ¥ 5 
εἰ μὲν ἀδικεὶ ὑμᾶς, ἄποπλέων οἴχεται, οὐ 
if indeed he-has-‘done you ‘wrong, sailing-away he-has- departed, not 
‘ ς -. 4 5 \ ‘ 3 : ~ 
δοὺς ὑμὶν δίχην" εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀδικεὶ, 
‘rendering you justice; if indeed he-'has not ‘done (you) ‘wrong, 


Φεύγει éx τοῦ στρατεύματος, δείσας μὴ ἀποϑδάνγ 
 he-flees from the camp, fearing lest he-may-die 


 ἀδίχως ἄχριτος. Οἱ δὲ χαταλεύσαντες τοὺς 
_ unjustly without-trial. --- (Those) indeed having-stoned the 
᾿ πρέσθεις, διεπράξαντο ὑμῖν μόγοις μὲν τῶν 
Ποῦντα, have-effected for-you alone indeed of-the 
—EAAnvov | μὴ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι εἰς Κερασοῦντα, 
τὰ 8 


Ξ (that it is) not safe to-be ἴῃ" Cerasus. 





386 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


‘ 5 Ἢ ‘ 5 foe ᾿ 
μὴ ἂν ἀφιχνεῖσθαι σὺν ἰσχύϊ δὲ 
anless ‘it may ‘have-been-gone-there with (a) strong-force; but (as respects) 
TOVS VEXPOUS, OVS πρόσϑεν αὐτοὶ οἱ κατακαγόντες 
the dead, whom previously those — having-killed 


> / / ’ ᾿ 3 
ἐχέλευον θάπτειν, διεπράξαντο μηδὲ εἶναι 
(them) requested (you) to-bury, they-have-rendered (it) not-even to-be 


ἀσφαλὲς ἔτι ἀνελέσϑαι τούτους Eur 
safe now (for you) to-’carry these (dead) ‘off (even) with 
anoxia. Tap τίς ἐθελήσει ἰέναι κῆρυξ, 


(the) herald’s-staff. For who will-desire to-go (asa) herald, 
ἀπεχτονώς xnpuxas; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς ἐδεήθημεν 


having-killed heralds? But we requested (the) 
Κερασουνίων ϑάψαι αὐτοὺς. Ei μὲν οὖν ταῦτα 
Cerasuntians to-bury them. | If indeed therefore these 


ἔχει καλῶς, 
(things) have handsomely, [if these proceedings be right,] ‘let (them) 
’ ςς-Ὦ σ ς 
δοξζάτω ὑμῖν, ἵνα, ὡς 
tappear (good) to-you (and be sanctioned by you), in-order-that, as 


TOLOVTOV ἐσομένων, τις καὶ ποιήσῃ φυλαχὴν 
these-same (things) are-about-to-be, one’may both ‘set (a) guard 


ἰδίᾳ, καὶ πειρᾶται σχηνοῦν ἔχων τὰ ἐρυμνὰ 
in-private, and endeavour to-lodge, having the strong-places 


ὑπερδέξια. Ei μέντοι τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα doxel 


‘over (his) right. If however — these-same deeds seem 
Gr cde J , 

ὑμῖν εἶναι θηρίων, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνϑρώπων, 
to-you to-be (those) of-wild-beasts, but πιοῦ (those) of-men, 


σχοπεῖτε τινα παῦλαν αὐτῶν: εἰ δὲ μὴ, πρὸς 
look -for some _ cessation of-them; if indeed not, = 









Διός, πῶς ἢ θύσομεν θεοῖς 
{in the name of) Jupiter, how either shall-we-sacrifice ‘to (the) ‘gods — 
NOES, ποιοῦντες ἀσεθῇ ἔργα, ἢ πῶς unyovursa 
cheerfully, (while) performing impious deeds, or how 8}}1-νο- με, 

πολεμίους, ἣν xataxaivouey ἀλλήλους; Δὲ, 
ΤΟΥ) enemies, if we-kill one-another ? Ana 
τίς φιλία πόλις δέξεται ἡμᾶς, ἥτις ἂν 


what friendly city will-receive us, which may see 


BOOK V.—CIHAPTER VII. 387 


, 3 , 3 δ, τς δὲ , 6 26 ~ 
τοσαύτην ἀνομίαν ἐν ἡμῖν. δὲ τίς θαῤῥῶν 
such lawlessness among us? and what-one confiding 

A 5 
ἄξει ἀγορὰν, ἢν φαινώμεθα ἐἔξαμαρ- 
will-bring (provisions for a) market, if we-appear offend- 
~ ‘ 
τάνοντες περί τὰ τοιαῦτα μέγιστα; δὲ 
ing as-respects — these the-greatest (of things)? and 
4 


οὗ olduesa τεύξεσθαι ἐπαίνου πάντων, 
truly (there) where we-think to-find (the) praise of-all, 


~ , \ 
τίς ἂν ἐπαινέσειεν ἡμᾶς ὄντας τοιούτους; γὰρ 
δ what-one might praise us being such ? for 
μὲν ἡμεῖς, ὅτι old, ἂν φαίημεν τοὺς εἶναι 
indeed we, as they, would pronounce — (those) to-be 


πονηροὺς ποιοῦντας τὰ τοιαῦτα. 
bad (men) doing —  these-same (things). 


Ἔχ τούτου πάντες ἀνιστάμενοι ἔλεγον τοὺς 
On this all rising-up said (that) -- 

ἐν ἄρξαντας τούτων δοῦναι 

(those) indeed having-been-leaders of-these (things) | (ought) —to-give 
δίχην, δὲ τοῦ λοιποῦ un 
justice, [ought to be punished,] and (for) the future (it should) no- 
κέτι ἐξεῖνα ἄρξαι ἀνομίας" ᾿ ἐὰν δὲ 
more be-allowed to-begin (any) lawlessness (of the kind); if indeed 


» 3 ι » 

τις χΉ; | αὑτοὺς ἄγεσϑαι 
any-one should-command (these things), (that) they were-to-be-led 
ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καταστῆσαι 
‘to death, and (that) the generals should-‘put 
πάντας eis dixas: δὲ εἶναι δίκας, καὶ εἰ 
all on trial; and (there were) to-be trials, even if 
τις ἠδίχητο τι ἄλλο ἐξ οὗ Κῦρος 
any-one had-done-wrong (in) any-thing 6156 since Cyrus 
ἀπέθανε. δὲ ἐποιήσαντο τοὺς λοχαγοὺς 

died ; and they-made the captains (the) 
διχαστὰς. Δὲ Eevopartoc παραινοῦντος, καὶ TH? 
judges. And Xenophon recommending, and _ the 


388 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μάντων συμθουλευόντων, καὶ ἔδοξε χαϑῆραι 
augurs agreeing-thereto. 4it even ‘seemed (good) to-purify 
tO oTpatevua. Kai  xadapuds ἐγένετο. 
the army. And (the) purification took-place. 





CHAPTER VIII. 


Δὲ xai ἔδοξε τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὑποσχεῖν 
Anp also it-seemed (good that) the generals should-underge 
δίχην τοῦ χρόνον παρεληλυϑότος. 
fa) trial (for their conduct) during-the time having-gone-by. 
Kai διδόντων Φιλήσιος μὲν ὦφλε 
And giving (it) Philesius indeed was-condemned (to pay) 


χαὶ Ἐανϑιχλῆς τῆς φυλαχῆς τῶν γαὺυ 
and-also Xanthicles (for) the (careless) guarding of-the merchant- 


λικῶν TO μείωνα χρημάτων. εἴχοσι μνᾶς. 
vessels the deficiency  of-things (of their cargoes) twenty minw. 
Δὲ Lopaivetos déxa μνᾶς, ὅτι αἱρεθεὶς 
And Sopheenetts (was fined) ten mine, because having-been-chosen 


ἄρχων xatnuéne. Δὲ tives κατηγόρησαν 


commander he-neglected (his duty), And some accused 
Ξενοφῶντος, φάσχοντες παίεσϑαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, 
Xenophon, saying (that) they-were-struck by him, 
καὶ ἐποιοῦντο τὴν κατηγορίαν ὡς ὑδρί- 
and they-made the accusation (againsthim) 88. being- 
ζοντος. Καὶ ὃ Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς ἐχέ- 
insolent (and overbearing). And — Xenophon standing-up re- 


Aevoe τὸν λέξαντα πρῶτον εἰπεῖν, ποῦ xal — 
yuested the (one) having-spoken first to-say, where also 








᾿ς ’ἤ ‘ ς 3 7, σ 

ἐπλήγη. Δὲ ὁ ἀποχρίνεται" Ὅπου χαὶ 
ne-might-have-been-beaten. And — he-replied: Where even © 
ἀπωλλύμεϑδα τῷ ῥίγει, καὶ ἦν πλείστη 
we-were-perishing with-the cold, and (where) there-was the-most 


a. 


BOOK V.—CHAPTER VIII. 889 


χιων. Δὲ ὃ εἶπεν" ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ χειμῶνος 
snow. And — (Xenophon) said: But indeed even (the) cold 
ὄντος ye οἵου λέγεις, δὲ σίτου ἐπιλελοιπότος, 
>eing at-least as-great-as you-say, and provisions had-become-deficient, 
dé παρόν οἴνου μηδ᾽ ὀσφραίνεσθαι, δὲ 
and there-was-present of-wine not-even (enough) to-smeil-to, and 
~ 3 / ς ‘ , \ 
πολλῶν ἀπαγορευόντων ὑπὸ πόνων, δὲ 
many (of us) being-exhausted with fatigue, and (the) 
πολεμίων ἑπομένῶν, εἶ ὕθριζον 
enemy following, if (then) I-acted-insolently (and overbear- 
5 ’ ~ ς ~ = ‘ 
ἕν TOLOVT@ καιρῷ; ομολογῶ εἰναι καὶ 
ingly) on such (an) occasion, I-acknowledge (myself) to-be even 
ς , ~ ¥ te \ ς \ 
υϑριστότερος TOV ὄνων, Olg ᾧασιν, ὑπὸ 
more-spiteful (than) — asses, which it-is-said, (that) from 
τῆς ὕθρεως, κόπον οὐχ ἐγγίγνεσθαι. Δὲ χαὶ 
-- spite, fatigue ‘is not ‘engendered. ἀπ also 
ὅμως λέξον, ἔφη, ἐκ Tivos ἐπλήγης. Πότερον 
likewise tell (us), said-he, for. what you-were-beaten. Whether 
» [4 ι > ‘ 3 507] 
mtovv σέ τι, xal, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἐδίδως 
did-I-ask you for-any-thing, and, when you-‘did not *give (it) 
μοὶ ἔπαιον; ἀλλ᾽ ἀπήτουν; ἀλλὰ 
to-me I-struck (you)? but did-I-’demand (anything) *back? or 
μαχόμενος περὶ παιδικῶν, ἀλλὰ μεϑύων ἔτα- 
was-fighting about(a) beloved (object), or being-in-liquor, did- 
7, a 
ῴνησα; "Emel δὲ ἔφησεν 
-act-turbulently-like-a-drunken-man (to you)? When indeed he-said 
οὐδὲν τούτων, ἐπήρετο αὐτόν, 
(that itwas) nothing of-these (things), (Xenophon) asked him, 
εἰ ὁπλιτεύοι; Οὐχ, ἔφη. Πάλιν, εἰ 
if he-served-as-a-heavy-armed-soldier? No, — said-he. Again, if 
πελτάζοι. Οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽, ἔφη, ἀλλ᾿: ταχϑεῖς ὑπὸ 
as-a-targeteer, Not-even this, said-he, but having-been-appointed by 
τῶν συσχήνων ἐλαύνειν  ‘Hutovoy ὧν 
-- (his) comrades to-drive (a) mule (he himself) being 
3 / ~ 
ἐλεύϑερος. ᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ ἀναγιγνώσχει αὐτόν, 
(a) freemar Then indeed _he-recognised him, ' 
33 * 


390 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καὶ ἤρετο" TH ‘el σὺ ὁ ἀπαγαγών 
and asked (him): Whether — (are) youthe (man) carrying-away 
τὸν χάμνοντα; Ναὶ μὰ Δί᾽, ἔφη" γὰρ σὺ 
the (person) being-sick? Yes —by-Jupiter,said-he; for yon 
ἠνάγκαζες" δὲ διέῤῥιψας τὰ σκεύη τῶν 
compelled (me to do so); and you-threw-about the baggage of — 


ἐμῶν ovoxyvav. °AAW ἡ διάῤῥιψις, ἔφη ὁ Bevo- 


my comrades. But the throwing-about, said — Xeno- 


~ 9 / 7 , » 
φῶν, ἐγένετο τις τοιαύτη. Διέδωκα ἄλλοις 
phen, happened something like-this, I-distributed (it) to-others 


ἄγειν, καὶ ἐκέλευσα ἀπαγαγεῖν 

to-carry, and ordered (them) to-‘carry (such baggage) ‘away 

mpds ἐμὲ, καὶ ἀπολαδὼν ἄπαντα σῶα, ἀπέδωχά 

for me, and having-received all safe, I-delivered (it) 

σοι, ἐπεὶ χαὶ ov ἀπέδειξας τὸν ἄνδρα ἐμοὶ. 

to-you, when also you produced the man to-me. 
τ oh 

᾿Αχούσατε, ἔφη, οἷον δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐγένετο" 

Hear, said-he, how indeed the thing happened ; 

τ Α \ » 
a καὶ ἄξιον. 
for (it is) even worth (your while). 


᾿Ανὴρ κατελείπετο, διὰ τὸ μηκέτι 
(A) man was-left-behind, on-account (that) — he-"was no-longer 


δύνασθαι mopevecSar. Kai ἐγὼ μὲν ἐγίγνοσκον 


able to-proceed. And I indeed knew 
τὸν ἄνδρα τοσοῦτον, ὅτι εἴη εἷς ἡμῶν" δὲ 
. the man so-much (only) (as) that he-was one of-us; and 
ἠνάγκασα. σὲ ἄγειν τοῦτον, ὡς μὴ 
L-obliged you to-carry this (man), that he-'might not 
3. \ \ ε 5.4.8 >: 7, 
ἀπόλοιτο χαὶ γὰρ, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, πολέμιοι 
‘perish ; and also, as I think, (the) enemy 
3 , ¢ ww ¢ » ~ 
ἐφείποντο nuiv. Ὃ ἄνωρωπος συνέφη τοῦτο 
were-pursuing us. The man acknowledged this, 


Οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ προὔπεμψά oe, 
Therefore,said — Xenophon, after L-had-’sent you ‘before 


προσιών σὺν τοὶς ὅπισϑοφύλαξι οὐχ αὖθις 


coming-up with the rear-guard did-I not likewise 


᾽ν" 





BOOK V.— CHAPTER VIII. 891 


καταλαμδάνω ὀρύττοντα βόθρον, ὡς κατο- 
overtake (you) digging (a) pit, as about- 
/ \ » 4..9 ‘ 3 ’ὔ 
ἐπ τοντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἔπιστας ἕπηνουν. 
urying the man ; and stopping did-'I (not) ‘praise 
3 \ \ ς ~ , e 3 7 
σε; Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμῶν παρεστηχότων, ὁ ἀνήρ 
you? When indeed we hayving-stood-by, the man 
/ ‘ la ε , > ff 
συνέχαμψε TO σχέλος, OL παρόντες ἀνέχραγον, 
drew-together --- (18 legs, -- (those) present exclaimed, 
ὅτι ὁ ἀνήρ ζῇ" σὺ δ᾽ εἶπας" Ὅπόσα 
that the man was-alive; you indeed said: (He may live) as-'much 
ε βούλεται. ὡς ἔγωγε οὐχ ἔξω αὐτὸν. 
at-least ‘as he-pleases ; as J-at-least ‘will not ‘carry him. 
"Evtadsa ἔπαισά σε λέγεις ἀληθῆ γὰρ 
Then I-struck you; you-speak (the) truth; for 
ἔδοξας μοι eorxévau εἰδότι, ὅτι ἔζη. 
you-seemed to-me to-have-been-like (one) knowing, that he-was-alive. 
Τί οὖν ἔφη, τι ἧττον ἀπέθανεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ 
What then? said-he, did-‘he any the-less ‘die, after I 
ἀπέδειξα αὐτόν σοι; Καὶ γὰρ, ἔφη ὁ Bevo- 
showed him to-you? Certainly, not for, said — Xeno- 
OGY, ἥμες πάντες ἀποϑδανούμεϑα" οὖν ἔνεχα 
phon, we all - shall-die ; therefore on-account 
* e “Ὁ ~ ~ 
σούτου δεὶ ἡμᾶς χατορυχϑῆναι ζῶντας; 
of-this is-it-necessary (that) we are-to-be-buried alive ὃ 
Πάντες μὲν ἀνέχραγον ὡς παίσειεν τοῦτον 
All indeed cried-out that he-had-struck this (man tuo) 
a a 
ὀλίγας" δ᾽ éxédeve ἄλλους λέγειν, 
few (blows) ; and *he (then) ‘called-up (the) others to-say, 
διὰ τί ἕχαστος ἐπλήγη. Lé ἐπεὶ 
for what each (of them) had-been-struck. But when they-'did 
οὐχ ἀνίσταντο, αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν. Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
not ‘stand-forward, he said: is 0 men, 
δὴ ὁμολογῶ παῖσαι ἄνδρας ἕνεχεν 
indeed acknowledge to-have-beaten men _ by-reason of-undisciplined- 
5 , ‘ 
ἀταξίας" ὅσοις μὲν 
-and-disorderly-conduct-in-‘leaving (their) 'ranks; to-as-'many indeed ‘as 


392 | THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἤρχει σώζεσθαι ov ἡμᾶς, te ἰόντων ἐν τάξει 
were-content to-be-saved by us, not-only marching in ranks 

\ Ff σ 4 ‘ 3 ᾿ 
και μαχομένων, οπου δέοι" δὲ QUTOL 
but-also fighting, where it-might-be-necessary; but those 


λιπόντες τὰς τάξεις, προϑέοντες, ἤϑελον ἁρπάζειν, 
leaving the ranks, hurrying-on-before, they-desired to-plunder, 


xal πλεονεχτεῖν ἡμῶν. Εἰ δὲ πάντες ἔποι- 
and to-have-an-advantage-over us. If indeed ‘we all *had- 
οὔμεν τοῦτο, ἄπαντες ἂν ἀπωλόμεϑα. Δὲ καὶ 
acted so, ‘*wé all might ‘have-perished. And also 
ἤδη τινὰ μαλακιζόμενον καὶ οὐχ ἐθέλοντα 
already some giving-way-to-slothful-feelings, and ποῦ willing 
ἀνίστασϑαι, ἀλλὰ προϊέμενον αὑτὸν τοὶς πολεμίοις, 
to-stand-up, but abandoning themselves to-the enemy, 
Xai ἔπαισα, καὶ ἔδιασάμεν πορεύεσθαι. Tap ἐν 
‘I also *struck, and forced to-proceed. For in 
TA ἰσχυρῷ χειμῶνι χαὶ αὐτός ποτε ἀναμένων 
the vehement cold even myself once waiting 
τινὰς συσχευαζομένους, χαϑεζόμενος 
for-some having-packed-up (their baggage), (and) having-sat-down 
συχνὸν χρόνον. χατέμαϑον ἀναστὰς μόλις 
*for (a) *considerable time, I-found standing-up difficult 
χαὶ ἐχτείνας τὰ OxéAN? Οὖν λαθών 
and-also stretching-out the legs. *Having therefore taken 
πεῖραν ἐν ἐμαυτῷ, éx τούτου καὶ ὁπότε ἴδοιμι. 
experience in myself, after this also when I-saw (one) 


χαϑήμενον xat βλαχεύοντα ἤλαυνον" 


sitting-down and indulging-in-sloth I-‘drove (him)'on; for 


Τὸ κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἀνδρίζεσθαι παρεῖχε τινὰ 
—  to-be-moved (about) and _to-act-manfully produce (a) certain 
θερμασίαν καὶ vypdtyta* δὲ τὸ xad7joSau καὶ 


warmth and suppleness; but — to-sit-down and 


a 






ες - j 
ἔχειν ἡσυχίαν ἑώρων ὃν ὑπουργὸν τῷ 
(to-have) idleness I-perceive (as) being the-assisting-means by-which 


τε TO αἷμα ἀποπήγνυσϑθαι, καὶ τοὺς 
not-only (that) the blood is-congealed, but-also (that) the 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER VIII. 393 


δαχτύλους τῶν ποδῶν ἀποσήπεσϑαι" καὶ ἅπε 
fingers of-the feet are-mortified ; and (with) whic 


ὑμεὶς ἴστε πολλοὺς παϑόντας. ΓΑλλον δὲ γε 


you know many are-suffering. Another indeed at-least 


ς 
ἴσως ὑπολειπόμενόν που, διὰ ῥᾳστῴνην, καὶ 
likewise eing-left-behind somewhere, through _ insolence, and 


c¢ w ~ 
κωλύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς σοὺς πρόσϑεν καὶ ἡμᾶς 
hindering both you (in) the front and us (in) 


τοὺς ὄπισϑεν πορεύεσθαι ἐπαισα MVE, ὅπως 
the rear to-proceed-forward I-struck ‘with (the) ‘fist, so-that 


ες ~ 
μὴ παίοιτο λόγχῃ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων. 
he-‘might not ‘be-struck ‘with (the) ‘spear by the cnemy. 


Kai yap οὖν viv ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς σωθεῖσιν, εἶ 


For indeed therefore now it-is-allowed to-those having-been-saved, if 


ε “ὦ ᾿ 
ἔπαϑόν T ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, 
they-have-suffered any-thing by me contrary-to — justice, 


λαθεῖν δίχην. Δ᾽ εἰ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῖς 
to-obtain justice. But if they-had-got into (the power of) the 


πολεμίοις, τί οὕτω μέγα ἂν ἔπαϑον, 


᾿ΘΠΘΙΠΩΥ; what (evil) however great ‘they may ‘have-suffered, (for) 


of) the gods 


ὅτου ἂν ἠξίουν λαμθάνειν δίχην; ὁ λόγος 
which ‘they might ‘claim to-obtain justice? the case (1s) 


ἁπλοῦς, ἔφη, μοι. Ki μέν ἐχόλασά tua iv 

plain, said-he, to-me. If indeed I-have-punished any-one tor 
“ ~ ¢ ᾿ 

ayase@, ἀξιῶ ὑπέρχειν δίκην, οἵαν 

(his) good, I-claim to-undergo justice (and punishment), such-as 


καὶ γονεῖς υἱοῖς χαὶ διδάσκαλοι παισί. 
even parents (receive [07] sons and teachers (for) boys. 


Kai γὰρ ot ἰατροὶ καίουσι καὶ τέμνουσιν ἐπὶ ἀγαϑῷ. 


And also the surgeons cauterize and cut for good. 
Δὲ ei νομίζετέ με πράττειν ταῦτα 

But if you-think me ‘to (have) ‘acted thus (through) 
BG pet, EvSuunsnte, ὅτι νῦν σὺν 


Insolence (and tyranny) consider, that now with (the assistance 


tols θεοῖς ἐγὼ μᾶλλον θαρσῶ ἢ τότε, καὶ 
I 


"have much-more_ spirit than then, and 


394 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


eles θρασύτερος viv ἢ τότε, καὶ πίνω πλεὶω olvor * 


bolder now than then, and I-drink more wine ; 


ion ὅμως παίω οὐδένα " γὰρ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς ἐν 


but yet-however [-strike no-one; for I-see you (now) in (a) 


‘etdig. Δὲ ὅταν χειμὼν 7, καὶ μεγάλη 


calm. But when (4) storm may-be, and (a) great 
a aia ἐπιφέρηται, οὐχ ὁρᾶτε, 

may- oe (itself) ‘onward, do-‘you not *see, 
ὅτι πρῳρεὺς χαλεπαίνει μὲν τοὶς ἐν 


that the-commander-in-the-prow becomes-angry indeed with — (those) in 


7 
ὥρᾳ καὶ ἕνεκα νεύματος μόνου, δὲ καὶ 
(the) prow even by-reason-of (a) nod only, and also (the) 


ἀυδερνήτης τοὶς ἐν πρύμνῃ; γὰρ ἐν τῷ 


with — (those) in (the) stern? for in 


τοιούτῳ καὶ μικρὰ ἁμαρτηϑέντα — 
such (circumstances) even small mistakes (are) sufficient 


συνεπιτρῖψαι πάντα. Ὅτι δὲ ἔπαιον αὐτοὺς 
to-ruin That indeed I-struck this (man) 


δικαίως, καὶ se, χατεδιχάσατε" ἔχοντες 
justly, even you have-'given (your) ‘judgment; having 


ξίφη, οὐ ψήφους, παρέστητε, καὶ ἐξῆν ὑμῖν 
swords, not voting-pebbles, you-stood-by, and it-was-allowed you 


ἐπικουρεῖν αὐτοῖς, εἰ ἐδούλεσϑε" ἀλλὰ, μὰ Δία, 
to-assist them, if you-wished; but, by Jupiter, 


οὔτε ἐπεχουρεῖτε τούτοις. οὔτε σὺν ἐμοὶ 
‘you neither ‘assisted these (men), nor with me 


ἐπαίετε τὸν ἀταχτοῦντα. Τοιγαροῦν ἐποιήσατε 
struck the τ disorderly. Therefore | you-have-made — 


7 - - 
ἐξουσίαν τοὶς κακοῖς αὐτῶν, EGVTES 
licence [you gave licence] to-the bad (ones) of-them, permitting — 
αὐτούς ὑδρίζειν" γὰρ οἶμαι, εἰ ESéAeTE 
them act (and audacious); for I-think, if you-wish — 






σχοπεῖν, εὑρήσετε TOUS αὐτοὺς | 
to-examine, you-will-find (that) -— (those) same (who) even” 
τότε χκαχίστους, χαὶ νῦν ὑδριστοτάτους. 


ther. (were’ — the-worst, (are) even now the-most-au 


BOOK V.— CHAPTER VIII. 895 


Γοῦν Boioxos, ὁ Θετταλὸς πύχτης, τότε μὲν 
Also Boiscus, the Thessalian boxer, then indeed 


διεμάχετο, μὴ φέρεν ἀσπίϑα, ὡς 
fought-hard, (that he might) not carry (his) shield, aa 
χάμνων, νῦν δ᾽ ὡς axota, ἤδη ἀποδέδυχε 
being-sick, now indeed as L-hear, ‘has already *despoiled 


πολλοὺς Κοτυωριτῶν. Ἢ» οὖν σωφονῆτε, 


many *of (the) Cotyorians. If therefore you-are-wise, 


ποιήσετε TOT σταναντία, ἢ ποιοῦσι τοὺς 
you-will-do to-this (one) the-reverse, ἴο (what) they-do (to) tke 


7 ΓΞ τ 4 lA , 4 s 
xvas’ γὰρ μὲν διδέασι κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς, 
dogs; for indeed they-have-tied-up dogs the cross-ones, 


τὰς ἡμέρας μὲν, δὲ τὰς νύχτας 
(namely) during-the day indeed, but by — night have-‘let (them) 
ἀφιᾶσι" δὲ τοῦτον ἢν σωφρονῆτε δήσετε μὲν THY 


‘loose ; but this-one if | you-are-wise you-will-tie indeed by — 
νύχτα, δὲ ἀφήσετε τὴν ἡμέραν. ᾿Αλλὰ yap, 
night, but let-loose by — day. But also, 


ἔφη, θαυμάζω, ὅτι, εἰ μὲν ἀπηχϑόμεν τινι 
said-he, I-am-surprised, that, | if indeed I-become-hateful to-any-one 
ες ~ 

ὑμῶν, μέμνεσϑε, 
of-you, [if I did anything to incur your displeasure,] you-remember (it), 
xal οὐ σιωπᾶτε, εἰ δὲ ἐπεχούρησα TO 

and ‘did not ‘'remain-silent, if indeed L-assisted «---ὀ (any-one) 
ay; χειμῶνα, ἢ ἀπήρυξα πολέμιον, 

(or) ‘against (a) ‘storm, oor repelled (the) enemy (from him), 
ἢ συνεξεπόρισά τι ἄσϑενουντι ἢ ἀποροῦντι, 
or aided-in-procuring any-thing ‘for (one) *being-sick or being-destitute, 


οὐδεὶς μέμνηται τούτων, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἐπήνεσα 
no-one remembers these (things), nor if I-have-praised 


Ta ποιοῦντα τι καλώς, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἐτίμησα, 
_ any-one doing something good, or if I-have-honoured, 
35 ἐδυνάμην, tw ἄνδρα ὄντα ἀγαϑὸν, 
as (much as) I-could, any man being brave, 
οὐδὲ μέμνεσϑε τούτων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν τε 
‘neither do-yon-remember these (things). | But indeed (it is) not-only 





396 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καλόν, χαὶ δίκαιον, καὶ ὅσιον καὶ ἥδίον μεμνῆσϑαι 


beautiful, but-also just, and pious and pleasing to-remember 
τῶν ἀγαϑῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν κακῶν. 
τον good rather than — evil. 


Ἔχ τούτου μὲν δὴ ἀνίσταντο καὶ ἀνεμίμνησχον. 
On this indeed truly they-rose-up and recollected 
Kai περιεγένετο ὥςτε ἔχειν xa- 

(past events), And it-remained s0-as to-have hand. 


someiy {and in che end everything turned out well]. 





BOOK VI.—CHAPTER 1. - 897 


BOOK VI. 


CHAPTER I. 


Ἔχ τούτου οἵ μὲν ἐν τῇ 

From this (time) (some of) the (Greeks) indeed-during — (their) 
διατριδῃ ἔζων ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγορᾶς. 
stay lived (on what they procured) from the market, 
δὲ xai ot ληιζόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας. 
and also --- (others by) plundering (j/rom) the Paphlagonians. 
Δὲ xai ot Παφλαγόνες ἐχλώπευον μάλα εὖ τοὺς 
And also the Paphlagonians stole-away very adroitly — 

ἀποσκχεδαννυμένους, καὶ τῆς νυχτὸς ἐπειρῶντο 

(those) scattered-about, and at— night attempted 
καχουργεῖν TOUS σχηνοῦντας πρόσω" καὶ ἐκ 
to*injure-and-annoy -— (those) quartering ar-off ; and from 
τούτων εἶχον πολεμιχώτατα πρὸς ἀλλήλους. 
these (things) they-had the-greatest-hostility to one-another, 
ε 
Ὁ δὲ Κορύλας ὃς τότε ἐτύγχανε ἄρχων 
-- But Corylas who then happened _ (to be) ruler 
Παφλαγονίας, πέμπει πρέσϑεις, ἔχοντας 
of-Paphlagonia, sends ambassadors, haying (as presents) 


vg ) ‘ 
ἱσιπίους καὶ καλάς στολὰς, παρὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, 
horses and beautiful _ robes, to the Greeks, 


λέγοντας, ὅτι Kopvaas εἴη ἕτοιμος μήτε ἀδικεῖν 
saying, that Corylas was ready neither. _to-injure 


, 
; 
; 
rods Ἕλληνας μήτε ἀδικεῖσϑαι. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
4 the Greeks nor to-be-injured (by them). The generals 
δὲ ἀπεχρίναντο, ὅτι βουλεύσοιντο σὺν τῇ 
however ο τορ]ἰοὰ, that they-would-consult with ‘he 
34 

qi 


898 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


στρατιᾷ περὶ μὲν τούτων, ἐδέχοντο αὐτούς δὲ 
army about indeed these (things), they-received them however 
ἐπὶ ἕενίᾳ" δὲ χαὶ παρεχάλεσαν τῶν ἄλλων 
αὖ (a) hospitable (table); and also they-invited the other 
3 ~ a 27 5 ’ \ 
ἀνδρῶν ots ἐδόχουν εἶναι διχαιοτάτους. Δὲ 
men whom they-considered _ to-be the-most-worthy. And 
θύσαντες βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ 
having-sacrificed oxen — (those namely) captured and 
ἄλλα ἱερεῖα ἀρχοῦσαν εὐωχίαν 
other cattle-killed-for-sacrifice-and-for-eating (an) abundant feast 


παρεῖχον, δὲ xataxeiuevor ἐν oxiunoow ἐδείπνουν. 
was-provided, and reclining on couches they-suppea, 
καὶ ἔπινον éx xepativay ποτηρίων, οἷς ἐντύγχανον 
and they-drank out-of horn cups, which they-found 
ἐν TH χώρᾳ. 
in the country. 
"Entei δὲ TE σπονδαί ἐγένοντο καὶ 
When however not-only (the) libations had-taken-place, but-also 
ἐπαιάνισαν, πρῶτον μὲν Opdxes ἀνέστησαν, καὶ 
they-had-sung-the-pzan, at-first indeed Thracians stood-up, and 
ὠρχήσαντο σὺν τοὶς ὅπλοις πρὸς 


danced with — (their) arms to (the sound of the) 


ς 
αὐλὸν, καὶ ἥλλοντο ὑψηλά τε καὶ κούφως, καὶ 
pipe, and they-jumped high and also with-agility, and 
ἐχρῶντο ταὶς μαχαίραις" δὲ τέλος ὁ ἕτερος 
they-made-use of — (their) swords; and at-length the one 
παίει τὸν ἕτερον, ὡς ἐδόκει πᾶσι πεπληγέναι 
struck the other, so-that it-seemed to-all to-have-wounded 
tov ἄνδρα" δ᾽ ὁ ἔπεσε τεχνικῶς πῶς. Καὶ οἱ 
the man; and— he-fell artfully in-some-way. And the 
Παφλαγόνες dvéxpayov. Καὶ ὃ μὲν σκυλεύσας, 
Paphlagonians cried-out. And — ‘he indeed ‘having-despoiled © 
tod ἑτέρου τὰ ὅπλα, ἐξήει ἄδων τὸν | 
the other (one) of — (his) arms, departed singing the ‘song) 
Σιτάλχαν᾽ ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν Opaxdy ἐξέφερον tov 
Sitalean ; others indeed of-the Thracians  carried-off the 





BOOK VI. — CHAPTER I. 899 


ἕτερον ὡς τεϑνηχότα' ἦν δὲ 
other (one) as-if having-been-dead; he-was however (in the state of ) 
πεπονϑώς οὐδὲν. Μετὰ τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες 
having-suffered no (injury). After this (some) ZEnians 
καὶ Μάγνητες ἀνέστησαν, οἱ ὠρχοῦντο τὴν 
and Magresians stood-up, who danced the (dance) 
a , > τὸ τὰν ς , 
χαλουμέγην χαρπαιαν EV τοις ὁσπίλοις. 0 τρόπος 
ealled carpeean ino — arms. The nature 
\ ~ 5 / κε ied ° e ὴ % 
δὲ σῆς ὀρχήσεως ἦν ὅδε" ὁ μὲν, παρα- 
indeed of-the dance was thus: — (one of them) indeed, having- 
ϑέμενος τὰ ὅπλα, σπείρει zai ζευγηλατεὶ, 
laid-aside — (his) arms, sows and drives-a-yoke-of-oxen, 
\ / ς la 
MVAVA μεταστρεφόμενος, ὡς φοθούμενος᾽ 
often turning-around, as-if fearing (something) ; 
ληστὴς δὲ προςέρχεται᾽ δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν 6 προΐδηται, 
(a) robber indeed approaches; but when — __he-perceives 
ἁρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ μάχεται πρὸ τοῦ 
(him), snatching-up — (his) arms, ‘he even fights for the 
ζεύγους " (χαὶ οὗτοι ἐποίουν ταῦτ᾽ 
yoke (of oxen); (and these (men) performed these (things} 
ἐν ῥυϑμῷ πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν") 
jin rhythm to the pipe;) [keeping time to the pipe;] 
nal τέλος ὃ λῃστής δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα ἀπάγει 
and at-last the robber having-tied the man ‘leads (him) ‘off 
ἢ ἢ - 5 \ «ς sary ς , 
xai τὸ ζεῦγος δὲ χαὶ ἐνίοτε ὃ ζευγηλάτης 
and-also the yoke (of oxen); but also sometimes the driver-of-the-oxen 
tov λῃστὴν" εἶτα ζεύξας παρὰ τοὺς 


(overcomes) the robber; then having-fastened (him) ἰὸ the 


᾿ βοῦς ἐλαύνει δεδεμένον τὼ γχεῖρε ὀπίσω. 


— ,§ ih vee’ fe » ee, 6 ee Be 
sie — 


Pee 


oxen  he-‘drives (him) ‘off bound with — (his) hands behind, 


Meta τοῦτο Mvoos εἰςῆλϑεν ἔχων πέλτην ἐν 
After this (a) Mysian entered haying (a) light-shield ing 


ἑχατέρᾳ TH χειρὶ᾿ καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ὠρχεῖτο μιμούμενος 
each — hand; and at-one-time he-danced mimicking 


ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων, δὲ τοτὲ ἐχρῆτο 


ns (if) two were-attacking (him), but at-another-time he-used 


400 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Taig πέλταις ὧς πρὸς ἕνα, δὲ To: 


the shields as (if engaged) with one (only), and-also another- 


τὲ ἐδινεῖτο καὶ ékexvbiota, ἔχων τὰς πέλτας. 
time he-whirled-about and threw-summersets, having the shields 


ὥςτε xaanv ὄψιν φαίνεσϑαι. Δὲ 
at the same time), 8ο- αἰ (ἃ) fine sight appeared. And 


τέλος ὠρχεῖτο τὸ Ileporxor, χρούων τὰς 
at-last he-danced the Persian (dance), striking the 
πέλτας" καὶ ὥχλαζε, χαὶ ἐξανίστατο" - 
shields (together); and he-'sank-on (his) ‘knees, and’ _rose-up-again ; 
xa ἐποίει πάντα ταῦτα ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς τὸν 
and he-performed all this in rhythm to the 

αὐλόν. Δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ οἵ Να»- 
(sound of the) pipe. And after this (one) — (some) Man- 


τινεὶς ἐπιόντες, καὶ τινὲς ἄλλοι τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων 


tineans coming-forward, and some others of-the Arcadians 
ἀναστάντες, ἐξοπλισάμενοι ὡς κάλλιστα ἐδύναντο, 
standing-up, armed as handsomely (as) they-could, 
¥ ~ 

ἥεσάν τε ἐν PUSUA, αὐλούμενοι 

| went --- in rhythm, [marched in time,] playing-on-the-pipe (tuned) 
πρὸς τὸν ἐνόπλιον ῥυϑμὸν, καὶ ἕπαιάνισαν 
for the armed-war rhythm (or movement), and they-sang-the-pean 
καὶ ὠρχήσαντο, ὥςπερ ἐν ταῖς προςόδοις πρὸς 
and danced, as in the procession to 


τοὺς θεοὺς. Δὲ ot Παφλαγόνες ὁρῶντες 
the gods. And the Paphlagonians seeing (these things) 
ἐποιοῦντο δεινὰ πάσας τὰς ὀρχήσεις 
made (a) great-thing-of-it (that) all the dances 
εἶναι ἐν ὅπλοις. “O Μυσὸς ἐπὶ ὅρων τούτοις 
were in arms. The Mysian after seeing these (things) 
avtous ἐχπεπληγμένους, πείσας 
(that) they were-struck (with surprise), (and) having-persuaded 
td σῶν ᾿Αρχάδων, πεπαμένον ὀρχηστρίδα, 
a-certain-one of-the Arcadians, having-in-possession (a) female- 
εἰσάγει σχευάσας ὡς χάλλιστα ἐδύνατο, 
he-'brings (her) ‘inhaving-equipped (her) as handsomely (as) he-could — 





ancer, — 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER I. 401 


~ ¢ 
καὶ δοὺς αὐτῇ κούφην ἀσπίδα. Δὲ ἡ ὠρχήσατο 
and giving her (a) light shield, And — - she-danced 
~ ~ > 
πυῤῥίχην ἐλαφρῶς. Ἔνταῦῶα ἦν 
(the)  Pyrric (dance) with-great-agility. Then  there-was 
πολύς χρότ ὃς" καὶ οἵ Παφλαγόνες ἤροντο, 
much applause-and-clapping; and the Paphlagonians asked, 


εἰ xal YUVALKES συνεμαχόντο αὑτοῖς. Oi δ᾽ 
if also women fought-together with-them. —(They)— 


σ Ξ ς f 
ἔλεγον, ὅτι εἶεν καὶ αὗται αι T ρεψάμεναι 
said, that it-waseven these (women) — (that) had-been-driving 


βασιλέα ἐκ tod στρατοπέδου. Οὖν μὲν τοῦτο 
(the) king from the camp. Therefore indeed such 


ἐγένετο TO τέλος τῇ ταύτῃ νυχτὶ. 
was the end (of) — that night, 


Aé τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ σιροςῆγον αὐτοὺς εἷς 
And on- the next-day they-led them [the ambassadors] to 


TO στράτευμα, καὶ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις 
the army, | and it-seemed (good) to-the soldiers 


μήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλαγόνας μήτε 


{and the soldiers resolved] abd to-injure (the) Paphlagonians nor 


ἀδικεῖσθαι. Μετὰ τοῦτο μὲν οἱ πρέσδεις 
to-be-injured (by them). After this indeed the ambassadors 


ὥχοντο" οἱ Ἕλληνες δὲ, ἐπειδὴ ἱχανὰ 

departed ; the Greeks also, as (a) sufficient (number of) 
πλοῖα ἐδόχει παρεῖναι, ἀναθάντες ἔπλεον 

ships seemed to-be-present, going-on-board they-sailed (that) 
ἡμέραν καὶ νύχτα, πνεύματι καλῷ, ἔχοντες 
νων and night, (the) wind (being) fair, haying 
ony Παφλαγονίαν ἐν ἀριστερᾷᾳ. Δὲ tH ἄλλῃ 
-- Paphlagonia on (the) left. And on-the next 


ἀφικνοῦντα sis Σινώπην, καὶ ὡρμίσαντο εἰς 
(day) a arrived at Sinope, and anchored at 


; 
a 
Be τῆς Σινώπης. Σινωπεῖς δὲ 


3 saga (the harbour) of — Sinope. (The) Sinopeans — 
μὲν οἰχοῦσι, ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονικῇ, δὲ εἶσιν 
deed ἅν} wm — Paphlagonian  (territery), and they-are 


- 


402 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἄποικοι Μιλχγσίων. Οὗτοι δὲ πέμστουο 
(a) colony of-the-Milesians. These (Sinopeans) indeed seny 


4 - σ ‘ 
ξένια τοῖς Ἕλλησι μὲν τριςχιλίους 
gifts-of-hospitality to-the Greeks (namely) — three-thousand 


μεδίμνους ἀλφίτων, δὲ 
medimni [each medimni peing about twelve gallons] of-flour, alse 


χίλια καὶ πενταχόσια κεράμια 


a-thousand and five-hundred ceramia [the ceramia being abou 
= ‘ ~ 
oivov. Kai évtaisa Χειρίσοφος ἦλθε 
six gallons] of-wine. And then Cheirisophus came 
ἔχων τριήρη. Kai μὲν ot στρατιῶται προςεδόχων 
having = galleys. And indeed the soldiers expected 


Ὁ x ’ , a φ 4 = \ 
YXEV AYOVTA Th σῴισι δ᾽ ὁ NYE μὲν 
(that) he-came bringing something for-them; but — he-brought indeed 
οὐδὲν, δὲ ἀπήγγελλε, ὅτι καὶ ᾿Αναξίθιος ὃ ναύ- 
nothing, however he-announced, that both Anaxibius the naval- 
apyos καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπαινοίη αὐτοῦς, καὶ ὅτι 
commander and ἰῃ6 others praised them, and __ that 
ς ~ ~ 
᾿Αναξίδιος ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ  adixvolvto ἔξω 
Anaxibius promised, if they-would-come-to (him) out-of 
τοῦ Πόντου, ἔσεσθαι μισϑοφορίαν αὐτοὶς. 
the Pontus, (that) there-would-be pay to-them. 
Καὶ ot στρατιῶται ἔμειναν πέντε ἡμέρας ἐν 
And the soldiers remained five days in 





ταύτῃ TH ἡ Δρμήνῃ. Ὡς δὲ ἐδόχουν yiy= 
this πο urmene,. As indeed they-considered (that) they- — 

‘ ~ ε - 4 
γεσϑαι ἐγγὺς τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἤδη μᾶλλον ἢ 
were-getting near το Greece it now more than — 
“πρόσϑεν εἰςήει αὐτοὺς ὅπως ἂν χαὶ ἀφίχωνται. 
before foccurred to-them how ‘they might even ‘arrive 
oixade ἔχοντές τι. Οὖν ἡγήσαντο εἰ 
at-home having something. Therefore they-thought (that) if 
ἕλοιντο ἕνα ἄρχοντα, dv μᾶλλον ἢ 
they-should-choose one commander, (it) would (08) better than 











οὔσης πολυαρχίας, τὸν ἕνα δύνασϑ 
there-being many-commanders, (that) the one (commander) woul1- 


BOOK VI. — CHAPLER I. 403 


χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύματι χαὶ νὐχτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, 


to-use army both by-night and by-day, 
καὶ εἶ ‘Shot Aavsavev τι ἂν 

and if it-should-be-necessary to-conceal any-thing (that it) would (be) 
μᾶλλον κρύπτεσϑαι. καὶ εἰ δέοι αὖ φϑάνειν 
much-better concealed, and if it-were-necessary again to-anticipate 
τ', ἂν ἧττον ὑστερίζειν" ὰ 


anj-thing (there) would (be) less A 0 (and delay) ; 
ἂν οὐ δεῖν λόγων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 


(that) *there would ‘be πὸ ‘need of-conferences with one-another, 

ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν τῷ ἑνὶ 

|] but (that) the to-seem (good) to-the one [but that the determination 
ἂν περαίνεσθαι" δὲ τὸν χρόνον 

of the one commander] would be-carried-out; but (in) the time 


ἔμπιροσϑεν ol στρατηγοί ἔπραττον πάντα ἐχ 
heretofore the generals every (thing) from 


τῆς νιχώσης. Ὥς δὲ διενοοῦντο ταῦτα 

the prevailing (opinion). As indeed they-were-'revolving these (things) 
ἐτράποντο ἐπὶ τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα᾽ καὶ 

‘in (their) ‘minds, they-turned-themselves to — = Xenophon; and 


ol λοχαγοὶ προςιόντες αὐτῷ, ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἢ στρατιὰ 
the captains going to-him, said, that the army 


1 γιχγνώσχει οὕτω" χαὶ Exact 0S ἐνδεικνύμενος 
_think-and-determine thus; and each showing (his) 


εὔνοιαν ἔπειδεν αὐτὸν ὑποστῆναι τὴν ἀρχήν. 
good-will persuaded him to-undertake the command. 









Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν πῇ μὲν ἐδούλετο ταῦτα, 
— And Xenophon in-some-measure indeed desired this, 


ψομίζων χαὶ τὴν τιμὴν γίγνεσθαι αὕτως 
cknowledging (that) even honour would-become thus 


ἑαυτῷ πρὸ τοὺς φίλους, καὶ τοὔνομα 
to-himself before — (his) friends, and the-name 
τοῦ ἀφίξεσϑαι μεῖζον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, τυχὸν 
himself would-become greater in “-- (his own) city, perhaps 


χαὶ ἂν γενέσϑαι τινος αἴτιος ἀγαδοῦ 
also (that) ‘he might ‘become some cause of-good 


404 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τῇ στρατιᾷ. Μὲν δὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμήματα 


to-the army. Indeed truly — __ these-same considerations 


3 ~ 3 A 3 ~ 4 ¥ 3 
ἔπῆρεν αὐτὸν ἐπιϑυμεῖν γενέσϑαι ἄρχοντα αὖτο: 


impelled him to-desire to-become | commander with-full. 
χράτορα. A’ ὁπότε αὖ ἐνϑυμοῖτο, 
power [commander-in-chief].. But as again he-refiected, 
ὅτι ἄδηλον μὲν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅπῃ τὸ 
that (it was) uncertain indeed  to-every man, | how the 
μέλλον ἕξει, δὲ χαὶ διὰ 
future will-hold, [what the future will produce,] and also through 
τοῦτο εἴη καί xivdvvos ἀποθαλεῖν τὴν 

this (that) there-might-be even danger to-lose — (his) 


la rd 9 ~ A 3 - 
σπροειργασμεγνην δόξαν. ἡπορεῖτος. Δὲ αὐτῷ διαπο- 


previously-earned reputation, he-was-perplexed. And _ he hesi- 


ρουμένῳ διακρῖναι ἔδοξε εἶναι χράτιστον ἀναχοι- 


tating to-decide it-seemed to-be the-best to-con- 
. 

νῶσαι τοὶς θεοῖς᾽ καὶ παραστησάμενος δύο 

sult the gods; and having-placed-by (the altar) two 

ἱερεῖα, ἐθύετο τῷ Ati τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὅσπερ ἦν 

victims, he-sacrifices ἰο --- Jupiter the king, who was 

μαντευτὸς éx Δελφῶν αὐτῷ" xai δὴ ἐνό- 


pointed-out-by-the-oracle at Delphos to-him; and indeed he-ac- 
¢ 


μιζεν ἑωρακέναι τὸ ὄναρ ἀπὸ τούτου 
knowledged |to-haye-seen [to have had] the dream from _ the-same 
tod θεοῦ, ὃ εἶδεν, ὅτε ἤρχετο χαϑίστασϑαι τὸ 
-- god, which he-had, when he-began to-set-himself © — 
συνεπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς. Kai ὅτε ὡρμᾶτο, 
to-take-charge-with-others of-the army. And when he-departed 
ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, συσταϑησόμενος Κύρῳ, ἀνεμιμνήσχετο 
from Ephesus, about-meeting Cyrus, __ he-recalled-to-mind 









ἀετὸν φϑεγγόμενον δεξιὸν ἑαυτῷ, 
(an) eagle erying-out ‘on (the) ‘right (hand of) himself, 
μέντοι χαϑήμενον, ὥςπερ ὃ μάντις ὃ προ- 


aOwever sitting, (which) as the augur — ace 


πέωπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγειν, ὅτι εἴη μὲν μέγας οἰωνὸς, 
rompanying him said, that it-was indeed (a) great ᾿ 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER I. 405 


τ τ 3 3 , A » , 
xal οὐχ ἰδιωτιχός, χαὶ ἔνδοξος μέντοι 
and ποῦ belonging-to-a-private-individual, and honourable howerer 


ἐπίπονος" γὰρ τὰ ὄρνεα μάλιστα ἐπιτίϑεσθαι τῷ 


toilsome ; for the birds most-of-all atiack the 
ἀετῷ χαϑημένῳ" μέντοι TOV σίωνον εἶναι οὐ 
eagle sitting ; however (that) the omen is not 
χρηματιστικὸν, γὰρ τὸν ἀετὸν μᾶλλον λαμθάνειν 
indicative-of-gain, for (that) the eagle rather took 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πετόμενον. Οὕτω δὴ αὐτῷ 
— (his) provisions flying-about. As indeed he 
θυομένῳ ὁ θεὸς διαφανῶς σημαίνει μήτε προς- 
was-sacrificing the god evidently signified neither to- 
a ~ 3 ~ [4 3 ε ~ 
δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς, μήτε, εἰ αἱροῖντο. ἀπο- 
desire the command, nor, if he-should-be-chosen, to- 


δέχεσθαι. Τοῦτο δὴ μὲν ἐγένετο οὕτως. “H 


accept (it). This truly indeed happened thus, The 
στρατιὰ δὲ συνῆλθε, καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον ἕνα 
army indeed assembled, and all said (that) one 


. αἱρεῖσθαι" καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε, 
᾿ (commander) was-to-be-chosen; | aud when this seemed (good), 


/ 3 , 
σπροεθάλλοντο αὐτόν. 
[and when this was resolved on by the army,] they-proposed him 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόχει εἶναι δῆλον, ὅτι 


᾿ [Xenophon]. When indeed it-seemed  to-be evident, that 
αἷρήσονται αὐτόν, εἴ τις ἐπιψηφίζοι, 

_ they-would-choose him, if any-one should-‘put (10) ‘to-the-vote, 
ἀνέστη xai ἔλεξε τάδε" 


hhe-rose-up and spoke thus: 


Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, μὲν ἥδομαι ὑπὸ τιμώμενος 


men, ‘am indeed ‘delighted at being-honoured 







¥ > ¥ : ι Χ ’ 

ee ELTLED ELLE ἄνϑρωσος, χαι ἔχω χάριν, 

_ by-you, as-indeed I-am (a) man, and have — gratitude 

a xai εὔχομαι τούς θεοὺς δοῦναί μοι 

for what you intend), and I-pray the gods  to-grant me 

¥ , 3 w CC 4 4 

αἴπιόν τινος ἀγαϑοῦ ὑμῖν" μέντοι TO 

(the) author of-some good to-you; | however the 


406 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


“« ε . Le ~ 
προχριϑῆναι ἐμὲ ὑπὸ ὑμῶν 
to-have-preferred me [but the preferring me] by you (as your; 


ἄρχοντα, Λακεδαιμονίου ἀνδρὸς παρόντος, doxer 


commander, (a) Lacedzmonian man _ being-present, it-seems 


A ᾿ , c 3 3 3 
μοι οὔτε εἰναί συμῴερον ὑμῖν, GAA, εἰ 
to-me(would) neither be (an) advantage to-you, “but, if 


δέοισϑε T παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἂν ἧττον 
you-should-desire any-thing from them, (that you) would the-less 
διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνειν, Te νομίζ τοῦτο 
on-account-of this obtain (it), and I-think (that) this 
αὖ οὐ πάν τι εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς ἐμοί. 
again (would) ποῦ at-all in-any-manner be safe for-me. 
Tap ὁρῶ ὅτι καὶ πρόσθεν οὐ 
For 1-:8680 that even ‘they [the Lacedemonians] heretofore ‘did not 
ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες TH πατρίδι μου, 

*cease making-war against-the |country of-me, [my country,] 
πρὶν ἐποίησαν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν 
before they-had-made (the) whole — state to-acknowledge (the) 


Λακεδαιμονίους εἶναι καὶ ἡγεμόνας αὐτῶν. ᾿Ἐπεὶ 
Lacedzmonians to-be even masters of-them, When 
‘ Ὁ , ~ 3 ‘ 3 , 
δὲ ὡμολόγησαν τοῦτο, εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο 
indeed they-acknowledged this, ‘they directly ‘ceased 
πολεμοῦντες, καὶ οὐχέτι πέρα ἐπολιόρχησαν τὴν 
making-war, and no-ionger more did-they-besiege — the — 
πόλιν. Ei οὖν, ὁρῶν ταῦτα, ἐγὼ δοχοίην — 
city. If therefore, seeing these (things), I  should-seem — 
évtads’ ὅπου δυναίμην ποιεῖν ἄχυρον τὸ 
(tobe) there where I-might-be-able to-make null the 










Ser 3 7 5 ~ 3 ~ ‘ Ἃ / ‘ > 
ἀξίωμα EXELVOV, EVVOW) EXELVO UN GV λίαν ταχῦυ 
authority of-them, I-consider this lest *I might very speedily 
ae τ με 
σωφρονισϑείην. Ὃ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε, ὅτε 
‘be-taught-discretion. Whatindeed γοὰ  consider-in-your-minds, πα΄ 





ἑνὸς ἄρχοντος ἂν εἴη ἧττον στάσις. 


{there being) one commander ‘there would ‘be 1688 faction 
: ; 


πολλῶν, ἴστε εὖ, ὅτι EAduEvOL ML 
than (there being) many, you-know well, that having-chosen χη 


ἂν 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER I. 407 


ἄλλον οὐχ εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ στασιάζοντα. γὰρ 
another ycu-'will not ‘find me exciting-faction ; for 
νομίζω ὅςτις ὧν ἐν πολέμῳ στασιάζει πρὸς 
I-acknowledge (that) he-who being in war _excites-faction against 
ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον στασιάζειν πρὸς τὴν 
(his) commander, (that) this (one) contends against the 
σωτηρίαν ἑαυτοῦ" δὲ ἐὰν ἕλησθε ἐμὲ ἂν οὐκ 
safety of-himself; but if you-should-choose me ‘I would not 
Cte 
θαυμάσαιμι et εὕροιτε τινα ἀχϑόμενον καὶ ὑμὶν 
*wonder if you-found some _ discontented both with-you 
χαὶ ἐμοὶ. 
and myself. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶπε ταῦτα, σολὺ πλείονες 

When indeed he-had-said these (things), many more 
éLaviotavto, λέγοντες, ὡς αὐτὸν δέοι ἄρχειν. 
stood-up, saying, that he ought to-command. 
᾿Αγασίας δὲ Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν ὅτι εἴη 
Agasias indeed (the) Stymphalian said that it-would-be 
γελοῖον, εἰ ἔχοι οὕτως" 


ridiculous, | if it-have (itself) thus; [if things be in such a state;] 


ὡς Λακεδαιμόνιοι ὀργιοῦνται, καὶ ἐὰν 
(since) that (the) Lacedamonians might-be-enraged, even if (a party) 


7 , ‘ δ. “« 
συνελϑόντες σύνδειτινοι en αἱρῶνται Aaxe- 
hayving-met to-sup-together (and) ‘do not choose (a) Lace- 


| 
| 


δαιμόνιον συμποσίαρχον. Εἰ ἐπεὶ οὕτω γε 
dxmonian (as) president-of-the-banquet. [1 when thus at-least 







-tovto ἔχει, ἔφη, οὐδὲ 
"τι has (itself ), [if such be the case,] said-he, it-'would neither 
ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν Aoyayeir, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι 


*be-proper for-us to-lead-companies (as captains), as it-seems, {δαί 


ἐσμέν “Apxddes. “EvraidSa δὴ ἀνεϑορύθησαν ὡς 


we-are Arcadians. Then truly they-murmured ag 


tov ᾿Αγασίου εἰπόντος ed. Kai 6 Ἐέενο- 
signifying) — Agasias having-spoken well. And — Xeno- 
Pov ἐπεὶ ἑώρα ἐνδέον πλείονος, 


when he-saw (that) there-was-need of-more (speaxing), 


408 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHION. 
ε) ϑὼὸν εἴπεν" ᾿Αλλ’, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἔφη. ὡς 

coming-forward he-said : But, O men, said-he, that ycou-'may 

/ ‘Q~ ΕΖ / ct ~~ , ‘ % 
πάνυ εἰδῆτε, ὄμνύω ὑμῖν πάντας θεοὺς καὶ 
fully *know, I-swear to-you by-all (the) gods and 

/ ; z ‘ > νι τε ν..,..5 , 
πάσας, ἡ μὴν ἐπεὶ ἐγώ ἡσϑανόμην 
by-all (the goddesses), (that) truly indeed when [ perceived 
ὑμετέραν γνώμην, ἐϑυόμεν, El εἴη 
your intention, I-sacrificed, (to ascertain) if it-might-be 


θΘέλτιον ὑμῖν te ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην τὴν 


better for-you not-only to-have-confided _ this — (same) 
c ~ ‘ 

ἀρχὴν ἐμοὶ, καὶ ἐμοί ὑποστῆναι’ καὶ ot θεοι 

command to-me, but-also for-me to-have-undertaken (it); and the gods 

οὕτως ἐσήμηναν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ὥςτε καὶ ἰδιώτην 

80 signified in the sacrifices that even (a) private-person 

ἂν γνῶναι, ὅτι det με ἀπέχεσϑαι 


[notanaugur]might know, that it-was-proper | (that) I should-hold-off 
~ 7 

TNS μοναρχιαᾶς. 

from-the single-rule [that I should not accept the sole command]. 
7 ἧς 

Οὕτω δὴ αἱροῦνται Χειρίσοφον. Δὲ Χει- 

Thus indeed ‘they (then) ‘chose Cheirisophus. And Chei- 

ρίσοφος ἐπεὶ ἠρέϑη παρελθὼν einev’ “AAR, 

risophus when he-was-elected coming-forward said; But, 

ὦ ἄνδρες, ἴστε μὲν τοῦτο, ὅτι ἔγωγε ἂν ἐστασίαζον 

0 men, knowindeed this, that I-at-least would have-'‘excited 











σ y 
οὐδ᾽, εἰ εἵλεσθε ἄλλον. μέντοι, ἔφη; 
no ‘factions, if you-had-elected another; however, said-he, — 


ὠνήσατε Ἐενοφῶντα οὗχ ἑλόμενοι" ὡς 
you-have-done-a-service-to Xenophon (by) not having-elected (him); as 


καὶ νῦν Δέξισιπος ἤδη διέθαλεν αὐτὸν πρὸς 


even now Dexippus ‘has already ‘accused him _ before 
᾿Αναξίδιον, ὅ τι ἐδύνατο, xai ἐμοῦ — 

Anaxibius, as-much-as he-could, even I (trying) 
σιγάζοντος αὐτὸν. Ὁ ες δ᾽ ἔφη 


to-silence him. — (Dexippus) also said 


΄ A gets, | 3 ~ 
νομίζειν, αὐτὸν ἐδελῆσαι 
thought, (that) he (Xenophon) desired 


BOOK VI.—CHAPTER II. 409 


συνάρχειν Τιμασίωνι, ὄντι Δαρδανεῖ 
to-be-joined-in-command-with Timasion, (he) being (a) Dardanian 


7 ~ / Ἃ ς κι, αἱ 
στρατεύματος τοῦ Κλεάρχου, 4% ἑαυτῷ 


‘of (the) ‘army of Clearchus, ~ than with-himself 
ὄντι Λάχωνι. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι, ἔφη, 
(Cheirisophus) being (a) Τιαοοαφοιηομίβῃ. Since however, said-he,° 
7 3 \ 5 ‘ A / ~ 
εἰλεσϑεὲε ἐμὲ, ἐγὼ χαὶ πειράσομαι ποιεῖν 
(as) you-have-elected me, I ‘will even ‘endeavour to-do 
c ow ΡΝ 
ὑμᾶς ἀγαθὸν, ὅτι ἂν δύνωμαι. Καὶ οὔτω 


you (allthe) good, as-much-as*I may ‘be-able. And thus 
;ὔ ς Ὑ ς ~ 3 ΄ 
παρασχευάζεσϑε, ὡς αὔριον ὑμεὶς ἀναξόμενοι, 


prepare-yourselves, as to-morrow you will-be-ordered (to depart), 
zx p= \ 

ἐὰν ἢ σιλοῦς" δὲ 6 
if there-may-be (a) sailing (permitfed by the weather); and tho, 
πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς Ἣράχλειαν: οὖν δεὶ 

ΒΑ Πρ will-be to Heraclea ; therefore it-is-proper (that) 
ἅπαντας πειρᾶσϑει κατασχεῖν ἐκεῖσε" δὲ τὰ 
all endeavour to-arrive there; and (abeut) — 
ἄλλα βουλευσόμεϑα, ἐπειδὰν ἔλϑωμεν ἐκχεῖσε. 
other (things) we-will-consult, when we-arrive there. 





CHAPTER. II. * 


 “EvtetSev τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ dvayduevor, ἔπλεον 
Ἵ Hence on-the next-day lifting (the anchors), they-sailed 
καλῷ πνεύματι δύο ἡμέρας παρὰ γῆν. 
‘with (a) ‘fair wind two days along (the) land. 









Kai παραπλέοντες eSedpovy te ᾿Ιασονίαν ἀκτὴν, 
And sailing-along they-saw not-only (the) Jasonian beach, 
ἔνθα ἣ ᾿Αργὼ λέγεται ὁρμίσασϑαι, καὶ τὰ 
where the Argo is-said to-have-been-moored, but-also the 
στόματα τῶν ποταμῶν πρῶτον μὲν τοῦ Θερμώ- 
mouths of-the rivers, first indeed of-the Thermo. 


410 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


dovtos, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Ἴριος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ “Αλῦυος, 
don, afterwards also of-the Iris, afterwards also the Halyus, 


‘ ‘ ~ ~ , \ , 
μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τοῦ TlapSeviov' δὲ παραπλεύ- 
after indeed that of-the Parthenius ; and having-sailed- 


~ 3 ’ 3 ες £ 

σαντες τοῦτον adixovto εἰς Ἡράκλειαν, 

by this (last river) they-arrived at Heraclea, (a) 
Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν, ἄποικον Μεγαρέων, δ᾽ 
Greek city, (a) colony ‘of (the) ‘Megarians, and 
οὖσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ Μαριανδυνῶν. Καὶ 
being in the territory ‘of (the) ‘Mariandyrians. And 
ὡρμίσαντο napa τῇ ᾿Αχερουσιάδι Χεῤῥονήσῳ, ἔνϑα 
they-anchored ποῦ the Acherusian eninsula, where 


e, 2£ “ Ὁ 4 ~ ee, ‘ , 
6 Ἢ ραχλῆς λέγεται χαταθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν κύνα 
— 6 


reules issaid to-have-descended for the dog 
KépSepov ἧ viv δεικνῦσι τὰ σημεῖα τῆς 
Cerberus, where (indeed) ΠΟΥ they-show the marks of — 
χαταθάσεως, TO βάϑος ἐπὶ πλέον ἢ δύο 
(his) descent, to—(a) depth for more than two 
στάδια. Ἔνταῦϑα ot ᾿Ἡδαχλεῶται πέμπουσι 
stadia. There the Heracleans send 
ξένια τριςχιλίους μεδίμνους 


gifts-of-hospitality (namely) three-thousand medimni [the medimni 


365 
ἀλφίτων. καὶ διςχίλια κεράμια 
being about twelve gallons] of-barley-meal, and two-thousand ceramia 


οἴνου, καὶ εἴχοσι βοῦς, 
[the ceramia being about six gallons] of-wine, and twenty oxen, — 


καὶ ἑἕχατόν ois. “ErtaiSa ποταμός, Λύχος 










and (a) hundred sheep. Here (a) river, Lycus (by) 
ὄνομα, pet διὰ Tod πεδίου, εὖρος ὡς 
name, flows through the plain, (the) breadth (thereof being) abo 

᾿ δύο MAES par. 


two plethra (or about two hundred feet). 
Οἱ στρατιῶται dé συλλεγέντες ἐδουλεύοντο᾽ 
The ~ soldiers indeed assembling deliberated 


THY λοισὴν πορείαν, πότερον χ 
fabout) the rest ‘of(the) ‘road, whether _it-might-be-b 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER II. 411 


πορευθῆναι ἐχ τοῦ ἸΤόντου ατὰ 
»for them) to-have-proceeded from the Pontus (Huxinus) by 


γῆν ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν. Δὲ Λύχων ᾿Αχαιός 
and or by sea. But Lycon (an) Achean 


ἀναστὰς, eine’ Θαυμάζω μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῶν 


rising-Up, said: I-wonder indeed, O men, (at) tho 
στρατηγῶν, ὅτι οὐ πειρῶνται ἐχπορίζειν 
generals, that they-‘do not ‘endeavour to-procure 


\ 


σιτηρέσιον = uv’ γὰρ μὲν τὰ ξένα οὐ μὴ 


money-for-provisions for-us; for indeed the Ῥγοβθηΐβ ᾽}}1} ποῦ — 


γένηται σῖτα τῇ στρατιᾷ τριῶν ἡμερῶν" 
‘be (sufficient) food for-the army for-three days: 


δ᾽ ἔστιν οὐχ, ἔφη, ἐπισιτισά- 
and there-is no (place), said-he, having-provided-ourselves-with-pro- 


bern, ὁπόϑεν πορευσόμ Eda. Οὖν δοχεὶ 


visionz, wsence we-will-set-forth (onour journey). Therefore it-seems 


EuoL αἰτεῖν τοὺς ἫἫ ραχλεώτας μὴ 
to-me (that we ought) to-ask the Heracleans (for) not 


ἔλαττον ἢ τριςχιλίους κυζικηνούς. 
less than three-thousand cyzices [about 15,000 dollars]. 


Δ᾽ ἄλλος εἷπὲ μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ μυρίους" καὶ 


But another said not less than ten-thousand; and 


πρέσθεις ἑλομένους, πέμπειν μάλα αὐτίχα 
deputies being-chosen, to-send (them) (more) immediately 


Πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἡμῶν χκαρημένων, καὶ εἰδέναι ὅ τι 


the city, we  being-in-session, even to-know what 


ἂν ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ BovrsvdesSou πρὸς 
report-'they might ‘bring, and to-deliberate about 


ταῦτα. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν προὐδάλλοντο πρέσδεις, 
__ these (things). Then they-proposed (for) ~ deputies, 


πρῶτον. μὲν Χειρίσοφον, ὅτι ἥρητο ἄρχων" 


indeed Cheirisophus, because he-had-been-chosen commander; 


Yaa. - ee 


δ᾽ ἔστι. καὶ οἵ Ξενοφῶντα. Δὲ 
and it-is also (that) -- (others proposed) Xenophon. But 
Ε οἱ ἰσχυρῶς ἀπεμάχοντο" γὰρ ταὐτὰ. 
π΄ ‘they vehemently  ‘set-themselves-against (it); for this 





412 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


5 , 5 ~ A 3 , 
ἐδόκει duoty μὴ ἀναγκάζειν 
seemed to-both (of them), (that) *they (ought) not *to-compes 


ἔχις - 
Ελληνίδα πόλιν καὶ φιλίαν διδοῖεν 
(a, Greek city and (one) friendly ‘tothem)  to-give 


ὅ τι αὐτοὶ μὴ ἐθέλοντες. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι 
what they ‘were not ‘willing (to give). When indeed these 


ἐδόχουν ἀπρόϑυμοι εἶναι, πέμπουσι Λύχωνα 

showed (themselves) no-ways-inclined to-go, they-send Lycon 
᾿Αχαιόν, xat Καλλίμαχον ἹΠαῤῥάσιον, καὶ 

(the) Achzan, and Callimachus (the) Parrhasian, and 

᾿Αγασίαν Στυμφάλιον. Οὗτοι EASSrTEs 

Agasias (the) Stymphalian. These going (ἰο the town) 


ἔλεγον τὰ δεδογμένα. ἔφασαν δὲ 


informed (them of) the resolutions. They-said indeed (that) 


τὸν Λύχονα καὶ ἐπαπειλεῖν, εἶ μὴ ποιήσοιεν 
-- Lycon even threatened, if they-‘did not *do 


ταῦτα. Δ᾽ ot Ῥραχλεῶται ἀχούσαντες 
these (things). And the eracleans hearing (this) 


ἔφασαν βουλεύσεσθαι: καὶ εὐθὺς συνῆγον 
said (that) they-would-consult-about-it; and immediately they-collected 


τε τά χρήματα ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν, καὶ ἀνεσκεύ- 
not-only — (their) property from the fields, but-also packed. 
ασαν εἴσω τὴν 


up (and carried) within (the city) the (things exposed for sale in the) 


ἀγορὰν, καὶ at πύλαι ἐχέχλειντο, καὶ ὅπλα 
market, and the gates were-closed, and armed (men) 


3 , r Ae, | ~ ~ 
ἐφαίνετο ETL TOV τειχῶν. 









appeared on the walls. 
9 , 3 eer 
Ez τούτο ot σία, ράξαντ. ες ταῦτα YTLOVTO 
Upon this —~(those) ii promoted these (things) aceused — 


τοὺς στρατηγοὺς Me Sieh τὴν mpage. 
the generals (that they) spoile the affair, — 


Kai ot ᾿Αρχάδες καὶ οἱ ᾿Αχαιοί συνίσταντο δὲ 
Ana the Arcadians and the Acheans joined-together; δμᾶς 
te Καλλίμαχος ὁ Tlappdows xai Λύχων ὁ 
not-only Callimachus the Parrhasian, but-also Lycon the 





BOOK VI. — CHAPTER 11. 413 


Ayatds προειστήχει μάλιστα αὐτῶν. 
Acheean | *stood most *over them [were the 


Δὲ οἱ λόγοι ἦσαν adtois, 


head leaders]. [πὰ the words were to-them, [and the con- 

ὡς εἴη αἷσχρον °ASr- 
versation among them was,] that it-was disgraceful (that an) Athe- 
ναῖον ἄρχειν Πελοποννησίων καὶ Λακεδαιμο- 
nian (should) rule Peloponnesians and Lacedeemo- 
γίων, παρεχόμενον μηδεμίαν δύναμιν eis τὴν 
nians, (and he) contributing no force to the 
στρατιάν, καὶ σφᾶς ἔχειν τοὺς πόνους 
army, and (that) they-themselves had the trouble 


μὲν, δὲ ἄλλους τὰ κέρδη, καὶ ταῦτα 
indeed, but _ others the profits, and these (things taking place) 
σφῶν χατειργασμένων τὴν σωτηρίαν" 
they-themselves haying-effected the safety (of all); 
γὰρ στοὺς κατειργασμένους εἶἴναι “Apxddas 
for (that) — (those) accomplishing (this) were Arcadians 
καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, δὲ τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα εἶναι 
and Acheans, and (that) the rest (ofthe) army was (as) 
οὐδὲν: (xa ἦν δὲ TH ἀληϑείᾳ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ 
nothing; (and there-was indeed in — truth above half 
Tod ὅλου στρατεύματος ᾿Αρχάδες καὶ 
‘of-the whole army (who were) Arcadians and 
Ayal). Ody εἰ σωφρονοῖεν, αὐτοὶ 
Acheans). Therefore if they-were-wise, these (the Achzans 
συστάντες, καὶ ἑλόμενοι στρατηγοὺς 
and Arcadians) having-united, and choosing commanders 
ἑαυτῶν, ἂν ποιοῖντο τὴν πορείαν χαϑ᾽ 
of-themselves, ‘they might ‘make the journey by 
ἑαυτοὺς, καὶ πειρῷντο, λαμδάνειν τι ἀγαθόν. 
themselves, and endeavour to-procure something good 
Ταῦτ᾽ ἔδοξε" καὶ 
(for themselyes). This seemed (good and was adopted); and (the) 
Apxddes ἢ ᾿Αχαιοί ἀπολιπόντες Χειρίσοφον, εἴ 
drcadians or Achzans leaving Cheirisophus, _if 
45 * 


414 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


“ἂν ~ - ~ 
τινες ἦσαν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ, καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα, συνέστησαν" 
any were wit him, as-also Xenophon, joined-togethet 
ες ~ ‘ ~ 
xai αἱροῦνται δέκα στρατηγοὺς ἑαυτῶν 
(with the rest); and choose ten commanders of-themselves ; 


δὲ τούτους ἐφηφίσαντο &x τὴς νικώσης 
and (that) these (when) they-had-decided by the majority 


ποιεῖν ποῦτο 6 τι δοχοίη. Ody μὲν 7. 
were-to-do that whatever might-be-decided-on. Therefore indeed the 
ἀρχὴ παντὸς τοῦ Χειρισόφῳ ἐνταῦδα 
command  of-all the (army) by-Cheirisophus ‘was then 
XATEAVSN extn ἢ ἑδδρόμῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφ᾽ ἧς 
‘dissolved ‘on (the) ‘sixth or seventh day after which 
as 
ἠρέϑη. 
he-was-chosen. 

Eevopay μέντοι ἐδούλετο ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν 

Xenophon however wished to-make the journey 
χοινῇ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, νομίζων οὕτως εἶναι 
in-common with them, thinking (that) thus ‘it (would) *be 
ἀσφαλεστέραν, ἢ ἕχαστον στέλλεσθαι 
safer, than (that) each (should) go 
ἰδίᾳ" ἀλλὰ Νέων ἔπειϑεν αὐτὸν πορεύεσθαι 
his-own (way); but Neon persuaded him to-proceed 

. 
ες ~ 

Kad αὑτὸν, dxovoas τοῦ Χειρισόφου, ὅτι Κλέανδρος 
by himself, haviag-heard from— Cheirisophus, that Cleander 


ὃ ἁρμοστὴς ἐν Βυζαντιῳ pain ἥξειν εἰς 
the governor in Byzantium said (that he would) come to 


λιμένα Κάλπης ἔχων τριήρεις. Οὖν συνεδού- 
(the) harbour of-Calpe having galleys. Therefore he-ad- 
Acsve διὰ ταῦτα ὅπως μηδεὶς μετάσχοι 
vise? (him) for this (purpose) that no-one might-participate 

- ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ xai οἱ στρατιῶται 
(tobe) on the galleys, but “they and the soldiers 
αὐτῶν. Kai Χειρίσοφος μὲᾶι ἅμα AS 
of-themselves. And Cheirisophus ‘being indeed at-the-same-time ‘dis- 


μῶν τοῖς εἐγενημένοις, δὲ ἅμα μι- 
heartened with-the (things) having-happened, and ‘being also ‘dis- 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER II. 418 


σῶν éx σπούτου TO στράτευμα, 
gusted on-account of-these (things) (with) the army, 
ἐπιτρέπει αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ὅ τι βούλεται. Ἐξενοφῶν 
he-permits him to-do what he-wishes. Xenophon 
\ » ‘ > ’ 3 ‘ 
δὲ ἔτι μὲν ἐπεχείρησεν ἀπαλλαγεὶς 
also moreover indeed (for some time) attempted (after) having-left 
τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐχπλεῦσαι" δὲ adTa θυομένῳ 
the army to-sail-away; and he sacrificing (to) 
Ἡραχκλεϊ τῷ ἡγεμόνι, καὶ xowovuére πότερα 
Hercules the conductor, and consulting (with him) whether 
εἴη λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον στρατεύεσθαι, ἔχοντι 
it-would-be better and more-desirable to-march, haying 
TOUS παραμείναντας τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 
-- (those) remaining (with him) of-the soldiers, 
ἢ ἀπαλλάττεσϑαι, ὁ θεὸς ἐσήμηνε τοῖς ἱεροῖς 
or to-take-leave-of (them), the god signified by-the victims 
συστρατεύεσθαι. Οὕτω τὸ στράτευμα 
(that he ought) to-march-with (them). Thus the army 
ίγνεται τριχῇ ᾿Αρχάδες χαὶ μὲν 
ecame (divided into) three-parts; (the) Arcadians and indeed (the) 
᾿Αχαιοί, πλείους ἢ τετρακχιςχίλιοι, πάντες ὁπλῖται" 
Achzans, more than four-thousand, all heavy-armed-men; 
δὲ Χειρισόφῳ μὲν εἰς τετραχοσίους 
but with-Cheirisophus (there were) indeed in (number) four-hundred 
xal χιλίους ὁπλῖται, δὲ πελτασταὶ εἰς 
and a-thousand heavy-armed-men, and targeteers in (number) 
- ἑπταχοσίους, ot Opdxes Κλεάρχου" δὲ ἘΞενο- 
_ seven-hundred, (being) the Thracians of-Clearchus; and with-Xeno- 


— parts μὲν εἰς ἑπταχοσίους καὶ 
ἱ phon indeed (there were) in (number) seven-hundred and 
χιλίους onrita, δὲ πελτασταὶ εἰς TPL 


_a-thousand heavy-armed-men, and targeteers in (number) three- 
xocious’ δὲ αὗτος μόνος εἶχεν ἱππικὸν ἀμφὶ 
hundrea ; and he alone had cavelry about 
 πετταράχοντα ἱππέας. 
forty horsemen. 





416 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Kai μὲν οἱ ᾿Αρχάδες διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ 


And indeedthe Arcadians having-procured ships from 
τῶν Ἡραχλεωτῶν, πρῶτοι πλέουσιν, ὅπως, ἐξαίφνης 
the eracleans, first set-sail, that-is, suddenly 
ἐπιπεσόντες Toig Βιϑυγοὶς, λάβοιεν 
making-an-irruption-against the Bithynians, (that) they-might-take 
6 τι πλεῖστα" χαὶ ἄπο- 
|what most (they could); [as much as they could;] and de- 
Saivovow εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης, 
scending (from their vessels) at (the) harbour of-Calpe, 

~ 7 
πως κατὰ μέσον τῆς Opaxns. Δὲ Χειρίσοφος 
somewhere about (the) middle -  of-Thrace. And. Cheirisophus 
9 3 ~ 
εὐθὺς ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως 
*having immediately ‘commenced (the journey) from the city 


τῶν Ἡρακλεωντῶν ἐπϑῥεύετο πεζῇ διὰ τῆς χώρας" 
of-the Heracleans _proceeded-forth on-foot through the _ territories 
δὲ ἐπεὶ ἀνέθαλε εἰς τὴν Θρᾷάχην 
(of the Heracleans); but when he-entered (into) — Thrace 
ν A 
ye παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν᾽ xai yap ἡσϑένει. 
he-went along the sea; for indeed he-was-sick. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ λαθὼν πλοῖα, ἀποθαίνει ἐπὶ τὰ 
Xenophon indeed having-taken vessels, disembarks on the 
σ ~ ᾽ὔ ~ e 
ὅρα τῆς Θρᾷχης xai τῆς Ἡραχλεώτιδος, καὶ 
confines οἵ — Thrace and -- Heraclea, and 
émopevsto διὰ μεσογαίας. 
proceeded through (the) inland (parts.) 








BOOK VI. — CHAPTER III. 417 


CHAPTER III. 


lm | , i = ε 3 ‘ 
| Ov τρόπον μὲν ον τὲ Ἢ ἀρχή Χειρι- 
ΓΠΝ-ΜΉΛΤ manner indeed therefore not-only the command  f-Cheiri- 
σόφου τοῦ παντὸς χατελύϑη, καὶ τὸ 
sophus (over) the entire (army) was-dissolved, but-also (how) the ~ 
στράτευμα τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐσχίσϑη ἐν τοὶς 
army of-the Greeks _was-divided into the (three parts) 
εἴρηται ἐπάνω.) “Exacta δ᾽ αὐτῶν 
has-been-related above. | Each indeed of-these (three divisions) 
αν τάδε. Οἱ ᾿Αρχάδες μὲν, ὡς ἀπέθησαν 
fared thus. The Arcadians indeed, as they-had-disembarked 
νυχτὸς εἷς λιμένα Κάλπης, πορεύονται εἷς τὰς 
by-night at (the) port of-Calpe, proceeded to the 
πρώτας χώμας ὡς τριάχοντα στάδια 
first (or nearest) villages (being) about thirty stadia 
ἀπὸ θαλάττης. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγένετο φῶς 
from (the) sea. When indeed  it-was (day) light 
ἕχαστος στρατηγὸς ἦγεν ἐπὶ κώμην τὸν λόχον 
each commander led against (a) village the company 
ἑαυτοῦ" δὲ ὁποία ἐδόχει εἶναι μείζων 
of-himself ; but whatever(village) seemed to-be greater (than the rest) 
οὗ στρατηγοί ἦγον σύνδυο λόχους. 


the commanders led *two companies ‘together (against it), 


5 
. Δὲ συνεθάλοντο καὶ λόφον, εἷς ὃν δέοι 


And they-agreed also ‘about (a) ‘hill, on which it-might-be- 
πάντας ἁλίζεσϑαι" καὶ, ἅτε ἐπιπεσόντες 
proper  ἔογ-Ὁ}} to-re-ussemble; and, as falling-on 


ἐξαίφνης, ἔλαθον te πολλὰ ἀνδράποδα. 
(these people) suddenly, they-took not-only many slaves, 


χαὶ περιεδάλοντο πολλὰ πρόθατα. : 
but-also — surrounded many (flocks of ) sheep (and other cattle). 
Δ᾽ ot Θρᾷκες οἱ διαφεύγοντες ἡϑροί- 
But the Thracians — (those namely) fleeing-away collected. 


418 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


ζοντο δὲ πολλοὶ διέφευγον, ὄντες πελτασταὶ, 


together; and many escaped, being targeteers, 
e , 5 ~ ~ 3 - 
ὁπλίτας ἐξ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶι 

(from the) heavy-armed-men (even) from the hands of-them 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνελέγησαν, πρῶτον 


When indeed ‘they (the Thracians) ‘had-collected-together, ‘they first 
3 5 ’ ~ ’ὔ; 7 ς 4 ~ 
μὲν ἐπιτίϑενται τῷ λόχῳ Σμίκρητος, ἑνὸς τῶν 
indeed ‘attacked the company  of-Smicretes, one of-the 
στρατηγῶν ᾿Αρχάδων, ἤδη ἀπιόντι εἰς τὸ 
commanders tof (the) 'Arcadians, .now departing to the 
συγκείμενον καὶ ἄγοντι πολλὰ χρήματα. 
place-agreed-on and leading (with him) much booty. 
Kai σπέως μὲν ot “RAAnves ἐμάχοντο ἅμα 
And _ for-a-while indeed the Greeks fought while 

πορευόμενοι. Δὲ διαθάσει ἐπὶ 
marching-forward. But *they [the Greeks] ‘being-about-to-cross over (a) 
χαράδρας τρέπονται αὐτούς, καὶ τε ἀποχτιν- 
ravine , they-routed them, and ‘they not-only *killed 
νύασι τὸν Σμίχρητα αὐτόν, xai πάντας τοὺς 
- Smicres himself, but-also all the 
ἄλλους" ἄλλου λόχου δὲ τῶν δέκα στρα- 
others (with him); of-another company indeed of-the ten com- 
τηγῶν, TOD Ἡγησάνδρου, κατέλιπον 
manders, — (that namely) of-Hegesander, they-left 
μόνους ὀχτὼ" καὶ Ἡγησάνδρος αὐτὸς ἐσώϑη. Καὶ 
only eight; and egesander himself was-saved. And 
δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι λοχαγοὶ συνῆλϑον, οἱ μὲν σὺν 
also the other captains came-together, —(some)indeed with 
πράγμασιν, οἵ δὲ ἄνευ πραγμάτων δὲ ot 
things, — (others) indeed without things; - but the 
Θρᾷκες, ἐπεὶ εὐτύχησαν τοῦτο τὸ εὐτύχημα, 
Thracians, when they-had-luckily-met (with) this — good-luck. 
τε ovvebdav ἀλλήλους, καὶ συνελέγοντο 
not-only cried-out (encouragingly) to-one-another, but-also assembled — 
ἘΦ x - , 4 σ ε 7 
ἐῤῥωμένως τῆς νυχτος. Καὶ AUG γιμερᾶ, 
strongly during-the night. And at-the-time (of) day light, — 









BOOK VI.—~ CHAPTER ΠΙ. 419 


χαι πολλοὶ inmeis χαὶ πελτασταί ἐτάττοντο 


both many horsemen and targeteers arranged-themselves * 


in 
, σ 

χύχλῳ περὶ τὸν λόφον, ἔνϑα οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἐστρα- 

(a) ‘eirele round ‘the hill, where the Greeks were- 


τοπεδεύοντο, xai ἀεὶ πλείονες 


encamped, and continually more (of these Thracians) 
συνέῤῥεον. Καὶ ἁσφαλῶς προςέδαλλον πρὸς 
kept-flocking-together. And ‘they safely *rushed against 


τοὺς ὁπλίτας" yap μὲν ot Ἕλληνες εἶχον 
the heavy-armed-men ; for indeed the Greeks had 
οὔτε Tokdtny, οὔτε ἀχοντιστήν οὔτε ἱππέα. 
neither (an) archer, or (a) javelin-man or (a) horseman. 
A’ ot προςϑέοντες χαὶ προςελαύνοντες 
᾿Απᾷ the (Thracians) running-up and riding-forwards 
ἠχόντιζον᾽" δὲ ὁπότε 
*threw (their) ‘darts (among them); and when ‘they [the 
ἐπίοιεν αὐτοῖς, ῥᾳδίως ἀπέφευγον. ἤΑλλοι 
Greeks] advanced-against them, easily fled-away. ¢ Others 
δὲ émetidevto ἄλλῃ. 
indeed attacked other (part) [some of the Thracians attacked 
Kai μὲν τῶν πολλοὶ 
one part, others another part]. And indeed of-the (Greeks) many 
ἐτιτρῶσχοντο, δὲ τῶν οὐδείς ὥςτε 
were-wounded, but of-the (Thracians) none;  so-that (the Greeks) 
οὐχ ἐδύναντο κινηϑῆναι ἔκ τοῦ χωρίου, ἀλλὰ 
‘were not ‘able to-move from the place, but 
οἱ Opdxes τελευτῶντες xai εἶργον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ 
the Thracians | finishing even prohibited thém from 
τοῦ ὕδατος. Δὲ ἐπεὶ 
the water [finally even cut them off from water]. But when (the) 
ἀπορία ἦν πολλὴ, διελέγοντο περὶ σπονδῶν" 
distress was much, they-began-to-speak about terms; 
xal μὲν τὰ ἄλλα ὡμολόγητο αὐτοῖς, δὲ οἱ 
and indeed the other (terms) had-been-agreed-on by-them, but the 
Θρᾷκες οὐχ ἐδίδοσαν ὁμήρους, τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
_ Thracians ‘would not ‘give hostages, the Greeka 


΄ 


420 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


> , 2 ΨΥ ΄ ¥ -ς 
. αἰτούντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ ἰσχετο 
requesting (them), but on this (the affair) was-in-ckack; 
‘ ‘ Ἁ ~ 3 / Ἐ 
μὲν δὴ τὰ τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων εἶχε 


indeed truly the (affairs) of-the Arcadians had (themselves) 
OUTS. 
“0. * 
Δὲ Χειρίσοφος πορευόμενος ἀσφαλῶς παρὰ 
But Cheirisophus proceeding safely along- (the) 
θάλατταν, ἀφιχνεῖται εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης. 
sea (coast), arrived at (the) harbour of-Calpe. 


Ξενοφῶντι δὲ πορευομένῳ διὰ στῆς μεσογαίας, 


Xenophon however proceeding through the interior, 


ob ἱσιπεῖς προχαταϑέοντες ἐντυγχάνουσι 
— (his) horsemen astening-on-before fall-in-with (some) 
πρεσϑύταις πορευομένοις ποι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤχϑη- 
ambassadors proceeding some-where. And when they-had- 
σαν παρὰ Ἐξενοφῶντα, ἐρωτᾷ αὐτοὺς εἴ 
conduetéd (them) to Xenophon, he-asked them if 
σίου ἤσϑηνται ᾿ ἄλλου στρατεύματος, ὄντος 
any-where they-might-have-seen another army, . being 
“Ἑλληνικοῦ. Δὲ of ἔλεγον πάντα τὰ 
Grecian. And --- they-told (him) all the (things 
’ 1 ¢ ~ ~ 
43 GAA sebes και OTL νυν πολιορχοῦνται 
aving-occurred, and that now ‘they [the Greeks] *were-besieged 
ἐπὶ λόφου, δὲ πάντες οἱ Θρᾷχες εἶεν περι- 
on (a) hill, and (that) all the Thracians were sur- 
κεχυχλωμένοι αὐτούς. “Evtatsa. μὲν ἰσχυρῶς 
rounding them. Then indeed ‘he strictly 
ἐφύλαττε τούτους τοὺς ἀνωρώπους, ὅπως elev 
‘guarded these-same — men, so-that they-might-be 
ς , σι δέ 4 ὃ \ , 
ἡγεμόνες που ξοι ε χαταστῆήσας 
guides when it-might-be-required; and having-stationed 
σχοποὺς, συνέλεξε τοὺς στρατιώτας xai ἔλεξεν" 
scouts, he-assembled {πὸ ‘soldiers and said: 
ἼΑνδρες στρατιῶται, οἵ μὲν τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων: — 
Ven ~ soldiers, — (some) indeed of-the Arcadiang ΐ 
a 





BOOK VI. —CHAPTER III. 421 


TeSvaow, δὲ ot λοιποὶ πολιορχοῦνται ἐπὶ τινος 
have-died, but — (those) remaining are-besieged on some 


λόφου. A’ ἔγωγε νομίζω, εἰ ἐχεῖνοι ἀπολοῦνται, 
bill. And T-at-least think, if these are-destroyed, 
2) δ 3 ’ὔ , Cin ἃ, 
οὐδ ELVQL οὐδεμίαν σωτηρίαν γμιν, 
{that there will) neither be any salvation for-us, 
πολεμίων ὄντων μὲν οὕτω πολλῶν, δὲ οὕτω 
(the) enemy being indeed so numerous, and 80 
τεαῤῥηκότων. Οὖν χράτιστον ἡμῖν βοηθεῖν 
confident-and-daring. (It is) therefore best for-us to-assist 
Tos ἀνδράσιν ὡς τάχιστα, ὅπως εἰ ἔτι 
the men ‘as speedily ’as-possible, so-that if as-yet 
εἰσὶ σῷοι, μαχώμεθα, χαὶ μὴ, λειφϑέντες 
they-are safe, we-may-fight (together), and ποῖ, being-left 
/ \ 4 7 ~ a. > 
μόνοι, XL κινδυνεύωμεν μόνοι. Νῦν μεν ουν 
alone, even encounter-danger alone. Now indeed therefore 


στρατοπεδευώμεϑα προελϑόντες ὅσον 


“let (us) ‘encamp (after) having-marched-forward as-much 


ἂν δοχῇ εἶναι καιρὸς "εἰς TO δειπινοποιεῖσοδαι" 
may seem  to-be (the) proper (time) to the taking-of-supper ; 
δ᾽ ἕως ἂν πορευώμεϑα, Τιμασίων ἔχων τοὺς 
and while *we may ‘be-marching-forward ‘let Timasion having the 
ἱσισεῖς προελαυνέτω ἐφορῶν ἡμᾶς, 
cavalry (with him) ‘ride-on-before *keeping us ‘in-view, 
χαὶ σχοπείτω τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ὡς μηδὲν 
and ‘let (him) ‘reconnoitre the (country) in-front, © that nothing 
᾿λάϑῃ ἡμᾶς. (Δὲ καὶ παρέπεμψε 
may-be-concealed from-us. _ (And ‘he [Xenophon] also ‘sent-about 
3 ~ ‘ 
εὐζώνους ἀνθρώπους τῶν γυμνήτων εἰς τὰ 
active men of-the light-armed (troops) to the 
πλάγια χαὶ εἰς TH ἄχρα, ὅπως, εἴ που καϑορῷεν 
flanks and to the hills, so-that, if any-where they-might-see 
: , 
τί σόϑεν, σημαίνοιεν" ἐχέλευε δὲ 
any-thing thence, they-might-signify (it); he-ordered (them) moreover 
Se. ? Bo ‘ 
 χαίειν ἅπαντα ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν xavoiug.) Tap 
_ to-burn every-thing that they-might-meet-with combustible.) For 
; 30 πὶ 


422 THE ANABASIS OF ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 


ἡμεῖς ἂν ἀποδραίημεν ἐνθένδε οὐδαμοῦ" γάρ μὲν 
we can flee hence no-where;  _— for = indeed 


ἔφη, σίολλὴ ἀπιέναι πάλιν εἰς 
said-he, | (itis) much [itis along way] to-go-hence back to 
t ~ 
Ηράχλειαν, δὲ πολλὴ διελϑεῖν εἰς Χρυσόπολιν" 
Heraclea, and much to-go to Chrysopolis; 
δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι πλησίον" εἰς λιμένα Κάλπης 
and the enemy (being) near; to (the) harbour of-Calpe 
δὲ, ἔνϑα εἰκάζομεν Χειρίσοφον εἶναι, εἰ σέσωσται, 
indeed, where we-suppose Cheirisophus_to-be, if he-is-safe, 
ὁδός ἐλαχίστη. ᾿Αλλὰ δὴ ἐχεὶ μὲν ἔστιν 
(the) way (is) very-short. But truly there indeed there-are 
» ~ τ 5 2 / 
οὔτε πλοῖα, οἷς ἀποπλευσούμεϑα, TE μένουσι 
neither ships, in-which we-may-set-sail, but (we) remaining 
3 ~ ee Val » \ 3 , ~ ς 4 
αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἔστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια μιᾶς ἡμέρας. 
there neither is-there — provisions (enough) for-one day. 
Δὲ τῶν σιολιορχουμένων ἀπολομένων, σὺν TOTS 
But --- (those) besieged perishing, with the 


7 4 3 ’ ὃ δ ’ 
μόνοις Χειρισόφου ἐστι χάχιον OLAXLVOVVEVELY, 
(men) alone  of-Cheirisophus _ it-is worse to-face-danger, 
ἢ τῶνδε σωθέντων, πάντας ἐλθόντας εἰς 
than —_ (these) being-saved, all coming to 
ταὐτὸν ἔχεσθαι χοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας. 
that (place) to-take-hold in-common of — (our) safety 
> \ A A ‘ , 
Αλλὰ xen. παρασχευασαμένους THY γνώμην 
But it-is-necessary having-prepared-and-made-up — (our) minds 
πορεύεσθαι, ὡς νῦν ἔστιν ἢ τελευτῆσαι 
to-proceed-forward, as(if) πο it-is either to-have-ended (our lives) 


εὐχλεῶς, ἢ ἐργάσασϑαι κάλλιστον ἔργον, 
gloriously, ΟΥ̓ to-have-performed (a) most-honourable work, 









τοσούτους “Ἕλληνας σώσαντας. Kai ἴσως ὁ 
so-many Greeks being-saved. And perhaps — (some) . 


θεὸς ἄγει οὕτως, ὃς βούλεται ταπεινῶσαι 
god leads (the affair) thus, who wishes to-humble j 


τοὺς μεγαληγορήσαντας, ὡς πιλεῶν HPpovodr'Tas, 
— (those) having-spoken-boastfully, as *being more ‘wise 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER III. 423 


δὲ χαταστῆσαι, ἡμᾶς, τοὺς ἁρχομένους 


{than we are), and to-render, us, --- beginning 
ἀπὸ θεῶν, ἐντιμοτέρους 
(every thing) from (consulting the) gods, more-honoured (than) 
‘ 
ἐχείνων. ᾿Αλλ χρή ἔπεσθαι, καὶ 
they. But it-is-necessary to-follow (your leaders), and 
προςέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὡς ἂν δύνησϑε ποιεῖν 
apply — (your) minds, that ‘you may ‘be-able to-perform 
‘ / 
TO παραγγελλόμενον. 
the (thing) ordered. 
Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ ἡγεῖτο. Δὲ οἱ 
Having-said {815 he-led (his men forward). ἀπά the 
Ξ Ξ 
ἱσιπεῖς διασπειρόμενοι ἐφ᾽ ὅσον εἶχε 


cayalry spreading-themselves over as-'much (ground) ‘as had (itself ) 
"ἃ z 

χαλῶς, ἔχαιον ἣἧ ἐθάδιζον, καὶ 

safe-and-proper, (and) they-set-fire in-whatever (place) they-went, and 

οἱ πελτασταί, ἐπιπαριόντες κατὰ τὰ ἄχρα, 

ihe targeteers, moving-abreast-of (them) along the heights, 


ἔχαιον πάντα ὅσα ἑώρων καύσιμα, καὶ δὲ 71 


burned all what they-saw combustible, and also the 

στρατιὰ, εἰ ἐντυγχάνοιεν τινι παρα- 
army (did the same), if they-found any-thing 
 Δειπομένῳ᾽ ὁ ὥςτε πᾶσα n χώρα ἐδόχει 
left (unhurt); so-that all the place seemed 
αἴϑεσθαι, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα εἶναι πολὺ. ᾿Ἐπεὶ 
_ to-be-on-fire, and the army to-be large. When 


δὲ ἦν ὥρα, xateotpatonedetoarto ἐχθάττες 
k indeed it-was time, they-encamped having- gone 
ἐπὶ λόφον, καὶ ἑώρων Te TH πυρὰ τῶν πολεμίων, 
on (a) hill, and they-saw also the fires of-the enemy, 








(δὲ ἀπεῖχον ὡς τετταράχοντα σταδίους,) καὶ 
(for they-were-distant about forty stadia,) and 


> ~ 
αὐτοὶ ἔχαιον πλεῖστα ὡς ἐδύναντο. "Ἐπεὶ 
they [the Greeks] burned as-much as __ they-could. When 


ἐς Ἐἐδείπνησαν τάχιστα, παρηγγέλϑη κατασθεν- 
ver they-had-supped very-speedily, it-was-ordered to-extin- 








* 


424 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


viva. mata τὰ πυρὰ. Kai μὲν ποιησάμενοι 
guish all the fires. And~- indeed haying-stationed 
φυλαχὰς τὴν νύχτα ἐχαϑευδον" ἅμα δὲ 
sentinels for-the night they-went-to-sleep; at-the-time indeed 
TH ἡμέρᾳ προςευξάμενοι τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ συν- 
— (of) day (light) -having-prayed to-the gods, and putung- 
rs ς 9 ’ 3 , ’ νὰν 
ταξάμενοι ὡς εἰς μάχην, ἔπορεύοντο τάχιστα 7 
themselves-in-order as for battle, they-marched-forth as-speedily as 
> / ,.4 \ \ ec ~ » - 
ἐδύναντο. Τιμασίων δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς, ἔχοντες τοὺς 
they-could. Timasion and also the horsemen, having the 
ς "4 ‘ / , 3 ’ 
ἡγεμόνας καὶ προελαύνοντες, γενόμενοι ἐλάνθανον 
guides and riding-on-before, having-got concealed 
‘ - σ 
αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ; λόφῳ, ἔνϑα οἱ “Ἕλληνες 
(andunknown to) themselves on the hill, where the Greeks 
ἐπολιορχοῦντο.ς Καὶ ὁρῶσιν οὐχ οὔτε φίλιον 
were-besieged. And see not either (a) friendly 
στράτευμα, οὔτε πολέμιον, (καὶ ἀπαγγέλλουσι 
army, nor (an) inimical (one), (and they-announce 
ταῦτα πρὸς TOY Ἐενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ στράτευμα,) 
these (things) to — Xenophon and the ermy,) 
δὲ xa γραΐδια γερόντια χαὶ ὀλίγα πρόβατα 
but only old-women (and) old-men and(a) few sheep 
καὶ Bods καταλελειμμένους. Kai μὲν τὸ πρῶτον 
and oxen left-behind. And indeed (at) the first 
x »- : 
ἦν θαῦμα, τί εἴη τὸ σγεγενημένον 
there-was wonder-and-surprise, whatmight-be the (thing) having-happened; 4 


ἔπειτα δὲ xal ἐπυνϑάνοντο τῶ καταλελειμ- 
afterwards indeed also they-learned from — (those) left- — 








μένων, ὅτι ot Opaxes μὲν εὐθὺς ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας, 
behind, that the Thracians indeed immediately after night-fall 
ᾧχοντο ἀπιόντες" δὲ καὶ ἔφασαν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας 
departed going-away; and also they-said (that) the Greeks — 
οἴχεσθαι ἕωθεν" δὲ ὅπου οὐχ 
departed early-in-the-morning; but whither (that they did) not 

7s 


εἰδέναι. x "88 
know. aa 





BOOK VI. — CHAPTER III. 495 
Οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, 
— (Those) with Xenophon hearing these (things), 


3 9. ἢ 
ἐπεὶ ἡἠρίστησαν, συσχευασάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο, 
after they-had-breakfasted, having-packed-up proceeded (on their 


βουλόμενοι “ὡς τάχιστα συμμῖξαι τοῖς 


march), desiring as soon-as-possible to-have-joined the 
ἄλλοις εἷς λιμένα Κάλπης. Kai πορευόμενοι 
others at (the) harbour of-Calpe. And proceeding 
ἑώρων τὸν otiboy τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
they-perceived the track of-the Arcadians and Acheeans 
xata τὴν ὁδόν ἐπὶ Κάλπης. “Entei δὲ ἀφίχοντο 
en the road _ to. Calpe. When indeed they-had-uarrived 
3 3 ΚΟ ‘ »” , 3 

εἰς TO αὐτό, Te ἄσμενοί εἶδον 


at the same (spot), (they were) not-only pleased (when) they-saw 
ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἡσπάζοντο ὥςπερ ἀδελφούς. Καὶ 


one-another, but-also embraced like brothers. And 
ot ᾿Αρχάδες ἐπυνθάνοντο τῶν περὶ Ἐξενοφῶντα, 
the Arcadians . inquired of — (those) with Xenophon, 


Ti κατασδέσειαν τὰ πυρὰ" yap μὲν ἡμεῖς, ἔφασαν, 
why they-had-put-out the fires; for indeed we, said-they, 
φόμεϑα μὲν TO πρῶτον ὕμᾶς, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ 
thought indeed αὐ --- first (that) you, when we-'did not 
ἑωρῶμεν τὰ πυρὰ, ἥξειν τῆς νυχτὸς ἐπὶ τοὺς 
‘see the fires, were-coming at— night against the 
πολεμίους" (xai ot πολέμιοι δὲ, bs ye ἐδόχουν 
enemy ; (and .the enemy also, as at-least it-appeared 
guiv, δείσαντες τοῦτο ἀπῆλϑον" yap σχεδὸν ἀμφὶ 


᾿ς 10-π8, fearing this departed ; for nearly «bout 


ποῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀπήεσαν). Δὲ ἐπεὶ οὐχ 
that --- time they-disappeared), But when you-’did not 
‘ is apes 

ἀφίχεσθε, δὲ 6 χρόνος ἐξῆχεν, GoueSa ὑμᾶς, 
‘arrive, andthe _ time passed-by, we-thought (that) you, 







q πυϑομένους TH nap ἡμῖν, φοθηϑέντας 
Ἶ hearing the (things) relating to-us, (that) being-alarmed 


οἴχεσθαι ἀποδράντας ἐπὶ θάλατταν" καὶ ἐδόχει 
_ you-departed fleeing to (the) Sea; and it-seemed 


a 865 


426 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 
ἡμῖν μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι ὑμῶν. Οὕτω, 
to-us (that) we-‘ought ποῦ ‘to-be-left-behind you, Thu 


οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπορεύϑημεν δεῦρο. 
therefore also we proceeded in-this-direction. 





CHAPTER ΤΥ. 


Oty μὲν ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίζοντο 
THEREFORE indeed that — (same). day they-encamped 

3 - 3 ‘ ~ 9 ~ A ms / ‘ ~ 
αὑτοῦ ETM TOV αἰγιαλοῦ πρὸς τῷ λιμένι. To τοῦτο 
there on the shore near the port. -- Lhis 


“ ‘ a ~ 
χωρίον δὲ, ὃ χαλεῖται λιμήν Κάλπης, ἔστι 
place indeed, which is-called (the) harbour of-Calpe, is 


μὲν ἐν τῇ Opaxn τῇ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ" 
indeed in — Thrace the (Thrace namely).in — Asia; 


δὲ αὕτη ἡ Opdxn ἐστὶν ἀρξαμένη ἀπὸ τοῖ 
and this — Thrace is (inextent) beginning from the 


στόματος τοῦ Πόντου μέχρι ἫἩραχλείας, 
mouth of-the Pontus (Euxinus) just-to Heraclea, 


ἐπὶ δεξιὰ εἰςπλέοντι εἰς τὸν Πόντον. Καὶ 
on (the) right (ofone) sailing to the Pontus. And — 


μὲν ἔστι τριήρει κώπαις ἐχ Βυζαντίου εἰς 
indeed it-is ‘for(a) ‘galley with-oars from Byzantium to 


ae 


Ἡράκλειαν nei έτος ἡμέρας πλοῦς" δὲ ἐν 
Heracisa (a) long day’s sail ; and in ; 
τῷ μέσῳ μὲν οὐδεμία ἄλλη 
the middle (between these towns there is) indeed no other - 
πόλις οὔτε φιλία οὔτε Ἑλληνίς, ἀλλὰ BiSvvot 
town either friendly or Grecian, but Bithynian 
Θρᾷκες" καὶ οὗς ἂν λάθωσι 
Thraciane (oeccupyit); and whom ‘they may *take 
Ἑλλήνων éxnintorvtas ἢ πως ἄλλως λέγοντα! 


greeks cast-ashore orin-any other (manner) they-a 







BOOK VI. — CHAPTER LV. 427 


Σ i ‘ ‘ 
ὑδρίζειν τοὺς “Ἕλληνας δεινὰ. Δὲ ὃ λιμὴν 

to insult-and-treat the Greeks dreadfully. But the harbour 

Κάλπης κεῖται ἐν μέσῳ μὲν ἑχατέρωθεν 

nf-Calpe lies in mid (way) indeed from-both-sides (for those) 

- \ ~ 

πλεόντων ἐξ “Ηραχλείας καὶ Βυζαντίου, δὲ ἐν τῇ 

sailing from Heraclea and Byzantium, and in the 

θαλάττῃ ἐστι χωρίον προχείμενον, τὸ 

sea there-is a-piece-of-land (there) projecting-forward, the (part) 


μὲν αὐτοῦ xadyxov εἰς τὴν θάλατταν ἀποῤῥώξ 
indeed of-it reaching-down to the sea (as a) steep 


πέτρα, ὕψος ὅπῃ ἐλάχιστον οὐ μεῖον εἴχοσιν 
rock, (the) height where (it is) the-least not less (than) twenty 


ὀργυιῶν" δὲ ὁ αὐχὴν, 6 ἀνήχων εἰς τὴν 
fathoms ; andthe neck, —(that namely) extending into the 
ἣν ποῦ χωρίου, TO εὖρος μάλιστα 
and of-the country, the breadth (of this neck is) at-most 

: τεττάρων πλέθρων" ᾿ δὲ τὸ χωρίον 


plethra (or about four hundred feet); and the place 


ἐντὸς TOD αὐχένος ἱχανὸν μυρίοις ἀνϑρώποις 
within the neck is-sufficient for-ten-thousand men 


οἰχῆσαι. Λιμὴν δ᾽ ὑπ’ αὐτῇ τῇ 
_ to-inhabit (or quarter 00). (The) harbour indeed (is) under this -- 

πέτρᾳ ἔχων τὸ αἰγιαλὸν mpdg ἑσπέραν. 
(same) rock having — (its) shore towards (the) west. 


Le χρήνη ἡδέος ὕδατος καὶ apSovos ῥέουσα ἐπὶ 
_ And (8) spring of-sweet water and copiously flowing near 


tH θαλάττῃ αὐτῇ, ὑπὸ τῇ ἐπιχρατείᾳ τοῦ 
a, 







sea itself, (is) under the command of — (this) 
_ 
χωρίου. Δὲ μὲν σιολλὰ ξύλα καὶ ἄλλα, 
place. And indeed (there is) much wood and (of) different 


ο΄ δὲ πάνυ πολλὰ χαὶ καλὰ ναυπηγήσιμα 

(kinds), but especially much and _ fine (wood) fit-for-ship-building 

αὐτῇ τῇ θαλάττγ. Δὲ πὸ ὄρος, τὸ 

this — (same) sea, (coast). And the mountain, — 
> bond , 3 , \ 5 / 

EV τῷ λιμένι, ἄνήχει μὲν εἰς μεσόγαιαν 

tnamely) at the harbour, extends indeed to (the) interior 


428 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


σ \ ms -» 
ὕσον ἐπὶ εἴχοσι σταδίους, καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες 
as-much-as to twenty stadia, and this (part is) earthy 
χαὶ ἄλιϑον" δὲ TO παρὰ ϑάλατταν, πλέον 
and clear-of-stones; and the (part) along (the) sea, more 
Ἃ 


ἢ ἐπὶ εἴχοσι σταδίους, δασὺ πολλοὶς καὶ παντο- 
than about twenty stadia, thick with-many and vari- 


δαποὶς καὶ μεγάλοις ξύλοις. Δὲ ἡ ἄλλη 
ous and large trees. And the other (parts of the) 


χώρα χαλὴ καὶ πολλή" καὶ εἶσι πολλαὶ 
country (were) beautiful and much (in extent); and there-were many 


καὶ οἴχουμεναι χώμαι ἐν αὐτῇ" γὰρ ἡ γῆ 
and populous villages in this (country); for the land 


φέρει καὶ xpidds, xai πυρούς, καὶ πάντα 
produces — arley, and wheat, and all (kinds of) 


ὄσπρια, καὶ μελίνας, καὶ σήσαμα, καὶ ἀρχοῦτα 
legumes, and millet, and sesame, and abundance (of) 


σῦχα, καὶ πολλὰς ἀμπέλους xai ἡδυοίνους, καὶ 


figs, and many vines even producing-sweet-wine, and 
πάντα τἄλλα πλὴν ἐλαιῶν. Τοιαύτη 
all else except (trees) of oil [the olive tree]. Such 
μὲν ἦν ἢ χώρα. Ἔσχήνωυν δὲ 


indeed was the country. (The Greeks) ‘pitched (their) 'tents indeed 
ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς τῇ ϑαλάττῃ" δὲ εἰς τὸ 
on the shore y the sea; but into the 
πόλισμα ἂν γενόμενον οὐχ ἐθούλοντο 
city (that) might have-been they-‘did not ‘wish 
στρατοπεδεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἐδόχει χαὶ 
(to march and) encamp, but _it-seemed (that) even — 
τὸ ἐλϑεῖν évtadsa εἶναι ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς, 
|the to-go there [going there] was from design, (as if) 








τινῶν βουλομένων κατοικίσαι πόλιν. Tap ot 
some (persons) were-wishing to-build (a) city. For the 


πλεῖστοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν οὐχ ἐχπεπλευχότες 70 

most of-the soldiers *had not ‘sailed 
σπάνει βίου ἐπὶ τουτὴν τὴν 

εἴτο home) for-want of-subsistence on this — ( 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER IV. 429 


μισϑοφοράν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀχούοντες τὴν ἀρετὴν Κύρου, 
service, but hearing-of the virtue of-Cyrus, 
6 \ \ »Ἤ » ε ᾿ ᾿ 
οἵ μὲν καὶ ἄγοντες ἄνδρας, οἵ καὶ δὲ 
— (some) indeed even bringing men. — (others) also indeed 
προςανηλωχότες χρήματα, καὶ ETEPOL τούτων 
having-in-addition-spent money, (in the cause), and others of-these 


ἀποδεδρακότες πατέρας καὶ μετέρας, δὲ 
(soldiers) - having-fied-from (their) fathers and mothers, and 


χαὶ ob χαταλιπόντες τέχνα, OS κχτησάμενοι 
also — (some) leaving-behind (their) children, that they-might-acquire 
χρήματ᾽ αὐτοὶς, ἥξοντες πάλιν, ἀχούντες χαὶ 
money for-them, (then) coming back, hearing also 

ποὺς ἄλλους τοὺς παρὰ Κύρῳ πράτ- 
(that) — others — (those namely) with Cyrus | were- 


τειν πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαϑὰ. 
doing many and good (things) [were acquiring wealth]. 


"Ovtes τοιοῦτοι ἐπόϑουν σώζεσθαι εἷς. τὴν 
Being such (men) they-desired | to-be-saved to “= 
Ἑλλάδα. 
_ Greece [to return in safety to Greece]. 
> \ \ ς , ἘΠ᾿ ὦ = 7 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑστέρα ἡμέρα τῆς συνόδοι, 
; When indeed (the) next day οἵ — (their) coming-together 
εἷς ταὐτὸν ἐγένετο, Ξενοφῶν ἐϑύετο ἐπὶ 
4 in that (place) was, Xenophon sacrificed about (an) 
ἐξόδῳ: γὰρ ἦν ἀνάγκη ἐξάγειν ἐπὶ τὰ 







_ expedition; for it-was necessary to-lead-out (the soldiers) for — 


ἐπιτήδεια. δὲ χαὶ ἐπενόει θάπτειν τοὺς 
provisions ; and also he-was-thinking (about) burying the 






_vexpovs. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐγένετο καὶ 
Ε When indeed the victims happened (favourably) alse 
a 0 : σ ᾽ 

οἱ ᾿Αρχάδες εἵποντο, καὶ μὲν ἔθαψαν ἑχάστους 


Arcadians accompanied (him), and indeed they-buried each-of 
vexpovs, τοὺς πλείστους, ἔνϑαπερ ἔπεσον" 


dead, the most, where they-had-fallen; 
7on ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι, xo 


already | they-were five days’-ones, [they were five days dead,] ane 


430 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐν ¥ 3 tr ς ~ 7 

ἦν ἔτι οὐχ οἷόν τε ἃναιρεῖν)" _ δὲ 
it-was now not possible to-‘take (them) ‘away); and 
συνενεγχόντες ἕνίους τοὺς éx τῶν ὁδῶν, 
having-gathered-together some of — (those) from the road, 
ἔϑαψαν ὡς χάλλιστα ἐδύναντο éx τῶν 
they-buried (them) as becomingly (as) they-could from -—  (:hkeir) 
ες 

ὑπαρχόντων" δὲ οὗς μὴ εὕρισχον 
existing (means); but (those) that they-'did not ‘find 


ἐποίησαν μέγα κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐπέϑεσαν 
they-made (a) large cenotaph for-them, and _ placed-on (it) 


στεφάνους. Δὲ ποιήσαντες ταῦτα ἀνεχώρησαν 
garlands. And having-performed these (things) they-returned 


ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ μὲν τότε δειπνήσαντες 
to the camp. And indeed then having-supped 


éxounsnoav. Τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ δὲ πάντες of στρα- 
they-went-to-sleep. On-the next-day indeed all the sol- 


τιῶται συνῆλδον" (δὲ μάλιστα ᾿Αγασίας τε 

diers assembled-together ; (but chiefly Agasias indeed (the) 
Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς συνῆγε" xat Ἱερώνυμος 
Stymphalian captain assembled (them); and Hieronymus (the) 
᾿Ηλεῖος λοχαγὸς, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ot πρεσδύτατοι TOY 
Elian captain, and -— others the oldest of-the 
᾿Αρχάδων). Kai ἐποιήσαντο δόγμα, ἐάν tig 
Arcadians). And they-made (a) decree, if any (one) 
τοῦ λοιποῦ μνησθῇ ποιεὶν τὸ στράτευμα. 
for-the rest (of the time) might-mention to-make the ~ army 


δίχα αὐτὸν ζημιοῦσϑαι θανάτῳ, xai 
divided-into-two (that) he should-be-punished with-death, and (that) 


τὸ στράτευμα ἀπιέναι χατὰ χώραν. 
the army (should) depart to (the) place-and-order 


εἶχε πρόσϑεν, καὶ τοὺς πρόσϑεν στρατηγ' 








it-had Ρεΐογε, and (that) the former gene 
ἄρχειν. Kai Χειρίσοφος μὲν 

(should) command. And Cheirisophus indeed *had already 

τετελευτήχει πιών φάρμακον, συρέ 


‘die¢ having-drunk (a) medicine, being-in-a-fe ver 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER IV. 431 


δὲ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος παρέλαδ' € Th éxel- 
and Neon the Asinzan | received the (things)  of- 
γου. 


him [took his place]. 
Meta ταῦτα δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς εἶπε" 
After this indeed Xenophon standing-up said: 


2 ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ὡς Foxe, δῆλον μὲν ὅτι 


men soldiers, as it-seems, evident indeed that 


τὴν πορείαν ποιητέον πεζῇ" yap ἔστι οὐ πλοῖα" 

the journey is-to-be-performed on-foot; for there-are not ships ; 
ἀνάγκη ἤδη πορεύεσθαι" yap ἔστι ov τὰ 

(it is) necessary now to-depart ; for there-is not — 

ἐπιτήδεια μένουσι. Οὖν μὲν, ἔφη, ἡμεὶς 

food (for us) remaining. Therefore indeed, said-he, we 

ς ~ ~ 

θυσόμεϑα" δὲ ὑμᾶς dei παρασχευάζεσϑαι 

will-sacrifice; but you ‘it (now) *becomes to-prepare 

¢ ie x \ ¥ 

ὡς μαχουμένους, εἰ ποτε καὶ ἄλλοτε" 

as-for fighting, if ever even at-any-other-time (it was 


γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι ἀνατεϑαῤῥήχασιν. Ἔκ 
_mecessary); for the enemy has-recovered-confidence. After 


_ TovTOV οἱ στρατηγοί ἐϑύοντο, δὲ ᾿Αρηξίων "Αρχάς 


this the generals sacrificed, and Arexion (the) Arcadian 


ἣν μάντις" δὲ 6 Σιλανὸς ὁ ᾿Αμδρακιώτης 


_ Was-present (as) augur; for — Silanus the Ambracian 


Σ ἤδη anodedpaxer μισϑωσάμενος πλοῖον ἐξ 
‘had already ‘fled having-hired (a) vessel from 


5 HoaxAcias. Δὲ θυομένοις ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ τὰ 
“Heraclea. And - sacrificing about — (their) departure the 








ἱερά οὐκ ἐγίγνετο. Οὖν μὲν ταύτην 
‘ a. *did not ‘become (favourable). Therefore indeed on-that 
ἡμέραν ἐπαύσαντο. 
(same) day they-desisted (from their intended departure). 
Kai τινες ἐτόλμων λέγειν ὡς ὃ Ἐξνοφῶν, 
' some haying-been-bold-enough said that — Xenophon, 


p ουλόμενος οἰκίσαι τὸ χωρίον, πέπειχε τὸν μάντιν 
ir pen eyinn the country, had-persuaded the augur 


432 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


λέγειν ὡς τὰ ἱερὰ. γίγνεται οὐ ἐπὶ 

to-say that the victims were not (favourable) to (a, 

ἀφόδῳ. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν Ξενοφῶν κηρύξας 

departure, Then Xenophon having-made-proclamation (that, 
\ / > 3 ‘ A 7 

σὸν βουλόμενον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν θυσίαν 

-- (he) wishing (it) might-be-present at the sacrifice 


ky τ , > 
TH αὔριον, καὶ παραγγείλας εἰ ely τις μάντις 
on-the next-day, and having-notified if there-were any augurs 


παρεῖναι ὡς συνϑεασόμενον τὰ ἱερὼ, 
(among them) to-be-present as inspecting-with (him) the victims, 


Sve" xai évtatSa πολλοί 


the (Xenophon) ‘sacrificed; and then many (persons) 
~ \ / / 5 Α 

παρῆσαν. Δε θυομένων σιάλιν εἰς τρις 

were-present. And sacrificing again to (the) third (time) 

ἐπὶ στῇ ἀφόδῳ τὰ ἱερά ἐγίγνετο οὐκ. 

in-respect to-the departure the victims were not (favourable). 


Ἔχ τούτου οἱ στρατιῶται εἶχον χαλεπῶς" 
} On this the soldiers had (it) uneasily; [the sol- 


ao καὶ TH ἐπιτή-. 


diers in consequence of this were distressed;] for even the provi- 


a τ > 
dca, ἃ ἔχοντες ἦλθον, 
sions, | which having  they-came, [which they had when they came,] 


ἐπέλιπεν, καὶ οὐδεμία ἀγορὰ παρῆν. 


failed, and no market | was-present [provided for them]. 
Ἔχ τούτου ξυνελϑόντων, Ἐενοφῶν πάλιν 
On this (the soldiers) assembling, Xenophon again 


εἶπε" ὮΩ ἄνδρες, ὡς ὁρᾶτε μὲν, τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται 


said: ο men, as you-see indeed, the victims are 
»¥ Z - 7, ἃ a) Ct & Et ~ , 

οὔπω Ty πορείᾳ" δ᾽ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεομένους 

not-yet (favourable) for—(our) journey; and 1-5800 you wanting 


τῶν ἐπιτηδείων: οὖν doxet μοι εἶναι ἀνάγχη 


-- provisions ; therefore it-seems to-me to-be necessary 
θύεσϑαι περὶ ovtod τούτου. Tis δ᾽ 
to-sacrifice respecting this same (thing). Some (one) however 


ἀναστὰς eine’ Kai εἰχότως ἄρα τὰ ἱερά γίγνεται 
are 


standing-up said: | And with-reason therefore the victims 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER IV. . 438 
3 ai Siam \ MIO, Py ’ 

Ov NULVY* καὶ γὰρ EY NXOVOH τινος 
not (favourable) for-us; and as 1 have-heard from-some (one 
χϑὲς ἀπὸ πλοίου ἥκοντος τοῦ αὐτομάτου, 
yesterday (who was) from (a) vessel coming (in) — of-itself 
ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὃ ἁρμοστὴς ἐκ Βυζαντίοι, 
(accidentally), that Cleander the governor of Byzantium 


μέλλει ἥξειν, ἔχων πλοῖα καὶ τριήρεις. “Ex τούτου 
is-about coming, having vessels and _ galleys. On this 


y 27 \ α; 3 , Riel \ x 
δὲ ἐδόχει μὲν πᾶσιν ἀναμένειν" δ᾽᾿Ϊ ἦν 
(account) then it-seemed indeed to-all (proper) to-remain; but it-was 


ἀνάγκη ἐξιέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Kai ἐπὶ τούτῳ 


necessary to-go-out for — provisions. And _ about this 
‘ ς 

πάλιν ἐθύετο εἷς τρίς, xal τὰ ἵἱερά 

it-‘was again ‘sacrificed to three (times), however the victims 

ἐγίγνετο ov. Kai ἤδη καὶ ἰόντες 

were not (favourable). And now even (the soldiers) going 


Pe! ‘ ι — ~ 54 σ 54 

ἐπὶ THY σχηνὴν Ἐξεγοφῶντος, ἔλεγον ot. ἔχοιεν 
ἴο the tent of- Xenophon, said that they-had 
οὐ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. NA ὁ ἔφη ἂν οὐχ 
no -- provisions. And — he-said (that) ‘he could not 
ἐξαγαγεῖν, TOY ἱερῶν μὴ γιγνομένων. 

‘lead (them) ‘out, the victims not being (favourable). 


~ ε ᾿ 
Καὶ πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ σχεδόν 
And again on-the next-day it-was-sacrificed, and nearly 
τι πᾶσα ἣ στρατιὰ διὰ τὸ μέλειν 
in-some (manner) all the army on-account-of — it-being-a-solicitude 
σ ~ ‘ ‘ ‘ 
ἅπασιν, ἐχυχλοῦντο περὶ τὰ ἱερά" δὲ τὰ 
to-every (one), were-crowded-in-a-circle round the victims; but the 


θύματα ἐπιλελοίπει. Δὲ οἱ στρατηγοὶ μὲν οὐκχ 


victims were-deficient. But the generals indeed ‘did not 
ἐξῆγον, δὲ συνεχάλεσαν Ξενοφῶ:' 
‘lead-out (the troops), but ‘called (them) ‘together. Xenophor 


οὖν εἶπεν" Ἴσως of πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσί. 

therefore said: Perhaps the enemy have-been-assembled-together. 

χαὶ ἀνάγχη μάχεσθαι" εἰ οὖν καταλιπόντες 

and (it is) necessary (that) we-fight; if therefore _leaving-behind 
37 


434 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


8 ἢ 5 - - 
τὰ σχεύη ἐν τῷ ἐρυμνῷ χωρίῳ ὡς ἴο(ιεν 
— (our) baggage in the strong places so-that we-may-ge 


παρεσχευασμένοι εἰς μάχην, ἴσως τὰ ἱερὰ ἂν 


prepared for battle, perhaps the victims may 
, wh > ~ 

προχωροίη ἡμῖν. Δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀκούσαντες 

become-favourable to-us. But the soldiers hearing (this: 


> of ‘ 
ἀνέχραγον ὡς δέοι οὐδὲν ἄγειν εἰς TO χωρίον, 
cried-out | that it-ought not to-lead to the place, 


ἀλλὰ θύεσϑαι 


[that he ought not to lead them to such strong place,]~ but _ to-sacrifice 


ὡς τάχιστα. Καὶ μὲν ἦν οὐχέτι mpdbarta, 
as speedily (as possible). And indeed there-was no-longer sheep, 

᾿ , ~ ς ᾿ ς , sd 3 , δ \ 
δὲ πριάμενοι Bovis ὑπὸ ἁμάξης éStorto’ καὶ 
but buying (an) ox from (a) wagon they-sacrificed; and 
Eevopav ἐδεήθη Κλεάνορος tod ᾿Αρχάδος προ- 
Xenophon besought Cleanor the Arcadian __ to-be- 
SvucioSat, ei εἴη σι ἐν 


prompt-of-mind (to act), if there-might-be any-thing (encouraging) in 


σούτῳ "᾿Αλλ ὡς ἐγένετο οὐδὲ. 


this (sacrifice). But even-thus there-was neither (anything favourable). 


Δὲ Νέων μὲν ἦν στρατηγὸς TO μέρος 


But Neon indeed was (now) general in-the place 
Χειρισόφου: δὲ ἐπεὶ ἑώρα τοὺς avSpdmove, ὡς 
of-Cheirisophus; and when  he-saw_ the men, | that 
3 ~ ~ 2 ho 
εἶχον δεινῶς τῇ ἐνδείᾳ; 


they-had (it) grievously in — (their) want, [that the men were suffer- 
: βουλόμενος χαρίζεσϑαι αὐτοὶς. 
ing much from want of food,] wishing to-relieve-and-gratify them, 

εὑρὼν τινα ἄνϑρωπον ὋἪἩρακλεώτην, ὃς 
(and) having-found (a) certain man (a) Heraclean, who 
» 557 ᾽ὔ 3 ‘ σ ¥ 

εἰδέναι χώμας ἐγγὺς, Sev εἴη 

zaid (that) he-knew (of) villages near, whence it-might-be (possible) 
Aabely τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐκήρυξε τὸν 
to-procure — provisions, he-proclaimed (by a herald that) — (any one) 
βουλόμενων ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὡς ἡγεμόνος 
f-those-wishing to-go for — provisions, that (a) guide 


BOOK VI.—CHAPTER IV. 488 


ἐσομένου. ᾿Εξέρχονται δὴ εἰς 

would-be (forthem). (Then) they-departed indeed to (the number of) 
, 3 7 μ ’; ‘ 3 ~ τ 

διςχιλίους avSpdztovs συν δορατ' ἰοις, καὶ AOXOLS χαὶ 

two-thousand men with spears, and leather-bags and 


ϑυλάχοις, καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγεὶοις. “Exedy δὲ ἧσαν 
sacks, and other receptacles. When indeed they-were 
ἐν ταὶς χώμαις, καὶ διεσπείροντο, ws ἐπὶ τὸ 
in the villages, and were-dispersed, as for the 
λαμθάνειν, οἱ ἱππεῖς Φαρναθάζου 
_ taking (of what they wanted), the cavalry of-Pharnabazus - 
πρῶτοι ἐπιπίπτουσιν αὐτοῖς (yap ἦσαν Bebon- 
first fell-upon them (for they-were (come) _help- 


Syxotes τοὶς BiSvvois) βουλόμενοι σὺν τοὶς Βιϑυ- 
ing the Bithynians) desiring with the  Bithy- 
vois, εἰ δύναιντο, ἀποχωλῦσαι Tots “Ἕλληνας 
nians, if they-could, to-prevent the Greeks (that 
un ἐλθεῖν sis τὴν Φρυγίαν" οὗτοι οἵ 
they might not enter into — Phrygia; these — (same, 
ἱππεῖς ἀποχτείνουσι ov μεῖον πενταχοσίους τῶν 
cavalry killed not less (than) five-hundred _ of-the 
ἀνδρῶν οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ ἀνέφυγον ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. Ἔκ 
men ; the rest indeed fied-away to the mountain. Or 
τούτου TiS τῶν ἀποφυγόντων ἀπαγγέλλει 
this some (one) of — (those) haying-fled announced 
ταύτα εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kai ὃ Ξενοφῶν, 
these (things) at the camp. And — Xenophon, 
ἐπεὶ τὰ ἱερὰ οὐχ ἐγεγένητο ταύτῃ τῇ 
when the victims ‘had not *been (favourable) ἐδαὲ -- 
τ c 
ἡμέρᾳ, Aahav βοῦν ὑπὸ ἁμάξης, (yap ἦν οὐχ 
day, taking (an) ox from(a) wagon, (for there-were no 
ἄλλα lepeia,) σφαγιασάμενος ἐἔβοηϑει, καὶ οἱ 
other cattle,) haying-sacrificed he-went-to-give-help, and ‘the 
ἄλλοι οἱ μέχρι τριάχοντα ἐτῶν ἄπαντες 
others --- (those namely) just-to thirty years-of-age all 
Kai ἀναλαθόντες τοὺς ἄνδρας 
(went with him). And bringing-off — (those) men 


436 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


λοισιοὺς, ἀφιχνοῦνται εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. Κα! 


left, they-returned to the camp. Aud 
ἣν ἤδη μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς καὶ ot Ἕλληνες 


it-was now indeed about sun set ; and the Greeks 
; 3 = 

ἔχοντες μάλ᾽ ἀϑύμως ἐδειπνοποιοῦντο, 

being much dejected were-‘taking (their) ‘supper, (when) 


χαὶ ἐξαπίνης tives τῶν Βιϑυνῶν ἐπιγενόμενοι τοὶς 
even suddenly some of-the Bithynians fell-upon the 


ὑλαξι διὰ τῶν λασίων, μὲν κατέχανον 
advanced-guards through the thickets, (and) indeed they-killed 


τοὺς, δὲ τοὺς ἐδίωξαν μέχρι εἰς 
-- (some of the Greeks), and --- (others) they-pursued just tc 


τὸ στρατόπεδον. Kai κραυγῆς γενομένης πάντες 


the camp. And (a) great-noise arising all 


ot Ἕλληνες ἔδραμον εἰς ta ὅπλα" καὶ dudxew 


the Greeks ran to — arms; and _ to-pursue 


μὲν, χαὶ κινεῖν TO στρατόπεδον νυχτὸς οὐχ 
indeed, and to-move the camp at-night ‘did nos 


ἐδόχει εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς" γὰρ τὰ χωρία ἦν δασέα" 


*seem to-be safe ; for the country was full-of-thickets; 


δὲ ἐνυχτέρευον ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις, φυλαττόμενοι 
and they-passed-the-night under — arms. guarled 
-ixavoig φύλαξι. 


by-sufficient sentinels. 


BOOK VI. —CHAPTER V. 437 


CHAPTER Υ. 


Ἂ Be z 
Οὕτω μὲν διήγαγον τὴν νύχτα. Δὲ ἅμα tH 
Tuus indeed they-passed the night. But at-the-time-of --- 


ἡμέ ᾳ ol στ ρατηγοὶ ἡγοῦντ Ὁ εἰς τὸ ἐρυμνὸν 

day ‘(break) the generals went to the strong 

χωρίον, δὲ ot εἵποντο, ἀναλαθόντες τὰ 

place, and the (men) followed, bringing-with (them) — (their) 
\ > 

ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σχεύη. Πρὶν δὲ εἶναι ὥραν 

arms and -— (their) baggage. Before indeed it-was time (for) 


a0 3 , 3 \ , “; ς 
αἀριίστον ἀπεταφρευσαν εἰς τὸ χωρίον. Y ἢ 
Gdinner they-had-completed-a-trench αὖ the place at-which the 
εἴσοδος ἦν, καὶ ἄπαν ἀπεσταύ- 
entiance (to it) was, and had-fenced-‘off (the) whole (place) ‘with-pali- 


ρωσαν, XATAALTMOVTES τρεῖό σύλος.ς Καὶ πλοῖον 


sades, leaving gates. And (a) vessel 


5 ε ¥ " ε ν 
nxey ἐχ ἫἩραχλείας ἄγον ἄλφιτα, καὶ ἱερεῖα, 
came from Heraclea bringing barley-meal, and cattle, 


καὶ οἶνον. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς πρωὶ ἐθύετο 


and wine. And Xenophon having-risen early he-sacrificed 
3 7 ‘ 1 ¢ \ ld 3 ι 
ἐπεξόδια, καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ γίγνεται ἐπὶ 
for-a-successful-expedition, and_ the victims were (favourable) on 


tod πρώτου ἱερείου. Kai ἤδη ἐχόντων 


the first victim. And icici rage (made an) 
~ ε - U 3 Ul 

τέλος τῶν ἱερῶν, ὁ μάντις ᾿Αρηξίων ἯΙ αῤῥάσιος 

end of-the sacrifices, the augur rexion (the) arrhasian 


ὁρᾷ αἴσιον ἀετὸν, καὶ κελεύει τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα 


saw (a) lucky eagle, and requested — Xenophen 
ἡγεῖσϑαι.. Καὶ διαδάντες τὴ; τάφρον 
ἴο- gaat (forth). And (the men) crossing the trench 
τίϑενται τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ,, ἐχήρυξαν 
tanged-themselves (under) — arms, and _ it-was-proclaimed-by-the- 
TOUS στρατιώτας ἀριστήσαντας ἐξιέναι 

heralds ‘that) the soldiers having-dined would-march-out 


37 * 


438 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, δὲ χαταλιπεῖν τὸν ὄχλον 
with — (their) arms, but to-leave the crowd 

1 ‘ 5 f 3 ~ 

καὶ TH ἀνδράποδα αὐτοῦ. 
{of camp-followers) and the slaves there (in the camp). 
Mev δὴ of ἄλλοι πάντες ἐξήεσαν, dé οὔ Νέων" 
Indeed truly the others all marched-out, but not Neon; 

‘ 3 , 7 ~ ~ 

yap ἐδόχει κάλλιστον καταλιπεῖν τοῦτον 
for it-seemed the-best to-leave this-one (namely Neon) 
φύλαχα τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου. ᾿Επεὶ 
(asa) guard of—(whatwas)in the camp. When 
δ᾽ οἱ λοχαγοὶ xai of στρατιῶται ἀπέλιπον 
indeed the captains and. the soldiers had-left 
αὐτούς, αἰσχυνόμενοι μὴ ἐφέπεσϑαι τῶν ἄλλων 
them, being-ashamed not to-follow the others 
> f [4 3 ~ \ ες ‘ 
ἐξιόντων, κατέλισιον αὐτοῦ τοὺς Une 
going-out, ‘they (then) left there — _ (those) above 
πέντε καὶ τετταράχοντα ETN. Καὶ οὗτοι μὲν 
five and forty years-of-age. And these indeed 


ἔμενον, δ᾽ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο. IIpiv δὲ διεληλυ- 
remained, but the others proceeded-forth. Before indeed they-had- 


ϑέναι mevrexaidexa στάδια ἤδη ἐνέτυχον 
gone fifteen stadia ‘they already ‘met-with 
νεχροῖς" καὶ ποιησάμενοὶ τὴν οὐρὰν Tod χέρατος 
dead-bodies; and having-placed the rear of-the wing 
χατὰ τοὺς πρώτους νεχρούς φανέντας, ~Santovr 
by the first dead-bodies seen, they-buried 
/ ς l4 s / 3 , 
πάντας, ὁπόσους TO χέρας ἐπελάμθανε. 
(them) all, as-many-as' the wing took-in (or covered). 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔϑαψαν τοὺς πρώτους, π 
When indeed they-had-buried --- (those) first (found), pro- 


"ἀγαγόντες, καὶ αὖϑις ποιησάμενοι τὴν οὐρὰν 
eeeding-forward, and again haying-placed the rear 
χατὰ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἀτάφων, 

along the first of-the unburied (they now met with), 
᾿ἔϑαπτον τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὁπόσους ἡ στρατιά 
they-buried (in) the same manner, as-many-as tho army 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER V. 439 


ἐπελάμθανεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦχον eis τὴν ὁδὸν 


covered. When indeed they-came to the road 
τὴν ἐχ τῶν χωμῶν, ἔνϑα δὲ 
-- ‘that namely leading) from the villages, where indeed 


ἔχειντο ἀϑρόοι, συνενεγχόντες 
{the dead) lay close-together, ‘carrying (them) ‘tugether 
ἔϑαψαν αὐτοὺς. 
they-buried them. 
Ἤδη δὲ πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας 
| Now indeed beyond having-been-in-the-middle (of) the day 


οαγαγόντες «τὸ στράτευμα 
[it was now past mid-day] having-led-forward the army 


ἔξω τῶν χωμῶν, ἐλάμθανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
beyond the villages, (the men) took -- provisions, 


ὅ τι τις ὁρῴη, ἐντὸς τῆς φάλαγγος. Καὶ 
And 


whatever any-one saw, within the line. 


ἐξαίφνης ὁρῶσι τοὺς πολεμίους ὑπερδάλλοντας 


suddenly they-saw the enemy passing-over (and) 


KATH τινὰς λόφους éx τοῦ ἐναντίου, 
down some hills from the opposite (side before them), 


τεταγμένους ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, TE πολλοὺς 


drawn-up line, (there being) not-only many 


ἱππέας καὶ ΞΈΡΩ: γὰρ καὶ Σπιϑριδάτης καὶ 


horsemen but-also foot-soldiers; for also Spithridates and 


“Ῥαϑίνης ἦχον παρὰ Φαρναδάζου ἔχοντες τὴν 


Rhathines. had-come from Ἐν Shea having — (their) 


δύναμι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ πολέμιοι χατεῖδον τοὺς 
forces. When indeed the enemy saw the 
συ = 

EAAnvas, ἔστησαν ἀπέχοντες αὐτῶν ὅσον πεντε- 
Greeks, they-halted being-distant from-them about fif- 


xaidexa σταδίους. Ἔχ τούτου ᾿Αρηξίων ὁ μάντις 
teen stadia. On this Arexion the augur 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐθὺς σφαγιάζεται, καὶ τὰ σφάγια 


vf-the Greeks immediately sacrificed, and the victims 


ἐγύνετο καλὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου. Ἔνϑα δὴ Hevo- 
were favourable from the first. Then indeed Xeno- 


440 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

φῶν λέγει" Aoxet μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοί, 

' phon said: It-seems to-me, Ὁ men commanders, (that) 
ἐπιτάξασϑαι τῇ φάλαγγι λόχους 
we-ought-to-station-behind the (principal) line companies (as) 


4 σ Ἃ / Ψ ε 
φύλαχας, ἵνα που ἂν δέῃ, ὦσιν οἱ 
guards, that where ‘it might ‘be-necessary, there-may-be — 


émubonSnoovtes TH φάλαγγι, καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι 
Θ 


(those) supporting th line, and the enemy 
τεταραγμένοι EUTUATWOLY εἰς τεταγμένους χαὶ 
thrown-into-disorder may-fall-upon — (those) drawn-up-in-order . and 


dxepaiovs. Ταῦτα συνεδόκχε πᾶσι. ὝΜμεϊς μὲν 
fresh. This was-approved | by-all. ._ You indeed 


τοίνυν, ἔφη, προηγεῖσϑε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς 
therefore, said-he [Xenophon], advance on-the (road) to the 


ἐναντίους, OS un ἐστήχωμεν, ἐπεὶ 
(enemy) in-front (of us), that we-*may not ‘stand-still, since 


εἴδομεν καὶ ὥφϑημεν τοὺς πολεμίους" ἐγὼ δὲ 


we-have-seen and have-been-seen (by) the enemy ; I indeed 
ἥξω καταχωρίσας τοὺς τελευταίους λόχους. 
will-come (after) having-stationed — (those) hindmost companies, 
τ cin 
% περ doxel ὑμῖν. 
in-the-manner-which it-seemed (good) to-you. 
"Ex τούτου μὲν οἱ ἥσυχοι προῆγον" ὃ 
On this indeed — (they) quietly advanced ; -- 


δὲ ἀφελὼν 
i Xenophon) indeed having-taken-from (and detached from the main body) 


τὰς τρεῖς τελευταίας τάξεις, ava δια- 
the three hindmost ranks (or companies), about two- 
χοσίους ἄνδρας ἐπέτρεψε τὴν μὲν 
hundred men (each) ordered the (one of them) indeed 
ἐφέπεσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν, ἀπολιπόντας ὡς πλέϑρον. 


to-follow on the right, being-distant about (a) plethrum 
g Ρ 


Σαμολας ᾿Αχαιὸς ἦρχε τῆς ταύτης 


[100 feet]. Samolas (the) Achxan commanded — this 
τάξεως" τὴν δ᾽ ἐχώρισεν ἕπεσϑαι ἐπὶ τῷ 
division ; the (other) indeed he. detached to-follow at the 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER V. 44) 

3 ’ Ἅ' ’ Ἄ \ 

uéo@* Πυῤῥίας Αρχάς ἦρχε ταύτης δὲ 

centre ; Pyrrhias (the) Arcadian commanded _ this (division); and 
τὴν μίαν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ Φρασίας 

ihe (third) one (was stationed) on the left ; Phrasias (the) 

᾿Αϑηναῖος ἐφεστῆσει ταύτῃ. Δὲ προϊόντες, ἐπεὶ 

Athenian commanded it. But proceeding-forward when 

οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ μεγάλῳ 

—(those) leading (in adyance) got to (a) large 


vane. καὶ δυςπόρῳ, ἔστησαν, ἀγνοοῦντες εἶ 


woody-revine and difficult-to-pass, they-halted, not-knowing if 
TO νάπος εἴη διαδατέον. Kai παρεγγυῶσι 
the woody-ravine might-be passable. And requested 


στρατηγοὺς καὶ “λοχαγοὺς παριέναι ἐπὶ τὸ 
(the) generals and captains to-come-forward to the 
ἡγούμενον. Καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν,. θαυμάσας 6 τι 
leading (division). And — Xenophon, having-wondered what 
εἴη ἴσχον τὴν πορείαν, xai ταχὺ ἀχοίων τὴν 
it-might-be detaining the progress, and speedily hearing the 
7 3 is 4 / - 20.7 
παρεγγυήν, ἐλαύνει τάχιστα γἱ ἐδύνατο. 
announcement, pushes-on (his horse) as-fast as he-could. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον Lopaivetos ὧν πρεσδύ- 
_ When indeed they-came-together Sophenetus being  the-oldest 
~ ~ / Ww 
τατος τῶν στρατηγῶν λέγει, ὅτι εἴη οὐχ ἄξιον 
of-the generals says, that it-was not worthy” 


βουλῆς, εἰ ὃν τοιοῦτον τὸ νάπος ἔστι 
of-consideration, whether being such — (a) woody-ravine [{- 15 


διαθατέον. 
necessary-to-pass (it). 
~ - ¢ 

Kai ὁ Ξενοφῶν onovdy ὑπολαθδὼν ἔλεξεν" 

And — Xenophon _ speedily seizing (an opportunit;) said, 
"AAR μὲν ἴστε με, ὦ ἄνδρες, Ma ἐδελούσιον 
But indeed you-know me, O men, (that) ‘I never voluntarily 
προξενήσαντα οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὑμῖν" γὰρ ὁρῶ 
‘brought any danger on-you; for  I-see 


ὑμᾶς οὐ δεομένους δόξης εἷς ἀνδρειότητα, ἀλλὰ 


you not wanting reputation for valour, but 


4492 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


σωτηρίας. Δὲ viv ἔχει οὕτως ἔστιν or 
of-safety. But now it-has (itself) 50; it-is not 
μὲν ἀπελϑεῖν ἐνθένδε ἁμαχὶ" γὰρ ἦν ἡμεῖς 
indeed (for us) to-depart hence without-fighting; for if we 


μὴ ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, οὗτοι, ὁπόταν 
‘do not ‘advance against the enemy, these, when 
5 ;ὔ ‘ σ ‘ 5 ~ ec ῳ e ~ 
ἀπίωμὲν, ἕψονται καὶ ἐπιπεσοῦνται ἡμῖν. Ὁρᾶτε 
we-retreat,  will-follow and attack us. Consider 


δή πότερον χρεῖττον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας, 
indeed whether (it is) better to-go against the men, 


προδαλλομένους τὰ ὅπλα, ἢ wetabar- 


‘throwing (our) — arms ‘before (us), or ‘hurl- 


λομένους, θεάσασϑαΐ τοὺς πολεμίους ἔπι- 
ing (them) ‘back, to-perceive the enemy fol- 
, x» ¢ ~ x , σ 1 4 
όντας ὄπισϑεν ἡμῶν. “love μέντοι OTL μὲν TO 
lowing behind us. Know however that indeed the 
ἀπιέναι ἀπὸ πολεμίων ἔοιχε οὐδενὶ χαλῷ, δὲ 
fleeing from (an) enemy looks-like nothing honourable, but 
TO ἐφέπεσϑαι ἐμποιεῖ θάρσος χαὶ τοῖς 
τον to-follow *puts confidence (and courage) even ‘into the 
χαχίοσι. “Eywoy’ οὖν ἂν ἥδιον 

cowardly. I-at-least therefore would (asa) more-pleasant (thing) 


ἑποίμην σὺν ἡμίσεσιν ἢ ἀπο- 
pursue with half “(the number of men) (rather) than  re- 


χωροίην σὺν διπλασίοις. Καὶ τούτους 
treat with double (the number). And (as pee ) these 


οἵδ᾽ ὅτι; ἡμῶν μὲν ἐπιόντων, ὑμεῖς οὐδ᾽ 
{men) I-know that, we indeed attacking, you ‘do not 
ἐλπίζετε αὐτοὺς δέξασϑαι ἡμᾶς" δὲ ἀπιόντων, 
‘expect (that) they will-receive us; but. retreating, 


πόνοις ἐπιστάμεθα ὅτι τολμήσουσιν ἐφέπεσϑαι. 
we *believe that they-will-dare to-follow-after 


Δὲ τα χαλεπὸν νάπος τὸ ὄπισϑεν 
fus). But to-have-placed (a) difficult ravine in— (our) rear 


διαύάντας, μέλλοντας Py Sl ap οὐχὶ 


safter) having-crossed (it),  being-about is-not-this 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER Y. 448 


xOLL ἄξιον ἁρπάσαι; yap μὲν ἐγὼ 
even δὴ advantage) worth to-have-seized-on? for indeed I, 
τοὶς πολεμίοις βουλοίμην πάντα 
(as 1espects) the enemy, wish (that) all (places) 
x , ba σ > “oe ἢ 
ἂν φαίνεσθαι εὔπορα, ὥςτε ἀποχωρεῖν" δὲ 
may appear  easy-to-pass-through, so-that they-may-retreat; but 
xai δεὶ ἡμᾶς διδάσχεσϑαι ἀπὸ τοῦ 
even it-is-proper for-us to-learn from (the nature) of-the 
χωρίου, ὅτι ἔστι οὐ σωτηρία μὴ νικῶσι. 
place, that there-is no safety unless (ourmen) conquer. 


A’ ἔγωγε θαυμάζω εἴ τις νομίζει χαὶ τὸ τοῦτο 


But I-at-least wonder if any-one thinks even — this 
νάπος εἶναι μᾶλλον φοδερὸν τῶν ἄλλων χωρίων 
ravine ἰο-Ὀ0 more formidable (than) the other places 
ὧν duanenopetuesa. Πῶς μὲν ya τὸ πεδίον 
which we-have-passed-through. How indeed therefore (is) the plain 
διαθατὸν, εἰ μὴ νιχήσομεν τοὺς ἱππέας; 
to-be-passable, if we-'do not ‘conquer the cavalry ? 
Πῶς δὲ ὄρη. ἃ διεληλύϑα- 


How indeed (will tLz) mountains (be passable) which we-have-crossed- 


μεν, ἦν τοσοίδε πελτασταὶ ἐφέπωνται; 
ever, if so-great-a-number-of  targeteers pursue (us)? 


Δ᾽’ ἣν δὴ καὶ σωθῶμεν ἐπὶ θάλατταν, 
But if indeed we-‘are even ‘saved (so far as) to (the) sea, 
πόσον τι νάπος 6 Πόντος; ἔνϑα οὔτε 
how-greata ravine (will) the Pontus (Euxinus be)? where neither 
ἔστι πλοῖα, τὰ ἀπάζξοντα, οὔτε σῖτος a 
are vessels —  for-‘carrying (us) ‘away, nor provisions by- which 
θρεψόμεϑα μένοντες. δὲ δεήσει, ἦν 
we-may-be-nourished (while) remaining; and it-will-be-necessary, if 
γενωμέϑα éxet θᾶττον, θᾶττον . ἐξιέ- 
we-get there more-speedily, the-more-speedily (will we have) to-gu- 
ναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Οὐχ οὖν χρεῖττον 
out for — provisions. (Is it) not therefore better 
μάχεσϑαι viv ἠριστηκότας, ἢ αὔριον ἀναρίστους:; 
to-fight _ now having-breakfasted, than to-morrow without-breakfast? 


444 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 


"Avdpes, τὰ ἱερὰ τε καλά ἡμῖν, οἵ οἷωνοὶ 
Men, the sacrifices indeed (are) favourable to-us, the omens 


TE αἴσιοι, TE TH σφάγια κάλλιστα ἴωμεν 
likewise auspicious, and the victims most-favourable; let-us-go 


ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. Οὐχ ἔτι dei 


against the oa (our enemies). It-‘is not moreovor ‘proper (that) 
3 ς - 

τούτους, ἐπεὶ πάντως εἶδον ἡμᾶς, 

those, since ‘they certainly ‘have-seen us, (should be allowed) 


δεισπινῆσαι ἡδέως, οὐδὲ σχηνῆσαι ὕπου ἂν 
to-sup comfortably, or to-encamp where ‘they might 


θέλωσι. 
wish. 

Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐχέλευον = Hy Elo Sa, καὶ 

Then the captains requested (him) to-lead-on, and 
2 ~ 3 / " a ε - 

οὐδε ἰς αντ ἔλεγε . Καὶ ος NYELTO, παραγ- 
no-one objected. And —~(he) led-on (the troops), having- 
γείλας διαθαίνειν, ἢ ἕχαστος 
ordered (them) to-cross-over, (in the place) in-which each-ono 
ἐτύγχανε ὥν τοῦ vanovs γὰρ ἐδόκει 
found (himself) being (at) the ravine; for he-thought (that) 


TO στράτευμα ἂν οὕτω γενέσϑαι πέραν aSpdov 
the army might thus get over together 


θᾶττον, ἢ εἰ ἐξεμηρύοντο xata τὴν γέφυραν, 
more-speedily, than if they-defiled over the bridge, 


ἢ ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ vane. "Ἐπεὶ δὲ διέθησαν, 
which was on the _ ravine. When indeed they-had-crossed-over, 


παριὼν παρὰ τὴν φάλαγγα ἔλεγεν" “Ades, 


going-on along line he-said : en, 


ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε ὅσας μάχας, σὺν 
remember how-many battles, with (the assistance of) 


tois θεοῖς, VEVIKANKATOL ἰόντες 

the gods, (you have fought and) conquered (by) coming-tw 
oe 

ὁμόσε, καὶ οἷα ob φεύγοντες πολεμίους 

¢lose-quarters, and what --- (those) fleeing (from the) enemy 

πάσχουσι" xal ἐννοήσατε τοῦτο, ὅτι ἐσμεν ἐπὶ 

suffer ; and you-will-reflect-on this, that we-are at 


ROOK VI.—CHAPTER V. 445 


ταῖς θύραις τῆς Ἑλλάδος. “AAA ἕπεσθε τῷ 


the gates of — Greece. But follow 
ὡς ; >: 9 
Ἡραχλεϊ ἡγεμόνι, καὶ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλληλους 
Hercules (your) conductor, and exhort one-another 
ἡνοματί. Ἡδύ τοι ψῦν εἰπόντα 
py-name., (It is) pleasing indeed (to think, that he) now saying 
καὶ ποιήσαντά τι ἀνδρεῖον καὶ xador, 
and doing any-thing brave and honourable, (that he will) 
᾽ὔ 7 ε ~ 5 τ 3 / 
παρέχειν μνήμην ἑαυτοῦ ἕν οἷς ἐθέλει. 
furnish (a) remembrance of-himself among (those) whom he-wishes 
ν ~ , x 
ἔλεγε ταῦτα παρελαύνων, καὶ 
(to remember him). He-said these (things) riding-along, and 
¢Y ς 
ἅμα ὑφηγειτο ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, καὶ 
at-the-same-time he-led-on in ine, and (the generals) 


ποιησάμενοι τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑἕχατέρωθεν 
having-formed the targeteers on-each (flank) 


7 ᾽ὔ 3” 4 \ / [4 
ἑπορεῦοντο πὶ τοὺς πολεμίους. Ἰ]αρηγγέλλετο 
they-marched-forth against the enemy. He-ordered 
δὲ ἔχειν μὲν τὰ δόρατα ἐπὶ τὸν δεξιὸν 
(them) however to-have indeed the spears on the right 
ὦμον, ἕως σημαίνοι TH σάλπιγγι" ἔπειτα 
shoulder, until a-signal-should-be-given with-the trumpet; then 


δὲ χαϑέντας εἰς προθολὴν ἕπεσϑαι 
indeed having-lowered (them) for (a) charge to-follow  (theiz 


βάδην καὶ μηδένα διώχειν 
leaders in a regular) step and (that) no-one (was) to-advance 


δρόμῳ. Ἔχ τούτου σύνϑημα παρήει ZEY> 
‘in (a) ‘run. » On this (the) watch-word came JUPITER 


SOTHP, HPAKAH> HTEMON. Οἱ 


(THE) PRESERVER, HERCULES (THE) LEADER. The 


/ ‘ c 4 wes » 
πολέμιοι δὲ ὑπέμενον, νομίζοντες ἔχειν , 
enemy however remained-in-place, thinking (that) they-had (ay 


χαλὸν χωρίον. A’ ἔπεὶ ot Ἕλληνες ἐπλησίαζον, 


fine position. But when the Greeks approached, 
πελτασταὶ ἀλαλάξαντες ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τοὺς 
(and their) targeteers having-shouted ran against the 


38 


446 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

, , Ἶ , 1 ΓΝ , 
πολεμίους πρν τινα κελεύειν δ᾽ οἵ πολέμιοι 
enemy before (that) any-one ordered (them); but the enemy 


ἀντίοι ὥρμησαν, τε οἱ ἱππεῖς καὶ τὸ στῖφος 
opposite rushed-on, not-only the cavalry but-also the mass 


σῶν Βιϑυνῶν᾽ καὶ τρέπονται τοὺς πελταστάς. 
_of-the Bithynians; and put-to-flight the targeteers. 


"AAW ἐπεὶ ἡ φάλαγξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ὑπηντίαζε 
But when the line of-the heavy-armed-men came-up 
f ‘ \ σ ς ee ν 
πορευομένη ταχὺ, καὶ ἅμα ἡ σάλπιγξ 
advancing quickly, and at-the-same-time the trumpet 


ἐφθέγξατο καὶ ἐπαιάνιζον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 


sounded and they-sang-the-pean, and after this 
ἡλάλαζον, αὶ ἅμα καϑίεσαν TH δόρατα, 
they-shouted, and at-the-same-time they-couched — (their) spears, 
2 ~ ε 5 4 557 

éYTADSA οἱ πολέμιοι OUxETL ἐδέξαντο, 
then the enemy ‘did no-longer (stand or) ‘receive 


ἀλλὰ ἔφευγον. Kai Τιμασίων μὲν ἔχων 


(their attack), but fled. And Timasion indeed having 
τοῦς ἱππεῖς ἐφείπετο, καὶ ἀπεχτίννυσαν ὅσους- 
the cavalry pursued (them), and killed as-many- 
περ ἐδύναντο, ὡς ὄντες ὀλίγοι. Δὲ μὲν 
as he-could, (as) (they) being (but) few. And indeed 
TO εὐώνυμον τῶν πολεμίων xay ὃ ol 
the left (wing) of-the enemy against (that) which the 
σ he ' 
Ἕλληνες ἱππεῖς ἦσαν εὐθὺς διεσπάρη, 
Greek cavalry were (opposed to) 'was immediately ‘dispersed, 
δὲ tO δεξιὸν, ἅτε οὐ διωχόμενον σφόδρα, 
but the right (wing), as not _ being-followed closely, 
συνέστη ἐπὶ λόφου. “Emel δὲ οἱ “Ἕλληνες εἶδον 
stood-collected on (a) hill. When indeed the Greeks raw 
¢ 
αὐτούς ὑπομένοντας, ἐδόχει εἶναι Te 
them making-a-stand, it-seemed (to them) to-be not-only 


ῥᾷστόν καὶ ἀχινδυνότατον ἰέναι ἐπ’ αὐτούς. 


she-easiest but-also the-safest to-go against them, 
Παιανίσαντες οὖν εὐθὺς ἐπεχειντο δ᾽ 


Singing the-pean therefore ἽΠΠΟΥ immediately ‘attacked (them); but 


BCOK VI.—CHAPTER V. 447 


e 3 ς / , 3 ~ e 
οἵ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα ot 
--- they-"did not ‘sustain (an attack). And then the 

ey \ EAL , \ ὃ Ἐ \ ὃ , of 
MEATACTAL EOLMXOV, UMEYPL TO OESLOV (EOTLA ON 
targeteers pursued, until the right (wing) was-dispersed ; 

ak ον, τ et: ι γ Ὁ \ , ν 
δὲ ὀλίγοι ἀπέϑανον " γὰρ τὸ ἱππικὸν φόδον παρεῖχε, 
but few died: for the cavalry fear was-present-to 

TO TOV πολεμίων ὄν πολὺ. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
(them), the (cavalry) of-the eneiny being numerous. When however 


τ ᾿ , 
οἱ Ἕλληνες εἶδον te τὸ ἱππικὸν Φαρναθάζου ἔτι 
the Greeks saw not-only the cavalry  of-Pharnabazus _ still 


συνεστηκός, καὶ τοὺς Bidvvods ἱππέας συναϑροιζο- 
standing-together, and the Bithynian cavalry flock- 
μένους πρὸς τοῦτο, καὶ ἀπὸ τινὸς λόφου χαταϑεω- 
ing to these, and from (a) certain hill looking- 
μένους τὰ γιγνόμενα, ἀπειρήχεσαν μὲν, 
down-on the(things)  gving-on, (though) they-were-tired indeed, 


σ \ 5 ’ ‘ 3 3 [4 5 \ 
ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει καὶ εἶναι ἱτέον ἐπὶ 
yet however it-seemed even to-be (bestand) necessary — (to attack) 


τούτους οὕτως ὅπως δύναιντο, ὡς 
them in-as-much as they-might-be-able, that after-‘they [the enemy] 


ἀναπαύσαιντο un TESA PNXOTES. 
had-'rested (they might) not become-confident-and-bold. 
Συνταξάμενοι δὴ πορεύονται. 
Being-drawn-up-in-close-order ‘they [the Greeks] indeed ‘advanced, 
"Evtedsev οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύγουσι κατὰ 

Then the _ hostile cavalry flee down (the hill) 
τοῦ πρανοῦς, ὁμοίως ὥςπερ οἱ διωχόμενοι 
σαι precipitately, in-the-same-manner as-if — (they) were-being-pursued 


‘ ’ ς ι 
ὑπὸ ἱππέων. γὰρ νάπος ὑπεδέχετο αὐτοὺς, ὃ 
by cavalry ; for (a) ravine received ~ them, which 
» 
οἱ Ἕλληνες οὐχ ἤδεσαν, ἀλλὰ προαπετρά- 
the Greeks *did not *know (of), as they-had-turned ὭΣ 


ποντο διώχοντες γὰρ ἦν ὀψὲ. Δὲ ἐπανελ- 
back (from) pursuing ; for it-was late. But return- 
ϑόντες ἔνϑα ἡ πρώτη συμθολη ἐγένετο, 


ing (to the place) where the first encounter happened, 


448 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


στησάμενοι τρόπαιον, ἀπήεσαν ἐπὶ θάλατταν 
having-erected (a) trophy, _they- went-off towards (the) seu 


περὶ ἡλίου δυσμάς" δ᾽ ἦσαν ὡς ἑξήχοντα σταδιοι 
about sun set; and it-was about sixty stadia 
ἐπὶ TO στρατόπεδον. 

to the camp. 





CHAPTER VI. 


᾿Εντεῦϑεν μὲν οἱ πολέμιοι εἶχον ἀμφὶ τὰ 
yay indeed the enemy had (todo) about the 
ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ἀπήγοντο χαὶ τοὺς οἰχέτας 

(affairs) of-themselves, and removed both — (their) families 
nai TH χρήματα ὅποι προσωτάτω ἐδύναντο" ob 
and -- effects ‘as far-off ‘as they-could; the 
Ἕλληνες δὲ προςέμενον μὲν Κλέανδρον χαὶ 
Greeks however ‘waited indeed ‘for Cleander and 
τὰς τριήρεις καὶ τὰ Mola ὡς ἥξοντα" 


τ galleys and the (transport) vessel that were-about-coming; 


δ᾽ ἐξιόντες ἑχάςτης ἡμέρας σὺν τοὶς ὑποζυγίοις 
and going-out each day with the baggage-cattle 


καὶ τοῖς ἁνδραπόδοις ἐφέροντο ἀδεῶς πυρούς, 
and the slaves they-brought (in) safely wheat, 


χριϑάς, οἶνον, ὄσπρια, μελίνας, σῦχα" yap 1 χώ 


barley, wine, legumes, millet, figs; for the country 


εἶχεν ἅπαντα ἀγαϑὰ πλὴν ἐλαίου. 
had abundance (of) good (things) except (the olive) oil (tree). 


Kai ὁπότε τὸ στράτευμα καταμένοι ἀναπαυόμενον 


And while the army remained resting 
ἐξῆν ἰέναι ἐπὶ λείαν, χαὶ ἐξιόντες 
it-was-allowed (the men) to-go after plunder, and going-out 
3 tf > 

ἐλάμθανον δὲ ὁπότε τὸ πᾶν iid ει λοήν-- 


they-touk (what they could); but when the whole 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 449 
ἐξίοι, εἴ τις ἀπελϑδὼν χωρὶς λάθοι τι 
went-out, if any-one going-away aside (alone) might-take any-thing 


τ ‘ 
ἔδοξεν εἶναι δημόσιον. Δὲ ἦν ἤδη ἀφϑονία 
it-judged (it) to-be public-property. And there-was now abundance 


πάντων᾽ yao καὶ ἀφικοῦντο éx τῶν Ἑλληνίδων 
of-all (things); for even there-arrived from the Greek 
πόλεων πάντοθεν ἀγοραὶ, καὶ οἱ 

cities every-where (provisions for) markets, and — (those) 
παρατπιλέοντες ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, ἀχούοντες 
sailing-by-there-along (the coast) willingly put-in-there, hearing 
ὡς πόλις οἰχίζοιτο, xai λιμὴν Ely Δὲ 
that (a) city would-be-built, and (a) harbour’ be (formed). And 

» 

xal ἤδη οἱ πολέμιοι, ob χουν πλησίον, 
also already the enemy, — (those namely) dwelling near, 


ἔπεμπον πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, ἀχούοντες ὅτι οὗτος 
sent to Xenophon, hearing that he 


~ σ 
πολίζει τὸ χωρίον, ἐρωτῶντες, ὅ τι δέοι 
is-‘forming the place, ‘to-a-city, inquiring, what it-was-necessary 


ποιοῦντας εἶναι: φίλους. A’ ὁ ἐπεδείκνυεν 
(for them) to-be-doing to-be friends. And — _he-introduced 


αὐτοὺς τοὶς στρατιώταις. 
them to-the soldiers. 


Kai ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος ἀφικνεῖται, ἔχων δύο 


And on this Cleander arrived, having two 
τριήρεις, δ᾽ οὐδέν πλοῖον. Δὲ τὸ στράτευμα 
galleys, but no (transport) vessels, But the army 


- Δ Ae) Φ σ 5.7 \ \ haley ὦ 
ETVYYAVE OV ἔξω, OTE ἀφίχετο, XAL τινὲς OLYOUEVOL 
happened . being out, when he-came, and some were-going 


ἐπὶ λείαν ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ εἷς τὸ 
for plunder | others in-another [some one way, some another,] to the 


ὄρος, καὶ εἴλήφεσαν πολλά πρόθατα" ὀχνοῦντες 


mountain, and had-captured many sheep ; fearing 
δὲ μὴ ἀφαιρεϑεῖεν, λέγουσι Δεξίππῳ, 
however lest they-might-be-taken-from (them), they-told Dexippus, 


ὃς ἀπέδρα ἐκ Τραπεζοῦντος ἔχων τὴν πεντη-. 
(he) who fled from Trebisond having the fifty-oared 
38 * ; 


450 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHION. 


κόνοτρον, καὶ κελεύουσι τὰ πρόδατα 
galley, and  they-request (that) the sheep (mignt be) 
, > ~ 2 1 ᾿ = 
διασώσαντα αὐτοῖς, αὐτὸν μὲν λαθεὶν 
preserved for-themselves, (and that) he indeed (was)  to-take 
τὰ, δὲ ἀποδοῦνα τὰ σφίσιν. 
— (a partof them forhimself), but to-return the (rest) to-themselves. 
Δ᾽ éxeivos EUSUS ἀπελαύνει τοὺς σίέερι- 
And he [Dexippus] immediately drives-off — (those) stand- 
εστῶτας THY στρατιωτῶν, καὶ λέγοντας ὅτι εἴη 
ing-round _ of-the soldiers, and saying that it-was 
δημόσια, καὶ ἐλθὼν τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ λέγει, ὅτι 
public-property, and going to Cleander he-says, that 
~ ς ¢ 
ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἁρπάζειν. 0 
they-endeavour to-'seize (them) ‘and-take (them) ‘away. -- 
‘ \ , »¥ ‘ ἐν ‘ 
δὲ χελεύει ἄγειν πρὸς αὑτόν τὸν 
(Cleander) however ordered (him) to-bring before him the (one} 
ς , ‘ ς ν᾿ ‘ 
ἁρπάζοντα, χαὶ ὃ μὲν Aabov τινα 
seizing (the sheep), and — (he) indeed laying-hold-on some-one 
NYE" δ᾽ ᾿Αγασίας περιτυχὼν 
was-leading (him away); but Agasias | happening-about [meeting him] 
5 . 4 \ ε 5 , ἮΝ 
ἀφαρειται χαὶ γὰρ O ἀγόμενος ἣν 
takes-away (the man); for-indeed — (he) being-led-away | was (a) 
λοχίτης αὐτῷ. Δ᾽ ot 
member to-him [was a private soldier in his company]. And the 
¥ ε , ~ ~ 3 
ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν. ἔπι- 
others “--- (those namely) being-present of-the soldiers at- 
χειροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξισσον, ἀναχαλοῦντες 
tempted to-throw (stones at)—- Dexippus, vociferating 


τὸν προδότην. Δὲ χαὶ πολλοί τῶν TPN (TOV 


the traitor. And also many of-the galley-men 


ἔδεισαν καὶ ἔφευγον eis τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ KAé- 
got-frightened and fled towards the sea, δὰ Cle- 
ανδρος δ᾽ ἔφευγε. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι 
ander _ likewise fled. Xenophon and also the other 
στρατηγοὶ Te  xaTexdAvor, xal ἔλεγον 
generals not-only endearoured-to-stop (their flight), but-also tuld 


Sl a 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 45] 


τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ ὅτι εἴη οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα, 


-- Cleander | that there-was no thing, [that nothing was 

ἀλλὰ τὸ δόγμα τοῦ στρατεύματος 
the matter,] but (that) the decree  of-the army 
εἴη αἴτιον ταῦτα γενέσϑαι. Δὲ ὁ Κλέ- 
was (the) cause (that) these (things) occurred. And — Cle- 
avdpog - TE ἀνερεϑιζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δεξίππου, 
act *being not-only ‘instigated Β- Dexippus, 


xai αὐτὸς ἀχϑεσϑείς, ὅτι ae ἔφη 


but-also he-himself. being-vexed,. that he-had-been-put-in-fear, said 


ἀποπλευσεῖσθαι, καὶ κηρύξειν μηδεμίαν 
(that) he-would-sail-off, and proclaim (that) no 
πόλιν δέχεσθαι αὐτούς, ὡς σιολεμίους. 
city should-receive them, as (they were public) enemies, 


Δὲ τότε οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι ἦρχον πάντων τῶν 


For at-that-time the Lacedemonians governed all -- 


Ἑλλήνων. ᾿Ενταῦϑα τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐδόχει πονηρὸν 


Greece. Then — (this) affair appeared serious 


τοῖς Ἕλλησι, xai ἐδέοντο 
(and unfortunate) to-the Greeks, and they-entreated (Cleander) 
μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. A’ ὃ ἔφη, ἂν οὗ 
not ἰο-ἀο these (things). But — he-said, (that it) could not 
γενέσϑαι ἄλλως, εἶ μή σις ἔχδώσει τὸν 


otherwise, (7f not) (unless) some-one should-give-up the 


ἄρξαντα βάλλειν χαὶ τὸν ἀφελό- 
(person) having-commenced to-throw (stones) and the (one) having- 


μενον. Δὲ ὃν ἐξήτει ἦν ᾿Αγασίας, 
released (him), But (he) whom he-wanted was Agasias, | the 
φίλος tO Ἐξενοφῶντι dia τέλους" 

friend (οὔ) ) — Xenophon through (out) (tothe) end; [the con- 


ἐξ οὗ xal 6 Δέξισιπος διέθαλεν 
stant friend of Xenophon ;] for which even — Dexippus _had-accused 


αὐτόν. Καὶ évredsev ἐπειδὴ ἦν ἀπορία, 
him. And then after (this) there-was perplexity 


οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήγαγον τὰ στράτευμα" 
(therefore) the commanders assembled army 


452 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


‘ ‘ ~ ~ 
mal EVOL μὲν αὐτῶν ἐποιοῦντο παρ᾽ ὀλίγον 
and some indeed of-them made -- little 


τὸν Κλέανδρον, δὲ τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι 


(of the threats of ) — Cleander, but to — Xenophon 
τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐχ ἐδόχει εἶναι φαῦλον, ἀλλ᾽ 
the affair ‘did not ‘appear * to-be trifling, but 
3 1 
ἀναστὰς ἔλεξεν" 
rising-up he-said : 

x ~ ‘ = 

O ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐ δὲ 

0 men soldiers, the affair , *does not indeed 


doxel ἐμοὶ εἶναι φαῦλον, εἶ KAéavdpos ἔχων τὴν 


‘seem to-me to-be trifling, if | Cleander having — (his) 
᾿ σ ¢ - ¥ σ , 
γνώμην οὕτως ἡμὶν ἄπεισιν ὥςπερ λέγει. 
mind thus (disposed) to-us he-goes-away as he-says. 


Tap μὲν αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις εἰσὶ ἐγγὺς" 
For indeed the Greek cities are “near; (the) 


Λαχεδαιμόνιοι δὲ προεστήχασι τὴς Ἑλλάδος" δέ 


Lacedzemonians indeed at-the-head of — Greece ; and 
z 
εἶσι ἱκανοὶ καὶ ἕχαστος εἷς Λακεδαιμονίων 
it-is competent even (for a) single one ‘of (the) *Lacedzmonians 
διαπράττεσθαι ὅτι βούλονται ἐν ταὶς πόλεσιν. 
to-accomplish whatever (he) wished in those) cities. 
Εἰ οὖν οὗτος πρῶτον μὲν ἀποκλείσει ἡμᾶς 
If therefore this (Cleander) first indeed Law us 


Βυζαντίου, δ᾽ ἔπειτα παραγγελεὶ τοὶς ἄλλοις 
fout-of Byzantium, and then  should-announce to-the other 
¢ ~ ‘ / ΕῚ ‘ rd ς ¥ 
ἁρμοσταὶς UN δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς πόλεις, ὡς ὄντας 
governors not to-receive (us) into the cities, as being 
ἀπιστοῦντας Λακεδαιμονίοις. καὶ ὄντας ἀνόμους, 
disobeying ‘to (the) *‘Lacedemonians, and _ being lawless, 
δ᾽ ἔτι οὗτος 6 λόγος περὶ ἡμῶν ἥξει πρὸς 
and moreover-if this — report about us come te 
᾿Αναξίθιον τὸν vatapyorv, ἔσται χαλεπὸν 
Anaxibius the commander-of-the-fleet, it-will-be difficult (for us) 
καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν. καὶ yap τὸν νὺν 
both to-remain and to-sail-away; for indeed (at) — (this) present 


—— CCC 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER VI. 45: 


χρόνον Λακεδαιμόνιοι. ἄρχουσι χαὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ 


time (the) Lacedeemonians rule both by — land 
xai ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ. Ody οὐχ δεὶ οὔτε 
and by — sea. Therefore it-"is not ‘proper, (that) either 
ἔνεχα ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε δυοὶν ἡμᾶς τοὺς 
for-the-sake-of one man or of-two (that) we the 
ἄλλους ἀπέχεσϑαι τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ἀλλὰ σιειστέ- 
rest be-held-back from — Greece, but it-is-necessary-to- 
ov 6 τι ἂν κελεύωσι" xai yap at πόλεις 
obey-to whatever ‘they may ‘command; for indeed the cities 


ἡμῶν, ὅϑεν ἐσμὲν, πείϑονται αὐτοῖς. Ἐγὼ μὲν 


of-us, whence we-are, obey them. 1 indeed 
οὖν (καὶ yap ἀχούω Δέξισιπον λέγειν πρὸς 
therefore (for indeed I-hear (that) Dexippus said 


Κλέανδρον, ὦ ὡς ᾿Αγασίας ἂν οὐχ ἐποίησε ταῦτα, 
Cleander, that Agasias » would not have-done _ these (things), 
are. τσ τα ly. Fay 2 5.305 Stee ἢ ‘ = 

sl ἐγὼ UN ExEeAEvOa αὐτὸν), ξγὼ μὲν ουν 

if I ‘had not ‘requested him), I indeed therefore (say) 
3 , Uo hee ~ - ae ἡ ‘ 3 , 
ἀπολύω καὶ υμᾶς τῆς AlTIAS, XAL Αγασ tay, 
T-clear both you of-the blame, and (also) Agasias, 
ἂν ᾿Αγασίας αὐτὸς φήσῃ ἐμέ εἶναι τι αἴτιον 
should Agasias himself say (that) I was any cause 


τούτων, xai χαταδικάζω ἐμαυτοῦ, εἰ ἐγὰ 
of-these (things), and I-will-condemn myself, if 


ἐξάρχω πετροδολίας ἢ τινὸς ἄλλου βιαίου, 


am-the-beginner of-stone-throwing Οὐ any other violence, 


εἶναι ἄξιος τῆς ἐσχάτης δίχης, καὶ ὑφέξω 


(that 1 am worthy of— extreme punishment, and I-will-submit 


σὴν δίχην. Δὲ φημὶ καὶ, εἰ αἰτιᾶται τινα 
to-the punishment. And I-say also, if (Dexippus) accuses any 


ἄλλον ἑαυτὸν χρῆναι παρασχεῖν 


3 
other (person), (that) he ought to-surrender (himself) 


Κλεάνδρῳ κρῖναι" γὰρ. οὕτω ὑμεῖς ἂν εἶητε 
to-Cleander to-try (him); for thus you may 


ἀπολελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας. ‘Os δὲ νῦν 


released from — censure. As indeed (the affair) now 


454 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


7 


ἔχει χαλεπόν εἶ οἰόμενοι xal ἐπαίνοιι 
has itself}, (it is) bard if thinking (that) both  applauss 
xal τιμῆς τεύξεσϑαι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι, 

and honour would-be-prepared (forus) in — Greece, (that) 
3 ι ‘ / 5 oe 4 σ ~ 
ἀντὶ δὲ TovTar, οὐδ᾽ ἐσόμεθα ὅμοιοι τοὶς 
in-place indeed of-these, we-'will not *be equal _to-the 
ἄλλοις, ἀλλ᾽ εἰρξόμεϑα ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων 
other (Greeks), but will- excluded from the Grecian 
πόλεων. 

cities. 


Meta ταῦτα ᾿Αγασίας ἀναστὰς einev’ Ἔγώ, 
After this Agasias rising-up said: 


ὦ ἄνδρες, ὄμνυμι θεοὺς χαὶ θεάς ἦ μὴν 
ο men, swear (by allthe) gods and goddesses that truly 


μήτε Ἐξενοφῶντα κελεῦσαι με ἀφελέσϑαι τὸν ardpa, 


neither | Xenophon requested me to-rescue the man, 


μήτε μηδένα ἄλλον ὑμῶν" δὲ μοι ἰδόντι ἀγα- 


(nor) (or) no-one else of-you; but I seeing (a): good- - 
ϑὸν ἄνδρα τῶν ἐμῶν λοχιτῶν ἀγόμενον ὑπὸ 
and-brave man of— my company led-off by 


Azkinnov, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε προδόντα, 
Dexippus, whom you know (as) betraying (you), 
ἔδοξεν εἶναι δεινὸν" xai ὁμολογῶ ἀφειλόμην. 
it-seemed (to me) to-be intolerable; and I-confess (that) I-'took 
Kai ὑμεῖς μὲν μὴ ἐχδῶτέ με, δὲ ἐγῶ 
(him) ‘away. And you _ indeed ‘do not ere me ‘up, for x 


ἐμαυτόν, asTep Ξενοφῶν λέγει, παρασχήσω 


myself, Xenophon recommends, will- surrender (myself) 


ΚλεάνδρῳῳΗῳΟ  κρίναντι, ἂν ποιῆσαι ὅ τι 
Se (that) having-tried (me),*hemay ‘do (with me) whatever 


βούληται. ἕνεχα τούτου μήτε πολεμεῖτε 


he.may-please; on-uccount of-this ‘do not ‘contend ‘with (the) 


Λαχεδαιμονίοις, σώζοισϑέ τε ἀσφαλῶς, 


Lacedzmonians, may-you-unharmed indeed (return) safely (to) 


ὅποι ἕχαστος θέλει. Μέντοι ἑλόμενοι αὐτῶν 
wherever each-one wishes, ‘Having indeed *chosen those 


_ 


4 
4 


g 


BOOK VI.— CHAPTER VI. 455 


iudyv συμπέμψατε μοι ρὲ Κλέαν ρον, 


of-yourselves ‘send (them) ‘with me Cleander, 


οἵτινες, ἂν ἐγὼ παραλείπω Tl, ᾿καὶ λέξουσιν 
who, if I should-omit any-thing, (might) both speak 


καὶ πράξουσιν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. Ἔχ τούτου ἡ στρατιὰ 
and act for On this the army 


ἔδωχεν, προσελόμενον οὕςτινας βούλοιτο ἰέναι. 
allowed (him), having-chosen whomsoever he-might-wish to-go 


Ὅ δὲ προσείλετο τοὺς στρατηγούς. 


(with him). — ‘He indeed ‘chose generals. 


Meta ταῦτα ᾿Αγασίας καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ, καὶ ὁ 
- Αἴ ~_ this Agasias and the generals, and the 


ἀνὴρ ἀφαιρεϑεὶ iS ὑπὸ AY ao tov, ἐπορε ὕοντο πρὸς 
man taken-away by Agasias, proceeded 


Κλέανδρον. Καὶ ot στρατηγοί ἔλεγον" 


Cleander. And the generals said : 
Ἢ στρατιὰ ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σε, ὦ Κλέανδρε, 
The army has-sent us to you, O Cleander, 


καὶ ἐχέλευσέ σε, εἴτε αἰτιᾷ πάντας, σεαυτὸν 
and - request you, if you-accuse all, you-yourself 


, ~ σ 
χρίναντα χρῆσϑαι ὅ τι 
having-tried (all) (are) to-treat (them) (in) whatever (manner) ‘you 


ἂν βούλῃ, cite αἰτιᾷ τινὰ ἕνα, ἢ δύο, ἢ καὶ 


may ‘wish, if you-accuse some one, or _ two, or even 


, 3 ~ 
πλείους, ἀξιοῦσι τούτους παρασχεῖν 
more, - they-"think (it) ‘right (that) these ‘deliver 


ἑαυτοὺς σοι εἰς xpiow. Εἴτε οὖν αἰτιᾷ τινα 
themselves ‘up to-you for judgment. If therefore you-aceuse any-one 


ἡμῶν, ἡμεῖς πάρεσμέν Goi’ εἴτε καὶ τινά ἄλλον, 


of-us, we  are-present (before) you; if even any other, 


φράσον" yap οὐδεὶς ἀπέσται ὅςτις 


fay (so); for no-one shall-be-distant-from (obeying you) who 


ἂν ἐθέλῃ πείϑεσθαι ἡμῖν. Μετὰ ταῦτα ὸ 
may wish to-obey us. After these (things) — 


᾿Αγασίας παρελϑὼν εἶπεν" “Eye, ὦ Κλέανδρε, εἶμι 


Agasias having-come-forward said: I, O  Cleander, 


456 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


e 5 ‘ 

ὁ ἀφελόμενος tov ἄνδρα Δεξίππου ἄγοντος 
(he) who having-taken-away the man from-Dexippus leading 
τοῦτον, καὶ κελεύσας παίειν Δέξισι- 
him (away), and (also) having-exhorted (the men) to-strike Dexip- 

- τ > \ 

mov. Lap μὲν oida ἄνδρα ὄντα ἀγαϑὸν' 
pus. For indeed I-know (the) man _ (as) being guod-and-brave 


\ > / ς / c A ~ ~ 
δὲ οἷα Δέξισπον aipeSévta ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς 
and I-know (that) Dexippus having-been-chosen by _ the army 


ἄρχειν τῆς πεντηχοντόρου, ἧς ἠτησάμεϑα παρὰ 
to-command the fifty-oar-galley, which we-begged from 


Τραπεζουντίων é ᾧτε συλλέγειν πλοῖα 
(the)  Trebisondians |on which _ to-collect vessels [for the 


ὡς sacoiuesa, καὶ Δέξισσιον 
purpose of collecting vessels] that we-might-be-saved, and Dexippus 
ἀποδράντα καὶ προδόντα τοὺς στρατιώτας, wed 
funning-uway and betraying the soldiers, with 
ὧν ἐσώϑη. Καὶ τε ἀπεστερήχαμεν Τραπε- 
whom he-had-been-saved. And not-only we-have-deprived (the) people-of- 


, ‘ , \ oa > 
ζουντίους τὴν πεντηκόντορον, xai δοχοῦμεν εἶναι 
Trebisond (of) the fifty-oared-galley, but-also we-seem to-be 


xaxol διὰ τοῦτον᾽ αὐτοί τε ἀπολώλαμεν 
dishonest through this (man); ‘we.ourselves indeed *were-ruined 


TO ἐπὶ τούτῳ. Tap ἤκουε, 
|the on this [as far as depended on this man]. For he-had-heard, 


ὥςπερ ἡμεῖς, @ εἴη ἄπορον ἀπιόντας πεζῇ 


as-well-as we, that it-would-be impracticable having-departed cn-fvot 


ve iabyvar τοὺς ποταμούς, καὶ σωθῆναι 


not-only to-cross the rivers, but-also | to-be-saved [to get 

εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Τοῦτον ovr ὄντα 
safe] to -“-- Greece. (From) this (one) therefore being 
τοιοῦτον ἀφειλόμην. Εἰ δὲ σὺ ἦἤγες, 
such (a person) I-rescued (the man). If indeed you were-leading 


ἢ τις ἄλλος τῶν παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ μὴ 
{himaway), orany-one else of—(those) with you, and not (one) 
TOV ἀποδράντων παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἴσϑι εὖ ὅτι ἂν 
νυ .-- (taose) deserting from 8, know well that ‘I would 


ἬΝ 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 457 


3 , 29! , , ? 21 ~ 

ἐποίησα οὐδὲν τούτων. Νόμιζε δ᾽, ἐὰν νῦν 
‘have-done nothing of-these (things). Consider then, if ‘you now 
ἀποχτείνῃς ἐμὲ, ἀποχτείνων ἀγαϑὸν 
‘kill me, (you) are-putting-to-death (a) brave-and-honourable 


ἄνδρα. δ ἄνδρα τε δειλόν χαὶ πονηρὸν. 
man for (a) man _ not-only (a) coward but-also (a) villain. 


Ὁ Κλέανδρος ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν ὅτι μὲν 
-- Cleander having-heard __ this said that indeed 


3 > la Δ ¥ 
οὐχ ἑπαινοίη Aékinnoy, εἴη 
he-‘could not ‘approve (of the conduct of) Dexippus, if (he) 


πεποιηκὼς ταῦτα" οὐ μέντοι, ἔφη, νομίζειν, 
nas-been-doing these (things);| not indeed, “said-he, to-consider, 


εἰ Δέξιππος ἦν παμπόνηρος 
[but consider, said he,] (that) if Dexippus were (the) worst-of-villains 


3 ~ 3 la / 7 3 ᾿ 

οὐδὲ χρῆναι αὐτόν πάσχειν βίαν, ἀλλὰ 

(that) neither ought he to-suffer violence, but 
INET ees ἂν ὡ 

κριθέντα, (ὥςπερ καὶ νῦν ὑμεῖς ἀξιοῦτε.) τυχεῖν 

having-been-tried, (as even now you require,) to-have-met-with 


τὴς δίχης. Nov οὖν μὲν ἄπιτε, καταλιπόντες 


-- justice. Now therefore indeed retire, leaving-behind 
τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα" ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ χελεύσω, 

this -- man (Agasias); when indeed ΓΤ 888]1-6}}} (you), 
πάρεστε πρὸς τὴν xpiow. Οὔτε δὲ αἰτιῶμαι 
be-present at the trial. *I neither indeed ‘accuse 
τὴν στρατιάν, οὔτε οὐδένα, ἄλλον ἔτι, ἐπεὶ 
the army, nor (no-one) (any one) else besides, since 


αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁμολογεῖ ἀφελεσϑαι τὸν ἄνδρα. Δὲ 


-he himself confesses to-have-released the man. But 


ὃ ἀφαιρεθεὶς εἶπεν" “Eyd, ὦ Κλέανδρε, 
—(the man) having-been-taken-away said: ΤΙ, . Ὁ Cleander, 
el χαὶ οἴει με ἄγεσθαι Tl 
if even you-suppose (that) I was-led-away (for) ‘doing something 


ἀδικοῦντα, οὔτε ἔπαιον οὐδένα, οὔτε 

‘wrong, - (indeed) neither struck (no-one) (any one), nor 

ἔθαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον ὅτι τὰ πρόθατα εἴν 

vhrew (stones), but said that the sheep were 
39 


458 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


3 Ξ ᾿ - - 
δημόσια" γὰρ ἦν δόγμα τῶν στρατιωτῶν, εἰ 
public-property; for it-was(a) decree  of-the army, if 


«ς ’ ε , 5» 95) a] 
τις. ὁπότε ἡ στρατιὰ ἐξίοι, ἰδίᾳ ληΐζοι- 
any-vre, when the army went-out, ‘should privately ‘make-any- 
το, TH ληφθέντα εἶναι dnudcia. Ταῦτα 
capture, the (thingsso) captured to-be public-property. These 

εἶπον. xai ἐχ τούτου λαθὼν με οὗτος 
(things) I-said; and on this seizing me this 

x σ f , 
nyev, ἵνα μηδείς μη 
(Dexippus) was-leading (me away), in-order-that no-one ‘might — 


φϑέγγοιτο, . GAN αὐτὸς λαθὼν τὸ μέρος 
*utter (any thing), but he taking — (a) part 


διασώσειε τὰ χρήματα τοῖς λῃσταὶς παρὰ τὰν 
might-preserve the things for-the plunderers contrary-to the 


ῥήτραν. Πρὸς ταῦτα ὃ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν" ᾿Ἐπεὶ 


agreement. this --- Cleander said: Since 


τοίνυν el τοιοῦτος, χατάμενε, ἵνα καὶ βουλευσώ- 
therefore you-are such-a-person, remain-here, that even I-may-delibe- 


peda περὶ σοῦ. 
rate about you. 
Ἔχ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ ἸΚλέανδρον ἠρίστων" 
After this —(those)indeed about Cleander went-to-supper; 
δὲ Ἐενοφῶν συνήγαγε τὴν στρατιὰν, καὶ συνεθού- 
and Xenophon assembled _ the army, and coun- 


AEVE πέμψαι ἄνδρας πρὸς Κλέανδρον παραιτη- 


selled (them) to-send men to Cleander inter- 


σομένους περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν. Ἔχ τούτου ἔδοξεν 


ceding for the men. On this _it-seemed (good) 

3 ~ / ‘ ‘ ‘ 4 
QuTols, πέμψαντας στρατηγους και λοχαγους χαὶ 
to-them, having-sent (the) generals and captains, and 
Δραλόντιον τὸν Σπαρτιάτην, καὶ σῶν. ἄλλον 
Dracontius the Spartan, and (those) of-the otLers 
ot éddxovy εἶναι ἐπιτήδειοι, δεῖσϑαι 
who seemed to-be fit (for the occasion), to-entreat 


Κλεάνδρου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀφεῖναι τὼ ἄνδρε. 
Cleander by all means to-set-free the-two men 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 459 


ἘΞενοφῶν οὖν ἐλδῶν λέγει" Ἔχεις μὲν, ὦ Kréardpe, 


peatenen therefore going says: You-haye indeed, 0 Cae 


τοὺς ἄνδρας, χαὶ n στρατιά ὑφεῖτο σοι στοιῆσαι ὅ τι 
the men, andthe army allowed you to-do what 


ébovaov, καὶ περὶ τούτων xai περὶ ἁπάντων 
you-wished, both (as) respects _ these and (as) respects all 


ἑαυτῶν: viv δὲ αἰτοῦνται xai δέονται σε 
(of) themselves; now indeed they-entreat and request you 


δοῦναί σφισι τὼ ἄνδρε, καὶ μὴ χαταχαίνειν" 
to-give to-themselves the-two men, and ποὺ ‘put(them)  ‘to-death; 


yap ἐμοχϑησάτην πολλὰ ἐν TO χρόνῳ ἔμπροσϑεν 


for _ they-laboured much in the time past 


περὶ τὴν στρατιὰν. Δὲ τυχόντες 
as-respects (being of service to) the army. And having-obtained 


ταῦτα Gov, ὑπισχνοῦνταί σοι ἀντὶ τούτων, 
this from-you, they-promise you in-return-for these (things), 


nv βούλῃ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτῶν, καὶ ἢν ot θεοὶ ὦσιν 
if you-wish to-lead them, and if the gods may-be 


ἵλεῳ, ἐπιδείξειν σοι, καὶ OS χόσμιοί 
propitious, (that they) will-show you, both how orderly-and-well-dis- 


3 \ ς Ὁ , 7 
εἰσι XAL WS lXaVOL MELO MEVOL 
ciplined they-are and how competent (they are when) obeying 


T@ ἄρχοντι, σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς μὴ 
-- (their) commanders, (and) with (the assistance of) the gods not 


φοθεῖσϑαι τοὺς σιολεμίους. Δὲ χαὶ δέονται σου 


to-fear enemy. And also they-entreat of-you 
καὶ τοῦτο, παραγενόμενον καὶ ἄρξαντα 
even this, (that) aving-come and haying-taken-command 
ἑαυτῶν, λαδεῖν πεῖραν χαὶ 


of-them, (and that) | to-have-taken experience [to make trial of] buth 


Δεξίππου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σφῶν, οἷος ἕχαστος ἐστι, 
Dexippus and of-the rest of-them, what each is, 


xal νεῖμαι ἕχάστοις τὴν ἀξίαν. 
and to-distribute to-each-one --- (his) merit [and give each one his 
ε . & 
Ὁ Κλέανδρος ἀκούσας ταῦτα, ἔφυ 
deserts]. -- Cleander having-heard these (things) said 


460 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


9 ~ 
AAG vai TO σιώ, ταχύ τοι ἀποχρινοῦμαι 
But by the twin-gods, I-'‘will speedily — ‘answet 
| er ~ 
ὑμῖν. Καὶ τὲ δίδωμι τώ ἄνδρε ὑμῖν, και 
vou. And not-only I-give the-two men to-you, but-also 
αὐτὸς παρέσομαι" καὶ ἣν οἱ θεοὶ παραδιδῶσιν, 
I-myself  will-come (to you); and if the gods ᾿ grant, 
ἐξηγήσομαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. Καὶ οἱ οὗτοι 
1-ν}}}-Ἰοδὰ (you) to -- Greece. And — those 
λόγοι εἰσὶν πολὺ ἀντίοι, ἢ 
words (of yours) are much opposed, than [are very different from 
ods ἐγὼ ἤχουν περὶ ἐνίων ὑμῶν, ὡς 
those] which I heard about some _ of-you, (namely) that 


apiotate τὸ στράτευμα ἀπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων. 
you-were-alienating the army from (the) Lacedsmonians., 


Ἔχ τούτου μὲν οἱ ἐπαινοῦντες ἀπῆλϑον 

On this indeed — _ they-applauding (him) departed 
ἔχοντες τὼ ἄνδρε. Δὲ Κλέανδρος éSveto ἐπὶ 
having the-two men. And Cleander sacrificed about 
TH πορείᾳ, καὶ ξυνῆν φιλικῶς Ἐενοφῶντι, καὶ 
the journey, and he-associated friendly with-Xenophon, and 
ξυνεθάλοντο ἕενίαν. Δὲ καὶ ἐπεὶ 
they-joined (intimately in the) bonds-of-hospitality. And also when 
ἐώρα αὐτοὺς ποιοῦντας εὐτάχτως TO παραγγεῖλ- 
he-saw them doing in-good-order the (things) com. 
Aduevov, καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπεϑύμει γενέσθαι 
manded, and yet more he-desired to-become (the) 
e¢ ‘ 3 ~ 3 4 / ϑ -- / ime ἢ 
ἡγεμὼν αὐτῶν. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι αὐτῷ θυομένῳ ἐπὶ. 
leader of-them. When however he sacrificing for 
τρεῖς ἡμέρας, τὰ ἱερά οὐχ ἐγίγνετο, 
three days, the victims ‘did not *become (favourable), 
συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς eine’ Ta ἱερὰ 
calling-together {89 generals he-said: The victims ‘were 
οὐχ ἐτελέσϑαι ἐξάγειν" 
aot ‘brought-to-an-end (so as to be favourable for me) to-'lead (you) ‘away, 

~ «ς ~ 

μὴ ἀϑυμεῖτε μέντοι ἕνεχα τούτου" yap ὑμῖν, 

be not ‘you-discouraged however on-account of-this; for you, 


BOOK VI. — CHAPTER VI. 461 


e ¥ , > , ι ν 
ὡς ἔοιχε, δέδοται ἐχχομίσαι τοὺς ἄνδρας" 
as it-is-proper, it-is-given _ to-lead-out the men (home); 
ε ~ 7 ~ 
ἀλλὰ πορεύεσθε" ἡμεῖς δὲ, ἐπειδὰν ἥχητε ἐκεῖσε, 
but - proceed; we indeed, when you-arrive there 
@ ow 

deGouesa ὑμᾶς ws κάλλιστα ἂν 

fat Byzantium), will-receive you ‘as handsomely ‘as ‘we may 


δυνώμεϑα. 


. “he-able. 


Ἔχ τούτου ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις δοῦναι 
On this _it-seemed (good) to-the soldiers to-give 

3 - \ , 7 ς δ" 
αὐτῷ τὰ πρόθατα δημόσια: ὃ δὲ 
aim the sheep (being) public-property; — (he) indeed 


Ef fs 3 [4 3 - \ 
δεξάμενος, πάλιν ἀπέδωχε αὐτοῖς. Kai 
having-received (them), again returns (the sheep) to-them. And 


= \ 3 7 ς ~ \ / 
οὗτος μὲν ἀπέπλει. Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ διαϑέμενοι 
he indeed _ set-sail. The soldiers however having-sold 
τὸν σῖτον, ὃν ἦσαν συγχεχομισμένοι, καὶ τἄλλα 
he corn, which they-had-collected, and _ the-other 

ἃ εἰλήφεσαν, ἐξεπορεύοντο dia τῶν Br 
(things) which they-had-captured, departed through —~ Bi- 
ϑυνῶν. Δὲ ἐπεὶ πορευόμενοι τὴν opSyv ὁδόν ἐνέ- 
thynia. - But when pursuing the straight road _ they- 

3 ι σ » 3 ~ 3 4 
τυχον οὐδενὶ, ὥςτε ἔχοντες τι ἐλϑεῖν εἰς τὴν 
met-with nothing, so-that having something to-go to — (a) 

=m ε 
φιλίαν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς ὑποστρέψαντες 
friendly (country), it-seemed (good) to-them having-marched 
τοὔμπαλιν ἐλϑεῖν μίαν ἡμέραν xai νύχτα. Δε 
back-again to-go one day -and night. And 
ποιήσαντες τοῦτο, ἔλαθον καὶ πολλὰ ἀνδράποδα 
doing this, they-took both many slaves 
nai πρόθατα᾽ καὶ ἀφίχοντο ἕχταῖοι εἰς 
and sheep (or cattle); and arrived (in) six (days) at 
Χρυσόπολιν τῆς Καλχηδονίας, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν 
Chrysopolis of-the Calchedonians, and there they-remained . 
ἑπτὰ ἡμέρὰς λαφυροπωλοῦντες. 
seven days — selling-booty. 
39 * : 


462 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


BOOK VII. 


CHAPTER I. 


σ 4 4 e »” J - 
Oca μὲν δὴ οἱ “Ἕλληνες ἔπραξαν ἐν τῇ 


ὝΗΑΥ indeed truly the Greeks did in the 
39 ’ Ὰ ‘ , ζ΄ ~ / 
ἀναθάσει μετὰ Κύρου μέχρι τῆς μάχης, 
march-up (the country) with Cyrus until the battle, 
1, ¢g 3 ~ la > \ ~ 
και OOM Ev TY πορείᾳ ETTEL Κῦρος" 


and what (they did and experienced) in the journey after Cyrus 
ἐτελεύτησε μέχρι ἀφίχοντο εἰς τὸν Πόντον, καὶ 
died until they-arrived at the Euxine-Sea, and 
ὅσα ἐποίουν éx τοῦ Πόντου, ἐξιόντες πεζῇ, καὶ᾿ 
what they-did from the Euxine, departing on-foot, and 


5 lA : [4 3 , » ~ , 
EXTLAEOVTES, μέχρι ἐγένοντο ἔξω τοῦ στόματος 
sailing-off, unti they-got beyond the mouth (thereof) . 


ἐν Χρυσοπόλει τῆς "Ασίας, δεδήλωται ἐν τῷ 
at hrysopolis — (in) Asia, has-been-related in the 


πρόσϑεν λόγῳ. Ἔχ τούτου δὲ Φαρνάθαζος φοθού- 


preceding discourse. On this indeed Pharnabazus — fear- 
μενος τὸ στράτευμα, μὴ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ 
ing the (Grecian) army, lest it-might-invade a= 


τὴν χώρον αὐτοῦ, πέμψας mpds “Avakibvoy τὸν 
the country of-himself, haying-sent (0 Anaxibius the 

ναύαρχον, (ὁ δ᾽ ἔτυχεν dy ἐν Βυζαντίῳ,) 
(Spartan) admiral, (who indeed happened being in Byzantium,} 
ἐδεῖτο tO στράτευμα διαδιθάσαι ἐκ 
he-requested (him) to-*have the army ‘transported from 
τῆς Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο ποιήσειν αὐτῷ πάντα, 
-- Asia, and promised to-do for-him all, 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 463 


ὅσα δέοι. Καὶ ᾿Αναξίθιος μετεπέμψατο τοὺς 


what he-might-require. And Anaxibius sent-for the 


OTPAT NY OVS χαὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν εἷς 
generals an captains of-the soldiers (to come) to 


ε ~ 
Βυζάντ lov, χαὶ ὑπισ VE tT Ὁ, εἶ diab QLEY, 
Byzantium, and promised, if they-should-come-over (to him’, 


ἔσεσϑαι μισϑοφοριὰν τοὶς στρατ ιώταις. Oi 
(that) there-would-be pay for-the soldiers. The 


ἄλλοι μὲν δὴ ἔφασαν βουλευσάμενοι. 
rest (of the officers) indeed truly said (that) after-having-consulted 


ἀπαγγελεῖν Δὲ Ξενο- 
(together) they-would-announce (to him their determination). But Xeno- 


φῶν εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι, ἤδη ἀπαλλάξοιτο ἀπὸ τὴς 


. phon said to-him, that, already about-to-depart from the 


στρατιᾶς καὶ βούλοιτο ἀποπλεῖν. Δὲ ὁ ᾿Αναξί- 


army, *he even ‘wished to-set-sail, But — Anaxi- 
Bios ἐχέλευσεν αὐτὸν, ἔπειτα συνδιαθάντα 
bius requested him, (that) after having-crossed-over-with 
οὕτως ἀπαλλάττεσϑαι. Οὖν ἔ 
(the others) then to-depart. *He therefore ‘said (that he) 
ποιήσειν TAVTA. 
would-do these (things). 
Δὲ Σεύϑης ὁ Θρᾷξ πέμπει Μηνδοσάδην, καὶ 
But Seuthes the Thracian sends Mendosades, and 
κελεύει Ξενοφῶντα συμσιφοθυμεῖσολαι ὅπως τὸ 
requests Xenophon to-join-in-the-effort-with (him) that the 


sl ebb διαδῇ, xai ἔφη αὐτῷ συμπροϑυμη- 


might-cross- -over, and he-said to- him actively-taking-part- 


πῆρ ὅτι οὐ μεταμελήσει. Δ᾽ ὃ 
in-the-effort that he-'would not τορος (it). And — (Xenophon) 
εἶπεν. ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν τὸ στράτευμα διαθήσεται" 
aid: But indeed the army will-ercss-over$ 


ἕνεχα τούτου τελείτω μηδὲν μήτε ἐμοί, μήτε μηδενί 
by-reason of-this let-him-pay no-one neither me, nor (no-one) 
ἄλλῳ ἐπειδὰν δὲ 067, ἐγὼ μὲν 


{any one) else; when indeed it-may-have-crossed-over, I indeed 


464 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἀπαλλάξομι, προςφερέσϑω πρὸς τοὺς δὲ 


shall-leave (it), let-bim-address-himself to — (those) indeed 


διαμένοντας, καὶ ὄντας émuxaipiovs, ὡς ἂν δοχῇ 


baving-remuined, and being opportune, (so) as may ‘seem 
αὐτῷ ἀσφαλές. 
to him safe (and not calculated to fail). 


Ἔχ τούτου πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται diabairovor 
After this all the soldiers cross-over 


ΕΝ 
εἰς τὸ Βυζαντιον. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Αναξίθιος μὲν οὐχ 
to — Byzantium. And — Anaxibius indeed ‘did not 
ἐδίδου μισθὸν, δὲ ἐχήρυξε τοὺς στρα- 
‘give (them) pay, but made-proclamation (that) the sol- 
τιώτας Aabdrvtas τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σχεύη 
diers taking — (their) arms and -- (their) baggage 
oF ς 9 / 
ἐζιέναι, ὡς τε ἀποπέμψων 
(should) go-out (of the city), as (if) not-only ‘sending (them) ‘away 
‘ σ UA 3 
χαὶ ἅμα σιοιήσων ἀριῶ- 

(home), but-also at-the-same-time (as if) (making) (taking) (their) num- 
μὸν. "Ἐνταῖϑα ot στρατιῶται ἤχθοντο, ὅτι 
ber. Then the soldiers  were-distressed, (because) that 
= 5 > / > , ¥ \ δ' 
εἶχον οὐχ ἀργύριον ἐπισιτίζεσϑαι εἴς τὴν πορείαν, 
they-had no money to-get-provisiuns on the journey, 
καὶ ὀχνηρῶς συνεσχευάζοντο. . Καὶ 6 
and ‘they τοὶ ποία] γ *packed-up (their) "baggage. And — 
Ξενοφῶν, γεγενημένος ξένος Ἰζλεάνδρῳ τι 
Xenophon, having-become (the) guest-friend to-Cleander the 
ἁρμοστῇ, προςελϑὼν ἠσπάζετο αὐτὸν 
governor, going-te (him) he-kindly-‘saluted him ‘taking-leave 
ὡς ἤδη ἀποπλευσούμενος. ὋὉ δὲ λέγει 
as now about-sailing-away. — (Cleander) indeed said 
αὐτῷ My ποιήσῃς ταῦτα" εἰ δὲ μή, 

to-him: ‘Do not ‘do this: | if indeed not, [for otherwise} 
ἔφη. ἔξεις αἰτίαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινες 
suid-he, you-will-have (the) blame, since even now some 
ἤδη αἰτιῶνται σὲ ὅτι TO στράτευμα οὐ ταχὺ 
already . blame you that the army *does not quickly 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 465 

- =e. 

ἐξέρπει. A’ ὁ εἶπεν" “AAW ἔγωγε εἰμὶ 
‘ereep-out, And --- (Xenophon) said: But = L-at-least am 
ob μὲν αἴτιος τούτου, δ᾽ of στρατιῶται αὐτοί 
not indeed (the) cause of-this, but the soldiers themselves 


~ , 3 ~ ‘ 
δεόμενοι ἐπισιτισμοῦ, διὰ τούτο ἀϑυμοῦσι πρὸς 
wanting provisions, through this  they-are-troubled about 


χὴν ἔξοδον. "AAA ὅμως, ἔφη, ἐγώ συμθουλεύω 


the departure. But however, said-he, advise 
σοι μὲν ἐξελϑεῖν ὡς  mopevodueror, 
you indeed to-go-out (with them) as (if) about-accompanying (them), 


δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν τὸ στράτευμα γένηται Ko, τότε 
and when the army has-got without (the city), then 


ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. Τοίνυν, ἔφη 6 Ἐξενοφῶν, 
to-leave (it). (We) therefore, said — Xenophon, 


EASOvTES πρὸς ᾿Αναξίθιον διαπραξώμεϑα ταῦτα. 


going Anaxibius will-settle these (things), 


Οὕτως ἐλϑόντες ἔλεγον ταῦτα. Δὲ ὁ 
Thus going (to him) they-told (him) these (things), And — (he) 


ἐχέλευσε ποιεῖν οὕτω, καὶ συνεσχευ- 
requested (them) to-do so, and (that the soldiers) haying- 


ασμένους ᾿ ἐξιέναι τὴν ταχίστην, 
*packed-up (their) ‘baggage should-go-out in-the quickest (time), 


~ a ~ 
καὶ προςανεισεῖν, ὃς ἂν μὴ παρῇ 
and moreover-to-declare-publicly, (that he) who might not be-present 


εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν καὶ eis τὸν ἀριϑμόν, ὅτι αὐτὸς 


at the review and at the numbering, that he 
αἰτιάσεται αὑτὸν. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν οἵ te στρατηγοὶ 
(would) blame himself. Then the — generals 
ἐξήεσαν πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι. Καὶ ἄρδην 
went-out first, and the others (after them). And eck 
/ 
πάντες ἦσαν ἔξω πλὴν ὀλίγων, καὶ ᾿Ετεόνιχος 
all were out except (some) few, and Eteonicus 
εἰστήχει pas «τὰς πύλας, ὧς, ὁπότε πάντες 
stood the gates, that, when 
EVOLVTO ἕξω συγκλείσων τὰς πύλας, 


ad-got out (ready for) shutting the gates, and 


466 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἐμθαλῶν tov μοχλὸν. Δὲ ὁ ᾿Αναξίδιος συγκαλέσας 


throwing-in the bar. And -— Anaxibius having-called-tugether 
τοὺς στρατηγοὺς χαὶ τοὺς Aoyayous ἔλεξε" 
the generals and the captains said: 


Aaubavete, ἔφη, μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐκ τῶν Θρᾳχίων 
You-may-take, said-he,indeed — provisions from the Thracian 
κωμῶν" (δὲ εἰσὶ αὐτόϑι πολλαὶ xpiSai καὶ πυροί, 
villages; (andthere-is there much barley and wheat, 


καὶ τἄλλα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.) δὲ λαθόντες 
and other — ‘provisions;) and taking (these things) 
πορεύεσθε εἰς Χεῤῥονήσον, ἐχεὶ δὲ Κυνίσχος 
proceed to (the) Chersonesus, where indeed Cyniseus 
, fae ‘ ~ ~ 
μισϑοδοτήσει ὑμῖν. Δὲ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
will-‘give you ‘pay. But some of-the soldiers 
ἢ καὶ τις στῶν λοχαγῶν ἐπαχούσαντες ταῦτο, 
or even some (one) of-the captains haying-overheard these 
διαγγέλλει εἰς TO στράτευμα. Kai of 
(things), communicated (them) to the army. And the 
στρατηγοὶ μὲν ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ LevSov, 
generals indeed (also) inquired about — Seuthes, 
πότε εἴη πολέμιος ἢ φίλος, καὶ πότερα 
whether he-might-be inimical or friendly, and whether 
δέοι πορεύεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους, ἢ 
it-was-necessary to-march over the sacred mountain, or ‘in (a) 
~ ’ 1 
κύχλῳ διὰ μέσης τῆς Θράχης. Δὲ ἐν 
*cireuit through (the) middle οὗ — ‘Thrace. But during (the time) 


= 4 ~ ¢ ~ 
διελέγοντο ταῦτα of στρατιῶται 


in-which they-were-conversing-about these (things) the soldiers 
ἀναρπάσαντες τὰ ὅπλα θέουσι δρόμῳ πρὸς 
having-snatched-up — (their) arms run in-full-speed to 
τὰς πύλας, ὡς πάλιν εἰςιόντες εἰς τὸ 
the gates, so-that again (they were about) entering within the 
τεῖχος. Δὲ 6 “Eredvixog xai ot σὺν atta, 
walls. And — Eteonicus and — (those) with him, 
ὡς εἶδον τοὺς ὁπλίτας προςϑέοντας συγχλείουσι 


us they-saw the heavy-armed-men running-towards (them) shut 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER I. 467 


τὰς πύλας καὶ ἐμδάλλουσι τὸν μοχλὸν. Δὲ οἱ 
the gates and thrust-in the bar. But the 


στρατιῶται ἔχοπτόν τε τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἔλεγον 
soldiers knocked indeed at-the gates, and said, 


σ ’ 3 , 3 7 3 ‘ 
ὅτι πάσχοιεν adixdtata ἐχθαλλόμενοι sis τοὺς 
that they-suffered most-unjustly, being-thrown-out ἰὸ the 


πολεμίους" καὶ ἔφασαν κατασχίσειν τὰς 
enemy ; and they-said (that they would) cut-down the 


πῦλας, εἰ μὴ ἑκόντες ἀνοίζουσιν. ἼΑλλοι 
gates, if they-‘did not voluntarily ‘open (them). Others 


‘ ¢ 
δὲ ἔϑεον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, καὶ ὑπερδαίνουσιν εἰς 
indeed ran to (the) sea, and went-over into 


\ , \ ‘ \ ~ , £ \ » 
THY πόλιν παρὰ THY χηλὴν τοῦ TELYOUS δὲ ἄλλοι 
the city along the pier _ of-the wall; but —_ others 


τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ ἐτύγχανον ὄντες 
of-the soldiers (those namely) who happened being 
ἔνδον, ὡς - ὁρῶσι τὰ πράγματα ἐπὶ 
within (the walls), as they-perceived the things (going on) at 
ταὶς πύλαις, διακόπτοντες τὰ κλεῖθρα Tals 

the gates, cutting-through the bars with — (their) 


ger 9 , 1 , iB 4. τ 
ἀξίναις, ἀναπεταννύουσι τὰς πύλας" δ᾽ οἵ 
axes, they-opened-wide the gates ; and — (they all) 


εἰςπιτύτουσιν. 
tush-in, 
‘O Ξενοφῶν δὲ ὡς εἶδε τὰ γιγνόμενα, 
— Xenophon indeed as he-saw the (things) going-on, 
δείσας μὴ TO στράτευμα τράποιτο ἐφ᾽ ἁρπαγὴν, 
having-feared lest the army might-turn to plunder, 
καὶ ἀνήχεστα xaxa γένοιτο TH πόλει, καὶ ἑαυτῷ, 
and irreparable evil might-happen to-the city, and to-himself, 


χαὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἔϑει, καὶ συνειςπίτιτει σὺν 
ς ρα S> ? 


and to-the army, ran, and rushes-in-together with 
τῷ ὄχλῳ εἴσω τῶν πυλῶν. Οἱ Βυζάντιοι δὲ, ὡς 
the crowd within the gates. The Byzantians indeed, as 
εἶδον τὸ στράτευμα εἰςπῖπτον βίᾳ φεύγουσιν ἐκ 
they-saw the army rushed-in by-force fled from 


468 THE “ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 

τὴς ἀγορᾶς. ot μὲν εἷς τὰ πλοῖα, οἵ δὲ 
the market, —(some) indeed to the . ships, — (some) indeed 
oixade*’ ὅσοι δὲ ἐτύγχανον ὄντες ἔνδον 
home; such indeed (who) happened being within (doors) 


¥ ΕΖ ε 
ἔϑεον ἔξω, of δὲ χαϑεῖλχον τὰς τριήρεις, 
“an out, --- (some) indeed hauled-down the galleys unte 


ὡς. σώζοιντο ἐν ταὶς τριήρεσι" δὲ πάντες 
the water), thatthey-might-be-savedin the galleys; but all 


ῴοντο ἀπολωλέναι, ὡς TNS πόλεως 
thought (themselves) to-have-been-lost, as (believing) the town 


ἑαλωχυίας. Δὲ ὁ ᾿Ετεόνιχος ἀποφεύγει εἷς THY 


having-been-captured. But — LEteonicus flees-away to the 
Gzpav. Ὃ ᾿Αναξίδιος δὲ χαταδραμὼν ἐπὶ 

citadel. -- Anaxibims indeed running-down to (the) 
θάλατταν περιέπλει εἰς τὴν ἀχρόπολιν ἐν ἅἁλιευ- 


salled-round to the citadel in (a) _fish- 


τς πλοίῳ, χαὶ εὐδὺς μεταπέμπεται ἐχ 
ing boat, and immediately he-sends-for (men) from (the) 


Spaupots Καλχηδόνος" yap ot ἐν τῇ ἀχροπόλει 


of-Calchedon ; for — (those) in the citadel 


οὗχ ἐδόχουν εἶναι ixavol σχεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας. 
‘did not ‘appear to-be sufficient to-restrain the 


91 στρατιῶται δὲ ὡς εἶδον τὸν Ξενοφῶντα, 


The however as they-saw — Xenophon, 
ουσιν αὐτῷ, πολλοί, καὶ λέγουσι" 
_ fushed-up to-him, (they being) many, and said: 


Nov ἔξεστι σοι, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, γενέσϑαι ἀνδρὶ. 


Now it-is-allowed you, O Xenophon, pbc (a great) man. 
“Eyes πόλιν, ἔχεις τρδήρεις, ἔχεις χρήματα, 


You-have (the) city, you-have galleys, you-have money, 


ἔχεις = ToGoUTous ἄνδρας. Νῦν, εἰ βούλοιο. 
you-have such-a-great-number (of) men. Now, if you-wish, 


σύ ἄν τε ὀνήσιαις ἡμᾶς, χαὶ ἡμεῖς ποιήσαιμεν 


you may not-only profit - us, but-also_ » will-make 
σὲ μέγαν. Δ᾽ δ  Ἑἀπεχρίνατο" ᾿Αλλ᾽ 
: Bu 


you (a) great (man). And — (Xenophon) replied 


- 


BOOK VII. —CHAPTEReI. 469 


Te λέγετε εὖ, καὶ ποιήσω ταῦτα" εἰ 
‘you not-only ‘say well, but-also I-will-do these (things); if 
δὲ ἐπιϑυμεῖτε τούτων, θέσϑε τὰ ὅπλα 
indeed you-desire these (things), place-yourselyes — (under) arms 

> s ς ΄ ᾿ ΄, 

ἐν τάξει ὡς τάχιστα βουλόμενος 
(απ) in order as speedily (as possible); (he) wishing 
κατηρεμίσαι αὐτοὺς" xai Te αὐτός παρηγγύα 
to-have-tranquillized them ; and not-only he-himself ordered 

~ ᾿ > sf ‘ ν 

ταῦτα, | χαὶ EXEAEVE τοὺς ἄλλους 
these (things), but-also he-requested the other (officers) 
παρεγγυᾶν τίϑεσϑαι τὰ ὅπλα. Δὲ 
to-order (the men) to-place-themselves — (under) arms. And 
of αὐτοὶ ταττόμενοι ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, τε 
— they arranging (themselves) on themselves, not-only ‘did 
οἱ ὁπλῖται ἐγένοντο εἰς ὀχτὼ ἐν 
‘the heavy-armed-men become in (number) eight (deep) in (a) 
3“) ἢ ,ὕ 1 ¢ , [4 
ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ, XAL Ob σελτασται παραδεδραμήκεσαν 
short time, and the  targeteers had-ran-on-the-sido 
ἐπὶ τὸ ἑχάτερον κέρας. Δὲ τὸ χωρίον ἐστι 
to -- each wing. And the place, (which) is 


οἷον κάλλιστον ἐχτάξασϑαι χαλούμενον 
such (as 15) most-beautiful to-draw-up-in-order (an army), is-ealled 


4 7 » > ~ J ’ὔ 2 ‘ 
TO Θράχιον, ἐρμον οἰχιὼν XALt πε νον. Ἐπεὶ 
the Thracian, clear of-houses and leyel. When 


δὲ TA ὅπλα ἔχειτο, χαὶ χατῆρε- 
indeed the arms lay (in place), and (the men) were-some- 
μίσϑησαν, Ξενοφῶν συγκαλεῖ τὴν στρατιάν, καὶ 
what-tranquillized, Xenophon assembled the army, and 
λέγει τάδε" 
speaks thus: 
Ὅτι μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, καὶ 
That indeed you-are-angry, Ὁ men soldiers, | and 
΄ 9 ’ ’ x 
νομίζετε, ἐξαπατώμενοι, πάσχειν δεινὰ, 
ibink, being-deceived, to-suffer greatly, [and think, that 
ov θαυμάζω. 
yeu have been badly treated, in being thus deceived,]I-‘amnot ‘surprised. 
49 


470 THE, ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
Δὲ ἦν χαριζώμεϑα tH θυμῷ, καὶ τιμωρησώμεϑα 
But if we-gratify — (our) anger, and punish 


TE Λαχεδαιμονίους τοὺς παρόντας, 
not-only (the) Lacedzmonians, — (those namely) being-present, 


τὴς ἐξαπάτης, καὶ διαρπάσωμεν τὴν πόλιν 
(for) the deceit, but-also plunder the city 


δι ‘ 3. 3 - « bd 
οὐδὲν τὴν αἰτίαν, ἐνθυμεῖσθε ἃ ἔσται 
| not the cause, [not to blame,] | consider what will-be 


> ~ ΕΙ 4 
ἐντεῦθεν. Εσόμεϑα 
from-this [consider what will be the consequences]. We-will- be 


μὲν ἀποδεδειγμένοι πολέμιοι Λακεδαιμονίοις 


indeed (the) declared enemies (of the) Lacedemonians 


\ ~ / τ > ες ΄ ” 
χαὶ τος συμμάχοις. Οἷος δ᾽ ὁ πόλεμος ἂν 
and — (their) allies. What indeed the war muy 


γένοιτο πάρεστιν δὴ εἰχάζειν, ἑωρακότας καὶ 
e it-is-possible indeed to-conjecture, having-seen and 


ἀναμνησϑέντας τὰ νῦν ἤδη γεγενημένα. 


remembered | the (things) now recently having-oceurred 

Tap queis ot ᾿Αϑεναῖοι 
[the things that have but recently occurred]. For we — Athenians 
ἤλθομεν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον TOV πρὸς τοὺς 
went into the war — (that namely) with the 


Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους, ἔχοντες 


Lacedzemonians and — (their) allies, having 
τριήρεις, τὰς μὲν ἐν θαλάττῃ, δὲ τὰς ἐν 
galleys, — (some) indeed at sea, and — (some) in 


- ς ’ 
Tols νεωρίοις, οὐχ ἐλάττους τριακοσίων, 
the docks, (together) not less (than) three-hundred, 


ὑπαρχόντων δὲ πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐν τῇ πόλει, 


there-being also much money in the city 


χαὶ προςόδου οὔσης κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν τε 


[Acropolis], and (the) income being yearly not-only 
ἀπό τῶν ἐνδήμωωὨἩ καὶ & τῆς ὑὕπερορίας 
from the home (revenues) but-also from — (our) foreigu 


ov μεῖον χιλίων ταλάντων, ἄρχοντες 
(territories) net less (than) a-thousand talents, ruling 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 471 


δέ ἀπασῶν τῶν νήσων, xai te ἔχοντες πυλλὰς 


‘nso all the islands, and also having many 
πόλεις ἐν TH ᾿Ασίᾳ, καὶ Te πολλὰς ἄλλας ἐν τῇ 
towns in — Asia, and also many others in — 


Εὐρώπῃ, χαὶ ἔχοντες αὐτὸ τοῦτο TO Βυζάντιον, 
Europe, and having this very-same — Byzantium, 


ὅπου ἔσμεν γὺῦν, χατεπολεμήϑημεν 

where we-are now, (yet) | we-were-warred-against [the war was car- 
ς ς ~ / Ὧν ἢ \ ~ 
ὡς ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐπίστασϑε. Δὲ viv 

ried on against us] as γοὰ all know. But. now 


δὴ ἂν οἰόμεϑα τί παϑεῖν, Λαχεδαι- 
truly ‘we may ‘think what (we may have) to-suffer, (the) Laceda- 


μονίων χαὶ μὲν τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν ὑπαρχόντων συμ- 
monians and indeed the Achzans being aie 


μάχων, δὲ ᾿Αϑηναίων, xal ὅσοι ἦσαν τότε 
lies, and (the) Athenians, and such (as) were then 


σύμμαχοι ἐχείγνοις, σάντων προςγεγενημένων" 
allies (of) them, all having-become-joined-to (them); 


δὲ Τισσαφέρνους καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Baphdpwr ἐπὶ 
and ‘Tissaphernes (as) also the other ei ae on (the) 


θλάττῃ πάντων ὄντων πολεμίων ἡμῖν, δὲ 
sea (coast) all being enemies to-us, but (the) 


πολεμιωτάτου αὐτοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως ἄνω" 

most-inimical (being) this-same — king up (in the 
ὃν ἤλθομεν ἀφαιρησό- 

country); whom we-went (against for the purpose of) taking- 


μενοι TE τὴν ἀρχήν καὶ ἀποχτε- 
away not-only -— (his) rule _ [throne] but-also (of) kill. 


~ 5 7 / ’ ‘ 
VOUTES, ei dvvaiuesa. Πάντων τούτων δὴ 
ing (him), if we-could. All these truly 


ὄντων ὁμοῦ, ἔστι τις οὕτως ἄφρων, ὅςτις 
being alike (against us), is-there any-one 80 foolish, who 


οἴεται ἡμᾶς ἂν περιγενέσϑαι:; Μή, πρὸς 
thinks (that) we might get-the-superiority? Let-‘us not, 


θεῶν, μαινώμεϑα μηδ᾽ ἀπολώμεϑα 


(in the name of the) gods, ‘act-like-madmen nor perish — 


472 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


αἰσχρῶς, ὄντες πολέμιοι καὶ ταὶς πατρίσι, καὶ 
disgracefully, being enemies both to— (our) country, and 
- ε la , 3. ~ ‘ > , 
τοῖς ἡμετέροις Φίλοις αὐτῶν TE καὶ οἰκείοις. 
to — our friends (ef-ourselves) and also ‘to (our) relations, 
Tap εἰσι πάντες ἐν ταὶς πόλεσι ταὶς 
For they-are all in the cities — (those natnely that) 
/ 5 ᾽ ε ~ 4 / 5 Α 
στρατευσομέναις EP μᾶς, καὶ διχαίως, εἰ μὲν 
will-be-marching against us, and justly, if indeed 
ἡϑελήσαμεν κατασχεῖν οὐδεμίαν βάρθαρον πόλιν, 
we-wished to-tuke-possession-of no barbarian city, 
καὶ - χρατοῦντες ταῦτα᾽ δὲ πρώτην KAAnvida 
and (we) being-superior-in-force to-these; but (the) first Greek 
πόλιν eis ἣν ἤλθομεν, ταύτην ἐξαλαπάζομεν. 
city to which we-came, that (namely) we-plundered. 
Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν εὔχομαι πρὶν ἐπιδεῖν ταῦτα 
I indeed therefore pray (that) before I-behold such 
, ς.) ς΄᾽ ν “εν , 
γενόμενα, vp VUOYV, ἐμξ VE γενέσϑα 
(things) brought-to-pass by you, (that) I at-least (may) be 


μυρίας ἀργυιὰς κατὰ γῆς. Kai συμδουλεύω ὑμῖν, 
a-thousand fathoms under ground, And I-advise you, 
ὄντας “Ἕλληνας, πειϑομένους τοῖς προεστη- 
being Greeks, (that) yielding-obedience to — (those) standing-at- 
κοσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων πειρᾶσθαι τυγχάνειν τῶ 
the-head of-the Greeks to-endeavour ‘to-obtain -- 
διχαίων. “Kay dé μὴ ᾶδύνησϑε ταῦτα, 
justice. If indeed you-‘are not ‘able (ἴο obtain) this, 
det ἡμᾶς ἀδιχουμένους μὴ γοῦν 
it-is-proper (that) you (though) wronged ‘should not therefore 
στέρεσθαι Ἕλλάδος. Kai viv δοχεῖ μοι 

‘deprive-yourselves of-Greece. And now it-seems to-me (that) 
πέμπψαντας ᾿Αναξιθίῳ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἡμεὶς παρεληλύ- 
having-sent to-Anaxibius to-say, that we haye-en- 
δάμεν εἰς τῆς MOAW ποιήσαντες οὐδὲν βίαιον, ἀλλ᾽ 
tered into the city about-committing no violence, but 
ἣν μὲν δυνώμεϑα εὐρίσχεσϑαι τι ἀγαϑόν παρ᾽ 
if indeed πο-οουᾶ to-obtain something good from — 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 473 


ὑμῶν" δὲ εἶ μὴ, ἀλλὰ δηλώσοντες, ὅτι 
you; but if not, yet (however) showing, that 
> > ‘ 
ἐξερχόμεϑα οὐχ ἐξαπατώμενοι, ἀλλὰ πειϑό- 
we-go-out not (as) being-deceived, but (as) obey- 
μενοι. 
ing (you). 

Kai ταῦτα ἔδοξε" 


| And these (things) seemed (good); [and these propositions were 
καὶ πέμσιουσιν ἹἹερώνυμόν te  °Hieior, 
adopted :] and they-sent Hieronymus — (the) Elean, 
ἐροῦντα ταῦτα, καὶ Ἐϊρύλοχον °Apxdda, 
saying these (things), and-likewise Eurylochus (the) Arcadian, 
xal Φιλήσιν ᾿Αχαιόν. Ot μὲν ᾧχοντο 
and Philesius (the) Achean. — | (They) indeed went 
ἐροῦντες ταῦτα. 
saying these (things) [they went carrying this message]. 
Δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἔτι καϑημένων Κοιρα- 
But tbe soldiers *being still ‘seated Coera- 
τάδης Θηδαῖος προςέρχεται, ὃς οὐ 
tades (a) Theban came-up (to them), who (though) not 
φεύγων περιήει τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ἀλλὰ στρατη- 
(a) fugitive, went-about — Greece, but wishing-to-be- 
2 


γιῶν, καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενος, εἰ ἡ 


a-general,|and announced-himself, [and offering his services,] if either 


tig πόλις ἢ ἔϑνος δέοιτο στρατηγοῦ" καὶ τότε 


any city or nation might-require (a) general; and then 

σ ᾿Ξ = 
MpoceAsov ἔλεγεν, ὅτι εἴη ἕτοιμος ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς 
coming-forward he-said, that he-was prepared to-conduct them 


εἰς τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον τῆς Opdxns, ἔνϑα 


to the Delta, (so) called of — Thrace, where 
πολλὰ χαὶ ἀγαϑὰ λήψοιντο᾽ δ᾽ ἔστε 

many and good (things) might-be-obtained; and until ‘the 
ἂν μόλωσιν, &py παρέξειν xal σῖτα καὶ 


should ‘arrive, he-said (that) he-would-supply both meat and 

ποτά sis ἀφϑονίαν. Οἱ στρατιῶται ἀκούουσι 

drink in abundance. The soldiers listen-ta 
40 * 


474 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


twadTa, καὶ ἅμα τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα 
these (things), and at-the-same-time the (things) announced 


παρὰ “Avakibiov’ γὰρ ἀπεχρίνατο, ὅτι πειϑομένοις 


from Anaxibius ; for he-replied, that being-obedieut 
αὐτοῖς οὐ μεταμελήσει, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπαγ- 
to-him  it-‘would not (be) ‘repented, but (that) he-would- 
γελεῖ ταῦτα σοῖς τέλεσι τὲ οἴκχοι, καὲ 
announce these (things) to-the highest-authorities — (at) home, and 
αὐτὸς βουλεύσοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν ἀγαϑόν, 
he-himself would-consult-and-plan about them (all the) good, 
7 ‘ , 9 , ς ~ 

6 τι δύναιτο. Ex τούτου οἱ στρατιῶται 
whatever he-might-be-able. On this the seldiers 
δέχοντα te τὸν Κοιρατάδην στρατηγὸν, καὶ 
receive indeed — Coeratades (as their) general, and 
ἀπῆλωον ἔξω tod τείχους. Ὃ Kowaradys δὲ 
they-departed without the wulls. -- Coeratades indeed 


συντίϑεται αὐτοῖς παρέσεσϑαι ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα 
agreeing with-them to-be-present at the army (the) 
ς ‘ , 
ὑστεραίαν, ἔχων χαὶ ἱερεῖα χαὶ μάντιν, καὶ 
next-day, having both victims and (an) augur, and 
σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ TH στρατιᾷ. Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐξήλϑον, 
meat and drink for-the army. But when they-had-gone-out, 
ὁ ᾿Αναξίθιος ἔχλεισε τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἐχήρυξεν 
-- Anaxibius shut the gates, and made-proclaumation 
- ὃς ἂν ἁλῷ ἔνδον, ὧν τῶν στρα- 
(that he) who might be-caught within (the walls), being of-the ar- 
~. ~ ε 
χιωτῶν, ὅτι πεπράσεται. Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Κοι- 
my, that he-would-be-sold. Buton-the next-day — Co- 
ρατάδης μὲν ἧχε, ἔχων τὰ ἱερεῖα καὶ τὸν μάντιν, 
ratades indeed came, having the victims and _ the augur, 
σ 3... ὡς 
καὶ εἴχοσιν ἄνδρες εἵποντο αὐτῷ φέροντες ἄλφιτα, 
ἃ twenty men followed him carrying barley meal, 
‘ > ~ 
χαὶ ἄλλοι εἴχοσι οἶνον, καὶ τρεῖς 
und another twenty (carrying) wine, and three (carrying loads) 
as Ps 
ἐλαιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἀνὴρ μέγιστον φορτίον ὅσον 
of-ouves, and one man (carrying) the-greatest load that 


. 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER I. 475 


ἐδύνατο oxopddar, καὶ ἄλλος κρομμύων. Δὲ 
And 


he-could of-garlic, and another of-onions. 

~ is 3 
χαταϑέμενος ταῦτα, ὡς ἐπὶ δάσμευσιν, 
they-having-laid-down these (things), as (if) for distribution, 
ἐθύετο. 


he-sacrificed. 


Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν μεταπεμψάμενος Κλέανδρον éxé- 


But Xenophon having-sent-for Cleander re. 

~ σ 
Aever διαπρᾶξαι ὅπως τε εἰςέλϑοι 
quested (him) to-obtain (permission for him) that — he-might-enter 


εἰς τὸ τεϊχός, καὶ ἀποτπιλεύσαι ἐκ Βυζαντίου. Ὃ 
within the walls, and to-sail-away from Byzantium. = 


Κλέανδρος 8 ἑλδὼν, ἔφη" “Hxw διαπραξάμενος 


Cleander © “indecd having-arrived, said: I-come having-obtained 


μάλα μόλις: yap “Avakibioy λέγειν, 


(permission with) great difficulty; for (that) Anaxibius says, 


ὅτι εἴη οὐχ ἐπιτήδειον τοὺς στρατιώτας μὲν 
that it-is not proper (that) the soldiers indeed 


τ , ~ , — ~ \ 
εἰναι σίλησίον TOV τείχους, FLEVO@OVT a δὲ 
(should) be near the walls, Xenophon also (being) 


ἔνδον " δὲ σοὺς Βυζαντίους στασιάζειν καὶ 
within; and (that) the Byzantians were-divided-in-factions and 


= ‘ 
εἶναι πονηροὺς ἀλλήλους" ὅμως δὲ, 
(that) they-were ον]]- αἰβροεθᾶ to-one-another; yet-however indeed, 


ἔφη, ἐχέλευεν εἰςιέναι, εἰ μέλλοις ἐχπλεῖν σὺν 
he-said, he-requests (you) to-enter, if you-intend to-sail-away with 


αὐτῷ ὋὉ Ξενοφῶν μὲν δὴ ἀσπασάμενος τους 


him. — Xenophon indeed truly | having-embraced the 
στρατιώτας ἀπήει εἴσω τοῦ 
soldiers {having taken leave of the soldiers] departed within the 


τείχους σὺν Kredvdpo. Ὁ Κοιρατάδης δὲ tH 


walls with Cleander. -- Coeratades indeed on-the 
μὲν πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ οὐχ ἐχαλλιέρει, οὐδὲ λιε- 
νὰ first . day ‘had no ‘favourable-sacrifice, reither did- 
μέτρησεν οὐδὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Τῇ 


he-distribute (nothing) (any thing) to-the soldiers. On-the 


476 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ec ' 
ὑστεραίᾳ δ᾽ elotyxer παρὰ τὸν βωμόν, καὶ 
next-day indeed he-stood by the altar, and 
Κοιρατάδης, ἐστεφανωμένος, ὡς θύσων. δὲ Te 
Coeeratades, being-crowned, as about-sacrificing; but ‘Ti- 
, \ ~ κ 
μασίων ὃ Δαρδανεὺς, καὶ Νέων 6 ᾿Ασιναῖος και 
masion the Dardanian, and Neon the Asinzan, and 
Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος, ἔλεγον μὴ Kowa- 
Cleanor the Orchomenian, said (that it was) not for-Coera- 
φτάδῃ θύειν, ὡς οὐχ ἡγησόμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ, 
tades to-sacrifice, as (he was) ποῦ  to-be-leading the army, 
εἰ un δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Δὲ ὁ χελεύει 
unless he-should-give the provisions, And — he-ordered (them) 
διαμετρεῖσθαι. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐνέδει αὐτῷ πολλῶν, 
to-be-distributed. When indeed it-was-wanting to-him many 
ὥςτε σῖτον γενέσθαι ἑχάστῳ τῶν στρα- 
(things), so-that food should-be to-each of-the sol- 
~ ε [4 3 \ \ ε ~ 3 ᾽ 
τιωτῶν ἥμερας, avarabav τὰ ἱερεῖα ἄἀπῇει, 
diers ‘for (the) ‘day, taking-away the victims he-departei, 


xai ἀπειπών τὴν στρατηγίαν. 
and renouncing the _generalship, 





CHAPTER II. 


~ e 
Δὲ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος, καὶ Ppvvioxos 6 ᾿Αχαιὸς, 
Bur Neon the Asinwan, and  Phryniscus the Achean, 


καὶ Φιλήσιος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς, καὶ Ἐανϑικλῆς 6 ᾿Αχαιὸς, 
and Philesius the Achwan, and  Xanthicles the Achezan, 


καὶ Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς, ἐπέμενον ἐπὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ, 


κα Timasion the Dardanian, remained with the army, 
καὶ προελϑόντες εἰς χώμας τῶν Θρᾳχῶν, τὰς 
and proceeding “to (some) villages of-the Thracians, -- 


κατὰ Βυζάντιον, ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. Καὶ 
_ {0586 namely) opposite Byzantium, they-encamped. And 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER It. 477 


of στρατηγοὶ ἐστασίαζον, Kredrwop μὲν xai Φρυ- 


the generals formed-parties, Cleanor indeed and  Phry- 
/ 
vioxos βουλόμενοι ἄγειν πρὸς Σευϑην" (γὰρ 
niscus wishing to-lead (the army) to Seuthes ; (for 
ἔπειϑε αὐτούς, χαὶ τῷ 
he-persuaded (and gained) them (over to his interest) and to-the (one) Ὡς 
᾿ » σ \ ~ ὧ ᾿ 
μὲν ἔδωχε ἵππον, δὲ τῷ γυναῖχα ) δὲ Νέων 


indeed he-gave (a) horse, but to-the (othera) woman;) and Neon 


‘ 3ς» me 5.7 3 ῇ ok 
εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον" οἰόμενος, εἰ γένοιντο υτὸ 
to (the) Chersonesus ; thinking, (that)if  they-got under(the) 


Λακεδαιμονίοις ἂν προεστάναι παντὸς τοῖ 
Lacedzemonians (that) *he might 'stand-at-the-head _ of-all the 
ΑἿΣ \ “ 3 - ~ 
στρατεύματος δὲ Τιμασίων προὐθυμεῖτο διαθῆναι 
army ; but Timasion §wanted-much to-cross 
πέραν πάλιν εἰς THY ᾿Ασίαν, οἰόμενος ἂν 
over again into — Asia, thinking (that) ‘he might (thus) 
χκατελϑεῖν oixade. Kai ot στρατιῶται ἐδούλοντο 
‘return home. And the soldiers desired — 
ταῦτα. Δὲ tod χρόνου διατριδομένου, πολλοὶ 
this-same. But the time ‘being (thus) ‘consumed, many 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν, οἵ μὲν ἀποδιδόμενοι τὰ 
of-the soldiers, . | — (some) indeed selling — (their} 
ὅπλα κατὰ τοὺς χώρους, ἀπέπλεον ὡς 
arms up-and-down the places, sailed-away as (well as} 
ἐδύναντο" δὲ οἱ 6 καὶ κατεμιγνύοντο εἰς 


they-could ; but — (others) also mingied-with (the people) in 

τὰς πόλεις. ᾿Αναξίθιος δ᾽ ἔχαιρε ἀκούων ταῦτα, 

the towns. _ Anaxibius however rejoiced hearing these 
TO στράτευμα διαφϑειρόμενον * 

(things), (that) the army (was about) being-broken-up (and) 
ap, τούτων γιγνομένων, ᾧετο μάλιστα 

dispersed) ; for, these (things) happening, he-thought most-of-al- 

χαρίζεσθαι Φαρναθάζῳ. ; 

to-gratify Pharnabazus. 

Δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος διάδοχος Κλεάνδρῳ ἁρμοστης 


But Cede (the) successor of-Cleander (the) governo 


478 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Βυζαντίου συναντᾷ ᾿Αναξιβίῳ ἀποπλέοντι ἐκχ 


of-Byzantium met Anaxibius sailing-away from 
Βυζαντίου ἐν Kvlixw’ δὲ ἐλέγετο, ὅτι καὶ ἸΠῶλος 
Byzantium αὖ Cyzicus; and _he-said, that even Polus 
/ 4 σ 3 » 
ναύαρχος διάδοχος ὅσον οὐ ἤδη 


(the) admiral, (the) successor (of Anaxibius), | as-much-as not already 


παρείη εἰς ὋἙἙλλήςποντον. 


was-present in (the) Hellespont [was expected every instant to 


Kai ᾿Αναξίδιος ἐπιστέλλει μὲν τῷ 
enter the Hellespont]. And Anaxibius enjoined-on = — 


᾿Αριστάρχῳ ἀποδόσϑαι ὁπόσους ἂν εὕροι τῶν 


Aristarchus to-sell as-many-as ‘he might ‘find  of-the 
στρατιωτῶν Κύρου ὑπολελειμένους ἐν Βυζαντίῳ. 
army of-Cyrus remaining-behind in Byzantium, 
Ὃ Κλέανδρος δὲ ἐπεπράχει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
-- Cleander indeed had-sold none, but even 
ἐθεράπευε σοὺς κάμνοντας, οἰχτείρων, 

nursed-and-took-care-of — (those) being-sick, commiserating (them), 
καὶ ἀναγχάζων δέχεσϑαι οἰχίᾳ. 


and obliging (the inhabitants) ire (them) *in (their) ‘houses. 


A’ ᾽Αρ ρίσφαρχος, ἐπεὶ ἦλϑε τάχιστα, ἀπέδοτο οὐχ 
But Aristarchus, when he-came __ speedily, sold not 


ἐλάττους τετραχοσίων. ᾿Αναξίθιος δ᾽ παρα- 
less (than)  four-hundred. Anaxibius indeed sail- 


πλεύσας εἰς Πάριον πέμπει παρὰ Φαρνάθαζον 


ing-along (the coast) to Parium sends to Pharnabazus 


κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα. A’ ὃ ἐπεὶ ἤσϑετο 
according-to — agreement. But —(Pharnabazus) when he-heard 


ips hte ρχόν τε ἥχοντα εἰς Βυζάντιον 
(that) 


ristarchus —  had-come to Byzantium (as) 


ἁρμοστήν, καὶ “Arvakibior οὐχέτι τναυαρχοῦντα, 
governor and Anaxibius no-longer commanded-the-fleet, 


ἠμέλησε" Ἀναξιθίον πρὸς Ἀρίσταρχον, δὲ διεπράττετο 
he-neglected Anaxibius for Aristarchus, and practised 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER II. 479 


τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ τοῦ στρατεύματος τοῦ Κυρείου 
the same (things) about the army of — Cyrus 
ine καὶ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίθιον. 


which (he had) even (done) with Anaxibius. 


Ἔχ τούτου ὁ “Avakibios, καλέσας Ξενοφῶντα, 
On this —  Anaxibius, having-called Xenophon 


κελεύει σπάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ πλεῦσαι 
(to him), requests(him)by-every means and contrivance to-sail 
ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα ὡς τάχιστα, xai τε 
to the army as speedily (as possible), and not-only 


συνέχειν αὐτό χαὶ συναϑροίζειν τῶν διε- 
to-'keep it ‘together, but-also to-collect of-the dis. 


σπαρμένων ὡς πλείστους ἂν δύνηται, 
perse (soldiers) as many (as) he might *be-able 


4 / 5 ᾽ ‘ / 
καὶ παραγαγόντα εἷς τὴν Πέρινϑον Siw 
and having-‘led (them) ‘along to —  Perinthus te 


θιθάζειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτι τάχιστα" 
‘transport (them) ‘acrossinto — Asia as speedily (ag 


καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ tpiaxdytopor, καὶ 
possible); and he-gave to-him (a) thirty-oared-galley, and (a) 


ἐπιστολήν, καὶ συμπέμπει ἄνδρα, κελεύσοντα τοὺς 
letter, and he-sends (a) man, requesting the 


Περινϑίους προπέμψαι Zevopdrta trois ἵπποις" 


Perinthians to-send-away Xenophon on— horse (back) 
ἧς τάχιστα ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα. Καὶ ὃ 
.5 speedily (as possible) to the army And — 
Ξενοφῶν μὲν διαπλεύσας ἀφικνεῖται ἐπι τὸ 
Xenophon indeed having-sailed-across arrived at the 
στράτευμα᾽ ot στρατιῶται δὲ ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως, 
army; the soldiers also received (him) with-pleasure, 


‘ » / 5 4 σ ς , 
καὶ KOMEVOL εὐθὺς ELTWVTO, ὡς διαθησόμενοι 
and *they willingly immediately ‘followed (him), as crossing-over 
ἐχ τῆς Θράκης εἰς τὴν "᾿Ασίαν. 
from — hrace into — Asia. 


Ὃ Σεύϑης δὲ, ἀχούσας ἥχοντα πάλιν, 
-- Seuthes hrwever, having-heard (ofhim) coming back, (and) 


480 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


πέμψας Μηδοσάδην πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ θάλατταν, 

having-sent Medosades to him by Sef, 

ἐδεῖτο ἄγειν τὴν στρατιὰν πρὸς ἑαυτόν. 

he-begged (him) to-bring the army to him, 

ὑπισχνούμενος αὐτῷ, ὅτι ETO λέγων 

promising him, whatever he-thought mentioning (it) (he 
, Ψ.Φ 3 / 

TLELO ELV. Ao ἀπεχρίνατο, 
mizat be able) to-persuade (him). But — (Xenophon) answered (him), 
ὅτι εἴη οἷόν Te οὐδὲν τούτων γενέσϑαι. 
ithat it-was possible for-none of-these (things) to-happen [that 

Kai ὃ 
it was impossible for any thing of the kind to take place]. And — (he) 
~ ¥ ‘ ‘ 
μὲν ἀχούσας ταῦτα @yeto. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οἱ 
indeed having-heard these (things) departed. When however the 


vec ἀφίχον: ic ἔρινϑον ἕων μιὲν 
"EAA ἀφίχοντο εἰς Πέρινϑον, N ; 


Greeks arrived at Perinthus, Neon indeed 
ἀποσπάσας, , ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο 
having-drawn-'off (his troops) *from (the rest), encamped 


χωρίς, ἔχων ὡς ὀχταχοσίους ἀνθρώπους" δὲ πᾶν 
apart, having about eight-hundred men; and all 
τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα ἦν ἔν τῷ αὐτῷ 
the other (troops of the) army were in the same (place) 
L TO τεῖχος TO Περινϑίων. 
under the walls — (those namely) of-Perinthus. 
Μετὰ ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν μὲν ἔπραττε περὶ πλοίων, 
After this Xenophon indeed was-bargaining for ships, 
ὅπως ὅτι διαύαϊεν. τάχιστα. "Ex 
80 that he-might-cross-over (as) speedily (as possible). At 
TOUT δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος, 6 ἅἁρμοστής ἐκχ 
this (time) however  Aristarchus, the governor from 


Βυζαντίου, ἀφικόμενος, ἔχων δύο τριήρεις, πεπεισ- 


Byzantium, “arriving, having two galleys, having-been- 
μένος ὑπὸ Φαρναθάζου, ἀπεῖπε te τοῖς ναυχλή- 
persuaded by Pharnabazus, he-forbade indeed the masters-of-the- 
pos μὴ διάγειν, ἐλθών τε ἐπὶ τὸ 
ships --- to-carry-over (the Greeks), (and) having-gonv also to the 


BOOK VII. —CHAPTER It. 481 


στράτευμα, εἶπε τοῖς στρατιώταις μὴ περαιοῦσθαι 


army he-told the soldiers not to-go-across 
εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. Δὲ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ᾿Αναξί- 
into --- Asia. But — Xenophon said, that Anaxi- 
ὅιος ἐχέλευσε χαὶ ἔπεμψεν ἐμὲ ἐνθάδε πρὸς τοῦτο. 
bius had-ordered (it) and sent me hither about this. 
Δ’ ᾿Αρίσταρχος πάλιν ἔλεξεν: "᾿Αναξίθιος μὲν 
But Aristarchus . again said: Anaxibius indeed 
τοίνυν OLxXETL ναύαρχος, ἐγὼ δὲ ἃἁρμοστῆς 
therefore no-longer (is) admiral, indeed (am) governor 
τῇδε" δὲ εἰ λήψομαι τινα ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, 
here; and if I-shall-take any of-you on_ the sea, 
χαταδύσω. Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ ᾧχετο εἰς τὸ 


L-will-sink (you). Saying these (things) he-departed within the 


τεῖχος. A στῇ ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς 
walls. But on-the next-day he-sent-for the 


OTPAT: ηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τοῦ στρατεύματος. 
generals and captains of-the army. 


Δὲ ὄντων ἤδη πρὸς τᾷ τείχει, τις ἐξαγγέλλει 
But being already before the walls, some-one informs 


Ξενοφῶντι, ὅτι, εἰ εἴςεισι συλληφϑήσεται. xai ἢ 
Xenophon, that, if he-entered he-would-be-apprehended, and either 


ς ~ 
πείσεται σι αὑτοῦ, ἢ καὶ παραδοθήσεται 
would-suffer something there, or even be-delivered-up 


. ε \ 
Φαρναθάζῳ. Ὁ δὲ ἀχούσας ταῦτα, 
_to-Pharnabazus. --- (Xenophon) however hearing these ‘(things), 
μὲν προπέμπεται τοὺς, δὲ αὐτὸς εἶπεν, ὅτι 
indeed sent-on-before the (rest), but himself said, that 


βούλοιτο θῦσαι τι. Καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐθύετο, - 


he-wished to-sacrifice (about) something. And going-away he-sacrificed, 


εἰ οἵ θεοὶ παρεῖεν αὐτῷ πειρᾶσθαι ἄγειν τὸ 


if the’ gods permitted him to-attempt to-lead the 
Ὡστράτευμα πρὸς Levsav. Tap ἑώρα οὔτε ὃν 
army . to Seuthes. For he-saw (it) neither being 
ἀσφαλὲς διαθαίνειν τοῦ κωλύσοντος 


safe to-cross-over (into Asia), — (he) hinderfng -vhem) 
41 - 


482 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἔχοντος τριήρεις, οὔτ᾽ ἐδούλετο EASGY ἐπὶ Xep- 


having galleys, nor did-he-wish having-gone to (the) Cher- 
ῥόνησον κατακχλεισϑῆναι, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα 
sonesus to-be-shut-up (there), and the army 


γενέσθαι ἐν πολλῇ σπάνει πάντων, ἔνϑα μὲν 
to-be in great want of-every-thing, where indeed 


3 ’ὔ ἂν “- > & 
ἀνάγκη πείϑεσθαι TH ἁρμοστῃ Exel, 


(there would be a) necessity to-obey the governor there, 
δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔμελλεν ἕξειν οὐδὲν τῶν 
and the army would-hereafter have nothing of — 
ἐπιτηδείων. 
provisions. 

Kai 6 μὲν εἶχεν ἀμφὶ ταῦττ᾽" 


| And — (he)indeed had (himself) about these (things); 


: ot στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
[while he was thus engaged ;] the generals indeed and captains 


ἥχοντες παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἀπήγγελλον, 
coming (back) from -- Aristarchus announced, 


σ ᾿ ,. ~ ~ κι > f ‘ 
ὅτι μὲν xerever opts viv μὲν ἀπιέναι, δὲ 
that *he indeed ‘requests them now indeed to-go-away, but 
ἥχειν τῆς δείλης" ἔνϑα χαὶ ἡ ἐπιθουλή 
to-come (in) the evening; whereby even — (his) design-against (them) 
ἐδόκει μᾶλλον δήλη. Ody 6 Ξενοφῶν ἑπεὶ ἐδόχει 
appeared more manifest. Therefore— Xenophon when it-seemed 
τὰ ἱερὰ εἶναι καλὰ αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ στράτεύματι, 
(that) the victims were favourable fur-him and the * army, 
ἰέναι ἀσφαλῶς πρὸς Σεύϑην, παραλαθὼν ἸΠολυ- 
to-go safely to Seuthes, taking Poly. 
κράτην tov ᾿Αϑηναῖον, λοχαγόν, καὶ παρὰ τῶν 
crates the Athenian, (a) captain, and from the 
στρατηγῶν (πλὴν παρὰ Néwvos) ἄνδρα ἑχάστου. 
generals (except from Neon) (a) man of-each, 


- σ 5. 34 ¥ ὡ Se 
ῷ ἕχαστος ἐπίστευεν, WMYETO τῆς νυχτὸς 


in-whom each-one confided, he-departed (in) the “ nigh! 


ee \ ᾽ὔ ’ ¢ 7 , 
ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα LevSov ἑξήχοντα στάδια. 
to the army — of-Seuthes (distant) ~ sixty Stadia, 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER II. 483 
A’ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς αὐτοῦ, ἐπιτυγχάνει nupols 
But when  he-was near it, he-falls-in with-watch-fires 


ἐρήμοις. . Καὶ μὲν to πρῶτον ᾧετο 
destitute (οὗ sentinels) And indeed at-the first he-thought (tha*} 


τὸν Σεύϑην μεταχεχωρηχένα mow’ ἐπεὶ δ᾽ 


ἐπ Seuthes had-gone-off somewhere; when indeed 
NOXETO TE Gopibov, xai, τῶν περὶ Levsyr 
he-heard not-only (a) noise, but-also, — (those) about Seuthes 


σημαινόντων ἄλληλοις, χατέμαϑεν ὅτι τὰ πυρὰ 
‘making-signals to-one-another, _ he-understood that the fires 
χεχαυμένα, εἴη τῷ Σεύϑῃ πρὸ τῶν νυχτοφυλάχων 
had-been-kindled by— Seuthes before the night-watches 
évexa τούτου, ὅπως οἱ PiAaxes un ὁρῷντο, 
by-reason of-this, that the sentinels ‘might not *be-seen, 
ὄντες ἐν TH σχότει, μήτε ὁπόσοι μήτε ὅπου εἶεν, 
being in the dark, neither how-many nor where they-might-be, 
» 
δὲ οἵ προςιόντες μὴ δλανϑάνοιεν, ἁλλὰ 
but --- (those) approaching ‘might not *be.concealed, but 
~ \ ~ ‘ x 

εἶεν καταφανεῖς διὰ τὸ φῶς. "Enel δὲ ἤσϑετο, 
might-be conspicuous in the light. When indeed he-perceived 

σπροπέμσιει τὸν ἑρμηνέα ὃν ἐτυγχανεν ἔχων, 
(this), he-sends the interpreter whom he-happened having 


χαὶ κελεύει εἰπεῖν DevSy, OT Ξενοφῶν 
(with him), and requests (him) to-tell Seuthes, that Xenophon 


/ 4 a 3 ane \ ε 
πάρεστι βουλόμενος συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ. Aé οἱ 
is-present desiring to-have-an-interview with-him. But — 
ἤροντο, — el 6 ᾿Αϑηναῖος, 6 ἀπὸ τοῦ 
they-inquired, if (it was) the Athenian, ~— the (one) from the 


a ἢ z 
στρατεύματος. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφη εἶναι οὗτος. 
army. When indeed he-said (that) it-was he-himself, 
3 , 5.7 νὰ \ In 7 ᾿ 
ἀναπηδήσαντες ἐδίωχον. χαὶ ὀλίγον 
jumping-on ~ (their horses) they-departed; and (a) little 
ὕστερον πελτασταὶ ὅσον διακόσιοι παρῆσαν, καὶ 
after targeteers as-many-as two-hundred were-present, and 
παραλαδόντες Ἐξενοφῶντα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ 
having-received Xenophon and — (those) with him 


484 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἦγον πρὸς Σεύϑην. Ὁ δ᾽ ἦν ἐν 
they-conducted (them) to Seuthes. — (Seuthes) indced was in 

τύρσει μάλα φυλαττόμενος, καὶ ἵπστοι ἐγχεχαλι- 
(a) tower well guarded, and horses having-been- 
ψωμέγοι περὶ αὐτὴν κύχλῳ᾽ γὰρ διὰ τὸν 


already-bridled (stood) round it ‘in(a) ‘circle; for through -- 
φόδον μὲν ἐχίλου τοὺς ἵππους τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας, 
fear ‘he indeed *fed the horses during-indeed-the days, 


δὲ τὰς νύχτας ἐφυλάττετο, ἐγχεχαλινωμένων. 
but during-the nights he-kept-guard, they-being-bridled, 
Tap καὶ ἐλέγετο πρόσϑεν Τήρης, ὁ πρόγονος 
For indeed it-was-said (that) formerly Teres, the ancestor 
τούτου, éyav πολὺ στράτευμα ἐν τῇ 
of-this (Seuthes), haying (a) numerous army in — 
ταύτῃ χώρᾳ, παλλοὺς ἀπολέσαι ὑπὸ 
this (same) country, ‘had , many (men) ‘destroyed by 
~ 7 ~ 3 ~ εἰ 9 ~ 
tov τοὐτῶν ἀνδρῶν, χαὶ ἀφαιρεθῆναι 
-- these men (of this country), and had-been-deprived-of 
τὰ σκευοφόρα" δ᾽ οὗτοι ἦσαν Θυνοί, 
-- (his) baggage; and these were (the) Thynians, 
λεγόμενοι εἶναι πολεμιχώτατοι πάντων, μάλιστα 
said ἢ to-be (the) most-warlike of-all, especially 


\ 
VUXTOS. 
by-night. ° 
> <2 “ 

Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς, ἐχέλευσε Eevo- 

When indeed they-were near, (Seuthes) requested Xeno- 
φῶντα εἰςελϑεῖν ἔχοντα δύο ᾿οὗς βούλοιτο. 
phon to-enter having two (with him) whom he-might-wish, 
᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν ἔνδον, πρώτον μὲν ἠσπάζοντο 
When ἰἱπάορα they-were within, ‘they ‘first indeed ‘embraced 
ἀλλήλους, χαὶ κατὰ τὸν Θράχιον νόμον προῦπι- 
Kua τ and according-to the Thracian custom they-drank- 

4 ¥ 2 \ ‘ 7 

γον κέρατα οἴνου: (δὲ xai Μηδοσάδης 
to-one-another (in) horns of-wine; (and also Medosades 

~ - 4 σ > [4 ~ ἣν - 
παρῆν τῷ Levdy, ὅςπερ ἐπρέσθευιε τῷ αὐτῷ 
was-present with — Seuthes, who was-the-ambassador for— _ hin: 


= 
BOOK VII. — CHAPTER II. 485 


πάτοσε). “Eneta δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν" 
to-all-places;. Afterwards indeed Xenophon began to-speak ; 
Ὦ YevSn, ἔπεμψας πρὸς ἕμὲ, εἰς Καλχηδόνα, 
‘You, O Seuthes, ᾿μβανίπρ- ϑοὸ to me, at Calchedon, 
πρῶτον ΝΙηδοσάδην vovtori, δεόμενος 
(the) first (time) Medosades this-same-one (here), entreating 
μου συμπροϑθυμηϑῆναι τὸ στράτευμα 
me to-co-operate-with (you) (that) the army (might) 
~ 3 ‘ 3 lA ἄν Ὁ , , 
διαθῆναι EX TNS ᾿Ασίας, κοι πυπισχνουμενος μοι, 
be-crossed-over from — Asia, and promising me, 
εἰ πράξαιμι ταῦτα; ποιήσειν 
if I-should-effect these (things), (that) you-would-do (something) 
εὖ, ὡς Νηδοσάδης οὗτοσι ἔφη. 
good (for me), as Medosdes the-same (here present) said, 
Εἰπὼν ταῦτα, ἐπήρετο τὸν Μηδοσάδην εἰ 
Saying these (things), he-inquired-of — Medosades if 
ταῦτ᾽ εἴη ἀληϑῆ. ‘O δ᾽ ἔφη. 
these (things) were true. — *He indeed ‘said (that they were). 
Οὗτος Μηδοσάδης αὖϑις ἦλθε ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ διέθην 


This Medosades again came(tome) when I _  went-over 


πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα éx ἸΠαρίου, ὑπισχνούμενος, 


back to the army from Parium, promising, 
εἰ ἄγοίμι tO στράτευμα πρός σέ, τἄλλα 
if, I-should-lead the army to you, in-other-respects 


σέ χρήσεσϑαι μοι φίλῳ καὶ 

you-'would not-only *treat me ‘as (a) ‘friend but-also (a) 
ἀδελφῷ, καὶ TH χωρία παρὰ τὰ θαλάττη, 
brother, and (that) the . places along the sea, 
ὧν σὺ χρατεῖς, ἔσεσϑαι παρὰ σοῦ μοι. 
of-which you are-master, would-be (a present) from you to-me. 
Ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν ἐπήρετο τὸν “Νηδοσάδην, 
About these (things) ‘he again ‘inquired-of — Medosades, 
εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. .᾿Ὁ δὲ συνέφη 

if he-said these (things). — ‘Heindeed agreed (that he said) 
χαὶ ταῦτα. Ἴϑι νῦν, ἔφη, ἀφήγησαι 
even these (things). Go-on now, said (Xenophon) to-relate 

415 


486 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τούτῳ τί ἀπεχρινάμην πρῶτον ἐν Καλ χηδόνι. 
to-this (Seuthes) what J-answered first in Calchedon, 
5 , σ ‘ 2 ͵ 9 , 
᾿Απεχρίνω ὅτι τὸ στράτευμα διαθήσοιτο εἰς Βυζάν- 
You-answered that the army would-cross-over to Byzan- 
τιον, χαὶ ἕνεχα τούτου δέοι οὔτε σοὶ 
tium, and on-account-of this there-would-be-need neither for-you 
οὔτε ἄλλῳ τελεῖν. αὐτὸς δὲ ἔφησθα ἐπεὶ 
or for-another  to-pay; yourself indeed said (that) when 
, 2 [4 ᾿" 
διαθαίης, ἀπιέναι" χαὶ 


you-had-crossed-over, (that) you-would-depart (from the army); and 
οὕτως ἐγένετο ὥςπερ σὺ ἔλεγες. Ti ya ἔλεγον, 
thus it-happened as you have-said. What — (then) did-I-say, 
ἔφη, ὅτε ἀφίχου xata Σηλυδρίαν; ἜἜφησϑα 
said-he, when you-came ἰὸ Selybria ? You-said (that) 
τ 
εἶναι οὐχ οἷόν τε, ἀλλ᾽ éASOrvtas εἰς 
it-was ποῦ possible, but (that) (the army) having-gone to 
Πέρινθον διαθαίνειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. Νῦν 
Perinteus (was) to-cross-over into — Asia. Now 
τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, καὶ ἐγὼ καὶ οὗτος Φρυ- 
ἐμογοῖοσο, said — Xenophon, and I and-also this Phry- 
~ ~ ‘ x 
vioxos, εἷς τῶν στρατηγῶν, καὶ οὗτος ἸΤολυχράτες, 
niscus, one of-the generals, and this Polycrates, 
εἷς τῶν λοχαγῶν, καὶ ἔξω εἰσὶν πιστότατος 
one of-the captains, and without are (the) most-confidential (friends) 
ἀπὸ éxdotT® τῶν στρατηγῶν, πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ 
from each of-the generals, except Neon the 


Aaxovixod. Ei οὖν βούλει τὴν πρᾶξιν εἶναι 
Lacedemonian, If therefore you-wish the business to-be 


πιστοτέραν, καὶ χκάλεσαι ἐκείνους. Δὲ σὺ, 

more-trustworthy, even call them “ (in. And ‘do you, 
4 

ὦ Πολύχρατες, ἐλθὼν, εἶπέ ὅτι ἐγὼ κελεύω 

0 Polycrates, going, tell (them) that I request (them) 

χαταλιπεῖν τὰ ὅπλα" χαὶ αὐτὸς χαταλισὼν 

to-leave-behind — (their) arms; and you-yourself, leaving-behind 


come-in. 


éxel τὴν μάχαιραν εἴςιϑι. 
ἐ 


there — (your) swo i 


a» 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER Ii. 487 


Ὁ Σεύϑης ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν, ὅτι ἄπι- 
--- Seuthes hearing these (things) said, that he. 
στήσειεν οὐδενὶ ᾿Αϑηναίων" γὰρ καὶ ὅτι 
would-distrust no-one ‘of (the) ‘Athenians; for truly-indeed that (he) 
207 > ~ \ »¥ / 
εἰδέναι εἶεν OVYVEVELS, XAL EDN νομίζειν 
knew  they-were relatives, and said (that) he-considered (them as) 
εὔνους φίλους. Δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ εἰς- 
kind friends. But after these (things) when (those) en- 
HAsov ods ἔδει, Ἐενοφῶν πρῶτον μὲν ἐπήρετο 


tered whom he-wanted, Xenophon first indeed inquired-of 


Σεύϑην ὅτι δέοιτο. χρῆσθαι τῇ στρατιᾷ. 


Seuthes in-what he-might-require to-use the army. 


Ὅ δὲ εἶπεν ὧδε" Μαισάδες ἦν πατήρ μοι, 

— (Seuthes) indeed spoke thus: Mesades was father  to-me, 
\ > / εν > j 

δὲ éxeivov ἦν ἀ 

Ιαπὰ of-hig. was (the) government [and under his government were] 


Μελανδῖται, καὶ Ovvoi, καὶ Τρανίψαι. "Ἐπεὶ 


(the) Melandite, and Thynians, and Tranipsians. When 


τὰ πράγματα.Ό ‘Odpvody ἐνόσησεν, ὃ natn 
the affairs ‘of (the) ‘Odrysze had-declined, —(my) father 


ἐχπεσὼν οὖν ἐχ τῆς ταύτης χώρας, αὐτὸς μὲν 


being-driven therefore from ---  these-same countries, he _ indeed 
ἀποϑνήσχει νόσῳ" δ᾽ ἐγὼ ὀρφανὸς ἐξετράφην 
died ‘of (a) disease; and I (an) orphan’ was-brought-up 
mapa Νηδόχῳ τῷ viv Baoret. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐγενόμην 
under Medocus the present’ king. When indeed I-had-become 
, > / 3 ~ ; 3 5 
veavioxos, ἐδυνάμην οὐ ζῆν ἀποδ'λέπων εἰς 

(a) young-man, I-could not live looking-for (support) to 
ἀλλοτρίαν τράπεζαν" καὶ ἐχοϑεζόμην ἐνδίφριος 
another’s table ; and I-sat _on-the-same-seat 


αὐτῷ ἵχετης, δοῦναί μοι ὁπόσους ἄνδρας 
with-him (a) suppliant, to-give me as-'many men ‘ag 


εἴη δυνατὸς, ὅπως ποιοίην χαχὸν, εἴ τι 
he-might-be able, in-order-that I-might-do evil, if any 


~ ἣ 1 ’ 
δυναίμην, καὶ τοὺ ἐχθαλόντας ἡμᾶς, καὶ ζῴην, 
I-could, even on — (those) expelling us, and might-live 


488 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μὴ ἀποδλέπων εἰς τὴν τράπεζαν ἐχείνου ὥςπερ 
not looking at the table of-him like 
4 5 , , ‘ » ᾽ 
χυῶν. Ex tovtov δίδωσι μοι TOUS ἄνδρας και 
(4) dog. On this he-gave me _ the men and 
τοὺς ἵππους, οὗς ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε ἐπειδὰν γένηται 
the cavalry, which you will-see after it- becomes, 
ς [4 τὸ ‘ ~ ~ » 
ἡμέρα. Καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν ζῶ, ἔχων τούτους, 
day. And I now live, having these (under my command) 
ληϊζόμενος τὴν πατρῴαν χώραν ἐμαυτοῦ. 
(by) depredating-on the paternal country of-myself. 
Εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς παραγένοισϑε μοι, oiuce ἂν 
If indeed you join me, I-think (that I) may 
σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαθεὶν 
with (the assistance of) the gods easily recover 
thy ἀρχήν. Ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν ἃ ἐγὼ δέομαι 
the government. These are (the things) which F want 
ὑμῶν. 
of-you. 
Ti οὖν ἂν δύναιο, ἔφη ὃ Ξενοφῶν, a 
What therefore might you-be-able, said -- Xenophon, if 
ἔλθοιμεν, διδόναι. te τῇ στρατιᾷ καὶ τοῖς 
we-come, to-give not-only to-the army but-also to-the 
λοχαγοῖς καὶ τοῖς OTpaTHYyoIs; λέξον, ἵνα οὗτοι 
captains and the generals ? tell-us, in-order-that these 
ς ᾿ - 
ἀπαγγέλλωσι. Δ᾽ 6 ὑπέσχετο μὲν τῷ 
(persons) ᾿ may-announce (it), And — _  he-promised indeed to-the 
στρατιώτῃ Κυζιχηνόν, δὲ τῷ λοχαγῷ διμοιρίαν, 
soldier (a) Cyzicene, and to-the captain twice-as-much, 
‘ ~ , ~ 
δὲ τῷ στρατηγῷ τετραμοιρίαν, καὶ γῆν, ὁπόσην 
and to-the general four-times-as-much, and land, as-much-as 
ἂν βούλωνται, καὶ ζεύγη, καὶ χωρίον 
‘they might ‘desire, and yokes (of oxen), and (a) place 
ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ τετειχισμένον. ᾿Ἐὰν δὲ, ἔφη ὁ 
near (the) sea having-been-fortified. If indeed, said -- 
Ξενοφῶν, πειρώμενοι ταῦτα μὴ δια- 
Xenophon, attempting these (things) we-‘should not ‘suc- 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER ITI. 489 


See 
πράξωμεν, ἀλλὰ n τις φόδος ἀπὸ Λαχε- 
need, but (that) there-may-be some fear about (the) Lace- 
ὃ la 35 / 3 re \ [4 
δαιμονίων, ἐάν τις βούληται ἀπιέναι παρὰ σέ, 
dJemonians, if any (ofus) may-wish to-depart to you, 
δέξζη εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ; ‘O δ᾽ 
would-you-reeeive (them) into — (your) country? — *He indeed 


εἶπε, Καὶ γε ποιήσομαι ἀδελφούς, καὶ 


said, Even ‘I at-least ‘will-make (them) _ brothers, and 
5 , \ ‘ ΕΣ A - ” 
ἐνδιφρίους, καὶ κοινώνους ἁπάντων, ὧν ἂν 
table-companions, and sharers of-all, which *we may 
durduesa κτᾶσθαι. Δὲ ool, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, δώσω 
*be-able to-acquire. And to-you, 0 Xenophon, I-will-give 
καὶ θυγατέρα, καὶ εἰ ἔστι τις θυγάτηρ σοὶ 
even. (my) daughter, and if there-is any daughter to-you 
ὠνήσομαι Θρᾳκίῳ ψόμῳ᾽ xal δώσω 
I-will-buy (her according) ‘to (the) ‘Thracian eustom; and I-will-give 

Βισάνϑην οἴχησιν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ guol κάλλιστον 
(you) Bisanthe (88 ἃ) residence, which is ἰο-τὴ0 the-most-beautiful 





χωρίον τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάστγῃ. 
place of — (those) on (the) sea. 
" CHAPTER III. 
᾿Αχούσαντες ταῦτα, χαὶ δόντες καὶ λαθόντες 
Hearing these (things), and giving and taking 
δεξιὰς ἀπήλαυνον" καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο 


right-hands they-rode-off; and before day (break) they-got 


ἐπὶ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ ἕσαστοι ἀπήγγειλαν 
to ' the camp, and each ‘ reportea 
TOIS πέμψασι.  Aé ἐπεὶ ἐγένετο ἡμέ 

to — (those) having-sent (them), And when _it-was day (iight) 
ὁ ᾿Αρίσταρχος μὲν πάλιν ἐχάλει τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
--  Aristarchus indeed again called-for the generals 


. ‘ 


490 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ι , ᾽ ¥ ~ 5. ' ‘ 
καὶ λοχαγούς" δ᾽ ἔδοξε Tog ἐᾶσαι μὲν τὴν 
and captains; but it-seemed (best) to— (them) to-omit indeed the 
ed. ᾿ 5 , ‘ 4 ‘ 
ὁδὸν πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον, δὲ συγχαλέσαι τὸ 
road to Aristarchus, and to-call-together the 
στράτευμα. Kai πάντες συνῆλθον, πλὴν ot 
army. And all assembled, except the (soldiers) 
Néwvos* οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον ὡς δέχα στάδια. 
of-Neon; - these indeed were-distant about ten stadia. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, Ἐενοφῶν ἀναστὰς εἶπε 
When indeed they-had-assembled; Xenophon rising-up spoke 


τάδε" *Avdpes, ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἔχων τριήρεις κωλύει 


thus: Men, Aristarchus having galleys prevents (us) 


διαπλεῖν ἔνϑα μὲν βουλόμεθα" ὥςτε οὐχ 


to-sail (there) where indeed we-wish ; so-that (it is) not 
3 ‘ 3 “ 3 ~ ‘ . , - ς 3 ‘ 

ἀσφαλὲς éubaive εἰς πλοῖα" δὲ οὗτος ὁ αὐτὸς 
safe to-embark on vessels; but this — (same) — 


7 7 vs , - ες - ¥» 
χελεύει πορεύεσθαι βίᾳ διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους 
(man) orders (us) to-proceed by-force over the sacred mountain 
εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον" ἢν δὲ, χρατήσαντες τούτου 
into (the) Chersonesus ; if indeed, having-overcome this 
ἔλϑωμεν Exeloe, ῴησιν οὔτε πωλήσειν 
we-should-arrive there, he-says (that) he-‘would neither *sell 
ea 
ὑμᾶς ἔτι ὥςπερ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ, οὔτε ἔτι 
you hereafter as (hedid) at Byzantium, nor hereafter 
Ἐν iw , ΄ 
ἐξαπατήσεσϑαι ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσθαι μισϑόν, 
deceive you, but (that you) shall-receive pay, 
οὔτε. ἔτι περιόψεσθαι, ὥςπερ νυνί 
(nor) (and) hereafter he-will--take-care, that-as now you-'will (not) 
δεομένος τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. Οὗτος τ μὲν 
*be-wanting -- provisions. This (Aristarchus) indeed 
, ~ 
λέγει ταῦτα. Δὲ Σεύϑης φησιν, ἂν ἴητε 
says these (things). But  Seuthes says, if you-go 
ἐχεῖνον, σιοιήσειν ὑμᾶς εὖ. 
tc him, | (that) he-will-make you _ well [that he will bene- 
Νῦν οὖν oxélacSe, πότερον μένοντες 
fit you} Now therefore consider, whether - remaining 


, . 


BOOK Vil. — CHAPTER III. 491 


evade βουλεύσεσθε τοῦτο, ἢ ἐπανελϑόντες 
here you-will-deliberate (about) this, or (after) having-gone-back 
- 5» \ 3 , nhs ‘ ~> » ‘ > ι 
εἰς τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Οὖν μὲν doxet ἔμοὶ ἔπει 
for provision. Therefore indeed it-seems to-me (that) since 
ἐνθάδε ἔχομεν οὔτε ἀργύριον, ὥςτε ἀγοράζειν, 
here we-have neither money, that (we may) oe pe te 
οὔτε ἄνευ ἀργυρίου ἐῶσι Aaubave τὰ 
nor, without money, will-they-ullow (us) to-take -- 
ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπανελθόντες εἰς τὰς χώμας, ὅϑεν οἱ 
provisions, haying-returned to the villages, where the 
s4 3 ὦ ; 

ἶ ἥττους ἐῶσι λαμθάνειν, 
(inhabitants being) weaker (than we) will-permit (us) to-take 
éxel, ἔχοντας TH ἐπιτήδεια, ἀκούοντας 
(provisions), there, having — provisions, (and) hearing 
: 2 ee ee os 

ὅ τι τις δεῖται ὑμῶν, αἱρεῖσθαι ὅ τι ἂν δοχῇ 
what any-one asks of-you, to-choose what may seem 


εἶναι χράτιστον ὑμῖν. Καὶ ἔφη ὅτῳ ταῦτα 
to-be the-best to-you. And he-said to-whomsoever these 


δοκεῖ ἰράτω τὴ: χεῖρα. “Απαντες 
(things) seem (good) ‘let (him) ‘hold-up “-- (his) hand. 
ἀνέτειναν. ᾿Απιόντες τοίνυν, ἔφη, συσκευ- 
extended (them) upwards. Going-away therefore, said-he, pack 


: άζεσϑε, ἡ καὶ ἐπειδὰν τις παραγγέλλῃ, 
*up (your) ‘baggage, and when any-one may-announce (it), 
ἔπεσϑε TO ἡγουμένῳ. 

follow — (your) leader. 


Meta ταῦτα Ξενωφῶν μὲν ἡγεῖτο, δ᾽ 
After these (things) Xenophon indeed  led-on, and 


οἱ εἴποντο. Δὲ Νέων xai ἄλλοι παρ᾽ 

the (soldiers) followed. And Neon and others about 

᾿Αριστάρχου ἔπεϑον ἀποτρέπεσθαι" δ᾽ οἵ 
persuaded (them) to-turn-back ; but — (they) 


οὐχ ὕπήχουον. "Ἐπεὶ δὲ προεληλύϑεσαν 
‘would not ‘mind (them). Whenindeed  they-had-advanced 


door τριάκοντα σταδίους, Σεύϑης ἀπαντᾷ. 
as-much-ag thirty stadia, Seuthes meets (them) 


492 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Καὶ ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἰδὼν αὐτόν ἐκέλευσε προςςλάσαι 
And — Xenophon seeing him requested (him) vo-ride-up, 


ὅπως ὅτι εἴποι αὐτῷ σιλείστων 

80 that he-might-speak to-him (while) the-greatest-number (were) 
3 , a 5Q7 / 
ἀχουόντων ἃ ἐδόχει συμφέρειν. 
listening, (about) what might-seem to-be-"for (their) ‘advantage. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ προςῆλθε, Ἐενοφῶν cine’ Ἡμεῖς πορευ- 


When indeed he-came-forward, Xenophon said: We are-pro- 


όμεϑα, ὅπου τὸ στράτευμα μέλλει ἕξειν τροφήν" 
ceeding, where the army will-be-about to-have food ; 
δ᾽ ἐχεὶ ἀχούοντες καὶ σοῦ χαὶ τοῦ 

and where hearing both (the propositions) of-you and — (those) 


τῶν Aaxovixod, αἱρησόμεϑα ἃ ἂν δοκῇ εἶναι 


of-the Lacedzmonians, we-shall-determine what may seem to-be 
, n Ξ δι. “ ee" σ΄ 

κράτιστα. Ἣν οὖν ἡγήσῃ ἁμῖν, ὅπου 
ἐπο-θοβί. If therefore you-should-conduct us, where 
ἐπιτήδεια ἐστιν πλεῖστά, γνομιοῦμεν 

provisions are most (abundant), we-shall-consider (ourselves) 

ς ase 

ξενίζεσθαι ὑπὸ σοῦ. Καὶ ὁ Σεύϑης ἔφη" 
to-be-hospitably-entertained by you. And — Sexthes said: 
᾿Αλλὰ οἷδα πολλὰς xduas ἀϑρόας, καὶ 
Βαϊ Lknow (of) many villages (being) close-together, and 
ἐχούσας πάντα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἀπεχούσας 
having all (kinds of) — provisions, being-distant 
ἡμῶν ὅσον διελθόντες ἄν ἀριστῴητε 
from-us as-much-as having-gone-over (to them) ‘you may * ‘dine 
ἡδέως. “Hyod τοίνυν, ἔφη 6 Ἐινοφῶν. Ἐπεὶ 
pleasantly. Conduct(us) therefore, said --- Xendphon. When 
δ᾽ ἀφίχοντο eis αὐτὰς τῆς δείλης, ot στρα- 
indeed they-arrived to them towards-the evening, the sol- 
. τιῶται συνῆλθον, καὶ Levdys εἶπε τοιάδε" "Ἐγὼ. 
jiers assembled, and Seuthes spoke thus: 1. 


ὦ ἄνδρες, δέομαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι σὺν ἐμοι. 
0 men, want you to-serve-as-soldiers with me, 
καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμὶν δώσειν Tois στρατιώταις 

and I-promise you to-give to-the soldiers (a) 


BOOK VII. —CHAPTER III. 493 


χυζικηνόν, δὲ χαὶ λοχαγοῖς στρα- 
eyzicene (each month), and also ‘to (the) ‘captains (and) gene- 
Tnyols τὰ ψομιζόμενα" ἔξω δὲ τούτων 
rals — (that) being-right-and-customary ; besides indeed these 
σιμήσω τὸν aEwv. “Kkete σῖτα καὶ dé 
(things) I-will-honour the deserving, You-shall-have meat and also 
ποτά ὥςπερ xal viv, λαμθάνοντες ἐχ τῆς 
lrink as even now, taking (them) from the 
χώρας. Δ᾽ ὁπόσα ἂν αἀλίσχηται, αὐτὸς 
country. But whatever (spoils) may be-taken, I-myself 
᾿ἀξιώσω ἔχεν ἵνα διατιϑέμενος ταῦτα 
shall-claim to-have (it) in-order-that having-disposed-of “these (things) 
’ ‘ ‘ | eae \ ‘ \ 
πορίζω τὸν μισθὸν ὑμῖν. Kai τὰ μὲν 
Ἷ (τὰ) ‘provide -- pay ἴογτ-γοῦ. And -ο“- ([ῃο50) indeed 
Ἵ , ν 3 lA ε ~ > , ¢ ‘ 
φευγοντα και ἀποδιδράσχοντα NUELS ἐσόμεϑα, tXQAVOL 
fleeing . and eoncealing-themselves we will-be able 
διώχειν χαὶ μαστεῦειν. “Av δέ τις ἀνϑιστῆται, 
to-pursue and to-seek-out. If indeed any-one resists, 
σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεϑα χειροῦσθαι. Ὃ Ξενοφῶν 
with you we-shall-endeavour to-overcome (him). —- Xenophon 
ἐπήρετο" ἸΠόσον δὲ ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἀξιώσεις 
inquired : How (far) indeed from (the) sea will-you-require 
TO στράτευμα συνέπεσϑαι σοι; ὃ δ᾽ ἁπεχρίνατο, 
the army to-accompany you? —‘he indeed ‘replied, 
Se ~ $2 ‘ ~ 
Οὐδαμῇ πλεῖον ἑπτὰ ἥμερων, δὲ πολλαχῇ 
Never more (than) seven days’ (march), but often 
μεῖον. 
less. 
Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο τῷ βου- 
After these (things) (permission) was-given to — (those) wish- 
λομένῳ λέγειν" καὶ πολλοὶ ἔλεγον κατὰ 
ing (it) to-speak; and many spoke respecting (and con- 
ο΄ φαϊτά, ὅτι Σεύϑης λέγοι παντὸς 
curring in) these (things), that Seuthes spoke (words) all 
ἄξια" γὰρ EN χειμὼν, 
worthy-of-esteem (and advantageous to them); . for it-was winter, 
4 : 


494 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


χαὶ οὔτε εἴη δυνατὸν τῷ βουλομένῳ τοῦτο 
and neither was-it possible for— (those) desiring this 
ἀποπλεῖν oixade, τε εἴη οὐχ οἷόν Te διαγενέϑαι 
to-sail-away home, and it-was not possible to-stay 
ἐν φιλίᾳ, εἶ δέοι ζῆν ὡνουμέγους, 
<in (a) friendly (country), if it-might-be-necessary to-live buying 


δὲ ᾿ἀσφαλέστερον διατρίδειν 
(their provisions), but (it would be) safest to-remain 


καὶ τρέφεσϑαι ἐν TH πολεμίᾳ μετὰ Σεύϑου, 
and to- Jaane in —(a) hostile (country) with Seuthes, 
Ἃ 


3 ~ > 1 
ἢ μόνους, ὄντων τοσούτων ἀγαϑῶν᾽ εἶ δὲ 
than alone, ~ there-being so-many advantages; if moreover 
mposamlowto  μισϑὸν ἐδόχει εἶναι 
they-should-receive in-addition pay it-would-seem to-be (an unexpected) 
εὕρημα. “Eni τούτοις Ξενοφῶν εἶπε" 
good-fortune, | On these (things) Xenoppon said: [Xeno- 
Ei τις ἀντιλέγει, 
phon then said:] If any-one (have anything) to-say-against (this), ‘let 
λεγέτω" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐπιψηφιζέτω ταῦτα. 
(him) ‘speak: if however not, ‘let (him) *vote-for these 


᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, 
(things). | When indeed no-one ‘said (anything) ‘against, 


᾿ς ἐπεψήφισε, xai ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 
he-*put (it) to-vote, | and it-seemed (that) these (things were good) 
Aé εὐϑὺς εἶπε ταῦτα 
[and it was carried]. And(Xenophon) immediately told ἔδμθβθ (things) 


Σεύϑῃ, ὅτι συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ. 
to-Seuthes, (and) that they-would-fight-and-join with- him (in the expedition). 


Meta todto of ἄλλοι μὲν ἐσχήνησαν 
After this the other (soldiers) indeed encamped 
χατὰ «άξεις. Σεύϑης ἔχων 


according-to (their) ranks-and-divisions, Seuthes (having) (being in) 


πλησίον xdunv, ἐχάλεσε στρατηγοὺς δὲ καὶ 
(8) πθὰγ village, invited (the) generals and-also 


λοχαγοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον. A’ ἐπεὶ ἦσαν ἐπὶ 
(the) captains to supper. _ And when they-were at (the) 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 495 


θύραις, ὡς παριόντες ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἦν τις Hoa- 


doors, as going to supper, there-was a-certain Hera- 
z 

κλείδης Μαρωνείτης" οὗτος προςιὼν ἑχάστῳ 

clides (a) Maronean; this (person) going-to each 


ἑνὶ, οὕςτινας ᾧετο ἔχεν te δοῦναι Σεύϑῃ, 
one, whom  he-thought to-have any-thing to-give to-Seuthes, 


πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς τινας Παριανούς, ot παρῆσαν 
ἄτγϑβι indeed to some Parians, — (who) were-present 


διαπραξόμενοι φιλίαν πρὸς Mydoxov, τὸν βασιλέα 
about-to-obtain friendship with Medocus, the king 
᾿Οδρυσῶν, xai ἄγοντες δῶρα αὐτῷ τε καὶ 

‘of (the) *Odrysia, and bringing presents  to-him und-also 


τῇ γυναιχί, ἔλεγεν, ὅτι Μήδοχος μὲν εἴη ἄνω 

to— (his) wife, he-said, that Medocus indeed was up 
δώδεχα ἡμερῶν oddv ἀπὸ θαλάττης, 

(in the country) twelve days’ journey from (the) — ὠ. sea, 

δὲ Σεύϑης, ἐπεὶ εἴληφε τὸ τοῦτο στράτευμα, 

but Seuthes, since he-has-taken— this army (into his 


ἔσοιτο ἄρχων ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. Ὧν οὖν 
service), would-be master on (the) sea (coast). Being therefore 


‘ ~ c w 
γείτων, ἔσται ἱχανώτατος ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς xai εὖ 


neighbours, he-will-be most-able to-treat you both well 
χαὶ xaxds. Ἢν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, δώσετε τούτῳ 
and ill. If therefore you-are-wise, give to-this 


ὅτι ἂν αἰτῆται, καὶ διαχείσεται 
(Seuthes to obtain) what 'you may © ‘ask-for, and it-will-be-disposed-of 


ἄμεινον ὑμῖν, ἢ ἐὰν δῶτε Myddx@ τῷ οἰχοῦντι 


better for-you, than if you-give (it) to-Medocus — dwelling 
t σ΄ \ yor , > ὃ 
πρόσω. Οὕτως μὲν ἔπειϑε τούτους. Αὖϑις δὲ 
far-off. Thus indeed he-persuaded them, Afterwards indeed 
προςελϑών Τιμασίωνι τῷ Aapdavet, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσεν 
going-to Timasion the ODardanian, since he-had-heard 
εἶναι αὐτῷ χαὶ ἐχπώματα καὶ 

\(that there) were to-him [that he had] both cups ᾿ and 
Bapbapixas tanidas, ἔλεγεν ὅτι νομίζοιτο 


barbaric (or Persian) carpets, he-said _ that it-was-customary 


496 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ες , ~ ‘ 
ὁπότε Σεύϑης xaAréoaito δεῖπνον σοὺς χλη- 
whenever Seuthes invited to-supper (for) — (those) having. 


t + 3s ? z 
Sévtas δωρεῖσθαι atta. Δ᾽ οὗτος 
been-invited to-give (presents) to-him. And this (Seuthes} 
Ἃ , 4 5 7 vo ¢ ‘ 
nV YEVNTAL μέγας ἐνθάδε, ἔσται ἱκανὸς, και 
if he-becomes great here, will-be able, both 
καταγαγεῖν oe oixade, χαὶ ποιῖσαι πλούσιον 
to-have-restored you to-home, and to-make (you) rich 
> / ~ 3 ~ . 
ἐνθάδε. Τοιαῦτα προὐμνᾶτο, σίρος 
here. (In) such (amanner) le-kept-suing (for Seuthes), go. 
Ov EXOT. Δὲ xai mposeASav Hevo- 
ing-to each (of the guests). And also advancing to-Xeno- 
φῶντι ἔλεγε" Σὺ el καὶ μεγίστης πόλεως, 
phon he-said: You are also (froma) very-great city, 
καὶ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα ἐστι μέγιστον παρὰ Σεύϑῃ, 
and = your name is very-great with Scuthes, 
καὶ ἐν τῇδε χώρᾳ ἴσως ἀξιώσεις χαὶ λαμ- 
and ἴῃ this country you-'will perhaps ‘claim even to-re- 
~ ~ ς 
θάνειν στεῖχη, ὥςπερ xai ἄλλοι τῶν ὑμετέρων 
ceive walled-places, as even others of — your 
ἔλαθον,  xal χώραν᾽ οὖν 
(countrymen) have-received, and-likewise land; (10 will) therefore (be) 


ἄξιον σοι τιμῆσαι Σεύϑην καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατα. 


proper for-you to-honour Seuthes even ‘ most-magnificently 
Δὲ παραινῶ σοι ὧν εὔνους" γὰρ εὖ oida, 
And T-advise you being (your) well-wisher; for ‘I well ‘know 
ὅτι ὅσῳ μεῖζω ἂν δωρήσῃ τούτῳ 
that how-much the-greater may (be the presents) you-give him, 
τ, c 

τοσούτῳ μείξω πείσῃ ὑπὸ τούτου 

so-much the-greater you-may-persuade of this (person) 


ayasa. Ἐξενοφῶν ἀχούων ταῦτα , 
(to grant you) benefits. Xenophon - hearing these (things), 
ἠπόρει" γὰρ δὴ duabebyxer ἐκ Tlapiov οὐ ἔχων, 
was-perplexed; for indeed he-had-come-over from Parium ποὺ having 


-?* 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 497 


εἶ un maida καὶ ὅσον 
{any thing), | if not, [except] (a) servant and as-much-as (enough 
ἐφόδιον. 


money) ‘for (the) ‘journey. 
"Eel δὲ εἰςῆλθον ἐπὶ πὸ δεῖπνον 
When indeed they-went-in to the supper (the guests consist- 
Te τῶν Θρᾳχῶν, ot κράτιστοι 
ing 97) ἱπᾶθροα the ‘Thracians, --- (those namely bein the-best 
g 


τῶν παρόντων, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
{and most considerable) οἵ --α (those) present, and the general 


καὶ ob λοχαγοὶ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων, καὶ ei τις πρεσθεία 
and the captains of-the Greeks, and if any ambassador 
~ S44 7 \ - ‘ z 

παρῆν ἀπὸ πόλεως, τὸ δεῖπνον μὲν ἦν 

was-present from(a) town, |the supper indeed was (for them) 
7 , é 

KAINMEVOLS κύχλῳ 

sitting in (a) ‘circle; [they took their supper sitting in a circle ;] 


ἔπειτα δὲ τρίποδες εἰςηνέχϑησαν πᾶσιν" 
afterwards indeed tables-with-three-feet | were-brought-in for-all ; 


Ξε ? ἌΡ ‘ ~ , 
οὗτοι ὃ ησαν UEOTOL κρεῶν νενεμημε- 
these (tables) indeed were full (of pieces of) ‘meat heaped- 


Tov, καὶ μεγάλοι ζυμῖται ἄρτοι ἦσαν προς- 
up, and large leavened (loaves of) bread were. at- 


πεπερονημένοι πρὸς τοὶς κρέασι. A’ ab 
tached to the (pieces of) meat. And the 


τράπεζαι ἀεὶ μάλιστα ἐτίϑεντο χατὰ τοὺς 
tables ‘were always in-preference *placed near the 
ξένους" yap — ἦν vouos. Kai Σεύϑης πρῶτος 
- guests; ᾿ for (this) was (their) custom. ~ And Seuthes first 
ἐποίει τοῦτο᾽ ἀνελόμενος τοὺς ἄρτους παρα- 
acted thus: ἀἰακίηρ-ρ the (loaves of) bread lying- 


κειμένους ἑαυτῷ διέχλλα κατὰ μικρόν, καὶ 
near | him he-broke (them) into small (pieces), and 


διεῤῥίσιτειν, οἷς ἐδόχει αὐτῷ" χαὶ τὰ χρέα ὡς- 


distributed, to-whom it-pleased him; and the meat in-like. 
αὐτως καταλιπών ἑαυτῷ μόνον ὅσον γεύσασϑαι. 
manner, leaving for-himself only ‘as-much-as to-taste, 


42* 


498 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Kai ot ἄλλοι δὲ, xaS’ obs at τράπεζαι ἔχειντο. 
And the others indeed, before whom the tables were-placed, 
ἐποίουν χατὰ ταὐτὰ. Δέ τις -᾿Αρχὰς 
acted according to-this-same (manner). But a-certain Arcadian, 
᾿Αρύστας ὄνομα, δεινός φαγεῖν, εἴα 
Arystas by-name, | terrible _to-eat, [a very great eater,] | permitted 
αίρειν μὲν τὸ διαῤῥίπτειν, 
(himself to say) good-by [took no care of] indeed the distributing, 
δέ λαδὼν εἷς τὴν χεῖρα ἄρτον ὅσον 
but having-taken in — (his) hand (a loaf of) bread (of) as-much-as 
τριχοίνικον, χαὶ χρέα, θέμενος ἐπὶ τὰ 
three-cheenix, and-also meat, having-placed (them) on — (his) 
γόνατα, ἐδείπνει. Δὲ περιέφερον κέρατα 
knees, he-‘ate (his) *supper. And they-carried-about horns 
οἴνου, καὶ πάντες ἐδέχοντο. A’ ὁ ᾿Αρύστας, 
of-wine, and all received (some). But — Arystas, 
> 4- © 3 / ae > ἂν “Ὁ / 1 , 
E7UEL ὁ οἰνοχόος NXEV παρ QUTOV Φερῶν το χερᾶς, 
when the cup-bearer came to him bearing the horn, 
εἶπεν, ἰδὼν τὸν Ἐξενοφῶντα οὐχέτι δειπνοῦντα, 
he-said, seeing — Xenophon no-longer supping, 
δός, ἔφη, ἐχείνῳ yap ἤδη σχολάζει, δὲ ἐγὼ 
give (it), said-he, to-him; for now he-is-at-leisure, but I 
οὐδέπω. Levsys ἀχούσας τὴν φωνὴν ἠρώτα τὸν 
aot- yet. Seuthes hearing the voice asked the 
οἰνοχόον τί λέγοι.  LAé ὁ οἰτοχόος εἶπεν" 
.zup-bearer what he-might-say. And the cup-bearer told (him); 
yap ἠπίστατο ἑλληνίζειν. Ἐνταῦθα μὲν δὴ 


for he-knew (how) to-speak-Greek. Then indeed truly 
ἐγένετο γέλως. 
there-was laughter. 
"Exedy δὲ 6 πότος προὐχώρει, ἀνὴρ, Θρᾳξ, 
When indeed the drinking was-going-on, (a) man, (a) Thracian, 
εἰςῆλϑεν ἔχων Aevxdv ἵππον᾽ καὶ λαθὼν χέρας 
sntered having (a) white horse; and taking (a) horn 
μεστὸν eine’ ἸΠροπίνω σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη, καὶ 
fall (of wine) said- * [-drink to-you, Ὁ Seuthes, and 





BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 499 
δωροῦμαι τὸν τοῦτον ἵππον, ἐφ᾽ οὗ καὶ διώκων 
present (you) —  this-same horse, on which both following 
a= Ἂ , ee 1 2 ~ 
ὃν ἂν θέλῃς, αἱρήσεις, καὶ ἀποχωρῶν 


whom ‘youmay ‘wish you-will-take (him), and retreating you-'will 


. οὐ μὴ δείσῃς τὸν πολέμιον. “ARAos εἰςαγαγὼν 


not — ‘fear the enemy. Another leading-in (a) 

> σ , 3 , ἢ 
παῖδα, οὕτως προπίνων ἐδωρήσατο, καὶ 
boy, in-like-manner drinking-to (him) presented (the boy), and 


ἄλλος ἱμάτια τῇ γυναικί. Kat Τιμασίων προ- 
another vestments for— (his) . wife. And Timasion drink- 
πίνων ἐδωρήσατο te ἀργυρᾶν φιάλην χαι 
ing-to (him) presented not-only (a) © silver cup but-also 
tanioa ἀξίαν δέχα μνῶν. Δὲ Γνήσισσος, τις 
(a) carpet worth ten mine. But Guesippus, a-certain 
2 Bn aD at 2 \ 3 σ 3 a , 
ASnvaios, ἀναστὰς εἶπεν, ὅτι ἀρχαῖος νόμος 
Athenian, rising-up said, that (the) ancient custom 


εἴη κάλλιστος τοὺς μὲν ἔχοντας διδόναι τῷ 
was most-beautiful for — (those) indeed having to-give to-the 


βασιλεὶ ἕνεχα τιμῆς, δὲ τὸν 
king | by-reason-of honour, [in order to honour him,] but (that) the 


βασιλέα διδόναι Tots δὲ μὴ ἔχουσι, ἵνα καὶ 
king should-give to— (those) indeednot having, therefore even 
ἐγώ, ἔφη, σοι ἔχω δωρεῖσθαι 
$I said-he, (beg of) you (that) I-may-have (something) _to-present 
καὶ τιμᾶν. Ὃ Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἠπορεῖτο 
and to-honour (you). — Xenophon’ indeed was-perplexed (to know) 
ὅ σι ποιήσοι" γὰρ καὶ ἐτύγχανεν χαϑήμενος ὡς 
what he-might-do; for even  he-happened being-seated as 
τιμώμενος ἐν δίφρῳ πλησιαιτάτῳ LevSy. 
(one) honoured _ in (the) seat the-nearest to-Seuthes. 
Ὃ Ἡρακλείδης δὲ ἐχέλευεν τὸν οἰνοχόον ὀρέξαι 
- Heraclides indeed requests the cup-bearer  to-present 
τὸ χέρας atta. Ὃ Ἐενοφῶν δὲ (γὰρ ἤδη 
the ‘cup to-him. — Xenophon however (for already 
ae ι ε ‘ of Oe 
ἐτύγχανεν ὑπιοπεπωχὼς) ἀνέστη, rick es 
he-happened being-somewhat-exhilarated-by-wine) stood-up, (and) boldly 


500 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


Α τ A 
λέως δεξάμενος τὸ κέρας, καὶ εἶπεν. “Eyo δὲ, 
taking the horn, ‘he also ‘said: I indeed, 


κα , 7 5 ‘ ‘ ‘ , 
ὦ Σεύϑη, δίδωμι σοι ἐμαυτὸν χαὶ τοὺς τούτους 
Ο Seuthes, give to-you myself and -- these 


ἑμοὺς ἑταίρους, εἶναι πιστούς φίλους, καὶ οὐδένα 
my companions, to-be (your) faithful friends, and none 


ἄχοντα, ἀλλὰ πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐμοῦ βου- 
being-reluctant, but all more than-even myself de- 


λομένους εἶναι φίλους. Καὶ νῦν πάρεισι 
siring to-be (your) friends. And _ now they-are-present 
ςαιτοῦντες οὐδέν σε. ἀλλὰ χαὶ προϊέμενοι 


asking-‘for nothing ‘more of-you, but even ‘giving 
~ ς 

καὶ ἐθέλοντες πονεῖν ὑπὲρ σοῦ 

(themselves) ‘up (to you) and desiring to-labour — for you 


καὶ προχινδυνεύειν" ues ὧν, ἂν οἱ θεοὶ 
and-also to-incur-danger (for you); with whom, if the gods 


θέλωσι, ἀπολήψῃη πολλὴν χώραν τὴν μὲν 
will (it), you-will-retake much territory — (that) indeed 
οὖσαν πατρῴαν, δὲ κτήσῃ THY" δὲ 
being paternal, but-also you-will-acquire — (other territory) ; also 


χτήσῃ πολλοὺς ἵππους δὲ ἄνδρας, καὶ καλὰς 
you-will-acquire many horses and men, and handsome 


yoraixas, ovs οὐ δεήσει ληίζεσϑαι, GAA 


women, whom it-'will not be-necessary to-take-by-force, but 


αὐτοὶ παρέσονται ᾧέροντες δῶρα πρὸς σε. 
ORR will-be-present bringing gifts for you. 


O Σεύϑης ἀναστὰς συνεξέπιε 
-— Seuthes βίαπηαϊηρ-ρ drank-out-'of (the same horn) with (him) 


καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο συγχατεσκεδάσατο 

and after this ‘with (him) *poured-out (on himself} 
τὸ χέρας. Μετὰ ταῦτα 

(the euebadis of) the horn. After these (things) (persons) 


εἰςῆλθον αὐλοῦντες τε χέρασι, οἵοις σημαίνουν- 
entered playing not-only on-horns, such-as they-make-signals- 


σιν, καὶ σάλπιγξιν ὠμοθοΐναις, σαλπίζοντες τε 
with, but-also on-trumpets made-of-raw-hides, blowing —_not-only 


- 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 501 
ῥυϑμούς καὶ οἷον μαγάδι. Καὶ Σεύϑης αὐτὸς 
regular-tunes but-also as-if ‘on (the)‘megadis. And Seuthes himself 


aractas Te ἀνέχραγε πολεμιχόν, χαὶ 
standing-up not-only shouted (a) warlike (ery), but-also 


ἐξήλατο μάλα ἐλαφρῶς; ὥςπερ φυλαττόμενος 


leaped-away very nimbly, as-if guarding-against (a) 
βέλος. Δὲ xai γελωτοποιοί εἰςήεσαν. 
missile. And also buffoons entered. 
Ὡς δ᾽ ἥλιος ἦν ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, of “Ἕλληνες 
As indeed (the) sun was about _ setting, the Greeks 
ἀνέστησαν, καὶ εἶπον, ὅτι ὥρα καϑιστάναι 
stood-up, and said, that (it was) time to-place (the) 


νυχτοφύλαχας, καὶ παραδιδόναι. σύνθημα. Καὶ 
night-sentinels, and to-give-out (the) watch-word. And 


ἐχέλευον Σεύϑην παραγγεῖλαι, ὅπως μηδεὶς τῶν 


they-requested Seuthes to-announee, no-one of-the 


Opaxdy εἴςεισι εἰς τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ στρατόπεδα 


Thracians should-enter into the Greek camp. 


VUXTOS a γὰρ σε ob πολέμιοι ὑμῖν Θρᾷκες, χαὶ 
by-night; fornot-onlythe enemies to-you(are) Thracians, but-also 


οἱ φίλοι ἡμῖν. Ὡς δ᾽ ἐξήεσαν, ὃ Σεύϑης 


the friends ἰο- 8, As indeed they-went-out, — Seuthes 
£ ; ee A! » > , [4 

συνανέστή οὐδὲν ἔτι ἐοιχώς μεϑύοντι. 

abs: (them) not as-yet like (aman) being-intoxicated. 


Δ᾽ ἐξελϑὼν, ἀποχαλέσας TOUS OT ρατηγοὺς αὖτ οὐς. 
And going-out, having-called-back the . generals (by) themselves, 


εἶπεν" ἐν ἃ] ἄνδρες, ol πολέμιοι ἡμῶν οὐχ ἴσασί 
he-said: 0 men, the enemies of-us ‘do not ‘know 


md τὴν ὑμετέραν συμμαχίαν" ἢν ody ἔλωμεν 


as-yet — (of) our alliance ; if therefore we-should-ge 
ἐπὶ αὐτούς, πρὶν φυλάξασϑαι, ὥςτε 
against them, before (that) ~they-were-‘on their) ‘guard, so-as 
μὴ ληφθῆναι, ἢ παρασχευάσασϑαι, ὥςτε 
ποὺ to-be-taken, or prepared (for defence), thus 
ἀμύνασϑαι ἂν Adbomev μάλιστα καὶ 


to-arrange-ourselves (if) ‘we may ‘have-taken the-most οί (o9f) 


502 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἀνϑρώπους καὶ χρήματα. Οἱ στρατηγοὶ συνεπήνουν 


men and things. The generals assented-te 
ταῦτα, χαί ἐχέλευον ἡγεῖσθαι. Δ᾽ ὁ εἶπε" 
these (things), and requested (him) to-lead-on. But — said-he: 
Παρασχευασάμενοι ἀναμένετε᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ ὁπόταν 
Having-prepared-yourselves wait-for (me); I indeed when 
‘ ~ cre \ C7 cas ἢ ».:9 βὸ 

καιρὸς = Y NEW πρὸς υμᾶς, καὶ ἀναλαθὼν 

(the) proper-time may-be will-come to you, and taking 


τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ ὑμᾶς ἥγγσομαι σὺν 

the targeteers and you I-will-lead (you) with (the assist- 
πτοὶς θεοῖς. Kai ὃ Ἐξενοφῶν εἶπε" 

ance of) the gods. And — Xenophon said: (We ought) 


/ 7, ¥ / \ > 
Σχέψαι τοίνυν. εἴπερ πορευσόμεϑα νυχτὸς, εἰ 
to-consider therefore, if-indeed we-are-to-proceed by-night, whether 


ε bY 
ὁ Ἑλληνιχὸς νόμος ἔχει χάλλιον" 
the Grecian custom | has (itself) more-beautifully; [is the best ;] 
γὰρ μὲν ἐν ταῖς πορείαις uES’ ἁμέραν, τοῦ 


- for indeed on the march during (the) day, (that part) of-the 
στρατεύματος, ὁποῖον" ἂν ἀεὶ συμφέρῃ πρὸς THY 


army, whichever may always be-best-suited ἴο the 
ε ~ Π 

χώραν, ἡγεῖται, ἐάν τε ὁπλιτικὸν, ἐάν τε πελ- 

place, leads, it-may-be heavy-armed-men, (or)  tar- 





ταστιχόν, ἐάν Te ἱππικόν" δὲ vixtGp νόμος 
geteers, — (or) cavalry; but by-night (the) custom 


ἐστι τοῖς “Ἕλλησιν τὸ βραδύτατον ἡγεῖσθαι. 
is for-the Greeks (for) the slowest (troops) to-lead-the-way. 


Tap οὕτω ta στρατεύματα ἥκιστα διασπᾶται, 
For thus the army will-‘be least ‘dispersed, 


καὶ ἥκιστα ἀποδιδράσχοντες λανθάνουσιν 
and there-will-*be the-least ‘straggling unperceived 


ἀλλήλους" δὲ οἱ διασπασϑέντες πολλάκις καὶ 
from-one-another; but — (those) having-been-dispersed often both 


44 3 [4 ‘ 3 - - 
περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες ποιοῦσι 
fall-foul-of one-another, and not-knowing (it) they-do 


καὶ πάσχουσι xaxds: Ody Σεύϑης εἶπεν" _— ΤῈ 
and suffer. ill, Therefore Seuthes said: *You indeed 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER III. 503 


λέγετε ὀρθῶς, χαὶ ἐγὼ πείσομαι τῷ νόμῳ TO 
"say what-is-right, and I will-conform to-the custom — 


c ,ὔ " 7 Ce ς \ ¢ ’ - 
ὑμετέρῳ. Καὶ δώσω ὑμῖν. μὲν ἡγεμόνας τῶν 


(uamely) to-yours. And I-will-give you indeed guides  of-the 
πρεσδυτάτων τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους τῆς 
oldest-men — (those namely)  best-acquainted with-the 


χώρας, δ᾽ αὐτὸς ἐφέψομαι ἔχων τοὺς ἵππους 


country, but I-myself  will-follow having the cavalry 
" Ἃ [4 ‘ ‘ 
τελευταῖος " ἂν δέῃ ao ταχὺ 
last (in the rear); if required I-will-'be however speedily 
παρέσομαι πρῶτος.. Δ᾽ εἶπον σύνϑημα 
*present first (in front). And they-said (the) watch-word 
᾿Αϑηναίαν, xata τὴν συγγένειαν. ἙΕϊπόντες 
(was) Minerva, on-account-of — (their) relationship. Having-said 
ταῦτ᾽ ἀνεπαύοντο. 


these (things) they-went-to-sleep. 
Ἡνίχα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύχτας Σεύϑης 
When indeed it-was about mid night Seuthes 


παρῆν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας τεϑωρακχισμένους, καὶ 
was-present having the cavalry clad-in-corslets, and 


\ ‘ , ~ σ \ 5 \ 
σοὺς πελταστας σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις. Καὶ ἐπεὶ 
thé targeteers with — (their) arms. And when 
παρέδωχε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, of ὁπλῖται μὲν 
he-had-delivered the guides, the heavy-armed-men indeed 
ἡγοῦντο, δ᾽ οἱ πελτασταὶ εἵποντο, δ᾽ οἱ ἱππεῖς 
took-the-lead, and the targeteers followed, and the cavalry 
ὠπισϑοφυλάχουν. “Enel δ᾽ ἦν ἡμέρα, ὃ Σευϑης 
brought-up-the-rear, When indeed it-was day, — Seuthes 


παρήλαυνεν εἰς τὸ πρόσϑεν, καὶ ἐπήνεσε τὸν 
rode-up to the front, and praised: the 


Ἑλληνικὸν νόμον πολλάκις, yap ἔφη αὐτός 
Greek custom ~ much, for he-said he-himself 
νύχτωρ, χαὶ πορευόμενος σὺν ὀλίγους, 

at-night, even proceeding with (but) few (men), 
ἀποσπασϑῆναι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν. 
tc-have-been-separated with the cavalry from the infantry. 


504 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


4 


᾿ “ , iA 
Δὲ viv ὥςπερ dei, πάντες φαινόμεϑδα LUC 
But now as it-ought-to-be ‘we all ‘appear at-the-same-time 
© ‘ ς ~ ‘ 

τῇ ἡμέρα ἀϑρόοι. ᾿Αλλὰ ὑμεῖς μὲν 
with-the (break of) day collected-in-a-body. But ‘do you indeed 
περιμένετε αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναπαύεσϑε, ἐγὼ δὲ 
*remain here, and rest-yourselves, I however 
σχεψάμενός σι ἥξω. Εἰπὼν ταῦτ᾽ 


haying-reconnoitred somewhat will-return. Having said these (things) 


ἤλαυνε δ ὄρους λαθών τινα ὁδόν. A’ ἐπεὶ 


he-rode over (8) mountain taking a-certain road. But when 
adixeto sis πολλήν χιόνα, ἐσχέψατο εἰ ein 
he-had-come to much snow, he-examined if there-might-be 
ἔχνη ἀνϑρώπων ἢ ἡγούμενα πρόσω ἢ 


foot-steps of-men (and) whether leading forward or (the) 


ἐναντία. Δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἑώρα τὴν ὁδόν ἀτριθῆ, 
contrary (way.) But when he-perceived the road untrodden, 


ταχὺ ἧχε πάλιν καὶ ἔλεγεν" “Ardpes, ἔσται 
"he speedily ‘came back and said; Men, - it-will-be 


χαλῶς, nv θεὸς θέλῃ" γὰρ λήσομεν ἐπιπεσόντες 


well, if god (so) wishes; ; | for we-shall-concealing be-attacking 
τοὺς avSspdnovs. "AAW 
the men [for we shall fall upon the men unawares]. But 


ἐγὼ μὲν ἡγήσομαι τοῖς ἵπποις, ὅπως, ἂν ἴδωμεν 
I ‘indeed will-lead with-the cavalry, so-that, if we-may-seo 


TiVO μὴ διαφυγὼν σημήνῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις " 


any-one he-'may δ fleeing-away ‘give-notice to-the enemy ; 

δ᾽ ὑμεῖς emeode: xiv λειφϑῆτε, ἔπεσϑε 

put ‘do you *follow ; and-if you-are-left (behind), follow 
- ~ σ ¢ 

τῷ στίόῳ τῶν ἵππων. Δὲ vnepbartes τὰ 


the tracks of-the horses. And having-crossed-over — (those) 


ὄρη ἥξομεν εἰς πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας 


mountains we-shall-come to many and also rich 


κώμας. 


villages. 


A’ avixa ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας, te ἤδη ἦν ἐπὶ 


And when it-was mid day, and already he-was on 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER III. 505 


τοῖς ἄκροις, καὶ χατιδὼν τὰς κώμας, ἧκεν ἐλαύνων 
the heights, and seeing the villages, he-came riding 
πρὸς τοὺ ὁπλίτας καὶ ἔλεγεν" Ἤδη μὲν 
to the heavy-armed-men and said: Iwill now indeed 
ἀφήσω τοὺς ἱππέας xatareiv eis τὸ πεδίον, δὲ 
‘send-of the cavalry to-run-down to the plain, anc 
τοὺς πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς χώμας. PAA Encode 
the targeteers to the __ villages. But follow 
ὡς τάχιστα δύνησθε, ὅπως ἐάν τις ὑφιστῆται 
as speedily (as) you-can, so-that if any-one withstand 
ἀλέξησϑε. Ὃ Ἐξενοφῶν ἀχούσας ταῦτα 
(them) you-may-help (them). — Xenophon having-heard these 
Ε' 3 ‘ ~ σ , « 
χατεθη ἀπὸ tov ἵππου. Καὶ ὃς 
(things) dismounted from — (his) _ horse. And — (Seuthes) 
ἤρετο. Τί xatabaive, émci det σπεύδειν; 
inquired: Why do-you-dismount, when it-is-necessary to-hasten? 
Οἶδα, ἔφη, ὅτι οὐ δέῃ ἐμοῦ μόνοῦ" 
I-know, said (Xenophon), that you-‘do not ‘want me alone; 
δ᾽ οἱ ὁπλῖται δραμοῦνται θᾶττον xai ἥδιον. 
and the heayy-armed-men will-hasten-on more-quickly and agreeably, . 
ἐὰν ἐγὼ καὶ ἡγῶμαι πεζὸς. Μετὰ ταῦτα 
if I even lead (them) on-foot. After these (things) 
» ~ 
ᾧχετο, xai Τιμασίων μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔχων ὡς 
(Seuthes) departed, and Timasion with him having about 
τετταράκοντα ἱππέας τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων" Ἐενοφῶν δὲ 
forty horsemen of-the Greeks ; Xenophon also 
, κ᾿ > 7 3 4 ~ / > 
παρηγγύησε TOUS εὐζώνους ἀπὸ τῶν λόχων εἰς 
o.dered the active (men) from the companies about 
τριάχοντα ἔτη παριέναι. Καὶ αὐτὸς 
thirty (years of) age to-proceed-forward. And he 
ἐτρόχαζε ἔχων τούτους. Δὲ Κλεάνωρ ἡγεῖτο 
ran-on having - these (men). And _  Cleanor led 
τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων. Ἐπεὶ θ᾽ ἦσαν ἐλ: ταὶς 
the other Greeks. When indeed they-were in the 
χώμαις, Σεύϑης, ἔχων ὅσον τριάκοντα ἱππέας, 
villages, Seuthes, having about thirty horsemen, 
= 
43 


506 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPIHON. 


΄ 


SF »- ~ - 
προςελάσας εἶπε" Τάδε δή, ὦ Ἐενυφῶν, ἃ 
having-ridden-up said: The (things) indeed, 0 Xenophon, which 
σὺ ἔλεγες" οἱ ἄνϑρωποι ἔχονται" 
you told (us) (are taking place): the men are-held 


3 \ ‘ ς ς ~ ¥ » 
ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἱ μοι ἱππεὶς οἴχονται ἔργχμοι 


captives); but however — my cavalry are-gone-off destitute 
διώχων ἄλλος ἄλλῃ" 


(of a leader) pursuing (the enemy) | other in-another; [some one way, 


καὶ δέδοικα μὴ οἱ πολέμιοι συστάντες 
some another;] and I-have-feared lest the enemy assembling 


που ἀϑρόοι ἐργάσωνται τι χαχόν᾽ καὶ 
somewhere collected-in-a-body may-do (us) some injury; and 
δὲ det τινᾶς ἡμῶν xatauéverv ἐν ταὶς 
also it-is-necessary (that) some of-us  should-remain in the 
κώμαις" γὰρ εἶσιν μεσταὶ ἀνθρώπων. “AAW ἐγὼ 
villages ; for they-are full of-people. But I 
μὲν, ἔφη ὃ Ἐξενοφῶν, σὺν οἷς ἔχω 
indeed, said ---- Xenophon, with (those) whom I-have (with me) 
a7 AE hese eee: ΄ 
καταλήψομαι τὰ ἄκρα" δὲ σὺ χέλευε Ἰζλεάνορα 
will-take-possession-of the heights; and‘do you ‘order Cleanor 
παρατεῖναι τὴνν φάλαγγα διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρὰ 
to-stretch — (his) line through the _ plain by 
‘ ͵ 3 ‘ ‘ 5 , ~ 
τὰς χώμας. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐποίησαν ταῦτα, συνη- 
the villages. | When indeed they-had-done these (things), there- 
λίσϑησαν μὲν ὡς χίλια ἀνδράποδα, δὲ δις- 
were-collected-together indeed about 2-thousand slaves, and two- 
χίλιοι βόες, ἄλλα καὶ μύρια πρόδθατα. Τότε μὲν 
thousand oxen, but also ten-thousand ~ sheep. Then indeed 
δὴ nvricSyoay αὐτοῦ. 
---ὀ  they-'quarterod there . *for-the-night. 


BOOK VII. — ~HAPTER IV. 507 


CHAPTER IV. 


~ ε ~ 
Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Σεύϑης παντελῶς κατα: 
But on-the next-day --- Seuthes ‘having entirely *burned- 
καύσας τὰς xduas, καὶ λιπών οὐδεμίαν οἰκίαν, 
down the villages, and leaving not (a) house, 


ὅπως ἐνΘείη φόδον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, 
in-order-that he-might-'strike fear ‘into even the rest, (when 


ola πείσονται ἂν μὴ πείϑωνται, 

they saw) what they-would-suffer if they-‘did not *submit, 
ἀπήει πάλιν. Kai ἀπέπεμψε μὲν Ἡρακλείδην 
he-departed back. And he-sent indeed Heraclides 
διατίϑεσϑαι μὲν τὴν λείαν εἰς TlépwSov, ὅπως 
to-sell indeed the booty at Perinthus, that 
\ Ἃ , ~ , \ P= 8 
μισϑὸς ἂν γένηται τοῖς στρατιώταις" δὲ αὐτὸς 
pay might _be-got for-the ἢ scldiers ; but he 
καὶ ot “Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἀνὰ τὸ πεδίον 
and the Greeks encamped ο the plain 
Θυνῶν, οἱ ἐχλιπόντες ἔφευγον εἰς 

‘of (the) ‘Thynians, --- (who) deserting (their houses) fled to 
τὰ ὄρη. Ἦν δὲ πολλή χιὼν, xai οὕτως 
the mountains. There-wasindeed much snow, and such 

~ σ ᾿ Ο a > ’ 4. 4 ~ 

ψῦχος, ὥςτε τὸ ὕδωρ QO ἔφεροντο ἔπι δεῖπνον. 
cold, that the water which they-brought-in for supper 
ἐπήγνυτο, καὶ 6 οἶνος, ὃ ἐν τοὶς ἀγγεὶ- 
was-frozen, and-also the wine, -- (that namely) θὰ the ves- 


οις, καὶ ῥῖνες καὶ ὦτα πολλῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
sels, likewise (the) noses and ears of-many of-the Greeks 


Ὁ 3 , ᾿" , ae ~ 
ἀπεχαίουντο. Καὶ τότε ἐγένετο δῆλον 
| were-burnt-off [were frozen off]. And thus  it-becomes evident 
οὗ ἕνεχα ot Opaxes φοροῦσι τὰς ἀλωπεχίδας 

why the Thracians wear — (their) fox (skin caps) 
ἐπὶ ταὶς χεφαλαὶς καὶ τοῖς ὠσί, καὶ 
on — (their) heads and — (their) ears, and (have) - 


508 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. . 


~ 3 7 \ ~ x 5 J 
χιτῶνας οὐ μόνον περί τοῖς στέρνοις, ἀλλὰ 
coats (extending) not only about the breasts, but 
καὶ περὶ τοῖς μηροῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων 
also about the thighs, and (why) on -- horse (back) 
ἔχουσιν ζειρὰς μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν, ἀλλ᾽ 
they-have wide-upper-garments (reaching) just-to the feet, but 

3 ε \ ~ 
v χλαμύδας. Ὁ Σεύϑης ἀφιεὶς dé τῶν 
not (haying cloaks, — Seuthes letting-go indeed (some) of-the 


αἰχμαλώτων sis τὰ ὄρη ἔλεγεν, ὅτι εἶ μὴ 
captives to the mountains he-said, that unless 


καταθήσονται καὶ πείσονται, OTL χαταχαύσει καὶ 
they-should-come-down and obey, that he-would-burn-down both 


τὰς χώμας τούτων, καὶ τὸν σῖτον, καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 
the villages of-themselves, and the corn, and they-would-perish 


τῷ Ama. “Ex tovtov xai yuvaixes xai παῖδες 
of-— hunger. On this both women and = children 


χαὶ οἵ πρεσδύτεροι χαπτέθαινον. Δὲ ot νεώτεροι 


and-also the old-men descended. But the younger 
Ie / 3 - , - ς ‘ ¥ 
ηὐλίζοντο ἐν ταὶς χωμαὶς ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος. 
(persons) quartered in the villages under the mountain, 
Kai ὁ Σεύϑης καταμαϑών ἐχέλευσε τὸν Ἐενο- 
And — Seuthes  being-informed (ofthis) requested — Xeno- 
φῶντα λαθόντα τοὺς νεωτάτους τῶν ὁπλιτῶν 
phon taking the youngest of-the heavyy-armed-men 
[4 ‘ 3 , ~ la 
συνεπισπέσϑαι. Καὶ ἀναστάντες τῆς νυχτός 
to-follow-with (him). And hayving-risen-up at — night 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν εἰς τὰς κώμας. 
together with-the (break of) day they-were-present at the villages 
Kai μέν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἐξέφυγον" (γὰρ τὸ ὄρος 


Απᾶ ἱπᾶθοα the most (ofthem) fled-away; (for the mourtain 


ἦν πλησίον") δὲ ὅσους Σεύϑης ἔλαθε κατηχόντισεν 
was near ;) but as-many-as Seuthes _ took he-speared 
ἀφειδῶς. 
without-imercy. 
Δ᾽ ἦν τις Ἐπισϑένης, Ὀλύϑιος, παιδε- 
And there-was a-certain Episthines, (an) Olynthian, (a) lover- 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IV. — 509 


a ~ , 
ραστής, ὃς ἰδὼν καλὸν παῖδα ἄρτι ἡθάσκοντα, 
of-boys, who seeing (a) handsome youth just arrived-at-the-age-of 

᾿ἔχοντα πέλτην, μέλλοντα ἀποθνήσκειν, 
puberty, having (a) _ shield, about-being put-to-death, 
προςδραμὼν Ἐενοφῶντα ἱκέτευσε βοηθῆσαι 
having-run-to Xenophon he-supplicated (him) to-succor (the) 
ταλῷ madi. Καὶ ὃς mpoceaSdv τῷ Σεύθῃ, 
handsome boy. And who going-up to Seuthes, 


δεῖται μὴ ἀποχτεῖναι τὸν παῖδα καὶ διηγεῖτα 
requests (him) not to-kill the boy; and relates 


τὸν τρόπον τοῦ “EmoSévovs, xai ὅτι ποτὲ 
the character of — Episthenes, and that once 


συνελέξατο λόχον σκοπῶν οὐδὲν 
he-collected (a) company (of soldiers) looking-to nothing (else) 


ἢ εἴ wives εἶεν χαλοί, καὶ μετὰ τούτων 
(or if) (but that) such might-be handsome, and with theso 
ἦν ἀγαϑός ἀνὴρ. Δὲ ὁ Σεύϑης ἤρετο Καὶ ἢ 
he-was (a) brave man. But — Seuthes inquired: And — 
ἂν θέλοι, ὦ “EnioSeves ἀποθανεῖν ὕπερ 
would you-be-willing, 0 Episthenes to-die for 
la πε ΚΕ 5 , \ 

τούτου; A o ἀνατείνας τὸν 

this (youth)? But —(Episthenes) having-stretched-out — his) 
τράχηλον sine’ Ilaie, ἔφη, ei ὃ mais κελεύει, 

neck said: Strike, said-he, if the boy requires (it), 
καὶ μέλλει εἰδέναι χάριν. Ὃ Σεύϑης ἐπήρετο 


and hereafter-will consider (it as a) favour. — Seuthes inquired-of 


TOY παῖδα, εἰ παίσειεν αὐτον ἀντ᾽ ἐχείνον. 
the youth, if he-should-strike him [Episthenes] in-place-of himself 
Ὁ παῖς οὐχ εἴα, ἀλλ᾽ ἱχέτευε χατα- 
The youth ‘would not ‘permit (this), but requested (him) to- 
τ e 

καίνειν μηδέτερον. Ἐνταῦθα ὁ ᾿Επισϑένχς, περι- 
kill neither. Then — Episthenes, having- 
Ἂ σ - , ν 

λαθὼν τὸν παῖδα, εἶπε" Opa σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη, 
embraced the youth, said: (Itis) time for-you, Ὁ  Seuthes, 
~ 3 

διαμάχεσθαι μοι περὶ τοῦδε" γὰ οὐ 
to-fight with-me for this (youth); for ‘I-‘will ποῖ. 
434 


510 THE ANABASIS OF -XENOPHON. 


μεϑδήσω τὸν παῖδα. “O Σεύϑης δὲ γελῶν, εἴα μὲν 


give-up the boy. — Seuthes then laughing, ‘let indeec 

ταῦτα. Ἔδοζε 

these (things) ‘alone (and the boy’s life was spared). It-seemed (best) 
‘ δι: ἂν 3 - 3 - σ ες 3..." 

δὲ αὐτῷ αὐλισϑῆναι αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ot ἐπὶ 

indeed to-him to-encamp there, in-order-that — (those) on 

τοῦ ὄρους μὴ τρέφοιντο ἔχ τούτων τῶν κωμῶν. 

the mountain ‘might not *be-nourished from these -ος villages, 

ς 4 ~ 
Kai αὐτὸς μὲ ὑποχαταδὰς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
And he indeed having-gone-down-lower in the plain 


3 , "ὦ »ὶ - ΕΣ ‘ 3 a 
ἐσχήνον. Δὲ ὁ Ξενοφῶν, ἔχων τοὺς ἐπιλέχτους, 
encamped. But — Xenophon, having the  select-body-of-men, 
3 ‘ ~ ς \ 
ἀνωτάτω ἐν τῇ κώμῃ ὑπὸ TO ὄρος, καὶ 
(quartered) higher-up in the village under the mountain, ana 


οἵ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες χατεσχήνησαν πλησίον ἐν 
the other Greeks encamped near-by among 


τοὶς χαλουμένοις τοῖς ὀρεινοῖς Θρᾳξὶ. 

— (those) called the mountain Thracians. 
9 , 3 ἡ δ , ι 5 
Ex τούτου οὐ πολλαὶ ἡμέραι διετρίθοντο, καὶ ot 
After _ this not many days had-passed, and the 


Opdxes ἐκ tod ὄρους, xatabaivortes πρὸς τὸν 
Thracians from the mountain, coming-down to -- 


Σεύϑην, διεπράττοντο περὶ σπονδῶν xai ὁχήρων. 
Seuthes, negotiated about (a) treaty and _hostages. 
Καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν τῷ Σεύϑῃ ἔλεγε, ὅτι 
And — Xenophon going to Seuthes said, that 
σχηνῷεν ἐν πονηροῖς τόποις, χαὶ οἷ πολέμιοι 
they-were-encamped on dangerous’ places, δηᾶ (μα) the enemy 
elev πλησίον. τ᾽ eon ἂν ἤἥδιων αὐλίζεσ- 
were near; *he also ‘said ‘it would ‘be-more-agreeable _ to-en- 
Sac ἔξω ἐν ἐχυροῖς χωρίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοὶς 
camp without in strong places rather than in τος 
στεγνοῖς. ὥξτε ἀπολέσθαι. Δὲ ὃ 

covered (places as houses), so-as to-perish. But — (Seuthes) 
ἐχέλευε θαῤῥεῖν, καὶ ἔδειξεν ὁμήρους πα- 
requested (him) to-be-confident, and showed (the) hostages | being- 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IV. 511 


3 ~ ~ 
ρόντας αὐτῷ. Δὲ χαὶ τινες τῶν 
present with-him [in his possession]. And also some of — (those) 


> ~ »¥ / 3 ~ — 
éx Tod ὄρους καταθείνοντες ἐδέοντο τοῦ Bevo- 


from the mountain coming-down begged -- Xeno- 
φῶντος συμπαρᾶξαί σῷισι τὰς σπονδάς. 
phon to-assist them (to obtain) — (a) truce. 
Ὁ δ᾽ ὡμολόγει, καὶ ἐλέλευε θαῤ- 
- (Xeaophon) indeed consented, and requested (them) to-be-in- 
ῥεῖν, καὶ ἠγγυᾶτο αὐτοὺς πείσεσϑαι μηδὲν 
good-spirits,and assured (them that) they should-suffer no 
χαχὸν πειϑομένους Levy. Δὲ οἱ ἄρα ἔλεγον ταῦτ᾽ 
evil being-obedient to-Seuthes. But —therefore they-said these 
ἕνεχα, κατασχοπῆς. ; 


(things) for-the-purpose (of) spying-out (the condition of the Greciaus). 
Ταῦτα μὲν ἐγένετο τῆς ἡμέρας, δὲ εἰς 
These (things) indeed happened during-the day, but on 
σὴν ἐπιοῦσαν νύχτα of Θυνοί ἐλϑόντες ἐχ τοῦ 
the following night the Thynians coming from the 
ὄρους ἐπιτίϑενται. Kai ὃ δεσπότης ἑχάστης 
mountain attacked (them). And the master of-each 
τῆς οἰκίας ἦν μὲν ἡγεμὼν" γὰρ ἦν χα- 
τας house was indeed (a) leader; for it-would-have-been dif- 
λεπὸν ἄλλως ἀνευρίσκειν τὰς οἰχίας ὄντας 
cult otherwise to-find-out the houses being (in the) 
σχότους ἐν ταὶς χώμαις yap καὶ αἱ οἰχίαι 
dark in the villages; for even the houses 
σ 


περιεσταύρωντο κύχλῳ μεγάλοις σταυροῖς ἕνεχα 
were-palisade tin (a) ‘circle -with-large _ palisades on-ac¢ount-of 
τῶν mpobatav. A’ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο κατὰ θύρας 
the cattle. And when _ they-got near (the) doors 


ΜΦῸΝ ~ ἅς 2 ε ‘ > 4 
EXQAOTOV TOV OLXHUATOS, οὐ. μὲν εἰςηχοντ' (Cov, 
of-each -ς dwelling, — (some) indeed _threw-spears-in, 


οἵ δὲ ἔδαλλον ois σχυτάλοι, ἃ 
— others) indeed threw with — (their) clubs, which 


ἔφασαν ἔχειν ὡς ἀποχόψοντες τὰς λόγχας 


they-were-said to-have as (for) knocking-off the sharp-iron-heada 


512 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τῶν δοράτων, δ᾽ ot ἐνεπίμπρασαν, 
of — spears, and — (others) set-fire-to (the buildiags* 


‘ ~ — ~ > \ 5 / 
xa χαλοῦντες Ξενοφῶντα ὀνομαστὶ éExéAEvoV 


and calling-on Xenophon by-name bade (him) 
> 

ἐξιόντα ἀποϑνήσχειν, ἢ ἔφασαν αὐτόν κατα- 
coming-out to-die, or they-said (that) he would- 


χαυϑήσεσϑθαι αὐτοῦ. Kai ἤδη τὲ πῦρ ἐφαίνετο 


be-burnt-up there. And already not-only fire appeared 
διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου, xai ot περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα 
through the roofs, but-also — (those) about Xenophon 


3 id ¥ ν Χ 3 , \ 
ἐντεϑωρακιςμένοι σαν ἔνδον, EYOVTES ἀσπίδας και 
having-their-corselets-on were within, having shields and 


μαχαίρας καὶ κράνη, xal Σιλανὸς Μαχέστιος ὧν 
swords and helmets, and  Silanus (a) Macestian being 
ἤδη ὡς Oxtaxaidexa ἐτῶν σημαίνει τῇ 
already about eighteen (years) of-age gives-the-signal with-tbe 
σάλπιγγι" καὶ ἑἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη EVSUS 
trumpet ; and having-drawn -- (their) swords 'they immediately 
ἐχπηδῶσιν, καὶ οἵ ἐχ τῶν ἄλλων σχηνω- 
*sprang-out, and (also) — (those) from the other quar- 
μάτων. Οἱ Opaxes δὲ φεύγουσι, περιθαλλόμενοι 


ters. ~~ The Thracians indeed flee, throwing-over 
«τὰς πέλτας ὄπισϑεν, ὥςπερ δὴ 
— (their) shields behind (them on their backs), as indeed 
, > > > \ > ~ ς f 
τρόπος ἦν αὑτοῖς, χαὶ αὐτῶν ὑπεραλλομένων 
(the) custom was to-them, and they jumping-over 
‘ ‘ δε ͵ 
τοὺς σταυροὺς τινες ἐλήφθησαν χρεμασϑέντες, 
the palisades some were-caught having-been-suspended, 
τῶν πελτῶν ἐνεχομένων τοῖς σταυροῖς " καὶ Ot 
the shields holding-fast _to-the stakes ; and — (others) 
δὲ ἀπέϑανον διαμαρτόντες τῶν ἐξόδων" δὲ οἱ 
also died missing the outlets; and the 
“Ἕλληνες ἐδίωκον ἔξω τὴς κώμης. Τινὲς τῶν 
Greeks drove (them) out-of the village. Some οὔτ 
Ovrav δὲ ὑποστραφέντες ἐν τῷ σχότει, ἠκόντιζον 
Thynians however coming-back in the dark, *threw 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER IV. 513 


εἰς TO φῶς ἔχ TOD σχότους τοὺς 
{their) ‘javelins into the light out-of the dark at — (those) 
παρατρέχοντας παρ᾽ οἰχίαν καιομένην " καὶ ἔτρωσαν 
running-along by (a) house on-fire; and wounded 
Ἱερώνυμόν te xai Evodéa, λοχαγόν, καὶ Θεο- 


llieronymus indeed --- (the) Euodean, (a) captain, as-also Theo- 


γένην  Aoxpov Aoyayovs δὲ οὐδείς ἀπέϑανε" 


genes (the) Locrian captain ; but no-one died ; 


μέντοι καὶ ἐσφής καὶ σχεύη τινων xatexavdn. 
however even (the) clothes and baggage of-some were-burnt, 


Δὲ Σεύϑης yxe βοηθήσων σὺν ἑπτὰ ἱππεῦσι 


But Seuthes came about-helping (them) with seven horsemen, 


τοῖς πρώτοις ἔχων τὸν σαλπιγκτὴν τὸν Θρά- 
the first (assembled) having the trumpeter the Thra- 


‘ ν» 
ΧΙΟΡ. Καὶ ἐπείπερ ἤσϑετο, ὅσον- 
cian (namely). And when _he-perceived (the state of affairs), as. 


περ χρόνον ἐδοήϑει, 
‘long (a) time ‘as he-was-assisting (them by marching to their aid), 


Tooodtov χαὶ τὸ χέρας ePSéyyeto αὐτῷ ὥςτε 


so-long even the horn sounded for-him; so-that 
xai τοῦτο συμπαρέσχε pdbov τοῖς πολεμίοις. 
also this (noise) furnished fear _ to-the "enemy. 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλϑεν σε ἐδεξιοῦτο χαὶ 


When however he-came ‘he not-only ‘shook-hands (with them) but-also 


ς ~ 
ἔλεγεν, ὅτι οἴοιτο εὑρήσειν πολλοὺς τεῶνεῶτας. 
said, that he-thought to-find many dead. 

Ἔχ τούτου 6 Ἐενοφῶν τε δεῖται τοὺς ὁμήρους 

After this -- Xenophon not-only asks-for the hostages 
παραδοῦναι αὐτῷ, καὶ συστρατεύεσθαι, εἶ 
to-be-given-up to-him, but-also to-march-with (him), if 
βούλεται, ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐᾶσαι αὐτὸν. 
he-wished, to the mountain; if indeed not, to-allow him (to go), 
Tn ὑστεραίᾳ οὖν ὁ Σεύϑης παραδίδωσι τοὺς 
On-the next-day therefore — Seuthes gave-up (tohim) the 
ee » , » ‘ , 
ὁμήρους, ἤδη πρεσδυτέρους ἄνδρας, τοὺς κρατίστους, 
hostages, already old men, the best, 


514 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ς ΕΖ ~ 5 ~ - ‘ J eS 
ὡς EPACAI, τῶν OPELVOV καὶ AUTOS ἔρχεται 
us they-said, of-the mountain (people); and he came 
- ¥ ς / 3 ' 
σὺν τῇ δυνάμει. Δὲ ἤδη ὁ Σεύϑης εἶχε καὶ 
with —(his) forces, And already — Seuthes had even 
f . 
τριπλασίαν δύναμιν 
three-times (aslargea) force (as he had when the Greeks came); 


yap πολλοὶ τῶν ᾿Οδρυσῶν, ἀχούοντες ἃ O Σεύϑης 
for ~ many  of-the Odrysians, hearing what— — Seuthes 


πράττοι, κατέθαινον συστρατευσόμενοι. Δὲ οἱ 
might-be-doing, came-down taking-the-field-with (him). But the 


Θυνοί ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους μὲν πολλοὺς 
Thynians when they-saw from the mountain indeed many 


ὁπλίτας, δὲ πολλοὺς πελταστάς, δὲ πολλοὺς 


heavy-armed-men, and many targeteers, and many 


ἱσιπεῖς, xatabartes ἱκέτευον σπείσασϑαι:" 
horsemen, coming-down besought (him) to-muke-a-treaty (of peace 
καὶ ὡμολόγουν ποιήσειν πάντα, 
with them); and promised to-do all (he might require), 
xal ἐχέλευον Aaubdvew τὰ πιστὰ. 
and requested (him)  to-take the pledges (of fidelity from them). 
Δὲ ὁ Σεύϑης, καλέσας τὸν Ξενοφῶντα, ἐπεδείχνυεν 
But — Seuthes, having-called-on — Xenophon, showed 
ἃ λέγοιεν, καὶ ἔφη οὐ σπεὶ- 
what they-may-have-said, and he-said (that he) ‘would ποὺ ᾿ἐγοαῦ- 
σασϑαι, εἶ Ἐενοφῶν βοῦλοιτο τιμωρήσασϑαι αὐτοὺς 
with-them, if Xenophon might-wish to-punish them 
~ la ε 

τῆς ἐπιϑέσεως. Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" “AAW 
(for) --- (their) attack. — But (Xenophon) said: But 
» ΄ » ι ~ ε 4 7, 
ἔγωγε νομίζω ἔχειν χαὶ νῦν ἱχανὴν δίχην, 
I-at-least consider (thatI) have even ποῦ βαβιοϊοης revenge, 


el οὗτοι ἔσονται δοῦλοι ἀντ᾽ ἐλευϑέρων. 
if these (people) will-be slaves (haying) before (been) free. 


Μέντοι ἔφη αὐτῷ συμθουλεύειν, τὸ λοιπὸν 
Moreover said-he to-him (that I) counsel (you),  in-future _ 


x * ¢ - 
Aaubavew ὁμήρους τοὺς δυνατωτάτους ποιεῖν 
to-take (as) hostages — (those) the-most-able to-de 


BOOK VII. —CHAPTER V. §15 


τι xaxdv, δὲ ἐᾶν τοὺς γέροντας οἴχοι. 
0. 


fyou) any harm, but leave the d-men at-home. 
οὖν μὲν ot ταύτῃ πάντες δὴ 
Therefore indeed the (inhabitants) in-this (country) all truly 
προςωμολόγουν. 

ubmitted (to him). 





CHAPTER V. 


Δὲ ὑπερθάλλουσι τοὺς Θρᾷχας ὕπερ Βυζαντίου 
AND they-cross-over to-the Thracians above Byzantium, 
εἰς TO Δέλτα καλούμενον " αὕτη δ᾽ ἦν οὐχέτι 
into the Delta so-called ; ° this (country) indeed was not 
ἀρχὴ Μαισάδου, ἀλλὰ Τήρους 
(a part of the) dominion of-Mesades, but (it belonged to)  Teres 
tod "Ὀδρύσου, τινός ἀρχαίου. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα 
the (son) of-Odryses, some ancient (king) And here 
0 Ἡρακλείδης παρῆν ἔχων τὴν τιμὴν τῆς λείας. 
_ eraclides was-present having the price of-the _ spoils. 
Kai Σεύϑης ἐξαγαγῶν τρία ζεύγη ἁμιονικὰ (γὰρ 
Αὐὰ ββθυίῃοβ selecting three pair (of) mules (for 
ἦν οὐ πλείω) δὲ τὰ ἄλλα βοῖχά, καλέσας ᾿ 
there-were no more) and the others oxen, having-called-for 
Ἐενοφῶντα, éxéreve λαθεῖν, δὲ 
Xenophon, he-requested (him) to-take (the mules for himself), but 
διανεῖμαι τὰ ἄλλα τοῖς στρατηγοὶς 
to-distribute the rest (namely the oxen) to-the generals 
‘ ~ ~ εν Ἢ 3 ‘ ‘ 
xai λοχαγοῖς. Δὲ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν. “Kuou μὲν 
and captains. But Xenophon said: For-myself indeed 


~ “δὰ \ 
Tovey ἀρχεὶ καὶ αὖϑις Aabetv δὲ 
therefore it-is-sufficient even hereafter to-take (something); but 


δωροῦ τοὶς στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς, 
make-a-present (of them) to-the generals and captains, 


516 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


¢ 
οἵ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἡκολούϑησαν. Καὶ Τιμασίων 
-- ([υδο who) with me haye-accompanied (you). And Timasion 


ὃ Aaphaveds λαμδάνε μὲν ἕν τῶν ζευγῶν, ἕν δὲ 
the Dardanean took indeed one of-the pair, one aisc 


Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος, δὲ Ev Φρυνίκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιός" 
Cleanor the Orchomenian, and one Phrynicus the Achzean; 
\ ‘ 4 “ ‘ / ~ ~ 
dé τὰ ζεύγη βοϊχὰ χατεμερίσϑη τοῖς λοχαγοῖς. 
but the yokes (of) oxen were-distributed to-the captains. 

Δὲ ἀποδίδωσι τὸν μισϑὸν μόνον 
Ἢ [Seuthes] indeed *paid the wages only (for) 


ἴχοσι ἡμερῶν, TOD μηνός ἤδη ἐξεληλυϑότος" 
twenty days, the month ‘having already ‘elapsed ; 


yap ὁ “HpaxAcidns ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐ ἐμπολήσαι 
for —  Heraclides said that he-‘could not *sell 
πλεῖον. Οὖν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν aySeodeis ἐπομό- 
more. Therefore— Xenophon being-distressed (atthis) having-impre- 
σας εἶπε" Aoxeis μοι, ὦ Ἡραχλείδη, ot χήδεσϑαι 
cated said: It-seems to-me, Ὁ Heraclides, (thatyoudo) not take-care 

Σεύϑου ὧς δεῖ" γὰρ εἰ ἐχήδου, 
(of the affairs) of-Seuthes as they-ought-to-be; for if you-had-taken-care 
ἧχες ἂν φέρων τὸν πλήρη μισϑὸν, xai 
γοα would *have-come bringing the full pay, even 


, 207 ae \ cae 
προςδανεισάμενος, el ἐδύνω UN ἄλλως, καὶ UTtO- 
having-borrowed (it), if you-could not otherwise, and having- 


δόμενος τὰ ἱμάτια σαυτοῦ. 


sold the clothes  of-yourself. 
᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ὁ “Ηραχλείδης TE NYSED, 
Then --ὀ Heraclides *was not-only grievously-'vexed, 


καὶ ἔδεισε, μὴ ἐχθληϑείη ἐκ τῆς φιλίας τῆς 
but-also feared, lest he-might-be-deprived of the friendship of --- 


΄ > ‘ 3 A / ~ ist / σ 
Σεύϑου" χαὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας ὅ τι 
Seuthes; and from that -- day (in) whatever 
ἐδύνατο διέδαλλε ἘΞενοφῶντα πρὸς Σεύϑην. Οἱ 
he-could he-calumniated Xenophon © to Seuthes. The 


στρατιῶται μὲν δὴ ἐνεχαλουν Ἐξενοφῶντι, ὅτι εἶχον 
soldiers indeed truly blamed Xenophon, that they-had 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER Y. 517 


ov TOY μισϑόν" δὲ Σεύϑης ἤχϑετο αὐτῷ, 


not — (their) pay; and Seuthes was-much-displeased with-him, 


ς , s 

ὅτι ἐντόνως ἀπήτει τὸν μισϑὸν τοῖς 
(because) that he-*had strenuously ‘requested the pay for-the 
στρατιώταις. Kai τέως μὲν ἀεὶ ἐμέμνη- 
soldiers. And until-then indeed he-*had continually —'men- 


το, ὡς ἐπειδὰν ἀπέλθῃ ἐπὶ θάλατταν παρα- 
tioned, that when they-should-arrive at (the) sea he-would- 


δώσει αὐτῷ Βισάνϑην καὶ Γάνον xai Νέον τεῖχος " 
give him Bisanthe and Ganus_ and Neontichus ; 


δὲ ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ χρόνον ἐμέμνητο ἔτι οὐδενὸς 


but from that -- time he-mentioned afterwards none 
¢ 

τούτων. Tap ὁ Ἡρακλείδης καὶ διεδεύλήχει 

of-these (places) For — Heraclides also insinuated 


~ ς ¥ 3 39 \ / ’ 
τοῦτο, ὡς εἴη οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς παραδιδόναι τείχη 
this, that it-was not safe to-give-over fortresses ‘to (a) 
3 ‘ »” / 
ἀνδρὶ ἔχοντι δύναμιν. 
*man having (an) army. 
Ἔχ τούτου ὁ Ξενοφῶν μὲν ἐθουλεύετο 
On this (account) — Xenophon indeed counselled-with-himself 
τί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ τοῦ στρατεύεσθαι ἔτι 
what it-was-necessary to-do [θοῦ the to-march-with-the-army yet 
ἄνω. A’ ὁ 
(farther) up [about the expedition farther up the country]. But — 
ραχλείδης εἰςαγαγὼν στοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς 
Heraclides was-bringing-forward the other generals 
πρὸς Σεύϑην, τε ἐχέλευεν αὐτούς λέγειν, ὅτι 
to Seuthes, also he-requested them to-say, that 
σφεῖς ἂν ἀνάγοιεν τὴν στρατιὰν οὐδὲν ἧττον 
they could lead the army not less 
ἢ Ἐξενοφῶν, te ὑπισχνεῖτο attoig τόν 
(effectively) than Xenophon, and promised them (that) the 
μισθὸν ἔχπλεων δυοῖν μηνοῖν παρέσεσθαι 
pay (in) ~ full (for) two months would-be-present (for them) 
~ ΓΝ la 
ὀλίγων ἡμέρῶν, καὶ ἐκέλευε συστρατεύεσ- 
‘in (a) ‘few days, and he-requested (them) to-continue-in-the-ser- 
a < 


518 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 
Sat. Kai ὁ Τιμασίων εἶπεν. ᾿Εγὼ μιὲν 
vice {of Seuthes) And —  Timasion said: I indeed 


ἢ 299 x , Ξ ree 
τοίνυν οὐδ, ἂν μέλλῃ εἶναι πέντε μηνῶν 
therefore ποῖ, if there-were-about to-be five months’ 


μισθὸς, ἂν στρατευσαίμην ἄνευ Ἐξενοφῶντος. Καὶ 


Py, would serve-in-the-army without Xenophon, And 
ὃ Φρυγίσκος καὶ ὁ Κλεάνωρ συνωμολόγουν τῷ 
-- hryniscus and — Cleanor agreed-with -- 
Τιμασίωνι. 

Timasion. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Σεύϑης ἐλοιδόρει τὸν "Ἡρακλείδην, 

Then — Seuthes reprehended — Heraclides, 
ὅτι οὐ παρεχάλει καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα. A’ ἐκ 
“εξ he-*had not ‘ealled-in also Xenophon. And on 


τούτου παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν μόνον. A’ ὁ 
this they-call-for him alone. But — (Xenophon) 


q ‘ 7 ~ e , σ 
γνοὺς τὴν πανουργίαν tov Ἡρακλείδου. ὅτι 
nowing the knavery of — Heraclides, that 


βούλοιτο diabarrev πρὸς τοὺς 


he-wished to-calumniate (and make him unpopular, with the 
ἄλλους στρατηγούς, παρέρχεται λαβὼν TE 
other generals, departed taking (with him) not-only 
“maytag τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς. 

all the generals, but-also the captains. 


Kai ἐπεὶ πάντες ἐἔπείσϑησαν συνεστρα- 
And when all had-been-persuaded (by Seuthes) they 


TEVOVTO, χαὶ ἔχοντες τὸν ἸΠόντον 
‘joined (him) ‘in-an-expedition, and having the Euxine-Sea 
ἐν δεξιᾷ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸν Σαλμυδησσόν, 


on (their) right they-arrived at -- Salmydessus, 


διὰ TOY Θρᾳχῶν xarovuévav Μελι»ο- 
through the (country) ‘of (the) *Thracians called . Melino- 
φάγων" ἔνϑα πολλαὶ τῶν νεῶν πλεουσῶν εἰς τὸν 
phagi; here many  of-the vessels sailing into the 
Πόντον ὀχέλλουσι καὶ ἐκχπίπτουσι" yap ἐστι 

Euxine-Sea strike and (are) cast-away; for there-is (a) 


BOOK Vir,— CHAPTER V. 519 


τέναγος — πάμπολυ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης. 
shoal (there) (stretching) very-far (out) into the sea. 
Kai οἱ Θρᾷκες, ot οἰχοῦντες χατὰ ταῦτα, 
And the Thracians, --- (those namely) dwelling along there, 
ς , , σ 
ὁρισάμενοι στήλας, ἕχαστοι 
having-set-up pillars = ‘to-mark-the-boundaries, (so that) each 
ληΐζονται τὰ ἐχπίπτοντα KAS αὑτοὺς 
plunder the (things) cast (on shore) on these 
δὲ ἔλεγον TEAS iv 
(their own limits); and they-say (that) for-some-time before (that they) 
ς 4 
ὁρίσασϑαι, ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ἀποϑδυνή- 
erected-boundaries, (that while) plundering many died 
oxew vw ἀλλήλων. ᾿Ενταῦϑα εὑρίσχονται 
by (the hands) of-one-another. There are-found 
μὲν πολλαὶ κλῖναι, δὲ πολλὰ κιθώτια, δὲ πολλαὶ 
indeed many couches, also many chests, likewise many 
γεγραμμέναι BibAo, καὶ πολλά τἄλλα, ὅσα 
written books, and many other (things), such-as 
ναύχληροι ἄγουσιν ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι. "Ἐντεῦθεν 
seamen carry in wooden _ receptacles. Then 
χαταστρεψάμενοι ταῦτα, ἀπήεσαν πάλιν. 
having-subdued these (people), they-departed back. 
τ 
Ἔνθα dy Σεύϑης εἶχε στράτευμα ἤδη πλέον 
Then truly Seuthes had (an) army already more 


tod Ἑλληνικοῦ. Tap te πολὺ ἔτι 
(numerous than) the Grecian. For not-only many yet 


πλείους Ὀδρυσῶν καταθεθήχεσαν, χαὶ οἵ 
numerous ‘of-(the) ‘Odrys had-come-down (to him), but-also — 


ἀεὶ πειϑόμενοι συνεστρατεύ- 
(those) successively obeying-and-submitting (to him) ‘juined 


οντο. Δὲ χατηυλίσϑησαν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
(his) ‘army. And they-encamped on the plain * 
ὑπὲρ Σηλυδρίας, ἀπέχοντες ὅσον τριάκοντα στα- 
᾿ above Selybria, being-distant abvut thirty ata- 
δίους τὴς θαλάττης. Καὶ οὐδεις μισϑὸς μὲ» 
dia = (from) the sea. And no pay indeed 


- 


520 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


Mo ἐφαίνετο" τε οἱ στρατιῶται εἶχον τὸν Heve 
as-yet appeared; and the soldiers | had -- Xeno- 


φῶντα παγχαλέπως, 


phon much-aggrieved, [were very much displeased with Xenophon,] 
3 

TE ὁ Σεύϑης οὐχέτι οἰχείως διέχειτο, ἀλλ 

and— Seuthes no-longer *was familiarly ‘disposed (ἰὸ ἷπι), but 


ἱπότε ἔλϑοι βουλόμενος συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ, 
whenever he-might-go desiring to-have-an-interview-with him, 
πολλαὶ ἀσχολίαι ἤδη ἐφαίνοντο. 
many occupations ‘were now ‘pretended. 





CHAPTER VI. 


Ἔν τούτο τῷ χρόνῳ, ὄντων ἤδη σχεδὸν δύο 
AT this τς time, being already nearly two 


μηνῶν, Χαρμῖνός te ὃ Λάχων καὶ ἸΠολύνιχος 


months, Charminus indeed the Lacedemonian and Polynicus 
ἀφιχοῦνται παρὰ Θίδρωνος, καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτι 
arrived from Thibron, and they-said, that 

~ , , . 4) 
δοχεῖ Λακεδαιμονίοις στρατ. εὐεσϑαι ἐπὶ 
it-seemed (good) *to (the) *Lacedamonians to-take-the-field against 
Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ Oibpwy ἐχπέπλευχεν ὡς πολε- 
Tissaphernes, διὰ  Thibron had-set-sail as about- 
μήσων, καὶ δεῖται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ 
making-war, and (that) he-wanted this -- army, and 
λέγει, ὅτι δαρειχὸς τοῦ μηνός ἔσται μισθὸς 
he-says that (a) daric the month would-be (the) pay 
ἑχάστῳ, xal τοῖς λοχαγοῖς διμοιρία, δὲ τοῖς 
to-each (soldier), and to-the captains twice-as-much, but to-the 
στρατηγοῖς τετραμοιρία. “Enei δ᾽ οἱ  Aaxe- 
generals four-times-as-much. When indeed — (these) Lace- 


δαιμόνιοι ἦλθον, εὐδὺς ὁ Ἡρακλείδης, συδϑόμενος 
era 


damoniang came, immediately — clides, hearing 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. §21 


ὅτι ἥχουσι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, λέγε. τῷ Σεύϑη, 
that they-came for the army, says to—  Seuthes, 
ὅτι γεγένηται κάλλιστον᾽ yap μὲν οἱ Aaxeda- 
that it-had-happened luckily ; for indeed the Lacedx- 
μόνιοι δέονται τοῦ στρατεύματος, δὲ σὺ οὐχέτε 
monians wanted the army, but you no-longer 
δέῃ" ἀποδιδοὺς τὸ στράτευμα χαριεὶ αὐτοῖς, 
want (1); giving-up ἰδθ army you-will-gratify them, 
δὲ οὐχέτι ἀπαιτήσουσι τὸν μισϑόν σε, 
and they-‘will no-more ‘demand — (their) pay  of-you, 
ἀλλ᾿ ἀπαλλάξονται ἐκ τῆς χώρας. “O LevSng 
but -  will-depart from the country. -- Seuthes 
ἀχούσας ταῦτα κελεύει παράγειν" 
hearing these (things) requests (him) to-'bring (them) ‘to (him); 
χαὶ ἐπεὶ εἶπον, ὅτι Fxovow ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, 
and when they-said, that they-come for the army, 
ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἀποδίδωσι τὸ στράτευμα, Te βούλεται 
he-said, that he-would-give-up the army, and desired 
εἶναι φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος" τε καλεῖ αὐτοὺς. 
to-be (their) friend — and ally ; and he-invited them 
ἐπὶ ἕενίᾳ, καὶ ἐξένιζε μεγαλοπρεπῶς. 
on terms-of-hospitality, and he-entertained (them) magnificently. 
Aé οὐχ ἐχάλει Ξενοφῶντα οὐδὲ οὐδένα τῶν 
But he-‘did ποῦ ‘invite Xenophon nor (none) (any) of-the 
ἄλλων στρατηγῶν. Δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐρω- 
other generals. But the Lacedzemonians in- 
, 7 > τ — ~ ¥ 3 ’ὔ 
τωντῶν, TLS ἄνηρ Ξενοφῶν ey, ἀπεχρίνατο, 
quired, what (kind of)man Xenophon might-be, he-replied, 
ὅτι μὲν τὰ GAAGD εἴη οὐ καχός, δὲ 
that ἱπάθοα ἴῃ ---- other (respects) he-was not (a) bad (man), but 
φιλοστρατιώτης" καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐστιν χεῖρον 
{was u) friend-of-the-soldiers; and through _ this it-is worse 
αὐτῷ. Καὶ ot εἶπον" “AAW 7 ὁ ἀνὴρ δημα- 
for-him. And — they-said: But  —‘doesthe man ‘make- 
ὠγεῖ τοὺς ἄνδρας; Καὶ. ὁ Ἣραχλείδης 
imself-popular (with) the men? And — Heraclides 
415 , 


§22 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἔφῃ, Οὖν μὲν πάνυ. "Ap οὖν, ἔφασαν, 
said, Therefore indeed altogether (so). -— Therefore, said-they, 
un καὶ ἀναντιώσεται ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς ἀπαγω- 
will-the not even ‘oppose us about the leading- 
~ > > on ςε ~ » ee re 
γῆς; AAW ἦν ὑμεῖς, ἔφη ὁ "Ηρακλείδης. 
away (of thearmy)? But if you, said — Heraclides, 
ὃ 9 4 ec ~ ‘ , 
συλλέξαντες αὐτοὺς, ὑποσχῆσϑε τὸν μισθόν, 
assembling them, promise the pay, 
/ 3 7 > 7 9 mm 
προςσχόντες ὀλίγον ἐχείνῳ, ἀποδραμοῦνται 
‘paying little ‘attention to-him, they-will-return 
σὺν ὑμῖν. Πῶς οὖν, ἔφασαν, ἂν συλλεγεῖεν 
with you. How therefore, said-they, may (they) assemble 
ἡμῖν; Αὔριον πρωὶ, ἔφη ὁ “Hpaxreidys, ἄξομεν 
for-us? To-morrow early, said -- Heraclides, we-will-conduct 
er ‘ 3 ’ \ τ » ¢ > \ 
ὑμᾶς πρὸς αὐτούς" καὶ οἶδα, ἔφη, ὅτι ἐπειδὰν 
you to them ; and JI-know, said-he, that when 
eee Ξ: 
ἴδωσιν ὑμᾶς, ἄσμενοι συνδραμοῦνται. 
they-see you, they-‘will willingly *flock-round (you). 
Αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα μὲν ἔληξε οὕτως. 
This — day indeed closed thus. 


~ ς 
Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Σεύϑης τε καὶ ᾿Ηρακλείδης 
And on-the next-day Seuthes and also Heraclides 


ἄγουσιν τοὺς Λάχωνας ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα, καὶ 
conducted the Lacedemonians to the army, and 
n στρατιά συλλέγεται. Δὲ τὼ Λάχωνε ἐλεγέτην, 
the army assembled. And the-two Lacedzemonians said, 
ὅτι doxet Λακεδαιμονίοις πολεμεῖν Τισσα- 
that it-seemed (good) ‘to(the)*Lacedeamonians _to-go-to-war with-Tissa- 
~ ¢ ~ \ 
φέρνει, TH ἀδικήσαντι ὑμᾶς" ἢν οὖν inte σὺν 
phernes, — (he) having-injured you; _ if therefore you-go with 
ἡμῖν, τε τιμωρήσεσθε τὸν ἐχϑρὸν, καὶ 
us, you-'will not-only ‘revenge-yourselves-on the enemy, but-alse 
ἕχαστος ὑμῶν οἴσει δαρειχὸν τοῦ μηνὸς, δὲ 
each “of-you will-receive (a) darie the month, and (a) 
λοχαγὸς τὸ διπλοῦν, δὲ στρατηγὸς TO τετρα- 
captain the double, and(a) general the qua- 


BOOK VII. —CHAPTER VI. ~ 528 


~ ς΄ ~ ¥ : 
πλοῦν. Kai ot στρατιῶται te ἄσμενοι Fxovoar, 
druple. And the soldiers not-only willingly listened, | 


~ 5 U 
χαὶ τις τῶν ᾿Αρχάδων εὐδὺς ἀνίσταται. 
but-also  some-one of-the Arcadians immediately rising-up 


κατηγορήσων τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος. Δὲ καὶ Σεύϑης 
denouncing -- Xenophon, But also Seuthes 


παρῆν, βουλόμενος εἰδέναι τί πραχϑήσεται" 
was-present, desiring to-know how the-affair-would-be-conducted ; 
χαὶ εἱστήχει ἕν ἐπηχόῳ, ἔχων ἑρμηνέα" 
and stood in (a place proper for) hearing, having (an) interpreter; 
δὲ χαὶ αὐτὸς ἔξυνίει ta πλεῖστα ἑλληνιστὶ. 
and also he-himself understood — most (things) in-Greek, 
Ἔνθα δὴ ὁ ᾿Αρχάς λέγει: ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς μὲν, 
Then ~ ἱπαθοᾶ 6 Arcadian — speaks: But we _ indeed, 
ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, καὶ πάλαι ἂν ἦμεν nap’ ὑμῖν, 


0 Lacedeemonians, even long-ago would have-been with you, 


εἰ Ἐενοφῶν πείσας ὑμᾶς μὴ ἀπήγαγεν 
if Xenophon haying-persuuded us ‘had not ‘led (us) 


~ » \ ς - ‘ , A 
δεῦρο, ἔνϑα δὴ γμεις μὲν στρατευόμενοι TOV 
hither, where truly we indeed performing-military-duty (through) — 


δεινὸν χειμῶνα πεπαύμεϑα οὐδὲν xal νύχτα 


most-severe cold-weather we-rested neither -- night 
xai ἡμέραν᾽ δὲ ὃ ἔχει τοὺς ἡμετέρους 
— (or) day; but — (he) has (the fruits of) — our 
πόνους καὶ Σεύϑης μὲν πεπλούτικεν ἐχείνον ἰδίᾳ, 
labour ; and Seuthes indeed has-enriched him personaly, 
\ ~ ~ σ 
δὲ ἀποστερεὶ ἡμᾶς tov μισϑόν. “Ὥςτε ὅ 
but defrauded us (of) — (our) pay. So-that (I) who 


γε λέγων πιρῶτος ἐγὼ μὲν εἰ ἴδοιμι τοῦτον 
‘am at-least ‘speaking first ‘I indeed if © I-saw this 
καταλευσϑέντα, καὶ δόντα δίκην 
[Xenophon] stoned-to-death, |and giving justice [and thua 
- c¢ » 
ὧν περιεῖλχε ἡμᾶς, 
be punished] | of-which he-has-'dragged us ‘about, [fer having so 
\ > ~ x εξ 
xai ἂν δοχῶ μοι ἔχειν τὸν 
dragged us about,] and ‘I would ‘seem to-myself to-have --- (my) 


524 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


μισϑὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἄχϑεσθαι ἐπὶ τοὶς στεσίονη)- 
pay, and neither to-be-aggrieved at — (what I) had-under- 
μένοι. Μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη καὶ 
gone. After this (one) another stood-up and 
ὁμοίως ἄλλος. "Ex τοὐτοὺ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἔλεξεν 
likewise another. After this indeed Xenophon spoke 
ὧδε" 
thus: 
᾿Αλλὰ μὲν ἄρα det ἄνϑρωπον 
But indeed therefore | it-is-necessary (that) (a) man 
ὄντα προςδοχᾶν πάντα, ἶ 
being to-expect all, [one must expect all kinds of fate,] 


ες 7 \ ~ x» 22.2 G59 c w > 
OM0TE YE HAL νῦν EY ATLAS vp VUOV, EV 
since at-least even now I-have accusations from you, in 


ᾧ δοχῶ συνειδέναι ye ἐμαυτῷ 
(the thing) which I-seem_ to-be-conscious at-least to-myself (of) 


παρεσχημένος σιλεϊστην πρόϑυμίαν περὶ ὑμᾶς. 


having-shown (the) most for you. 
Μὲν γε ἀπετ ραπόμε Vv ἤδη ὡρμημέ γος 
‘I indeed at-least *turned-back ‘having already ‘set-out 


oixade, οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία οὔτοι πυνϑανόμενος 
tor-home, no by --- Jupiter not-indeed hearing (that; 
Cc w ~ 

ὑμᾶς πράττειν εὖ" ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀκούων 

you (were) doing well: — but rather hearing (that) 


εἶναι ἐν ἀπόροις, ὡς ὠφελήσων, εἴ τι 
(you) were in difficulties, as being-about-helping (you) if in-any-thing 


δυναίμεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤλϑον, τουτουὶ Σεύϑου 
[-might-be-able. When indeed I-came, this-here Seuthes 


πέμποντος πολλοὺς ἀγγέλους πρὸς ἐμὲ, καὶ 
sending many messengers to me, and 
, 5 9 ῃ eo 
ὑπισχνουμένου πολλὰ μοι, εἰ πείσαιμι υμᾶς 
promising many (things) to-me, if I-would-persuade you 


ἐλϑεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν, οὐχ μὲν ἐπεχείρησα σιοιεὶν 
το- 50 "him, I-‘did not indeed oe to-do 


τοῦτο, ὡς ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ ἐπίστασϑε: δὲ 
this, as you yourselves know; but L-led (you te 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 525 


σ 5 Ἃ , ~ 
ὅϑεν Gduev ἂν «τάχιστα διαβῆναι 
aplace) whence I-thought (that you) might the-most-speedily cross-over 


4 9 ’ ‘ ? ~ 
εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. Tap ἐνόμιζον ταῦτα εἶναι 
into -- Asia, For I-thought this to-be 


f φ ν Ξ 
βέλτιστα ὑμῖν, καὶ yds ὑμᾶς βουλομένο. Δ᾽ 
the-best for-you, and I-knew you desiring (it). But 
ἀκα 
ἐπεὶ ᾿Αρίσταρχος, ἐλθὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν, ἐχώλυε 
when Aristarchus, coming with galleys, prohibited 
c ~ ὃ > > ~ σ κα [4 πο τ 
ἡμᾶς διαπλεῖν, ἐκ τοῦτου, ὅπερ ἦν δήπου εἰχὸς, 
us to-sail-across, on this, as was certainly proper, 
, ae μὴ 
συνέλεξα ὑμᾶς, ὅπως Povrevoaiuesa ὅ τι 
T-assembled you, in-order-that we-might-consult-together what 
σιοιεῖν. “Ὑμεϊς οὐχ οὖν, ἀχού- 
it-might-be-necesssary to-do. (Did) you not therefore, hear- 
ovtes μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχου ἐπιτάττοντος ὑμῖν πορεύ- 
ing indeed Aristarchus commanding you to-pro- 
cosa. εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον, ἀχούοντες δὲ Σεύϑου πεί- 
ceed to (the) Chersonesus, hearing also Seuthes — per- 
Sovtos ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύεσϑαι, μὲν πάντες 
suading yourselves to-enter-into-his-service, (did you not) indeed all 
ἐλέγετε ἰέναι σὺν Σεύϑῃ, δὲ 
say (that you would) go with Seuthes, and (did you not) 
σιάντες ἐψηφίσασϑε ταῦτα; Τί οὖν ἐγὼ 
all vote-for these (things)? How therefore*did I 
évTadsa ἠδίκησα, ἀγαγὼν ὑμᾶς ἔνϑα ἐδόχει 
then ‘wrong (you), leading you there-where it-seemed 
ars \ 
ὑμὶν πὰσιν; "Enel γε, Σεύϑης μὲν ἤρξατο 
(good) ἔογ-χοὰ all (to go)? Since at-least Seuthes indeed began 
, \ ~ ~ 3 \ 3 ~ 
ψεύδεσθαι σερι του μισθοῦ, εἰ μὲν ἐἑπαινὼ 
to-deceive about the pay, if indeed I-should-praise 
Ca bY) ὃ , ἢ > πον \ ~ Ξ 
QUTOY, QV OLXQAIWSG και ALTIMAVE XAL [LLOOLTE 
him, tyou would justly both ‘accuse and detest (me) "" 


εἰ δὲ ὧν πρόσϑεν μάλιστα πάντων φίλος, 
if however being formerly most of-all (his’ friend, 


νῦν πάντων εἶμι διαφορώτατός, πῶς 
how of-all (men) I-am_ the-most-at-variance (with him), how 


526 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ε 
ἂν αἱρούμενος ὑμὰς ἀντὶ Σεύϑου, ἔτι δικαίως 
can ‘I, preferring you _ before Seuthes, as-yet justly 
ς ς - 
ἔχοιμι αἰτίαν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν περὶ ὧν δια- 
‘have censure from you about (those things in) which I-am- 
φέρομαι πρὸς τοῦτον; ᾿Αλλ’ ἂν εἴποιτε, ὅτι 
ut-variance with this [Seuthes]? But ‘you may ‘say, that 
c ‘ 
ἔξεσι ἔχοντα ὑμέτερα παρὰ Levsov 
it-is (possible that) Ἷ, having your (money) from Seuthes . 
τεχνάζειν. Οὐχ οὖν τοῦτό γε δῆλον, ὅτι, 
‘am-practising-artifice. *Is not therefore this at-least ‘evident, that, 
εἴπερ Σεύϑης ἐτέλει τι ἐμοὶ, οὐ δήπου 
if” Seuthes paid any-thing to-me, he-‘did not certainly 


ἐτέλει οὕτως, ὡς τε OTEPOLTO ὧν 
*pay (it) for-the-purpose, that not-only he-might-be deprived-of what 


doin ἐμοὶ, ἄλλα καὶ ἀποτίσειεν ὑμῖν; ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἶμαι, 


he-gave me, but also to-repay you? But  I-think, 
el ἐδίδου, ἂν ἐδίδου ἐπὶ τούτῳ, 
if he-gave (me anything) "he may ‘have-given(it)for this (purpose), 
ὅπως δοὺς μεῖον ο΄ μὴ ἀποδοίη ὑμῖν 
that having-given (a) less (sum) he-‘’might not ‘pay you 
τὸ πλεῖον. Εἰ τοίνυν oteaSe ἔχειν 


the greater (sum). If therefore you-think (the affair) to-have (itself) 
σ Χ c*~. 4 Θ᾿ - , 
οὕτως, ἔξεσιν υμιν μάλα QAUTLXA ποιῆσαι TAVTHV 


thus, it-is-allowed you very speedily to-make this 
τὴν πρᾶξιν ματαίαν ἀμφοτέροις ἁμῖν, ἐὰν πράτ- 

transaction useless for-bot (of) us, if you- 
TNTE αὐτὸν τὰ χρήματα. Tap δῆλον, ὅτι 
exact (from) him the money. For (itis) evident,- that 
Σεύϑης, el ἔχω τι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἀπαιτήσει 


Seuthes, if I-have (received) anything from him, will-'demand 


με, καὶ μέντοι ἀπαιτήσαι δικαίως, ἐὰν 

(it) *back (of) me, and moreover will-demand (it) justly, if 
un βεθαιῶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ ἐφ᾽ 7 ἐδωρα- 
I-‘do not ‘confirm the transaction to-him for which I-received- 


δόχουν. ᾿Αλλὰ δοχῶ μοι δεὶν πολλοῦ 


gifts “from him). But I-seem to-myself to-want much (of) 


BOOK VII. CHAPTER VI. 527 

ν {οἵ τὰ - Fig tee ler ως, τῷ 
EX ELV τα υμξτερα αρ ομνυῶ υμιν ἀπαντας 
haying — your (money); for I-swear to-you by-all 
θεοὺς χαὶ πάσας ἔχεν μηδέ 
(the) gods and(by) all (the goddesses) (that 1) have never-indeed 

c , 

ἃ Σεύϑης ὑπέσχετο ἐμοὶ ἰδίᾳ" 

(received) what Seuthes promised me (as my own) proper (pay); 


\ ‘ > / / ‘ 2 , ’ 4 3 
δὲ και αὐτὸς πάρεστι, καὶ AXOVWV σύνοιδέ μοι. él 
and also-he-himself is-present, and hearing knows with-me, if 


3 ~ σ \ ~ re 
ἐπιορῶ. Ἵνα δὲ μᾶλλον θαυμάσητε, 
J-perjure-myself. That indeed you-may-‘be yet-more ‘surprised, 
συνεπόμνυμι μηδέ εἰληφέναι ἃ οἵ 
J-swear (that) I-'have not-indeed ‘received what the 
ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλαθον, μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὅσα 
other generals received, no moreover not-indeed as-much-as 
Evo. τῶν λοχαγῶν. Kai τί ἐποίουν ταῦτ᾽; 
some of-the captains. And why did-I-do this? 
Ξ i : 

Q ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον συμφέροιμι 

G men, (1 thought that) how-much the-more  I-endured-with 


τούτῳ τότε τὴν πενίαν, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 
this (man) while in — poverty, so-much the-more 


ποιήσεσθαι αὐτὸν φίλον ὁπότε δυνασϑείη. Δὲ 
I-would-make him (a) friend whenever he-might-be-able. But 
ἐγὼ ἅμα TE ὁρῶ αὐτὸν πράττοντα εὖ, 
I at-the-present-time not-only see him doing well, 
xai δὴ γιγνώσχω τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ. Τις 
but-also truly’ know the disposition of-him. Some-one 
δή ἂν εἴποι" οὔχ οὖν αἰσχύνῃ οὕτω 
indeed may say: are-‘you not therefore ‘ashamed (at)*being thus 
ὥς ἐξαπατώμενος; Nai μὰ Δία μέντοι 
foolishly ‘deceived? Certainly, by Jupiter, I-'would indeed 
ε 
ἠσχυνόμεν, εἰ ἐξηπατήϑην ὑπὸ γε ὄντος 
‘have-been-ashamed, if I-had-been-deceived by (one) at-least being (an) 
πολεμίου: δὲ ὄντι φίλῳ δοχεὶ μοι αἴσχιον 
enemy ; but being {&) friend it-seems to-me more-shameful 
ἐξαπατᾶν ἢ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι. ᾿Ἐπεὶ, εἴ γε 
to-deceive than to-be-deceived. Since if at-least (the) 


528 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


, > ‘ \ , τἰ ς ~ sy 
pvraxn ἐστὶ πρὸς φίλους. οἶδα ὑμᾶς φυλαξαμένους 
guard is-to-be aguinst friends, I-know you guarding 
πᾶσαν, OS μὴ παρασχεῖν τούτῳ δικαίαν 
all, so-as not to-give to-this [Seuthes] (a) jusi 
πρόφασιν un ἀποδιδόναι vuiv ἃ 
pretext, (that he might) not pay us what 
ε . ~ 
ὑπέσχετο" γὰρ οὔτε ἠδικήσαμεν τοῦτον 
he-promised ; for we-*have neither ‘injured this [Seuthes] 


327 » / ‘ 
οὐδέν, οὔτε xatebrAaxetoauey τὰ 
-- (inany thing), nor neglected the (affairs) 


τούτου, οὐδὲ μὲν κατεδειλιάσαμεν οὐδὲν 
of-this (man), or indeed did-we-cowardly-shrink — (from any 
ἐφ᾽ 6 τι οὗτος παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς. ᾿Αλλά, 

thing) to which he called us. But, ‘you 
ἂν gainte, ἔδει τότε Aabeiy τὰ 
may "say, it-ought (to be, that I should) then have-taken — 
ἐνέχυρα, ὡς εἶ ἐθούλετο μηδ᾽ ἐδύνατο ἐξα- 
pledges, so-that if he-wished he-‘could not-indeed *be-able to- 
πατᾶν. Πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ ἀχούσατε, ἃ ἐγὼ 
deceive. As-respects these (things) indeed hear, what I 


ἂν οὐχ εἶπον ἐναντίον τούτο, εἶ 
should ‘at no ‘time have-mentioned ‘before this [Seuthes], if 


un ἐδοχεῖτε μοι εἶναι παντάπασιν 
you-‘had not ‘shown (yourselves) ἴο- 6  to-be altogether 
a) 7 Ἃ 7 9 ΄ὔ δ᾽... Νὰ ᾿ 
ἀγνώμονες, § 4 Alay ἀχάριστοι εἰς ἐμὲ. Lap 
destitute-of-intelligence, or very ungrateful towards me. | For 
ἀναμνήσθητε ἐν ποῖοις τισὶ πράγμασιν ἐτυγχάνετε 
recollect in what any things you-happened 


> 


ὄντες ; ἐξ 

being [for recollect in what kind of circumstances you were placed] out-of 

- he. See ᾧ Ci as x , 

ὧν ἐγὼ ἀνήγαγον ὑμᾶς πρὸς Σεύϑην. 

which I (extricated you and) ‘led you ‘up to Seuthes. 
Οὐχ μὲ TlépwSov προςήτε εἰς πόλιν, 

(Was it) not indeed (at) Perinthus you-went to (the) city, 


. Ὁ Σ ' 7, ς 4 ’ὔ 3 7 ᾿ 
& ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὃ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀποκλείσας τὰς 
but  Aristarchus the Lacedzemonian having-shut the 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VI. 599 


πύλας οὐχ εἴα, ὑμᾶς εἰςιέναι; Δ᾽ ἐστρα- 
gates he-‘did not ‘let you go-in? And did-‘you (not) ‘en- 
τοπεδεύετε ἔξω ὑπαίϑριοι; Ἦν δὲ μέσος 
amp without in-the-open-air? Was-it (not) indeed (the) middle 
\ »¥ ~ 5 ~ 
χειμὼν; Εχρῆσθε ἀγορᾷ, 


{of) winter? | Had-*you (not) ‘to-make-use-of (a) market, [had you 


ὃν ᾿ 
ὁρῶντες μὲν σπάνια τὰ ὥὦνια, 
not to buy your provisions,] seeing indeed (a) scarcity (of) — saleable 


δ᾽ ἔχοντες σπάνια ὅτων ὠνήσεσϑε:; 

(things), and having (a) scarcity of-any (things that) you-may-buy 
‘ τ > \ 

Δὲ ἦν avayxn μένειν ἐπὶ Θρᾷχης" 

{with)? And was-there (nota) necessity to-remain in Thrace; 


(yap τριήρεις ἐφορμοῦσαι ἐχώλυον διαπλεῖ» ") 
{for galleys having-been-anchored hindered (us)  to-sail-over:) 
5 \ / 3 3 / 

ei δὲ σις μένοι εἶναι ἐν πολεμίᾳ, 

if indeed any-one stayed (it was) to-be in (a) hostile (country), 
ἔνϑα μὲν ἦσαν πολλοὶ inmels ἐναντίοι, δὲ 
where indeed there-were many horsemen opposed (to you), as-likewise 


πολλοὶ πελτασταί; Δὲ wey ἦν ὁπλιτικὸν 
many targeteers ? And indeed there-was (a) heavy-armed 
¢ ~ Xf 3» \ 3 4 8. ‘ 
ἡμῖν, ᾧ, ἰόντες μὲν ἀϑρόοι ἐπὶ τὰς 
{corps) for-us, with-which, going indeed ‘in (a) *body to the 
κώμας, ἴσως ἂν ἐδυνάμεϑα, λαμθάνειν σῖτον 
villages, perhaps ‘we might ‘be-able to-take food 
οὐδέν τι ἄφϑονον" δὲ διώχοντες ὅτῳ ἂν 


(but) not any abundance; and following whom 'we might 

τατελαμδάνομεν ἢ ἀνδράποδα ἢ πρόθατα, 

capture neither slaves or cattle, (for the 
ἣν 3 δ ὡς \ 5 ‘ / oA 
nv οὐχ ἡμῖν. Lap ἐγὼ χατέλαθον οὔτε 

proper trodps) were ποῦ  to-us. For I found neither 


. a 
ἱπσεικὸν οὔτε πελταστιχὸν συνεστηχὸς παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. 
eavalry nor targeteers constituted-in-a-body among you. 


~ \ 
Εἰ οὖν, ὑμῶν ὄντων ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀνάγκῃ, μηδὲ 


[f therefore, you being in this difficulty, not-indeed 
2 ~ ‘ 

προςαιτήσας ὁντιναοῦν μισθὸν, - 

baving-asked-in-addition (for any thing) whatever (as) pay; 


45 


680 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


προςέλαδον Σεύϑην σύμμαχον ὑμῖν, ἔχοντα 
d-acquired Seuthes (as an) ally for-you, (he) having 


καὶ ἱππέας χαὶ πελταστὰς, ὧν ὑμεὶς προςεδεῖσϑε, 
both cavalry and targeteers, which you were-in-want-of, 


ee ~ ~ 
7 ἂν ἐδόκουν VIALV βεθουλεῦσϑαι XAXKWS 5 
would I-have-seemed to-you to-huve-consulted ill (for you)? 


Tap δῆπου χοινωνήσαντες TOUT, 
- For certainly having-shared (in the advantages) of-these 


xai εὑρίσκετε ἀφϑονώτερον σῖτον 
(kinds of troops), *you both ‘found more-abundant provisions 


ἐν Tals χώμαις, διὰ Tos Opaxes τὸ ἀναγχά- 
in the villages, on-account-of the Thracians — being- 


ζεσθαι φεύγειν χατὰ μᾶλλον σπουδὴν, καὶ 
forced to-flee with greater speed, and you-‘had (a) 


μᾶλλον μετέσχετε προθάτων καὶ ἀνδραπόδων. Kat 


greater ‘share of-cattle and of-slaves. And 


ἑωρῶμεν οὐδένα πολέμιον οὐχέτι, ἐπειδὴ TO ἱππικὸν 
we-saw no enemy no-more, after the cavalry 


προςεγένετο ἡμῖν, δὲ Tks οἱ πολέμιοι θαῤῥαλέως 


were-joined to-us, but at-this-time the enemy boldly 


ἀφείποντο ἡμὶν χαὶ ἱππικῷ καὶ πελταστιχῷ, 
pursued us both cavalry and targeteers, 


χωλύοντες ἡμᾶς ἀποσχεδαννυμένους κατ᾽ ὀλίγους 
hindering -. us (from) being- dispersed in small 


μηδαμῇ πορίζεσϑαι ἀφϑονώτερα τὰ ἐπι- 


(parties) every-where to-procure more-abundant — ριο- 
TNOELM. 
visions. 


Δὲ εἰ bn ὃ  συμπαρέχων ὑμὶν ταύτην τὴν 
But if truly (he)— (who) presenting you this - 


ἀσφάλειαν μὴ προςετέλει πάνυ πολὺν 
security. *did not ‘pay (you) ‘in-addition very great 
μισθον τῆς ἀσφαλείας, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σχέτλιον 
wages for-the security, (is) this indeed the shocking 
id Φ 4 ‘ ~ Ὗ 
πάϑημα; χαὶ διὰ σοῦτο οἴεσϑε 


wiffering (you complain of )? and on-account-of this do-you-think 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 5381 


χρῆναι οὐδαμῇ ἀνεῖναι ἐμὲ ζῶντα; 

‘that) ἰ{-15- ΠΘΟΟΒΒΑΓΥ͂ ποῦ to-‘send me ‘away alive? 
‘ ~ ‘ ~ 39 , 3 / 
Δὲ νῦν δὴ πῶς ἀπέρχεσϑε; Οὐ διαχειμά- 


But ΠΟΥ͂ truly how do-you-depart? (Is it) not after-having-passed-the- 


σαντες ἐν ἀφϑόνοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, δ᾽ ἔχοντες 


winter in abundant -- provisions, and having 
περιττὸν τοῦτο εἴ TL ἐλάδετε παρὰ 
moreover-in-addition that, if any, (which) you-received from 
Σεύϑου; Tap ἐδαπανᾶτε τὰ τῶν πολεμίων. 
Seuthes? For you-consumed the (things) of-the enemy. 
Kai πράττοντες ταῦτα οὔτε 
| And performing - these (things) [and faring thus] | ‘you neither 


ε ~ ~ 
ἐπείδετε ἄνδρας ὑμῶν ἀποθανόντας αὐτῶν, 
*beheld (the) men of-you having-died from-them, [you 

, οὔτε ἀπεδάλετε ζῶντας. 
neither saw any of your men killed,] ΠΟΥ have-you-lost (any) living. 
Ei δὲ τι καλὸν ἐπέπραχτο ὑμὶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ 
If indeed any-thing glorious has-been-performed by-you in — Asia 


Ig τοὺς βαρδάρους, καὶ οὐχ ἐχεῖνο σῶν, 
against the barbarians, and have-'you not that safe, 


καὶ πρὸς ἐχείνοις προςειλήφατε νῦν ἄλλην 
and to these have-'you (not) ‘added ΠΟῪ another 
εὔχλειαν, καὶ κρατήσαντες τοὺς Opaxas ἐν Εὐρώπῃ, 
glory, and having-subdued the Thracians in Europe, 
ἐφ᾽’ ots ἐστρατεύσασθε; Ἐγὼ μὲν ἂν δικαίως 
against whom you-marched ? I indeed may justly 
φημὶ ὑμᾶς ὧν χαλεπαίνετε ἐμοὶ, 
say (to) you (thethings) for-which you-are-angry with-me, 
TOVTOV εἰδέναι χάριν τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς 
for-these (we ought) to-consider (as a) favour from-the gods as 
ἀγαϑῶν. Καὶ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα 
(for so many) good-things. Andindeedtruly such (is the state of) 


1 Ὁ ld » \ \ 
τὰ ὑμέτερα. Αγετε δὲ πρὸς 
-- our (affairs). | Lead indeed [well then] for (the sake) 
θεῶν, σκέψασϑε xal τὰ» ἐμὰ ὡς 


‘of (the) ‘gods, | consider also — wy (affairs) as (how they) 


582 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἔχε.. Γὰρ ἐγὼ ὅτε μὲν 
have (themselyes) [consider my condition]. For I when indeed 
mpotepov anya οἴχαδε, ἀπεπορευόμην μὲν 
I first \went-away (for) home, I-went-away indeed 
» ‘ ¥ ‘ c ~ Χ ‘ ᾽ Cc »ν 
ἔχων πολὺν ἔπαινον πρὸς ὑμῶν, ἔχων δὲ δ᾽ ὑμᾶς 
having much praise from you, havingalso through you 
καὶ εὔχλειαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἕλλήγων. 
even glory (and renown) with the other Greeks. 


Δὲ ἐπιστευόμην ὑπὸ Aaxedamoriav’ yap 


Απὰ 1-νδβ-ἰγυβίοα by (the) Lacedzmonians; for ‘they 
ἂν οὐ ἔπεμπον μὲ πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Νῦν δὲ 
would not ‘have-sent me _ back to you. Now indeed 
ἀπέρχομαι diabebAnuévos ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν μὲν πρὸς 
I-depart calumniated by you indeed to (the) 
Λακεδαιμονίους, δὲ ἀπηχϑημένος LevSn ὑπὲρ 
Lacedzemonians, and having-offended Seuthes by (reason of) 


ὑμῶν, ὃν ἤλπιζον ποιήσας εὖ 
you, whom [1-Ποροᾶ | having-made (it) well [having served him effec. 


ued ὑμῶν, καὶ χαταϑήσεσθϑαι χαλὴν 
tively] with you, and _ to-have-procured (with him an) honourable 


ἀποστροφὴν καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ παισίν, εἰ γένοιντο. 
retreat both for-myself and (my) children, if there-should-be 

LY ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ Gv ἐγὼ τε ἀπήχϑημαί 
(any tome). But you for whom I  not-only have-‘incurred 
πλεῖστα, καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ χρείττοσιν 
the-most ‘hatred, but-also this (from those) much better 


ἐμαυτοῦ, τε οὐδὲ πω νῦν πέπαυμαι πραγμα- 
(than) myself, and neithernot-evennow do-I-cease labouring-to- 


cevouerog ὅ τι ἀγαϑὸν δύναμαι ὑμῖν, ἔχετε 


effect whatever good I-can for-you, who-have 
τοιαύτην γνώμην περὶ ἐμοῦ. “AAA μὲν ἔχετε 
such (an) opinion respecting me. « But indeed you-have 

οὔτε λαθόντες φεύγοντα, οὔτε 
me (in your power). neither having-taken (me) fleeing-away, nor 


ἀποδιδράσκοντα" ἢν δὲ ποιήσητε ἃ λέγετε, ἴστε, 
about-running-away ; if indeed you-will-do what you-say, know 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 533 


ὅτι ἔσεσθε xataxavdytes ἄνδρα ἀγρυπνήσαντα 


that you-will-be killing (a) man having- watched 
μὲν δὴ πολλὰ πρὸ ὑμῶν, δὲ πονήσαντα χαὶ 
indeed truly much for you, and having-laboured (much) and 
κινδυνεύσαντα πολλὰ σὺν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἐν τῷ 
encountered many ‘dangers with you, both in -- 
4 ~ 

μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ μέρος, δὲ θεῶν ὄντων 
(his) share and beyond -—(his) share, and (the) gods being 
7 ‘ 
ἵλεων πολλὰ tedmaa δὴ βαρθάρων στη- 
propitious many trophies truly ‘over (the) ‘barbarians —_have- 


σάμενον σὺν ὑμῖν" διατεινάμενον πρὸς buds πὰν 
been-erected with you; having-exerted-myself for you (in) all 
5 : ; 
ὅσον ἐδυνάμην, ὅπως δὲ γένοισϑε πολέμιοι 
as-much-as I-was-able, that indeed you-might-become inimical 
ye μηδενὶ tov Ἑλλήνων. Tap χαὶ οὖν νῦν 
ut-least to-none  of-the Greeks. For even therefore now 
ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἀνεπιλήπτως πορεύεσθαι, ὅπῃ ἂν 
it-is-allowed you blamelessly to-proceed, where ‘you may 
ἔλησϑε, καὶ χατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. 
‘have-desired, both by land and by sea. 
Δὲ ὑμεῖς, ὅτε πολλὴ εὐπορία φαίνεται ὑμῖν, καὶ 
And you, when — great abundance shows-itself to-you, and 
πλεῖτε ἔνϑα On πάλαι ἐπιϑυμεῖτε, τε 
about-to-sail where indeed heretofore you-have-desired-to-be, and 
δέονται ὑμῶν οἱ 
those-desire you -- (those, namely, who are considered as) *being 
μέγιστον δυνάμενοι, δὲ μισθὸς φαίνεται, 
the-most table (απᾶ powerful), |and pay appears 
‘ 4 ς 
δὲ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, of 
[and pay is offered to you,] and Lacedemonians, — (those, namely, 
νομιζόμενοι κράτιστοι ἡγεμόνες ἥχουσι, 
who) being-considered — the-best leaders - come (for you), 
~ ‘ a ΝΥ τ 5] 
νῦν δὴ doxet ὑμῖν εἶναι καιρὸς. xata- 
‘does it now indeed seem to-you to-be (a) proper (time) to- 
ὥ; 3 
χανεῖν ἐμὲ ὡς τάχιστα; ἌΡΑΣ ἐν 
kill me ἃ8 speedily (as possible)? (Youhad) no (such 
45 * 


5384 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


A σ τ 3 ~ 5 7, 
ny ye τε nuev ἕν τοῖς ἀπόροις͵ 


intentions) _ certainly at-least when we-were in -- difficulties, 
’ > ‘ ~ 

ὦ μνημονικώτατοι πάντων" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐχαλεῖτε 

O (men) having-memories of-all ; but even you-called 


ἐμὲ πατέρα, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖσϑε ἀεὶ μεμνῆσθαι ὡς 


me father, and you-promised always to-remember (me) as (a) 
3 ΄ , z ΄ ε τς teats 
evepyetov. Μᾶεντοι οὗτοι, οἱ γὺν ἥχοντες 
benefactor. However those, — (those namely) now come 
2,9 Cc w 9 3 δι 3 , σ ς 
ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, εἶσιν οὐ οὐδὲ ἀγνώμονες" ὥςτε, ὡς 
for you, are ποῦ either (so) ignorant ; so-that, as 
ἐγὼ οἶμαι, οὐδὲ δοχεῖτε βελτίονες τούτοις, 
I think, you-‘will neither ‘seem better to-these 


ὄντες τοιοῦτοι περὶ ἐμέ. Ἑϊπὼν ταῦτ᾽ 
(persons), being such as-respects me. Having-said these 


ἐπαύσατο. 
(things) he-ceased. 


Δὲ Xapuivos ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν" 


And Charminus the lLacedemonian standing-up said: 


᾿Αλλ οὐ τὼ σιώ, μέντοι δοκεῖτε ἐμοὶ, ὦ ἄνδρες, 


Certainly by-thetwin-gods, however you-seem to-me, Ὁ men, 
χαλεπαίνειν τῷ TOT ἀνδρὶ od δικαίως" yap 
to-be-displeased with — this man not justly ; for 
καὶ αὐτὸς ἔχω μαρτυρῆσαι αὐτῷ. Tap LevSns 
even I-myself have to-bear-witness to-him. For Seuthes 


ἐρωτῶντος ἐμοῦ xai ἸΠολυνίχου περὶ Eevopartoc, 


inquiriug of-me and Polynicus about Xenophon, 
7, 3 ‘ 2 τ ‘ δον 
τις avn εἴη, εἶχε μὲν οὐδὲν 
what-kind (of ἃ) man he-might-be, (he said) he-had indeed nothing 
ἄλλο μέμψασϑαι, δὲ ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶναι 
else to-‘accuse (him) of, but he-said (that) he was 
φιλοστρατιώτην" διὸ εἶναι χεῖρον αὐτῷ 
(a) friend-of-the-soldiers; wherefore (that it) was worse for-him 


te πρὸς ἡμῶν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων, xai πρὸς 
not-only with us the Lacedemonians, but-also witb 
αὐτοῦ. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ Eipvaoyos Λουσιάτης 

himself. After _ this-one Eurylochus (the) Lusian fan} 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VI. 535 


’ τ ‘ ὡ» - 
᾿Αρχὰς ἀναστὰς cite’ Kai doxet γὲ μοι, Λαχεδαι- 
Arcadian rising-up said: ‘Iteven ‘seemsat-leastto-me, [δορά 
ε ~ ~ ~ 

μόνιοι ἄνδρες. ὑμᾶς στρατηγῆσαι πρῶτον 
monian men, (that) you should-‘be (our) ‘generals first 
τοῦτο ἀναπρᾶξαι παρὰ LevSov ἡμῖν toy μισϑὸν 
in-this to-have-exacted from  Seuthes for-us — (our) pay 
ἢ ἐχόντος, ἢ AxoVTOS, xai μὴ πρότερον ι 
either willingly, or unwillingly, and not before (this was done) 
ἀπαγαγεὶν ἡμᾶς. Πολυχράτης δὲ ᾿Αϑηναῖοι 
to-have-‘led us ‘away. Polycrates indeed (the) Athenian 
> ͵ > ς- νι. ee - - \ ‘ ¢ ~ 
ἀναστάς εἰπεν UTED Ξενοφῶντος Te μην ὁρῶ, 
rising-up spoke _ for Xenophon : ‘I at-least certainly ‘see, 
ἔφη, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ “HpaxArcidyy παρόντα ἐνταῦϑα, 
said-he, G men, even Heraclides being-present here, 
ὃς abov τὰ χρήματα, ἃ ἡμεὶς ἐπονήσαμεν, 
who haying-received the things, which we laboured 

ἀποδόμενος ταῦτα, ἀπέδωχε τὰ γιγνό- 
(to obtain), having-sold these (things) gave the pro- 
μενα οὔτε Σεύϑῃ οὔτε ἡμῖν, GAN αὐτὸς κλέψας, 


ceeds neither to-Seuthes nor to-us, but he _having-stolen 


, ει = ~ 
πέπαται. Ην οὖν σωφρονῶμεν 
(them), keeps-possession (of them). If therefore we-are-wise 
ἑξόμεϑα αὐτοῦ. Tap, ἔφη, οὗτος 
we-will-lay-hold of-him. For, said-he, this (person) indeed 
ἐστιν ov γε Θρᾳξ, ἀλλ Gv Ἥλλην 
is not at-least (a) Thracian, but being (a) Greek ‘treats 


“Ἕλληνας ἀδιχεὶ. 
(the) Greeks ‘unjustly. 

Ὅ Ἡρακλείδης ἀχούσας ταῦτα μᾶλλον 

oa eraclides hearing these (things), ‘was more 
ἐξεπλάγη" καὶ προςελϑὼν τῷ Σεύϑῃ λέγεϊ" 
‘alarmed § (than before); and proceeding to— Seuthes he-says: 
"Hy σωφρονὼμεν ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦϑεν ἐχ τῆς 
If we-are-wise ‘we (will) ‘depart hence from the 
ἐπιχρατείας τούτων. Καὶ ἀναδάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς 
power of-these (men). And mounting on — (their) 


536 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἵππους ὥχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἰς TO στρατόπεδοι 


horses they-departed riding-off to thé camp 
ἑαυτῶν. Kai évtedser Σεύϑης πέμπει" Ab poléaunr 
of-themselves. And thence Seuthes sends Abrozelmes 


τὸν ἑρμηνέα ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, καὶ κελεύει 
the interpreter of-himself to Xenophon, and requestg 


αὐτὸν καταμεῖναι map ἑαυτῷ, ἔχοντα χιλίους 
him to-remain with himself, having (a) thousand 


\ ς - - 
ὁπλίτας, χαὶ ὑπισχνεῖται ἀποδώσειν αὐτῷ τε 
heayy-armed-men, and promised to-give to-him also 


τὰ χωρία τὰ ἐπὶ θαλάττγ, καὶ 
the places —(those namely) on (the) sea (coast), and 
ς ’ - 
τἄλλα ἃ vunéoyeto. Kai ποιησάμενος 
the-other (things), which he-promised. And haying-made (the 
ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ λέγει, ὅτι ἀκήκοε Πο- 
(commzaication) in secret he-says, that be-had-heard from-Po- 


c 
Avrixer, ὡς, εἰ ἔσται ὑποχείριος Aaxedau- 
lynicus, that, if he-should-be in-the-hands ‘of (the) ‘Lacedax- 


μονίοις, σαφῶς ἀποϑανοῖτο ὑπὸ Θίδρωνος. Δὲ 


monians, :vidently he-would-be-put-to-death by = Thibron. And 
καὶ πολιὶοὶ ἄλλοι ἐπέστελλον ταῦτα τῷ Ἐενο- 
also many others communicated these (things) to— Xeno- 


~ τ ‘ 
φῶντι, ὧν εἴη SiabebAnuévos, καὶ δέοι PLAGTTETSat. 
phon, that he-was calumniated, and ought to-be-on-his-guard. 
"Δὲ ὃ εἰχούων ταῦτα, λαθών δύο ἱερεῖα, 
But -- (he) hearing these (things), having-taken two victims, 
ἔϑυε τῷ Au τῷ βασιλεὶ, πότερά εἴη λῷον 
sacrificed ἴο ----. Jupiter the king, whether it-would-be more-desirabla 
nat ἄμεινιν μένειν παρὰ Σεύϑῃ ἐφ᾽ οἷς 
and Letter to-remain with Seuthes on (the terms) which 

U > ” > δ ‘ ~ 4 
Σεύϑης λέγει, ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι. 
Seuthes mentions, or to-remain with the army 
nN’ ἀναιρεὶ αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι. 
And (Jupiter) stynifies to-him ἰο-ἀθρατί, 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VII. 5387 


CHAPTER VII. 


Σεύϑης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο ἐντεῦθεν 
ΒΕΤΗΕΒ. indeed *removed (his) ‘camp thence 


προσωτέρω" δὲ ol Ἕλληνες ἐσχήνησαν εἰς κώμας, 
farther-off ; and the Greeks quartered in _— villages, 


ὅϑεν ἔμελλον, ἐπισιτισάμενοι πλεῖ- 
whence they-intended, having-supplied-themselves-with- -provisions plenti- 


ota, ἥξειν ἐπὶ θάλατταν. Αἱ αὗται χώμαι δὲ 


fully, to-go to (the) sea. — These villages indeed 
ἦσαν δεδομέναι Μηδοσάδῃ ὑπὸ LevSov. Ody ὁ 
had been-given to-Medosades by Seuthes. Therefore — 
Μηδοσάδης ὁρῶν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ταῖς 
Medosades seeing |the (things) of-him [his property] in the 
χώμαις δαπανώμενα ὑπὸ τῶν “EAAnvar, χαλε- 
villages consumed by the Greeks, he-'was grievous- 


πῶς ἔφερε" καὶ λαθῶν ᾿ὈὈδρύσην ἄνδρα δυνα- 
ly ‘excited; and taking (an) A a man, (the) most- 


TOHTATOY τῶν καταθεθηχότων ἄνωθεν, 
powerful of — (those) having-come-down | from-above, [from the 


καὶ ἱππέας ὅσον tpidxovtTa, ἔρχεται 
upper country,] and horsemen as-many-as thirty, he-went 


καὶ προχαλεῖτα Ξενοφῶντα ἐχ τοῦ “Ἑλληνιχοῦ 
and called-out Xenophon from the Greciaa 
στρατεύματος. Καὶ ὃς λαθών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν᾽ 
camp. And who taking some of-the captains 


καὶ ἄλλους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων προςέρχεται. 
and others οὔθ proper (men) went-to-meet (him). 


Ἔνϑα δὴ Μηδοσάδης λέγει" ᾿Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν 


Then indeed Medosades said: You-act-unjustiy,0 | Xenophon, 
πορϑοῦντες τὰς ἡμετέρας χώμας. Οὖν προλέγομεν 


laying-waste villages. Therefore we-warn 


ὑμῖν, ἐγώ τε ὑπὲρ Σεύϑου, καὶ ὅδε ὃ ἀνήρ. 
you, I not-only for | Seuthes, but-also this — mau, 


538 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


ἥχων παρὰ Μηδόκου tod βασιλέως ἄνω, 
coming from Medocus _ the king | above, [of the upper 
ἀπιέναι τῆς χώρας᾽ δὲ εἰ μή, 
sountry,] ἰο-Ἰθανο -- (these) places; but if (you do) not, 
3 7 3A ~ 
ovx ἐπιτρέψομεν ἱ ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ποιῆτε 
we-'shall not *perinit you (todoso), but if you-dy 
χακῶς τῆν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ἀλεξόμεϑα 
harm our territory, we-shall-defend (ourselves againsi 
ὡς πολεμίους. 
you) as enemies. 
¢ — ~ ᾿ 3 , ~ 3 é 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἀχούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν 
-- Xenophon indeed hearing these (things) said: 
᾿Αλλὰ μὲν σοὶ λέγοντι τοιαῦτα καὶ ἀποχρί- 
But indeed to-you saying such (things) even to-an- 


vaosar χαλεπόν" δ᾽’ ἕνεχα τοῦδε τοῦ νεανισχου 
swer (is) painful; but on-account-of this — young-man 
σ - me 

λέξω, ἵν’ εἰδῇ τε οἷοί ὑμεὶς 
I-shall-reply, that he-may-know, not-only what-sort (of people) you 

τ as 

ἐστε, καὶ οἷοι ἡμεῖς. Tap. ἡμεῖς μὲν, ἔφη, 
are, but-also what-sort we (are). For we __ indeed, said-he, 
iv γενέσθαι φίλοι ὑμῖν, ἐπορευόμεϑα διὰ 
before (that we) became friends to-you, marched _ through 


ταύτης τῆς χώρας, ὅποι ἐδουλόμεϑα, πορϑοῦντες 


this -- country, wherever we-wished, laying-waste 


ἣν μὲν ἐϑέλοιμεν, δὲ καίοντες ἣν ἐθέλοιμεν. Καὶ 


what indeed we-wished, and burning what we-wirhed. -And 


od ὁπότε ἔλθοις ἡμᾶς πρεσδεύων, ηὐλίζου τότε 


you when you-came to-us acting-as-an-ambassador, encamped then 


παρ mur, φοβούμενος οὐδένα τῶν πολεμίων δὲ 


fearing none of-the enemy ; but 


ὑμεῖς οὐχ ἧτε eis τήνδε τὴν χώραν, ἤ, εἰ 


you ‘did not ‘come into this -- country, or, if 


ποτε ἔλϑοιτε ηὐλίζεσϑε ois ἵπποις 


at-any-time you-may-have-came you-encamped with — (your) _ horses 


ἐγχεχαλινωμένοις ὡς ἐν χώρᾳ χρειττόνων. 
teady-bridled as in (a) country (of people) bettei 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VII. Ὁ 539 


Δὲ ἐπεὶ ἐγένεσϑὲ φίλοι 
(or more powerful than yourselves). But when you-became friends 
~ " > ε ~ ‘ = 
nutr, καὶ δ’ ἡμᾶς σὺν θεοῖς ἔχετε 
jo-us, andthrough us with (the assistance of the) gods you-have 
τήνδε THY χώραν, νῦν δὴ ἐξελαύνετε 
(possession of) this — country, now truly ‘you (would) ‘expel 
e ~ 3 ~ ὃ ~ , ea 3 ’ ΄ 
HAS EX THSOE τῆς χῶρας, ἣν ἐχοντων παρελάθετε 
us from this — country, which having you-received 
παρ᾽ ἡμῶν κατὰ κράτος" γὰρ ὡς αὐτὸς 
from us as (the more) powerful; for as you-yourselves 
οἶσθα, οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν οὐχ ἱκανοὶ ἐξελαύνειν 
know, the enemy were not able to-‘drive 


ἡμᾶς. Καὶ ἀξιοῖς ἀποπέμψασϑαι ἡμᾶς 


us fout. And you-think-proper to-'send us ‘away 


ὕπως οὐ δοὺς δῶρα xal ποιήσας εὖ, 
80-us not (only not) having-given presents and having-done well 

avy ὧν ἔπαϑες εὖ, ἀλλ᾽ 
(to us), in-place-of (that) which you-received benefits (from us), but 


ἀποχορευομένους. ἐπιτρέπεις ἡμᾶς οὐδ᾽ ἐναυλισϑῆναι, 
about-departing, you-would-permit us neither to-sojourn, 


ὅσον δύνασαι. Καὶ λέγων ταῦτα 

(in) as-much-as (that you were) able. And saying these 

» 3 , 3 ¥ 4 ‘ 

οὔτε αἰσχύνῃ θεοὺς, οὔτε τόνδε τὸν 

(things), ‘you neither reverence (the) gods, nor this — 

ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μὲν ὁρᾷ σε πλουτοῦντα, δὲ πρὶν 

man, who now indeed sees you being-rich, but before 

γενέσϑαι φίλον ὑμὶν ἔχοντα 

(that you) became (a) friend to-us (hesawyou) (having) 

TOV βίον ἀπὸ λῃστείας, ὡς αὐτὸς 

(supporting) — (your) life by plunder, as you-yourselves 

ἔφησϑα. ᾿Ατὰρ ti καὶ λέγεις ταῦτα 

have-said. But why even do-you-say these (things) to 
ἐμὲ; ἔφη. yap ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι ἄρχω, ἀλλὰ 


me? continued-he; for [I-at-least no-longercommand, but (tho) 


Aaxedadrvior, οἷς ὑμεῖς, ὦ θαυμαστότατοι, 
Lacedwmonians, to-whom you, 0 most-wonderful (men), 


540 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


~ 3 
παρεδώχατε τὸ στράτευμα ἀπαγαγεῖν, οὐδὲν 
‘gave the army ‘up to-have-‘led ¢it) ‘away, not 
παραχαλέσαντες, ὅπως, ὥςπερ ἀπηχϑάνομην αὐτοῖς, 
having-called-on-me, so-that, as I-was-hated by-them, 

c w~ . \ ~ 
ὅτε ἦγον πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὀὕτω καὶ νῦν χαρισαίμην 
as I-led(the army) to you, so even now I-might-gratity 


3 U4 
ἀποδιδούς. 
(them) having-restored (it). 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὁ ᾿Οδρύσης ἤκουσεν ταῦτα, εἶπεν" 

When indeed the Odrysian heard these (things), he-said: 
Ἐγὼ μὲν, ὦ Myddoades, ἀκούων ταῦτα 
Ι indeed, O Medosades, hearing these (things), (feel) 
χαταδύομαι χατὰ τὴς γῆς ὑπὸ αἰσχύνης. Kai 
myself-sinking beneath the earth from shame. And 
3 nd 3 / 7 nn 3} 
el μὲν ἠπιστάμην πρόσθεν, ἂν οὐδ᾽ συνηχο- 
if indeed I-had-known (this) before, ‘I would not ‘have-accom- 
λούϑησά σοι" καὶ νῦν ἄπειμι. Tap Μήδοχός ὁ 
panied you; and now _ I-depart. For Medocus the 

co 2h) > , >> , ι 

βασιλεὺς ἂν οὐδ᾽ ἐπαινοίη με, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς 
king would not approve me, if I-had-expelled — this) 
5 la 3 ~ 9 3 " δι κ᾿ ’ 
εὐεργέτας.  Einoy ταῦτ᾽, avabas ἐπὶ τὸν 
Lenefactors. Having-said these (things), mounting on — (his) 
ἵππον ἀπήλαυνε, χαὶ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι ἱππεὶς, 
horse he-rode-off, and with him the other horsemen, 
σπλὴν τεττάρων ἢ πέντε. Δὲ ὁ Μηδοσάδης, (yap 
except four or five. But — Medosades, (for 
nN χώρα πορϑουμένη ἐλύπει αὐτὸν.) ἐχέλευε τὸν 
the country being-laid-waste distressed him,) requested -- 
Ἐενοφῶντο, καλέσαι τὼ Aaxedaimorio. Καὶ ὃς 
Xenophon to-call-on the-two Lacedzmonians. ~ And wh6e 
λαθὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους, 
taking — (those) most-suitable (for the purpose with him), 
MposyaAse TH Kapuiva καὶ ἸΠολυνίκῳ, καὶ ἔλεξεν, 
he-went-to — Charminus and Polynicus, and~ said, 
ὅτι Μηδοσάδης χαλεὶ αὐτοὺς, προερῶν ἅπερ 
᾿ς  Medosades calls-on them, warning (them) ag 


BOOK VII. —CHAPTER VII. 541 


> ~ 3 ~ 
αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι Ex τῆς χώρας. “Av οὖν 
(he had done) himself to-depart from the country. ‘I should therefore 
= ε ~ ~ ᾿ 
οἶμαι, ἔφη, ὅτι ὑμᾶς ἀπολαβεῖν τὸν 
‘think, said (Xenophon), that you (would) obtain the 


μισϑόν ὀφειλόμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ, εἰ εἴποιτε ὅτι 
pay due to-the army, if you-were-to-say that 


n στρατιὰ δεδέηται ὃ πυμῶν συναναπρᾶξαι τὸν 
the army has-entreated of-you together-to-exact — (your) 


μισθόν Σεύϑου ἢ παρ᾽ ἕχόντος ἢ παρ᾽ ἄκοντος, 


pay of-Seathes either — willing or — unwilling, 


xai ὅτι φασι τυχόντες τούτων ἂν προϑύ- 
and that they-say having-obtained these (things) ‘they would  cheer- 


- LOS συνέπεσϑαι ὑμῖν, χαὶ ὅτι δοχοῦσι ἃ vuty λέγειν 
fully ‘follow you, and that they-appear to-you  to-say 


Ν ς - 
δίχαια, καὶ ὅτι ὑπέσχεσϑε αὐτοὶς 
(the things that are) just, ‘and that you-had-promised them 


TOTE ἀπιέναι, ὅταν οἵ στρατιῶται ἔχωσι τὰ 
then to-depart, when the soldiers might-have — (their) 


δίκαια. Οἱ Λάχωνες ἀχούσαντες ταῦτα, 
just (demands). The Lacedemonians hearing these (things), 


ἔφασαν ἐρεῖν, καὶ ἄλλα 
said (that they would) say (so), and (such) other (things) 


ὁποῖα ἂν δύνωνται χράτιστα᾽" 
as-that ‘they might ‘be-able (ἰο urge) to-the-best (advantage) ; 


xai εὐϑὺς ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες πάντας τοὺς 


and immediately they-proceeded having all the 
ἐπικαιρίους. "EASOr δὲ Χαρμῖνος ἔλεξε" Ki μὲν, 
proper-persons. Having-come indeed Charminus said: If indeed, 


ὦ Myddcadys, σύ ἔχεις τι, λέγειν πρὸς ἡμᾶς" 


Medosades, you have any-thing, to-say 
δὲ εἰ μή, ἡμεῖς ἔχομεν πρὸς σὲ. 


(say it); but if not, we have (something tosay) to you. 


Ὁ ΝΜηδοσάδης δὲ μάλα ὑἱφειμένως ἔφη "AAW ἐγὼ 


--ὀ Medosades indeed very submissively said: But 

μὲν λέγω, καὶ Σεύϑης τὰ αὐτά, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν 
ey say. and Seuthes. (says) the same, that we-consider 
46 


542 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τοὺς γεγενημένους φίλους ἡμῖν 
(it right, that) — (those) having-become friends _to-us, (ougat) 


ε ‘ 
un πάσχειν xaxds vp ὑμῶν. yap 6 τι ἂν 
not to-suffer evil by you; for whatever ‘you may 
ποιῆτε χαχῶς τούτους, ποιεῖτε ἤδη ἡμᾶς" 
*do ill (to) them, you-do already (the sameto) us; 


yap εἶσιν ἡμέτεροι. Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν, ἔφασαν ot 
0  they-are ours. e therefore, said the 


Adxaves, ἂν ἀπίοιμεν, ὁπότε οἱ χαταπράξαντες 
Lacedwmonians,may depart, when — (those) having-performed 


ταῦτα ὑμῖν ἔχοιεν τὸν μισϑὸν᾽ εἰ δὲ μή, 
these (great things) for-you may-have — (their) pay; if indeed not, 


ἐρχόμεθα μὲν καὶ νῦν βοηϑήσοντες 


we-come indeed even now helping (and taking part with) 


τούτοις, καὶ τιμωρησόμενοι ἄνδρας οἱ ἡδίκη- 
these, and about-taking-vengeance-on (the) ‘men who wronged 


σαν τούτους παρὰ τοὺς doxous. Δὲ ἦν 
these (soldiers) against --- (their) oaths. And if 

‘ ἀν ῊΡ - » 3 ad 5 , 
δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἧτε τοιοῦτοι, ἐνθένδε 
indeed also you may-have-been (of) such (number), (/rom-here) 


ἀρξόμεθα λαμθάνειν τὰ δίκαια. “O Ἐενοφῶν 


{of awe we-will-begin to-take — justice. — Xenopnon 


δὲ εἶπεν" Δ’ ἐϑέλοιτε, + Μηδόσαδες, ἂν 
(then) indeed said: And would-you-be-willing, Ὁ Medosades, τον 


ἐπιτρέψαι τούτοις, (ἐπειδὴ ἔφατε 
ἴο- ‘al (it) to-these (people), (since  they-say (that they) 


εἶναι φίλους ὑμῖν.) ἐν ὧν TH χώρᾳ ἐσμ έν, 
are friends to-you,) in whose — country we- sare (that they) 


ἂν ψηφίσωνται ὃ ὁπότερα, ely προςῆχεν ὑμᾶς ἀπιέναι 
might decide-by-vote either, whether it-were-fit for-you to-depart 


ἐχ τῆς χώρας, εἴτε ἡμᾶς; Δὲ ὁ ἔφη 
from the country, or us? But — (Medosades) suid (I do) 
ov μὲν πσταῦτα᾽ δὲ μάλιστα μὲν ἐχέλευε αὐτὼ 


not indeed (want) this; but most-of-all indeed he-requested these-two 


τὼ Λάχωνε ἐλϑεὶν napa Σεύϑην περὶ Tod μισθοῦ, 
-- Lacedemonians to-go to Seuthes about the pay, 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 5438 


. eee ν 
καὶ οἴεσϑαι ἂν πεῖσαι Σεύϑην" δ᾽ 
and (thathe) thought (thatthey) might persuade Seuthes; but 


εἰ μή, πέμπειν Ἐενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ, xal ὑπι- 
if not, to-send Xenophon with himself, and he- 

~ Ay 6 9 - ι ‘ , 
σχνεῖτο συμπράξειν. ᾿Εδεῖτο δὲ μὴ καίειν 
promised to-co-operate. He-requested (them) moreover not to-burn 
τὰς χώμας. 


the _ villages. 


Ἐντεῦθεν πέμπουσι Ἐξενοφῶντα, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ 


Thereupon they-send Xenophon, and with him 
οἱ ἐδόχουν εἶναι ἐπιτηδειότατοι. Ὅ 
(those) who seemed _ to-be the-most-proper (persons). — (He) 
9 ‘ A ‘ 
δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει πρὸς Σεύϑην" Πάρειμι, 
indeed having-come speaks (thus) to Seuthes ; I-am-here, 
so ‘ A 
ὦ LetSy, οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, ἀλλὰ 
Ο Seuthes, ποῦ about-demanding (any thing of you), but 
διδάξων, ἣν δύνωμαι, ὡς οὐ 


teaching (and convincing you), if I-am-able, that you-'are not 
, 3 

δικαίως ἠχϑέσϑης μοι, ὅτι προθύμως ἀπήτουν 

_ justly ‘displeased with-me, because ‘I earnestly ‘entreated 
ς \ ~ ~ 

σε ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἃ ὑπέσχου 

you about (the pay) of-the soldiers, which you-promised 

αὐτοῖς " γὰρ ἔγωγε ἐνόμιζον οὐχ εἶναι ἧττον 

them ; for I-at-least thought (it would) not be less 


/ A 3 ~ Ἃ 9 ἧς 
συμφέρον σοὶ ἀποδοῦναι, ἢ ἀπολαθδεὶν 
advantageous to-you to-pay, than (that it would be) to-receive 

ἐχείνοις. Tap οἶδα μὲν πρῶτον μετὰ τοὺς 
(Ὁ by-them. For I-know indeed (that) first. after the 
θεοὺς, τούτους καταστήσαντα, σε εἰς τὰ 
gods, these (soldiers) haying-placed you in — (a) 
φανερόν, ἐπεὶ γε ἐποίησαν oe βασιλέα 
conspicuous (position), then at-least they-made you king 
πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων" Gste οὐχ 
of-many places and οἴςΠΙΔΗΥ͂ men; so-that (itis) not 


οἷόν Te λανϑάνειν σοι; οὔτε ἣν 
possible | to-conceal yourself, [tc escape notice,] whether if 


544 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


7 ‘ » Ἃ , bg x 
ποιήσῃς TL xaAOV, οὔτε ἦν TL αἰσχρὸν. 


you-do any-thing good, or if any-thing shameful. ‘To (a, 

᾿Ανδρὶ δὲ ὄντι τοιούτῳ ἐδόχει μὲν εἶται 

‘man indeed being such (in situation) it-seems indeed _ to-be 

μοι μέγα un δοχεῖν ἀποπέμψασ- 

to-me (to bea thing of) great (importance) ποὺ to-seem to-have-sent- 

, 

Sa: ἀχαρίστως ἄνδρας εὐεργέτας, μέγα 

away ungratefully men (his) benefactors, (a) great (thing) 
, > 39 ΄ c ‘ ς , 3 , 

δὲ εὖ ἀχούειν ὑπὸ ἑξακιςχιλίων ἀνθρώπων" 

indeed to-be-well-spoken-of by six-thousand men: 


δὲ TO μέγιστον καταστῆναι 
and the greatest to-be-firmly-established (in the confidence that) 


σαυτὸν μηδαμῶς ἄπιστον ὅ σι λέγοις. 
you (are) in-no-wise unworthy-of-belief (in) what you-may-say. 
Tap ὁρῶ τοὺς λόγους μὲν ἄπιστω.υ πλαγω- 


For 1.566. the words indeed of-those-unworthy-of-belief wander- 
μένους ματαίους και ἀδυνάτους xai ἀτίμους" δ᾽ 
ing-about in-vain and powerless and dishonoured; but 
x «- 
οἱ λόγοι τούτων, οἱ ἂν ὦσιν φανεροὶ ἀσχοῦντες 
the words of-those, who may be openly cultivating 
ἀλήϑειαν, ἢν déoverta τι, δύνανται οὐδὲν μεῖον 
truth, if they-want any-thing, are-able not less 
ἀνύσασϑαι, ἢ ἡ Bia ἄλλων" ἦν τε βού- 
to-effect (it), than the force of-other (men); if also  they- 


λωνται σωφρονίζειν τινας, γιγνώσχω τὰς 
wish to-‘bring any-one *to-reason, I-know the 


ἀπειλὰς τούτων οὐχ ἧττον σωφρονιζούσας., 
threats of-these (men are) not less correcting, 
ἢ τὰς ἤδη χολάσεις ἄλλων. ἦν τέ οἵ 
than the already(given) punishments  of-others; if also — 
τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες ὑπισχνῶνται τῷ σι δια- 
such men promise — (any one) anything they- 
πράττονται οὐδὲν μεῖον, ἢ ἄλλοι διδόντες παρα- 
accomplisn no less, than others giving at-the. 
~ \ 3 , ? , 7 
χρῆμα. Δὲ xai ἀναμνήσθητι σύ, τί προτελέσας 
d also 


instant. An recollect yourself, what you-aavanced 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 545 


ἡμῖν ἔλαθες ἡμᾶς συμμάχους. OloS ὅτι 
to-us having-taken us (as) allies. You-know that (it was) 
οὐδέν: ἀλλὰ πιστευϑεῖς ἀληϑεύσειν, ἃ ἔλαθες, 
nothing; | but having-been-trusted to-speak-the-truth, what you-say, 
ἐπῆρας 
{but trusting that you spoke the truth in what you said,] you-induced 
τοσούτους arvspdnovs τε συστρατεύεσϑαί τε καὶ 
such-a-number (of) men not-only to-fight-with (you), but-also 
συγχατεργάσασϑαι σοι ἀρχὴν οὐ μόνον ἀξίαν 
to-conquer-with you (a) government not only worth 
τριάχοντα ταλάντων, ὅσα οὗτοι οἴονται 
thirty talents. which (sum) they think (that they) 


δεῖν νῦν ἀπολαθεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων. 
ought now to-receive (from you), but many-times-more, 


Οὐχ οὖν πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτο τὸ πιστεύεσϑαι σε, 
(Is) not therefore ‘first indeed this | the to-confide in-you, 


TO καὶ χατεργασάμενον 
[the confidence placed in you,] — (that) even (which) secured 


σοι τὴν βασιλείαν πιπράσχεται ὑπὸ Gov τούτων 
for-you the kingdom sold by you (for) this 


τῶν χρημάτων. ϑι δὴ ἀναμνήσθετι, πῶς μέγα 
- money. Well-then truly recollect, how great 
4 


vote ἡγοῦ καταπράξασθαι ἃ 
‘you then ‘considered (it) to-accomplish (those things) which 
viv ἔχεις καταστρεψάμενος. “Eyo μὲν old’ εὖ, 
now ycu-have having-conquered. I indeed know well 


ὅτι εὔξω ἂν ᾿ τὰ νῦν πεπραγμένα 
that ‘you would ‘have-prayed (for) the (things) now accomplished 


μᾶλλον καταπραχϑῆναι σοι, ἢ πολλατσιλάσια 


rather to-be-effected  for-you, than (for) many-times 
σούων τῶν χρημάτων γενέσθαι. Τοίνυν 
that (sum) of — money (might) be, Therefore 


ἐμοὶ doxet εἶναι μεῖζον BAdbos καὶ αἴσχιον μὴ 


to-me it-seems to-be (a) greater detriment and disgrace ποῖ 


νῦν xatacyely τὸ ταῦτα, ἢ τότε μὴ 


now to-have-retained “-- these (things), than then not 
46 * ; 


646 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


. σ 5 ͵ 
λαθεῖν, ὅσῳπερ χαλεπώτερον ἐκ πλουσίοι 
to-have-acquired (them), as (itis) more-grievous from (the) rich 
WEVECSAL πένητα, ἣ μὴ πλουτῆσαι ἢ 

to-become poor, |than not to-have-been-rich if (from the) 
3 ‘ 

ἀρχὴν, χαὶ ὅσῳ 


beginning, [than not to have been rich at all,] and in-as-much-as (it iz) 

λυπηρότερον φανῆναι ἰδιώτην ἐχ 

more-distressing to-appear (a) private (person) from (having been a) 

βασιλέως, 4 μὴ βασιλεῦσαι ἢ ἀρχὴν. 

king, than not to-have-reigned | if (from the) beginning [at all]. 
Οὐχ οὖν μὲν ἐπίστασαι ὅτι οἱ γενόμενοι 

Do-‘you not therefore indeed *know that — (those) *having 


vov ὑπήχοοι σοι ἐπείσθησαν οὐ τῇ 
now ‘become subject to-you *have not ‘submitted | (for) ~ 
σῇ φιλίᾳ ἄρχεσθαι ὑπὸ σοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ 
your loye [through love of you] to-be-governed by you, put 
ἀνάγκῃ, xai ὅτι ἂν ἐπιχειροῖεν πάλιν 
through-necessity, and that ‘they would ‘endeavour again 
γίγνεσθαι ἐλεύθεροι, εἶ μή τις φόθος 
to-become free, if (there were) not some fear (that) 
, rt = ν 3 , 
XATEYOL 5 Ποτέρως οὖν οἴει αὑτοὺς 
might-restrain (them)? Whether therefore do-you-think (that) they 
ἂν τε μᾶλλον φοὔεϊσϑαι, καὶ σωφρονεὶν 
would also*be more  ‘restrained-by-fear, and ‘conduct (them- 
TH πρὸς σέ, 
selves more) ‘discreetly (and obediently) in-the (affairs) concerning you, 
εἰ ὁρῷεν τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω διαχειμένους σοι, 
if they-should-see the soldiers so disposed to-you, 
ὡς viv τε μένοντας, εἶ ov ἂν χελεύεις, τ᾽ ἂν 
as now also remaining, if γοὰ που γχϑαυοβδῦ (it),and — 
ἔλθοντας αὖϑίς ταχὺ, ei δέοι, TE ἄλλους 
having-come back speedily, if it-is-required, also (that) othera 
ἀχούοντας πολλὰ ἀγαϑὰ τούτων 
hearing much good (concerning you) of-those (soldiers 
περὶ σοῦ, ἂν παραγενέσϑαι 
who have beer in service) with you, would join (you) 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 54:1 


tay? ὁπότε βούλοιο ἢ εἰ χατα- 
tmmediately when you-might-wish (it); or if they-should-form-aa-un. 
δοξάσειαν ἄλλους ἃ unt’ ἐλϑεῖν σοι, 


favourable-opinion (of you, that) others would not go _ to-you, 


δ ἀπιστίαν ἐχ τῶν viv yeyern- 

through distrust (arising) from the (things that) now have-hap- 

, 3 eat 

μένων, TE τούτους εἶναι εὐνουστέρους αὑτοῖς 

pened, αεἴ50 (that) these (Greeks) are better-affected to-them 
7, 

ἢ σοί; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν 


(namely, your unconquered subjects,) than to-yourself? But certainly 


¢ ~ 
ὑπεῖξάν σοι οὐδέ γε λειφϑέντε 
{that these people) submitted to-you ποὺ at-least (as) deficient 
ς - > > ~ 
MARSEL ἡμῶν, ἀλλ ἀπορίᾳ προστατῶν. 
in-number (to) us, but (as being) in-want of-leaders, 


Οὐχ οὖν xai τοῦτο κίνδυνος, μὴ λάθωσι 
(Is there) not thereforeeven this (asa) danger, lest they-take 


προστάτας τινας αὑτῶν τούτων, ot νομίζουσιν 


(as) leaders some  of-those same, who consider 
- ς τῷ 

ἀδικεῖσθαι ὑπὸ σοῦ, ἢ καὶ τοὺς Λαχε- 

(themselves) wronged by you, or even the Lace- 

δαιμονίους χρείττονας τούτων, 

dzemonians better (and more powerful than) those, 
‘ ~ ς ~ 

ἐὰν μὲν OL στρατιῶται ὑπισχνῶνται συστρατεύεσθαι 

if indeed the soldiers promise to-serve-in-the-army 

αὐτοὶς προϑυμότρον ἂν νῦν ἀναπράξωσι τὰ 

with-them more-spiritedly (if) 'they would now exact the 


παρὰ σοῦ, δὲ of Λακεδαιμόνιοι συναινέσωσιν 
(money) from you, and the Lacedemonians  should-agree-with 


αὐτοὶς ταῦτα διὰ στὸ δεῖσϑαι τῆς 
hem (about) these (things) through [6  to-want [want] of-the 


wpatiais; Ὅτι ye μὴν οἱ Opaxes γενόμενοι 


army? That at-least certainly the Thracians | having-become 
ὑπό σοι ἂν πολὺ προθυμότερον ἴοιεν 
ander you [subjugated by you] would much more-promptly ge 


ἐπὶ σε ἢ σύν σοι, οὐχ ἄδηλον" γὰρ μὲν Cod 
egainst youthan with you, (is) not doubtful; for indeed you 


548 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


xpatodvtos δουλεία ὑπάχει αὐτοὶς, δὲ σοῦ xpatuv- 


vonquering slavery is for-them, but you  being-con- 
͵ 3 / ‘ ba - 

μένου, ἐλευϑερία. Aé xat εἰ ἤδη δεὶ προνο- 

quered, liberty. And also if it-‘is now ‘necessary to-pro 


εσθαι τι τῆς χώρας, ὡς οὔσης σῆς, ποτέρως 


vide something for-the country, as being yours, whethet 


ἂν οἴει αὐτὴν εἶναι μᾶλλον ἀπαϑῆ xaxdr, 


‘you may ‘think ᾿ it to-be more free-from evil, 
> 3 ‘ ς - 3 , a 
εἰ αὐτοὶ of στρατιῶται AnoAabdrTEs ἃ 
if they the soldiers having-received (from you) what 


ἐγκαλοῦσιν καταλιπόντες εἰρήνην οἴχοιντο, ἢ εἰ 


they-claim leaving peace should-depart, or if 
οὗτοί TE μένοιεν ὡς ἐν πολεμίᾳ, 
these (soldiers should) also remain as in(a) hostile (country), 
/ a4 cA » , 
σὺ Te πειρῷο ἕχων ἄλλους σλείονας 
you alsoshould-endeayourhaving other (soldiers) more-numerous (than) 
τούτων ἀντιστρατοπεδεύεσϑαι, δεομένους τῶν 
these to-encamp-over-aguinst (them), wanting — 


3 , ᾿ ΄ τ > , ΕἾ 
ἐπιτηδείων; Δὲ ποτέρως πλεῖον ἀργύριον ἂν 
provisions ? And whether more money might 


ἀναλωϑείη, el τοῦτο TO ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοδείη, 
be-spent, if that — (which) is-due should-be-paid, 


Ἃ ¥ ~ 3 ld r 
ἢ εἴ TE ταῦτα ὀφείλοιντο, τε δέοι 
than if also this (money were left) due; and it-were-necessary 


σε μισθοῦσθαι ἄλλους χρείττονας τούτων; 
(that) γοὰ should-hire other (troops) better (than) these? 


᾿Αλλὰ yap Ἡρακλείδῃ, ὡς ἐδήλου πρὸς ἐμὲ, τοῦτο 


But raclides, as he-declared ἴο me, this 
tT) ἀργύριον δοκεὶ εἶναι πάμπολυ. Ἢ μὴν ἐστι 
-- money seems to-be very-great. — Certainly it-ig 

€ πολύ ἔλαττον viv σοι xal 
at-least (a) much smaller (or easier affair) now for-you both 


λαθεῖν τοῦτο καὶ ἀποδοῦναι τοῦτο, ἢ, πρὶν 

to-take this and pay this, than, before (that) 
ἡμᾶς ἔλϑεῖν πρὸς σε, δέχατον μέρος 
ae came to you, (to take or pay the) tenth part 


. 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VII. 549 


τούτου. Tap ἐστιν od ἀριϑμός ὃ ὁρί- 
of-it. For it-is not (the) number (or amount) — (that) de. 
Gov τὸ πολὺ xal τὸ ὀλίγον, GAN ἣ δύναμις 
termines the much ἀπ (δ little, but the power 
> 3 3 7 τ Ὁ / 
Te τοὺ ἀποδιδόντος xal τοῦ λαμθάνοντος. 
not-enly of — paying but-also of — taking (and 
Δὲ viv  mpdsodog σοὶ xat’ ἐνιαυτὸν 
receiving) But now the income to-you for (the) year 
ἔσται πλείων, ἣ EunpooSev τὰ πάντα ἃ ἐχέχ- 
will-be more, than before τος all which you-had-pos- 
z ~ 
τῆσο. "Ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ Σεύϑη, προενοούμην ταῦτα 
sessed. I indeed, Ὁ Seuthes, have-considered these (things) 
ὡς ὄντος φίλου σου, ὅπως τε σύ doxoing ἄξιος 
as being (a) friend of-you, so-that also you may-appear worthy 


- 3 ~ ε δέν 3 ᾿ 
ὧν ἀγαϑῶν ob θεοί ἔδωχαν σοι, ἐγὼ 
of-the good-things --- (that the) gods have-given you, | (and) I 
TE un διαφϑαρείην ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ. 
also (that) I-‘might not *be-ruined in the army 


Tap ἴσϑι εὖ, 
[and that I might not lose all credit in the army]. For know well, 
ὅτι ἐγὼ νῦν οὔτ᾽ βουλόμενος ἂν δυνηϑείην ποιῆσαι 
that I now neither wishing could I-be-able to-do 
καχῶς σὺν ταύτῃ TH στρατιᾷ, οὔτ᾽ εἰ. ἂν πάλιν 
narm with this -- army, nor if ‘I might again 
βουλοίμην PonSjoat, ἂν γενοίμην ἱκανὸς. 
*desire to-assist (you), might I-be able. 
Tap οὕτω notpatia διάκχειτα πρὸς ἐμέ. Καίτοι 
For thus the army (is) disposed to me. | And-certainly 
ποιοῦμαι αὐτὸν σε μάρτυρα σὺν Oeois εἰδόσιν, 
I-make you yourself to-give-witness with (the) gods knowing, 
σ 
OTL 
[and I call on you and the gods, knowing the truth, to witness,] that ‘I 
οὔτε ἔχω παρὰ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐτιὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, 
-- ‘have from you nothing for the soldiers, 


οὔτε πώποτε ὕτησα εἰς τὸ ἴδιον 
nor δδᾶνο- ever ‘asked (of you) for —(my) private (use) 


550 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τὰ ἐχείνων, οὔτε ἀπήτησα ἃ 
the (things belonging to) them, nor haye-I-asked-for (that) which 
ς “ ΕΖ ᾿ 3 , 

ὑπέσχου μοι. “Ourvur σοι δὲ ἀποδιδόντος 
you-promised me. I-swear to-you indeed (that) offering 


ἂν μηδὲ δέξασϑαι, εἶ μὴ καὶ οἱ στρα- 
(pay to me)*I would not ‘have-received (it), unless also the sol- 


, » id iy c 
τιώται ἔμελλον συναπολαμθάνεν τὰ ἑαυ- 
diers were-about to-receive-together-with (me) the (pay) of-them- 


τῶν. Γὰ ἦν αἰσχρὸν διαπεπρᾶχϑαι μὲν 

selves. For it-would-have-been disgraceful to-have-accomplished indeed 
‘ > A ‘ > A ~ 8 

TH ἐμὰ, 8 ἐμὲ περιιδεῖν τὰ 

-- my-own (affairs), | but (for) me to-have-neglected the (affairs) 


ἐχείνων ἔχοντα χαχῶς, 
of-them having (themselves) ill, [πὲ for me to neglect their 


ἄλλως τε καὶ τιμώ- 
affairs when in an unsatisfactory condition,] otherwise also even hon- 


¢ 9 3 “ ’ ες Ud 
μενον tm éxeivar. Καίτοι ἫἩ ραχλείδῃ γε 
oured by them. Though-indeed to-Heraclides at-least 


πάντα doxet εἶναι λῆρος, πρὸς ἔχειν τὸ 
all seems to-be (a) trifle, — (compared) to-having — 


ἀργύριον éx παντὸς τρόπου. Ἐγὸ δὲ, ὦ Σεύϑη, 


money by means. indeed, O  Seuthes, 
vouita οὐδὲν χτῆμα εἶναι κάλλιον οὐδὲ λαμ- 
think (that) no possession to-be more-beautiful or more- 
STEPOV ἀνδρί, ἄλλως τε καὶ 

illustrious ‘in (a) ‘man, | otherwise also even [especially] ‘in (a) 
ἄρχοντι, ἀρετῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ γενναιό- 
‘ruler, (than) virtue and justice and gene- 
τητος. Tap ὃ ἔχων ταῦτα πλουτεῖ μὲν 
rosity. - For — (he) having these (things) is-rich indeed 
ὄντων πολλῶν φίλων, δὲ χαὶ πλουτεὶ 
(being) (having) many friends, and also rich (in) 
» , 4 ι oe 
ἄλλων βουλομένω γενέσθαι, χαὶ μὲν 

otherz wishing to-become (his friends), and indeed (when) 


πρᾶττων ed ἔχει τοὺς συνησϑησομένους, 
doing well he-has — (those) rejoicing-with (him), 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VII. 551 


ἐὰν δὲ σφαλῇ τι, σπανίζει 
jif indeed he-falls (in) any-thing, [in reverse of fortune, ] he-wants 
ov TOY βοηϑησόντων. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰ 
not --- (those) helping (him). But (enough) for 
/ ~ ~ 
εἰ μήτε χκατέμαϑες ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἔργων, 
if you-'have neither ‘learned. from — my actions, 
σ τ , 3 - -» 
ὅτι ἦν φίλος σοι ex τῆς ψυχῆς, μήτε 
that I-was (a) friend to-youfrom — mind, fat heart,}] nor 
δύνασαι γνῶναι τοῦτο éx τῶν ἐμῶν 
(that you) have-been-able to-have-known this from — my 


λόγων, ἀλλὰ κατανόησον πάντως τοὺς λόγους THY 
words, but-yet consider by-all-means the words  of-the 
στρατιωτῶν. yap παρῆσϑα, xai Fxoves, ἃ 
soldiers ; for you-were-present, and you-heard, what 
ἔλεγον οἵ βουλόμενοι ψέγειν ἐμὲ. Tap κατη- 
they-said, — (those) wishing to-asperse me. For they- 
, ι 4 , ε , 
γόρουν μου μὲν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους, ὡς ποιοίμην 
accused me indeed to (the) Lacedemonians, that I-made 


πλείονος περὶ σε Λακεδαιμονίους: δ᾽ 


more — (of) you than (ofthe) Lacedemonians; and 


Ἃ 


αὐτοὶ ἐνεχάλουν ἐμοὶ, ὡς μᾶλλον μέλοι μοι, 
they charged me, thatit-‘was more (a) ‘care to-me, 
ὅπως τὰ σὰ ἔχοι χαλῶς 

| that — your (affairs) might-have (themselves) well [that your 
ἢ ὅπως τὰ ἐαυτῶν" ἔφασαν 
affairs might prosper] or than the (affairs) of-them; they-said 
δὲ με καὶ ἔχειν δῶρα παρὰ σοῦ. Καίτοι 
indeed (that) I even had presents from γι. And-yet 
πότερον οἴει αὐτοὺς ἐνιδόντας μοι τινα 
whether 4o-you-think (that) ~ they having-seen in-me some 
καχόνοιαν πρὸς σέ, αἰτιᾶσϑθαί ue ἔχειν τὰ ταῦτα 
ill-will toward you, accused me of-having — these 
δῶρα παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ χατανοήσαντης πολλὴν 
presents from you, or perceiving = (in me) -much 
mpoSvuiay περὶ σε; ᾿Εγὼ μὲν oluae ἀνϑρώπους 
τοι] for you? I indeed think (that) men 


552 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, 


νομίζειν, εὔνοιαν δεῖν ἀποχεῖσθαι τούτω 
consider (that) gratitude ought to-be-laid-up  for-those (persons) 


map οὗ τις δωρά ἂν λαμδάνῃ. Δὲ σὺ πρὶν μὲν 
from whom any gift may _be-received. But you before indeed 
᾿ ς » ι 
ἐμὲ ὑπηρετῆσαι σοι τι, ἐδέξω ἡδέως χαὶ 
I had-'done you any ‘service, gave favourably — 
ὄμμασι χαὶ φωνῇ καὶ ξενίοις, χαὶ οὐχ 
looks and words and_ gifts-of-hospitality, | and ‘had not 
ς 
ἐνεπίμσιλασο ὑπισχνούμενος 
*filled-up [and did not satisfy yourself] promising 
σ ᾿" \ 
doa ἔσοιτο" ἐπεὶ δὲ χατέπραξας 
how-great would-be (my rewards); when indeed you-had-accomplished 
ἃ ἐθούλου, καὶ γεγένησαι μέγιστος ὅσον 
what you-wished, and (that you) have-become as-great as 
ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην, τολμᾷς περιο- 
I was-able (to assist you to become), can-you-bear to-see-with- 
piv νῦν μὲ ὄντα οὕτω ἄτιμον ἐν τοῖς στρα- 
indifferencenow me being thus dishonoured among the sol- 
TIOTAIS; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν, πιστεύω ὅτι καὶ τὸν χρόνον 
diers? But certainly, I-trust that even — time 


διδάξειν σε δόξει σοι ἀποδοῦναι, καὶ σε 

will-teach you (that) it-will-seem (best) to-you to-pay-the-debt, and you 
(eg 3. SAE A c , ‘ 

αὐτόν ye οὐχὶ ἀνέξεσθαι ὁρωντά τοὺς 

yourself at-least ‘will not "bear seeing — (those) 

προεμένους εὐεργεσίαν σοὶ ἐγκαλοῦντας 

freely-bestowing benefits on-you accusing (and reproaching) 


σοι. Ody δέομαι σοῦ, ὅταν ἀποδιδῷς, προϑυμεῖσϑαι 
you. Therefore I-entreat you, when you-pay, you-will-study 


ποιῆσαι ἐμὲ τοιοῦτον παρὰ τοὶς στρατιώταις οἵονπερ 
᾿ to-make me  the-same with the soldiers — as-altogether 
καὶ παρέλαθες. 

even (when) you-received (me into your service), 


Ὃ Σεύϑης ἀχούσας ταῦτα κατηράσατο 


--  Seuthes hearing _ these (things) uttered-imprecations-against 


τῷ αἰτίῳ tod μὴ πάλαι ἀποδεδόσϑαι τὸν μισθόν" 
the author οἵ --- ποὺ long-since paying the _ wages 


BOOK VII.—-CHAPTER VII. 553 


[καὶ πάντες ὑπώπτευσαν τοῦτον εἶναι “Hoa- 


(and all suspected this (one) to-be Hera- 
/ = a \ 3 ͵ ΕΣ 

κλείδην") γὰρ ἐγώ, ἔφη, οὔτε διενοήϑην 

clides ;) for I, said-he, [Seuthes,] never intended 

πώποτε ἀποστερῆσαι, TE ἀποδώσω. 


at-any-time to-deprive (the men of their pay), and I-will-pay (it). 


Ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν εἶπεν" "Enel τοίνυν 
-— Xenophon then again said: Since therefore 


~ 5 κε 
διανοῇ ἀποδιδόναι, νῦν ἐγώ δέομαι σου ἀποδιδόναι 
you-are-resolved to-pay, now I entreat you to-pay 
> 3 ~ - 

δ ἐμοῦ, καὶ. μὴ περιιδεῖν μὲ διὰ σὲ 
(them) through me, and not  to-neglect me through you 
ἔχοντα ἀνομοίως νῦν τε ἕν τῇ στρατιᾷ 
having (myself) differently now also in the army 
καὶ ὅτε adixduesa πρὸς σὲ. Ὁ δ᾽ 
— (than) when we-came to you. — (Seuthes) indeed 
εἶπεν" “AAA οὔτ᾽ ἔσῃ ἀτιμότερος τοῖς 
said : But you-'will not *be more-dishonoured among-the 
στρατιώταις δ ἐμὲ, ἄν τε μένῃς παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ, 
soldiers through me, should also you-remain with me, 
¥ ΄ ΄ ς ’ 2) 8 
ἔχων μόνους χιλίους οπίλιτας, ἔγὼ τε 
having only a-thousand heavy-armed-men, I ‘will also 
ἀποδώσω σοὶ τὰ χωρία, καὶ τἄλλα ἃ 
‘give you —(strong) places, and _ the-other (things) which 
ὑπεσχόμεν. Δὲ ὃ πάλιν εἶπε" 
I-promised (you). But — (Xenophon) again said: (That) 
Ταῦτα μὲν ἔχειν οὕτως οὐχ 
these (things) indeed (should) have (themselves) so (18) not 
- οἷόν te’ δὲ ἀπόπεμπε ὑμᾶς. Καὶ μήν, ἔφη 


possible ; but *send us ‘away. And certainly, said 


Σεύϑης ε οἶα ὃν καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον σοι 
Seuthes ‘I at-least ‘know (itis) being even safer for-you 


" , 
μένειν ἐμοὶ ἢ ἀπιέναι. ὯὉ δὲ πάλιν 
to-remain with-me than  to-depart. — (Xenophon) indeed again 
εἶπεν: ᾿Αλλὰ μὲν ἐπαινῶ τὴν σὴν πρόνοιαν. 
said: But indeed  I-praise — your orethought. 

47 


554 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


"Euol δὲ μένειν οὐχ οἷόν te. A’ ὅπου ἐγὼ 
For-me indeed to-remain (is) not possible. But wherever I 
ἂν ὦ ἐντιμότερος, νόμιζε καὶ τοῦτο ἔσεσθαι 

may be more-honoured, know (that) even this will-be (a) 
ἀγαθὸν coi. Ἐντεῦθεν Σεύϑης λέγει" 
good (thing) for-you. Then Seuthes says: 
Αργύριον μὲν ἔχω οὐκ, GAN ἢ σι μιχρόν, 
Money indeed I-have not, but really-only some little, 
xai τοῦτο δίδωμι σοι; τάλαντον" δὲ 
and this I-will-give you, (namely a) talent; (I have) however 


ἑξακοσίους βοῦς, καὶ mpdbata eis τετρακιςχίλια, 


six-hundred oxen, and sheep about four-thousand, 
A 3 / > 2 , ‘ ¥ 

καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἰς ἐχατόν χαὶ εἴχοσι. 
and slaves to (the number of a) hundred and twenty, 
Λαδὼν ταῦτα, καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους τῶν ἀδικη- 
Having-taken these, and the hostages of — (those) acting- 
σάντων CE, - Mposaabar, aux. ‘O Ξενοφῶν 
unjustly to-you, (and) having-received (them) depart. -— Xenophon 

Ab 5 sae - ~ : 
γελάσας εἰπεν Ην οὖν ταῦτα μὴ 
having-laughed said: If therefore these (things) ‘do not 
ἐξικνῆται εἰς TOV μισῶόν, Tivos φήσω 
‘amount to (a sufficiency) for-the pay, (for) whom shall-I-say 

ἔχειν -τάλαντον;: Οὐχ ap’, ἐπειδὴ καὶ 


{that I) have (the) talent? (Is it) not therefore, since even 
ἐπικίνδυνόν ἐστι μοί, ἄμεινον ἀπιόντά γε φυλάτ- 


danger is to-me, better going-away at-least to-guard- 
, ‘ ‘ 

TECSAL πέτρους; Δὲ ἤκουες τὰς ἀπειλάς. 

myself (against) stones? ‘*Youindeed ‘heard the threats 


Ἰότε δὴ μὲν ἔμεινε avrov. 

‘Then truly indeed he-remained there (that day). i 
Δὲ τῇ votepaia τε ἀπέδωχε αὐτοῖς ἃ ὑπέ- 
But on-the next-day ‘he also ‘gave to-them what he-had. 


σχετο, καὶ συνέπεμψε τοὺς ἐλάσοντας 
promised, and he-sent-with (them) — (those) . driving 
ταῦτα. Οἱ στρατιῶται δὲ τέως μὲν 


these (cattle). The soldiers however in-the-mean-time indeed 


BOOK VII. CHAPTER VII. §55 


ἔλεγον, ὡς Ξενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς Σεύϑην οἰκήσων 
said, that Xenophon was-gone_ to Seuthes, dwelling 
9 ες - 
καὶ ἀποληψόμενος ἃ ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ" 
(with him) and having-received what he-promised him; 
Ὁ: \ μὴ 3 \ a cr 
δὲ ἐπεὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν ἥχοντα Te ἥσϑησαν 
but when they-saw him coming they-'were not-only ‘delighted 
καὶ προςέϑεον. Δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐπεὶ εἶδε Χαρ- 
but-also ran-to (him). But Xenophon when he-saw Char- 
μῖνόν τε καὶ ἸΤολύνικον᾽ Ταῦτα, ἔφη, καὶ 
minus as also Polynicus: These (things), said-he, *have even 


δ ὑμᾶς σέσωσται TH στρατιᾷ, καὶ ἐγὼ παρα- 


through you  ‘been-saved for- the army, and de- 
δίδωμι αὐτὰ ὑμῖν" ὑμεῖς δὲ διαϑέμενοι διά- 
liver them to-you; you _ indeed having-disposed-of (them) dis- 
δοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ. Οἱ . οὖν μὲν, 
tribute (the proceeds) to-the soldiers. — (Those) therefore indeed, 


παραλαῦ όντες καὶ χατασ τήσαντ ες λαφυρο- 
having-received (the things) and rks appointed booty- 


σώλας, ἐπώλουν, xai εἶχον πολλήν αἰτίαν. 
sellers, sold (the things), and they-had much blame. 


é Ξενοφῶν οὐ προτῇει, ἀλλὰ ἦν φανερὸς 
But Xenophon ‘did ποὺ ‘go-near (them), but was openly 
παρασχευοζόμενος οἴκαδε". yap mw 
preparing for-home; for as-yet (a) vote (or sentence) 


οὐ ἐπῆχτο αὐτῷ ᾿Αϑήνησι περὶ φυγῆς. 


- twas not ‘proposed against-him at-Athens respecting banishment. 


Δὲ of ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν TH στρατοπέδῳ προςελϑόντες 
Bat --- (815) friends in the camp going- -to 


A 3 ~ ‘ 
αὐτῷ ἐδέοντο μὴ ἀπελθεῖν, πρὶν ἀπα- 
him requested (that he would) not depart, before he-might- 


γάγοι τὸ στράτευμα. καὶ παραδοίη  Oibparr. 
lead-off the army, and deliver (it) to-Thibron. 


556 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


᾿Ἐντεῖϑεν διέπλευσαν eis Λάμψακον" xan 
THENCE they-sailed-across _ to Lampsacus ; and 


Ἢ 9 

Εὐχλείδης μάντις, Φλιάσιος, ὁ vids Krewydpov, 
Euclides (the) augur, (a) Phliasian, the son of-Cleagorus, 
τοῦ γεγραφότος τὰ ἐνύπνια ἐν Λυχείῳ, ἀπαντᾷ 
the (one) having-written the dreams in(the) Lyceum, came-to-meet 
τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι. Οὗτος συνήδετο τῷ ἘΞενοφῶντι, 


-- Xenophon. This (person) congratulated — Xenophon, 


ὄτι ἐσέσωστο, καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν πόσον χρυσίον 
that he-had-been-saved, and inquired-of him how-much gold 
ΕΖ « ’ ΄" , ΕἸ - τ 

ἔχει. Ὁ ὃ ἐπομόσας αὐτῷ εἶπεν, 
he-has. --- (Xenophon) indeed having-taken-an-oath to-him said, 


A »” & '€. \ 5 A 
μὴν ἔσεσθαι μηδὲ ἱκανὸν ἐφόδιον 
(that) there-was certainly ἰο-Ὀ6 not sufficient travelling-expenses 


39 , ¥ 3 ‘ 3 7 \ σ \ 
ἀσιοντι οἴχαδε, él UN ἀπόδοιτο τον ἱπσπῖον XL 


departing for-home, unless he-sold — (his) horse and 
ς \ 
ἃ εἶχεν ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν. A ὁ οὐχ ἐπί- 


what he-had about him. But — (Euclides) ‘did not *be- 
otevev atta. A ἐπεὲ Λαμψαχηνοὶ ἔπεμψαν 


lieve him. But when (the) Lampsaceans had-sent 


ξένια τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, καὶ ἔϑυε τῷ ᾿Απόλ- 
gifts-of-hospitality to — Xenophon, andhe-sacrificedto— Apollo, 


λωνι, παρεστήσατο τὸν Εὐχλείδην" ὁ EvxAeidys 


he-placed-beside (him) — Euclides ; -- Euclides 

\ ὅν \ ς . Ξ σ , eee 
δὲ ἰδὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα εἶπεν, ὅτι πείϑοιτο αὐτῷ 
indeed seeing the victims said, that he-believed him 
μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. ᾿Αλλ’ οἶδα, ἔφη, ὅτι 
jnot to-be [ποὺ to have] riches. But I-know, said-he, that 
xa ποτὲ μέλλῃ ἔσεσθαι. τι 


even-if (money) at-any-time should-be-about to-be (yours) some 


ἐμπόδιον φαίνεται, sav μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺ σαυτῷ 
impediment _shows-itself, if no other, you yourself. 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VIII. 557 


Ο Ξενοφῶν συνωμολόγει ταῦτα. Ὅ 

— Xenophon assents to-these (things), — (Euclides, 
δὲ eine’ Tap ὁ Ζεὺς ὁ Μειλίχιος ἐστι 
indeed said: — (However) — Jupiter — Meilichius is (a) 
> 7y 4 > [4 5 . » , 
ἐμπόδιον" καὶ ἐπήρετο, εἰ ποτὲ ἤδη θύσειν, 


hindrance : and inquired, if ever ποὺ (that he) sacrificed, 


ὥςπερ οἴχοι, ἔφη, ἐγὼ εἰώϑειν θύεσϑαι καὶ 


the-same-as at-home, said-he, I was-accustomed to-sacrifice and 
os ~ Coke, ᾽ ς 

ὁλοχαυτεῖν ὑμῖν. LA’ ὁ ἔφη, ἐξ ὅτου 
offer-holocausts for-you. But — (Xenophon) said, from whatever 


ἀπεδήμησε οὐ τεϑυχέναι τῷ τούτῳ 
{time) he-left-home (that he) *had not ‘sacrificed to — this 


θεῷ. Οὖν συνεθδούλευσεν αὐτῷ θύεσϑαι xada 
god. Therefore he-advised him to-sacrifice ag 


εἰώθει, χαὶ, ἔφη, συνοίσειν 
he-had-been-aceustomed, and, said-he, (I think that) it-will-contribute 


ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. Δὲ TH ὑστεραίᾳ ὃ Ἐενοφῶν προ- 
for the better. And on-the next-day — Xenophon  pro- 


ελϑὼν eis ᾿Ὀφρύνιον ἐθύετο, καὶ ὡλοχαύτει χοίρους 
ceeding to Ophrynium sacrificed, and burned-up hogs 


τῷ νόμῳ πατρίῳ, καὶ ἐχαλλιέρει. 
in-the manner (of his) country, and he-found-the-entrails-favourable. 


Kai ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Βίτων ἀφικχεῖτα καὶ 
And _ on-that — (same) day Biton arrived also 


ἅμα Εὐχλείδης δώσοντες χρήματα τῷ στρατεύ- 
together-with Euclides | having-given money to-the army ; 


ματι" καὶ ξενοῦνταί τῷ 
[with pay for the army :] and they-were-hospitably-entertained by — 


Ξενοφῶντι, καὶ λυσάμενοι ἵσιπον, ov ἀπέδοτο ἐν 


Xenophon, and having-redeemed (the) horse, which he-sold ἴῃ 
~ ς , 
Λαμψάκῳ πεντήχοντα δαρεικῶν, ὑποπτεύοντες 
Lampsacus for-fifty darics, suspecting (that) 
‘ ry σ 
αὐτὸν πεπραχέναι δ ἔνδειαν, ὅτι 
he had-sold (it) through want, (because) that 
~~ ο > / 
ἤχουον αὐτὸν ἥδεσθαι τῷ ἵππῳ, ἀπέ- 


they-had-heard (that) he was-fond-of the horse, they- 
47 * 


- > 


558 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


4 ν ΕῚ 3 τὰν ‘ 
δοσαν χαὶ ἤϑελον οὐχ ἀπολαθεῖν τὴν 
restored (ittohim) and they-would ποῦ receive the 
τιμὴν. 


price (from him). 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Τρῳάδος, καὶ 


Thence they-proceeded through — Troas, and 
ὑπερύάντες τὴν Ἴδην ἀφιχοῦνται πρῶτον εἰς "Αν- 
crossing-over -- Ida they-arrived first at An- 


Tavdpov’ εἶτα πορευόμενοι Mapa θάλατταν 
tandrium; afterwards proceeding along (the) sea (they arrived) 


εἷς πεδίον Θήδης τῆς Λυδίας. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν 


on (the) plain of-Thebe — (in) Lydia. Thence 
ὁδεύσαντες δ ᾿Ατραμυττίου καὶ Κερτωνοῦ παρ᾽ 
journeying through Atramyttium and Certonium ry 
᾿Αταρνέα ἐλθόντες εἰς πεδίον Kaixov xata- 
Atarneus having-come to (the) plain of-Caicus they- 
Aaubavovor Πέργαμον τῆξ, Μυσίας. 
reached Pergamus — (in) Mysia. 

*"Evtatsa δὴ ἘΞενοφῶν ξενοῦται παρ᾽ 


Here indeed Xenophon was-entertained-hospitably by 


Ἑλλάδι, γυναικὶ τῇ Γογγύλου τοῦ ᾿Ερετριέως, 


Hellas, (the) wife of — Gongylus the Eretrian, 
καὶ μητρί Γοργίωνης καὶ Toyytzov. Αὕτη 
and (the) mother of-Gorgion and Gongylus. This (Hellas) 


δὲ φράζει αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ Πέρσης 
indeed mentions to-him, ὑμπαΐ there-was in the plain (a) Persian 
ἀνὴρ ᾿Ασιδάτης᾽ τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτόν, 

man (called) Asidutes ; this (person) she-said (that) he, [Xenophon,] 


εἰ ἔλῶοι τῆς νυχτὸς σὺν τριαχοσίοις ἀνδράσι, 
if he-would-go at -- night with  three-hundred men, 


dv Aabeiy καὶ αὐτὸν, xai γυναῖχα, καὶ παῖδας, 
might capture “-- him, and (his) wife, and children, 
καὶ TH χρήματα" εἶναι δὲ πολλά. 
and “--- (his) property; (and that this) was indeed much, 


Ἔπεμψε δὲ te τὸν ἀνεψιὸν αὑτῆς καὶ Δαφνα: 
She-ends indeed also the cousin of-herself and Daphna- 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VIII. 559 


γόραν, ὃν ἐποιεῖτο πλείστου, καϑηγησομένους 


goras, whom she-'made much of, acting-as-guides (in) 
~ ε ~ 

ταῦτα. O Ξενοφῶν οὖν ἔχων τούτους 

these (things). -— Xenophon therefore having these (men) 


᾽ = ~ 

map ἑαυτῷ ésveto. Καὶ Βασίας ὃ ᾿Ἠλεῖος, 
with himself _sacrifieed. And Basias _ the Elian, (an) 
μάντις παρών, εἶπεν, ὅτι τὰ ἱερὰ εἴη κάλλιστα 
augur being-present, said, that the victims were most-favourable 
αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ εἴη ἁλώσιμος. Λειπινήσας οὖν 
to-him, and the man might-be easily-eaptured. Having-supped therefore 
ἐπορεύετο τε λαδὼν τοὺς λοχαγοὺς τοὺς 
he-proceeded-forth also taking the captains — (those namely 


μάλιστα φίλους, καὶ γεγενημένους πιστοὺς διὰ 
his) greatest friends, and having-been faithful through 


παντός, ὅπως ποιήσαι εὖ αὐτούς. Δὲ καὶ 
all, in-order-that he-might-do good  to-them. And also 


x ; r 9. κα , 
ἄλλοι συνεξέρχονται αὐτῷ βιασάμενοι 
others joined him having-forced-themselves (on him) 
εἰς ἑξακοσίους " δὲ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἀπήλαυνον, 
to (the number of) six-hundred; but ἐμθ captains ‘drove 
iva un μεταδοῖεν τὸ μέρος 
(them) ‘back, that they-'might not ‘share (in) the part 
χρημάτων ὡς δὴ ἑτοίμων. 
of-things as really ready (to be taken). 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίχοντο περὶ μέσας νύχτας, τὰ 
When however they-arrived (there) about mid night, the 
ἀνδράποδα μὲν ὄντα πέριξ τῆς τύρσιος καὶ τὰ 
slaves indeed being about the castle and __ the 
πλεῖστα χρήματα ἀπέδρα αὐτοὺς, παραμε- 
most (ofthe) things escaped them, having- 
λοῦντας, as Adboev ᾿Ασιδάτην αὐτὸν καὶ 
neglected (them), that they-might-take Asidates himself and 
τὰ ἐχείνουι Δὲ ἐπεὶ πυργομαχοῦντες 
the (property) of-him. But when assaulting they-'were ~ 
rr ‘ 7, ᾿ 5 ς ‘ 
οὐχ ἐδύναντο λαθεῖν τὴν Tipo, (yap ἦν ὑψηλὴ, 
not ‘able to-take the castle, (for it-was high, 


560 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


καὶ μεγάλη, καὶ ἔχουσα προμαχεῶνας χαὶ πολλοὺς 
and large, and haying battlements and many 


καὶ μαχίμους ἄνδρας,) ἐπεχεῖρησαν διορύττειν 
and brave men,) they-endeavoured to-dig-through (the 


tov πύργον. Ὃ τοῖχος δὲ ἦν én ὀχτὼ 
walls of) the castle, The wall indeed was of eighs 
γηΐνων πλίνθων tO εὖρος. “Ἅμα δὲ 
earthen bricks (in) the breadth. At-the-same-time however 


TY ἡμέρᾳ διωρώρυχτο᾽" καὶ ὡς τὸ πρῶτον 
with-the (break of) duy it-was-dug-through; and as _ the first 


διεφάνη τις ἔνδοθεν βουπόρῳ ὀδελίσκῳ 
(opening) appeared some-one from-within ‘with (an) ‘ox-piercing spit 


ἐπάταξε tod ἐγγυτάτω διαμπερὲς τὸν μηρὸν᾽ δὲ 
struck the nearest — entirely-through the thigh; | and 


TO λοιπὸν. éxtokevovtes ἐποίουν 
(for) the rest [and afterwards] shooting-arrows they-made (it) 
μηδὲ ἔτι εἶναι ἀσφαλὲς παριέναι. Δὲ αὐτῶν 
no longer __to-be safe to-approach. But they 


χκεχραγότων καὶ πυρσευόντων, “Itaubérecig μὲν 
shouting and giving-signals-by-torches, Itambelesis indeed 


ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτοῦ éx Kouaviag δὲ ὁπλίται 
having the force of-himself from Comania and heavy-armed 


᾿Ασσύριοι καὶ Ὑρχάνγιοι ἱ ἐπχισιεὶς, ὧς ὀγδοήχοντα, 
(men) Assyrians and Hyrcanian cavalry, about eighty, 


χαὶ οὗτοι μισϑοφόροι βασιλέως, xai ἄλλοι 


and these mercenaries ‘of (the) ‘king, and other 


πελτασταὶ εἰς ὀχταχοσίους, ἐκθοηϑοῦσιν 

targeteers to (the number of) eight-hundred, came-'to (their) 
δ᾽ ἄλλοι éx TlapSeviov, δ᾽ ἄλλοι 

assistance; and (also) others (came) from Parthenium, and others 


ἐξ ᾿Αππολλωνίας καὶ éx τῶν πλησίον χωρίων, 


from Apollonia and from the | near places, 
xal ἱσσκεῖς. 
likewise cavalry. 


Ἐνταῦϑα δὴ ἦν ὥρα oxoneiv, πῶς ἃ ἄφοδος 


“I Now truly it-was time to-consider, bow the retreat — 


BOOK VII. — CHAPTER VIII. 561 


ἔσται" καὶ λαθόντες, doo ἦσαν βόες καὶ 
would-be; and taking, as-many-as t.tere-were oxen and 
mpdhata, ἤλαυνον, χαὶ ποιησάμενοι 
sheep, they-‘drove (them) ‘off, and having-placed (the) 
ἀνδράποδα ἐντὸὸ πλαισίου" οὐ οὕτω προςέχοντες 
slaves within (the) square; not so-much as-applying 
τὸν νοῦν τοὶς χρήμασιν, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἄφοδος 
the mind to — (these) things, but (that) the retreat 
‘ ¥ ‘ > ’ὔ ‘ [4 
un ein ᾧῴυγη, εἰ καταλιπόντες τὰ χρήματα 
‘might not ‘be(likea) flight, if leaving-behind the things 
ee Σ ᾿ ε La τ , , 
ἀπίοιεν, καὶ τε οἱ πολέμιοι elev θρασύτεροί, 
they-should-depart, and alsothe enemy might-become  more-bold, 
Cr 6 ~ 3 , τ: Uwe τὴ Pee ς 
καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀϑυμότεροι" δὲ νῦν ἀπήεσαν ὡς 
and the soldiers discouraged; but now they-retreated as 
μαχούμενοι περὶ τῶν χρημάτων: Δὲ ἐπεὶ 
fighting about the things (captured). But when 
7 27 ‘ σ 
Γογγύλος ἐώρα τοὺς “Ἕλληνας ὀλίγους μὲν, 
Gorgylus saw the Greeks (tobe) few indeed, 
δὲ τοὺς ἐπικειμένος πολλοὺς, καὶ αὐτὸς 
but — (those) pressing-on (them) many, -- he 
oh ΄ ~ ‘ ¥ \ , 
ἐξέρχεται βίᾳ τῆς μητρὸς, ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν 
sallied-forth despite --- (his) mother, | having the force 
ἑαυτοῦ, βουλόμενος συμ- 
of-himself, [having his own force with him,] wishing to-par- 
μετασχεῖν τοῦ ἔργου" dé καὶ ἸΠροχλῆς ovveborSet 
ticipate (in) the action; but also Procles came-'to 
ἐξ “Αλισάρνης καὶ Τευϑρανίας, 
(their) ‘assistance from Halisarne and (likewise) Teuthranias, 
4 


6 ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου. Οἱ δὲ περὶ 
(he) who (was descended) from §Damaratus. The (men) indeed with 
Ξενοφῶντα ἐπεὶ ἤδη πάνυ ἐπιέζοντο ὑπὸ τῶν 
Xenophon when already much oppressed by the 
τοξευμάτων καὶ σφενδονῶν, πορευόμενοι 

arrows and slings, (while) marching-forward ‘in (a} 
χύχλῳ, ὅπως ἔχοιεν τὰ ὄπλα τ ; 


‘circle, _so-that they-might-have — (their) shields (as a defence) against 


562 THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


τῶν μάτων, μόλις διαδαΐνουσι τὸν ποταμόν 
the arrews, ‘they with-difficulty 'crossed-over the river 
Kdiixor, ἐγγὺς οἱ ἡμίσεις τετρωμένοι. Καί 
Caicus, near the half (of them) being-wounded. And 
ἐκεαῦδα ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς τιτρω- 
Agaisias (the) Stymphalian, (a) captain, was- 

aang μαχόμενος τὸν πάντα χρόαν πρὸς τοὺς 
the whole aguinst the 


πολμμίοις. ΠΥ διασώζονται, ἔχοντες ὡς διαχόσια 


And they-were-suved, having ubeut two-hundred 


dpSpdino’a xai πρόδατα ὅσον θύματα. 
slaves and 


exttle 2s-much-as (wasrequired fur the) sacrifices. 


Δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Ξενοφῶν θυσάμενος, ἐξάγει 
But 


the next-day — Xenophon having-snerificed, lead-out 
ae er, open νύχτωρ, ὅπως ὅτι ἔλϑοι 
the whole at-night, im-order that he-might-go (a) 


ἀαχροτάτην τῆς Λυδίας εἰς τὸ 

very-long (way) through— Lydia for the (purpose, that the — 

gobeicSa: διὰ τὸ εἶναι ἐγγὺς, 
Persian) ‘might not ‘be-alarmed | through the ἰο-θ6 near, [by 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀφυλαχτεῖν. Δὲ 6 Ace 
his proximity,] but be-‘off (his) ‘guard. But —  Asi- 
δάτης ἄπαις, ὅτι ie ein τεϑυμένος πάλιν 
been-sacrificing again 

ra αὐτὸν, xai ἥξοι 

(about-marching) against him, and (that) bhe-would-come (back) 
παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐξαυλίζεται εἰς 
with-all the army, he [the Persian]  ‘went-out ἰὼ 
χώμας ἐχούσας ὑπὸ τὸ πόλισμα TlapSénor. 
villages having(themselves) under the town (of) thenium. 
Ἔνταῦϑα οὗ i age, ah Ξενοφῶντα συντυγχάνουσιν 
come-upon 


Here — (those) 


αὐτῷ, xai St tg αὐτὸν, καὶ γυναῖχα. καὶ 
him, and captured. him, and ~ wife, and 
~ ν᾽ ν᾿ σ 


this) children, and --- (his) horses, | πὰ ali the 


BOOK VII.— CHAPTER VIII. , 562 


τὰ ὄντα᾽ χαὶ οὕτω τὰ πρότερα 

-- being (his); [and all his property;] and thus the rst 
5 

ἱερὰ ἀπέθη. Ἔπειτα πάλιν ἀφικνοῦνται 

sacrifices happened (truly). Afterwards ‘they again ‘arrived 

εἰς Πέργαμον. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα 6 Ἐενοφῶν οὐχ 

Pergamus. Here — Xenophon ‘could ποῖ 


ἠπάσατο τὸν θεὸν" γὰρ καὶ. of Λάχωνες, καὶ 
‘complain (of) the god; for also the Lacedzmonians, and 


OL λοχαγοὶ χαὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ, καὶ OL OT 


the captains and the other generals, and the le 

τιῶται, συνέπραττον ὥστε Aaubdver ἐξαίρετα 

diers, agreed that he-should-take select-portions 
τ᾿ σ ᾿ 

χαὶ ἵππους, καὶ ζεύγη, xai τἄλλα ὥςτε 


— (namely) horses, and yokes-of-oxen, and  other-things; so-that 
εἶναι Hon ἱκανὸν xai ποιεῖν εὖ ἄλλον. 
he-was now able even to-do good to-another. 


Ἔν τούτου Oibpwr παραγενόμενος παρέλαθε τὸ 


After this Thibron having-arrived he-received the 


στράτευμα xa. ξυμμίξας τῷ ἄλλῳ Ἑλληνιχῷ, 


army and having-mixed (it) with- ‘the other Grecian 


ἐπολέμει πρὸς Τισσαφέρνην καὶ bbe icons 


(force), eee eee against Tissaphernes and 


Oide ἄρχοντες δὲ τῆς χώρας βασιλέως, 


Those governors indeed of-the territories ‘of (the) "king, 
ὅσην ἐπήλϑομεν" Λυδίας ᾿Αρτίμας" 
as-much-as ei snaciiese ast (were these): of-Lydia, Artimas ; 

Φρυγι υγίας Aptaxduas’ Λυχαονιας καὶ Καππαδοχίας 
hrygia, Artacamas; of-Lycaonia and Cappadocia, 
Μιϑριδάτης" Ειλιαίας Συέννεσις Φϑοινίχης χαὶ 
Michridates ; Suennesis ; of-Phenicia and 
"A Δέρνης" Ἐπ ας ar ᾿Ασσυρίας Βέλεσυς " 
te eta ὁ the rg κᾶν, ta Belesys; 
Balas ‘Pandpas ° ee άχας" Φασια- 
hgh | tata Rhoparas; _ of-Media, Αρβάμαρ: ὁ 


νῶν χαὶ Ἑσπεριτῶν Τιρί Gatos: (δὲ Kai 


sians «πὰ the-Hesperitez, 3 (for (the) 


564 . THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. 


δὲ xal Χάλυδες xai Χαλδαῖοι xai Μάχρωνες 
and also (the) Chalybes and (the) Chaldeans and (the) acrones 


χαὶ Κόλχοι xai Μοσσύνοικοι xai Τιθαρηγνοὶ 

and (the) Colchians and (188) Mossyneci and (the) ibareni 
f > ; , , 

ο΄] αὐτόνομοι) Παφλαγονίας Κορύλας" 

(were) independent-nations ;) of-Paphlagonia, Corylas; ‘of (the) 


Ὃς" τῶν θΘρᾳχῶν ἐν Εὐρώπῃ 


of — (those) Thracians in urope, 





Students and others who desire to lessen their hours of study, 
can do so by using 


HAMILTON, LOCKE, and CLARK'S 
System of Classical Instruction. 


A GREAT AID TO STUDENTS. 


- We do amiss to spend seven or eight years merely scraping together so much miserable 
Latin and Greek as might be learned otherwise easily and delightfully in one year.—Milton 
PRIC: 
VIRGIL: Jeveiiaee Translation by Hart and Osborne τ volunze, royal xzmo, half 











+ FOS enw serene eens arene eeeersees enenee nusnsseesaseseseneeeeese νοοοφοουν Gutnuenaetes ee eernere-neeeeneeee 2 25 
CAESAR: | intctinea Translation by Hamilton and Clark, 1 volume, royal r2mo, ; 
ἘΠ ΣΉ sou chcanve~bauarotiieinamepnedeyud nhoeen ane ohesbs cabled shdboesdvGakagnegacecceseccecss, ccucecoce 225 
HORACE; Interline Translation by Stirling, Nuttall, and Clark, 1 volume, royal 
SENN AAR Ok ον τ Vees 75 750) S0GRENs στ, Sevag conpseeshn saddivane scbatcepanacees 225 
CICERO:, Intrtinear Toinslailos by Hamilton and Clark, x volume, royal 12mo, 
SEG NGMMNN Lee gutanhhadbdunss$<phhGroouachgaboshec nap besssosdpasetcehhGbbgus twa costwauktnetddeoce 225 
SALLUST: In ‘itedlace Translation by Hamilton and Clark. τ volume, royal 12mo, 
BER RANUOR SE Wh age opus ΞΕ gh gas ahsifancesisisarasceuves dd pevhondsensvenonmcaulbeebrvaisdestion Gaabeee 2 25 
OVID: ἐμοί Translation by George Wm. Heilig. τ volume, royal 12mo, half 
Ree PRICOs DARE ts avs ie ek tan oattrcaennoashaiowe pmvtcoahenes ed¢uascacercctuuteduibietehcasus 2 25 
JUVENAL; ἐπ sad Translation by Hamilton and Clark, x volume, royal 12mo, 
Ssdhtv push gseeteruecheaced Veet ed IeuntswacaunsisGnemavepecanecusbuasenpechuseceer δ ΣΝ 225 
Livy: “ntrtnear Translation by Hamilton and Clark. 1 volume, royal r2mo, half 
ΟΝ λον Saree eg τ ηϑόξει γεν αν hos ἐὺς nansus son ungnén nacho rinvecbeumeusets οἶνον 225 
HOMER'S ILIAD: Interlinear Translation. 1 volume, royal 12mo, half Turkey- 
πον νηθτοσι, οτος ρον. τ svt ocuvens 2 75 
GOSPEL OF ST. JOHN: Interlinear Translation, with the Original Greek Text-.---- 275 
XENOPHON’S ANABASIS ¢, Interlinear Translation by Hamilton and Clark. x vol- 
PURE POY RkGINO, OIRO Y 55, ον τ, ρον οονοννις icv Javu>spbpins basaheppebetiaradigebindibadeosse 275 





To be followed by School Editions of the other Classic Weiters on the same plan. 


ay oar of these works is not new. It is merely the adaptation of the experience of many 
of the t and most inquiring minds in educational pursuits —methodizing what was 
vague and loose. When the Latin tongue was the only language of diplomacy and scien- 
tific international communication, to acquire a enciletion of it was considered of more 
importance than now. This method was then recommended by Cardinal Wolsey, John 
Ascham, Latin Secretary to Queen Elizabeth, and by the best Latin scholar and writer 
of his time, jee Milton; and in testimony "of it John Locke says :-—‘* When, by this 
way of interlining Latin and English one with another, he has got a moderate knowledge 
of the Latin tongue, he ety then be advanced a little further. Nor let the objection that 
he will then know it only by ROTE ἜΡΟΝ any one. ‘This, when well considered, is not of 
any gpa Ky, iccmnts but plainly Jor, this way of learning alanguage. The languages 
are onl arned by ROTE; and he that speaks them well has no other rule but that.”” 
In teac ing classes by oral dictation, these works present advantages that no others do. 


CLARK’S PRACTICAL AND PROGRESSIVE: LATIN GRAMMAR: adapted to the 
Interlinear Series of Classics, and to all other systems. 1 volume, royal 12mo, 
half Turkey. Price, $1 50 


‘The plan of this Grammar is altogether of a practical nature; for, while the scholar is 

learning the declensions and eeaseeencrss 3 he has them exemplified 1 in lessons extracted 

frym the Classics. Where this m roperly ap pplied ea a more rapid and 
thorough knowledge of the Εὐωάν το of ern pee lways been the result. 


ALL KINDS OF SCHOOL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS 
FURNISHED AT PUBLISHER’S PRICES. 


&@~ Address your orders, with the money enclosed, for any Books you may need, to 
C. DESILVER & SONS, 
Publishers and Booksellers, 
107 8. 15th St., Philadelphia, 
And they will be sent IMMEDIATELY on receipt of the order. 


Descriptive Desilver’ lications furnished on application, and any beak 
sent οἷς Αἴ τὸς τ sie, an tewie atin edettieed price’ 








CHARLES DESILVER’S PUBLICATIONS 


CAN BE OBTAINED 


THROUGH THE FOLLOWING FIRMS: 


J. B. Lippincott & Co., Philadelphia. 
E. H. Butler & Co., 
H. Cowperthwait & Co., 4 


Hayes & Zell, 

Sower, Barnes & Co., ag 

G. G. Evans, d 

D. Appleton & Co., New York. 
A. 8. Barnes & Burr, 3 
Pratt, Oakley & Co. es 
Ivison & Phinney, ad 
Sheldon & Co., Lad 
Mason Bro’s, 4 
Delisser & Procter, 4 
Collins & Brother, “ 
Leavitt & Allen, ‘ 

8. A. Rollo & Co., δ 
Evans & Co., ne 
awike Taggard & Chase, Boston. 
R. 8. Davis & Co., 


Phillips, Sampson & Co, ve 
Shepard, Clark ἃ Brown, “ 
Bazin ἃ Elisworth, 4“ 
Hickling, Swan & Brewer, “ 
Crosby, Nichols & Co., Με 


Bridgman & Childs, Northampton, Mass. 


Bridgman & Co., Springfield, Mass. 
J.H. Spalter & Co., Keene, N. H. 


Peck, White & Peck, New Haven, Conn. 


Moore & Ni ims, Troy, Neve 
Phinney & Co., Buffalo, N. Y. 
8. W. Haverstick, Carlisle, Pa. 
J. R. Weldin, Pittsburg, Pa. 
W. B. Smith & Co., 


Applegate & Co., 
Moore, Wilstach, Keys & Co., “ “ 
Anderson, Gates & Wright, “ 


J. B. Cobb & Co., Cleveland, Ohio. 

J. H. Riley ἃ Co., Columbus, Ohio. 

W. B. Keen, Chicago, Ill. 

J. R. Dayton, Quincy, Ill. 

Stewart & Bowen, Indianapolis, Ind. 

Jared Pond, Ann Arbor, Mich. 

Combs & Bro., St. Paul, Min. 

Geo. W. Ells & Co., Davenport, Iowa. 

Fisher & Bennett, St. Louis, Mo. 

Amos H. Shultz & Co., “ 

ppg ns & Morris, δ « 
oodward, “ “ 


Cincinnati, Ohio. 
“ 





L. & A. Carr, St. Louis, Mo. 

Morton & Griswold, Louisville, Ky. 

Webb & Levering, 

Maxwell & Co., - “ 

C. 8. Bodley, Lexington, Ky. 

Cleaves & Vaden, Memphis, Tenn. 

8. H. Lamb & Co., by τ 

Chas. W. Smith, Nashville, ‘“ 

W. T. Berry, red bid 

Graves, Marks ἃ Co., “ “ 

Crump & Son, Vicksburg, Miss, 

E. KR. Stevens & Co., New Orleans, Ia. 

J.C. Morgan & Co., 

Thos. L. White, bie « 

Bloomfield, Steel &Co, “ “ 

Pfister & White, Montgomery, Ala. 

Middleton & McMasters, Mobile, Ala. 

Cushings & Bailey, Baltimore, Ma. 

Newell & Co., 

J. Murphy & Co., δ - 

T. G. Robertson, Hagerstown, Md. 

motcers & Swartzwelder, Cumberland, 
d 


W.H.&0.H. Morrison, Washington, D.C 
Blanchard & Mohun, 

J. W. Randolph, Richmond, Va. 

Geo. M. West, 

A. Morris, s <j 

BE. P. Nash & Co., Petersburg, Va. 

Geo. E. Ford, 

Jos. Graves, Wheeling g, Va. 

McCarter ἃ Co., Charleston, S. 0. 

R. L. Bryan, Columbia, 8. C. 

W. L. Pomeroy, Raleigh, N. C. 

J. M. Boardman, Macon, Geo. 

Thos. Richards & Son, Augusta, Geo. 
J.G. M. Warnock, Savannah, Geo. 

¥. T. Duffau, Austin, Texas. 

J. M. Devine ἃ Co., San Antonio, Texam 
W. M. Armstrong & Bro., Galveston, “ 
James Campbell, Toronto, C. W. 

Geo. Barnes & Co., Hamilton, Cc. WW. 
Brown & Greig, 

B. Dawson & Son, Montreal. 

P. Sinclair, Quebec. 

J. ἃ A. McMillan, St. John, N. B. 

H. H. Bancroft & Co., San Francisco, Cal. 
8. J. McCormick, Portland, Oregon. 


And from Booksellers generally throughout the United States and the Canadas. 


Descriptive Caratocuss of our valuable School, Medical, Law 
and Miscellaneous publications, furnished on application, ana 
any book will be sent by mail, postage paid, on receipt of the. 


advertised price. 


pas CHARLES DESILVER has on hand, and can furnish 
the publications of all other Houses on the most favorable terms. 


C JESILVER, PUBLISHER, PHILADELPHSA. 


ABSTRACTS 


From Acviews, Notices, and Recommendations of the hh 
lerlinear Series of Latin Classics, published by Citas. 
Desriver, Nec Chestnut St., Philadelphia. 





From the New York Daily Times 

The use of interlinear translations of the Classics has the sanctiom 
af common sense, and has been warmly recommended by such mea 
as Cardinal Wolsey, Erasmus, Roger Ascham, John Milton, John 
Locke, and Sidney Smith. 

We believe, with Sidney Smith, that this system, ‘the time being 
given, wi'l make better scholars; and, the degree of scholarship be- 
ing given, a much shorter time will be needed.” 

Charles Desilver, the Philadelphia publisher, has commenced issu- 
ing a serivs of Greek and Latin Classics, with interlinear translations. 
greatly superior to any we have yet seen. 





From Eliza D. Willard, New York, Correspondent of the Boston Ailas. 
Permit me to propose to all amateur students of the Greek and 
Latin Classics, from Maine to California, a vote of thanks to Mr. 
Charles Desilver, of Philadelphia, for the interlinear translations, 
which he is now issuing. 
Having myself spent five weary years at Greek and Latin, I think 
Ἰ may pretend to venture an opinion in favour of the new system, 


\hat is, to the general class of students, but with teachers, quite old 
tmough. 





From the Daily Delta, New Orleans. 
Czsar.—A more admirable literal translation of every word ia ἡ 
Ceesar’s great work, it would be impossible to meet with. 
It must serve as the best possible work for the Latin student. 
Horace. —A new edition, carefully revised and collated by Tho- 
mas Clark. ‘Too much praise cannot be given for the conscientious 
ganuer in which the task has been performed. 





3 
From the Bulletin, New Orleans. 
Vinait AND HoRacz, INTERLINEAR. — These two books should be 


m the hands of every scholar. They are gotten up in superior style, 
and would adorn any library 


SARGENT’S STANDARD SPEAKER. 


A a nn tn ee ero 


JUST PUPLISHED, 
In one demi-octavo volume of 558 pages. 


THE STANDARD SPEAKER, 


CONTAINING 


Crercises in Prose and Porter, 


POA DECLAMATION IN SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, LYCEUMS, COLLEEES 


ΨΥ translated or compiled fiom celebrated Orators, Authors, and popula 
Debaters, ancient and modern. 


A TREATISE ON ORATORY AND ELOCUTICN, 


WITH NOYES EXPLANATORY AND BIOGR?# PHICAL, 
BY EPES SARGENT. 


eee ee reer. 





«fas work has been compiled with great care, and conta 1s a majority of 
pew picces. It is far more comprehensive than any similar work, and is 
adaptea Yor use not only as a Speaker, but to the general reader, as a collea 
tion containiug many new, rare, and elegant extracts. 

From amvouyg a great number of commendatory notices received fros 
essayists, the prous, and teachers of elocution, a few are subjoined. 





From E. Ἑ. Wurrrze, Esq., the well-known Essayist and Critic. 


We have no hesitation in saying that this is the best compilation of the 
kind, in the variety and in the comprehensiveness of its selections, whick 
has been made on either sid of the Atlantic. The various pieces are selectea 
with great judgment from a long array of celebrated orators and writers. 
A good portion of ths work is devoted to extracts from late speeches is 
France, England, and America, which have never before appeared in a col. 
lection of the kind; and the works of the great masters of eloquence 
Chatham, Burke, Pitt, Fux, Grattan, Emmett, Shiel, and Webster, have been 
sarefully studied for new specimens. The original translations frora the 
Fronch are admirably executed, and add a novel feature to the work. The 
smoznt of editorial! labor expended on the whole compilation must bays 
deen very great — greater, we think, than that of any other Speaker. 

The imtroductory treatise on Oratory and Elocution is a model of sone 
denzation, fall of matter, clear, sensible, and available in every part. N& 
enly is the volume admirably adapted to serve its primal purpose 4a 
tpoakor, but to the general reader it will be found to be a most stimu'atin, 
and attractive book, better than any work of “elegant extracts” we hay 


wen. 
(19) 


SARGENT’S STANDARD SPEAKER. 


PPLE RNA ~~ 
From the Knickerbocker (N. Y.) Magazine. 

While ho (the compiler) has retained all the indispensable masterpieces, 
and restored many that have been omitted from the collections the last 
twenty years, he has given an amount of fresh, new, and appropriate mat 
ter, that will astonish and delight the youthful prize-seckiny orators of ow 
Beademics and schools. He has translated from Mirabeau and Victor Huge 
ὁ number of speeches of appropriate length, that will become us familiar ὦ 

he “Give me liberty or give me death” speech of Patrick Henry. i 





Prom E. 8. DixweE.t, Esq., late Principal of the Publie Latin School, Boston 

The velume seems to me to be a very valuable one, and to contain more 
available matter than any book of the kind I ever saw. Beside the old 
standard pieces, you have given us a great many new ones, and, to my sur- 
prise, have put a new vigor into some of the old translations, which makes 
them quite new and redolent of their originals. 


From the Lowell Courier. 


The whole range of ancient and modern oratory, pu!pit, forensic, or occa 
sional, as well as of poetry, dramatic, lyrical, or epic, has been explored, and 
the choicest gems from each brought together into this literary casket. The 
voiume should be on the table of every friend of elegant letters, as a colleo- 
tion of rare and beautiful extracts, to be read and read again. 


From the Boston Daily Advertiser. 


The volume deserves to be, what its title claims, a “Srsmpanri 
SPEAKER.” 


From the New York Express. 

The Standard Speaker is one of the most superbly executed works that 
ever emanated from the American press, and is the best book for the yur- 
pozes for which it was designed, ever issued in the language. It must 
become a standard school-book, wherever reading and elocution are taught. 


From the New York Home Journel. 

The chimerical “systems,” through which a short cut tc the attainmeni 
sf gocd elocution is promised, are set down at their true value. All (δε 
sealable information on the subject is here summed up. The pzineipal 45. 
pertment is the Senatorial; and this 1s much more full and satisfactory tl 8 

aything of the kind that has yet appeared in any elocutionary culisction FY 


It is adapted to the wants of tha whole Union, and not of  esction.~- Mex 
Orieans Picayune. a : 


SARGENT’S STANDARD SPEAKER. 


PAA ARRAN 
From the Springfield (Mass.) Republican. 

The most thorough in its adaptation to its general purpose, and the most 
eatended in its range, of any of the Speakers that have preceded it. The 
book is fresh, the pieces are of the right length, and are selected with moat 
critica! care. 





PP 








From the Salem (Mass.) Register. 
Tt may well be called a Standard Speaker. Jt eclipses everything of the 


hind hitherto published. It is as perfect in every department as could be 
desired. 


From Francis GARDNER, Esq., Principal of the Public Latin School, Boston, 

I trust that the improvement of the pupils of the old Latin School in elo- 
cation, will soon afford you the most gratifying proofs of the good service 
you have rendered them by putting into their hands a collection of pieces se 
admirably adapted to their purposes. 





From G. Ἐ, Tuayver, Esq., President of the American Institute, and Principal 
of the Chauncey Place School, Boston. 
The “Standard Speaker” furnishes by far the best storehouse of oratorical 
matter with which I am acquainted — probably superior to any other in the 
wnguage. 


From the Boston Courier. 


The most complete and valuable of the many works of the kind which 
Save issued from the press during the last dozen years. ΑἹ] the old favorites 
wf our boyish days are here, together with a large amount of matter which is 
wholly new.. Jt is not so much a Speaker, as tHE Speaker. 


From Graham’s Magazine. 


The great feature of the work is the completeness of the Senatorial De. 
partment. in which he has introduced not only passages of rare beauty and 
effect from Chatham, Burke, Grattan, Shiel, Macaulay, and many »9thers,— 
all the passages of the right length for speaking,—but has given some trans 
lations from Mirabeau, Victor Hugo, and other great speakers of France, 
which will become great favorites in schools and elocutionary classes. 





From the Boston Daily Traveller. 

We ave disposed to believe this book will, in very deed, become the Stana- 
ard Spoaker for our schools, &c. We know not where the student can find 
so extensive and choice a collection of pieces for declamation. 

(21) 


SCHOOL LIBRARY f BOOKS. 


ow raw rw ew 





PINNOCK’S FRANCE, 


AISTORY OF FRANCE AND NORMANDY, FROM THE EARLIESI TIME2 [Ὁ 
THE REVOLUTION OF 1848, 
WITH QUESTIONS FOR EXAMINATION AT THE END OF EACH SECTION, 
Br W.C. TAYLOR, LL. D., or Trintry Cotiece, Drei, 
& athor of ὁ Manual of Ancient and Modern History, ἄς. &€., and Editor of Pinnesh 
lmprored editions of Goldsmith’s Greece, Rome, and England. 
HLLUSTRATED WITH NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS 
TWENTY-FIFTH AMERICAN FROM THE THIRD ENGLISH EDITION. 


PINNOCK’S ROME, 


REVISED EDITION, 
FINNOCK’S IMPROVED EDITION OF DR. GOLDSMITI’S ΠΙΒΤΌΒΥ OF ROWE, 
TO WHICH IS PREFIXED 
AN INTRODUCTION TO TIE STUDY OF ROMAN HISTORY 
AND A GREAT VARIETY OF INFORMATION THROUGHOUT THE WORK, 
ON THE MANNERS, INSTITUTIONS, AND ANTIQUITIES OF TIE ROMANS} 
WITH QUESTIONS FOR EXAM NATION AT THE END OF EACH SECTION 


‘ 
SIXTY-FIFTH AMERICAN, FROM THE TWENTY-THIRD LONDON EDITION, IMPROVED 


BY W. C. TAYLOR, LL.D., 
WiTH NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS BY ATHERTON AND OTHERS, 


PINNOCK’S GREECE, 
REVISED EDITION, ὃ 


PINNOCK’S IMPROVED EDITION OF DR. GOLDSMITII’S HISTORY OF GREECR, 
REVISED, CORRECTED, AND VERY CONSIDERABLY ENLARGED, 


BY THE ADDITION OF SEVERAL NEW CHAPTERS, AND NUMEROUS 
USEFUL NOTES. 


WITH QUESTIONS FOR EXAMINATION AT THE END OF EACH SECTION. 


FORTY-FIFTH AMERICAN, FROM THE NINETEENTH LONDON EDITION, IMPROVED 


BY W. C. TAYLOR, LL.D., 
WITH NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS, BY ATHERTON AND OTHERS, 








Pinnock’s Series have been recommended by several State Superin- 
iendents for the School Libraries of their respective States, and grest 
gumbers of tnem have been sold for that purpose. The present eaitions 
xt the Histories of England, Greece and Rome, were revised by the ems 
ent Historian, W.C. Taytor, LL.D., of Trinity College, Dublin, whe 
‘a also the author of the History of France. The different volumes of the 
sorties are handeomelv illustrated and substantially bound. 


(40) 


SCHOOL LIBRARY BOOKS. 





~W7—"—_—_—aeenne 





PINNOCK’S HISTORICAL SERIES. 





PINNOCK’S ENGLAND. 
REVISED EDITION 


PINNOCK’S IMPROVED EDITION OF DR.GOLDSMITH’S HISTORY OF ENGLAND 
FROM THE INVASION OF JULIUS CHISAR 


fo THE DEATH OF GEORGE THE SECONRA 
WITH A CONTINUATION TO THE YEAR 1845: 


WITH QUESTIONS FOR EXAMINATION AT THE END OF EACH SECTION, 
BESIDES A 7ARIETY OF VALUABLE INFORMATION ADDED THROUGHOUT THE WORK, 


easisting of Tables of Contemporary Sovereigns and eminent Persons, copious Sspip 
matory Notes, Remarks on the Politics, Manners and Literature of the Age, 
and an Outline of the Constitution. 


Blustrateh with numerons Engravings. 


Βι KUNDRED AND FIYTH AMERICAN, CORRECTED AND REVISED FROM THE THIRTY ΡΠ 
ENGLISH EDITION. 


By W. C. TAYLOR, LL. D., or ΤΕΙΝΙΤΥ Conece, Dues, 
Author of a Manual of Ancient and Modern History, ἄς. ἄς 
129! 


WORKS ON THE NATURAL SCIENCES. 





GUY’S ASTRONOMY, 


AND 


KEITH ON THE GLOBES. 


GUY AND KEITH. 
GUY ON ASTRONOMY, AND KEITH ON THE GLOBES: —~ 


δ Elements of Astronomy, and an Abridgment of Keith’s New Treatise on the G'abes 


TH RTEENTH AMERICAN EDITION, WITH ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS, 
AND AN EXPLANATION OF THE ASTRONOMICAL PART OF THE AMERICAN 
ALMANAC. 


Sllustrated with Gightern Plates, 


DRAWN AND ENGRAVED ON STEEL, IN THE BEST MANNER. 








an 


A volume containing Guy’s popular Treatise of Astronomy, and Keith 
θη: tue Glubes, having been submitted to us for examination, and carefully 
6xam0¢d, we can without any hesitation recommend it to the notice and 
patro.age οἱ parents and teachers. The work on Astronomy is clear 
inteiliziblo, aad suited to the comprehension of young persons. It com- 
prises a great amount of information and is well illustrated with steel 
engravings. Keith on the Globes has long been recognised as a standard 
school book. The present edition, comprised in the same volume with the 
Astronomy, is impia-ed by the omission of much extraneous matter, and 
the reduction of size aid price. On the whole, we know of no school 
»00k which comprises vo much in so little space as the new edition of 
wuy and Keith. 


TITOMAS EUSTACE, CHARLES MEAD, 
JCHN HASLAM, BENJAMIN MAYO, 
W. CURRAN, HUGH MORROW, 
SAMUEL CLENDEMIN J. H. BLACK. 


The following teachers of Bvitimore, concur iu the opinion above ex- 
pressed : 


E. BENNETT, 0. W. TREADWELL, 
C. F. BANSEMAR, JAMES SHANLEY, 
“E, R. HARNEY, DAVID KING, 
ROBERT O’NEILL, ROBERT WALKER, 
N. SPELMAN, D W.B. McCLELAN. 


c2 (29) 


HISTORICAL SERIES. 











HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES.—12mo, 
FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND ACADEMIES. BY JOHN FROST. 
ILLUSTRATED WITH FORTY ENGRAVINGS. 

The design of the author in this, his larger history, has been to furnish 
a *ext-book full and complete enovgh for the use of colleges, academies, 
ar the higher seminaries. It begins with the discovery of the New 
W orld, and presenting the series of events in a clear and connected narra- 
tiv?, rejecting whatever was considered irrelevant or unimportant, and 
dvelling chiefly on those striking features of the subject which give 1 
vitidness and character; the history is brought down to the present day 
* Although,” says the author in his preface, ‘‘ the considerable period 
spbraced, the multitude of characters and events delineated, and the 
extent of the field in which they figure, have rendered the preservation of 
historical unity no easy task,-he has laboured to give the work such a 
degree of compactness as would enable the student to perceive the rela- 
ticn of all its parts, and to grasp the whole without any very difficult exer 
cire of comprehension.” 
=< The numerous testimonials to the merit of this work, and its popularity 
v‘nced quite unequivocally by the sale of ten thousand copies within a 
e~ moniks after its first publication, afford a strong presumption that the 
avtbor has succeeded in his purpose of making it a first-rate school history 
B (13) 


SCHOOL LIBRARY BOOKS. 





Valuable Books for School Libraries. 





A MODERN HISTORY, 


RUM HE TIME OF LUTHER TO THE FALL OF NAPOLEON. BY JOHN LORD, A.M 
LECTURER ON HISTORY. 

A gentleman who has been listened to and eulogized as ἃ lecturer on his 
tory, by Dr. Chalmers, and scores of other eminent men in Great Britain, 
aud whose lectures are just now attracting much admiration in our own city, 
has no eveasion for newspaper praise. It would be difficult to imagine how 
a volume like the present could be used as a class-book in a public insti 
ation without impar:mg benefits rarely experienced in kindred studies. 
Indeed we know no «ner compend covering the same ground equal to it; 
utd it will be found as interesting and instructive in the family as in schools 
sic Instrict School should be without it.— Newark, N. J. Advertiser. 


(38) 


WORKS ON THE NATURAL SCIENCES, 


OO 








IO a ene RRR 





PARTICULAR ATTENTION 


IS INVITED TO 


Charles Desiluers 
SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS 
UPON THE NATURAL SCIENCES. 


AMONG THEM ARE 


JOHNSTON'S SERIES. 
JOHNSTON’S TURNER’S CHEMISTRY 


A MANUAL OF CHEMISTRY, 


8 YHE BASIS OF DR. TURNER’S ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY, CONTAINIY%, Tb ¢ 
CSORDENSED FORM, ALL THE MOST IMPORTANT FACTS AND PRINCIP?- EO 
OF THE SCIENCE. DESIGNED AS A TEXT-BOOK IN COLLEGES 
AND OTHER SEMINARIES OF LEARNING. 


A NEW EDITION. 
BY JOHN JOHNSTON, A. M,, 
Professor of Natural Science in Wesleyan University. 


ΠΝ ΤΟΝ TURNER’S ELEMENTARY CHEMISYES 


FOR THE USE OF COMMON SCHOOLS. One Vol. 18mo. 
α (25) 





ἐς 














University of California 

SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 

305 De Neve Drive - Parking Lot 17 e Box 951388 
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388 


Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. 


: a APR ; 2 2004 


2. 8. ΕἼ 




























- Fai 
"τί i ἘΝ "7 

















ERLISHERS ANNOUNCEMENT. | 





UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY 
| {111} 
7 Nv) 2 ORE than three-quarters ¢ Wu | 
D 


of Charles De Silver & Si 
ἷ Vi }) the educational interests 000 135 051 1 
4 Ε them to more pointedly call attention to the accompanying 1)6- 
SSF scriptive Catalogue of their school-books— feeling confident that, 
if Beuelled, such books cannot be surpassed in value by those of any single 
publishing house in the Union. 

Among the school publications may be found Histories of the United States, 
by Frost; and of Modern Europe, by John Lord, LL.D., the celebrated histo- 
riographer; Speakers, by Epes Sargent, the most popular books of their class 
in this country, containing, as they do, the gems of oratory which have electri- 
fied the world during past ages, and the admirable Elocutionary Manual, by 
Prof. Corson, of Cornell University ; a series of Algebraical works, by Francis 
H. Smith, A.M., Superintendent of the Virginia Military Institute; Pinnock’s 
Histories of England, France, Greece, and Rome, with Questions, specially 
adapted to the use of schools ; together with Manesca’s Oral and Serial Method 

of Teaching the French Language, admitted by competent judges to be far 
Superior to any other system. The publishers can also point with pardonable 
pride to the unsurpassed Hamiltonian Series of Interlinear Classics, com- 
en Virgil, Cesar, Ovid, Juvenal, Cicero, Sallust, Horace, Livy, Xenophon, 

omer, the Gospel of St. John in Greek, and the Practical and Progressive 
Grammar, as re-edited, improved, and enlarged by Thomas Clark, formerly 

editor of the classical works issued by the Publishers’ Association, and who 
‘has been pronounced one of the most able classical scholars of the age. Mr. 
Clark has been assisted in his labors by such men as Wilson, Heilig, and 
Bieber. 

Every facility will be given to thos#who desire information in regard to our 
books with a view to their examination or introduction or purchase; and all 

orders for our own publications, or those of other firms, will be promptly and 
‘carefully attended to at the lowest market rates. 





















3 Haying numerous applications for specimen copies of books from parties 
NOT ENTITLED TO ANY DISCOUNT, all applicants are respectfully re- 
quested to accompany their application with the Catalogue or Circular of the 
1 or College with which they may be connected, showing their name 
pon such catalogue or circular, or other proper evidence. 
Money may be safely sent by Post-Office Order or Draft, made payable to 
the order of Charles De Silyer & Sons. - 
ΠΑ full list of our Publications mailed free to any address. Our Descriptive 


petalorns will be sent on application. 


5 











AQ 


ΝΝ 





